ONBOARD VOICE _

c _

_/KA N bC KII",/IUN ..

. RECORDED ON THE COMMAND MODULE

i! AND AIRLOCK MODULE RECORDERS

:_-,_; PREPARED BY

*!,_ TEST DIVISION -

_ !:i ' P,OG,AMOPE,A+.ONS
O_ICE i
_ _J

,_,. !i _
!
INTRODUCTION

This docO_nent is the transcription of the Skylab 1/4 flight crew

communications (1) as recorded on the commAud module (CM) data storage
equipment (DSE) and (2) as recorded on the airlock module (AM) recorder.
Data from these recorders are telemetered (dumped) to Space Tracking
and Data Network (STDN) sites for retransmission to the Lyndon B. Johnson
Space Center. Transcription of these tapes was managed by William A.
Kelley, Test Division, Program Operations Office, to whom inquiries
regarding this document should be referred.

The transcript is divided into three columns -- time, speaker, and

text. The Creenwicn mean time (GMT) column consists of four multidigit
numbers representing days, hours, minutes, and seconds (e.g., 209 22 34 lh)
for the Julian dates shown as the first three numbers of the time col_F_.
The speaker col_imn indicates the source of a transmission; the text
col_u_n contains the verbatim transcript of the communications.

Speakers in the transcript are identified as follows:

Spacecraft:

CDR Co_ander GeraldP. (Jerry)Carr

PLT Pilot WilliamR. (Bill)Pogue

SPT Scientistpilot Edward G. (Ed) Gibson

l
CREW Unidentifiable crewmember

MS Multiple speakers

Mission Control Centers:

AA Unidentified station

CC Capsule communicator (CAP COMM)

MCC Unidentified speaker, other than CC, in the Mission

Operations Control Room or a Staff Support Room.

In the text, a series of three dots (...) is used to designate those

portions of the communications that could not be transcribed because of
garbling. One dash (-) is used to indicate a speaker's pause or a self-
interruption. Two dashes(- -) are used to indicate an interruption by
another speaker or a point at which a recording was abruptly terminated.
Words given unusual emphasis by the speaker are underlfned.

ii
 The Skylab i mission began with lift-off of the orbital workshop at
17:30:00 GS_ (12:30:00 c.d.t.) on May 14, 1973. ,The third three-man team
to occupy the workshop, the Skylab h crew, lifted off at 14:01:23 GMT
(08:01:23 c.d.t.) oRNovember 16. The Skylab 4 crew splashed down in
the Pacific Ocean at 15:16:55 GMT 10:16:55 c.d.t, on February 8, 197h.

iii
 DAY 018 (AM)
2841

018 00 00 24 SPT So we started 52, then, off at a time of 20:38.

We ran their series of CONTINUOUS and STANDARDs
pretty much as called out. Started that last
STANDARD at 21:41, which finishes up a little
above 250 K. And then I gave them a little more
CONTINUOUS after that. 56 received everything as
called out. I gave them also SINGLE FRAME 5 for
15 minutes after a SINGLE FRAME 4 for 20 minutes.
And then I went to give them a PATROL, SHORT. And
because all the lights were so darned dimmed in here,
I had to switch in AUTO, SHORT, and so you gave
me - you got a little AU - a little section of
AUTO, SHORT on there before I caught it. With-
out that integral lighting, it sure is hard to
read the panel. And when you turn the lights down
in order to see the TV and the details on the TV,
then you're - you're a little bit behind in m_king
the exposure's really over.

018 00 01 56 SPT And 54 got their exposures as called out. I think

I kept them running Just about all the time ex-
cept for on one or two occasions when the timer
would - If I ever got out of sync with that timer,
r there was no way for me to tell whether that thing
was operating or not. And, apparently, on one
occasion it must have gotten a RESET and started
at an inopportune time. So I did get a call from
the ground when I still had the light running.
And normally - the OPERATE light on - normally,
the operate light will go out a little bit before
the exposure' s nearly over.

018 00 0_ 22 SPT Hey, SPT out, and I'll be back and finish this
up in Just a moment.

018 00 12 29 SPT SPT again, at 00:12, and I'll finish up the de-
briefing of the ATM pass with the transient. Sec-
ond orbit of building block 17 went straightforward.
And on the nightside, I ran a CONTINUOUS down to a
little past 250 K. On the nightside, I did not
remain at the panel. I had some TV work to do on
M059. Then I got back up here Just a little bit
before 250 K, and - or sunrise, and ran into a
bit of a problem in that, apparently, we had got a
40-K signal from the computer. Apparently, the
first one we would - had to get as our beta angle
starts to slowly decrease here. So the doors are
closed, and so forth. It took a little while to
2842

sort out really what happened there. I didn't

know whether we had gotten a CMG reset or - or
what was the problem. Couldn't hear any TACS
fire; but then, again, with M509 going off down
there, you couldn't hear anything.

018 00 13 49 SPT So at the beginning of the orbit, which then be-

gan at 22:24, I gave a building block 32. For
the remainder of the orbit, then, we did what was
specified except we ran into a little bit of a
problem with the 55 GRATING again and the call-
outs - panel readouts for it. And I think one out
of three times, it was my error in reading it.
But the other two times, we did have a problem as
verified with what I read - what the ground read.
Apparently it Jumped 40 on the - one occasion.

018 00 14 48 SPT So at the very end there, we did not quite finish
up everything. We got a little waylaid there, so
we did not finish all of building block 35. We
did not get the last half of the MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER at 24:34 done. And for 54, we ended up
halfway through a sequence. I think we got into
the se - the number of sequences we wanted. Well, -
I couldn't be sure of that. I did not - I don't
have a record of that right now. So we Just about
finished up all their sequences, if not doing all
and a little bit more. The ROLL was done 454, as
it was done in the previous time we did the build-
ing block 35. And by that I mean, I tried to mske
the north-south line run along their grating dis-
persion axis, seeing as that they were operating
with the GRATING, IN. And there were no require-
ments for roll with 82B not operating and 55 Just
taking MIRROR, AUTO RASTERS. The end of the
orbit I did, as I say, not finish the other ex-
periments because I truncated at around 2MINUTES
REMAINING to get back and give 52 another 1 min-
ute with the CONTINUOUS. And I started 56 in
AUTO, SHORT, but they didn't get a full sequence.

018 00 16 25 SPT Okay, now we're at the time of 22 - excuse me -

2B:56 which was called out. I gave a building
block 2 at that time_ and then repointed over on
the limb where the coronal loops which I was look-
ing at this morning used to be. And in looking
at oxygen VI, I could hardly find a thing there.
The counts are very low; 20, 30 or so, at the most,
 284.3
.,_.-_

40 arc seconds off the limb. I have started 55

looking at that region, with the HORIZONTAL CROSS-
HAIR right on the limb and running - let it run
full - AUTO - MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs and at a
GRATING POSITION of 772. We'll come out with a good
one, especially since _t includes neon VII. Now
I can, later on, come on back in position and let
you run at a GRATING of OPTICAL REF too. I'ii
probably give it - the question to the ground on
that one. And 56, I Just let them run at a PATROL,
LONG, seeing as - their co-_ents about having an
abundant amount of film, I feel we owe it to them
to put as much data on it as we possibly can.
That's true for any experiment of - Matter of
fact, we get used to being very film conservative."
And if we find ourselves coming back with empty
f_]m, that would be worse than using it a11 up a
little bit too early. So try to keep us posted on
how we're doing. That last message which came up,
we fo/md most useful.

018 00 18 3B SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

018 Ol 32 27 CDR Okay, CDR at 01:32 Zulu. Initiated suit drying

sequence at this time on my suit.

018 01 32 34 CDR CDR out.

018 O1 36 06 SPT Jer, what does Flight know about channel A?

TIME SKIP

018 01 5h h9 CDR This is the CDR at 01:55 Zulu. There was an

optional Earth observation, HHhT, to find at
Ol:5h. And I Just want to let you know that, as
usual, Sakhalin Island, or Sakhalin Island, how-
ever you pronounce it, is clouded over, and we're
unable to get any pidture at all.

018 01 55 ll CDR CDR out.

2844

018 02 00 25 CDR This is the CDR at 02:00 Zulu with a listing of

the SIAs normally turned OFF for thermal control
purposes. Number 600, number 903, 902, 901, 520,
and 401. We see no real need for turning off any
of the SIAs in the MDA since there's no thermal
problem in that area.

018 02 00 46 CDR CDR out.

018 02 01 14 PLT PLT, time is 02:00. Debriefing the ATM pass that
started at 01:31. And there's not much to say.
The - Didn't seem to be too many hot spots.
JOP 6, 1 Alfa and Bravo were completed per pad.
The corona, right now, has a fairly classical type
helmet streamer at 09:30, a very faint streamer at
about l0 o'clock on the east limb. Then there
are - there's an area of coronal streamers on the
west limb, one fine one at about 2 o'clock, which
does not appear to radiate directly from the cen-
ter. Seems to - In other words, it comes from a
2 o'clock position but a]most goes out parallel
to one which would be radial at 3, to try to use
an analogy. There's what appears to be a couple
of superimposed streamers at 2 and 2:30, one at -
excuse me, at 3 and 3:30. And the one at 3:30 -
it appears to have Just a little bit more total
brightness to it and width. On the XUV MON -
it's on - it'll be - I put it on downlink. Again,
there doesn't seem to be a whole lot. And in the
image intensity scope, nothing shows up particu-
larlybright except under INTEGRATION. So I assume
that there's not much activity going on, at least
of a high-energy sort. And the IMAGE INTENSITY
COUNT is well down - oh, on the order of 5 to 8,
along in there, 1 to 5 to 8, and so forth, PMEC
varying around 100 - oh, anywhere from 100 to 250,
occasional peaks around 350. And that's about the
story.

018 02 03 31 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

018 03 03 23 CDR This is the CDR at 03:03 Zulu with a debrief of

M509 run number 3, suited. I'll quickly read you
 _ne sequence oi" events, although I did do it once
earlier this afternoon. I wanted just to make sure
we got the sequence of events all straight. I've
given it some more thought, and I'll give my
thoughts at the end of it here. As I said earlier,
the - the prep - We were allowed 2 hours and
5 minutes for the prep. We were not racing against
the clock or watching the clock, so I don't really
know how long the prep tgok. However, we did
report to the ground when - at a certain mile-
stone - like, we reported when we'd finished
suiting and were ready to start donning and all
that. So I think the - you folks on the ground
have a reasonably good idea how long it took us
to do our prep.

CDR I didn't feel like it was an excessively long

period of time. We were moving rather smartly
thoughout the whole prep, and since we had - we
did in_est 20 - or 15 minutes of that prep time
to reading the checklist and talking about it a
little bit and briefing each other on how we were
going to do things and getting our signals
straight, our hand signals.

018 03 04 49 CDR Okay, then we started off with the undocking.

No problem there. Just pushed on out. I found
that I was most comfortable with my hand controllers
set out at about the Delta - or, let's see; no,
it was Echo.

018 03 05 0_ CDE I started out with Charlie and moved them out
to Echo after a while, so that my wrists would
be straight. We did a - I did the single-axis
cal, the CMG single-axis ca/ for - no great problem.

CDR I did notice, however, that there seemed to be

some coupling, and I figured that it was probably
due to the umbilical. And Bill tells me that as
soon as I would make m_ maneuver - and he ssx
coupled maneuvers, coupled motions - he was
_mmediately describing it to you. So I think
you probably have a good picture of the'coupled
motions that go - that came with the CMG maneuvers.
The RATE GYRO maneuvers also did - also had cou-
plings. And for some reason, because of the extra
inertia, I guess, and because of the - the
28_6

coupling - the umbilical effect - I got the

definite impression that the rate gyros were
operating on a very wide deadband. And I realized
then that I re-11y don't know Just how narrow the
rate gyro deadband is. But I certainly did get
the impression that when I would make a - say a
correction in yaw to a given position and then
take my hand off the hand controller, it would
go a little bit longer. And that it would
overshoot a little bit end then come back and
overshoot in the other direction Just a tiny bit.

018 03 06 28 CDR And I noticed that there was - that the deadband
was - Oh, golly, I would estimate 2 to 3 degrees
of deadband on either side of - of center line
before I would get a corrective thruster firing
to go back. And that seemed surprisingly large
to me because I didn't have the impression that
we had that kind of a deadband in the RATE GYRO
MODE. I - It was my impression that it was a
whole lot tighter than that.

CDR Then I moved on into the single-axis cals and did

a DIRECT set, which I described to you. And then
I realized at the end that I'd Just done them
all wrong; that I'd done the DIRECT exactly like
the RATE GYROs and the CMG.

018 03 07 13 CDR So I did them over again. And I think that prob-
ably cost about 5 or so minutes - 5 or 6 minutes.
I did the right ones rather quickly with good rate.
I might also add that I think the rates that I
used on all these single-axis cals are about the
same rates that I used in training at Denver.
And I think since Bill was on ICOM/PTT, you folks
could hear the thruster firings. I would be
interested to know if you think my thruster
activity or my thruster firings were higher or
longer than - than in training. I didn't have
the impression that I was burning much fuel. I
felt that I was doing things Just about the same
as I was in training. And I'd be interested to
hear your inputs on that.

018 03 08 05 CDR As I said, I finally did the single-axis maneuvers

the right way; it cost us about 5 minutes, I
would guess. Unfortunately, I didn't check to
see what it cost us in fuel. I finished up the
..- 28b,'t'

single-axis cals, and we had about 500 pounds

of - of fUel left. Or maybe it was 600 - It was
slightly above 500; so I decided I better go ahead
and change out the PSS because we had baseline
and - and CMG and limb motions to go. So we went
down - went down to the donning station. And
Bill proceeded to remove the PSS. Everything was
going quite smoothly and rapidly, and we did not
feel amy necessity to throw the _TERNAL POWER
on to the ASMU at the time. I had 28 volts on
the battery and everything looked real fine, and
so Bill sailed off with the PSS up to the recharge
stat ion.

018 03 09 06 CDR And he was gone and gone and gone. And I stood
there and waited and waited. And pretty soon,
I began to see the voltage fall below 28 and I
began to get concerned.

018 03 09 17 CDR So I finally signaled Bill that he'd better come

back down. And I noticed that he was gyrating
around up there, fuming and fighting and fussing
with the charge station, and I knew _mmediately
that he was having difficulty with the doggone
quick - so-cA11ed quick disconnect. It sometimes
is murderous. So Bill came down on m_ - on m_
signal. I pointed to him and indicated that the -
the battery was getting low, that we better get
on EXTERNAL POWER if he needed to spend any more
time at it. So we went onto EXTERNAL POWER. And
he went back up and very, very quickly got the
PSS connected up this time. At that - that dis -
That charging station is murder. It's a knuckle-
buster - knucklebiter. It Just chews your hands
all up. And for some reason, every once in a
while, you Just can't connect it up. And
sometimes, you can't get that mother unconnected
for love nor money. And you'll wrastle [sic] it
for 15 minutes.

018 03 l0 22 CDR Finally, you'll get mad at it and go away from

it, considering kicking it hard, except you
realize what it's all connected to, andyou decide,
well, you better not kick the walls of your house
out. So you go _way, you come back in a few
minutes and it Just pops right on and comes right
off without any problem. That recharge station
28h8

is - is a problem, and I hope that we don't ever

have anything like that again or in any future
spacecraft. I hope that if we do get into the
mode of recharging bottles and tanks, that we can
find some better way of doing it.

018 03 i0 56 CDR Those quick disconnects are Just too much - too
much to work with. I think we better go for
screw-on types or something.

018 03 ll 04 CDR Okay, anyway, Bill blew a heck of a lot of time

trying to get the darn PSS connected up. And we
both feel badly about that, but the doggone hard-
ware is the way it is. And it happened, and we
got back and recovered some of the battery if we
could. Now while we were waiting for the wheel
speed to come back up again, I told Bill to give
you folks a call on the ground and suggest that
maybe we could cancel the - the CMG baseline with
the umbilical in order to make sure we have battery
enough to get to our - all - through all of our
baseline work with the SOP.

018 03 ll 43 CDR And apparently, it took an excessively long time

for the people on the ground to get the word back
to us, and I finally Just got tired of waiting
and - and said, all right, we're - we're canceling
the baseline. Tell them and come on back and
let's get moving, because we can't stall any longer.
We went ahead when we got back on the battery
with the new PSS. I went up and did limb motions.
And then I came back. And I think when I came
back from the linb motions, I had something like
1500 to 1600 pounds - something like that - of
PSS fuel, an adequate amount. I wasn't concerned
about it, whereas now I wish that I had gone
sheadand changed the PSS along with the battery
because at this time is when we change the battery.
And I wish we'd have gone ahead and changed the
doggone PSS and kept it in with the battery.

018 03 12 32 CDR But as I told you before, we got out of sync with
these two things, and it turned out to be a
self-defeating process.

018 03 12 38 CDR We put the new battery in. We disconnected the

lightweight 1_bilical, and I embarked on the SOP
calmaneuver. There was no problamwith the cal
maneuver . The battery- The new batterywas
 2849

battery 7 now. The cal maneuvers went, and I

indicated in my earlier briefing that I was very
pleased to see how - how nice it was not to have
that umbilical hooked to me and that - the fact
that it really operated very much like it did in
shirt sleeve. Okay, then after the cal maneuver,
we had 1050 pounds in the PSS and a RATE GYR0 to
go. And it required llO0 for the RATE GYR0 and I've
decided to bet on the ... And - and we went for
the RATE GYRO. I wanted to get that out of the
way and get a new PSS on and hopefully have enough
battery to do the baseline.

018 0B 1B BB CDR Okay, we - I did the RATE GYRO baseline maneuver;

it went very quickly. The only problem with it
is the same problem I had in training in Denver;
and that is, your wrist gets mighty tired holding
yaw in as you're going around between stations B
and _. Then after that RATE GYRO, we were down
to about 250 pounds. I skizzled down to the
donning station and Bill changed my PSS. But
prior to doing that, he put me on EXTERNAL POWER.
And he put me on the lightweight 13m_ilical in
order to conservepower on both. Then he changed
the PSS, and - let's see; yes, he changed the
PSS and then put me back on the battery and back
on the lightweight umbilical - I mean, took me
off the lightweight umbilical, and I embarked
upon CMG baseline.

CDR Well, I got from the starting point to position

number l, and Bill indicated to me that my SOP
was now in the red.

018 03 l_ 41 CDR Well, I didn't want to stop, but he had already

dragged me out into the middle of the - of the
workshop. And I t_Sked him into taking me back.
And he took me back, and I tried to get to
station 2, but the SOP pressure - the suit pressure
started fading. And the suit noise started going
down so I had to give up. And he took me back to
the donning station, connected up the umbilical,
and off we went again. He took me back up to CMG
number - I mean position number i. And I conti -
I continued with another data mark at 1 and moved
on to 2 and then over to B. By the time I reached
bat - position number B, battery 7 was down to
 /

285O

26 volts. And so from position 3 1 went down to

the donning station. And we put battery 6 back
in again. And that battery was one that we had
put on charge Just as soon as we took it out -
hopefully, Just as sort of a hedge, in case we
might need it. Sure enough we needed it. Luckily,
when he hooked it up, the charge was 29 volts.
We went back up to CMG posi - or to the position
ntsnber 3. And between position number 3 and 3-1/2,
which is halfway between 3 and 4, the battery
voltage dropped from 29 back to 26.

018 03 15 53 CDR So I gave up on the CMG MODE at that time and

switched the CMG OFF and went DIRECT and finished
the baseline maneuver in DIRECT. And at that time,
at the - at the end of the baseline maneuver,
battery 6 was reading 25.5 volts. I decided that
we had no choice but to terminate. So we termi-
nated and waited for you folks for - for some
time. You were LOS at the time and I was hoping
that you might have some options for me. I wasn't
sure whether - if I turned off the CMG that if -
I could go ahead and press with 25.5 volts and
do someDIRECTstuff.

018 03 16 30 CDR I re,fly feel very badly that we didn't get to do

the exploratory maneuvers or the discretionary
maneuvers. But as I look back over things, I
don't think we would've ever made it anyway. I
think we would have been lucky to finish all the
baseline work - the baseline DIRECT and the base-
line RATE GYRO - with the umbilical connected.
So I think what we had is, we were Just scheduled
well beyond our - our resources that were available
to us. I have a very nagging suspicion that we
didn't get a good charge on our batteries. I -
I - I have a nagging suspicion that our batteries
are both in very poor condition, because it seems
to me these batteries ought to last longer than that.
In fact, if I remember, back in the prep somewhere
it says battery ON time is limited to 60 minutes.
And to that I say, "Ho, ho, ho," because I don't
think we made more than 30 minutes on either
battery.

018 03 17 29 CDR And - So anyway, your exploratory maneuvers looked

real neat. So did the discretionaries. And I
suggest maybe - we ought to either do those shirt
r 2851

sleeve or you ought to knock off a lot of this

other stuff for Bill, and let him get into those
exploratories and - and discretionaries very
quickly, and not waste any battery power or
nitrogen on some of the other stuff, if you
feel like you've got enough data.

CDR Okay, so much for that. That's the whole schedule

of events, the whole rationale. Bill and I both
felt like a couple of plumbers when we finished
this afternoon. We were - we thought we were
fully prepared for this mission and I - I thought
we were going to do a real good Job and it was
going along real well. And all of a sudden, the -
the consumables really let us down. And by
letting them get out of phase we really - we
hurt ourselves too. And I think that's a lesson
learned. It's too bad we didn't learn that lesson
back in Houston instead of learning it up here
when the chips are down.

018 03 18 38 CDR I think you are a little bit overambitious in

your scheduling, although I think, what the heck;
you might as well schedulefor everythingyou can
get and Just hope that it could be worked out.
I don't know; I haven't really in - inspected it
very carefully. But I wonder if there is any
way of - I think there probably is. But I wonder
if there is any way of hooking up an electrical
,_mhilical to this thing and flying some of this
stuff with an electrical - either a high-power
accessory cable or a utility cable. I don't know
which it uses. It probably uses the high-power
accessory. But I thought I'd take a look at that
and see if that's possible.

018 03 19 23 CDR I think your discretionary meneuvers - I - I can

see, it's Just plain as can be why you want those
done that way. And the exploratory maneuvers, I
can see why you want those done, and I agree with
you completely. But our consumables are Just flat
killing us and that's really a shame.

018 03 19 38 CDR Okay, let's get on to the debriefing sheet, I've

waxed philosophical enough about that. I frankly
feel that M509 is a darn good experiment. I think
there's a lot of kludges Just here and there that
are a kind of a pain in the neck. I think the
2852 -_.

concept of the idea - the idea of a stabilized

maneuvering unit is the right way to go. I think
that TO20's got some good ideas in the idea
that they leave your feet to do the maneuvering
and keep your hands free. I think that's a good
concept, but their implementation of the concept
is very, very bad, I think. But of course, that's
a - that's a subject for T020; I've alrea - already
debriefed that. I'll tell you; in the future of
self-contained maneuvering 1_n_ts like this, I
think we need to take the best features of both,
M509 and T020, and somehow get them together;
get the thrusters up around the body c.g. Use
your feet for control. Keep your hands free.
And try to keep the envelope of the maneuvering
unit in as close to the body as possible. And
I think it's a system for the future. I think
it can be worked out, and I think it'd be very,
very good.

018 03 20 _7 CDR Quite frankly, I would be willing to take M509

outside right now. I would ask for only a
lightweight umbilical - a tether, not an umbilical.
I would, you know, want to stay self-contained on
the M509. But I would be willing to take it
outside right now and fly around the workshop
with it and - and fiddle around.

018 03 21 07 CDR And I think that it's a good unit, it's - it's -
it's a reliable unit, and - as far as the gyros
and the thrusters and all that are concerned.
But consumables are the - the big biter.

CDR Okay. Now let me get to my debriefing. M509 run.

CDR Okay. Here's number 3. Could you fly the baseline

maneuver satisfactory [sic] in all modes? Yes,
I could. Now that's one thing I did get to do.
And I didn't get to fly complete baseline in all
modes, but I did indeed use all modes in the
baseline.

018 03 21 5_ CDR Any,modes deficient? Well, if you want to call

DIRECT deficient. But DIRECT is direct. And
it's nonstabilized and I guess if it's - because
it's nonstabilized I would consider it a bit
deficient, but as a DIRECT MODE it was not
deficient. It was Just a DIRECT MODE, and that's
 2853

no big thing. I prefer a stabilized mode. I

think it's great. In which mode was the baseline
maneuver the easiest to fly? I don't really - I
guess I liked - I guess a stabilized mode. I
guess I would have to say rather than the mode,
I would say a stabilized mode was the best to fly.
Like I said, holding the yaw in with your hand
is mighty hard in a glove in a pressurized suit.
On the other hand, flying it DIRECT means a lot
more work and a lot more attention and a lot more
banging. It's easier on your hands because you
don't have to - to hold it. But you've got to
work a lot more. So one just about cancels out
the other, and I guess I'll have to say that the
stabilized modes are the - are easier from a task
standpoint. But from a physical standpoint, I
guess I have to say the DIRECT is - is easier on
your muscles, the hands, and everything because
you can - you can tap the hand controller - you
can pat it and do the things you want to do.

018 03 23 19 CDR You can take ahold of the top of the things - the
hand controller with two fingers and do your
f- yawing;whereas if you got to hold that yaw in
against such a great force, two fingers won't
get it after about 15 or 20 seconds.

018 03 23 33 CDR Do you feel comfortable flying some modes faster

than others? Yes, I think the stabilized modes,
I feel comfortable flying those faster than
DIRECT because DIRECT there's too much coupling
and too many things that'll bite you if - if you're
not really up on it. And so because of that,
you're -because you're undamped, you're -you're
more comfortable flying that far.

CDR Was precision stationkeeping easier in some modes?

Yes, yes, in the stabilized mode it's much easier.
In the DIRECT MODE it's not any easier at all;
it's - it's - it's harder. Did some modes take
more attention to flying than others? Yes_ again,
DIRECT takes more attention to flying. RATE GYRO
and CMG Just require a little more effort because
you've got to hold it. I think I mentioned this
one time in a debriefing on training. But the
right way to do the - the CMG and the RATE GYRO
MODEs, I think, would be to do it autopilot style,
like the autopilots of the older airplanes. And
285_

that is, you use a knob. And of course, the only

problem there is you don't have a fail safe for
a deadband feature there in the knob. However,
a different kind of hand controller might make
the difference. For instance, the hand controller
we developed for the lunar Rover ,,,ch - was much
more natural to the gloved hand than this hand
controller.

018 03 25 05 CDR And I'd like to talk to John Young a little bit
more about that and see - get his thoughts on it.
But it seems to me, a T-handle would certainly be
a whole lot easier to use as a hand controller
than the vertical handle that we have.

CDR Somewhere way back along the line somebody got

sold a bill of goods about how we could - easily
we could move our wrists, but that ain't so. It's
a whole lot easier to rock your wrist forward and
aft and side to side, your hand with the palm
down. And I think it's a little easier to rock
your wrist from side to side in an yawing motion
with the p_3m down than it is with the palm to
theside.

018 OB 25 46 CDR Okay, back to the debriefing. Number 6: Were

you able to satisfactorily aim at the target for
the transfer maneuver and the baseline maneuver?
Yes. I don't know why it's easier in a suit to
line up and do things, but it - it was for me.
I guess it's because I had my toes out where I
could see them. I could see down the legs of my
suit better. I just had a better sighting thing
because my suit was out away from my chest. And
I could Just sight right down the suit, line those
feet up and it was much easier to aim at targets.
I noticed in particular in the single-axis maueu-
vers when I had to do the - after the yaw 180, I
had to do a pitchup 90. I found it was very easy
to pitch right up, and as soon as my toes got level
with the dome lockers I could stop. And I was
in a nice comfortable horizontal attitude, and I
could look off to the side. And I convinced my-
self that I was in good shape. And the role
maneuver was very easy to do too. So for some
reason, I think it's easier to aim yourself in a
suit than it is in shirt sleeves. You got more
around you to use for sighting cues or something.
 2855

Were the thruster sounds useful in the pi - a use-

ful piloting cue?

018 03 26 53 CDR Yes, zindeed they were. I think they're - you can
hear them in the suit without any problem, at all,
and I think they're very valuable. I'd be inter-
ested to hear what they're out - what they're like
outside. I wonder if you could hear them outside.
Should any maneuvers be changed for the next M509
run? Well, I mentioned that before, that I think
maybe you ought to - if you've got enough baseline
data and if you've got enough single-axis maneuver
data and ASS that, why don't you skip it, or skip
a lot of it? Let Bill have some fam and then let
him do some of these other maneuvers that you
haven't seen yet from Bean. I doubt if you've seen
much from Beano and the other guys. I don't know.

018 03 27 33 CDR ASMU controllability. Are translational acceler-

ation levels too high? No, they're about right.
I liked them. In fact - No, I won't say they're
too low. I think they were Just about right.
Could you null translational rates satisfactory [sicJ?
_- Again, yes indeed. I found that I could null them
more precisely when I was in the suit than I could
in shirt sleeves. And I guess that's because I
Just had more things around me to sight through or
by, and I could see them very quickly. When
attempting minimum THC commands, did you sometimes
fail to activate the thrusters? No - no, I didn't.
I think if anything, I was a little ham flsted
with it, so to speak. • I didn't have any trouble
with minimum command because most of my minimum
commands were nearly full-out c_.mmands but short
duration. Are rotational acceleration levels too
high, about right, too low? Again, I think they're
about right.

018 03 28 27 CDR I was comfortable. Maybe I would say they're a

little bit low, but not too low. I think probably
it would be nice if you could get your rotational
acceleration levels a little bit higher. I'd like
to be able to get them higher without quite so much
force on the stick. I think your stick forces are
too high. Could you null rotational rates satis-
factory [sic] in the DIRECT MODE? Yes, no problem
at all. I did notice a little bit of coupling in
2856

the DIRECT MODE even in free with the SOP. I

didn't - Let's see; I did that when I did the SOP
cal maneuvers. And I did notice there was a little
coupling• and Bill reported that coupling in free.
When attempting minimum RHC command, did you some-
times fall to activate the thrusters in the DIRECT
MODE? No, again I used the bang-bang method and
you listen. You take ahold of the thing and you -
you tweak it and you listen. If you don't get a
firing, you tweak it a little further. And for
the most part, I had no - no problem, because I
was tweaking it more than I needed to• really.

018 03 29 38 CDR During single-axis cals, DIRECT • did you notice

any attitude disturbances when commanding trans-
lation? I already mentioned that, and Bill -
Bill described the - the - the directions and the
magnitude of the crosscoupling. During single-
axis cal, DIRECT MODE, did you notice attitude
rates increase or attitude change about an axis
other than the axis commanded? Again, that's
the coupling thing, and Bill mentioned that ; so
we'll pass that by. And the answer is yes, I did
notice some. I noticed coupling due to attitude
changes and I noticed coupling due to translation
changes • but it was not much. It was very minimal.

018 03 30 23 CDR Do you feel that the RATE GYRO MODE attitude rates
and displacement deadbands were so tight that
normal limb motions caused excessive thruster
activity? Well, I told you that I thought that
the rates of the deadband were too loose• or that
I got the impression that they were loose. But
now when I think about limb motions, man, it was
Just firing up a storm every time I moved a - a
limb. And that's the dichotomy now. And I can't
explain why I felt with the umbilical that I had
a big wide deadband and then I turn around and
tell you during limb motions, I was just getting
firings like mad. That is probably where a lot
of the PSS gas went, in the limb motions. I'll
bet you I used a bundle up with all those firings.

018 03 31 12 CDR Do you feel that the RATE GYR0 MODE attitude
deadbands were so loose that the altit - attitude
rates were not satisfactory [sic] nulled? Well•
I've tASked about both of those together. For
some reason, I felt like I had a wide deadband
 2857

when I was tethered, and when I was not tethered,

I felt like I had a nice tight deadbaud.

018 03 31 32 CDR Were normal attitude disturbances due to normal

limb motions in the DIRECT MODE bother - bothersome?
No, they weren't. I was surprised that there's
so much - I had so much inertia that I - I could
wave my arms quite a bit and not get anything.
In fact, you folks may notice in your data that
there is a Jerk or a coupling or some sort of a
system motion Just about the time I'm doing a data
mark every time. And the reason why is because I
wave my right arm or raise my right arm for Bill
to see whenever I did a data mark. And that way
he could say data mark to you. So that - you may
notice that in the data and wonder what it is.
So that's what that is.

018 03 32 ll CDR I Just raised my arm to Bill to indicate a data

mark.

CDR Did I notice any leg lag during rotation or

translation commands? None whatsoever.

CDR Did I notice any motion inside the suit during

rotation or translations? No, I did not because
my rates of rotation and translation were not fast
enough to set up inside-the-suit motion.

CDR Did you notice disturbances due to oxygen umbil-

ical? Yes, I did. It seemed to get me most in
yaw and in pitch. In roll it didn't seem to bother
me so much. But when I did a yaw or a pitch, I
usu_lly got the opposite. If I did a pitch, I
usually got a yaw effect, if I did a - a yaw,
I usually got a pitch and a little bit of roll.

CDR Did the umbilical tend to get in the way? No,

we had it pretty well routed so that it went down
the side of the - the forward compartment and then
up the middle to me. And it was kind of under
me all the time. So it - it wasn't - it wasn't
too much problem at all.

CDR Was the absence of umbilical influence noticeable

during SOP? I already answered that ; yes, it was
very noticeable.
2858

018 03 33 22 CDR Did you inadvertently contact the workshop? If

so, how often? Yes, I did. Every doggone time
I got to station number h my toes would touch
locker number 550. And I didn't ever touch it
hard, but I touched. And it was there. And so
let's see; I did two baseline maneuvers, so that's
the two times that you saw me touch it.

CDR Did you sometimes use your legs or hands to stop

or push off? No, not - The only time I did was
after I had completed a maneuver, like when I
was going back down to the donning station.

018 03 3h 08 CDR I would do my data mark when I was there and then
reach out and grab the handrai_ and pull myself
down to the floor.

CDR The times that we had to go back up to the banjo

after - for the SOP fracas, I grabbed things up
there and got myself stabilized before I started
out.

CDR Design features. Is automatic attitude hold

needed for the baseline maneuver? Yes, I think
so. I think it's needed. If so, was the solid
feel and absence of deadbands in the C - CMG MODE
a significant advantage? No, it was not a signifi-
cant advantage. I think the value of CMG over the
RATE GYR0 MODE is going to be in the fact that
you've got an electrical system and your - your
consumable situation is different, more than the
absence of deadbands and the solid feel. I don't
think we can sell the CMG MODE on the basis of
solid feel and absence of deadbands because unless
we get into something where we're doing very
intricate work on a satellite or something outside,
I don't think we need to - we - we need an abso-
lutely solid CMG-type mode. But the fact of the
matter is that the CMG MODE is of value because
you don't have to pack around so much fuel with
you. On the other hand, you've got to pack around
electricity, which is Just as tough.

018 03 35 32 CDR Is proportional rate command needed? Yes. If

you're going to - If you're going to do an
attltude-hold-type command system, you're g0ingto
need a proportional rate c_mmand.
 2859
t_ -_"

CDR And was the nonlinear RHC for RATE GYR0 MODE
desirable? Yes, it was. But again, I think if
you had a different kind of RHC, you'd be in better
shape.

CDR Is six-degree-of-freedom control required? Yes.

Desired? Yes. If not, which axis would you give
up?

018 03 36 05 CDR Why, after flying T020, I wouldn't give up any

axis. I think you need the whole bloody schmear.

CDR Is proportional thrust level for the HHMU needed?

The HHMU is not needed, as far as I'm concerned.
That's Just - that's suffering. And in a suit,
you Just can't be throwing your arms around like
that and doing - pointing in all different direc-
tions. And I Just - I am a staunch opponent of
HHNU, and I'll fight it to the death. I Just
don't think it's a germane thing to have at all.
I think that a good attitude stabilized mode is
the way to go.

IE
CDR Okay, EVA evaluation. Would you feel confident
in flying an operational maneuvering unit employing
any one of the modes out to the AM [sic] Sun end
and return? Well, I've already answered that. I'd -
I'd fly the one you got right here, out and back
anytime. The only backup I 'd want would be a -
$ very small lightweight tether. Because there's
always been - you know the - the lag-nagging danger
that you could get a stuck thruster and go zigging
off into space and be gone. And I think you'd
want to be tied to the mother ship in some way
but with ale - very lightweight tether.

018 03 37 19 CDR Rank the ASMU modes in order of preference for

the above task and state the rationale for your
thinking. Well, I - I lump RATE GYRO and CMG
MODE together and Just c_]] that an attitude hold
mode. It doesn't mattem to me which one of those
two modes you give me. I think the thing that'll
decide which of those modes is used is going to
be how you're going to put your consumables on
and all that.

CDR But the rationale for my ranking - wanting an

attitude hold over a direct is that it's less
work; less attention is required.
286O

01_ 0B B_ 0B CDR And when you get out to whatever it is you're

going to work on, if you're not going to tether
yourself to it and do heavy work, if you're
going to do very light, rather delicate work, you
need an attitude stabilized mode. You don't need
a direct mode out there - a free mode - free drift.

CDR Do you feel the above task could be accomplished

with the HHMU as a planned mobility task? It could
be accomplished, but I wouldn't want to. I mea -
As I said before, l'm a_ainst the HH_J.

CDR How about as a contingency or as an emergency task?

Okay, that would be the only basis upon which I
would carry an HHMU or some kind of a squirt gun
or something, would be as a backup control system
where if you got in trouble and you needed to get
back and you didn't have a tether, you could. If
you had an HHMU, you could squirt your way back
with that.

018 0B 39 02 CDR What sort of EVA ta - tasks do you feel the ASMU
could be used for? Use Skylab examples if
possible. Well, it sure as heck could have been
used for rigging the sail. In fact, it could be
used right now for spreading out the sail. Or
for going out and rigging some little ancillary
sails - some Jibs or whatever you want to call
them - onto the sail that's out there now, in
order to cover those parts of the workshop that
are not properly covered now. I think you could
do all sorts of things with that. And the ASMU
would be perfect for that because the sail material
is very light. It's not going to pull you around.

018 0B B9 B8 CDR I think the ASMU has got enough poop or control
power to overcome the - the - the recoil or the
coiling or the foldup factor that you - you know,
the strength that you would have from the sail.
So there's one good use - would be for rerigging
the sail and getting a little better, more effi-
cient shading of the workshop. I think you could
use the ASMU to fly out to the Sun end instead of
hand - hand-over-handing your way out. You could
Just putter on out there, tether yourself to - to
a workstation out there, and - and get with your
work, change out film and things like that. You
could do the same thing going to the center
workstations.
 2861

CDR You could go around and you could do things like

ziggy out and take pictures of the solar panels;
you could get detailed pictures, real closeups
of the solar panels. With the cold gas system,
I don't think you would worry too much about
contaminating the panels, if you had the right
kind of cold gas. I don't know if nitrogen would
then contaminate the panels or not. But the thing
is, you could go out and - and go places and
take pictures and do - do light work that I think
would be very good. And, of course, if you have
to do heavy work you got to have - you got to
bring along the workstation. Like the S19B work,
that antenna work we did, you could have ziggied
around there with that workstation that - that
universal foot restraint under your arm. You could
have put it in position, anchored your feet there,
and gone to work and you probably wouldn't even
have need - needed the other guy.

018 03 41 12 CDR Do you feel that the AS_J, if it was EVA qualified,
could have been used for the SL-2 CSM flyaround?
Sure, heck, yes. SAS deployment? No, I don't
F think they could have used it. From what I heard
from Pete and Joe, when that - when that - the
pressure they needed to pull that wing out was
fantastic, and when it finally went, it went with
a snap. And if you'd have been out there _11ing
on it with an ASMU, you'd have really gone - gone
wild. Any preference on mode? Well, again I
think I'd have wanted a stabilized mode.

018 03 41 50 CDR Okay, gents. That about covers M509 and all my
thoughts concerning it. I am as disappointed as,
I imagine, you are that we didn't get more done
today. I'm really interested to hear what you
folks have got to say down there, whether or not
you agree with me that the batteries must be
degraded. I honestly do not feel that I used
fuel at any heavier rate today than I did in
training. I felt like, you know, that I was
reasonably efficient with what I was doing. You
folks have got data down there, I think, on
thruster firings and, of course, you heard it.
I'd be interested to hear some words from you folks
as to whether or not I really did use a lot more
and that was probably one of our reasons and one
of our problems, or whether we Just plain had
2862

consumables problems, and we got into a bad manage-

ment scheme and ended up screwing ourselves.

018 03 42 50 CDR I think if we fly Bill's suited mode - and, of

course, I'll be the consumables manager then -
we're going to rig the universal foot restraints
over at the donning station. And I'm going to
rig them so that they're 90 degrees or so from
the donning station so that it's very easily [sic]
for Bill to get into them; I'll very quickly
disconnect the battery whenever - or connect up
the EXTERNAL POWER whenever he's over there. I
think he - Would you please give me a reading on
this. I think what I probably should do is leave
the battery circuit breaker IN or put it IN and
let it be getting a little bit of charge while it's
running on E_ITERNAL POWER. And the question here
is, can you deliver enough EXTERNAL POWER to - to
run your CMGs and all the rest of your systems
and also give a little charge to your battery while
you're standing? Because every tiny - every
millivolt you can get and every milliemp you can
get is going to be money in the bank. I can see
that now.

018 03 43 53 CDR In the area of PSSs, I think even if it means

pulling a PSS early, I'm going to try to keep the
PSSs and the batteries together. And I'm going
to d - I'm golngto try and - to set up a shuttle
at the charging station. I'm not going to go up
there and try to connect up a PSS and then wait
for it to fill before I bring it back. I'm going
to try to hustle up there, connect it up, and if
it takes any time at all, I'm going to leave it
and come back in a few minutes when I can. Now
this may serve a little bit to the detriment
of the description on my part, but the other
alternative is to get the SPT to do this for us.
While - while we're taking care of the flight work,
let the SPT do the other. But I'm reluctant to
take him away from the ATM Just yet. At least
until this - all this active stuff is over. And
as I get the impression things are going, the
next suited run is before the active period of
the Stm is over. So that - that facet is probably
completely out of the question.
 2863

018 03 44 54 CDR Okay, gents, I'ii be very interested in hearing

some words from you. l'd appreciate it if you
would teleprinter us up a - some sort of a little
summary or r_su_, a critique of - of how things
went. And if you know s_ething that we don't know,
please - please clue us in.

018 03 45 14 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

018 13 34 58 SPT SPT at 13:35. PRD readings: 42823, 23h51, and

38598.

018 13 35 08 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

018 14 18 2_ PLT This is PLT reporting the handheld photographs:

Charlie X-ray 50, Hasselbladmagazine, at I_:05
took a panoramic shot from over eastern Texas
looking back over northern Mexico, west Texas,
and New Mexico. The main subject of the photo-
graph was Jet stream cirrus; however, there is an
awful lot of geology shown in - low angle - low
Sun angle relief. At l_:16 I took five frames
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It was unusually
clear, showing cloud-drift patterns, ice patterns,
and also I took one - It was a pan shot back over
the area as we passed to the northeast.

018 l_ 19 l0 PLT PLT out.

018 lh 19 12 PLT Stand by. The frames on the Hasselblad for Gulf
of St. Lawrence, frames l_l through l&5, taken
at 14:16. That's on Charlie X-ray 50; took an
f/ll at 1/250. The Jet stream, I took the f/_
at 1/250 because of low - low-level lighting.

018 l& 19 57 PLT PLT correcting the f-stop setting on the Gulf of
St. Lawrence pictures. Those were taken at f/16.

018 l& 20 01 PLT PLT out.

2864

TIME SKIP

018 14 53 45 SPT SPT at 14:54. It's ATM ops which began at 1B:58.
Synoptic, building block l, went straightforward;
so did TV. And since it was automatic, we put
it on the VTR rather thau on the real-time down-
link, although they did get that also.

018 14 54 13 SPT I'd appreciate a caql from ground when they say
they're ready for the TV downlink.

SPT And I'm also wondering which is the quickest to

get it back to Houston. Apparently once the lines
are up, they have to go by mail and by the time
it gets here, it's pretty much ancient history.
So I'll try to get it on the VTR most of the time
unless I know the lines are up.

SPT The sunspot umbra is not too large, unfortunately.

Probably large enough in white light that it looks
as though it covered it, and I've been trying to
move the five-second aperture, 55, around. It 's on
the one side of it at a peak, and that is on the _
west side of it at a maximum, V Just a little outside
of the umbra.

018 l_ 55 23 SPT And then it just pretty much trailed off to the
west - I'm sorry, the peak was on the west side
and then trailed off to the east. It Just got
lower and lower in intensity. I tried to put it
pretty close to the center of the umbra and still
have it so that the second or the next space over -
the next five-arc-seconds step over, would give a
m_ximum.

SPT And I used H-ALPHA 1 and then H-ALPHA 2 since we

were not taking MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs and there is
nothing else operating; allowed me to get, I think,
better pointing because we got a better display in
H-ALPHA 1. Also when we are dealing with something
that sm_11 , I have to try to mentally picture where
the 5-arc-second aperture is relative to the cross-
hairs, because from my last - four-limb coalignment,
it became apparent that - well, it has all the way
through here, as a matter of fact - that the cross-
hairs pretty much lie on the boundaries of the
squares rather than intersecting them.
 2865

018 l_ 56 _7 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

018 15 5_ 15 CDR This is the CDR at 15:5_. Subject is Earth ob-

servations. We've pretty well covered the Gulf
of St. Lawrence area today with photography on the
last rev. We're pretty much, well, not quite
overhead - slightly south of the area again on
this rev.

018 15 5_ 34 CDR And I just thought I'd m_e a couple of visual

observations. And that is, that over the last
Week and a half or so, we've seen a great in-
crease in pack-ice development in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence.

CDR The tip of the - The eastern tip of Anticosti

Island has for - for periods of time had ice
apparently building.

_ 018 15 55 00 CDR And then the ice has disappeared. And at the
moment now, at - for this particular pass as I'm
looking out, the whole southeastern end of Anti-
costi Island the is - the eastern tip along the
southern shore for about the first 25 percent of
the southern shore, starting at the east, has got
a lot of ice plumes moving out from it, the -
rather thin swirly looking material that's called
in our Visual Obs Book an ice plume. And we have
some very good photos of that. A lot of pack ice
appears to be building now from the south.

CDR I would have really expected to see the pack ice

forming there at the eastern tip of Anticosti
where the - we first saw the plumes of the - the
first - first ice formations. But it appears the
pack ice is sort of growing from the south.

018 15 55 52 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
2866

018 16 20 3_ CDR This is the CDR at 16:20 Zulu. The subject is

Earth observations, handheld photography. On
this particular pass at 16:03, it was a
descending pass east of Spain, too far off, I
think, to get very good Hasselblad photos,
so I took 300's. The targets: The first one
I took was Lisbon. The first two were Lisbon
and the port south of Lisbon, Portugal,
Montijo, I guess, is the pro - pronunciation
of it. These are on frames 53 and 52 of Charlie
X-ray 41 and an f-stop of 5.6, 1/1000. And
then at 16:04, I took one frame of the Cartagena
area which is Southern Spain. And that's the
southern most HH121 site. That's frame number 51,
same f-stop and shutter speed.

018 16 21 27 CDR CDR out.

018 16 28 12 SPT The SPT at 16:28, "ATM pass which began at 15:37.
Spent the good part of this pass just looking at
the Sun and trying to figure out what were the
interesting things we were doing for some of the
passes I may have coming up today. First of
all, I went around the limb in the H-ALPHA.
There was only a few small things I was able to
locate. One was a small surge at around 330.
Went off to around 20 arc seconds. Another, of
course, P-70, which we know about, is another
prominence over at around 1BO degrees; it's
relatively small. Went over and looked at the
brightest active region on the disk in H-ALPHA
and saw that the oxygen VI count there was 1000 -
1500. Had no real discernible bright areas. It
all looked fairly uniform plage, slightly
brighter in one region, in active region 21,
but still the count was only about 1000.
Didn't look as though that we were going to have
fluctuating bright points in the _mmediate
future, anyway, in that location. Nothing was
visible in the XUV MONITOR without INTEGRATE.
When we did INTEGRATE, most of them were -
active regions came out at the same integration
time, which says that you really don't have any
exceptionally hot spots. Active region 21 and 16
appeared to be the hottest, relatively hot,
anyway. But they still looked dorm__nt, so I
didn't think that we had much of a chance for
 2867

fluctuating bright points and working active

regions today, other than from the synoptic
standpoint.

018 16 30 B8 SPT And so I also then went above the active region
where 14 was and where we had the activity
take off from yesterday in an oxygen VI. And
again I could hardly locate anything. So the
next alternative was to see whether there
was something which just was not visible on a
limb. So I went about 30 arc seconds or so off
the limb, and oxygen VI called up and then Just
rolled about Sun center. And a couple of little
blips here and there, nothing really significant,
until I got around to 285 degrees and then we
got counts of around 130 or 140. And I worked
that area a little bit trying to find out what
was there. Found I could get out to around
60 or so and still have - 60 arc seconds off
the limb and still have reasonable counts of 100
to ll0, somewhere around in there. I looked at
the basis of what might be down there, that is,
in the H-ALPHA, and could see Just very slight
,F traces of H-ALPHA intensity going upward and
inclined as though you did have a loop. Although
I hate to keep pressing - pressing the loop
idea, it probably was, as the ground said,
a - a prominence, although it certainly was not
visible at all in H-ALPHA except for maybe at the
very basis.

018 16 32 41 SPT I think I will explore that area a little bit

further on the next - next orbit. And perhaps
the best one to - to do that with would be
Lyman-bet a.

SPT *** Loops are relatively hot and I would suspect

that some of the hotter lines, magnesium X,
for example, would show a maximum with loops
and certainly would not be used in that m_nner
with anything related to a filament.

018 16 34 02 SPT To get the location and - which I - and this

best site around 285 degrees, we rolled so that
the horizontal slit was parallel to the limb,
HORIZONTAL CROSSHAIR. The - The coordinates
which we than worked were at a ROLL of plus 4617,
minus - that's a ROLL of plus 4617.
2868

SPT An UP/DOWN of -

SPT Gee I - I don't have that number available right

now. It was around 60 arc seconds off the limb,
however, for UP/DOWN, 50 to 60. And LEFT/RIGHT
was plus 12. Oxygen VI down to that point was
around 120 - ll0 to 120. I gave 55 two GRATING,
AUTO SCANS, a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER down to line 40_
the second one down to, I believe, around
line 30 or so; 82B WAVELENGTH, SHORT exposure
around 13 minutes; for 56, two SINGLE FRAMEs
of around 5 - 5-1/2 minutes each, SINGLE FRAME, 4
and SINGLE FRAME, 5. Going into the orbit,
we gave a CONTINUOUS MODE for 1 minute and a
quickie for 52.

018 16 36 16 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

018 17 55 50 SPT SPT at 17:56 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 17:04. Okay. Again I went over to look at
the region above 285 degrees, where I had noticed
a relatively high oxygen VI count previously and
worked the previous orbit. I was interested in
determining whether it really was a prominence
or a loop we were looking at. So I again tried
to maximize the oxygen VI and could not really
find as high values as I had before, but could ,
could maximize and got the oxygen VI. I was
about 100 and - I'm sorry, about 50 some-odd
arc seconds off the limb.

018 17 56 _l SPT Coordinates were minus _615 in ROLL, plus 1032

in UP and DOWN, and plus 12 in T,W_T/RIGHT. And
by maximize I mean that it's the local maximum.
Of course, if I went all the way down to the disk,
I would eventually end up with a much higher
value and a higher maximum. This was a very
broad - maybe 10-15 arc seconds, at least, much
more so in LEFT/RIGHT than UP/DOWN. No, I
shouldn't say that; it's not really true. When
I - when I searched around with the mirror, I
found that the - it spread fairly wide in both
directions.
 2869

018 17 57 34 SPT It was rather diffuse. Count was around, a little

less than a lO0. I then moved the GRATING to a
position of 0028. Tried to work in a MECHANICAL
and Just add - added 102 to everything. And
looked around and could not really find a maximum
Just a gentle increase as we moved in towards
the disk and a sharp dropoff somewhere around
the 60 - 70 arc seconds out. I was looking for
Lyman-beta, of course, to see whether that would
show up a prominence, and I really can't say for
sure that it did. It was Just a sharp dropoff,
around 70 or - 60 or 70 arc seconds out. Again,
this is by our eyeball, roughed up, because I've
not had time to really do the bookkeeping to give
you real accurate ones.

018 17 58 50 SPT So I did a fair number of MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs in

line 28 - or a GRATING POSITION of 28, four of
them truncated down to around line 30. Then I
moved it up to 772 so we could look for some hot-
ter features - if the loops really did exist -
and gave four truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs down
to line 4. Then went down to line 30, and I gave
you four of those.

018 17 59 24 SPT The XUV SLIT got a 15-minute exposure WAV_T.k_NGTH,

LONG. This was -under the idea that if it was
a prominence, the relatively low temperature,
we'd be able to pick up more in the long wave-
lengths. And that was the reason for choosing
LONG rather than SHORT, and I also had given you
a SHORT WAVELENGTH exposure in that same region
Just the previous orbit.

018 18 00 03 SPT 56 received SINGLE FRAME,1 for around l0 minutes,

SINGLE FRAME, _ for 7 minutes, SINGLE FRAME, 5 for
8 minutes. And all this was taking place during
ATM conferences and science conferences, and I
neglected to get 54 running, which I could have,
because we sat at a wrong spot for a long time.
And I'll try and get that going on these next
orbits coming up.

018 18 00 30 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
2870

018 19 02 45 PLT PLT, time is 19:02, reporting the handheld photo-

graphs. Subject was an extratropical cyclone
circulation, classical double pinwheel, located
up over to the east of Hudson Bay, actually
southeast.

018 19 02 59 PLT And that was Charlie X-ray 50, is the magazine;
frame number 159 taken at f/16.

018 19 09 37 CDR This is the CDR at 19:04 [sic] Zulu. The subject
is handheld photography of the Connecticut and
Merrimac River area with ice. The photograph -
three photographs were taken at 19:03 with a
Nikon 300. The first picture was at a 5.6; the
next two pictures were 4.5 with a 300-millimeter
lens at 1/1000. The frame numbers are 50, 49,
and 48. The magazine is Charlie X-ray 41. The
area of interest - I believe I located it, but
it's right at the edge of a cirrus deck that was
laying over the area. And we located it by
noting the - the lake which is frozen, which is
probably 30 miles to the east of - of the area
that you cal I out in latitude and longitude.
And it looks like it's the river that's the -
the border between New Hampshire and Vermont.
So I think what we - what we've got was whatever
area is available to the south of the - of the
cirrus layer that was in that area.

018 19 lO 48 CDR CDR out.

018 19 19 09 PLT PLT, time is 19:19, reporting handheld photographs;

frame number 160. Hasselblad - Charlie X-ray 50
taken at f/8, 1/250 in the Hasselblad. This was
a picture right down the axis of a Von Karmon
vortex system being generated up and almost into
the terminator, so I couldn't tell what - exactly
what was causing it. But I think this will be
particularly interesting because of the almost
perfect s_mmetrical - in back-to-back gassing [?
in the - in the stream of vortices.

018 19 19 48 PLT PLT out.

018 19 32 39 SPT SPT at 19:32_ ATM pass which began at 18:38.

Okay, we started out with some observing time,
which I started off with a building block 32,
Sun center. Then went over and started looking
 28"(1

at the active region and was setting up for same

work on active region 21.

018 19 33 26 SPT I had a r011 in so that we could get good disper-

sion for 54, which I had planned to take some
long exposures. And I was looking at the two
possibilities of relatively bright plage on the
area, both of them around 1500 on oxygen VI. I
got the call from the ground about the transient,
and unfortunately, I've got to mention my part of
it. I was rather slow to respond. The call was
for - a certain amount of numbers came up in a
hurry here, and I had - still had m_r mind else-
where.

018 19 3h 16 SPT And it came up on filament 81. I had a weird ROLL

in there. I had not memorized the positions of the
filaments as I had the active regions, which per-
haps is a bad thing; I should have. But ... I
had to find out was at 27.2 and figuring out the
ROLL and offsetting the 55 crosshairs that are one
H-ALPHA 2; all that left me wondering Just which
the heckof two filaments it was.

018 19 34 46 sPT I went out and looked at one and then read the
sheet and it said they were all for 50 - for 82A
along the optimum direction and I did that. By
the time we got all fiddling around there, a
couple of minutes had passed and of course you
know the second time through on something like
this it takes 15 to 20 seconds, but you don't get
the second time around. At least we got goi'ng
fairly fast. What I ended up pointing to was
apparently the southern part of the SID, the
western part of the filament which had lifted off
and which was still there, and I had 82B aligned
along that.

018 19 35 32 SPT I started taking MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs, which,

because I did not see anything below that, I
truncated down to line _0 - at line 40 in order
to give them a little higher time resolution.
And we started X-ray instruments going. 5_ was
a little late getting - getting going; in looking
at the JOP s11-,,arysheet and trying to ma_e sure
that was really what they had wanted in that be-
cause they did not have a change in it, and that
made me wonder a little bit.
2872

018 19 36 18 SPT But then, you know, for the duration of the orbit,
we - we did sit at that one location of plus 30,
but we had to move up a little bit according to
the ground. Apparently, one - the filament had
lifted up above that; an UP/DOWN of 301 and
LEFT/RIGHT of plus 131, and a ROLL of minus 5975.
And, of course, we're waiting for the shoe to
drop; and that is, for the material to come back
into the low atmosphere and to create some sort
of disturbance, trigger a flare or Just general
brightening, and do a hotter type flare, some-
thing to that effect.

018 19 37 08 SPT And, of course, in the time remaining, we did not

see anything. Unfortunately, we had Z-LV for the
next pass so we won't be able to follow it there.

SPT Maybe on the next orbit. Hopefully, this signi-

fies some restructuring of the field and maybe
a - a flare is in the waiting.

SPT SPT out. Oh, I should remark the call from

ground was pretty good; no - no problem on that.
I could - could have stood to have heard it twice
or three times but that's all right.

018 19 37 41 SPT SPT out.

018 19 51 37 CDR This is the CDR at 19:52 Zulu. The S190 frame
count after installation is 9315, 8653, 9528, 9520,
3065, 0389. And in my CaD prep it says to note,
voice record the time when the coolant speed
changes to low by sound. All I - all I can do for
that is to Just go over there occasionally and
listen to it because there is no possible way of
hearing it from where I am, because of S191 cooler
noise, rate gyro noise, and ATM D&C - or CaD cool-
ant pump noise.

018 19 52 18 CDR CDR out.

018 19 54 33 CDR This is the CDR at 19:55 Zulu. During the 8191
FILM ADVANCE sequence, I got the camera number six
MALFUNCTION li_J_t. All six cameras, however, have
advanced three frames.

018 19 54 48 CDR CDR out.

 2873

018 20 08 ii CDR This is CDR at 20:08. Delta on the EREP '

C&D panel is 56 percent.

018 20 08 20 CDR CDR out.

018 20 17 04 SPT SPT at 20:17. ATM ops, which began around 20:10.
We were able to fit in a few more observations
here between the gravity gradient dump maneuver
and the Z-LV maneuver for the EREP coming up. I've
given you building block i0 from the same location
we were looking this last orbit. I did not change
the roll; however, apparently the roll has changed
because of gravity gradient dump m_neuver, so we're
now at a ROLL of minus 6049; UP/DOWN of plus 301;
and LEFT/RIGHT of plus 131. We got three PATROL,
SHORTs in; three M, S, O, S, 64's; and a little
over one MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at GRATING POSITION
of zero.

018 20 18 O1 SPT SPT out.

018 20 20 35 CDR This is CDR at 20:20 with the T-10 monitor

reading: Alfa 2 is 55; Alfa 3, 86; Alfa 4, 92;
Alfa 5 is 34 - make it 35; Alfa 6 is reading 0;
Bravo 2 is reading 54; Bravo 3 is reading 78;
Bravo 4 is reading 91. That's a little high.
Bravo 4.

CDR Okay. Yes, Bravo 4 is reading high. It should

be reading 56 to 86. Okay, Bravo 5 is 52;
Bravo 6 is 50; Bravo 7 is 3&; Bravo 8 is l;
Bravo 9 is 57 - 58; Charlie 2 is reading 40 - 57;
Charlie 3 is reading 88; Charlie 4 is reading 55;
Charlie 5 is reading 83; Charlie 6 -

018 20 22 56 CDR Charlie 6 is reading 57; Charlie 7 is reading

50 percent; Delta 2 is reading 69; Delta 3 is
reading 82; Delta 4 is reading 45; Delta 5 is
reading - Delta h again here - it's reading 45.
That appears to be low. Delta 5 is reading
14 percent; Delta 6 is reading 55 percent; Delta 7
is reading 10. That's the T-10 monitor decals.
decals.

018 20 23 49 CDR I verify the S192, ALIG_MENT switch is OFF. And

the color - cover is replaced. 192, MODE to
READY. DOOR, OPEN now. Looking for a READY
light at 25.
287&

CDR 0k%y, the S190, HEATER SWITCH OFF light is off.

Panel 117, PRESS-TO-TESTs are both good.

018 20 2_ 59 CDR Okay, I have an S192, READY light now.

018 20 25 09 CDR Going back to MODE, CHECK. Okay, and I'm looking
at Bravo h again where the switch is reading high.
It's supposed to be 56 to 86. And we're reading
91 percent, so Bravo 4 is high.

018 20 25 51 CDR All right, we'll go through the preoperate config-

k/ration check now. TAPE RECORDER's ON. READY
light's on. 92 is ON; the READY light's out.
We're in CHECK. The door is open. 91 is ON; the
READY is on. The COOLER is ON; the DOOR is OPEN.
90 POWER's coming ON; the READY in out. We're in
STANDBY and the door is open. RADIOMETER is in
the STANDBY; the READY is out. The SCATTEROMETER
is 0FFwith the READY, out. The ALTIMETER is OFF
with the READY, out. 94 is ON with the READY,
on. The TV input station 133 POW_ is ON. And
the downlink is connected. The VIDEO select is
in TV. We're connected up green dot to green dot
with downlink box at the OFF position. Standing
by for 2 - 20:32 _REP, START.

018 20 28 47 CDR Where are we doing these specials, Bill?

PLT There's one - -

CDR That must be over Canada.

PLT Well, yes, it is cirrus. *** cloud canopies and

this is a snow cover and this is the Blake
Escarpment. We do the cirrus clouds right after
we coast in.

CDR Uh-huh.

PLT Actually - so it shouldn't be right after it -

it's actually up in eastern Washington. We start
it - it starts at 36 which is about right here.
You see?

CDR Uh-huh.

018 20 29 19 PLT We only do it for 40 seconds, because I've got to

get right on that other site. The rest of these
 28"i'5

are Just point and take data, so what I got do is

be all ready to go on this thing for hO seconds
and then quick like a bunny, go up and start look
for that lead site or lead, whatever they call it
there.

CDR That's not the Blake Escarpment that was in the

North Atlantic; it's apparently in the South -

018 20 29 46 PLT But I think it goes all the way up.

CDR Oh, I see.

PLT Because I've done this before on a descending

pass. In fact, I think was on Just about the same
pass, way early in the mission.

CDR Uh-huh.

PLT As I remember, it seems like we were going out

just about over Savannah.

018 20 30 02 CDR Going over Savannah again?

PLT I haven't looked. It looks like we're pretty

close to it. Yes, well, you know, like 50 miles.

CDR Uh-huh.

PLT Right across the southern Appalachians. That

doggone alignment! That Just throws me into a
tizzy every time I do that. And - I mean those
poor guys down there looking at that data. See
I gave a real good alignment number but it - and
it was - and you know, it was valid.

018 20 BO B6 CDR Yes. And all they saw was noise.

PLT And all they saw was noise. And all I can figure
is see, I had screwed it all the way to the end
to get max. Now on the visible you're not supposed
to do that, but in the thermal I thought it was
all right.

CDR Uh-huh.

PLT Because they told me - In fact, Ernie Lay told me

I may have - have to screw that off and reregister
it in order to get it far enough. But anyway - -
 2876

CDR Oh -

018 20 30 58 PLT - - that's why I didn't worry about being at the

end of travel. I had to - they'll - they'll pick
it up now. We're on tape. But that's why I
wanted to get back off that stop and still have a
good healthy reading.

CDR Yes. Well, you got it now.

PLT That was only a check the other day anyway. That
wasn't for data. So I mean I don't know if they
get data on that or not.

018 20 31 2h CDR Well, we got the downlink going today so they'll

get data.

PLT What I mean is I don't know if that data they get

on that downlink is of usable quality for
application.

• CDR OhX

PLT I don't - I don't know quite how that thing works

over there.

018 20 31 43 PLT Hey, Jer, did you get those Charlie 2 and Bravo 2
readings they wanted? I'm sure you called them
out.

CDR All right. All - It was Alfa 4 and 5, wasn't it?

PLT Oh, okay.

CDR I hope it was, because I didn't get them otherwise.

PLT All right. Well, that's - -

CDR Okay, coming up on 20:32 on m_ mark. Stand by - -

018 20 32 O0 CDR MARK. EREP, START. Tape recorder's running.

PLT Okay.

CDR VTS AUTO CAL in 5 seconds, Bill.

PLT Okay.
 2877

CDB Stand by -

018 20 32 l0 CDR/PLT MARK.

018 20 32 12 CDR MODE, MANUAL. And now on 194, 32:22 is my next

mark. Stand by -

018 20 32 22 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY, ALTIMETER to

STANDBY. Looking for a READY, on.

PLT Be seeing the coast here pretty soon. Ugh - I

see clouds, what I see.

PLT Okay, if you pick up Van - if Vancouver's clear,

we should pick it up about 33 and .wN so it must
not be clear.

018 20 33 28 CC Skylab, we're reading you loud and clear down here.
And got you stateside for 16 minutes.

CDR Okay, Story. Alfa 4 is 92. Alfa 5 is 35. Are

those the two you wanted?

018 20 33 4h CC We wanted Alfa 5 and Bravo 5.

CDR Okay, let's see, Bravo 5 is 54.

PLT And, Story, the ALIGNMENT worked out about lh

to 15 on the left and about 6_-1/2 on the right.

CC Okay, sounds good, Bill.

018 20 34 06 PLT But the readings were down. When I opened up and
checked the ALIGNMENT, they were reading 17 and 12,
left and right, respectively. I guess that left
was reading 17 instead of 14. And where we - where
we maxed out the reading. And for the people there
on the _round. I had - the focus had been all the
way to the extreme position and that's the only
reason - possible explanation I can give for the
fact that the - the good reading I gave fell off.
I backed off from the extreme travel, away from
the micrometers. I was all the way away from the
micrometers. I backed off from that about -
almost three-fourths of a turn, about five-eighths of
a turn - -

018 20 34 49 CDR MARK. S191, READY light's on. Going to REFERENCE,

6 -- --
2878

PLT - - to get that reading.

CDR - - at 35 even. Stand by -

018 20 35 00 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON; RADIOMETER, ON.

CC Okay, Bill, for your VTS track in the special 01,

the clouds, you'll have 8/10 to -to overcast.
That ought to be good. Your 365 is clear, but
probably snow covered. And your special 02 is
slightly doubtful. We'll call it about a 8/10 to
an overcast on that one.

PLT Okay. Well, I'll catch the snow cover anyway.

Maybe I can find a place between the clouds.

PLT MAG, MIN; DAC will be coming on *** even.

PLT And you're getting - -

018 20 35 58 CDR Okay, we're coming up on 36:03 with an ETC POWER,

ON.

018 20 36 00 PLT MARK. DAC, on.

CDR Stand by -

018 20 36 03 CDR MARK. ETC, POWER, ON.

PLT Running until 36:40.

PLT Stand by -

018 20 36 40 PLT MARK. DAC, off. Okay, going for the lead or
lead or whatever it is. There is the Black Hills.
There are the Black Hills.

CDR Okay, on my mark it will be 37:03 with an ETC to

AUTO on 190.

018 20 37 03 CDR MARK. 190 is in AUTO and the ETC should be in

AUTO. Next mark at 37: 40. Okay, I got a MALF
light on camera 6.

CDR Okay, next mark is 37:40. Stand by -

018 20 37 40 CDR MARK. And 192 MODE to READY. Got good TAPE
MOTION, and occasional flicker in the TAPE MOTION
light. _-_
 2879

PLT Okay, I got the target. How about that, sports

fans?

018 20 37 59 PLT DAC's on. *** data. I wouldn't have bet money
on this at all. On center. You know that analogy
I drew between the - the first glimpse?

CDR Yes.

PLT That's how I caught it (laughter). It made my

whole day. Ease back. Okay, DAC off. Going for
special 02. Any late update, Story? Well, I'll
Just go ahead and see what I can find.

CC No, sir, nothing new here.

PLT Okay.

CDR Still got our MALF light on camera 6.

PLT Okay, 02 at 39:20.

PLT Now, ... *** slow. That's the way I look at that.

CDR Okay, my next mark is at 39:40.

PLT That's also ***

CDR Stand by -

018 20 39 40 CDR MARK. 193, POLARIZATION to 4 at 50. All right

at 50, A-5 is 40 - correction, 37; B-5 is 5h;
C-3 is 88; and Delta 3 is 83.

PLT Now I can see the ground. Don't see any snow.
That's unusual.

CC Okay, and when anyone gets a break up there, don't

forget to load the new maneuver time for going
back to SI; it's 21 minutes or 50, 025.

PLT Thank you. Okay, I've missed the snow cover; I'm
going for the Blake Escarpment. That's at 44:36;
I've still got a couple of minutes here. Oh,
there's a break in the clouds; I'm going to go
for something.

F
2880

CDR Okay, at 41:i0 we're looking for an S190, READY,

out. Still got my MALF light.

PLT Okay, I been taking data on a single hole that you

can Just spot through the clouds. It has not
got snow cover on it.

018 20 41 13 CDR MARK. At 12, 190 READY light went out. ETC
ought to be in STANDBY now, Ed.

018 20 hl 18 CDR 190, MODE to STANDBY. Setting up frame 45.

hl:30 is my mark. Stand by -

018 20 41 30 CDR MARK. 192, MODE to CHECK.

PLT Okay, h4 :36.

CDR Story, did you copy those MONITOR readouts at

39 :50 ?

CC Yes, sir; got them, Jer.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, Story, would you check maneuver time, please?

CC Yes, sir_ verified correct.

PLT Thank you. 20 :4h :36.

CDR Okay, coming up on 42:53. 42:53, stand by -

018 20 h2 53 CDR MARK. S190 to MODE, AUTO. Okay, my next mark

is at 43:28. Stand by -

018 20 h3 28 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

018 20 43 30 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. Oh, I said STANDBY

instead of OFF, how about that?

018 20 h3 37 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON. At 45, Ed, we want ETC,

POWER, ON; stand by -

018 20 43 45 CDR MARK. 43:45. Okay, I turned the ALTIMETER, ON,

instead of the SCATTEROMETER; I've got it ON now.
And-

018 20 44 06 CDR RADIOMETER is OFF.

 2881

018 20 44 08 CDR And the SCATTEROMETER is OFF. RADIOMETER went to

STANDBY, I should say. SCATTEROMETER went to
STANDBY, the RADIOMETER went OFF. hh, the ETC
should have been AUTO. 193, ALTIMETER is ON
at 4h:19. Okay - -

PLT Okay, we Just coasted out.

CDR - - I guess I blew some SCATTEROMETER data there

at 51 then. 44:30, ETC to STANDBY, the downlink
switch is going to 7.

018 20 44 36 PLT MARK.

CDR There's 7. Next mark is at h5.

PLT Okay, I got the nadir swath started at 44:36, on

t ime.

CDR Stand by for 20:45:00.

018 20 45 00 CDR MARK. 192, MODE to READY. Tape speed is up;

45:i0.

PLT It's about - like about i/i0 to 3/10 coverage in

all - -

CDR Alfah is 36; Bravo 5 is h0 - 5h; Charlie 3 is 88;

Delta 3 is 83.

CC Got them.

CDR 46:01 is the next one.

PLT Standing by for 46:06. On the Blake Escarpment

nadir swath. Clouds vary from clear in the swath
to about, oh, 3/10.

CDR TAPE MOTION light flickering, still got a MALF

light on 6.

018 20 45 53 CDR Got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light.

018 20 45 55 CDR Going to STANDBY on the ALTIMETER at 55. h6:01,

Ed, is ETC, STANDBY.

018 20 46 02 CDR MARK.

2882

PLT Stand by for 46:06.

018 20 46 06 PLT MARK. DAC, off.

018 20 46 12 CDR Okay, the ALTIMETER is going back to ON. Looking

for 46:30 next. Stand by -

018 20 h6 30 CDR MARK. 191_ REFERENCE to 2. h7 is next.

PLT Okay, I got some good data here on one of the

Bermudas, I'm going go ahead and take. That's for
my i0 seconds of clear film.

CDR Got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light - -

PLT ...

CDR READY light, still good. TAPE MOTION's flickering.

47:00 coming up. Stand by -

018 20 h7 00 CDR MARK. Downlink to position 9-

PLT Okay, I'm going to take -

CDR Need a _fS AUTO CAL at 47:30, Bill.

PLT Okay, I'll get it. I'm now seeing that lagoon
on one of the Bahamas.

CDR Still got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light still got a

READY light. TAPE MOTION flicker.

PLT Okay, I'm starting to lose and going to CROSSTRACK.

Okay, what time is that? 47 -

CDR 30. 8 seconds.

PLT Roger.

CDR Stand by -

018 20 47 30 CDR/PLT MARK.

CDR Okay, coming up on 47:40. Stand by -

018 20 47 h0 CDR MARK. Downlink to position 1 - -

PLT ...
 2883

CDR 47:55 is the next mark. Stand by -

018 20 47 55 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER - correction, ALTIMETER to

STANDBY; MODE, number 5; RANGE, 62.

CDR 48:20, ALTIMETER, ON.

018 20 48 27 CDR MARK. It was 6 seconds late. Downlink to posi-

tion 4. 48:45 coming up next.

018 20 48 44 CDR TAPE MOTION light is out. 48:45, Ed, ETC, POWER,
ON.

018 20 48 51 CDR MODE to MANUAL on 194. 49 coming up. Stand by - -

018 20 49 01 CDR MARK. Downlink to position 5. ETC to AUTO, Ed,

at 49:40 is the next one.

018 20 49 l0 CDR Zero TAPE MOTION lights. Looks like we're out of
tape. Well, it's still turning. 49:40 coming up.
I got it, Bill.

_ CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS; 43 minutes to

Carnarvon at 21:32. Looks like you'll have a
good trip back to SI.

CDR Roger. Downlink position to 6 at 49:40. Wait for a

READY light on 191. We still have tape and it's
still moving, but I have no TAPE MOTION light.

CDR Okay. Looking for a 191, READY.

018 20 50 l0 CDR MARK. READY light was at 08. S190, READY coming
up in about 7 seconds.

018 20 50 22 CDR MARK. The 190, READY went out on time.

018 20 50 24 CDR ETC to STANDBY, Ed. 50:32 is my next one. Stand

by -

018 20 50 33 CDR MARK. 192 to STANDBY.

018 20 50 35 CDR _ 190 to STANDBY. 51:00 is next.

CDR All right, I'm going to turn off the ALTIMETER

early. The READY light went out. It's apparently
been out for some time while I was busy doing
other things.
2884

018 20 50 54 CDR Downlink pos - switch position is going to off.

018 20 51 02 CDR And EREP, STOP.

CREW ...

CDR Okay, Story. I don't have to do a tape recorder

depletion.

CC Okay. We 're still with you.

CDR Tape recorder done shot its wad.

PLT My X rate looks awfully high there, Story. How

about taking a look at it?

CC What 's high?

PLT My X rate.

CC Okay, we're looking.

PLT Okay. It 's coming back down now.

CC Well, we're getting outer gimbal drive. We think

it looks good, Bill.

CDR Okay - -

PLT It scared me there for a minute.

CDR Bravo 7's 35 percent. S192, DOOR going to CLOSED.

PLT Yes, X peaked out at about 0.08 there, and now

it's back down; it's right on the prescribed rate.

018 20 52 46 CDR 192, DOOR's CLOSED.

018 20 58 28 PLT This is the PLT. Time is 20:58. Two items:

the number 6 camera took the same number of frames
as all the rest, so we feel like that number 6
camera performed properly. Frame count is as
follows, camera 1 through 6: 9390, 8728, 9603,
9595, 3140, 0_64.

018 20 59 02 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP
 2885

018 22 28 16 CREW ... if ... mike on ...

PLT We may have left one on at the EREP panel too.

CREW ..•?

PLT Yes, would you check and see if there's an op -

open mike over there on one of the EREP SIAs?

CREW ... check for an open m_ke ...?

SPT Okay ... 131 ... MDA .... panel 131 ...

PLT Okay .... looked up there ... 102, I think ...

SIA ...

CREW Stand by.

018 22 29 19 PLT Time is 22:30. Reporting stereopairs out of

magazine IRII, taken over Brazilian thunderstorms.
And I'll give you the frame count in Just a moment.

018 22 29 50 PLT Okay, and those'll be frames 40 and 39 out of

F IRII - ll.

018 22 46 12 SPT SPT at 22:46 debriefing the ATM pass - which began
at 21:45. Okay, there I picked up the optional
orbit that began at 18:38 time, the building
block 28, Sun centered. And then went over and
took a look at active region 21. Again, oxygen VI
counts have the bright points down around 1000,
a little - maybe - maybe 1200 or so, at the most.
Not too encouraging, but I thought I'd get some
sort of synoptic data on it anyways.

018 22 47 08 SPT So we took 55, and I looked at line - left the

mirror at line l0 because I was not really sure
whether the intensities in these points, the
bright points were changing. So I thought that
• might have a potential for getting 82B going. How-
ever, that did not turn out the case - to be either
case. So we did operate with 55 in line 10, how-
ever. Oxygen VI counter was - at one bright -
bright point I chose - was around 1000. I gave a
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at all balls, then two GRATING,
AUTO SCANS, then two MIRROR, AUTO RASTERS at 772
GRATING POSITION.

z_
2886

018 22 47 50 SPT 54 received a 2B-minute and 35-second exposure

with the GRATING, OUT. The ROLL was adjusted to
optimize dispersion - to be clear in - along active
region 21 and along the dispersion axis. 56,
SINGLE FRAME, 4, l0 minutes; and SINGLE FRAME_ 2,
7 minutes. So this orbit we picked up long ex-
posures in all of their filters which they ....
have long filters - expost_res: l, 2, h, and 5.

018 22 h8 27 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

018 23 34 02 PLT PLT at 23:34, reporting handheld photographs of

the island of Hokkaido, stereo IR out of magu
azine IRII. And that was frames 38 and 37.

018 23 34 17 PLT PLT out.

018 23 41 29 PLT PLT at 23:41 reporting IR stereop_airs of the

Aleutian chain. Emphasizing the influence of the
Aleutian chain on the cloud formation and cloud
cover and weather pattern in general. I think
that the coverage will extend well up into the
Alaskan peninsula.

018 23 41 48 PLT PLT out.

###
 DAY 019 (AM)
2887

019 00 38 08 CDR Roger, Dick. And on those batteries, Alfa is 35.0,

Bravo is 34.3_ and Charlie is 36.2.

CC Looks good.

CDR That's neat.

019 00 38 58 CDR Okay, also in this test - system test 9 Bravo was
1.3 and 1.4 is supposed to be the minimum.

CC Okay.

019 00 40 47 CDR That's it, Dick. We'll try to catch you later on
this evening.

019 00 53 54 CDR This is the CDR at 00:53 Zulu. The rate gyro package
temperatures: Yankee 6, 88; Yankee 5, 93;
X-ray 6, 93; Zulu 6, 95; X-ray 5, 95; Zulu 5, 93.
New subject: The - the new subject is Earth
observations, handheld photography. And earlier
today, while we were getting our Earth observations
briefing from Bill Lenoir, we were on a desending
pass that Just clipped the eastern - northeastern
_ coast of - of Africa. And I noticeda duststorm
over Mauritania. The winds were from the east-
northeast, and dust was being blown out to sea.
It looked to me like the dustcloud probably went as
far as maybe 100 miles out to sea. The dust was
sort of a reddish-brown color and pretty much the
color of the - of the ground over which it was being
blown inland. The area where the dust was
actually going out over the water was in the
southern part of Mauritania, right near the Senegal
border.

019 00 55 14 CDR A little bit later - quite a bit later, in fact -

Let me give you the data on that. That was done
at 17:42, with the Hasselblad I00, with an f/ll,
1/250; that was Charlie X-ray 50 - was the - the
magazine. And the frame numbers are 155 and 156.

019 00 55 36 CDR Then at 22:15, while descending over New Mexico,

pretty much on the eastern - western side of the
Rocky Mountains, I got a great vlewof the entire
Platte River, north and south forks. Denver on the
south fork, and you could see the north fork, and
you could see where they Joined and went off to the
 2888

east. So this is sort of a geography sort o_ a

picture. It's a oblique from a long distance;
it's number - frame number 159 on the Hasselblad,
taken at f/ll at 1/250 and taken at about
22:15 Zulu. And the next picture is number 160,
taken at 22:16, and it's a picture straight down
of White Sands, New Mexico, among the clouds.

019 O0 56 23 CDR CDR out.

019 O1 18 56 CDR This is the CDR at 01:19 Zulu, handheld photography.

Ice plumes off the western coast of Kamchatka,
right where there is a promontory. There's sort
of a wedge or a b_mmerhead sort of shaped promon-
tory on the west coast of Kamchatka. And there were
some good ice plumes right up in that area. I
had been hoping to get some pictures of Sakhalin,
but that whole area was socked in solid with
clouds, and the western coast of Kamchatka was
wide open.

019 01 19 33 CDR That was frame number 40 of Charlie X-ray 41,

5.6, 300-millimeter lens at 1/lO00. And then
just inland and south of that - those ice plumes,
there's a particularly strikingly beautiful peak
surrounded by clouds. It appears to be the
ll,860-foot peak as shown on our map in southeast -
or southwest-central Kamchatka.

019 01 19 59 CDR That was frame number 39 with the 300-millimeter

lens at 5.6, 1/1000.

TIME SKIP

019 01 46 54 SPT SPT at 01:47, ATM ops which began at 04 - 00:54.

Okay, went through and started off building
block l, as specified. Building block 1Awent
off fine; building block 1B, got around 2 or
3 minutes into that. Got OUTER GIMBAL number -
OUTER GIMBAL on CMG number 2 on a stop and also
went - door shut. We drifted around 6 to 7 degrees
off Sun center and put in 3 minutes maneuver time.
Went to STANDBY, back to SOLAR INerTIAL, and we
finally got back. Lost around 6 or 7 minutes,
at least, of data take. However, on the X-ray
 2889

znstruments, as they were taking data and I was

busy trying to get the attitude straightened out,
both those instruments were able to gather some
very fine data on the back of their doors, 52
exposing a SINGLE FRAME and 56 getting a PATROL,
LONG.

019 01 28 18 SPT We got back to Sun center, and I started I-B all
over again, and carried it out as specified.
Next, building block 2: Carried it out as
specified, and had Just a little bit of time at
the very end. Went over to active region 21 and
picked out a - a bright point, only around 1000
or so, again in oxygen Vl. I did it with the
GRATING at line 25; let the GRATING go from 772
on around to OPTICAL REF. Started a MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER; about halfway through that MIRROR, AUTO
RASTER we went into the dump. And 56 got two
PATROL, SHORTs. So not much in the way of additional
other than what was on the pad.

019 01 49 25 SPT Well, let's hope old sneaky Sol will cooperate
a little bit more tomorrow and come up with some -
if a real activity. You can Just abouttell by
looking at an active region with oxygen VI on
the H-ALPHA if - especially with the capability
you have with the MONITOR here of turning it
down. If the whole plage fades - fades out
uniformly, you can tell you're not going to see
very much when you look at it in oxygen VI over
in the XUV. Sure enough, that's the way it was
all today. You had to INTEGRATE in order to see
anything in XUV. And the brightest we could find
in anything today in plage on any one of the
active regions was about one and a half thousand
or so, in oxygen VI. In contrast to the other
day when we did got - get the big flare and - well,
at least an M-l, and did have a little - a little
more surging in activities. There, we were look-
ing at a nominal background of around 6000 or so
on the points.

019 01 50 23 CC ... Vanguard for 7 minutes. And we're dumping

the data/voice recorder here.

SPT So I think that's a good indicator, as well as of

total X-ray activity, as to Just what's going on.
2890

019 01 50 38 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

019 02 52 33 CDR This is the CDR at 02:52. Subject is Earth ob-

servations. On this particular pass, at about
02:49, after passing over the southern tip of
Kamchatka, Bill has got some photography that he
will be reporting shortly, Hasselblad work. But
at about 48 or 49, roughly, about probably 150 or
so miles west - correction, east of the _-mchatka
peninsula - and it looked to me like it was pretty
much east of the - the town there - Just a minute.
It looks like a town called Petropavlovsk -
_amchatskiy, or something like that. Anyway, about
150 miles east of that, out in the water, the PLT
and I could both make out faint traces of plankton
blooming. The streaks appeared to be pretty much
oriented to east and west and - But there are very
definite - very definite green striations in the
water up in that area. Very definitely rather
faint traces of plankton stream lines.

019 02 54 03 CDR CDR out.

019 02 54 56 PLT PLT debriefing on the photographs of the frame 169 -

correction, 163 through 175. And this is a sequence
of photographs of mountainous terrain in Outer
Mongolia, and it's on to eastern Mongolia, mainly
because the clouds were shown very well, and - I
mean the mountains were shown very well, and the
Sun angle was good to give us relief. So there's
sort of garden variety mountain and terrain cov-
erage and then a couple of frames of a possible
view of thermal heating.

019 02 55 30 PLT Differential snow belts in the high mountains did

not - did not look like it was entirely due to
elevation. It did look iike it was possibly due
to coloration. But any - in any event there were
spots - black spots which showed through in ir-
regular patches, not like below the - a certain
line on the - on a mountain slope. Took pictures
there; we also took pictures of ice in Lake Baikal.
 2891

019 02 55 57 PLT And if the magazine didn't Jam, we got one picture
of the - of K_mchatka.

019 02 56 20 CDR This is the CDR with a postscript on the - the

blooming that I was talking about. We're looking
at the current chart now, example 4-1 in our book.
And it appears from this book that the currents
are going sort of northeast to southwest, and not
east-west like we saw - these plankton blooms.
I'm wondering if the Alaska current, or something,
is - is causing this and at - at this period of
time the current is more east-west, you're getting
more of a circulation from over Alaska way, than
you are down from the Arctic circle.

019 02 56 55 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

019 ll 13 lO SPT SPT at ll:13. PRD readings: 42835, 23462,

r 386o5.

019 ll 13 20 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

019 12 33 17 CDR This is the CDR at 12:30 Zulu. Terminated battery

charge on M509 battery number 7 in the donning
station and initiated charge in M509 battery num-
ber 6 in the ASMU.

019 12 33 29 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

019 13 32 55 SPT SPT at 13:33. Subject is ATM, and I'll be

debriefing several topics on ATM, first being
the ATM control and display panel and the outline
2892

will be an overall layout. Then some general

comments and then we'll talk each experiment and
each control on the C&D. The second part is
inflight operations with an eye towards Shuttle.
And lastly, if we run into time here - enough
time - we'll talk the attitude control system.

CC ... dumping the data/voice at Madrid. And that

star data looks good, Ed, and at present, those
are the best two stars we can get you.

CC And we're working on thermal and humidity kind

of stuff. Could you tell us how many showers
you took yesterday?

CDR Three showers, Story.

019 1B B4 38 SPT Okay, first; overall layout of the panel. Well,

the general layout is not too bad, in considering
the gross placements of things; I think having
the experiments in the center, the TV displays
down at the angle which they are, in general
is a good layout. I think eventually we might
end up with - if we were to do this again - --
with another couple TV displays ; so you end up
with three, possibily four, but we'll talk about
the need for those as we go on. In general I
have no real quarrel with this basic layout. Of
course, this thing was designed to fit in the
LM, and had we not had that constraint, the
panel would have been larger, which would not
have been bad, but we would have had to put
sides on it, which bent around to a degree so
that you're not - not looking at something too
obliquely and too far away.

019 1B B_ 5_ SPT Something similar in the way in which there are

slight bends or changes in angle on the airlock
module panels - I'm sorry; the ones which are in
the STS. And those are panels 204, 205, 206 -
that type of general arrangement ; not that you
would see part of a - a sixth of sphere or
anything. Okay, the other features about the
overall layout - and here I think is probably
where we made the most money in putting all this
thing together was the functional-sequential
arrangement.
 f__ 2893

019 13 36 39 SPT I think without that the panel would be utter

chaos. By that we mean the switch functions going
from left to right in the normal progression that
you use them, and having the functions for different
experiments aligned up and down. Now because of
the way experiments have been used differently than
the way in which they were originally proposed
and the couple of changes due to hardware problems,
that doesn't - that doesn't have quite the impact
that it would have, if everything had worked
originally according to plan.

019 13 37 16 SPT But I think if we had had each experiment grouped

in its own little box somewhere, without any
regard to functional-sequential arrangement,
which was the way it was initially started out,
the panel would - would Just cause inntunerable
more errors by a significant factor. The READY/
OPERATE light, for example, having those all aligned,
I think, is an excellent way to go. Unfortunately
our READY/OPERATE lights, many of them are not
functional, and I think that's one of the biggest
,_ assetsof the - of the panel. And when that
goes, you can see, looking over the past history,
Just where we'll start running into problems,
where our error gets made, and where experiments
get overlooked, in either turning them on and the
turning themoff.
i

019 13 38 16 SPT In general I have no real quarrel with the overall

layout of the panel. I think - I think we got
that down reasonably well. Now what I would do
differently, however, if we could go back to day l,
is to try to get each experiment to be a little
bit more similar in the way in which it is
controlled.

019 IB B8 42 SPT By that I mean each experiment now has_got its

own peculiarities about READY/0PERATE lights;
and when the doors open and when they don't; and
when they are automatically closed; when a mode
will cease; whether you can operate and take
pictures of the back of the door.

CDR ROLL 64; is that only B minutes long? I don't

believe that.
 2895

not been as much of a problem as I thought they

would be.

CC Has 509, 7 Alfa, been started yet?

CDR That's affirmative. It was started on time.

SPT However, what I have found confusing is - once

we get into the integrated modes, what happens
when you throw a switch which opens the door
which is now pinned open. Internal aperture,
external aperture; how do you know when the door
is open and when it's closed - 82A, 82B for
example?

CC And, Jer, we'd like the DAS for a nuZ update.

019 1B 42 48 SPT Apparently you can't go strictly by whether you

got a wavelength talkback because of another delay
in there additional to that. At least that's
what I'm getting out of the experience I ran into
last night. Okay, let's Just start in the upper
left-hand corner and start off with S056.
.f

019 13 43 25 SPT Okay, there are three of these POWER switches,

which we very rarely use. I think I would group
those over in a seldom-used category right along
with their aperture control. As a matter of fact,
I think I would take A1mnst every power switch
which we have left ON throughout the duration
here, never turned OFF, and put the POWER switches
also over on the right-hand side. If at all
possible on this sequential-functional arrangement,
I'd like to be able to take and put everything
over on the right-hand side which we don't use,
and have all the experiments stacked one on top
of the other in a - although that's - With a
different requirement in each experiment, it
might be rather difficult. From an operator's
standpoint though, that would be ideal.

019 13 _4 B0 SPT So I'd move those three POWER switches over there
as well as CAMERA POWER. I think DOOR OPEN would
be the first switch. Really posed no problem,
but it's Just a lot of excess switches, which
appear there in the - the part where you normally
2896

are looking to make the nominal day-to-day,

orbit-to-orbit operations. I really have not
had too much problem with S056; it's been rather
straightforward. I think it's got two - two
ways of selecting modes with the rotary switch
and - and the modifier, LONG, SHORT, and NORMAL,
and there's been no problem at all.

019 13 45 19 SPT The only times that I found that I have been
making errors in that is after we've lost the
integral lighting. And I find those switches
are hard to read, and especially the rotary
switch. We turn the lights down in here because -
because of the requirement to view some of the
faint features on the TV. That means you don't
see the panel nomenclature very well, and on
occasion I've had the rotary switch in the wrong
position and started it at an AUTO, SHORT when
I wanted a PATROL, SHORT or something of that
nature.

019 13 45 53 SPT And we're fortunate there that that experiment has
a lot of film because that could have been
disasterous. The frame counters I think have
been moved into - could be put to the right of
the START/STOP switch. We use those frame
counters usually only to see if something is
decrementing, to see if it's changing. Very
rarely do we look at the absolute value of it,
other than maybe once every - every other day or
so, just to see in general how goes it, how we
stand. And even then we have to get an inter-
pretation from the ground as well as look at some
of the charts we have on board to understand where
we are relative to the nominal usage rate.

019 13 46 41 SPT So in summary then, what I would have all grouped

together on the left-hand side if I were to do
that over again, would be the DOOR OPEN switch,
the mode select switch with the FILTER talkback,
and the operate switch, START/STOP; film counters
in_nediately to the right of that. Now 82A and B -
well, let's go back to something else here.

019 13 47 12 CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS. Tananarive's got

circuit problems. If we pick them up, it'll
be in 15 minutes. We'll probably see you over
 2897

Honeysuckle in about _0 minutes at 14:25. Our

momentum analysis shows you may have a slight
vent through the minus-Z SAL. We'd like you to
check that area and then close that vent valve.

CDR Roger, Story; we'll check it out.

019 13 47 41 SPT Looking at the other things on 56, the B_YLLIUM

and ALUMINUM apertures, seeing as those turned
out to be good flare indicators, I'd like to see
all of the - all of - that along with other
flare indications all put in the same location.
Now granted it might be a little bit hard to get
different experimenters to come together to take
different pieces of their equipment, and have
them all put in one section of the panel. But
I think from the operator's standpoint, having
all of the flare indicators in one location
where you can glance at - especially when activity
is high and in the order of once a minute they
have it all done for you except for the TV tubes -
it - it'd be a great asset. Here you've got to
scurry around the panel and - well, we actually
"f_ have fotu-or five different locations, although
some are obviously better than others.

019 13 49 12 SPT So I would try to centralize the information on

flares which requires a - I think you should be
able to monitor it rapidly and easily so that
you can essentially do it frequently and secondly,
respond to it rapidly. I really found no major
problem with it now except now that, again, with
our integral lighting out, those - BERYLLIUM
APERTURE POSITION is very hard to read. But
usually by the time that would bump up to something,
you've got an indication on the XUV monitor. So
we usually use that as a - as a check as opposed to
one of our primary things that you look at all
the time.

019 13 49 57 SPT 82A and B: Now they're relatively simple in the

way which they're laid out, sequential-functional.
And I think they're - they're probably some of
the cleaner ones. Some of the people have
made errors, I guess, initially because they are
so similar - between A and B. I have not had that
problem yet, but that is not to say that I cannot.
2898

019 13 50 32 CDR Did that just pop in? ...

SPT Yes, that's all right. I - I - did put it on

the - anything else is on the schedule with the
mirror. But it wasn't on the paper.

CDR The ones in here?

0]9 13 50 55 SPT So 82A and B are really not too bad. Now except
for the fact that we're not using those other
modes - auto modes - those experiments, I think
they're pretty well laid out there. I could -
couldn't ask for it much better. I find the
talkback to be a useful way to go if you don't
have a rotary switch. Especially when you've got
a lot of switches in a row. That's not mandatory,
I guess; I think it's Just a personal preference
there, not a - not a major thing. In other
words, being able to look up and see that your
WAVELENGTH says SHORT or LONG, and what your
exposure is. It is a little bit easier to read
at a glance than a switch position, which -
especially when these switches have very little
angle change between the three respective
positions and your head is at a little different
angle, it is very easy to misread them.

019 13 52 21 SPT So if I were to do 82A and B over again, I'd

move their power switches off to the right-hand
side; Just have their DOORs, MODE switches. And
then, again, the - the FLARE, ENABLE or INHIBIT,
and we'll get into talking about that in a
moment when we talk on the flare modes for all
experiments.

019 13 52 45 SPT WLC. No, that's pretty well laid out also.
Except we've got a switch in there which has
started to give us trouble Just recently, and
that's that AUTO DOOR, NORMAL, OVERRIDE. And
that's because we very rarely use it. And if
you don't follow the procedures explicitly,
then you overlook that switch very easily. But
I guess there's no way around that one. That's
the kind of thing we Just have to live with.
However, I think that switch could very easily
be moved off to the right-hand side. But again,
a lot of this was done so that we could get a
functional arrangement; that is, vertically on
_- 2899

the panel. We move switches into those locations

in order to fill them up so we'd have frame counters
and START/STOP switches in the right location.
That's no real problem where it is right now.

019 13 54 04 SPT And the FILM, OVERRIDE also was - falls into that
category. A rotary switch which selects modes
like that, I think, is a very easy way to go.
They're very easy to read; the geometry of the -
the switch tells you right away where you are.
I do favor those rotaries. Very rarely have we
put 52 in the wrong mode, and if we have, it's
not because we've had any problem misreading
the CaD.

019 13 54 58 SPT And the crosspointer is - Even though it occupies

a prime spot there, it could be quite a bit
smaller; of course that was the only one available.
It did - need not take the prime location it has,
but I think the fact that we use it so often,
we found it convenient to have it there. But it
could be moved a little bit away from the center
part of the panel. Very similarly, the four
experimentson the left-handsidewe've not had
too much problem with.

019 13 55 33 SPT Now S055. It's a great experiment; it's got great
flexibility: being able to get information on
a wavelength, spatial changes and temporal changes,
and do it continuously. And I think it is a real
marvel, and the way in which they've been able
to put a grating and a mirror together which
has worked all this time with great precision,
being able to meet sm_] 1 deltas rapidly in both
WAVELkm_GTH and in MIRROR POSITION.

019 13 56 13 SPT So as I - Even though I feel that way about the

experiment, I've got to say that operationally,
that has been one of the real bugaboos. And
what has gotten into us the most are positions of
both MIRROR and GRATING, and especially the
GRATING. If it at all were possible, I would
like to have, first of all, a way of setting that
GRATING so that if you missed the number, you
didn't have to wait another 4 minutes and take
another lap. I hate to estimate how many
ATM hours have been lost of observing time of
the - effective observing time during all of
2900

these three missions because guys have taken

extra laps around the GRATING. I myself know I
have - have done it - well, on the order of
once a day. Maybe that - it was quite a bit
higher at the beginning. Now I think I'm down
there maybe once every other day, once every
third day I end up taking an extra lap around
the GRATING.

019 13 57 26 SPT And that does all add up when you're waiting -
especially when other experiments are waiting
to go, and you're taking long to get it - an
additional time to get 55 set up and then complete
it's mode. That is essentially Just time lost
other than the stretch you had looking at the
display type time.

019 13 57 47 SPT What I would rather see in there is something

where you can dial in a GRATING POSITION, throw
the switch, and it runs to the - that particular
grating position. Also, the capability of going
in the opposite direction would be most useful.
That would've saved all kinds of time if we were
able to back this thing up. I understand the
problems of backlash and the mechanical problems
almost seem insurmountable; at least they did at
the time we talked about it, years ago. Whether
that'd be true in the future, I don't know. But
if you could have one that could go reliably back
and - and may he able to back up and then move
forward so you could - again, so you'd get rid
of the backlash, and still back up i0, minimum
of 4 or 5; so in case you overshot 5, you'd still
be there.

019 13 58 40 SPT It also takes an awful lot of operator attention

when you're trying to set the - the GRATING.
It's there, for example, at all balls and you want
to go up to a GRATING POSITION of 200; you're
pretty much committed to doing nothing but -
except maybe one small task like erasing some-
thing or some minor little task when that thing's
running from zero to 200. And if you figure,
well, I - I got m_rself 15, 20 seconds to do
something here, you find that after 30 seconds
you're watching 250 go by and there you go with
another lap around the GRATING.
 2901

019 13 59 20 SPT A way in which to eliminate that would be to - is

Just put a way which you could dial in what
GRATING you want and let it run to it.

019 13 59 29 SPT That's a general comment I - I overlooked before

about anything on the panel. The things that
have really caused us problems are those things
which you initiate and then have to come back
to in order to finish. Probably need - or we
never really ran into it over on the first four
experiments because we don't have many that way,
except for running 52 in the CONTINUOUS MODE for
1 minute or 6-1/2 minutes. We're glad to do
that, but it does take essentially a minute or
some other timing device to run, in order to
carry it out properly. And setting the GRATING
is certainly one of the things that falls in
that category; where you've got to initiate it
and then come back later. What you might be
able to do is to see what your Job is, initiate
it, let everything time out, have the operate -
READY/OPERATE light tell you things are done, and
then move on to the next spot. Something which
you have to come back to just creates all kinds
of problems because it ties you up, and you
either end up overlooking it or you're wasting
all of that time while that thing's operating.

019 14 00 51 SPT Think that'd be something useful for CONTINUOUS,

for example. If we had a modifier switch on there,
a switch that - one you could dial in any number
of continuous cycles, continuous cycles being
two exposures from 1 to ever how many they think
they would want; 1 to 10, for example. So you
could put CONTINUOUS in, put the number in you
wanted, and let it go. And your READY/OPERATE
light would tell you when you're done.

019 14 01 22 SPT I've not found that to be a - too large of a

problem, but especially on the 1-minute JOP, I
still use the EVENT TIMER also all the time
when I'm doing that 1-minute one. Because the
1-minute is Just long enough to where you
figure you've got a little bit of time to do
something else, and as soon as you get absorbed
in something else, that l minute goes whistling
by. And there you are; you see you've gone on
by one pointing and you Just started another one.
And that'shappeneda coupleof times to me
2902

unless I use that EVENT TIMER to tell me i minute

has gone. May seem strange, but you got so darn
many little things that you're always doing up
here that 1 minute is a fairly long period of
time.

019 14 02 0h SPT Getting back to 55. I think that one of the

things that has caused us the most problem on
the panel then is that GRATING, because you got
to continually come back to it. MIRROR POSITION
is another one which has given us a little bit
of a problem. And I have made a couple of
mistakes there certainly, and that's when you're
operating at line l0 or line 25.

SPT And one of the problems here is that, even

though it's explicitly spelled out on the JOP
S_,-_ary Sheets and the building blocks, you get
to a point where you pretty much know what
those say, especially for - say, a JOP 6,
building block IA and lB. I can pretty much write
that one out by heart. Except you tend to overlook
line 25, shifting the mirror around and so forth.
And when you get a little out of sequence of ---
the way of normally doing things - For example,
you come up to the panel and rather than coming
up from an unattended configuration where it's in
line 25, you come up and it happens to be in
line 10. It's so easy to start that GRATING,
AUTO SCAN in IB without ever checking to see that it's
in line 25. I do that now, but it sure has taken
me a long time to - to learn that. But still
ocassionally I'll catch myself making an error
there. I did yesterday and started it over again
before it got too far.

019 14 03 41 SPT So again, I don't know how we get around that

particular one, other than trying to get a good
coalignment between all those experiments that
want to operate pointing at the same feature.
The problem, of course, is being able to move one
experiment independent of the other. If we were
able to do that with 55 and 82B, we'd be able
to put line 30/30 - or 55 right in the center of
the slit, or 82B; we'd never have the problem
that we do. That would be - that's another
thing in the - the future ops I guess we ought
to talk about later.
 2903

CC ... open up the SAL vent valve.

PLT Roger, Story. And thanks; that was a good call.

019 14 04 h0 SPT Also the control for the detectors. If there's

one thing I'm glad we did, it was put in an auto
cutout so that when we went from a MIRROR MODE
into a GRATING MODE we - automatic tripout of
all detectors, 3 through 7. I realized it'd be
very difficult to do that pro - straight
procedurally before I got up here. And now,
once I'm up here, I realize it would've been
impossible, and we would have had those - had
fried those detectors a hundred times over by
now throughout the three different flights. We
don't depend upon that cutout. That is, you
always try to turn those things off before you
move into a MIRROR - or a GRATING MODE, but
many times you catch yourself not doing it.

019 14 05 47 SPT I think the layout of that particular experiment,

however, is pretty good. I like the rotary
switch which gives you your major modes and its
location,GRATINGPOSITIONreadout,and the
INTENSITY DATA readout. Just stepping ahead
again a little on future ops: What I'd like to
have there, however, would be a way of displaying
that information on a TV so that when you did
a MIRROR, AUTO RAST_, you could have inside of
5 minutes a quick TV picture of what you're
looking at.

019 14 06 25 SPT And all of this business of tying to look for

loops On the limb, or look for specific features
that you Just don't have on these displays -
other displays, would really - really be useful.
Being able to select the wavelengths in which
you want to see a spatial presentation of a
small segment of the Sun. That would Just he
invaluable for - for decisioDm_king and target
selection. I think in the future we really ought
to work toward something like that. Especially if
the features are very faint, you - you could,
in the same way as you would - would on the
ground, you could have an integrate. You got a -
a 60 by 60 grid on a - on a TV; you could make
four scans and then just sum them up. You could

F
2904

try to get a little better signal on the noise.

That would've been exceptionally useful up here.

019 14 07 33 SPT Okay, our friend S054. Yes, they were in great
shape until that door failed. With their door went
the ease of operation in that experiment. That
AUXILLARY TIMER, although better than nothing,
still presents some problems. Of course, the
timing is not exact; that's not the major problem.
If you ever get out of phase with that thing,
you find you've got that little switch which has
got a lot of parallax, and which tells you what
the - what the mode is on the timer; the one that
reads OFF, 16, 64, 256, and 12.8. If you ever had
that one on the wrong one and you start the
experiment and the timer, and you notice you're -
you're off, you've got the wrong one. When the
TIMER times out before you notice it, or it
doesn't time out and the experiment does, then
you're - you're really at a loss, because you -
all you can do is Just take a gut feel for when
the thing stopped. And you don't know whether
the experiment's operating or not. If you got
to turn around in a hurry, you can either hit
the - if it's the same mode, you hit the START
switch and see if anything happens; if it's not
the same mode, then you're hard-pressed. You
don't want to stop an on-going mode, but you
don't want to leave the thing sitting dormant
either.

019 14 08 59 SPT So again, there's the problem you get into when
you have a READY/OPERATE light which is not
hooked in directly with the logic which is
controlling the experiment. And we're glad to
have it up here because it does help you; it
would be utter chaos without it. But it still
does create problems.

019 14 09 29 SPT I do think the panel could be a little better

marked, or divided in some way so that the
FLARE THRESHOLD control knobs are not so easily
confused with the EXPOSURE RANGE. I've never
really made that mistake, but I've found that
Just having those four rotary knobs all in a line
there creates this little visual clutter which
 2905

Just takes a little while to decipher sometimes

when you're in a hurry.

019 14 l0 l0 SPT On the operation of that experiment now, when we

have to do long exposures and we don't have an
OPERATE light which will tell you that the thing
is on or off, that has got to be a problem. So
on iT-minute exposures I've always tried to use
the EVENT TIMER. Of course, it's Just the EVENT
TIMER, and we only have one of them. We also have
a small egg timer up here, which is not too good;
it's just a little bit - a step above swinging
an hourglass around. But it does help us time
out some of the modes when the EVENT TIMER is
time - is tied up.

019 14 ll 00 SPT To write doe a time that you start and then
depend upon your memory to say you're going to
come back and do something at a later time, say
23 minutes later - write down a time at which
you should come back and do something - that's
an awfully hard way to operate. You got so darn
mauy things distracting you and taking your
attention,you really need somethingthat comes
out and hits you on the head in the way of
an event timer tone.

019 l_ ll 29 SPT The little egg timer I talked about up here, I

might as well mention how we've used that.
That's out of the command module, and it's Just
a little rotary timer where you can set anything
up to 6 minutes - or 60 minutes, depending upon
where you have a - the switch - at 1 or at
times l0 that let - that comes out with a little
ding when the thing times out. I've used that
a good part of the time for the 55 - I'm sorry,
for the 52 exposures, for CONTINUOUS MODE; Just
set it to 6 minutes and start the experiment.
Then when the cling goes off you Just watch and
wait for your - You see the two exposures go
by in fairly rapid sequence, and after the
second one you Just turn off the experiment and
you've got 6-1/2 minutes timed out. So again,
that's the ad hoc thing, and we really ought
to have the experiments doing that kind of timing.
2906

019 14 12 28 SPT Okay, now getting down to the displays themselves,

away from the experiments as such. I think in
general the displays have been excellent. The
H-ALPHA 1 is an excellent display. The FILTER
is exceptionally good, although it does tend to
degrade with time and usage during the day.
And that particular monitor which we brought out -
brought up and installed in combination with
H-ALPHA 1 has Just given me features off the limb
which I had no idea we'd be able to see before
we came up. When I compare that with MONITOR 2
and H-ALPHA 2, it's Just all the difference in the
world. One is - Just lets you know whether the
Sun is, in general, white and dark in H-ALPHA
and nothing off the limb. And the other one
gives you an excellent presentation of the finer
details in H-ALPHA for pointing on the disk and
off the disk.

CDR You done? We're supposed to start M092 now.

019 14 13 56 SPT Who is the observer?

CDR Me.

SPT All right. I'll be with you in a minute.

CDR I got to debrief this ATM pass, too.

019 14 14 l0 SPT Okay, looks as though I'm going to have to knock

off here. I'm about a third of the way through
this whole thing, so I'll Just have to pick it
up again at another time.

019 14 14 16 SPT SPT out.

SPT I'm about a third" of the way through, but go

ahead, Jer.

CDR Okay.

019 14 14 37 CDR This is the CDR at 14:14 Zulu, debriefing the

ATM pass which started at 13:19 Zulu. The J0P 6
in the SINGLE went with no problem, so I started
off JOP 21 with S056 and 54 interchanged in my
mind. I read your note that said, "56, operate
only if pointing at fluctuating bright points,"
 2907

and I took that to be S054. So I gave S05G an

ACT i, LONG and left S054 off. The guys on the
ground cued me after a little while, and I got
the right things running. So we ended up this
run getting you three 54 sequences rather than
four sequences. And 56 got one ACT l, LONG
sequence instead of none because the bright
points were not fluctuating at all.

019 14 15 45 CDR I saw no significant change in the XI;Vmon or in

the white light coronagraph from the pictures that
were taken by the SPT on the first pass of the
day. Had the chance to do just a quick little
survey around active region 21 with oxygen VI.
And the counts in the plage areas ranged from
about 700 to 1000, pretty much equally distributed
all the way around. The - the two brighter areas
were up around 1000; the rest of it was all
around 700. The darker network area around it
was running about 300. And that's Just about it.

019 14 16 26 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

019 14 37 14 SPT SPT at 14:38. We're now Just beginning the M092
run. We took an extra - the last 20 minutes
in order to set up the M131/M509. We had all
the cameras here, all the lighting, all the DACs,
the remote-control cables; the whole works has
been in the dome. And all that stuff has to be
transported down again and set up again. And
we used 20 minutes' worth of time.

019 14 37 40 SPT So at 14:38, we're trying to get going on M092.

019 14 54 59 CDR Roger, Story.

CC ...

CDR Okay.

CC ...

PLT Roger.
2908

019 15 06 00 PLT Hello, Story. This is PLT. How do you read?

Houston, Skylab. How do you read?

CC ...

PLT Go ahead.

CC ...

PLT Negative.

PLT ...

PLT Yes, I figured that out after I started 56. And

I was going to go ahead and let it finish the
sequence. But I'ii stop it.

019 15 07 15 PLT Okay. l've put it in STOP. Okay, I got a good

READY light. So it should be all right now.
Also, since I'm getting only MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs,
I was wondering why I was using H-ALPHA i for
pointing. Why not H-ALPHA 2?

CC ...

PLT Roger.

019 15 08 51 PLT Okay, plus 150.

019 15 12 09 PLT Okay.

019 15 30 42 SPT (Music) Okay, SPT at 15:30; message for M0 -

M171 on vital capacities. I noticed that almost
all the time now I have a little bit of reserve
left and am still trying to get it out when the
spirometer goes, so I don't think we're really
getting a accurate measure. I think you're
getting a other - estimate of what our real
vital capacity is.

019 15 31 06 SPT SPT out.

019 15 32 52 CDR This is the CDR at 15:33 Zulu. Began M092 at

14:38 Zulu; terminated at 15:20 Zulu. The subject
is the SPT; the leg calf measurements are:
Left calf, 13-5/8; right calf, 13-3/8. Legbands
used are Charlie Juliett and Alfa Quebec. The
 2909

SFT had mentioned no symptoms whatsoever and

his pulse pressure looked real good.

019 15 33 29 CDR CDR out.

019 15 48 51 PLT PLT, the time is 15:48, debriefing the pass

started at 14:52; J0P 6, a single frame of
82 Alfa and J0P 21, step 2 with three mini-rasters
and four sequences of 54 on active region 21.
No comment other than that everything was performed
per pad, except I did start an ACTIVE l, LONG
erroneously, and I terminated it. The only
comment I have is that the active region 21, I
watched it for about, oh, 35 minutes, and the
only - There were no rapid changes, but there was
a definite increase in brightness on the one -
I'll call it leg - of the active region, the one
stem that is a north-south trending stem on the
west side of the active region. I picked the
other side; I picked the east side and went to a
ROLL of 4100, and for a slit position, I then
changed pointing per ground's instructions for
rast - for best raster recovery. The area that I
picked declined in brightness, and the area to
the west increased in brightness. This trend was
gradual but steady throughout the pass. And
there - But there were no rapid dynamics involved.

019 15 50 28 PLT PLT out.

019 15 58 49 CDR This is the CDR, 15:58; termination of M093.

We did a HIGH and LOW CAL and a VCG check, and
the SPT is now going to finish up with instrumented
exercise using the metabolic analyzer and should
get a max effort at the end.

019 15 59 05 CDR CDR out.

CC ... DAS, use tape recorder number 1 ...

019 16 03 21 PLT Okay, this is PLT starting the attempt on

noctilucent cloud coverage. And I'm at window
S-3, and I can't see an horizon.

CC ...
2910

019 16 03 45 PLT Oh, there we go. Beautiful. Okay, let's see

here. Good, to finally get a position; fine.
Just kind of took me too long. Aw, it's still
loose. There's Just no way to - find a good
way to fasten down a camera in here, a rubberband,
little cardboard. Okay, I'm starting it a little
bit later. 1000, okay, and watching my clock here.
Okay. Okay, there's a 2-second one. Check that
just a minute, make sure I'm doing okay. Okay,
and make a quick check. Okay. Okay, I got her
right, every minute.

019 16 06 06 PLT And I'm looking at the only piece of horizon I

can see, so that's what I'm photographing.
Stand by.

019 16 07 03 PLT Okay, there's i second. There's 2 seconds. And

light up that watch.

CC Bill, you up in the STS or near the ATM panel?

019 16 07 28 PLT Okay, there's the 4 seconds. Roger. I'm doing

the noctilucent cloud photography. What do you
want, Story?

019 16 07 44 CC We'd like to know that the CBRM SELECT switch is

in OFF and the position of the rotary switch
there. In commanding to 5 we got some into CBRM 3
crossover and we got 3 minutes to LOS here, and
we've got some commanding to do.

019 16 08 05 PLT Okay, what switch was that again?

CC That's on the power system, CBRM SELECT switch;

is it in OFF and the position of the rotary switch?

PLT It was not in OFF. It is now.

CC Was it in I to 12, Bill?

PLT Yes.

CC And was the rotary in 3?

PLT Yes, it was. 3/15.

019 16 08 36 CC Okay, we're in good shape.

 2911

019 16 08 41 CC And while I've got you, Bill, we'll be running

those building block 35's all day for you and
the other crewmen. I know you're trying to help
us out with spacing out those M, S, O, L, 64's on
S054. Just go ahead and run them consecutively.
As soon as one gets finished, I'd start the
next one.

PLT Okay, will do.

019 16 09 01 CC You've about got to do that anyway to get four

of them in each pass.

PLT Okay.

CC Thank you.

019 16 09 16 PLT Okay. Let's see. A little interruption there.

I've got two sequences and Just might - see I got
to - to run until - it says 14. Yes. Okay,
stand by -

PLT Sort of got me all disorganized there. Okay,

P there'sI second. 2000. 2 seconds. Let's see.

CDR Sure is dark in there. What are you doing?

Looking at noctilucent clouds?

019 16 l0 08 PLT Roger. I - I'm not looking at noctilucent clouds.

I'm photographing the horizon.

CDR Oh.

019 16 l0 19 PLT Looking for noctilucent clouds. And - Okay, I

think I was pointed in the wrong direction. Oh,
boy! What a mess! Rubberbands all took a night -
took a notion to get - difficult there at the
same time. And the universal valve came loose.
Real Jury-rig, the whole thing. Well, my mAlf -
map came down around my ears. Ground sure
discombooberated me. They must not know what's
going on down there. Now I see the problem.
There we go. I didn't miss anything; I couldn't -
not much to do anyway. Okay, there we go. That
looks like - Well, I don't know if that is or
not. What a poor-boy operation. Okay.

019 16 13 08 PLT Got one sequence on - close to the southern

horizon,
and that'saboutit.
2912 4

TIME SKIP

019 16 50 54 SPT SPT at 16: 50. First run on M092. During the
run I experienced no difficulty whatsoever. The
last 5 minutes I did feel a slight tingling in
the back of the neck and shoulders. No faintness,
no sweating, no pallor, as observed - as seen by the
observer. Legs were aware of - had a feeling of
fullness, but I had no - no aching associated
with it. Generally, it was a very comfortable
run. Matter of fact, I fell asleep for all except
for the last 5 minutes of the 50 millimeter. In
terms of preparing for it, I didn't do anything
Other than - I've been able to get two good
nights sleep so far. Past two nights I moved the
bunk up intc the airlock so I've been able to get
some good rest.

019 16 51 56 SPT I think probably for a week or so ahead of time

that i've not been getting the good sleep that I _
have been enjoying up to that time. It's been
getting warmer and warmer in my sleep compartment,
and I kind of think you all noticed that it comes
up on you gradually, but your sleep continues to -
continues to degrade. And I think the run which
I had previous to this one reflected that.

019 16 52 22 SPT In terms of body fluids, I consider it a relatively

high level. Had lots to drink last night. Had
a late dinner and had 24 ounces of drinks at
dinner and then had some more this morning. Used
my full allotment of milk last night, ll-1/2 cc,
so I guess I retained a little bit more water,
although I guess that theory's not in vogue any
more but Just in case it does come back in, I'll
give you the data. And nothing - nothing else to
report.

019 16 53 O0 SPT Maybe we are really adapting to it. After the

first _ or 5 weeks, I - I thollght if we'd continue
on at that rate, we'd be all down to _4 millimeters
a week by now, but there's been a pleasant
turnaround.
 2913

019 16 53 17 SPT Okay, for M171. Again just during the run, I
noticed that as soon as I had to hang on with
one hand, my heart rate goes up 2 or 3, Just a
little, to take effect, maybe 30 seconds or so
worth. As soon as I can hang on with two hands,
that is when the cuff deflates, and it tends to
level off or drop a little bit. So there's a
little bit of extra work in there, not much but
you ought to be aware of it.

019 16 53 49 SPT The max effort, I think I went a little further

today than I had before and still probably had
about 1 minute's worth of max effort in the end.
Maybe I'll give you that one if I can psych myself
up to it the last time we have a go here, probably
another week or so. Probably gave you a little
bit more than - than I have in the past. I forget
as to how the numbers came out. If I were running
a race, I might have been able to give you another
extra minute or so of the paced run. If I had
someone up in front of me, especially for me, I
want to - try to beat him. Something here on
_- oxygen consumption,were just about four is what
I get on this when I did all that ... on the
conversion factor but finally giving in to a
millimeter per minute, per kilogram.

019 16 54 56 SPT I find in order to get to the max effort one thing
that's required is something that diverts your
mind and I have - I play music. I have earphones
on and something with a good - a good beat to it.
This tape that I was working had a little Lionel
Hampton. And I kind of - I kind of needed that.
All of a sudden the challenge of an all-out effort
Just turns into sheer drudgery. And I think the
psychological part has a lot to do with it in
terms of how much you can get out of yourself.

019 16 55 27 SPT SPT out.

019 17 04 36 CDR This is the CDR at 23:04, in the midst of the -

Not 23:04; it's 17:04 - in the midst of the ATM
pass that started at 16:26. I thought while I
have a 5-minute quiet period here I would describe
some changes in the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH.
The - At about 270, there's a rather wide based,
stubby looking streamer which was this morning
2914

rather straight across the top, actually more

rounded than - than anything else. It was more
like a - a cutoff streamer. The streamer now has
developed a long finger on a northern side, so
now we have a - a long streamer that extends out
quite a ways. It's not too terribly bright, but
it is definitely a streamer and our - our streamer
over on that side, our white - the wide streamer
is no longer so symmetrical. It's got this long
extension on the northern side.

019 17 05 59 CDR On the west limb the photograph shows up a nice

symmetrical looking streamer - helmet streamer
down at 100 degrees and that's still there, and
looking about the same.

019 17 06 17 CDR We have a faint little streamer at abcut 095,

090 to 095 degrees that has developed, and at
080 degrees there's another rather narrow streamer,
but also very faint. But these are two distinct
streamers that have developed since the rev 2,
3 hours ago which I described. And when I looked
at the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH then, these two
extra streamers did not exist, nor did the sector -
the side streamer over on the east limb.

019 _7 06 51 CDR CDR out.

019 17 20 51 CDR This is the CDR at 17:21 Zulu, debriefing the

16:26 ATM pass. I've already debriefed you on
the appearance of the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH;
now I'll go along with the schedule activities.
Building blocks - building block 32 went with
no problem. I got the SINGLE, 52 off without any
problem. Then we got into J0P 21, building
block 35. Things were going smoothingly until
the OUTER GIMBAL on CMG number 2 and then number 3
decided to hit their stops, and then the OUTER
GIMBAL on 3 went from one stop all the way through
to the other stop and we ended up losing about
8 or 9 minutes out of our ATM datagathering pass
here. So - But before it went into its stop, I
got the first MIRROR, AUTO RASTER done at a GRATING
of 0772.

019 17 21 55 CDR We had 20 frames of the first S054 exposure

sequence okay. And so when we got back to Sun
centered EXPERIMENT POINTING, I started the second
 2915

S054 exposure sequence and picked up MIRROR, AUTO

RASTER with detector - GRATING, ZERO. We did okay
there. We Just flat ran out of time. I did not
get the last S055A, MIRROR, AUTO RASTER done, the
one at all detectors at GRATING, ZERO. On the
last S054 exposure sequence, we got 14 frames
completed before we got to 400 K and so we gave
up at that time, 400 K with 50 seconds. I noticed
the bottom of the ATM schedule says continue to
zero TIME REMAINING, but I didn't think that
applied to S054. So if I goofed there, it probably
cost you one frame unexposed; 50 seconds really
didn't do much.

019 17 23 lO CDR So that's about it. We didn't get to get all

your data, but we were troubled by attitutde
control problems for a little while there. The
XUV mon was relatively quite. Active region 21
and 16 were nice and quite and no new spots or
anything popped up on the XUV.

019 17 23 29 CDR CDR out.

019 17 28 12 PLT Okay, PLT getting ready for S063, which is due
to start here in about - let's see, how many
minutes? About 5 minutes. 17:33. Okay, I've
read the note - the message - and think I'm
all squared away on that. Incidentally, S063
noctilucent clouds, aurora photographs, I was
only given 3 minutes on the pad - if I read it
correctly; I may not have - to get ready for that,
and I started, of course, ahead of time. And
when I saw that, still I barely made it. And
additionally, wasn't quite far south enough.

019 17 29 09 PLT I Just wasn't dark adapted to see the horizon that
far south; I thought I was south but I wasn't.
So about the time I got that squared away I had
probably taken two sequences of exposure, a little
further north than you wanted for the noctilucent
clouds aurora, but anyway I painted in a general
south - southerly direction. I guess the - I
would have been all right there if I hadn't gotten
a call from ground. You're going to notice a very
low frame count expenditure on that. And I was
interrupted right in - in fact, Just as I was
getting started actually, by ground with a PS
problem on CBRM. And that is the reason that
2916

you - we didn't get too many exposures on the

aurora. I - I'm sorry about that, but was not
much I could do about it.

019 17 30 08 PLT Part of it was lack of familiarity with the - the

pointing. I just never had been up there before.
I've looked at the aurora but I - I never con-
sciously saw - located it in relation to the sunset
horizon, that sort of thing. So we'll try to do
better next time on that. Okay, coming up on
17:31. Well, I'm going to get a time hack here.
Let me get through.

019 17 31 15 PLT Okay, it's 17:31:15. Let me take a look in here

and see what we've got going for us. Okay, the
reticle's on. TIMER is going to 64. 64. Its
filter is 6300, yes. And now I play the big
guessing game; let's find that horizon. ROTATION,
I don't use the TILT. See a star.

019 17 32 58 PLT Well, how about that. Well, we may have a regis-
tering problem. Solar wing. Huh! (Sigh)
Thought I was all set to go. Nice place to get
a horizon. Oh, beautiful! Switches all - all
wrong. It's wrong that I'm 90 degrees off. How
could that be? To the dotted lines, parallel to
the horizon, and perpendicular to it. Well, for
crying out loud.

019 17 34 38 PLT Let's see; the long axis - Okay, now this is the
way I saw it last time and I remember in training
now that the long axis is supposed to be perpen-
dicular, but the - with the ROTATION and TILT
and everything I got, it was parallel; so I Just
assumed that - that that's where I'm supposed
to be. And right now I've got the horizon
perpendicular to the dotted line with a ROTATION
and TILT that's - was on the pad. And I do have
a good airglow horizon. But there's no way I'm
going to put that T-bar on the - on the Earth's
limb. And I don't know what to do right now. I
guess I screwed it up again here, but I - I really
don't see what the choice is. That horizon should
be cutting through at 90 degrees to what it is
right now to - for the start - good starting
point. Well, nutsl I'm still confused on this
experiment.
 2917

019 17 35 53 PLT Okay, now my assumption is, that with the ROTATION,
TILT, and at the starting time, the horizon should
have been parallel to the dotted line, or I
thought that's the way I read it. Maybe I read
it wrong.

019 17 36 13 PLT Now I don't know how to get around to get the
other - Let me read that thing again. Okay,
let's see. Listen, _,=my, I could turn the ring
sight drive, that's what I'll do. What an imbecile!
Just outright imbecile.

019 17 36 56 PLT Okay, to the horizon again. Sorry about that.

Okay, now I'm going. Got to take them out. It
may be out. No, it can't be; it can't go much
further than that. Let's see; you want the dotted -
There we go. Okay. Man, it's a beauty. Okay, now
I got the T-bar where you said, I've got the
dotted line p_rallel to the horizon, and I got the -
everything's set. Okay, now let's get down to
work.

019 17 37 51 PLT Okay, I am right now 5 minutes late, so we'll go

r_ TILT for 3 - 64 seconds,on 6300. Here we go;
okay, let's watch the horizon. Okay, what an
awkward pointing I'm in. I think I'm doing it
right. If you have any troubles, you really have
troubles. (Tone) If it starts losing it, I'm
going to have to make an adjustment on the mirror.
Okay; now let's see if we can get a better
view - view in there.

019 17 39 15 CDR Roger, Story; I'm in the co_nand module.

PLT Okay, Earth horizon ...

CC Okay; when you're ready, give us a configuration

of panels 9 and i0.

CDR Okay.

019 17 39 30 PLT Okay, change filter to 5577. Okay, it says here,

6h seconds.

CDR - - On panel 9, the S-BAND and the INTERCOM are

in T/R and we're in ICOM/PTT.

PLT That's the ticket. Here we go.

2918

CDR And on panel i0, we've got S-BAND ON and INTERCOM

to T/R and everything else is OFF.

019 17 40 15 CC And everything else, other than what you read out,
was OFF on panel 9, wasn't it, Jer?

CDR Yes, unless you want to talk about the POWER,

AUDI0/TONE, AUDIO CONTROL, and all that stuff.

019 17 40 51 PLT Come on there, timer.

019 17 40 56 CDR Panel 9 is - AUDIO CONTROL is NORMAL and POWER

is in AUDIO/TONE.

PLT Okay, AMS adjust.

CC Okay.

PLT Boy, I'll tell you, that's an awful dim horizon.

Right ... - -

CDR Okay, on panel 10, AUDIO CONTROL was NORMAL; the

POWER is in AUDIO/TONE.

PLT - the only one I can see. Okay, right track. Boy,
it's an awful dim horizon. I must be - Well,
let's check here.

019 17 41 37 CC Okay, Jer, that's it.

CDR Roger.

CC And we got a change to your details ... - -

PLT Doggone -

CC - - about 19:49. You can cancel that. And you

got the laser on an optional for everybody at
18:12; cancel that for everybody.

019 17 42 02 CDR Okay. How about the one around 20:00?

CC Yes, that one's canceled too. Goddard's overcast.

PLT Well, the only thing I can figure is I'm getting

light from one of the solar wings; it's really
fuzzing my image. Okay, let's see; next we
want 6300.
 2919

CC That's listed at 19:49 in your details; no need

to acknowledge.

019 17 42 31 PLT And I really have a very, very, very dim horizon
to work with here. I'm getting an awful lot of
light and it's not from inside either. And it's
the only thing that's bright out there at all;
it must be the horizon. Okay, put the T-bar on
it. Oh, son of a gun! I can't put enough of it
in the field of view to get the T-bar on it.

CC Ed, Houston.

SPT Go ahead, Story.

CC Ed, we can't work the fruitcake into your menu

cycle. There's too much potassium in it.

PLT (Chuckle)

SPT (Laughter) Best news I've had all day, Story.

I'm not a big fruitcake man.

019 17 43 54 CC Well, we had the word you were going to replace

the butter cookies for that.

SPT Tell you what; I'll donate some of my fruitcake

to the other two crew members if I - -

PLT Oh - oh; what a -

CC You'll have about the same problem.

019 17 44 25 CC I guess you're just going to have to go cold

turkey on the butter cookies.

CDR/SPT (Laughter)

019 17 44 43 PLT Guess I was right all the time and didn't think
I was.

CDR You thought up there?

PLT No, I'm still trying to get the horizon here.

I had it, but it was so dim I thought I was wrong.

CDR ... be able to ...

2920 _-_

019 17 45 12 PLT Son of a gun! I hope I don't get myself lost in

the mirror here. Okay, well maybe we can do
some - Well, I'm sure sorry about this. Doggone!
I just - But I Just wasn't sure I had the right
thing there and I was - I screwed up the data so
much before. I only have a small little piece of
the horizon to work - There we go.

019 17 45 41 PLT Go.

PLT Okay, we've got ... Okay, now. Okay, this is going
to be a good one. In some way the truncated
part - part of the image that we got in the
field of view here really is confusing, especially
with a dim horizon, like this .... - There we
go. Man, that is awfully confusing.

019 17 46 30 PLT Well, I don't think - I thought I had it. Now I

don't see it. The trouble is it was - the way it
was oriented, I only had a small piece of field
of view here to work with in finding that horizon.
This is - is no good. Exposure is no good. Well,
try again. Where is the horizon?

019 17 47 17 PLT Right there where I had it; that was it. That
light's bright. Man, this thing's Just - Better
check my time. 17:_7 that's it.

019 17 47 38 PLT Well, my apologies; I - kill the lights - I had

everything right, but I Just can't find - I Just
couldn't find enough of the horizon there to
convince myself I was at the right place. That
time I can very honestly say that one of my problems
was a truncated - was a cutoff field of view there.
What - the prob - The problem was I think; I'd
get the thing so that the T-bar's set on the
horizon - the guideline above the horizon - Let's
see; I'm pretty sure that's where you wanted it
at. And as I was tra - tra - started track with
ring track, would start to lose _ ability to
discriminate the horizon, and I - I mean I had
it in view when I started. Well, you're not
interested in that, but that was the problem.
Okay, ROTATION, 002.7 turns clockwise from - well,
I don't even know where I am. Let's see if it
works out. 2.7 turns counterclockwise. We'll
see if I'm right, l, 2 - Okay, there's a zero,
 2921

and let's hope that's the right one. Okay, I

entered the - 0ops! No, I didn't either. Let's
see; I guess that was the right place.

CDR ...

019 17 50 31 PLT What's that again, Jer?

CDR ...

PLT I - I - I'm afraid I disappointed these people

again. I tried so hard too. Okay, ended up a
total of of about four to five turns off from
77. Now I - originally I had - let's see - let's
see - let's see - you didn't give me a ring
track, did you? No. I think I had the ring
track. Okay, let me recoup, tell you what I did
_Tong. Not necessarily wrong, but where I - m_ -
One thing that I did not allow for in m_ prepa-
rations, when I did not put the ring track - a
ring circle in the right position. That cost me
about 2 minutes. And that may have thrown me
enough off on the track and path to cause all the
_ laterconfusion; I don'tknow.

019 17 51 48 PLT The - the other thing that I could have done is
I could have started practicing with the horizon,
but I don't if ths_ would have worked or not
though. I guess, looking at the - in the - in my
field of view I kept seeing a solar wing. And I
think that was - that was from the - the settings
that was given on a pad. And I couldn't find a
horizon, but I think with a combination of ring
track and ROTATION I could have found it Just be-
fore sunset and probably would have been well
ahead, in terms of time and self confidence. And
let's see; I've got anoth - unfortunately, I have
another one of these things, unfortunately from
your standpoint, although I hope I do a better Job
on it. This is this afternoon. And I'm going to
start about 15 minutes early playing with this
magilly. It's Just too bad. Okay, we got - As
far as I can tell, we - we've got one pair of per-
fectly valid exposures. And my apologies.

019 17 53 01 PLT PLT out.

/-_ TIME SKIP

2922

019 18 53 30 SPT SPT at 18:53 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 18:01. Well, we got a little behind here in
the pass, trying to get the right ROLL for various
things and, in general, Just taking too long be-
tween the various building blocks. I got things
going all right; building block 32 and then the
single exposure for 82A. And then I took the time
out to give the VTR for the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH
and the XUV MONITOR while I was Sun centered and
could do a roll. And perhaps that's where I lost
the time.

019 18 54 25 SFT The building block 21, I chose a pointing which

would maximize the amount of activity in the
52 field of view as well as it could in active
region 21. Apparently, you wanted active region 21
centered, so it was a misinterpretation on my part
of what you were after, and I'm sorry if you
lost any data. Fifty - 55 then got Just about
what they asked for, except - the last MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER at 772 was only about one-third
complete; that is, do_rn to around line 20.

019 18 55 07 SPT 54, I'm afraid, has got some problems. What I
would like is for the 5_ people to go back and to
look at the telemetry to see when exposure sequences
were started, expecially for the M0S - or MO - M,
S, 0, L, 64, and verify that they truly did get
a full 13 minutes, or 12.8. N_t Just the timer
had told me that that's not always the case, but
we get calls from ground saying they'd like that
thing started again. The timer is not timed out.
And I've Just had one where I started it with
ll minutes remaining - with 5 minutes remaining,
and I got a call from ground telling me to start
it again. So I know there's a problem there.
When I did start it, I noticed the frames count down
slowly. So I know it was working. Somewhere in
there, there's a hardware problem; it's not all
procedural. I think if you'll go over to telemetry,
we can get this thing straightened out.

019 18 56 22 SPT 56 received three exposures in SINGLE FRAME, _ for

8 minutes, SINGLE FRAME, 5 for l0 minutes, and SINGLE
FRAME, 2 for about 8 minutes. I would be interested
in hearing from the 56 people. I meant to ask
this of Jim Milligan the other day, just what they
f_. 2923

are getting out of the LONG EXPOSUREs. I have

never seen any. They were not developed, of
course, when I - when we left. Are they able to
see the same details of the corona both on the
disk, and off the disk, connections between active
regions and the like?

019 18 57 i_ SPT We have a min-useful and a max-allowable time up

here. And if there is an optimum time, that
would al - also would be useful to know. We
usually work pretty close to the minimum so that
we can squeeze in as many as possible. But if
that's really not doing the Job and you'd rather
get two at optimumtime rather than three at mini-
mum, then it'd be good to know that. I'm also
surprised that we're running film limited now in
56. Apparently, the past couple of days have been
pretty hard on it. We'll Just work SINGLE modes
from now on. The words which came up said you
were - had quite a bit and doubted that we would
use it before the end of the mission. And I guess
we took that as a challenge and maybe went a - a
little bit too far for you.

019 18 58 17 SPT SPT out.

019 18 59 02 PLT I'm doing my thing. I think I've figured it out.

You got to get an early start on this one. I got
them some good data one day; I remember ... another
few weeks ... of course, we didn't have this
colnmu, either. Okay, let me see if I can give
it a go. Okay.

PLT Okay, I'm 6 minutes early now. I've got everything

in hand. Got the horizon, tracking it. There we
go. Okay, the dotted line is above the horizon,
parallel. That T is right on the horizon. It's a
night horizon so I've got to be right. TILT,
30 degrees, and that's - should be way - be in
azimuth sort of stage.

019 19 01 14 PLT Okay, I'm practicing ... Try this way, and ...
exposure for each ..., give ... 7 minutes. And
I'll come back in between time. Okay, I think I
finally got it. Sure would have been nice to have
a training device of some kind, just so you get the
procedures down. Talk yourself through it, and
all you do is negative train yourself. Waiting
2924

for 19:06, 32 seconds. Got a good reticle.

Visual filter installed. The horizon's in view.
Boy, it sure is getting awful dim though. Wardroom
window's closed. Yes. Lights are out. Light's
all coming from the outside. Hmm. Some extraneous
light probably off the discones. Phew. Man, took
me a long time. Terrible. That's really terrible.
Okay, waiting for 19:06.

019 19 04 31 PLT Okay, that's light from the outside. You're going
to see some - a little bit of extraneous light.
What I can see is - actually shines into the canister
out there by the mirror. And that is external light,
not from the in - inside the spacecraft. Coming
up on 19:05. Doggone watch is about halfway between
on the minutes. 19:06. Stand by.

019 19 05 40 PLT 20 seconds. Stand by. Sure I got the bar on the
horizon. Where's that button? Come on button,
where's are you? There you are. Okay, now track
the horizon. Tracking.

PLT Okay. Next one is frame 32. Check the mirror.

Okay. TILT - go. Okay, all that extraneous
light's gone now. Guess that was Just still some
daylight.

019 19 07 23 PLT Okay, I'm tracking it. Okay. The next one is
again 30 - no, it 's a 6_. Okay. Okay, realign.
Mirror, TILT, and that 's go. Oh, yes. Finally.

PLT Seems like - There we go. Okay. Next one is 64

also. Check mirror. And this one's getting
structure in it. Okay. Strange. I'm in good
shape too. Okay; here we go, 64. Now every-
thing is Just like it ought to be, and there's a
piece of structure in the field of view. I think
it's a discone antenna rod. Went sweeping right
through as I tracked. Son of a gun. I hope it
doesn't spoil this frame.

019 19 l0 28 PLT Hmm - That's too bad. Sure did. It Just swept
right through there, top to bottom, left to right.
It was at - the doggone discone was extending dia-
gonally through the field of view from slight
lower left to slight upper right but it seems
okay. That's the second 64-second one. Got
another one. Okay, this is - that was number 4;
 2925

number 5 is coming up next. Check the left mirror.

Now we're looking good. Here we go. Tracking.

CC ... before we got on with the ATM conference, I've

got--

019 19 ll ll PLT Here we go. Tracking.

CDR Go ahead, Story.

CC Okay. There's no EREP. The weather for that

track was very poor. The EREP has been canceled.
We'll be moving into the alternate Flight Plan.

SPT Okay.

CC And Ed can be looking over the ATM possibilities

and discuss those with Bill during the ATM confer-
ence. And we need another sextant check on our

nuZ here due to our momentum still being a little

bit off. We haven't - the dumps haven't brought
it back in after that vent this morning. So let
me know when you're ready to copy, Ed.

SPT Okay. Go ahead.

PLT It's a good one.

CC The window is 19:29 to 19:36. The stars are the

sa_ne ... - -

019 19 12 17 PLT That's it. Okay, it's ... to ckeck these things
off. That's number 5, 296; number 64, 19:21. Okay,
I've still got plenty of time. Set the AMS mirror.

CC ...

PLT Standby -

019 19 12 52 PLT MARK.

CC Okay, we're going ahead with the EREP ... - -

PLT Number 6.

CC - - transfer and the ... Bill for the ATM conference.

2926 _-_

SPT Hello, Bill. Go ahead.

MCC Okay, Ed, we got a couple of goodies here for you

PLT That was a good one.

MCC ...

019 19 14 20 PLT Okay, that's good. Now that's number 6. Okay

n11mher 7, another 64. Stand by. Okay, starting.

019 19 "14 33 PLT MARK.

MCC ...

PLT Okay. Number - this is number 7. We've got another

64. Okay. Stand by -

019 19 16 03 PLT MARK. Starting mumber 8.

CREW ...

019 19 17 09 SPT MARK. That's completion of number 7. I turn off

the timer. 19:21. I've got plenty of time for
my 90 seconds. Okay. Stand by. Okay, but I have
to wait. Let's see, when am I going to do this?
Okay. M_ke sure I got this thing all set up first.
Reset the mirror. Okay. Here it is .... Okay,
give me a little lead. Stand by -

019 19 18 01 PLT MARK. Okay, we're starting a manual exposure

of 90 seconds.

PLT Well, I think I've got - everyone of these has

been a very good exposure, except on that one.
Now, it might have been a little rough on
the first one. And it was the second or the third,
the discone came through. The rest of these, I feel
fairly good about. They may not be all that good,
but I feel good about them. Back in there running
around. Okay, now 15 seconds to go. Stand by -

019 19 19 45 PLT MARK. Okay, I went 5 seconds over on that I think.

And it's awful hard to do and watch your watch at
the same time. Okay, now, see what we have. See
if the ROTATION works out, the acid test.
 2927

Okay 19:21 - 22. Okay, we're in business; we're

in good shape. Okay, ROTATION, 00 is 2.5 turns
clockwise from approximate ROTATION of the last
one, 2.5 clockwise. Okay, 2.5. l, 2, point 5.
Okay, and I move it to the index. Let's see. No.
Son of a gun.

019 19 22 16 PLT Okay, terminating recording.

TIME SKIP

019 20 03 34 PLT PLT reporting handheld photographs. Charlie

X-ray 46 is the magazine; that's the Hasselblad.
At 19:52, I took two frames of the Canadian/U.S.
Rockies in the northwest, f/16, 100-millimeter
lens. At 19:55, I took a sequence of four photo-
graphs. Two of them were devoted to the great -
to the snow-cover melt in the northwest U.S., taken
at f/16. And I took frame - that's three frames
rather, in the snow cover. One frame over the
f
Great Lakes area which more or less covered the
area between Lake Superior, Lake Erie, Ontario,
and was aimedtowardLong Island. It was quite
a large - large - lot of coverage on that mainly
for the - the snow cover and cloud formation.
That's f/16, lO0-millimeter lens, 1/250 of a
second.

019 20 04 49 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

019 20 31 26 CDR Here's what you need to turn down, Ed. The feed-
back was between your speakers and this. If you
turn that down, you're all right.

SPT Also I turned it to A and I don't need to turn it

to A to debrief. So you can turn that thing up,
and I'll Just leave it on B, and I'm okay.

CDR Okay.

019 20 31 49 SPT SPT at 20:32 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 19:56.
2928

PLT Don't put that up when you get through with it.
I might voice record what I photograph.

SPT Okay. I plan to be using this thing for about

the next hour.

PLT Oh. Okay.

SPT Well, let me know when you want to record and

I'ii - I'ii just give it to you.

PLT Okay ... just go ahead, l'm trying to make out

some of this stuff ...

019 20 32 47 SPT Okay, that orbit which l'm debriefing began at

19:33. And on this one, we did 82A testing
sequence. I really didn't feel that this was
the best time at all to di it, in terms of the
objectives of the sequence. But with the alter-
natives presented, there really was not much of
a choice. The Sun was changing in active - ac -
active regions very slowly. I noticed in - during
the sequence that the oxygen VI count in a brighter
point in the plage of active region 21 did manage
to change between 1000 and maybe 1300 - 1400 which
is, as what we've seen before, not - not real i
activity. However, over the past 3 or 4 days,
we've seen essentially this and maybe a little
less, even. So there was - given - given a choice
of doing it today or tomorrow, today looked as
good as - perhaps better than tomorrow because
of the mention during the science conference that
there was a subnormal - very faint flare - a faint
flare from active region 31, I velieve which is
the - a newer region; sp then maybe something was
happening over in that region while 21 was sitting
relatively dormant.

019 20 34 37 SPT We have no way - no kind of guarantee that we're

even going to have that much activity taking
place tomorrow. Also, the alternative - alternatives
of who and when; the other two alternatives was,
one: Jerry operating on the following pass. And
there was no guarantee that there was even going
to be any more activity. The only guarantee we
had was that you'd have someone operating it who
had not thought about it as much as I already have.
 2929

And I think I was probably a little more familiar

with what you wanted in operation of the panel and
building block 35. The other alternative was to
do it tomorrow and in only one particular orbit
which was available. And that was for Bill to
operate. And then there again, the choices are
pretty much the same. Guarantee - You had no
guarantee you're going to have any more activity,
prob - probably less, and also someone who's
operating it who has not got anywhere near the
same experience in thinking about this particular
thing and working the panel. So I'd have to
bring them up to speed on it. I didn't think
I had the time to do it for Jerry. I probably
would for Bill. And he could probably have done
it tomorrow.

019 20 35 50 SPT But in light of the activity - and this is the

only one shot at it - I thought I ought to Just
to go ahead and get it done. Hopefully, you're
going to see something. The operations themselves
were relatively smooth. No problem in carrying
it out as specified, even the change which was
F- calledup at - The way in which I chose to do the
exposures was to use the event time even when
there's only 30 seconds remaining. And when the
tone comes on and the 82A light goes out, you've
got a fraction of a second in which you can stop
the EVENT TIMER and it still will be reading
zero. You can do that quite sufficiently and
then it's Just a matter of adjusting the one
digit to a 2 so that you can get 20 set up again.
And that - all that can be done within around
6 seconds, so you're - or within 4 seconds - so
you got 6 seconds before the next exposure.

019 20 36 58 SPT I did it that way all the way through. There was
one exposure, however, and I did not - did not
take the time to - to note which one it was.
Somewhere around 03:30, well, maybe it was up
around 05:30, somewhere around in there, 05:30,
- in that time frame where I hit the STOP on the
EVENT TIMER 1 second early, which meant that the
experiment did not time out. It took me a fraction
of a second to reach up and stop the experiment.
So I think we probably got a 20-second exposure
as good as you could have, had I not been using
the EVENT TIMER. But it might be a fraction of
f-
293O

a second different than what the EVENT TIMER had

been giving you all along.

SPT So I would look for that in - in interpreting

your data. You may find one with a fraction of
a second a little bit different. Other than that,
it was straightforward. And looks like Neil's
going to have 25 big photographs to flip back
and forth through now, giving me a field day.
I want to get back Just to watch Nell. I hope
it gives you some good data. Okay, I'm going to
pick up again now on the debriefing - or review
of the ATM control display panel and some additional
items. We had stopped this morning in discussing
the other portions of the panel outside of the
experiments themselves.

019 20 39 00 SPT TV displays: I found to be adequate. If anything -

When I first thought about these, many years
ago, I thought why weren't they bigger? I figured
these are probably Just about good enough. I
think you - your eyes can resolve the lines. And
you're not getting much more if you Just made the
TV bigger. You'll only have to back off from it.
The real trick is in giving you an excellent
TV display that is a good monitor. And this
MONITOR 1 which we now have is Just, in order of
magnitude, better for looking at faint features and
detail than is MONITOR 2. And I'm not sure it's
strictly lifetime. I think a good part of it is
in Just the reproduciblity of the production of
the monitors. And I think maybe Tom Barnes at
Marshall did an excellent Job on picking this one
out. I think in the future, people ought to go to
those same extremes in order to get a good monitor
on board, because it allows you to see things and
point at things which you couldn't otherwise. And
these are the eyes of the observer and you - you'll
certainly need it to - to do the Job well and get
the most out of the instruments.

019 20 40 25 SPT Let's Just talk a little about each display we

have. H-1 - H-ALPHA l: I found to be excellent.
Although as I've mentioned, the filter does change
with time of exposure to sunlight. H-ALPHA 2: I
did not find anywhere near as - as good. I think
the people in putting H-ALPHA 1 together just did
an excellent Job. I know A1 Title was in on it
_ 2931

pretty heavy and Ed Reeves and they're all to be

congratulated for producing an excellent dis-
play. H-ALPHA 2 was good from the standpoint of
a full disk display. I think you need what we
had there, a full disk and a - and a closeup. If
we ever get better - a slightly better resolution
on our telescope than what we have right now, it
might make sense to m_ke that display smaller
than 4.& arc minutes, even. But I think that -
I think if we go in any futher now, well, we're
not gaining anything. That was Just a subjective
impression; l've never really had no [sic] way
of testing that. l'm not sure w_at the defraction
limit is of the telescope and, practically speaking,
compared to the resolution of the TV display.

019 20 22 06 SPT But I think you do need both - both types of

scopes: H-ALPHA l, large field of view; H-ALPHA 2,
small field of view. H-ALPHA 2 is okay for
detailed pointing if you did your final pointing
using, say, the 55 INTENSITY DATA readout. For
example, pointing H-ALPHA 2 at bright point in
an active region can be done. Use the CROSSHAIRS
"_- to get you in the general vicinity of that bright
point and then home in on it using the INTENSITY
DATA display. Now the XUV MONITOR: That is poten-
tially one of the most useful displays you have on
board. What it needs, though, are two things:
One is a much longer persistence bumper so that
when you do integrate, you get the effect which
we have with out persistence image scope; and
secondly, to remove much of the filtering that
we have in there, which I'm sure everybody is aware
of. But had this been a 6-inch display, rather
than peering through a sm_]l persistence image
scope all the time, there would have been so much
more to - to be gained.

019 20 _3 28 SPT I think flare recognition would have - early flare

detection would have been a heck of a lot easier.
I'm convinced that we've got a good sense up here
for picking up bright points and going on - picking
up bright points very early and getting the rise
of a flare, once you called a rise and use the
starting point where the bright point starts to
come above its background level - or its uniform
level in time - constant level in time° It
would have been much more useful had your - if
,_ you did not have to squintthrough a sm_]l scope
2932 "-_

which requires you taking your view off the other

parts of the panel for a long time, and also my
field of view of the other scope, and changes on
it like bright points out of the corners of your
eye while you were looking at other things, and
pick up flares a lot earlier.

019 20 hh 31 SPT Of course, the problem we have on our mission is,

we couldn't have picked a worse time to fly.
Had the flare frequency been higher, I'm sure we
would have - we would be able to get some flare
rises with this method. I'm still hopeful that
before these tired active regions make their way
around the corner, we might see something. But
again, that XUV MONITOR is potentially an excep-
tionally useful display. It might even be more
useful if there was a way of putting different
band-pass filters in there. Although, then again,
when you - once you start doing that, you start
losing a lot of light. But if you could work with
extreme ultraviolet, doubtless to say, you could
work with something say between i00 to 300 and
then something on further up, maybe 500 to 700
or 800.

019 20 h5 h8 SPT At least something that gives you a feel for the
hardness of what you're observing that would be
very useful. Allow you to make target selection,
I think a little more intelligently. That would
be a quick way of giving you essentially the same
information you could get out of a 55-type raster,
but Just give it to you very quickly. And time
is of the essence in operating this - this type of
combined instrument. Now, WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH:
I found it Just a real Joy to be up here looking
at an eclipse any time you wanted to. It's really
beautiful. I was very impressed with that whole
instrument. The display itself could have a little
better resoluton, but we're limited, I guess, by
the TV. Unfortunately, to bring out the features,
we have to bring the CONTRAST up which makes it
very grainy.

019 20 h7 05 SPT If there was a way of increasing the contra - or

increasing the resolution of that display, we
could pick up fainter feature changes and I think
do a little better Job for you in picking up
transients. Having a view of the corona has dem-
onstrated to be very useful for transients, as
 2933

well as for centering your instruments, which

might be a - something we want to do in the - the
future, if we do this again, and not have a - a
lockout on your instrument which will not allow
you to take data unless - unless your sensors are
pointed correctly, - or what it thinks" is correctly,
but to either dispense with that or find a way
of inhibiting that if - if you find that it's
pointing in the _Tong direction itself, and allow
the operator to essentially do it as we do with
the null bias - find out what positions are op-
timum and then fly to it on your pointing error
sensor all the time.

019 20 48 25 SPT Having a pylon there I have not found to be too

much of a disadvantage Just because of the general
construction of the corona and you usually put it
where - where it's not - where the corona is not.
But if it could be reduced in size, that might be
a little more useful, but no real problem there.
If it could also have a little wider extent, by
that I mean, it could go from a little further in -
I think that would be especially useful - rather
than starting at l-l/2 solar radii. But if it
could go into, say, maybe 1.2, or even further
yet, although I realize optically that's a pretty
difficult problem. But even if you could do that
Just for the displays or temporarily in some way
by moving occulting disk in and out - it might
not be optimum for photography - but if you could
do that for the observer, you could certainly
correlate what you see in the corona much better
with disk features.

019 20 49 41 SPT Again, I think it would make it a much more

intelligent observation of what you observe on the
disk, how you observe it, and then how you fit
in the coronal observations along with that; essen-
tially the same thing which we've talked about on
this mission and I think to some degree have done
with one of the JOPs which does the MIRROR, AUTO
RASTERs out above the limb. But I think you could
do that much more intelligently if we had that
display going in closer to the limb. I'm not
sure what else you could do to that display to -
to make it better. If you could go further out
as well, of course, that would be great. But I
2934

think - I think you get pretty much the essential

features with 4-1/2 solar radii. I don't know
whether you would buy much by going any further
out.

019 20 50 37 CC Skylab, AOS through Carnarvon for 7 minutes. And

we see you're voice recording; we'll hold on the
dump.

CDR Roger, Story. And at the termination GRAVITY

GRADIENT DUMP, would those angles you gave me for
Alphard and Regulus still be reasonably good?

019 20 51 08 SPT Okay, I guess one thing I didn't mention, and

that was back on XUV MONITOR and the idea of an
INTEGRATE: I think that's an exceptionally useful
feature. Allows us to pick off bright points, the
extent of plage, filament channels, coronal holes;
exceptionally good idea. It's Just that the whole
display was overfiltered, unfortunately. Now as
far as the controls for these, I think they're -
they're pretty well located. Now right down close
to the monitors, you don't use them that often
except to turn the power on and off. And WLC is
the one we cycle the most. XUV MONITOR: I think
it's pretty well laid out. I guess if I were to
do it over again, I might do it a little differ-
ently, but - not if I were to do it over again
today, because I'd get building biases because I'm
used to where everything is. But if I did it a
second time, chances are things might look differ-
ently, but not very much. Okay, and moving a
little further off the - the displays now. The
MANUAL POINTING CONTROL: I found the roll rates
we have available to us are - are adequate at HIGH
RATE, which is really one-half of - what we were
able to work with. It 's adequate; it takes more
time. I would like to have a factor or two higher
so when you're making some of these 90-degree or
180-degree rolls you can save yourself a fraction
of a minute, which is always worthwhile. But it's
been workable and adequate.

019 20 53 ll SPT And I think the LOW RATE is a good idea. Now the
MPC is something else. First of all, two things
about that: One is the conversion from octal to
dec_m_] and the way in which things are rounded
off - They're not rounded off but truncated to give
i_ 29
35

you an error which I find to be unacceptable when

you're operating with instruments which you want
to point to within 1 arc second, and you've got
an error up to 1.7. You also find there are some
numbers you cannot get which - of course, when you
truncate from octal to dec_m_1. I guess it was 4
into 9 what we figured out one day, and that must
be the unbias n1_mbers. That pointing I went into
the other day, I was trying to move the 82B SLIT
2 arc seconds to either side of the initial point-
ing, and I couldn't do it. I had to - I had to
go to either 1 or B on one side and so I chose 3.
And I think somewhere in between, who knows where,
was the correct value. So I Just think that's
unacceptable when you've got instruments with this
type of resolution, 1 arc second or 2 arc seconds
when slit and resolutions must have at least
1 arc second or better.

019 20 54 29 SPT So I would do away with that some way and get
away - get around that conversion. We're able to
do it in the com_aud module. It's a different kind
of computer, a digital. But in future - future
_- effortswe may be smarterto go with a digital
computer down throughout the whole - No I guess
we can have that here. I shouldn't say that. I
guess I'd have to look at the comparison between
the comm_ud module computer and this. I'm not sure
where the difference lies.

019 20 55 05 CC Ed, Houston.

SPT Stand by.

SPT Go ahead, Story.

CC Ed, we need to get a - a new nu z here for S073

and also to get our momentum straightened out.
And I've got some new numbers for you. And even
then, we're going to be pretty far off, but we need
to try.

CDR All right. Houston, this is the CDR, he's got

something going right now. I'll do it.

CC Okay, Jer. You ready to copy?

2936 F-_

CDR Go ahead.

CC Okay. I'm coming up on a keyhole but I'll go.

The window, 21:03 to 21:lO; stars are the same,
Alphard and Regulus. Alphard 113.5 and 17.3.

019 20 56 lh SPT Okay, tape back here. I was called from - called
by Houston on something. Where the heck was I?
That's one of the problems with this panel is there
are too many other extraneous things going on.

CDR Okay. The optics are all set up and ready to go.
I should have it within a minute or two after the
0 - window opens.

CC 0kay, thanks.

SPT Okay, I was admitting my - _ ignorance of why

Marshall was unable to convert from octal to - to
decimal. Apparently, it took too much computer
space or one thing or another; I'm not sure. But
if not I would Just flat not do this again.
Secondly, the MPC, the LOW RATE is too high. To
trying tc tweak i arc second involves trial and
error. I find I can tweak something of which I
know is over 3 arc seconds. But to tweak something
less than that is - is blind luck. What it usually
involves is Just tweaking back and forth around
some point until you, by random chance, run into
that particular one. Call it zero, you might tweak
to plus 3 and then you tweak back to plus 1 and
tweak to minus - minus 2 and then you might tweak
to zero. You never know how it's going to work.
And I think we ought to have a HIGH RATE and a
LOW RATE switch on there which allows you to go
essentially 1 arc second per second, if you will.

019 20 57 h5 SPT Something that low, so we can really home in on

it, especially if we're going to be working with
larger telescopes in the future and with larger
apertures with better resolution. We certainly
need something a little finer than what we have
now for control. And again, now I_m not trying
to criticize the state of the art on the engineering
involved. I'm saying from the operator's standpoint
what' s required.

CDR I've got to go get that star stuff done.

 2937

019 20 58 3h SPT And couple of other auxilliary things here. Well,

the EVENT TIMER: I find that exceptionally useful.
It was put on as kind of an afterthought in our
initial planning, but I'm certainly glad we did.
And 82A and B have made good use of it. And I've
used it for many other things. I would Just as
soon have additional event timers around. Like
I'd have to scare up an egg timer or write nnmhers
down sometimes when you've got three things going
which require a time. I would see nothing wrong
with having three event timers lined up somewhere
which you could have enabled. Maybe each instru-
ment could be enabled off one or two of them, if
desired. So in case they want timed exposures
which are not fitting into their program, they're
possible. We have found a need for more event
timers. That's not a lux_, but it's proved to
be a necessity in the operation of the panel. The
egg timer, and also we have our own personal timers
that we use -.lphere. All three are different kind
of timers, and all work for their own different
idiosyncrasies and it Just complicates the whole
arrangement.

019 20 59 51 SPT But the EVENT TIMER itself, as far as setting it,
is not too bad once you've got all zeroes. But
getting all zeroes is a time-consuming Job. That's
the reason we ended up with our AUXILIARY TIMER
for 82B. If you even go through - past zero and
you get all nines then you've Just got to sit there
and hold and chug until you get yourself back to
all zeroes or whatever number you want which usually
involves almost all zeroes. Each one of those
switches, whether up or down, controls a digit's
motion. I think the rate in which the digits marks
through is okay. It gives us an - standard event
timer used elsewhere. So what you need also is
a reset switch, which some of them do have. In
the commsud module we have reset; sets everything
to zero. That would have saved us all kinds of
time up here had we had that reset switch. Tone
is good. The lighting: I find the INTEGRAL
LIGHTING - I was kind of doubtful when we first
came up here. And I thought maybe it was a luxury
and something that was pushed for, back in the old
days when everybody was enamored with Apollo, and
it wasn't required. But since I've been working
the panel up here without the INTEGRAL LIGHTING
2938

and had the lights turned down low so that I can

see the displays, I find how much of a necessity
it really is.

019 21 01 18 SPT Many times I have a flashlight out, and I'm looking
at things like aperture positions or other things
on the panel which I need to read, especially ro-
tary knob nomenclatures. I've found that INTEGRAL
LIGHTING exceptionally useful where you're going
to be working in a dark environment like we are
here. NUMERICS: Again, if we can have those things
in ALERT/STATUS, if they could be variable the way
they were planned to be, that'd be great. Sometimes
we find those things are a little bright. The
brightness of the READY/OPERATE lights: Those
things are a little - are a little bit bright for
us sometimes; although the one that really gets
to us is the AUXILIARY one we brought up for 54.
You really have the Sun in your eyes when that
OPERATE light is on. And it's hard to get as dark
adapted as you might like.

019 21 03 34 CC Skylab, back with you through Guam for 8 minutes.

CC Bill, Houston.

PLT Go ahead, Story.

CC I got three things for you, Bill. One of them'll

be a change to your detail, your phone call tonight
and the rest of it will require some copying.

019 21 05 02 SPT Okay. Stand by. I'll be back - get back to this
in a moment.

PLT Ready to copy.

CC Okay. Your phone call's Hawaii at 02:13. It'll

be a LEFT to RIGHT.

PLT Roger.

CC And in the next housekeeping periods you've got

there, if possible, work in two things we got for
you. One of them is to reclean that OWS heat
exchanger duct. And that's a housekeeping 6 Alfa 1.
And give that the first priority.

019 21 05 31 SPT ...

 2939

019 21 07 23 SPT And at 21:20 [sic], we Just happened to come in at

sunlight there, and I noticed that we had an
oxygen VI count of 6000 and my heart rate doubled
and I - -

CDR (Laughter) I didn't know you'd started that.

m

SPT - - and I thought maybe we had something.

CDR They're all ... to 077?

SPT Well, that shows it might - In my debriefing, I

just knocked that - Just because of that.

PLT Pardon?

SPT In my debriefing here, I just knocked that parti -

ular feature that - I told how many man-hours had
been wasted doing ... - -

CDR What we need is this kind of thing right here.

SPT More of a button which you could set in each digit

what you want: l, 2, 3, or 4 or right ahead. You
set it in--

CDR ... switch. You set it up then you hit the button
and it moves it to where it's going to go - where
you want it to go, either forward or backward, the
nearest place.

019 21 21 39 SPT Okay, it looks as though the counts are back down
again and Jerry's operating the panel so I'll get
in the background here and continue the debriefing.
Okay, timers - We're on - readouts, I guess, for
positions. They're great; those counters are
perfectly adequate. Unfortunately, our FINE SUN
SENSOR drift gets to it and you really cKu'£ dep@nd
upon that thing being too accurate, only in a rela-
tive sense from one point to another. But in an
absolute sense, it's only good right after the
four-limb coalignment. And then you're - it's
anybody's guess as to what you're looking at. And
our STAR TRACKER - the problems we've had with
that - I'd say the roll is not very good; both
before the STAR TRACKER completely failed and
while we were having trouble with the SHUTTER.
2940

So we couldn't keep it locked up all the time, and

with ... particles also. I think probably the STAR
TRACKER is still the way to go on that. It's
giving a good roll reference but - we need to over-
come those difficulties of shutter problems and
chasing debris. I mean if we think a little bit
about that one, we can, now that we understand
the problem.

019 21 23 08 SPT Okay, two other displays I have not talked about
which are on the panel: One is the X-RAY display -
X-RAY IMAGE, which is useful if we had a more
active Sun than we have right now. We refer to
it, but when a flare comes, we only have one and -
two active regions on the Sun which are capable
of putting something out, especially right now.

SPT And you pretty much know which one's going to go.
And we've had so few flares, of course, that we've
not had that problem very often. So the X-RAY
IMAGE has not been as useful as it - as it might
be in locating rapidly the location which was
flaring in X-RAY. I think if we had a large XUV
MONITOR, we could probably depend upon that to
give us our flare location. However, I guess it
still depends upon a detailed analysis of how
m_ny flares come up initially in X-RAY and in the
XUV, whether we can get a time Jump on it by having
the X-RAY MONITOR there. That is a question which
I can't answer right now and - I'm sure some of
the flare data from Skylab will be able to. If
you could get an X-RAY IMAGE which would have a
much finer resolution, I think it would be useful
I don't want to say that we would not be able to
use one in the future, but right now, I've found
it not to be used very frequently in our operation.
It was initially a flare locator, and as I said,
we've got other displays that - that do that for
us, plus knowing pretty much where things are
going to go off. If we were flying at solar maxi-
mum, it might be a different story entirely. The
other X-RAY display, the HISTORY PLOTTER which
met a - met an early death, unfortunately, I think
in concept, it was an exceptionally useful display.

019 21 25 37 SPT I think we had a problem way back when in the

initial design of that - where people went over-
board in the specifications for it because of the
 2941

problem we had with flammable material - so much

so that it could make that thing unworkable and
almost unuseable from the parallax problem even
when the paper was running. What I would much
rather see is something that'll give you the X-RAY
readout from, say, two or three different channels,
like we have on alu - on BERYLLIUM and ALUMINUM,
and possibility of a third as hard as we can pos-
sibly get - which is put on a TV monitor that can
be selected and stored on a tape, for example,
which would be back - Again, I'm getting ahead of
myself a little bit. But while I'm on it, let me -
let me do it. You could go back and store the
X-RAY information for - on the order of day or
two, and then to be able to display that on various
time scales from present to back - anything be-
tween, say, a total width across your display of
l0 minutes to - or even 5 minutes to 2 days - -

CC Skylab, Houston through Goldstone and MILA for

14-1/2 minutes. Hello from the bronze team.

SPT - - 1 day.

CDR Hello, Henry. Hello, bronze guys.

SPT I don't think that's out of the realm of - of

possibility - feasibility right now; in other
words, a rotary knob which selects time scale for
you. And then you'd call it up; it'd Just give
you that - that readout to you, maybe logarithm_c-
ally, logarithmically in terms of the X-RAY mag-
nitude, not in terms of time. Time scale will be
linear but scale changeable. I'm sorry that thing
met such an early death; I wDuld have like to have
had a chance to use it.

CDR Here you go, Bill.

SPT For example, right now te situation I find my-

self is calling down to ground to find out how
the X-REA is doing in terms of background level
and rise above background level; they're both
different time scales.

CDR Hank, I think I have finally found Alphard. Try

174.B and 25.6.
2942

CC We copy, Jer.

019 21 28 37 SPT Okay, I think I've hit them all. Let me - let me
Just summarize some of the major points here.
One is sequential, functional arrangement is
necessary. READY/OPERATE lights are necessary.
You have to eliminate as many functions as possible
which requires you coming back to at some later
unspecified uncalled-out time other than perhaps
with an event timer. The operations which we have
felt have - which - operations like GRATING
select or timed exposures without timers avail-
able, those types of things. As many of those
things as we can do away with - the more efficient
and quicker and error free the operation will be.
And I think we need to augment the display. So
let's - let me Just move into the next realm here
and we'll get into some of that.

SPT Okay, let 's talk future inflight operations on

the Shuttle. First, i'll - I'll do something
first which I had planned to do second, but I'll -
because there is some interest on it from the
ground - apparently from Bill Lenoir. I'Ii hit _
that one first. And that is, Just how would you -
how would you carry out procedures and crew
operation of the panel?

019 21 30 50 SPT Well, this is assuming we'd be having a - a solar-

type mission again. So I'm going to step - step
over - No, I tell you what, I Just better not do
that because - the way I have my little outline
laid out here, I think it makes more sense to
just go right through it straight. I'll try and
get it done today. Okay, first thing for future
inflight operations for the Shuttle era and the
post-Shuttle - by that I mean, perhaps a space
station. Distinction has to be made between
solar and stellar, and there is a great distinc-
tion. However, I think the stellar people can
learn something from the solar, in that, if you
give a m_n an adequate presentation of what he
is to - is to observe, even if it might only be
quick-look data, he can make Judgments which are
going to enhance the q11Ality of your data that
you bring back. Stellar folks are not used to
doing that. They plan their observations in a -
in an office and then walk out into the observa-
tory and take a time exposure looking at a given
 2943

direction and 2 weeks later get their plates and

analyze the results. I think they could learn
that they would be able to come up with a - a
very low image - or low-intensity imaging device
which would give you a quick look at various por-
tions of th sky at various wavelengths, X-RAY and
UV. I think you'll be able to make a more intel-
ligent selection of the targets of opportunity.

019 21 32 37 SPT Now that's a whole other ball game, and I guess
I won't try to be - discussing that one in any
great detail now because I've not really thought
much about it technically. So what I'm going to
say from here on applies to the - the solar case,
although I think the stellar maybe selling man's
a role a little bit short in what he can use and
his judgment in increasing the quality of the
data. And I mean scientific Judgment, not Just
technical.

CC PLT, Houston; our momentum situation now is still

a little wormy. We want to look at it a little
more, so we are not going to do the momentum
dump inhibit. However,we do want to go ahead
oQ, _ m

019 21 33 15 SPT Okay, now for the controls and displays: Let's
talk about display first. I think it would be
most useful to have a real-time magnetograph;
something which doesn't necessarily show the whole
display or the whole area of the Sun, but something
like _ arc minutes ; something which will give you
a feel for the high-field gradient; something which
will tell you what you're looking at when you see
a bright point. Is it really a bipolar region,
or Just what is it's nature? After Skylab, we're
going to come up with a whole host of - and are
coming up now, with a whole host of new observations
and new theories to go along with it. And much of
it is going to hinge around what is a magnetic
field configuration of everything. And it's going
to be essential to have magnetic field information
on board in order to m_ke intelligent target selec-
tion and identification, both for nominal operation
and for targets of opportunity. And - real-time
magnetographs are - are not out of the realm of
possibility now. And I think that should certainly
be one of the things which is included on a tele-
visiondisplay: The XUV, which I alreadyhave
2944 _-_

mentioned, full Sun, for picking up flaring regions

and hot spots, coronal holes, filament channels,
bright points, the whole thing.

019 21 35 14 SPT And if we could get zoomed in on one, I'm not sure
what - we would really - would be able to learn
but I think - in picturing an active region up
close and being able to pick off the finer points
of the XUV emission, seeing as that is where we
are making most of the observations with the spec-
trographic instruments, I think that'd be exce -
exceptionally useful. I think you know the problems
we've had of trying to point a slit - in H-ALPHA
and trying to imagine what the heck is above it.
And point a slit for uniform emission in H-ALPHA
just still leaves me a little bit cold, especially
when I look at - point the CROSSHAIRS for 55 and
find that it's really over at one side or the
other of the plage which is most intense in one
of the lines we happen to be looking. And many
times, it's not Just the problem that we're looking
at a - a higher altitude. It's the fact that
things sh - do shift over in the solar atmosphere,
and we're kidding ourselves to think that pointing _
H-ALPHA is going to give you optimum UV, XUV, and
X-ray data. However, don't - don't - my next point
is that we do need H-alpha because we're so used
to interpreting that data. There's so much detail
there on active regions, on field, as we're start-
ing to interpret them, that I think that would be
the essential way to have our board - both the full
Sun and the sm_]l area, full sail - full Sun, to
rapidly identify features such as filaments,
chromospheric quiet areas, good areas, where we
could find good quiet chromospheric network, pick
out the active regions as seen in H-alpha, and so
forth.

019 21 37 15 SPT I think we've got a good complement here and we

should not lose it. The corona, I've already
mentioned. Make a good aim to 1.2, if possible,
although I may be asking optically - to do some-
thing that's optically impossible. The TV plot
of the X-RAY HISTORY, I've talked about above.
And to some degree, I think people are much - able
to picture spatial and temporal information a heck
of a lot easier than they are wavelength. And I'm
not sure that we're overlooking something here.
 29_5

I think that if we had plot of wavelength data;

for example, a wavelength scan of 55, I'm not sure
that it would not be possible to pick off given
characteristics of a region by its wavelength
signatures as opposed to its brightness in XUV
or X-RAY.

019 21 38 29 SPT Now, I may be wrong there, and I have - would prob-
ably have to go a long way to demonstrate that,
but I think the 55 data may show that. And then
again, maybe it not - maybe it won't. Maybe there
are regions which are too - have characteristics,
say either in the relative strength of line which
could be picked out very easily - the slope of the
continuum or m_gnitude of continuum relative to
line and - well, a whole host of things. We do
know, certainly, that as we make particular grating
selections that there are optimum lines to be
viewing specific features. And if you had the
GRATING SCAN laid out in front of you of a point
you were looking at, well, that could tell you an
awful lot about that point, and whether you had
made an intelligent selection, and whether you
ought to continue observations there; whether you've
really got something of interest or whether you
perhaps ought to move on.

019 21 39 38 SPT Then again, there may be easier ways of doing it.
That's Just - Just an open question and a sugges-
tion I'ii throw out. I guess the big thing l'm
talking about, that's in addition to what we have
right now - augment - that is, increase the quality
of the displays we already have, or would have had
with the X-RAY HISTORY, is magnetic field infor-
mation. And I Just can't stress that too much.
Maybe astronomers, and such, like to observe light
intensities and don't get too wrapped up with -
in what really is going on behind it and what
causes it. Astrophysics is a different ball game.
And I think that's what we're really dealing with
here, to understand the details of it all, and to
pick out optimum targets and magnetic fields are
at the heart of it all.

019 21 40 55 CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from LOS.

Vanguard at ... - -

SPT Some people have the feeling I've been reading

Diet .groWthtoo much, but I think - I think mauy
2946

people will also agree that understanding magnetic

fields are going to tell us what's going - We'll
be able to predict what's happening from there on.

019 21 41 39 SPT Now as far as the general layout of the panel, I

think I've discussed that a little bit this morn-
ing. The panel could be a little bit bigger. Al-
though folded, we could stand to have - perhaps
two or three more displays. I would say maybe three
displays would be optimum. Mechanical crosshairs
are useful in each display. They can be moved and
set at our convenience in each display. Electronics
are okay, but as you know, they drift. And they
also are only good to one line width, which some-
times leaves you a little cold as it's flipping
back and forth between one line, a vertical - a
horizontal line. They also tend to get bumped -
at least the setting. I guess that's a mechanical
problem of setting, which we could always modify.
We'd Just tape them over once we make a given
setting.

019 21 42 40 SPT But if we do have electronic crosshairs again -

and I have found them useful for - for various
things; for example, the slewing operation for
82A: I take one solar feature on the mechan-
ical crosshalr, and then move the electronic cross-
hair over to where the - that feature will move
60 arc seconds, and then I'd Just move that feature
on the display back and forth between the two
crosshairs. And that works out real well. It's
a much superior way of doing it than watching,
n_hers flash back and forth.

SPT So I think as long as electronic crosshairs can

be included relatively easily, they ought to be
put in there. And we'll also have the adjustments
for them a little finer with a little better readout
so you can go back to the same point. So if you
were to center them, say, in like we do in the
XUV MONITOR, they got knocked off scale, you can
see where they were and move right back without
having to do - an alignment by going out to the
limb.

019 21 43 54 SPT Right now we have n_,_ers on there, but it's a

very gross scale. I'm sure we can do something
superior to that. Put a little ... around there.
 _7
F"

I think we o_ht to be able to have rigged up that

through - through one television line with - But
right now that's not possible, even if we're in
the right ball park. But we can't do it off the
control knobs. Now we get into - do we have a
whole main and raft of switches or do we have to
find some other way of controlling instruments?
We get into the hardware and software g_me. We've
seen, as ATM has progressed through the years
here, people want to exchange their observing program;
I should say observing capabilities or program_
built into their instruments, which is understand-
able. We all need to get smarter as time goes on.
And all the way through the Skylab flights we've
seen that happen. 82B is a prime example. We've
hunted up another timer because we didn't have a
good enough handle on what the proper exposure
times were to begin with. No fault of 82A
nor B's, but it is a change. And I think there's -
probably was an easier way to go about this in the
future.

019 21 45 30 SPT If we had ourselves a good digital computer which

f each instrument had access to, and essentially,
all you're doing is opening and closing a shutter
at a specified rate, there's no reason why the
time of opening and the duration of opening could
not be specified in a digital computer so that
once the program is initiated, the computer that
takes it over and controls the shutter for you,
puts everything into regional so that the progr_mq
could be changed not Just before flight but in
flight. And we'd have ourselves a real flexible
system. Of course, you're going to have to create
all kinds of ground rules to make sure that this
flexibility doesn't eat you alive. But I would
think that would be an excellent way to go about
it. We would then have on the panel - I still
think switches are a good idea for things you use
frequently like mode selection, like door, open/
closed, like -

CDR ...

SPT Hit stop before you hit start to make sure that
the previous one is stopped.

CDR We hit stop. It's down where it belongs. The

count is right.
2£48

019 21 47 08 8PT Okay, like - doors, st_t/stops, power switches,

if they're used frequently. Like the scan spect
has power switches. And by mode switches I mean
in wavelength and smything that would tell you
about how the instrument is to gather data and
whether it would control the instrument gathering
data capabilities by. And that doesn't mean that
because you have switches there, that what these
switches control cannot be changed. And that's
Just what I was getting into. If you had mode -
it says i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 numbered on your
switches. Or maybe something which meant a little
bit more to you like a switch would have wavelength
long, medium, short, if you will. Or even specify
the - Probably long, medium, short is Just as good
as putting down the wavelength in angstroms.

019 21 48 20 SPT The rate - Like 56 has ACTIVE i, 2, and 3, and

you put high, mediums and low, some combination
thereof which would require a little more thought
as the instrument develops, all of which could be
modified via the interface with the computer. Now,
the reason I - I think this is a good idea and
you've really got to watch closely if you ever
impl_nented it, the observer - he'd be Just trying
to walk a straight line on shifting sand all the
time as the observing programs kept changing from
underneath him. So there would have to be a little
discipline exerted there, exercised by everybody
there. But I th_nk we could get more flexibility
out of it and make it work.

019 21 49 18 SPT But the idea of a flare mode, it sounded great

many years ago when I talked to Bill Keebie [? ]
about it and they got that thing rolling. But
again people get smart and decide that maybe that
isn't the way they want to go. There's no reason
why we can't have a flare mode now which is in-
erasable and each instrument has and does not have
to he initiated by a master flare initiate - ini-
tiated by a glare switch on each instrument, be-
cause each instrument now has got its own criteria,
and that's understandable. Now if people would
agree to a master flare concept, that's fine.
But I - I think maybe Just a switch which initiated
the flare would be the best way to go. And if you
had a master flare and you wanted to fit in par-
allel with that, that's fine too. But you could
 have up to two or three different flare modes
stored in the background which, depending upon
film available and type of activity you expected,
you would have yourself geared for one of those
flare modes. But again, that requires a little
more thought ; Just how you implement something
like that. But that would give us some flexibilty
that we don't have at the present time and I'm
sure mauy of you would like to have - m_y of the
PIs would like to have.

019 21 50 57 SPT Okay now, who would operate this kind of con-
glomeration which I Just described? Hopefully,
what I've described is something easier to operate
in the - in the mechanical sense, in the technical
sense, than what we already are living with right
now. We have to make uniformity and things super-
simple in terms of what the instrument tells you
and exercise some discipline, as I said, over how
you change the mode which each instrument really
has available to it. I think one of the problems
we have right now with this panel is it's really
Just a busy box, in a technical sense of running
_ the panel. And in may cases, for no good reason.
I discussed some of the idiosyncrasies of that
panel. And I think if you really want a - a feel
for the idiosyncrasies, pick up the A_ crew log
or the ATM funny book, as it's called, and that
points out all of the conglomerate - conglomeration
of ways in which you can get screwed up in op-
erating this panel; all the little sucker traps
that are available to the operator. And I'm
always hitting some superficial ones in a nominal
operation and you can get yourself in an _mnominal
situation very rapidly with all these instruments.

019 21 52 B1 SPT I th_nk that book itself s_eaks for itself. It

says that we can do a heck of a lot better in the
future in eliminating the majority of those types
of idiosyncrasies. And I will not try to digress
on those; they're well documented. Okay, now who
would operate this? The reason I took that little
diversion there is that I think people who have a
thorough understanding of the solar physics involved
are required. Granted, you've got to get a lot
of training in how to operate the panel. I've
found that m_ proficien - proficiency on this panel
was not really up to speed until about a month
295O

that I was - after I was up here. Of course, we

had - we got sandbagged, and we had other problems
going for us too. But I think it takes a - a good
length of time to - to get proficient in this kind
of operation independent of the solar physics ;
Juggling all of the instruments you got running
and all the things you've got going on.

019 21 53 50 SPT I might mention at this time - Let me, before I

go any further, mention that one of the problems
that I've encountered in running the A_ is that
we've got so darn many things happening; not Just
on the panel, but off the panel. You know it's
in the MDA. We've got guys working on some of the
_REP equipment, gt_s working 233, observations out
the window, going back and forth between here and
the co-,_nd module, vacuum cleaning, setting up the
TV camera. You name it; there are all kinds of
things going on. You got the ground calling you
all the time about miscellaneous things. And all
you got to do is to take your mind off what you're
doing for 30 seconds and, you know, there goes -
there goes the RASTER/SCAN COUNTER with the n_mber
you wanted or there goes the termination of the
exposure you should have done, or the initiation.
It's like putting spocks - socks on an octopus.
You ... you Just can't afford seeing many diversions. !

019 21 55 02 SPT So I think that says something for the environment

in which the control and display panel ought to be _q
_
put. I think we need a area of about the size of
the ATM itself in which to keep pertinent informa-
tion which is readily accessible to you. I have
used the lids of some of the storage containers
around here for some of the - especially the
55 information which has been sent up to me and
has been most useful. There are other - many other
things I would like to have out, but I don't have
the room.

Ol9 21 55 41 SPT We've got cue cards hanging off every corner here.
I have the pictures which I have taken of the
monitors, which again, I think is a very useful
idea and I think ought to be continued in the future.
As you know, that's the only way I can give you
a good feel for what's happened in the past 24 hours
in describing the Sun is to compare pictures which
I have. And I think the Polaroid pictures are
 2951

something which ought to be a standard part of

future observations for the operator and for the
ground; that is, for the convenience of the operator
being able to not only keep himself smart, but also
help tell ground what changes are taking place.

019 21 56 38 SPT Okay, alI of these things need storage space,

and we need a - a wall, if you will, where all
these things can be put up - a bulletin board,
whatever you want to call it - right next to the
panel which is readily accessible. So all you've
to do is turn your head, and the information's
right there in front of your eyes, You need -
what we have in the way of a desk, we have three
boards right up at the bottom of the ATM which
we stow JOP SmJ.._.._ySheets inside and have the
J0P S1_-,ary Sheets on top. The way we've worked
it, we have JOP B on the center panel and that's
always readily available. We've got the cue
cards, of course, which take us thro1_gh the first
part of a flare, and then we Just refer to that
JOP S1,_nry Sheet which is sitting right there
even though we do put other sheets over it when
we're working. But those are very easy - easily
and quickly removed.

019 21 57 41 SPT On the right hand one, we have the J0P 8 sheet,
which we used yesterday, and had - glad I had it
readily available. And on the left-hand side,
we have a sheet for the digital address system.
But you do need that type of information, or that
type of information storage available to you.
Also, have a for - fourth one, which I erected.
That's a - about a - iS by i0 forward clipboard
which I have over further on the right-hand side
which is on a portion of the ATM board_ And there
I keep my notebook which I use for - for mY own
random notes and doctunentation. I think all of
that is certainly needed.

019 21 58 57 SPT Okay, once again let's get back to the types of
Individuals and how you'd operate one of these
things, l'm impressed more and more, the longer
I work with this, that there's so much to be
learned about the details of the Sun, which can
only be obtained by having on-the-spot Judgments
made on when, where, and how to take the data.
Now that on-the-spot, if we eventually get manned
2952

ones big enoIJg_, might be on the ground. The

who's still up here, tho1_gh - And I think the
individ1_l s you need up here should have good
solar-physics backgrounds, some observing - and
I personally did not have very much observing
time - but I think certainly a good understanding
of the overall problems of solar physics and -
plus specific details of how you identify the
various features of interest.

019 22 00 01 CC Skylab, Houston. We're about 40 seconds from LOS.

The next site is Goldstone - -

SPT A detailed - -

CC It's about an hour from now at 23:04.

SPT - - working relationship with each of the principal

investigators, which will only develop over a
period of time of working the experiments - -

CC Have you looked at it - -

SPT - - and has learned both ends.

CC - - anytime since then. And if so, what were the

results ?

019 22 00 22 CDR Hank, I've been using it, and it's running about
lO to 12 seconds behind the - the instruments.
But I haven't noticed any trouble with it.

CC Okay; we copy. Thank you.

SPT Oh, I Just had another diversion here.

CDR I don't mean minutes; I mean seconds.

SPT Okay, so you need people who have worked with the
instruments and the investigators for a period of
time, where they know the idosyncrasies of the
instruments which are bound to crop up and under-
stand their details as well as the - the observing
objectives of the principal investigators, and
that's no small task.

CC Okay, it's 147 now. It's up some.

 2953

SPT It - -

PLT I think it's the water fISm in there. I'm going

to take some towels up there next time.

SPT - - ... completely in a brefing or even in a book

if tough things develop.

019 22 01 22 SPT So I think you need individuals who are - first of

all, have a background in the area and, secondly,
have a little while to work with the equipment.
Maybe a - year to 2 years would probably be suf-
ficient in working with the material, in working
with the instruments and the principal investi-
gators. You don't need to - -

PLT If I could ever get them dry, I think the - -

SPT - - to put in 7 or 8 years, which Owen and I have,

but you do need a good period of time there -
and especially if you work on it in a concentrated
basis. Owen and I have worked - had to work on
it part time. I think if you worked on it for
F about a year or so, on that magnitude,you ought
to be able to do it pretty well; not necessarily
going through all the testing phases which some
of us did. I think that was beneficial, but the
big rate of learning is very slow. I think a
simulator probably could bring you up to speed a
heck of a lot faster than - than testing.

019 22 02 41 SPT Now, I guess, how do you operate one of these

things? Is the mode we're going now anywhere
close to optimum?

SPT Well, first of all, I think having observing

progr_mq thought out ahead of time is useful, The
JOP S_,,m_ry Sheets, in that sense, have forced
everybody to do that and provide a good starting
point and a good reference. Say you want to
observe a filament. Maybe you can wing it completely
and do a better Job than a precanned program;
maybe you can't. But I think you need something
to build from, both in terms of your own under-
standing of what can be done as well as the act1,_]
concrete observation program that you ca_-ry out.
And a s,,mm,ry, if you will, of procedures laid
out in front of you, I think is indispensable,
p_
2954

and I would not want to give that up. Now a Joint

observing program is a good idea. Many times,
though we find ourselves with one doing a building
block on a JOP, and we all know full well that
each principal investigator might have entirely
different motivations for observing during that
period of time. No big problem.

019 22 04 36 SPT So I'm being thrown off the tape recorder here
for a little bit; so I'll have to pick this one
up at the end of - later today, whenever I can
get to it, but I would say the JOP Sl_mm_ry and
the Joint observing is a good idea. However, if
you end up with the capability of having fine-
pointing instruments which can be pointed inde-
pendent of one another, then that opens up a whole
new ball game.

019 22 05 06 SPT I would think you would increase the complexity

of the operation by - a great deal by having one
guy observing filaments, one guy observing an
active region, and another one looking at the
corona. Then you're asking for a - a two- or
a three-man operation, and that, I think, is
probably something that's a step above what you
really want to do. I think the idea of Joint
observing is a good idea as long as no one really
loses a heck of a lot by it, and we learn a lot
in a combined sense from these observations. And
I think a lot of the Judgment as to whether this
is really a good idea is going to fall out of the
data analysis. If we find that the people are not
t_]king to one another, out of necessity, and
analyzing their data to find out what one person
saw at a given time - which no one else is inter-
ested in - also, everybody's analyzing their data
independently, then Joint observing progr_ma may
not be too useful. But I would hope that, out
of brute necessity, people would want to be work-
ing with one another in order to get the most
solar physics out of a given set of observations,
as opposed to thinking only of those observations
made with one instrument.

019 22 06 37 SPT SPT out. And I'ii come back to this in a little bit.

SPT You're on, Jer.

 2955

PLT Okay. Hey, Ed, did you- -

019 22 07 44 CDR This is the CDR at 22:07 Zulu, debriefing the

21:06 ATM pass. Ed started out the pass for me
while I was trying to get you some stars for a
nuz update. And I picked up at about building
block 35 and carried on there with 41 minutes -
43 minutes to go. In that 43 minutes, we got three
full exposure sequences on S054 plus nine frames
in the - in the - -

PLT ... (laughter).

CDR Give me about 1 minute, Bill.

SPT That 'll teach you.

CDR Give me about 1 minute, Bill.

PLT Okay.

CDR And at nine frames into the fourth exposure

sequence, we got five of the - of the six MARs in.
The last one, there was Just not eno1_gh time for.
One point. I've got to give up the recorders real
quick to Bill for S073, but in active region
n1_,ber 20, we've had the sudden formation of a -
a rather lengthy filament. And in - it was a
long, slender plage this morning, and during this
pass, a filament formed in it Just about the entire
length of the plage.

019 22 09 00 CDR CDR out.

CDR It 's all yours, Bill.

019 22 09 14 PLT Okay, I've Just completed the 10-second exposure.

We had a little problem here on tape recorder
utilization. And starting 2 minutes on my mR_k.

019 22 09 32 PLT MARK.

PLT Okay, Just for the record have Alfa 1 filter

installed. UV lens; 55 millimeter; using Nikon 02.
I took the first frame on 22:09. Oops, I Jumped
the gun Just a little bit. Well, we're already
off and running on frame 2, 30 seconds early.
2956

SPT When are you going to do M509 again?

PLT Tomorrow.

PLT 1 minute.

PLT Okay, stand by -

019 22 ii 32 PLT MARK. Termination of frame 2. And that was at

a ROTATION 168.3, using the alignment technique
specified by ground. TILT, 30.2. And that was
the 2 minute. We're waiting for 22:13, and this
will be a 6 minute.

PLT Oh, is that the panel debriefing that you're giving?

SPT Yes.

PLT Okay, stand by -

019 22 13 01 PLT MARK.

CDR ...

019 22 15 50 PLT I don't think so. It's going to be 15 minutes.

019 22 16 15 PLT Okay. Got i minute to go on the 6-minute exposure.

PLT Stand by. 5 seconds.

019 22 19 02 PLT MARK. Termination of the 6-minute exposure. Now

we're going for 259.6, and 259.6 is 3.2 turns
clockwise. One, two, three, and that ought to
be about it. And let's see what we have here.
9.6. 30.2 - 30.0, they want. Okay. 30.0.
Anyway, it's 21. Just waiting for I minute, and
start a 6-minute exposure at this ROTATION and
TILT setting.

PLT Stand by -

019 22 21 01 PLT MARK. And this exposure will be over at 22:27.

Terminating recording temporarily.

019 22 25 37 PLT And we're coming up on 26 in about 20 seconds.

We'll be terminating the fourth exposure at 27.

PLT 15 seconds.
 2957

PLT Stand by -

019 22 27 01 PLT It's MARKed. The last photo of this sequence.

TILT going to zero; ROTATION to zero. Termination
of recording.

TIME SKIP

019 23 37 56 SPT - for 82A. It worked out real well. No problem.

Following that I went over to active region 21.
Well, actually, before I did that, I looked around
the disk at the various active regions and I could
not find much in oxygen VI above 1-1/2maybe up
to 2000 on some of those close - very close to the
limb, but that was limb brightening. I turned
the INTENSITY up, the CONTRAST down, looked at the
limb, could see nothing but a very small prominence
over on the southwest limb.

019 23 38 h3 SPT And seeing as we had a brightening in the active

region 21 this pass, some of it - not the one that's
working now, but the previous one. Actually, it
f happened during the dark side, I believe,because
as soon as it came up I had the MIRROR, LINE
SCAN going on that part of the active region, and
it was reading 6000 then and decreasing. So I
was hopeful we might see something this time around.
I stayed on active region 21 and put the MIRROR at
line 10, slit center. Had a ROLL so that it would
optimize for a 5h dispersion.

019 23 39 41 SPT And then operated three instruments. 55, then

received 27 truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs down
to line 13 on active region 21. And I did maxi-
mize to start off with, Just so I'd have a point
where I stopped the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER - I had
a point I could look at Just to see what the ac-
tive region was doing, kind of take its tempera-
ture. I could feel its pulse and nothing was
happening. Unfortunately, we got an oxygen VI
count m-ximumof around 1400, and it went down
to 900 at one point. These MIRROR, AUTO RATER
were all done at a GRATING POSTION of all balls.

019 23 40 43 SPT 56 received four - SINGLE FRAME 4, 9 minutes;

SINGLE FRAME 5, 9 minutes; SINGLE FRAME l, 9 min-
2958

utes; and SINGLE FRAME 2, 6 minutes. 54 received

a 34-minute exposure with the GRATING, OUT.

019 23 41 03 SPT SPT out.

019 23 41 20 SPT Oh, SPT back in again. I asked a question a

little while ago, and perhaps I didn't phrase it
as explicitly as a question as I should have.
But on 5h, the grating dispersion axis which was
given us on the cue card - but I take it that is
the area which we want free of active regions
except for the one under consideration. In other
words, we treat that in the same way as we do the
82A dispersion, where we want to make sure that
everything is - in a vertical direction is clear.
Here we have something which is maybe 30 or 40
40 degrees to the vertical. I want to make sure
that is clear. If I am incorrect in interpreting
that, please let me know.

019 23 42 17 SPT SPT out.

019 23 42 39 SPT Skylab will be able to.

////#
 DAY020 (AM) 2959

020 01 13 00 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. Time is coming _p on 13:00;

2 minutes now to start exposuring S073; let's see.

020 01 14 21 PLT Hank, PLT here. Hank, how do you read?

CC Roger; read you loud and clear, Bill.

PLT Okay, I'm 30 seconds from starting data take on

S073. You weren't going to change that, were you?

CC What I wanted to change was the ROTATION from

where it reads 7.7 to 3.7.

PLT Okay, I'll be Just a little late starting then.

020 01 14 52 CC I don't think that will affect, when that first

exposure is a real short one. The reason for that
was we're Just doing our best to guess on this nu z
until we get some more data from Jerry. And "for
info, AM recorder number i is bombed out. And
we've redesignated, and it Won't affect your
operations. We'll talk more about that at Tanan-
arive. We're about 30 seconds from LOS and
Tananarive
will be comingup at 30.

CDR AM recorder number 1 is bombed out, huh?

020 01 15 42 PLT Roger, Hank. If you're not gone yet, I've done
the EREP malf. I ended up in box number 13,
page 1-7, mag film motion, sensing drive failure.

CC Roger; copy.

020 01 16 04 PLT Okay, there's the start of the 2-minute exposure.

Sorry I didn't give you a mark on that. A lot of
things happening.

PLT Okay, and I got the change on the ROTATION to 3.7.

SPT Say, Hank, how about filling me up on the next

daytime pass. Why don't you tell me what the
82A exposure is for that time so that we can save
him a little bit of trouble. I can go ahead
and take that real easy for him.

020 01 17 18 CDR Hey, Ed, are we in a tracking station dump, or are

we -- -
2960

SPT Not yet ....

CDR Great. Real ... this time.

PLT Hey, Crip, I think we got an open m_ke up there.

It's com_ug through.

PLT Stand by.

PLT On 18 -

020 01 18 02 PLT MARK. Okay, set 2 minutes.

PLT Okay; 17, okay. We still got the same one. 3.7.
Waiting for 01:19.

020 01 19 02 PLT MARK. Starting another 2-minute exposure.

PLT ROTATION, 177.7; TILT, 22.6; and the - I hope we're

right on this rotation. Looks like a big guessing
game, really.

020 O1 20 07 PLT 1 more minute on this one.

PLT Okay, I'll Just terminate, cock for film advance,

and start again very quickly here. And should
start timing right at completion time.

PLT Okay, stand by -

020 01 21 02 PLT MARK. Advance.

020 01 2/ 05 PLT START. Okay, 2 seconds after the minute.

PLT And it'll be over at 29.

PLT I think the recorder's on.

020 01 22 ll CDR Same thing.

020 01 28 31 PLT Okay, coming up on 29. Termination of 8-minute

exposure.

PLT Stand by -

020 01 28 59 PLT MARK. Film advance, and start the next one. Okay,
6 - okay, 6 minutes.
 2961

020 01 29 31 PLT Terminates at 35, and then ve don't start another

one until 37.

020 Ol 3h 52 CC - - M092 - -

020 01 34 54 PLT Standing by to terminate at 35.

CC - - Romeo, on page 5-8 of your Systems Checklist - -

020 01 35 00 PLT MARK. Terminating the - the 6-minute exposure;

now waiting for 01:37 for 2 minutes.

CC - - stuff for you to copy.

CDR Okay, go ahead.

CC Okay, we'd like for you to install serial number 21.

It should be in Dog h38. And the one that's in
there now that you'll replace is serial number 32.
And after you replace it and get recorders back on
the line - you'll have to turn them all off when
you replace it - we'd like you to put, on the dump
tape, the hours of operation they read you in the
little window there on serial number 32.

CDR Okay, Hank; housekeeping 80 Romeo: Install num-

ber 2_1which is Delta h38; and the old one, replace
it with - that's being replaced is number 32.
And you'd like a voice record on the hours of
operation.

020 01 36 00 CC That's correct, Jer. I have one correction for

Bill's photo pad. It was an omission that - for
his film-thread pad. I wonder if you can copy
that for him?

CDR Sure, go ahead.

CC Okay, we should have added for him to strip off

6 feet of f_Im from CI86 and cut with the film
profiling tool before threading.

CDR Okay, I'll tell him.

020 01 36 35 SPT Hank, could you say again the time at which you
think we lost voice recording capability?

/
2962

CC Okay, that was 2_l:10; we're not really sure we lost

it, but it's a possibility.

SPT Thank you.

CC And that recorder we want to replace, Just to make

sure we understand, is in slot number l, recorder
number 1.

PLT Stand by; we're starting a 2-minute at 01:37.

020 01 37 00 PLT MARK. .

CDR Roger; recorder number i. I'll get right on it.

CC And we're about 30 seconds from LOS, and we'll

keep the comm up the rest of the evening. We
won't talk to you anymore; we'll say good night to
you now unless you need something later, give us
a call. As a reminder to Bill, his private comm
is at 02:13, LEFT to RIGHT.

020 01 38 16 PLT 45 seconds to go.

CDR Man, it is so nice to be able to ...

SPT I can see him ...

PLT Stand by -

020 01 39 00 PLT MARK. Film advance.

020 01 39 02 PLT MARK. For the 2 ... I end it with a 12.

PLT Stand by -

020 O1 39 12 PLT MARK. Termination of S073.

PLT Okay, the TILT and ROTATION going to zero and

terminating the recording.

020 01 39 23 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP
 2963

020 02 O0 33 CDR This is the CDR at 02:00 Zulu, reporting completion

of AM tape recorder number i change out. Num-
ber 32 was replaced by number 21. The hours
of operation on number 32 are 03:87.

020 02 00 48 CDR CDR out.

020 02 07 29 SPT SPT at 02:07 debriefing the hour - after ATM pass.
We began at 00:lb. l'd say all of the scheduled
observations went straightforward except for 52.
I started them on STANDARD rather than the
CONTINUOUS, and I - But I truncated about halfway
through it in J0P IA. We got down to JOP - that
was building block IA. We got down to JOP 2C,
building block 28, and we Just continued that all
the way down to essentially ZER0 TIME _INING.
55 got 23 truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs truncated
to line 13, at a GRATING POSITION of 772. And
56 got SINGLE FRAME, i, SINGLE FRAME, 2, SINGLE
FRAME, 4, and SINGLE FRAME, 5, all for 8 minutes.

020 02 08 43 SPT SPT out.

020 02 ll 31 CDR This is the CDR at 03:ll [sic] Zulu. The subject
is Earth observation,handheldphotos. And I'm
going to recap the photos I've taken today. Some
of them I did not have time to debrief, and quite
frankly, I can't remember Just which ones they
were. Starting at 12:18 this moring with Charlie
X-ray 46 and the Hasselblad 100, I got pictures
of the Zagros Mountains southeast of Hamadan and
that's in your HHllg-5 area. North of Hamadan,
the clouds covered the mountains completely, and
we were unable to see them. The f - The frames
were _ through 6, and the f/stop was 8 plus, 1/250.
At 12:19 on the - in Saudi Arabia, I got pictures
of sand dunes. This - I got two sets of stereo
pairs and this is the HH81 site.

020 02 12 31 CDR The frame numbers for ChA_lie X-ray 46 are 7, 8,

9, and 10. They were taken at f/ll, 1/250. And
then at 12:20, I took pictures of the mountains
that are surrounding Oman in Saudi Arabia. That's
frame number ll, f/ll, 1/250. And then at 15:01
had a particularly good shot of the Rockies at a
low Sun angle near Denver. And I thought it would
be good photography to have Just for the geological
value; to be able to see the lay of the land at
2964

low Sun angle with snow cover. That was frames

number 12 and 1B taken at 5.6 and 1/250.

020 02 13 17 CDR And at 15:03 I got a picture of the Black Hills

from somewhat of an oblique; that's frame number lh
at 5.6, 1/250. And then at 15:05, the assigned
or requested HH was lake - the site was - was for
lake circulation, I believe it was HH38. All the
lakes that we could see were completely clouded
over except for one little area of - along the
south shore of Lake Superior and there were some
nice ice plumes in there. So I took a picture of
those and that was frame number 15 taken at 5.6,
1/250. The next picture is frame number 16; that's
the Hudson Bay area, the - in particular James
Bay. And the reason for this was because this was
a fairly clear day. And there was a good chance
to give you time lapse essentially from about a
week and a half ago, when I took a picture of
Hudson Bay on a fairly clear day. That was frame
number 16, and it was taken at 8 minus - f/stop
was 8 minus at 1/250. And then at 15:12 as we
went over northeast of Newfoundland, there was a
lot of pack ice and plumes up in that area.

020 02 14 36 CDR Some of the straits there at - between Newfoundland

and - I guess it's northeastern Canada. Stand by;
I'll get the name of the straits.

CDR Okay, this is the Straits of Belle Isle, it's -

is the straits I'm talking about. And that's
frames 17 and 18 taken at a setting of 8 plus,
1/250.

CDH Okay, and then the last one on Charlie X-ray _6

that I took was at 03:07 [sic], Just a few minutes
ago, and that was Kamchatka. The whole southern
end of _mchatka was pretty much clear, particu-
larly on the west coast. And there was some ice
plumes that had formed there since yesterday.

020 02 15 _7 CDR And so frames number 25 and 26 were taken at f/ll

and f/16, respectively, at 1/250.

020 02 26 47 CDR This is the CDR again at 02:27 Zulu. And now it's
time for true confessions of the Nikon 300 Earth
observations handheld photography. The magazine
here is Charlie X-ray 41. And the first one was
 2965

taken at 02 - correction, 12:12 this morning, 12:12

this morning. It was frame number 33. And I'm
pretty sure what I got was the Danube River right
near Zagreb in - Let's see, that's Yugoslavia?
Stand by, I'll check.

CDR Yes. I'm pretty sure that's where it was. Okay,

and that was taken - that was frame number 33 taken
at 5.6 with a 300-millimeter lens at 1/1000. And
then the next photo I logged was at 23:00 Zulu.
And it was the Alaskan coast. We were way out Just
about three-quarters or two-thirds of the way out
on the Aleutian chain. And we could see the coast
of Alaska, so I took a couple of long shots. That's
frames 32 and 31 at 5.6, 1/1000. Then at 23:05,
BaJa, California. Those are frAm_ nl,mber 30 to
26. And I started, oh, Just about at the - at the
mouth of the Colorado River and Just kind of worked
my way south with the 300-millimeter lens. And -
Stand by Just a minute. I'll have a couple of
comments on the faulting there.

020 02 29 39 CDR Okay with - in the area of HHlll, the Agua Blanca
Fault: I mainly concentratedon that rascal,and
I could not see any indication that it continued
on to the east through the San Felipe Valley and
on into the Gulf. But that area there is all
sand, it looks like. And if - if the fault's
there, it's probably covered over by sand. So I
wasn't surprised that I wasn't able to see that.
The crossfault there on the Agua Blanca is very
easy to see. I think I mentioned that before.
It looks like a cave from - from up here. I got
the distinct impression that that fault bagan to -
out there about where you've got a number 3 circled
which is, oh, west of the crossfault area, that
transverse fault - It looks to me like the fault
Just starts curving UP and it starts toward Ensenada.
And I got a very distinct impression of that. And
I got a 300-millimeter Nikon picture which I hope
will back me up. Wish we'd have some IR film. I
would've liked to have covered this area with IR
film for you. But we had to download that camera
this morning. Hopefully we'll get that
camera up again and get another opportunity.
But I concentrated mainly on the Agua Blanca
2966

Fault for visual observation. And the photog-

raphy I Just kind of clicked all the way down
BaJa. I also took a - Stand by.

020 02 31 24 CDR San Quintin was covered with clouds; I do not - I

don't think I got that. It - If - if it wasn't
covered, I didn't recognize it. But anyway, the
southern volcanic area of number 4 that you've
got in example 10-14, I got a good 300-millimeter
coverage of that volcanic area. Now I've looked
at both volcanic areas, number 4; I've looked at
the A_gua Blanca Fault; and my next project now is
to start looking at that - that long, linear feature
that goes down the - down the center of BaJa Calif-
ornia, that you've got labeled number 5. It starts-
Looks like it starts Just south of the San Jose
pluton and heads on south. And that will be my
next - next objective as far as observations are
concerned. Getting back to the Agua - Agua Blanca
Fault, I looked very hard to see if I could see
any indications of streambed offsetting or anything
like that. I thought I saw some, and it was - just
to the west of that transverse fault. It's up - up
about where it looks like the Agua Blanca makes a
slight dogleg or a slight Jog and heads a little
bit more towards the northwest. I thought I could
very definitely see an offset streambed there. The
offset was to the - to the west. That is to say,
on the north side of the fault line, the streambed
was offset to the west; and on the south side, the
streambed was to the east. And over toward San
Felipe Valley, I looked and I didn't - I could not
see any strong indications of transverse motion of
the - of the streambeds or anything like that.

020 02 33 29 CDR CDR out.

020 02 33 35 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again, continuing on with the
other data that I owe you on - half on Nikon film.
It's 02:32 now and I'm continuing on. At 23:10
after the BaJa California, photos I got --Those
were frames 30 through 26 all taken at f/5.6, i/i0000.
Then at 23:10 we came upon the Galapagos Islands.
And Io and behold, they were nearly cloud free.
And we Just couldn't hardly believe. On Charlie
X-ray 41, frames 25 down through 20 even, 25 through
20 are the Galapagos Islands with a 300-millimeter
 lens. 25 through 21 are taken at 5.6, 1/1000.
Number 20 is taken at 4.5, 1/1000. I tried to
get Fernandina but Fernandina was covered with
clouds. I got the J-shaped islands; I got the
islands off to the - to the eaat of there. And
Wolf Island, I think, is the one on the western
end of the J - or I should say Wolf Volacano. We
could see no signs of volcanic activity, no smoke.
If there was any, it was under the clouds on the
north tip of the J. But the crater down at the -
at the western tip of the J - I got a very good
B00-millimeter photo of it. I Just hope I held
the camera still enough so that it's - it's useable.
Then at 00:36 with a Nikon, I used frame number
19 to get a - one of the Aleutian Islands, and I
couldn't tell you - I don't have the slightest
idea which one it was, but it's about in the
middle of the chain. Then at 02:20 we came upon
the Hawaiian Islands. And lo and behold, this time
Maul and Hawaii were relatively cloud free, and
Oahu and Molokai were clouded over. So Maul, I
used frames number 18 and 17, 5.6, 1/1000. And
Hawaii, I used frames 16 through 13, 5.6, 1/1000.
And this was all 300-millimeter lens.

020 02 35 51 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

020 03 08 02 CDR This is the CDR at 03:08 Zulu. Reference, per-

mauent general message 31, trash airlock dump.
On this day, we dumped six items through the
trash airlock: two urine disposal bags, each of
which contained shower water bags and the empty
urine bag - bags that had been dumped through
the urine dump system, and some urine collectors
and urine rece - urine receiver holders and urine
receivers ; the other four bags were trash bags.
The trash bags - one came from the waste manage-
ment compartment and contained dirty washcloths,
paper, Klee - tissues, and things like that. The
other three trash bags came from the wardroom
area and contained wardroom trash such as, again,
tissues, pieces of paper from teleprinter paper,
miscellaneous trash in general. And it included -
these bags also - All the trash bags incl_ded
2968

overcans filled with food - filled with dirty

cans and - and containers. What we do is we - we
fill the overcans in the pantry area, and when
they're _11 , we remove them. And when we get
a new overcan, we remove the herringbone from it
and snap it to the outside - snap it over the
outside of the overcan containing all the trash.
And then that overcan with the herringbone snapped
around it is shoved into a trash bag and disposed
of down the trash airlock. So that's essentially
the count for the night's six bags; four of them
trash, two of them urine disposal bags. The dump
was done at about OB:00 Zulu.

020 03 i0 08 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

020 ii 09 21 SPT SPT at 11:09 with PRD readings: 42846, 23469,

38615. Yesterday I apparently read the first one
at 7 - 70,000 something; it was a 40, of course.
Numbers in the corner are very hard to - to read.
The light was low, so - but I'm sure you picked
that one up.

020 ll 09 52 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

020 ii 49 03 PLT PLT at 12:50 [sic] reporting on handheld photographs

taken at 11:35 Zulu. 27 - frames 27 through 32
on Hasselblad magazine Charlie X-ray 46 were taken
over the area, handheld 119-5, in western Iran,
several different angle shots. Some acquired ...
snow, some didn't. So I sort of - in doubt as to
what f/stop to use. I used ll and 16; ll for the
darker and 16 for the snow-covered mountains.

PLT Then at 11:38, we took a picture of what appeared

to be a dust cloud moving in offshore off the
west coast of Iran. And that's out into the
Persian Gulf. I'll give you the exact location
in Just a moment.
 2969

020 ii 50 47 PLT Right now I'd say about - at about 60 degrees east,
along the western coast of Iran out into the
Persian Gulf.

TIME SKIP

020 12 19 50 SPT SPT at ll:20, m_ke that 12:20, with M171 data
from - from run of yesterday. It's the run on 019.
Subject was the SPT.

SPT Okay, hare're the numbers: CAL N2, 02, C02, 1002_

CAL N2, H20, 1185; CAB PRESSURE, 5.219; CABIN AIR

PERCENT 02, 69.81; PERCENT WATER, 3.29; PERC_T

CO 2, 1.99; VITAL CAPACITIES, 5.551, 5.486 - correc-

tion, 5.489, third one is 5.485. After the run:
CABIN AIR PERCENT 02 , 6586. PERCENT WATER, 797;

P_RCENT C02, 2.14. And that followed the M-1

-- exercise.

020 12 21 19 SPT SPT out.

020 12 23 06 SPT SPT at 12:23 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at about ll:30.

SPT And we did the two things called out for, the 82A
exposure in the building block 32. And then went
over to look at active region 21, active region 31,
and also a little bit above the limb by active
region 16. I found some oxygen VI counts relatively
high, about 100 or so, 200, I don't recall the
exact figures right now. It was about 20 -
B0 arc seconds off the limb. So there is something
over thereby active region 16, maybe a little
south of it. In other words, I can look over and
explore further today in some of the building -
some of the JOPs we have coming up.

020 12 24 05 SPT I bumped it - into it, though, in looking at the

two active regions. And active region 21 was down,
oxygen VI counts way down there at 1000 to 1500
at the most. Matter of fact, as I recall, I
297O

couldn't even get above 1000. Looks as though

the field gradients are pretty well declined, and
there's not much going on there right now. And
unless - something we don't see here - something
not evident from H-alpha in my quick s1,_m_y with
XUV and oxygen VI, it looks as though there's not
going to be a heck of a lot going on there. Maybe
we'll get some magnetic configuration to move in
there and change things in a hurry. But I think
the - the better region is B1; small, but it's
got good arc filament, very bright. I can see the
rest of it. I've been able to see one end bright
and then the other. Back and forth again.
Oxygen VI counts at one point got up to 20,000.

020 12 25 18 SPT So I can always find at least 4[000] or 5000. And

the surprising thing is that it doesn't show up
very well on XUV MONITOR. It shows up, but it 's
not anywhere near as - as bright, for example,
as 21. I shouldn't say anywhere near, but it's
not as bright as - -

SPT So it sure looks good in H-ALPHA and oxygen VI.

And I think when I get a chance, I'll take a look
at it a little - through the higher temperature
lights. Go to a magnesium X perhaps and see what
it's doing there. I think that's a good one to
follow. What I did was some bright point fluctua-
tions on them. I guess we'd be calling it - as close
as I can - bright point fluctuations which is for
something like 7.

020 12 26 45 SPT And there we - I gave 82B WAVEL_GTH, SHORT,

TIMES 1/4; and 52 - 13 MINUTES TIME REMAINING when
the oxygen VI count was around 9000; at 07:40 RE-
MAINING, when it was 4[000] going up to 7000; and
05:00 REMAINING, when it was 12,000; and then down
there around 1 MINUTE R_24AINING, which I apologize
for. I overlooked the fact that we were below
_00 K at that point.

020 12 27 15 SPT But it was up to 20,000 at that point. I'm so

used to have a dump co-,,_nce take over before
_00 K that I've got to get - restructure my thinking
again here. Apparently it comes in at
_01:30 REMAINING now.

SPT Okay, 55's got the - first of all, MIRROR, AUTO

RASTER down to line 13. And then a GRATING, AUTO
 2971

SCAN on a very hot point, which was around 9[000] -

to i0,000 at the time I started it. And then a
couple of MIRROR, AUTO RAST_s truncated down at
line 13. I didn't have too much time left in the
orbit, and that's why I did not do - did the whole
pile of consecutive MIRROR, AUTO RASTers. I
thought maybe it'd be useful to get a GRATING,
AUTO SCAN as long as we had a relatively hot point.
Certainly if it had gotten up to 20,000 and I
was - had some - got feel that it would not flare,
I probably would give another GRATING, AUTO SCAN.

SPT And 56 received some PATROL, SHORTs. I was a

little reluctant to do that because of film. But
seeing as this thing was - was behaving in a quite
unstable fashion, it appeared to be relatively hot,
I thought it was worth the investment.

020 12 28 52 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

020 13 06 30 PLT PLT. Time is 13:00, reporting the handheld photo-

graphs, frames 34 through h6, Hasselblad, Charlie
X-ray 46. Took a couple of the Alps, f/ll at 100.
I took one of the port cities of Marseilles, Toulon.
And then I took a sequence of - actually sort of
poor man's stereo pairs of Italy. Some of them
were properly spaced and others were interrupted
by eyeballing, looking for Rome and that sort of
thing. But Italy was wide open and I burned up
about 12 frames of film, which I think probably I
could have - I should have used more. It was a
very rare day in Italy, and we took probably a
sequence of 9 photographs as we went down the
Italian Peninsula.

020 13 07 23 PLT PLT out.

020 13 15 33 PLT PLT. Time is 13:14, reporting the handheld photo-

graphs in the general area of the Afar Triangle in
the portion of the Arabian Peninsula opposite the
Afar Triangle. Afar Triangle pictures, of course,
covered that particular morphology. The pictures
across from the Afar Triangle were an attempt to
2972

match up rift zones possibly. There's one parti-

cular fault zone, sort of northwest-southeast
trending, that's in the Arabian Peninsula that
showed up rather markedly as a very straight
mountain range with planes to the southwest. This
will be shown in one of the pictures. In fact, I
think it's in two, perhaps a portion of - of the
third picture.

020 13 16 24 PLT PLT out.

020 13 16 30 PLT PLT. Those are frames 47 through 52 on Charlie

X-ray 46, taken at f/8, 1/250, on %he Hasselblad.

020 13 19 05 CDR This is the CDR at 13:19 Zulu. The subject is

Earth observations, handheld photography. At the
same time the PLT was taking his Hasselblad 100 pic-
tures of - of the Afar Triangle area, I was taking
some with the 300-millimeter lens. And I concen-
trated mainly in the Afar Triangle, Gawa and Dubbi
area; and then I moved across the Gulf of Aden to
volcanic structure near Aden which looks like an
old volcano with the crater pretty well broken
down. And I thought I would take that picture
Just for interest. The Afar Triangle pictures
were taken at 13:13 Zulu. They're frames number 12
down through 8 on Charlie X-ray 41, and I took
some at 5.6 and some at 4.5, 1/1000 and - in order
to get you a spread in f-stops. The volcanic
structure near Aden was taken at 13:14. And
that's frame number 7 taken at 4.5, 1/1000.

020 13 20 16 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

020 13 hl 50 CDR This is the CDR at 13:42 Zulu; subject is S073 oper-
ations. And our first exposure begins at 13:h3
Zulu, l0 seconds. The SAL is open. We're using
the 55-millimeter lens with a visible lens, f-stop
of 1.2 with a focus of infinity. And this is
Nikon 02 with cassette Bravo Victor 29 on it.
30 seconds to beginning exposures. Okay, we're
coming up on 1B:4B in 15 seconds.
 2973

020 13 42 56 CC Skylab, we got you through Honeysuckle for a short

pass, 1 minute - -

CDR Stand by -

020 13 43 00 CDR MARK. 13:43.

CC - - minutes at lh:ll. We'll be looking to dump the

data/voice at Goldstone.

CDR 8, 9 -

020 13 43 l0 CDR MARK. l0 seconds. Cocking the camera. That one

we took was camera frame number 19. We're now
sitting on frame 18. This is exposure number 2.
This exposure begins at 13:44 and it's for 6 min-
utes; 13:44 at sunset. In fact, I'll wait until
5 seconds after sunset to make sure we are past
sunset. Better yet I'll mRke it l0 seconds; I've
got the time to spare. 13:44 now. 5 seconds -

020 13 44 l0 CDR MARK. l0 seconds. Exposure is begun, exposure

number 2, camera frRme number 18.

020 13 44 20 CDR This is the CDR; I'm leaving the net for now.
Be back in about 5-1/2 minutes.

020 13 50 51 CDR - - exposure. I started the 8-minute exposure

at 13:50 and 15 seconds. And that 8-minute
exposure now is camera frame number 17. So that
means we'll be terminating this sequence - or this
exposure at 58:15, 13:58:15.

020 13 51 29 CDR CDR out.

020 13 53 13 SPT SPT at 13:53. ATM orbit which began at 12:44.

Building block IA, IB all were straightforward.
With the observing time, I again went over to
active region 2_1, and did what amounts to a
shopping list item 7 for 82B and for 55. I took
55 with a GRATING POSITION of 0000 and I went down
to around line 18, and in a couple of cases let
it go a little bit beyond that. That was so it
would cover the whole active region. Had I to do
it over again, I probably would have put the
line lO at the bottom bright point rather than the
top. However, the bright point at the top was
the most intense and I wanted to use that one for
297h

monitoring, They received on the order of 12 or so,

12 to l& MIRROR AUTO, RASTERs down to line 18, 20,
in that neighborhood.

020 13 54 49 SPT 82B, I again started off when the intensity was
relatively high at around 12,000 with ash -
WAVELENGTH SHORT, TIMES 1/4. And then as I
noticed the points really start to fluctuate -
that is, between 3000 and 16,000 - I started a
sequence of 3 SHORT, TIMES 1/4; that's 3 sequences
of 3 each for a total of 9 frames. And on the
last one, I looked up after a minute had gone by,
a minute and a half, and it was still in OPERATE
and I thought, well, perhaps I had hit the wrong
START switchalthough I'm usually - usually precise
and pretty careful about that one because I'm well
aware of the way in which that one operates. So
I stopped it from panel 127 and gave it another one
from - starting it from panel 127, and this time
it again remained on after 1 minute had gone by,
Just about a minute and a half, and it actually
should take Just about a minute even. So I'm a
little suspicious of panel 127, AUXILIARY TIMER.
I probably will use it again, but I'm going to
monitor it very carefully for your act - active
region 31 again. I had not given that information.

020 13 56 30 SPT 56, I gave them an AUTO SH - AUTO, SHORT because

of the fluctuations and then decided to go into
the flare wait program for them, AUTO, LONG and -
I'm sorry. I gave them PATROL, SHORTs at the
beginning, two PATROL, SHORTs, and then - and then
the AUTO, LONG program where - wherein the filter
hung up - up on number 3. And I believe there might
have been a hangup very close to the end there in
FILTER 1. I'm not sure; FILTER 1 is usually a long
exposure, and it was hard to tell. We terminated
about that time. But I did go below 400 K. Unfor-
tunately, again, when they inhibited the momentum
dump, my 400 K time Jumped up to 13:3_, and I
believe I was around 13:37 and still working.

020 13 57 58 SPT Of course, m_ hope is that this active region,

although it's small, will produce something, and
we'll be able to get at least a flare rise out of
a very small region. Just doesn't look like
active region 21 is going to do very much in the
near future, and other than what we got right in
 2975

front of it, that looks llke it. So I 'm trying

to make the most of it.

020 13 58 24 SPT SPT out.

020 13 59 21 CDR This is the CDR at 13:59 and 25 seconds. I

terminated exposure number 3 which is the 8-minute
exposure at 13:58:15, and I initiated exposure
number 4 at 13:58:30. This is a 4-minute exposure.

020 13 59 44 CDR CDR out.

020 14 02 15 CDR CDR coming up at lh:02 and 20 seconds, Just about

ready to terminate our fu - fourth exposure.
Stand by -

020 14 02 30 CDR MARK. Termination of the fourth exposure. Ad-

vancing the film, and we'll start the fifth at 14:03.
Now wait a minute. Okay, that's right. Stand by.
Now let's see here. They want to stop - they
wanted to stop frame 4 before s11nrise which is 03.
That was okay. All right, we'll start - -

F 020 i_ 03 i0 CDR MARK. At 03:10 we're starting exposure number 5,

and it 's a 4-minute exposure. It 'ii be at 07: i0
when we terminate this last exposure.

020 14 03 25 CDR CDR out.

020 14 06 21 CDR This is the CDR at 14:06 and 25 seconds. Be

terminating this last exposure at 14:07:10. And
this is camera frame number 15, I believe it'd be -
frame counter is getting a little difficult to read.
When you get down near the end of the roll of
film, it seems to get kind of sloppy or something.
But I believe this was camera frame number 15.
Okay, we've got 5 seconds to go. Stand by -

020 14 07 i0 CDR MARK. All right, that was 14:07 and i0 seconds,
terminated the final fr=-_, frame m,mher 5, for the
final exposure and termination of S073 ops.

020 14 07 23 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
2976

020 14 36 33 SPT SPT at 14:36. M092, for the MI51 folks. We

started this at lh:20. Left leg, 12-3/h; right
leg, 12-7/8. Charlie Sierra legbamd on left.
Alfa Quebec on the right.

020 lh 37 Ol SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

020 15 09 37 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM pass that started at 14:15.
I started off with a couple of Sun-centered activi-
ties which were sort of completed mechanically.
No problem. And - Ed had pointed out the fact
that active region31 appeared to have an awful
lot of promise of activity. And while the ground
was chewing that over, I had - I - in the absence
of any other advice, I went ahead and started JOP
ll on the active region 20. And I did one se-
quence - let's see, at the ROLL, minus 10,800's;
UP/DOWN, 200; LEFT/RIGHT, minus 4h0, using the
instructions in the JOP, step 6; 0.3 pointing 15
arc seconds down to the sunspot.

020 15 lO 35 PLT I got one sequence of 50 - 54 and a bunch of mini-

MARs, one SINGLE FRAME, 1 of 56. And then ground
came up and said that I could go to active region
31. And then I reinitiated the entire sequence,
adding an 82A SHORT, 20 seconds; and 82_B SHORT,
one-quarter. I think I sort of goofed a little
bit. I started with my 56 all over again instead
of picking up with 5. With a wlde-field-of-vlew
instrument, I think that I would have been - I
would have been Justified since those two spots
were so - the - the sunspot - active region 20
and 31 were close enough together that I don't
think it would have made any difference. So I
didn't get the full series of 56. I got through
SINGLE FRAME, 2 and I didn't quite complete it.

020 15 ll 26 PLT Anyway, I repointed to active region 31 and set

up everything. I did a fair Job on 55, getting
the mini-Mars. Some of them ran past thirt -
line 13 down to line 15 every once in a while,
and occasionally, I think I got down to line 18
with the distractions. But I think that's good
data, because there was a - a lot of act - I think
 2977

I probably pretty well bracketed the activity,

though, even 13 lines.

020 15 ll 53 PLT And then I - I did all sequences of 54, all four
sequences IN/0UT - or OUT/IN, OUT/IN. Got a sec-
ond 82B SHORT, one-quarter, starting with the
19-minute callout; however, I started later than
that. That's why I didn't quite complete every-
thing. Let's see. It looked like I was a - about
line 80, and I was pointed minus - let's see. Oh,
darn, I didn't write - yes, I thought I wrote that
down. Ah, I still have it. Minus 188 and minus -
that's UP/DOWN; and minus 507, LEFT/RIGHT; and
ROLL, 10,800.

020 15 12 45 PLT That was the pointing for the work on active re-
gion 31. I noticed line 8 and 9 there had an awful
lot of activity. The - I was getting oxygen VI
counts into the fifth place. I couldn't - I think
it was one or two. So it was pretty hot right
along in there. When I came down to sunset, the
last minute and a half, I went to MIRROR, LINE
SCAN, went to line 8 and all - used all DETECTORs
on line 8 there as we went aroundthe corner. I
thought maybe with that m_ch energy- may get some
use - you may get some useful data on it; I don't
know. I really don't - I - I'm not all that up
on atmospheric extinction and that sort of thing.
But there was an awful hot spot there, and I
thought maybe it might give you some kind of data
to work with as we went around the corner. Didn't
look at the coronagraph. And - pretty well oc-
cupied there, Just trying to - to get all that
stuff in.

020 15 13 49 PLT Okay, PLT out.

020 15 31 16 SPT Hello. Friendly SPT at 15:31, handheld photos.

These were all on mag CX46, taken with the
i00 millimeter. Started off with HH45, ice in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Taken at 1_:29,
frames 53 through 56, f/16. The ice itself was
more than - a little bit more extensive than I'd
seen it before. The gulf was Just about wide open.
The river of St. Lawrence was iced.

020 15 32 03 SPT Anticosti Island was all surrounded with ice ex-
cept for the eastern side of it. The ieeline
2978

extended from the gulf at Gasp_, and I would say

the nor - the - eastern edge of that, on out to
the southwestern edge of Newf - Newfoundland.
The ice itself was broken up. That is, I could
see segments, maybe 1 mile or 2 or so. Maybe a
couple of them - 5 - maybe l0 miles. I didn't
have that much time to really est4mRte, but most
of them were extending over a couple of miles.
They were - had a length-to-width ratio very close
to 1. I wouldn't - I wouldn't say they were
slivers at all.

020 15 BB 02 SPT And it appeared as though the wind was blowing

from the west. And, therefore, the ice had tended
to move offshore on the western side of everything.
That is, on the - I should say on the eastern coast
line, if you will, of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and
the river. And also on Anticosti Island, the ice
had moved offshore and then started to move out
into the Gulf of St. - further out into the Gulf
of St. Lawrence. The photographs reveal this very
well. You can see cloud streets going from west
to east. And ... on the location of the ice I've
given you, you'll see that it's much more exten-
sive than I'd seen it when I got a good look at
it maybe B - 4 days ago -maybe a week ago. I
don't recall.

020 15 B_ 20 SPT Next handheld photos were taken of sand dunes,

that's HH69. And those are frames 57 to 67; made
a lot of them. They were in Algeria. Taken
around 14:_B. I had two sets of stereo in there.
And I was really glad that I happened by the
window at the right time, although we had passed
over some of the ones I did want to pick up.
There was one large section - at the southeast
end of the sand dune area, where we had chain
dunes which were parallel to wind. And this was
in the direction - the wind, I would estimate,
was from the northeast, coming in toward the right
direction of motion as it moves along.

020 15 35 37 SPT As we moved along, there's a large section of sand

where we had the linear through chain dunes. And
it Just all of a sudden faded out into a soft sand
area. And I thought that was very interesting,
because here we had all the makings of sand dunes -
sand and wind - and as far as I could see, identical
 2979

conditions. And one half of this large area of

maybe 50 miles was covered with dunes, and the
other half was not. And the transition between
the two I thought was kind of interesting, but I
did not have much time to really observe the de-
tails. I was always impressed throughout by the -
how the dunes tend to build up in character, in
relief, in size sometimes, as they go downwind.
They really are interesting things. I think the
areod_namics - transp - transport mechanics, if you
will, would be an exceptionally interesting thing
to get involved in for anyone interested in fluid
mechanics.

020 15 37 52 SPT The last set of - the last photo, frame number 68,
f/ll, was taken of a brush fire - areas of brush
fires, around six of them, over in the Central
African Republic. Taken at 14:51. The wind was
from the northwest. Maybe it was flash burning;
I could not tell. Smoke was gray, blowing with
the wind, of course. And l'd say they were spread
out over an area of 20 - 30 miles or so. It was
isolated. In other words, not a frontal fire.

020 15 38 30 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

020 16 20 51 SPT SPT at 16:21; handheld photos mag CX46 taken at

16:0h. They were HHh5, ice in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, frame numbers 78 through 80. I took a
large number of these going straight over. It's
good data; I took nadir shots. With the ice, it's
pretty much as I had estimated it, or discussed
it on the previous orbit, which we did get some
photos, so we did have some time coverage there.
I think, however, I did not on the previous orbit
estimate correctly how far out it had gone_ I
think it really extends a little further out to
the east of the southern end than I had estimated,
a little past the Peninsula of Gaspe. But the
blocks are still pretty much broken up; it's not
a solid mass as yet, and looks as though the wind
is quite capable of moving it further out.
2£80

020 16 21 54 SPT SPT out.

020 16 24 36 SPT SPT at 16:24. With a message for M_87 and other
people interested in learning about habitability
and types of work for crews on long duration mis-
sions in the future. There are several things up
here which keep us, I think, enthused about the
type - or the work that we are doing and make us
look forward to the days, when we get up. All
of those things involve the use of Judgment in one
form or another and the feeling that what we are
doing is ex - is worthwhile if we make those Judg-
ments, that is, if it's an enhancement of the data
return. One prime example of that is the ATM, of
course, wher.e you're continually challenged by the
displays you have in front of you to make Judg-
ments on how, when, where to take the data to
bring the most - the highest quality back.

020 16 25 49 SPT Another one is visual observations out the window.

There is Just a wealth of knowledge to be gained
looking out the window and with a report and/or
photograph. And I think we've demonstrated on
this mission that you can go a lot further than
people have before. We - we feel we've Just
barely scratched the surface. Earth resources,
the VTS operator is challenged there, although I
think the Earth resource experiment package could
in the future be certainly much more a1_m,ented
with observer Judgment than it is now. Those
three areas are the things which I think keep
this mission from being completely humdrum and
ho hum. If it was not for those particular types
of things, after the duration of the mission we're
on, we would find each day gets pretty darn boring
and dull. I think it's a thought for the future
that when you're planning payloads, you'd better
not plan on having the guys do strictly push the
knob, pull the crank, strictly by the checklist
type items, or you're going to find guys Just
getting completely bored and their performance
level going down. We need something which
challenges a guy mentally, not in the way of busy
work, but in the way of h_,_u Judgment.

020 16 27 21 SPT SPT out.

020 16 33 00 CDR This is the CDR at 16:SB Zulu. Termination of

the M171 run, which was immediately followed by
 2981

a _x effort run. Total time on the ergometer

was 31 minutes, and wattage count was 5000. The
data for M171 CAL N2, 02, C02 was 992. CAL N2

WATER was 1172; CABIN AIR PRESSURE, 4.859;

PERCENT 02, 6 point - correction, 68.65;
PERCENT WATER, 3.88, PERCENT C02, 2.19. VITAL
CAPACITIES, 5._64, 5.028, 5.021; CABIN AIR at the
end of the m,x effort run was 67.59, OXYGEN; 5.36,
WATER; 2.43, C02.

020 16 33 59 CDR CDR out.

CDR This is the CDR with a postscript on the M092.

No subjective symptoms noted at all. The pulse
pressure maintained a good h0 all the way up until
the end, and then it narrowed to 30.

020 16 34 20 CDR CDR out.

020 16 42 15 PLT PLT debriefing the ATM pass started at 15:h7.

The Sun centered activity went as scheduled.
f Corona does not - did not look any differentfrom
what Ed described earlier this morning. Looks
like three - al-_st llke three fingers sticking out
on the east limb. One major corona - coronal
strea-_r, hel-_t type stre--_r, at about 3:30,
h o'clock on the west limb. Okay, J0P 26, step 2,
repetitions of 10, l0 and building block 28,
were performed. The - now let me tell you that
I wasn't sure what target 16 was and when I went
to the limb on a minus 10,100 ROLL, I looked -
let's see, I guess it was south, it would be
south, we're upside down.

020 16 43 17 PLT I went up on the displ8_, and I found an enormous

prominence and I went to the foot of the - what
looked like to me to be a major prominence there.
I went - I used the pointing technique on a - the
WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY - WHITE LIGHT 823 display to
point 2 seconds inside the limb, on the limb, and
then 2 seconds off the limb, in order to succes-
sively perform the two building blocks 10's and 28
respectively. I think I got everything in, except
the 82B TIMES 4 didn't finish, didn't - didn't
time out, on the last sequence, and I shut it
down about 30 seconds to go. I don't quite know -
I had time and I had TIMES 4 and I hit the START
2982

switch at the top of panel 127. So maybe I did

the - maybe it's correct. 1407 total, I don't
even - I don't even remember what time I started
that. It should have timed out. It certainly
should have timed out. So l'm not sure about
that. Yes, I let 55 run right on down to
30 seconds also. I didn't get any observing time
in. I wanted to go over and look again at - at
active region Bl, but that didn't work out for
me. So observation, as part of the prominence
is concerened, it didn't - didn't seem to change
too much during the observing period.

020 16 45 03 PLT PLT out.

020 16 53 23 PLT This is the PLT. Time is 16:54 with the rate gyro
package temperature. X-ray 5, 96; X-ray 6, 92;
Yankee 5, 95; Yankee 6, 91; Zulu 5, 96; Zulu 6, 96.

020 16 53 44 PLT PLT out.

TLME SKIP

020 18 03 34 CDR This is the CDR at 18:03 Zulu. Subject is Earth

observation, handheld photos. At 17:54, we came
in over the Cape Verde Islands. I took one
Hasselblad frame, which was pretty much of an
overview of the Cape Verdes. It's Charlie X-ray 46,
frame number 85, taken at f/16, 1/250. And one
of the islands is pretty much exclusively a vol-
canic crater. And it's got some stains down the
side of it. It looks like it may be reasonably
active. This island is Fogo - F-o-g-o. I took
a B00-millimeter shot of that, and that's Charlie
X-ray 41. Frame number 6, 5.6, 1/100O.

020 18 04 28 CDR CDR out.

020 18 i0 47 SPT SPT at i0 - 18:10. ATM. Pass which began at

17:31. All the nominal things specified went
off straightforward, the single for 82A, the
32 building block and the four building block 10's.
Before I started the building block lO's, I looked
around the limb where we were to be working, around
30 arc minutes - or 30 arc seconds off the limb.
 2983

And we were at 2434, which puts the silicon XII,

5, 21 line on DETECTOR 3. And I could find hardly
anything over i0, in the way of counts. And yet
the information which I have available to me, which
was - you people were good enough to send up to me,
says even in the enhanced corona we'd ought to
see 30 to 50.

020 18 12 08 SPT On the disk we ought to see 25 to 40 in the quiet

disk. When I moved on the disk I could not see
that even. And if we're going to see loops -
they're supposed to be around 150. Around the -
I Just couldn't find anything. And it makes me a
little suspicious that maybe we've - the GRATING
POSITION was really out of sync in some way. But
we went through the observing program as specified.
I really wasn't sure - I asked ground and they
said no, that's what they would expect.

020 18 12 49 SPT i then did a line profile on magnesium X. I did

it over on active region 20, which I knew was
fairly stable in time, active region 31 - excuse
me, I went over 21. Active region 31 was a
possibilitybecause it might have had higher
counts, but it was a little more fluctuating
and I thought it was not best to do that when
we're trying to get a line profile. So I went
over to active region 20 and started a line
profile for magnesium X there. Started at 3350,
GRATING POSITION, and i_m_diately count started
to increase as I stepped it 15. With one arc -
excuse me, started at 3350 and went one step every
15 seconds. And the line Just started increasing
right away. I all of a sudden found that I had
reached a peak at about 3358. And it started to
decrease somewhere around 65 - 66, somewhere
around in there. So the peaks should actually
be at 3364.

020 18 14 15 SPT So I remained doubly suspicious that perhaps we

had something - something wrong there. When I
maximized, I maximized in silicon XII. Got a
count of around 30 and then did the line profile
at that point. During the line profile, I gave
S056 a 7-minute LONG EXPOSUHE on SINGLE FRAME
of 2. I'll try to take a look at this the next
opportunity when it's gone back to OPTICAL REF
and I'll start over again.

f
2984

020 18 lh 52 SPT SPT out.

020 18 19 04 SPT SPT at 18:19. ATM control and display and proce-
dures debriefing. It began at - for your M487
and other operations for thinking about Shuttle
payload. Well, we have a problem here in that
yesterday we lost some data on a tape recorder,
and I'm not sure where the heck we - where the
heck we left off at, in reality. Let me try to
pick up where I left off yesterday and then I'll
try to go back and pick up some of those items
which I think may have gotten lost.

020 18 20 18 SPT Okay, we're - let's pick up on type of crewman

and how you operate in a facility like an advanced
ATM. Well, first of all I would place heavy
emphasis on the scientific knowledge of the
individual. That is, a good - if we're talking
about solar physics here - then a good background
in solar physics, understanding the major problems
in the areas, having worked - also worked in the
area for a little bit ; understand it from a
physical standpoint as well from an observer's
standpoint. I do draw that distinction because
I think it's important that you really understand _-
what you're seeing and not Just be able to recog-
nize it and give it a name.

020 18 21 27 SPT I think that type of understanding is - that's

going to make a person very curious and inquisitive
about any new phenomena he may see. And certainly
most of the people who I have met in the ATM
program who c_11 themselves observers I think
rea_ly fit into this category. Much more so than
someone who would be a "astronomer" - whose prime
role is to actually gather data and let someone
else interpret it. I ma_ mention, and I think it
would be a requirement, that the individual who
works at this type of facility ought to be dedi-
cated Almost solely to this - to working this
facility in flight as opposed to a multitude of -
of other operations.

020 18 22 47 SPT In Skylab we don't have that capability. I've

been able to put heavy emphasis on it recently,
and I've found that most useful for finally learn-
ing all the quirks to the operation and getting
my own operations stream1 ined, being f,m_liar
 2985

with what's really happening on the Sun day by

day. Just becoming proficient - I should say
efficient in the use of these instruments. I
don't think that's capable or possible at all if
you are only at the panel for 2 or 3 hours a day
and spend the rest of your time with other
functions.

020 18 23 28 SPY I think you ought to be able to devote Just about

the major share of your working day to the obser-
vations in one way or another, whether you're at
the panel or whether you're doing some other
function related to those observations. So what
I'm saying is that the idea of the Shuttle - of
taking up individuals who have specialized
backgrounds to be used in a specialized way - I
think is a good one and a somewhat necessary one.
In Skylab we had to become a Jack of all trades.
And only in a few instances have we even been able
to approach a master of a few. I'm thinking very
hard to give everybody optimum data.

020 18 24 20 SPT As far as training - we'll call these individuals

the observers - ought to be able to work with
the principal investigators and the equipment,
either in a simulator, which is probably the
best way if you can get a high-fidelity simulator,
and a little bit with the act_lal hardware in order
to learn what it really is all about. That is,
all of the idiosyncracies of the hardware, not
Just the nominal operations. And there's bound
to be idiosyncracies, no matter how you design it.

020 18 25 06 SPT The objectives of the observing program, what each

principal investigator really feels is important,
what he feels are the strong points of his instru-
ment which need to be emphasized in the obser-
vations. I'd say the minimum of a year. Probably
if it was a little bit longer than that, I think
you'd gain a lot by working observing programs -
creating a few of your own - in order to better
understand how everything a]] fits together. For
example, no matter how capable the individual is,
I think if we took anyone out of the solar physics
co-,mmity now, gave them a couple months' lectures
on instruments, and sent them up here with the JOP
S_1_mary Sheet, I'm not sure that they'd be anywhere
near as capable as he would if he had participated
2986

in the derivation of some of the observing programs

and had worked with total systems for something on
the order of a year.

020 18 26 28 SPT How you actually carry out the observing programs,
how much you give the individual] on board in the
way of responsibility for making decisions as
opposed to the ground. I think in the future,
especially if we had a - observation platform
which is going to be up for a long period of time
and operating Just about all of the time, you find
that the people on board respond to making a little
bit more of the decisions, although the overall
mauagement of total observing requirements still
comes from the ground. I think that's - that's
necessary because that's where - the people who
have built and own the equipment reside and have
the capability for keeping track of it all.

020 18 27 28 SPT But I think the observer on board - well, let's

Just give you an example of a typical day, as I
would see it. If we were actually operating a
facility like the ATM day after day with roughly
the same observers and - well, I'd better not go
to a high-inclination orbit, yet, but Just like
we were operating the ATM today, only now we've
got a very long-term mission and two or three
individuals dedicated to that and that alone.

020 18 28 13 SPT First of all, I'm not sure they'd - would - would
all sleep at the same_ time. You'd probably m_ke
use of - every minute you could. Then you would
have the indi - one individual would be up in -
what I'd call the night. And there would be one
orbit devoted strictly to patrol, or to monitoring,
if you will, looking for new features. And - -

020 18 28 37 CC Skylab, AOS through Carnarvon for 9 minutes.

SPT - - that location of the - that particular orbit

could be left open for the time, but allow the
individual to actually look at the Sun without
having the pressure of making observations, Just
to see what actually may be there to do. With
the new and different monitoring capabilities
I've already mentioned, I think a lot could be
done in the way of detecting new events as they
come up, new observing opportnn_ties.
 2987

020 18 29 19 SPT And I think coming up with a definite observing

program from the ground is a good one and then
allowing the onboard people to modify that as
required. I think we've reached a good happy
medium here in SL-4, although I think we might
even go a little bit further in the future, as we
have seen monitoring capabilities of the people
on hoard, and have more time available for that
particular type of operation,

CC ...

020 18 30 00 SPT The remaining orbits then would be - a combination

of synoptics, which is what we do right now, and
detailed studies of particular phenomena which
we already know exist, filaments, neutral line
along an active region, sunspots, atmospheric
gradients of the limb, things which we know exist,
but we feel that the observer is capable of adding
some knowledge to the existing. And then, finally,
targets of opportunity, which most of the time will
come from the people on board, but not always,
as evidenced by the two calls which came up re-
cently. On our mission, ones that we caught were
unusual transients in the corona, which we never
would have gotten otherwise. And the other was
the filament lifting off. We only have one or two
pairs of eyes up here, and down on the ground
you've got multi-more being able to look at the -
at the Sun and monitor it for those particular-type
transients.

020 18 31 27 SPY So I would not be in favor of making radical

changes in the mode of operation from what we're
doing right now, other than getting - trying to
get in the whole 15 orbits a day and giving a little
bit more time to the observers on board for moni-
toring and making decisioms on what are the best
programs to carry out. Nominally, they would be
following the ground-suggested program. But as
we do up here, and have more re - more so recently,
as better targets arrive that can be modified
through discussion with the ground or i--,_diately,
if necessary, in order to make the most of the
opportunity.

020 18 32 20 SPY As far as the use of J0P S_,,nary Sheets, if you

will, I still think the idea of a coherent,
2988

single-objective observing program is a good one.

Although as we know on the ATM, people participate
in them for multi-different reasons. I think a
lot there depends upon the nature of the instru-
ments you actually get on board. But I do think
you need something to start - to start from other
than chaos. And I think if you have 6 or 7 or 8
or l0 controlling how mauy instruments, each one
wanting to point a different place, carry out a
different observing program, then you essentially
have got yourself lO different observatories
and you're going to need yourself l0 different
observers.

020 18 BB 22 SPT And I think you should try to start coordinating

the program so that when you observe a given
phenomenon, you can look at it in many different
ways, different wavelengths, different spatial
resolutions and dif - different temporal resolu-
tions. But as we all know from ATM, you learn a
lot more than just what the intention of the JOP
really specifies. I also am very much encouraged
by Just my time up here and the - once the feeling
that I had that maybe after a little while - that
could really get on you in a psychological way.
That is, staring at this panel with these TV tubes
after a little while could start to drive you up
the wall after you've done it for a month or so.
My own personal experience is that it's kind of
a high point of the day. Because when you're at
last called upon to make some Judgment, you have
something interesting in front of you in the way
of displays, and you've got a lot of high-powered
observing instruments available, and you're
challenged to make the best of the situation.
And that's an interesting thing to work on.

020 18 35 00 SPT I find so many of the things that we have on

board and have had on board ever since the days
of Mercury are - do by rote, do by checklist, don't
think about it, Just push the button and make sure
that the metal works properly - type of experiment.
There's nothing wrong with some of those. You can
learn an awful lot from them. But they sure are
hard on the operator if you're going to do that
all day long. And I think I mentioned earlier
today in a - another transcript to the ground that
the ATM and the out-the-window observations of the
Earth below and to some degree the Earth resources
 are about the three things we've got on board that
keep you challenged and keep you mentally awake.
And most of the other things we realize are useful
and we've got to work hard and do the best Job we
can, but, my gosh, you Just couldn't do that stuff
continuously. You'd be ready for the rubber room
when they brought you back.

020 18 36 25 SPT Now the orbit - it's actually like - select"

yourself a - a high inclination orbit so you
nearly have continuous sunlight above h00 K.
The closer you can get to that, the better off
you're going to be in the way of observing time
and continuous monitoring, especially, say, of a
flare or of anything else which has any kind of
a temporal resolution to it - shorter than 2 or
3 hours. I guess onboard flight planning versus
what goes on on the ground again is worthwhile.
I'll try to put it in a little coherent - more
coherent way.

020 18 37 21 SPT I think we may end up with something where you'd

call up a JOP which we've got essentially all
of - everything you need on it. Like - well,
actually,the call today - we were going to study
above active region 16. What it would cal] up
is limb study, loops, coronal enhancement above
active region 16, and the JOP which would corre-
spond to that. The observer then picks out where
to point by using the inst_,-_nts he has on board.
He knows the nominal mode that the inst_n_ents
ought to operate in, and presses on from there if
there's something else he considers to be more
significant going on at the time. What I'm saying
is our ATM schedule would be greatly shortened
if rather than specifying every grating position,
every operation of every experiment, and every
pointing, you would merely specify the objective
and the target and let the gums on board press on
from there, having already nominal program_ on
board to do that.

020 18 38 47 SPT We do have this an - capability already, but a

lot of people have been - crewmen especially - have
been reluctant to do that.

PLT ... depends on how long it takes me to do this

thing.
2990

020 18 39 36 SPT Okay, let me back up now and catch a few things
which I talked about yesterday, but I'm not sure
whether they were lost or not. Okay, how do
we do things d/fferently? First of all, let's
talk about displays. Again, the real-t4me magne-
tograph, I think, is essential. We have the XUV
MONITOR, only - a panel with - about the same
size, but without having to use a persistent
image scope; have a better persistence screen
and not so much filtering in there. Also possibly
you'd have two or three filters of different
bandpaths in there. Thirdly, the X-ray, although
it is useful when you've got many flares going on,
many possible regions of flaring, I think that
would be useful for flare location indentificatlon.
We have not used it that much up here. Of course,
we are in - in a poor situation in terms of flares
right now.

020 18 40 33 SPT For the white light coronagraph, again, I'd like
to see that ... 1.2, or something like - some-
thing - closer to 1.5 so you could link it up
with surface features. I think we need a TV plot
of the instrllm_nt like the 55. If we could not
only have that information on telemetry to the
ground but also displayed to us, you would have
a very - most valuable way of seeing what's going
on in the atmosphere in almost 8aly wavelengths
within the range of the instrument. We could, I
think, do a great Job with the target selection.
As I mentioned, loops are a perfect example of
looking at various phenomena at different altitu-
des, if you're close to Sun center, to adjust your
pointing. If you were going to take a detailed
special, that'd be great. And you also need a
plot of, I think - actually, you could do this.
What I'd like to see is a plot of X-ray and maybe
two bands like this beryllium we have on board,
a couple of UV lines, oxygen VI for example,
maybe even the center of H-alpha.

020 18 _2 l0 SPT Most likely need a higher energy line, though.

Any of these plots on the electronic display,
which you could go back to on the order of a day
or so if you wanted to select the time scale -
Monitoring this then and having threshold steps
on each one, I think you could do an excellent
Job of picking up a flare at the initial rise
 _91

as well as - Just the spatial location using an

XUV monitor type instrument.

CC Skylab, we're ...

020 18 43 06 SPT Then again everything l've addressed here is solar

oriented and not stellar. I think the stellar
people could learn an awful lot from the type of
operation we've carried out here, although you're -
what you're observing are a different type of
phenomena, of course, but I don't think the
solar - the stellar people with whom I talked
place anywhere near enough emphas_s on the Judgment
capabilities of people onboard because they have
not even thought about what instruments they could
make available to them, such as very low light
level cameras in various wavelengths to take a
rough survey of whatever section of the sky they
are looking at before they start their observation.

CC ... TMDC ...

SPT I haven't shut down the darn panel yet.

CC ...

020 18 44 l0 SPT Okay, and again, the inst_mputs which you have
listed got lost yesterday, I would put in software
to control their mode as opposed to electronic
hardware that we have right now, which is excel-
lently built. That allows people on board as
well as on the ground the flexibility of changing
the shutter open-close t4me, filters used and
so forth which could be done automatically and
programmed, and the program itself could be
changed. Which, if we had that capability, I'm
sure that in the ATM world it would have been
changed multi-times, not Just from beginning
of flight but from - ever since the hardware
was - design was frozen. Okay, I went into this
in detail yesterday ad nauseum and I don't
intend to repeat any of that ,ml ess questions
come up and I'll be glad to do it then or after
the flight. Just a couple of real quick thoughts
on attitude control.

020 18 45 36 SPT I think rather than use a TACs system, or gravity

gradient dump, I think you'd be much better off
2992

using magnetic torquing. There you can get CMGs

which hold your attitude and then you can do the
dump with CMGs by using torquing against the Earth's
magnetic field. I think the power in the solar
panels could convert that power into a very small
amount of electricity which is required to create
a magnetic moment vehicle which would give you
the proper torque to use Earth's magnetic field
and get your CMGs squared away that way. You
will need something like a hard - or a TACS system
onboard, however, as an alternate means and as a
backup means in case something else goes wrong.
But for nominal usage, not at all.

020 18 47 12 SPT I think also for making maneuvers, which ... at

the ... end but it's really the paint - the
point of our space station. Entering maneuvers
through the computer is all right except for very
fine maneuvers. If you want to make fine
maneuvers for pointing at comets, for example,
or at stars, X-ray sources, you got a feedback
display where you can Just see where you ought to
be; then I think you ought to be able to control it
with a small manual pointing controller like we
have onboard here, which we have used for the
solar instruments.

020 18 47 52 SPT So large - large maneuvers, use the computer,

small compu - small maueuvering use a stick.
Okay, this concludes what I would have to say in
this area, and again, this is Just some of the
things that happen to pop into mind. I know if
I was presented a list of questions, I think I
could probably help you a lot more to get answers
to things you really need right now or which I
think might be best to answer now that I 'm still
in the environment before I get back and get
brainwashed or something in a different way.

020 18 48 41 SPT Especially for Bill Lenoir, I would appreciate

receiving either verbal comment or maybe even
better yet, a list of teleprinter questions of
decisions in areas which need some thought. And
I'd be glad to respond to those, item by item.
I think that might be the best way to handle it
but I think I would prefer to do it - prefer to
do it right now rather than walt until I get
back on the ground. These ideas or thoughts are
 2993

fresh in my mind and I'll say what I really think

right now, rather than what I might be pressured
to think later on, no matter hov subtle it is.

020 18 49 30 SPT SPT out.

CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS; about 17 minutes

to Goldstone at 19:06.

020 18 50 02 PLT Okay, PLT here reporting Delta 6. At the time

of T-2 it was reading 56 percent. T minus 15
right now.

CDR ... command module ...

020 18 50 32 PLT Okay.

020 18 54 22 PLT PLT with T minus l0 checks. Alfa 2 is reading 56;

Alfa 3 is reading 86; Alfa 4 is reading 92;
Alfa 5 is reading Bg; Alfa 6 reading full scale
low. Bravo 2 is reading 54; Bravo S is reading
79; Bravo 4 is reading 91, 90 to 91. That's Just
a little high there. Bravo 5 is reading 55,
r okay; Bravo 6 is reading 50 percent;Bravo 7
reading 33; Bravo 8 is reading about 1 to 2 percent
and Bravo 9 is reading 58. Charlie 2 is reading
57; Charlie B, 88; Just about the top of the
limit there; Charlie 4, 55; Charlie 5 is 8B;
Charlie 6, 47; Charlie 7 is reading 51. Delta 2,
59; Delta 3, 82; Delta 4, 45; Delta 5 is reading
14; Delta 6 is reading 56. Okay, the 191 DOOR
is OPEN; I see light coming through. Good show!

020 19 00 1B PLT Okay, Five - T minus 5, 192, MODE to READY. DOOR,

OPEN. Lights out. Waiting for READY light.
And I'll go ahead and check the lights while I'm
waiting. Yes, they work - both work and every-
one of them is on steady.

CDR Lots of clouds.

PLT Come on, READY light.

020 19 01 20 PLT There we go. 192, MODE, READY light - or 192,

READY light. S190, HEATER SWITCH OFF light is
off. And I have PRESS-T0-EST. Coming up on
the preoperation configuration. TAPE RECORDER,
ON. READY on. 192, ON; READY - Okay, MODE to
2994

CHECK. I didn't have the MODE to CHECK. On,

READY out. CHECK. DOOR, OPEN. 191, ON. COOLER,
ON. And the DOOR is wired OPEN. 190, ON. The
READY out. Stand by. DOOR is OPEN. I see light
coming through. 93 RAD is in STANDBY; READY out.
SCAT is OFF, READY out. ALTIMETER, OFF, READY
out. 94, ON. READY on. And standing by for
data take. EREP, START at 19:05, and at 05:50,
Jer, I'll give you a call; I'll need an AUTO CAL.

020 19 02 32 CDR Okay, at what time? 05 - -

PLT 05 :50.

CDR All right.

020 19 02 38 PLT And, Ed, I'm sure you're well aware of the ETC
POWER, ON at 6 minutes. You don't need to
acknowledge; I'll just go ahead and call these
things out because they're on my pad. And I
know that I will get a FILM ADVANCE MALFUNCTION
light on camera 6.
CDR Solid overcast.

PLT Oh, what a shame. Man alive! We're really

getting snake bit on weather.

020 19 03 15 CDR Yes, we've still got a few minutes but - occasional
hole down there. Can't tell whether that's
snow underneath.

PLT The other day when I had the uniform snow cover,
there were holes, but there wasn't any snow on
the ground underneath the holes.

CDR/PLT (Laughter).

PLT Okay, one minute to SC_T, STANDBY, and 05:40 is

EREP, START, printed out three times on the pad,
just so I won't forget.

CDR Start, start, start.

PLT Man, I have a whole bunch of double line entries;

it was really confusing. And one of them was
one of the ones that you deleted. And I was
Just - deleted one of them, and fortunately I
 2995

went through and checked my pad. Otherwise I

would have called it out and squarevays Ed down
there.

CDR Oh, boy. Okay, coming up on 04:50, 1 min -

1 minute to an EEEP CAL. We ought to be getting
contact. Ought to get contact through Goldstone
any time now.

020 19 05 O0 PLT MARK. 19:05. SCAT to STANDBY. Waiting for

05:40. And at 05:50, the Ab_O CAL.

CDR Okay, got some blue water under us now.

PLT Stand by -

020 19 05 40 PLT MARK. 05:40. EREP, START. And, Jer, on my

mark, 5 seconds from now, AUTO CAL.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by -

020 19 05 50 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay, it 's on.

PLT Okay, VTS AUTO CAL and 194, MODE to MANUAL at

6 minutes. ETC POWER, ON, Ed, on my mark.

CDR Coming in over the Canadian Rockies.

020 19 06 01 PLT MARK.

CDR Vancouver Island.

PLT I do have a good TAPE MOTION light. Pretty sure

I called it, but 194 went to MANUAL at 05: 50.
And at 7 minutes, Ed, ETC, AUTO.

CDR Lots of snow in the Canadian Rockies, Story.

PLT Okay, 15 seconds to 7 minutes, ETC, AUTO.

020 19 06 52 CC Yes, sir. We're here reading you loud and clear
for 18 minutes stateside.

CDR Okay.
 2996

PLT Stand by -

020 19 06 59 PLT MARK, ETC, AUTO at 7 minutes. Standing by

for 07:20. And -

020 19 07 19 PLT MARK. 07:20, SCAT, ON and RAD, ON.

CDR Tell me when that 191 - -

PLT I will.

CDR - - AUTO CAL comes on.

PLT That should come on at 08:30 and that'll be my

next event.

CDR Okay. Doggone it ; it 's clouding up.

020 19 07 46 PLT And at 08:30, I'll give Ed a call for ETC,

STANDBY -

CDR And there's a hole in the clouds, but there ain't

no snow under it. *** like I'd better look over
to the left a little ways, little to the north.

PLT We got 15 seconds to 08:30. ETC, STANDBY. I'll

give a mark. Stand by -

020 19 08 30 PLT MARK. REFERENCE, 6. We do have a READY light,

Jar. You can start data take.

CDR All right.

PLT Stand by -

CDR Unfortunately I've got no place to take data.

020 19 08 46 PLT You can do uniform cloud layer.

CDR There's a little snow, uniform snow through the

clouds.

PLT Okay, did I miss it, or did I not? It's lO minutes?

CDR Camera's ON.

PLT Okay, I guess it goes to STANDBY for warmup. I

have not had the ALTIMETER, ON. Yes, that's
probably what it is.
 2997

020 19 09 08 CDR DATA pushhutton.

CDR It's right in a cultivated area. Lots of land

patterns around.

PLT And everything looks good on the C&D panel.

CDR Okay, I don't know where it is, but it's - it's

S nOW.

PLT Stand by for - ALTIMETER's going to STANDBY.

020 19 i0 00 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

CDR Okay.

PLT 10:13, 190 MODE, AUTO.

CDR End of that.

PLT Stand by -

020 19 i0 13 PLT MARK. 190, MDDE to AUTO. And I do have the FILM
ADVANCE MALFUNCTION light on camera 6, which was
F to be expected.

CDR Okay, looking for Minneapolis at 12:24 now. It's

pretty cloudy. Okay, this is data and f_lm.

PLT Okay, Ed, at ll:20, which is about 15 seconds from

now, ETC to AUTO. I'll give a _k. Stand by -

020 19 ll 19 PLT MARK. ETC to AUT0.

CDR 1 more minute. Should be over the Garrison

Reservoir.

PLT On my mark, it'll be ll:h8.

020 19 ll 48 FLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY and RAD to STANDBY. Waiting

for ll :56.

020 19 ll 56 PLT MARK. 11:56, RAD, ON. 12:10 - **u m_ mark it'll
be 12:10.

020 19 12 l0 PLT MARK. 190, INTERVAL to 10. It still looks good.

020 19 12 25 CDR Okay, D_ is on. Got no Minneapolis; there were

lots of clouds. Man, I don't even see a hole.
2998

020 19 12 46 CC We'll be dropping out for a minute, handing over

to MILA, Skylab.

CDR Roger. Looks like Minneapolis is solid over.

PLT Stand by for 13 minutes even.

CDR Okay, 13:B2, we should be overhead.

PLT Okay, 13; 192, MODE to READY. And Ed, ETC, FRAMES
PER MINUTE goes - should go to l0 on my mark.

020 19 13 ll PLT MARK. And we got a good speed shift and the light
is steady, nice and steady on 192. 60 inches per
second. Waiting for 13:45.

CDR Like a hungry mosquito, no place to go. No.

Turning off the DAC. There's nothing there.

020 19 13 44 PLT MARK. 192, MODE, STANDBY at 13:45.

CDR Too had.

PLT And 14 minutes, which is coming up very shortly

here, Ed, ETC to STANDBY in 5 seconds. --

020 19 13 59 PLT MARK. ETC to STANDBY. 6 -

020 19 14 06 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY. And RAD OFF .... *** ...
ALTIMETER's coming ON.

020 19 14 20 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON. And waiting for 15 minutes

to get the time out sequence on 190. Okay, I did
not - the light is out. MODE to STANDBY. It is.
FRAME 15; INTERVAL to 20. Waiting for 15:40. Do
have an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light.

CDR Okay, looking at the Appalachians. They seem

to be -

020 19 15 40 PLT Okay, 1 - 15:40, ALTIMETER, STANDBY; MODE going

to 3; and RANGE to 74.

CDR Appalachians are pretty cloud free.

020 19 16 O0 PLT Okay, ALTIMETER, ON. 17:03, standing by.

CDR Looking at a big muddy reservoir now.

 2999

PLT Okay, now, when I went - I want to brief on some-

thing here when we get through, I guess. We got
20 seconds here. When I went to turn the 190,
M3DE, AUTO SEQUENCE - sequence switch to STANDBY,
it was already there. However, I know the sequence
started because I got a malf light. It's possible
I turned the MODE, AUTO SEQUENCE to STANDBY early.
Waiting for 17:03.

020 19 17 02 PLT MARK. 17:03, 190, MODE to AUTO. I do have a

READY light.

CDR Well, Kitty Hawk's Just underneath the clouds.

Setting up for a nadir swath.

PLT Waiting for 17:h5. Still have a HEADY light on

the ALTIMETER. Okay, 17:45, stand by -

020 19 17 45 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, STANDBY; MODE to 5; RANGE, 70.

S192 is still cranking away.

CC Jer, if you got good weather there, I'd get the

DAC back on, if you haven't already.

CDR Okay, we Just broke into the clear right over -

020 19 18 02 PLT MARK. 18:03, ALTIMETER, ON.

CDR - - right over Cape Hatteras. The Cape Hatteras

itself is sticking out in the clear. Nags Head
is - and Kitty Hawk are in - in the soup.

CC Okay.

CDR p,_m] leo Sound is clear, and Marine Air Station

Cherry Point, I might add.

CC I know it well.

CDR Got blue water, occasional scattered cu.

PLT Okay, I may not have gotten the full 190 sequence,
Story. When I went to turn the 190 to STANDBY at
15 minutes, it was already there. So I don't
know if I turned it off prematurely or what, but
I did - I wasn't - I was taking 190 data so I got
a FILM ADVANCE MALFUNCTION light. I suspect I
turned it off early. 190, SHUTTER SPEED going to
SLOW.
3000

020 19 19 01 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay, coming up on a full overcast now. While

over the water I could not see evidence of - of
the Gulf Stream. I could see no blooming or any-
thing like that. Now we're in the clear blue
again. 30 seconds to go.

PLT Standing by for 20:15. At 21 minutes, even, which

is still a good bit away, I'ii give a call for an
AUTO CAL, 21:15.

CDR Okay.

020 19 20 01 CDR Okay, stopping the VTR at 20.

PLT Okay.

CDR Correction; stopping the camera - the DAC camera

at 20.

PLT 20 :15, REFERENCE, 2.

020 19 20 15 PLT MARK. RE.WERENCE to 2 on 191 at 20:15.

CDR At 21:15 there's a CAL, right? And we got a solar

inertial at 19:22, it says here.

PLT Okay, at 20 - Well, I may have left the 192 on

too long.

020 19 20 h8 CC Yes, sir. We were Just going to call you. Go to

STANDBY on the S192.

PLT Yes, it's a double line entry. If their doggone

pad's filled out double, I scratch one of them
out. Okay, press on here.

CDR 21:15, Bill?

PLT 21:15, I want a VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR Okay.

020 19 21 05 CDR All right.

PLT And 19_, MODE to MANUAL.

 3001

020 19 21 15 CDR MARK. AUTO CAL.

PLT 21:40, ALTIMETER to STANDBY. Man, that's terrible.

CDR SOLAR INERTIAL coming up at 21:22. 19:22, I

should say.

020 19 21 40 PLT MARK. 21:40, ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

CDR 15 seconds to SOLAR INERTIAL.

PLT Okay, I know what I did, Story. I went to STANDBY

on the 190 camera at - at the time, 1 - 13:45, and
Just - instead of going to 192, MODE, STANDBY.
That's first where I made the mistake.

020 19 22 13 CDR Okay, we're going into SOLAR INERTIAL.

020 19 22 15 PLT Okay, we got the READY, out; MODE to STANDBY.

CDR 12 minutes. And the rates look pretty good.

020 19 22 39 CDR No, X is getting kind of high now. There it goes;

now we 're looking good.

PLT Waiting for 23:55.

020 19 23 39 CDR Well, sorry about that, Minneapolis.

PLT 23 :45 -

020 19 23 45 PLT MARK. EREP to STOP.

PLT Okay, darn it. That should have been 23:55. Okay,
there he is. READY light's on at 23:55. EREP to
STOP. It is. Then tape measurement. Yes, that
was a sorry performance. This pad looks like a
patchwork quilt.

CDR Yes, I think maybe if we get any more passes with

all those double lines on them, we Just will ask
them to send - -

PLT Yes, Just have them send up another pad.

020 19 24 20 CDR It's too darn dangerous.

3O02

PLT That's Just - that's sorry. Using up all that

tape. It doesn't take that long to teleprint
up a new pad.

020 19 24 B0 CC Okay, we're copying all that then, Bill. We

would like a tape measurement and get the results
back if possible over Ascension. That's in about
l0 minutes.

PLT Okay, I'll go get the tape and get that for you.
I'm sorry about that. That was lousy.

CDR Okay, let's kill the hot mike.

020 19 24 59 CC And we're a minute from LOS and about l0 minutes

to Ascen***

020 19 26 23 PLT Still recording here. The alignment check - 192,

alignment check was T.W._T,17; RIGHT, full scale
high on the VISIBLE. And on the THERMAL it was
16-1/2 on the LEFT and 64.5 on the RIGHT. So it
hasn't changed much since the last time.

020 19 27 21 PLT Okay, Bravo 7 reading 35. 192, DOOR going to CLOSE.

CDR You have the f_Im tape?

PLT No. I'm waiting for the - here we go; DOOR CLOSED
light. Close and latch 190 window. See if I can
get that.

CDR I'll do that for you.

PLT Yes, I Just about got it now.

020 19 28 49 PLT RECORD switch, OFF.

020 19 28 59 PLT Oh, I'll cut out here.

020 19 29 07 SPT SPT at 19:29, coming up with an ETC clock time.

(Music)

SPT SPT. We're coming up - On my mA_k the ETC clock

will be reading 19:25. (Music)

SPT i0 seconds.

SPT 5. Stand by -
 3O03

020 19 29 56 SPT MARK. Okay, that looked like it was 7 seconds

ahead of being 5 minutes slow. So that's h minutes
and 53 seconds slow. I'll give you a ma_k at 30,
that's 19:25:30 on the ETC clock. (Music) Stand by -

020 19 30 2_ SPT MARK. Okay, that's a good time estimate, 4 minutes

and 53 seconds slow.

020 19 30 32 SPT SPT out.

020 19 30 50 SPT SPT back in again. Let me mention another subject

which has been coming up on the last mission, and
it's coming up all the time on this one, and that
is if people will tell us what the targets that
we're looking at with the ETC camera, we might be
able to save you some film or give you some addi-
tional data. Today I came - had to turn the ETC
on and per pad, looking at nothing but solid over-
cast. Looking at the same overcast, I then went
from a frame rate of h.8 to i0 frames per minute.
To me that is a gross misuse of data-taking capa-
bility unless we are really trying to st - stoud -
study cloud cover.

020 19 31 41 SPT It was brought up by 0wen; he suggested, pleaded;

nothing happened. And I've said the same thing
initially, in our training, and tried to get it
back to the training coordinators who are working
the ETC. There's so very little h,-_An Judgment
used in all of EREP, and this is certainly one
area in which you could use it, very profitably.
Not too hard to recognize the difference between
ground and clouds. And I think at this point
unless you were looking for observations on over-
cast decks, I'd be a little bit critical of the
fact that we are not allowed to make those kind
of Judgments.

020 19 32 30 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

020 19 56 20 PLT This is PLT. The time is 20:56. Terminating

charge on battery number 6, ASMU.
3004

020 19 56 28 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

020 20 36 14 SPT SPT at 20:36 with ATM; results of the two-limb

coalignment. Day 020; time, 20:31. The ROLL at
which this was done was 10,800. Upper limb,
H-ALPHA l, plus 975; 82B, plus 975. Left limb,
H-ALPHA l, minus 989; 82B, minus 995. A difference
of about 6 arc seconds that somehow came in there.
And 55, MIRROR POSITION remains at 1033. I'm not
sure whether scmeone had inadvertently bumped the
crosshairs, but I Just took a note of the differ-
ence in making the pointing for 55. Trying to peak
up on detectors, bright spots and so forth do not
correspond with what I was seeing on detectors,
mone so than usual so I suspected something was
wrong and found that we are out ... or whether it's
the instruments goofed or the crosshairs have been
moved, I'm not sure.

02020 37 18 SPT SPTout.

TIME SKIP

020 21 24 h9 SPT - - previous to this.

PLT Okay ...

020 21 2h 23 SPT SPT out.

CDR Okay, I've got the SUPPLY VALVE open.

020 21 25 19 CDR Now, are you ready to put on your helmet?

TIME SKIP

020 21 46 57 CDR Somebody turned off my recorder. Okay, gang, I'm

sorry about that on the recorders. Somebody some-
where turned them off on me. And so I don't know
how much of m_ brief - m_ narration you got of the
single-axis gyro - single-axis cal maneuvers.
 3005

Apparently you got none of it. Okay, he has pulled

away from the - right now he's in the RATE GYR0 MDDE
on the baseline, and apparently you did not get
any of my commentary on the single-axis gyro.

020 21 _7 38 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he's at the banjo, position i.

CDR Working his way down to 2. Now he's Just beginning

his roll in earnest.

CDR Okay, he's almost in position number 2 now, in

front of FMU-2. He's stopping his RATE GYR0 right
in front of FMU-2.

020 21 49 06 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he did a - a minus-X, a minus-Y,

and some plus-Z for that. And he's got a good
yaw rate and roll rate in. Headed for point
number 3.

CDR DATA MARK. No, that was not a data mark. He's
throwing his arm out. Our prearranged signal is
to throw out your right arm - throw it up, and
he keep throwing it out there to stretch his arm
or something, and I keep read - interpreting it
as a data mark. Okay. We're going to get a data
mark in Just a second here.

020 21 50 27 CDR DATA MARK. Position 3. All right, he's begun his
translation from 3 to h. I might recap a little
bit the single-axis cal. Bill was plagued with
the same coupling that I had. Roll seamed to be
pretty free and pretty pure, but yaw and pitch were
both - got coupling caused by the _,mhilical.

020 21 51 14 CDR Okay, he's come to a stop in his yaw rate; got
himself in trouble. Now he's having to catch up
his yaw and he's picking up a pretty fast plus-Y
rate, which he's going to have to take out in ...
Now he's taking it out. And he's behind on yaw.
Coming around on yaw very hard - very high rate.
Okay, he's Just made foot contact with 550 - locker
550. Okay. What he did is he - he let his yaw
get behind, and when he put it in and picked up
his - his plus-Y translation so high that it almost
became uncontrollable, and he almost ran into the
wall. But he ended up with only foot contact with
locker 550, and now he's slowly easing back over
to locker _32.
3006

020 21 52 ll CDR DATA MARK. He's over in front of 454. Okay, he's
Just about to make foot contact again with 550.
Missed it by an inch. Okay.

CDR Okay, he's up about a foot and a half off the floor
and moving his - his way toward the donning
station.

020 21 53 48 CDR Okay, he's in the donning station. He's gone to

MDDE HHI_U, and he needs a load of gas. Okay. I'm
going to do a PSS changeout. Let me check and see
how much battery he's got left. He's got 29 volts.
That's beautiful. That battery's really hanging
up for him this t_me so I'm going to get - get him
back on EXTERNAL pow - in EXTERNAL POWER again.
He just slipped out of his foot restraints. Okay,
I'm going to stop the cameras. Going to
EXTERNAL POWER.

020 21 56 09 CDR All right. I've got him on EXTERNAL POWER now,
and now I can go ahead and change his PSS. I'll
tell you, there are so darn many things to do - to
climb over - switches to throw and lines to hook
up and all that, it's a wonder you can get anything _.
done with this system. There's Just too many things
to do.

CDR Okay. PSS SUPPLY is CLOSED.

020 21 58 47 CDR Bill, put it in DIRECT. Put it in DIRECT. DIRECT.

Okay, now back to mqMU.

020 22 00 30 CDR Okay, the PSS is going in now. I guess one of the
biggest bothers is this constant throwing of
power switches on and off. It's too bad we don't
have the kind of fittings that you could change
hot. That would certainly make things a whole
heck of a lot easier. And this PSS flexible coupling
connector is - is a good safe connector, and it's
neat and all that stuff, but there sure isn't much
hand room in here for really working it. Okay.
The instrumentation is hooked up; the gas line
is hooked up; l'm opening the PSS.

020 22 02 02 CDR Okay. He's going to extern - INTERNAL POWER now.

Okay, and when I get rid of him, I'ii put battery 7
back on charge again. Camera's com_ug back on.
Okay, let me make sure I get the crewman ID in the
 3OO7

right position now. Okay. Baseline CMG coming

up, and I stay in CM ID-2.

020 22 03 39 CDR DATA MARK.

CDR Okay. Battery 7's back on charge. We have a sync

light, CM ID-2. He's maneuvering up to position
number i.

020 22 04 50 CDR DATA MARK. Minus - plus-Z, and minus-Y, and he's
starting on down to position number 3. Okay, he's
got his roll in about right. A little hit too
much yaw, which he's taking out now. Now he's
pretty much in a straight minus-Y translation down
to FMU-2. Okay. He's Just about there. Taking
his rates out now. He's there.

020 22 06 16 CDR DATA MARK. Okay. He's backing up pretty fast.

He's liable to run into something any minute. He's -
he's turning - he's yawing to the right Just at
404 now, instead of to the left. He got - he got
a minus-X rate coming off of FMU-2, and it was
pretty - pretty rapid. And he got himself kind of
I- cornered,I think, over by the donningst - film
vault, and so he elected to yaw to the right to get
around the 404 rather than to the left. Looks like
it worked out okay. Got things back under control
and coming around to 404.

020 22 07 53 CDR DATA MARK. Okay. He keeps throwing his arms around
and it really - really upsets the vehicle. You
can really see it. Okay. He's got his yaw and
his lateral translation going. He's having to do
the yaw the same way I do it, and that is get the -
the index finger and th1-,h, and hold your hand well
above the top of the - of the controller. And I
can see it's probably hurting his fingers Just as
much as it hurt mine yesterday because he keeps
stopping every once in a while to rest his hand.
Okay. This time he's got his yaw out ahead of -
of the rotata - you know, the lockers rather than
behind. So he shouldn't get into the trouble he
got into last time. He's got a lot slower rates
going. He's ke - keeping a much better control of
them this - this time. Okay, coming up on the posi-
tion; hulling his rate.
30o8

020 22 09 48 CDR DATA MARK. Moving back to position number 5. He's

using a yaw to the left. Okay, I'll take a peek
at his battery this time, when we get down to the
donning station, to make sure he's got enough volt-
age left. Yes, he's still got 28 volts. Man,
he's sure getting better use out of his batteries
than I was. So far we've been running for about
34 minutes.

020 22 ll 01 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, now he's going to - he's in the
RATE GYR0 MODE. There he goes. Now he's going
to DIRECT.

CDR DATA MARK. No, stand by.

020 22 ll 19 CDR There's a DATA MARK. He's waving his arm for
a data mark and waiting 2 or 3 seconds before he
punches the button. Okay, he's in DIRECT, and
starting a baseline maueuver in DIRECT. Okay,
I think we're supposed to turn off the CMGs now,
but I'm not going to do it until I've had a chance
to refer to my - to my pad again. Okay. I see
it says after baseline maneuver in CMG, the pilot
should turn off the CMG to save. So we'll do it.
I am referring to the overview, and I don't see any _
more CMG work being done, so we'll turn off the
CMGs. Checking the - yes, the bat - the recorders
are still running.

020 22 12 45 CDR DATA MARK.

CDR Okay, I guess it's about PAO photo time.

020 22 14 22 CDR DATA MARK.

CDR Well, I've got to go change his ,,mhilical. It's

wrapped between his legs. Camera, checklist,
umbilical, my umbilical; that's more than one
man can manage.

CDR Okay -

020 22 16 29 CDR DATA MARK at position n_her 3. There's one

Nikon photo. Okay, he's got a nice comfortable
rate coming around between points 3 and h. He's
riding about - about 2 feet low, I think, but
he's got a comfortable rate. They're moving along
very easily. Now - that lateral rate's getting
 3009

a bit swift now, but he's taking it out quickly.

He's working himself into position number 4 now.

020 22 18 07 CDR DATA MARK. All right, he's moving down toward
position number 5.

020 22 19 13 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, he needs gas. But I can't

believe it, the battery's still doing beautifully
at 28. Okay. We're going to put him in foot
restraints here. Okay. Got his external power -
the MAIN POWER OFF. Hooking up to the EXTERNAL
POWER. Going to EXTERNAL. Disconnecting the
PSS instrumentation. CHARGER to _._XTERNAL - -

020 22 20 37 CC Skylab, Houston through Goldstone and Texas for

12 minutes.

CDR MAIN POWER is ON.

SPT Hank, we Just had CMG number 3 gimbal on a stop

and we're getting back to attitude now.

CC We copy.

CDR Hank, the PLT has finished his baseline maneu-

vers, and we're changing out the PSS to press
on. This is PSS number 3 that we're taking out.
Okay. He's on EXTERNAL POWER. I better tell
him what we're doing here. I don't know if he
knows we're going to let the CMGs run down.

020 22 21 57 CC CDR, Houston. Which baseline was it you Just

finished up?

CDR Say again, Hank.

CC Which baselines have you finished?

CDR Well, I said we've finished all of them.

CC Okay. We copy. And you're star - starting on

your third bottle, is that correct?

CDR That's affirmative.

CDR Well, I've got to turn my cameras off. I'm

leaving them running. Don't want to do that and
waste all that film. I guess the most time-
cons,_m_ng thing of the PSS changeout is the
3010

flexible hose. That seems to take more time than

anything else.

020 22 23 52 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I'm going off the line
to take PSS-3 up for recharge.

020 22 29 18 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. PSS-3 is in the recharge

station charging, and battery 6 is still on the
AS_ with 28 volts on it; battery 7 is still there.
And I'm going to turn Bill loose again. Hank,
I copied your last transmission, and we're start-
ing of - off again. We've got the PSS changed
out. Nnmher 3 is in the recharge :

CC Copy. And CMG POWER is OFF; is that correct?

CDR What power is off?

CC CMG. You're through with that now, right?

CDR That's affirmative.

020 22 30 20 CDR Okay. Bill is going to be doing grasp and hold.

I'm starting the cameras now. Better get my
goggles up.

020 22 31 02 CDR Okay, he kicked off from the donning station, and
he's making attitude corrections as he moves to
the center of the workshop. Okay, he's going - I
shouldn't say to the center of the workshop - up
to position nnmber 1 at the banjo. Okay. I
can't see if he did a data mark or not. And I'm
tangled in his nmbilical now, so I'm probably
helping him a great deal.

PLT Stand by for ...

CDR Okay -

020 22 32 14 CDR DATA MARK. Now he's pushing off toward position
number 2.

CDR Okay, he's Just about to the FMU-2. He's stopping

his rates; moving into att hold. Okay, I'm going
to try and see if I can't get PSS number 3 while
I 'm still hooked up to my comm umbilical.

020 22 34 09 CDR Okay, there's a data mark there somewhere, I

think. And he's pushing himself off, headed for
 BOll

position n11mber B. Got himself a good - quite

a yaw rate going; a little bit more than he
wanted. Having to expend a lot of gas to get it
put back. That's the reason why you hear all the
gas going there. So he didn't get the kind
of nice pure pushoff that he'd like to have
had, I don't think.

CDR Okay, Got a little more than 2000 pounds in the

compartment. Now comes the moment of truth. Can
I get this thing off? Ahl I got it off. Okay,
he's Just about to position n,lmber 3. About ready
to swing his arm for a data mark. He's riding a
little bit low. I think he's - that's why he's
delaying his data mark while he works his way back
up where he belongs. Very slowly working up in
minus-Z. Looking for a data mark; haven't got it
yet.

020 22 36 16 CDR Okay, I guess there's a data mark there somewhere.

He's now grabbing hold and has pushed himself off.
Okay, thr - 3 is recharged and back in the storage
station. Working between positions 3 and _, he got
way too _ach yaw to the left going and he had to
recontact locker n11m_er 410 with his hand. Now
he's got a big yaw to the left, which I think he
caused himself by putting in a wrong control
input. And now he's working his way back around,
trying to get in position to go on to position 4.
Expending quite a bit of gas.

020 22 37 B9 CDR His feet are about to contact locker 550; there
they have. And that threw - that gave him a right
roll soon as he hit. It caused him to roll to the
right and also yaw to the left. His foot's con-
tacting 550 again.

020 22 38 16 CDR There's a DATA MARK. Okay, now he's going to

try to shove back to the donning station. He's
done it. Got himself a nice yaw rate - minus
yaw. The yaw is still probably about 200 degrees.
Now he's getting back to where - looks to be good.

020 22 39 19 CDR DATA MARK. Okay. Now his next are crew discre-
tionaries. First one's install the fireman's
pole. Let's make sure he's got enough. He's got
28 volts and about 500 pounds. It doesn't say
how much he needs for that. I think he probably
3012

needs more gas to change it. Okay. I'm going

to put PSS n11mber B back on him. Ah, darn it!
We're both free.

020 22 40 47 CDR Okay, now he's finally in his foot restraints.

Turn off the cameras.

CDR Okay. PSS number 4 is out. I'm scampering up to

the recharge station with it.

CDR Okay. We're connected. The safety chain is on.

Valve is closed. 6 is in the recharge. Okay,
PSS 4 is on the recharge.

CDR Quit using so much gas, Bill. You're making me

tired.

CDR Okay, I'm going to turn the battery back on now.

I got the instrumentation hooked up and PSS is in.
And we'll turn him loose. This time it's discre-
tionary maneuvers and now I've got to do TV.

CC ...

CDR I feel like a one-armed paper hanger.

CDR Roger, Hank, grasp and hold is completed. We Just

changed out PSS number 3 - correction, number 4.
We got 3 in it again now. And he's starting his
first discretionary. And don't ask me any ques-
tions, please.

020 22 _5 37 CDR Okay. I'ii get the cameras running. I'ii go up

and see if I can get the television running.

CC ... PSS ...?

CDR Tell him yes, and would you turn on the VTR, Ed?

CC ...

CDR Is the VTR on, Ed?

SPT It 's on.

CDR Thank you.

 3013

020 22 47 15 CDR Okay• this is your friendly CDR. I am busy photo-

graphing the PLT as he wafts around the workshop
with the M509 astronaut maneuvering unit. You'll
forgive me if I make your eyes boggle a little bit
while I get this thing focused and all set up.
Now Bill is doing what's called a discretionary
maneuver. That means he can - it's sort of a free
form - free style maneuver. The - ASMU - if you
will notice, I'm floating all around the place out
of control - because there's no footholds. But
Bill is now fluttering around down on the floor of
the workshop, and I'm going to try to get loose
from all the wires and things and flutter down there
myself and show you Just what he's up to.

CC ... cope ... TV on the SLIT.

020 22 h8 32 CDR Okay• now I'm sitting on the T027 box; I'm down on
the floor next to Bill. And he's motoring along.
He's going to get the flreman's pole - if you see
Just ahead of him• a little bit to the right here
is the - one part of the fir_man's pole. And he's
going to take that up and connect it to the dome
-- connection of the fireman's pole. And he's using
the maneuvering unit as his mobility.

020 22 h9 03 CC ...

020 22 h9 15 CDR Okay, he's picked up his piece of the fir_m_n's

pole. Let me show you a little bit more of what
he looks like now that we've seen what he picked
up. Maybe he will grace us with the roll in our
direction and a yaw in our direction so we can see
his face. There he is. Big as life and twice as
ugly. Now what I'm going to do as he turns away
from us, I'm going to let you see a little bit of
what - what the maneuvering unit looks like. The
black and white cross areas you see are areas that
indicate where the thrusters are. And that's mainly
for my protection so that I can avoid getting my
face up next to those while he's making a maneuver.
Extending out on the right side there is the hand
controller which he uses. And this is the rota-
tional hand controller. Now, let's get up a little
higher. Pardon the eye boggling part here. You
hear the pop, pop. That's the nitrogen gas.
Here's the hand controller in closeup.
3014

CDR Bill is going to make a little correction now in

his attitude. The hand controller over on the other
side by his left hand that you can see now, it looks
like a T - it's called a T-handle and that's the
translational hand controller. And Bill will be
using that to stop his drift once he gets up there.
Right now he's using the rotational hand controller
to maneuver himself in a position so that he can
insert the fir_man's pole in its slot up there.

020 22 51 30 CDR Okay, now you - every once in a while you're going
to see a thin cable or a thin - thin hose pass
between us and Bill. That's his oxygen umbilical.
That's the umbilical that's providing oxygen to him
in the suit so that he can be pressurized and work
in the pressurized suit. The whole purpose of this
exercise is to Just demonstrate what man can do in
a little self-contained m-neuvering unit like this
in a fully pressurized suit. And of course, the -
the future concept is to go outside of a spacecraft
and do repair work on your own spacecraft or pos-
sibly on satellites or something like that. Now
the large object you see down in his lap is the -
what's called the PCU. The PCU is used to - it's
essentially the system that provides the oxygen
for him.

020 22 52 26 CDR And it maintains his suit pressure for him. It's
got a couple of regulators and a flow - a flow
regulation system there. And the rather oval but
still ... oval. Hear all those firings. Bill is
pushing against the dome and, of course, the maneu-
vering unit is trying to hold him steady.' And when
he pushes on the - on the dome, the mR neuvering
unit Just goes ape trying to keep up with him.
Now as I was saying, that oval-shaped cylinder
that's below the PCU is the - that's the secondary
oxygen pack. It's got the emergency supply of
oxygen for if the hose breaks. You see, Bill is
in there grabbing onto things - driving those gyros
crazy.

020 22 53 29 CDR Okay, now, he turned off his gyro control system.
And now he's in a free drift system. And he should
be able to push now without any trouble. However,
there's nothing to resist his pushing anymore.
And you can see, he's already beginning to have
trouble because he's got no resistance - no reaction
 3015

to the forces that he's putting on. Get your foot

out of our face, Bill. I guess we're going to have
to move. Okay. We're Just about up in the dome
with him, now. We're going to have to move off to
the side. We'll get a side view of what he's up
to. There. Unfortunately, we're - we're stuck
with light reflections here. And there's nothing
much we can do about that. You'll Just have to
bear with the bright spots. As you see, Bill now
is trying to maneuver himself into position to do
the Job that he needs to do. This is one of the
hardest parts. Let's see if we can look over his
shoulder.

020 22 5h h9 CDR There.

SPT ...

CDR Yes, Ed.

CDR Okay, I guess you can turn it off now. We're going
to secure the VTR on this exercise and get a few
minutes of another exercise.
J

CDR Is it off? Did you turn it off?

SPT No.

020 22 55 26 CDR You can turn it off now.

020 22 56 17 CDR Okay, now I have a third batch of wires to contend

with and that's the tele - I'm going to turn off
the cameras. They're obviously not getting any
pictures of Bill, and I'm Just wasting film.
Should have turned them off a long time ago.

CDR Bill is still up here fighting the - - still up

here fighting the fireman's pole. It's a real -
real difficult problem for him, I think. I'm
holding the Nikon upside down and getting a PAO
photo of it, with a little blue rubber ball
floating by at the same time. I think I'm going
to go have Bill terminate that exercise because
he's Just using up a lot of time. And it's -
it's come to the point now where it's a brute
force situation of trying to get the - the fire-
man's pole inserted into the slot. And I think
that's really not germane to what we're trying
to do in this exercise.
3016

020 22 57 55 CDR Okay, Bill's going to go on back down to the

donning station and I'ii turn on a camera or two
when I think he's down into the field of view.
Camera guys, or whoever wants this film, I'm
sorry I haven't turned these cameras off a long
time ago and waited. Luckily, we we're only
going 2 frames per second. But even at that, it
was a chunk of film.

020 22 58 h5 CDR Okay, he's going back to the donning station.

He's going to fly into the foot restraints now.
Now the foot restraints - you can see them in
the picture, when you get - get %he - the movie.
But the foot restraints, if you're standing
facing the donning station, the foot restraints
are facing aSmost 90 degrees to the right. So
he's going to be facing with his left side to-
ward the donning station and facing the film
vault once he's in the foot restraints. Ke's in
the process of trying to fly into it now. Battery
voltage is about 27-1/2; and his gas is, ooh,
it's down to 750.

020 23 O0 02 CDR Okay, he's working very, very slowly into them;
it looks like he can probably get in there. He's
in a RATE GYRO MODE now. He's Just very slowly
trying to work his feet over to where he can
stuff them into the restraints. The rates are
probably less than 0.1 of a foot per second. And
he 's super slow.

CDR Okay, he's now lined up with them and all he needs
to do is to go down a little bit and forward
Just to stick his toes under the crossbars. But
that's easier said than done, it looks like.
There it goes. He touched - he touched Just a
little bit early and the rate gyro took over and
cranked him all around and now he's ended up
backing out.

020 23 O1 38 CDR This is one of those things that have to be a

perfect landing, I think, or you've had it, be-
cause as soon as you touch, the rate gyro starts
grabbing trying to help with the attitude. Well,
there he goes.

CDR Another touch and go.

 301"(

020 23 02 15 CDR I - I think it's very wasteful trying to fly

into a foot restraint. I th_nk if you don't
have a - if you don't have a hand restraint,
there's no sense in at least flying into it. I
think you can fly to a foot restraint, but you
need handholds to grab. You need to go direct,
grab handholds, and lever yourself, because it's
Just too tricky. Your feet are too far away from
your c.g. and it's too tricky to fly down in
there. He's in DIRECT now; he's out of RATE GYRO.

020 23 02 58 CDR Okay.

CDR Okay, l've got him in hand now. We're going to

get him into the restraints and then terminate
this one because he's getting too low on gas.

CDR Okay, let me turn off the cameras. Make another

run up to get the PSS. I think we'd better
change the battery out, too, at this time. He's
27 volts and the other battery's a nice, good
one, so we'll change that, too.

020 23 04 41 CDR Okay, I'm going to go off the air while I make
this change out. I'll be back in probably 5 or
l0 minutes.

020 23 l0 01 CDR Okay, this is CDR back again. Got a new battery
and new PSS. And I guess this is about the end
of the film because we are running out of time.
Okay, maneuvering out to the middle of the floor.
_his will be the attach universal mount. I've
got to find him the universal mount here.

CDR Okay, I'm going to get the cameras on.

CDR He'S going to fly up to the dome now; put the

handrails back on and I can reanchor the TV.
I'd better go up and protect the TV from him.

020 23 13 56 CDR Okay, he doesn't seem to be having any trouble

maneuvering. I Just handed him a - a universal
mount. And he's going to fly up to D-2 - the
D-2 handrail. And he's going to connect the hand-
rail to the hand - the universal mount to the
handrail. On his way up, his umbilical got in
front of him and he reached out to push it aside
and got quite a bit of rate gyro firings from
3018

that. All right, he's Just about to D - Delta 2.

That's right up above the food lockers. Again, I'm
not so sure that the cameras are doing any good
at all. But I'll go ahead and leave them running
this time because he's - he is Just barely there.

020 23 15 22 CDR Okay, now, what he's done is he's maneuvered so

that the handrail that he wants to connect it to
is Just to the outside of his rotational hand con-
troller. Now he's moving in with a translational.
And he's now in position to where he should be
able to - to connect it. Okay, now, as he - as
he tried to put it on, he Started moving away and,
of course, he set up a big rate gyro problem. And
rate gyros were firing. A couple them - a couple
of Jet blasts hit the universal mount and blew it
away from him. And now he - now he has to chase it.
He now has it in his hand and he's going to tran-
slate about l0 more feet, go back to where he was
and try to hook it up again. So what he's trying
to do though is - he's not trying to grab for the
handrail and then connect the universal mount.
He's trying to use the ASMU as the restraining
force. And, of course, that's tough, because as
soon as he gives any kind of push that over -
overcomes the ASMU, it's going to Just drift off
and - and he can't get it properly attached.

020 23 16 46 CDR All right, he's back to the handrails again. Okay,
you hear all the firing. He's got it hooked up.
He went to DIRECT, grabbed the handrail with his
hand, and now he's locked it in position. Okay,
so much for that Job.

CDR Oh, wait a minute. Okay, he's got them - going to

try to use Just the ASMU to hold position. Of
course_ he's in DIRECT now. Now he's going to
RATE GYRO ...

020 23 17 56 CDR As you can see, that's a ridiculous mode; you

Just don't do that in RATE GRYRO. You don't do
anything in RATE GYRO like that. What you do is
you go to where you want to go and then you go to
DIRECT. And use leverage and your body and every-
thing to - to do the work with. Don't try to get
the rate gyros to do the work for you. They Just
don't have enough control power. But I think we
could have figured that out intuitively.
 3oz9

020 23 18 38 CDR Okay, Bill is going back down to the donning

st at ion.

CDR Okay, his - h_ next exercise is the other dis-

cretionaries cn page 8-8, Bravo, Charlie, Delta,
and Juliett.

CDR Okay, he's going to simulate a rescue. Okay,

now, I guess he's going to have to come and get
me.

CDR Come and get me, baby.

020 23 20 16 CDR I feel like the fair maiden being advanced upon
by the Frankenstein monster. I figure I might
as well get a picture of my attacker here. Is
that you?

CDR Okay, and there's another Nikon picture and I

think that's it. That's four pictures and that's
about all we've got time for, really. He's coming
to get me and take me back down to the donning
station or something like that.

020 23 21 15 CDR He's out over the center of the workshop, over
the - the hole. And he's about b feet un.
And what l'm doing is l'm holding on to locker 5 -
F-550. He's going to come and get me and take
me over to the donning station. (Music)

CDR Okay, he's got me by the feet. He's going to

pull me down in between the ASMU arms. (Music)

CDR Okay.

020 23 22 54 CDR Now, he hasn't actually got me - he's got me across

the arm. He's got me laying across the AS_g; con-
trol arms, rather than down between them like he
is. I - I'm not sure whether that's the way you
had envisioned or not, but this way he can kind of
lock one of my legs and one of my arms across the
arm rest. And it's a pretty good way to carry me.
He's got me in such a manner - you can see that
he's got me in such a manner that he can see under
me to see where he's going. Spacecraft pressure
relief values are beginning to blow now. I guess
we've finally pumped up the pressure enough in here.
Okay, we're at the donning station. And that's it
3020

on the rescue. Works out pretty well. I think

if you Just take your time, you're in good shape.
And he didn't seem to use too terribly much gas
either. Let me take a look at his - his dials
here.

020 23 24 12 CDR He's got 30 volts and 300 pounds. It's time to
quit. And it's also - there's only 45 minutes
left in the period, I believe. Let me check
my schedule. But I think we're supposed to be
done at 01:15. And when you figure unsuiting and
putting away, then I think we're out of time.

CDR That's right. So we're going to terminate now.

I think we put a pretty good dent in your - in
your Flight Plan today. So we'll go to docking.

CDR Okay, I'm going to raise the donning station

handles.

CDR Okay, they're both up.

020 23 25 38 CDR Okay, DATA MARK. He's going into the donning
st at ion.

CDR Okay, I'm going to close the PSS valve now.

CDR And we'll get him into the paddles.

CDR Okay, he needs to go in a little bit more on the

left side.

020 23 27 i0 CDR No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, out. 0ut's
what locks you.

CDR Now, we got you in.

CDR Now we final ly got him in right.

CDR Okay_ we're going to kill the DAC.

020 23 28 13 CDR And kill the recorder and the next words you hear
will be debriefing.

###
 DAY 021 (AM)
3021

021 00 00 09 SPT SPT at 00:00.

021 00 01 25 SPT ATM ops. And I'll be debriefing several orbits

here. First - -

021 00 01 47 SPT - - the one that began at 20:27. We did the SIN-
GLE for 82A and a 32 building block. Then we took a
look, as was suggested, at the largest sunspot
we could find. And as I recall now, I've already
debriefed this particular orbit. That's where
we worked in active region 20 on that sunspot.
Okay, the next one down the line is the one that
began at 22:h2. There, again, we did the 82A
exposure and the building block 32, SINGLE.
And here I thought I was going to try something
different. I had PT lined up. Thought I would
have been able to get a little ahead on that
today, so I took the whole obser - whole orbit
for observing.

021 O0 03 05 SPT Anyway, what I was going to try to do was some

line profiles. And realizing you don't have any
real reference for Judging where a significance
f of a line profile is relative to anything, the
only thing that is relative to any previous
data, as not much has been gathered for your
input on this. So I thought I would go ahead
and try to get some line profiles of the same line
at the same point at different times, in a location
which I knew was fluctuating, Just to see what
the line profile was doing itself, which, in
theory, sounds like a good idea. But let me
tell you how it went here.

021 00 0_ 25 SPT We started out over at active region 21 where

there's a fluctuating bright point which at one
point was at 8000 and - but nominally was at about
2[ooo] to 3000.

SPT Well, let me back up again. I was supposed to

give 82A an exposure, and I did. However, I
must apologize to him; I gave him one at a ROLL
of 5hO0, so I went back and gave him one at 1080,
after I realized the error. So we essentially are
down about - down one more frame on that one.
Okay, then I went over to the active region 21.

021 00 06 17 SPT And the active region 21 settled in on the bright

point of which I Just spoke, which was Just a
 3022

little to the east of the center sunspot. I could

see three of them, prominent ones in a row there.

SPT I started with 55 to give them two MIRROR, AUTO

RASTERs - three MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs down to
line 14, so you could get a look at what the re-
gion was like, how much it was fluctuating, just
to give you a rough idea of it. And then I started
a GRATING, AUTO SCAN to get a look at the whole -
at the spectrum at that point. And then I was
going to start the line profile on magnesimm X.
But I got 4 - up to 4000 on the GRATING, AUTO SCAN
and we had a gimbal on a stop_ And off we went.
And that ruined the observations up to that point,
I had to put a 3-minute maneuver time in, select
STANDBY, select SOLAR INERTIAL, wait until it
got back, get lined up, and get started over again.
I also had 54 going for a very long exposure;
started them at 41:40 TIME REMAINING and it was
around - then at - it was about 35 minutes remain-
ing when we got the gimbal on a stop. So they got
essentially a 6-minute exposure there. 54, I had
going with a - SINGLE FRAME; FILTER, 2; and they
got about 5 minutes on that before we went off.

021 00 07 53 SPT Okay, when it got reestablished then - then I gave

54 a LONG EXPOSURE, about 30 minutes remaining,
down to 2 minutes remaining, so they got a
28-minute exposure. 56 got 9 minutes on SINGLE
FRAME of 4, 9 minutes on 5, and 1 minute on -
I'm sorry, 8 minutes on 1.

021 00 08 32 SPT 55, I then maximized oxygen VI again; it was

around 2000. Did a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER down to
line 14. Gave them about l-l/2 GRATING, AUTO SCANs
to get up to a GRATING POSITION of 3350. Then
did a line profile in magnesium X with 15 seconds
or so between each step. Reached around 300 or so
at the peak on DETECTOR 1. Then did another
GRATING, AUTO SCAN on around to 3350. And re-
peated the same line profile. Got that done and
was headed back to zero when we got to 400 K.
So really I 'd intended to give you quite a few
line profiles at that point, Just so you had some
reference and could see what they had sent you up
in t_me, but we got a little snarled up there.

021 00 l0 ll SPT And after thinking it over a little bit, I realize

that probably I'm not making use of 55 in the
 3023

manner it was best suited. It's probably better

as a high time resolution instrument, or getting
a high time resolution that's over for a good
spatial source of data such as truncated mirror -
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs down to line 13, and also
the - declaring a spectrum - a total spectrum
fairly rapidly and continuously. And I think on
line profiles perhaps are best left to 82B. We get
many, oh, most of the line profiles in a very short
period of time, And in the SINGLE FRAME mode, we
can do repeatedly, in a short period of time,
gather an awful lot of line profile information.
And I think the wavelength resolution might be
better. But it was something we hadn't done before
and I thought I'd give it a try.

021 00 12 01 SPT Now in the order - orbit of 30 - 23:33.

SPT And have done the exposures at the beginning

as called out. The building block 32 with the
null pointing. And the 20-second 82A, WAV_WRNGTH,
SHORT exposure. Then, again, a sunspot was suggested.
I've already worked on the one in 20 and I have to
admit that I'm - don't feel too enthused about
sunspots Just because they're so darn small. And
I really don't feel that we can get a - a uniform
spectra for 55, or spectra which is really repre-
sentative of sunspots, because of the small size
of the ones we got to work with in 20 and 21.
However, I thought I 'd try something a little bit
different here. So over at active region 21,
I noticed that there are three sunspots lined up
in a row, so I've rolled so that they are all along
the horizontal slit and centered the - 55 on the
center one, that is the H-ALPHA 1 crosshalrs are
on the center sunspots.

021 00 13 54 SPT And with that, I've given truncated MIRROR, AUTO
RASTERs, two of them, down to line 30. Then we
started some GRATING, AUTO SCANs. I gave two at
the very center, which is - as best as I could
center it - over the center sunspot.

021 00 15 2h SPT Then some - after the two GRATING, AUTO SCANs at
the center position, step 33, I then moved on to
step 39, which is, as best I can tell with the
overlay, where the next sunspots lies. Gave one
3024 _

GRATING, AUTO SCAN there, then back to position 29

where the third sunspot lies, gave a GRATING,
AUTO SCAB there. And then I'm in the process of
giving GRATING, AUTO SCABs all along the line,
between the spots. And have gone from 32 to 31
to 30, which takes care of all the steps between
the center sunspot and the one on the left. And
then I'll start moving out to the right. 54 is
receiving a very long exposure. 25 minutes
TIME REMAiNING it was started and it will go down
to 2, so it'll be a hS-minute exposure. 54
is receiving some SINGLE - excuse me, 56 some
SINGLE FRAMES, 4 for 10minutes, 5 for l0 minutes,
1 for l0 minutes, and 2 for 7 minutes.

021 00 16 53 SPT Even though the Sun is suppposed to look relatively

active now there Just really is not much going on.
So I've chosen some of these observing programs I
followed here while we still have some bright
points on the disk or sunspots, something to
work with.

021 00 20 16 SPT So then in s11mmary, for 55 we gave at the center

sunspot, step 33, two GRATING, AUTO SCANs; at
the right sunspot step 39, one GRATING, AUTO SCAB;
at the left sunspot 29 one GRATING, AUTO SCAN,
and then one GRATING, AUTO SCAN at steps 32, 31,
30, and now 3h, 35, 36, maybe 37, and 38. We'll
see how it goes ; whether we will be able to get
that in before 400 K.

021 00 20 55 SPT SPT out.

021 00 21 04 SPT Oh, I should add on this that we do have some good
bright points between the sunspots so we are getting
both kinds of data here.

021 00 21 15 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

021 01 56 20 SPT SPT at 01:55 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 01:08. Did building block 1A, 1B and building
block 2 went straightforward. During the course
 3025

of these observations I noticed the active region 21

increasing in brightness in XUV, relative to other
active regions and what it was before. It used to
not be visible in the persistent image scope with
the settings that I have set up max CONTRAST and
6-1/2 of BRIGHTNESS. And now it has popped out of
that background and is the brightest thing on the
disk again. But along with the information of the
southeastern plage in active region 21, as we
develop, gives me some hope that before this thing
gets over to the other side, we might see something
out of it yet. So this torque - right now l'm at
a - a mode of taking some 55 data and 56, and a
flare wait for 54, and 82A and B. Two truncated
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs and GRATING POSITION of zero
down to line 20 for 55, and a GRATING, AUTO SCAN
at the point -max point at which I could find,
the oxygen VI, which surprisingly was only about
12100] to 1300. And then some MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs
at 772.

SPT And these'll be MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs truncated down

to line 20. 5h received 8minutes SINGLE FRAME, 2,
and 6 m_nutes, 35 seconds SINGLE FRAME, 5.

021 Ol 58 05 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

021 02 29 00 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. The time is 02:30. I'd
like to debrief the M509 run from today. Okay, I
got strapped in and I noticed that with the arms
extended full, I could not read all the nomencla-
ture. Now, I know where HHMU, DIRECT, RATE GYRO
and CMG is - where these positions are, but in my
mind, it's axiomatic that if it's worthwhile putting
a label on a piece of equipment, then one ought to
be able to read the label or the nomenclature from
the work - norm_l work positon; i.e., head in the
he]mpt looking downat the selector. Another thing,
too, is that this is very drawn out because I've
noticed that this particular error is made repeat-
edlyand throughout n11 spacecraft, there's no
attempt to orient nomenclature so that the nomen-
clature is perpendicular to the line of sight from
the conventional eye position of a normal operator.
3026

That is to say, the man sitting on the - in the

right position, sitting on the seat in the 509 or
whatever, in the command module. Any time he looks
at a gage, if - and if the nomenclature is to be
read from that work position, the nomenclature
should face him. It should not be hidden as in
many cases it is in the command module - actually
hidden. But in this event, it would be nice if
the nomenclature faced - was perpendicular to the
line of vision; i.e., canted if it is necessary.

021 02 31 08 PLT Everything here is na - nice and orthogonal and

neat. Okay. There's so much. I could not read
all the nomenclature on the selectors. I didn't
notice that in the shirt sleeve run, and it may
have been because I moved mY head over to see it,
and I was not able to do that in the suited run.
But I think it's - if it's worthwhile putting
nomenclature on, then to avoid confusion or error -
operator error, the nomenclature should be readable
from the normal eye position of the operator over
the adjustable range and the range of variation
for individual physiological variations; i.e.,
height, et cetera. Okay, so much for that one.
My next problem was that I couldn't get the trans-
lation hand controller andthe rotation hand con-
troller out far enough to suit my purpose. I was -
I had to hold my wrist bent at the wrist, palms
bent toward the abdomen, in order to properly
address the controls - to grasp the controls. This
caused me considerable discomfort and fatigue
during the entire operation. I - I noted repeat-
edly that this was a big bother and contributed
to degradation of performance. And undoubtedly
to unsatisfactory opinion regarding some of the
control modes which I'll go into in a moment. The
data pushhutton, although the idea is great - the
data pushbutton - it is on a very sensitive
controller.

021 02 32 45 PLT Oh, by the way, all of these controllers are too
sensitive in some modes, and not sensitive enough
in the others. I'll go into that also, but anyway,
the data pushbutton, I don't know where it should
be located, but it should be located in such a way
that you don't have a tendency to fire a thruster
when you push the data pushbutton. Presumably,
 3O27

you woula not nave that on a wor_ing unit, but you

would probably have a m_ke button or something
else eq1_ally as necessary. So, that to me, it
seems to - to be somewhat of a problem, and it
could be located on an axis that was less easy
to move. Don't ask me which one; I don't know.

PLT Okay. So we - Let's see now, let's go - let's

make sure we cover everything. So I noticed that
the hand control - the arms wouldn't extend far
enough, at least to be satisfactory to me. So
that - I went through some checkouts there in the -
oh, and while I was in position. Another thing,
too, on - on nomenclature; not only is the nomen-
clature sometimes canted almost _5 degrees to the
line of sight, but there's no reason at all why
nomenclature can't be bold type. There's no reason
we have to restrict ourselves to 1/4-inch-high
letters.

021 02 34 07 PLT I think that - now maybe it's Just me and a _4-year-
old eyeball, but it irritates me to have to squint
or concentrate when I get ready to look at some-
thing. And there ought to be high contrast and
yet I - you could be - conceivably could be working
in dim light.

021 02 34 26 PLT And some attention should be given to making the

nomenclature very readable. If necessary, abbre-
viate or use symbols, squares, triangles, or some-
thing else. But I - I - I Just - this is a real
pet peeve of mine. This tiny nomenclature like
in the _)A, when they have room enough to print
block letters 2 feet high, and they print them
a 1/4 inch high. Okay, enough on nomenclatures.

PLT Okay, we - undocked, I never am comfortable pulling

myself out of that thing. I always seem to - to
end up with torques. But then that's the second -
really the first time I ever pulled myself out sort
of in zero gravity, and I'm sure that with training
that would be no problem. So although I - It was
an uncomfortable sort of m-rginal control action,
I feel like that my - my Judgment is that I was
not trained - did not have enough experience at
that task, so that's sort of a minor part of it.

PLT Stand by.

3028

021 02 36 15 PLT Okay. Continuing on hand controllers, and I 'ii

try to substantiate this with more comments, but
I feel that the type of hand controllers that we
have here - the T-bar for translation, and the -
I don't know what you'd call that doggone thing
for rotation hand controller, but those are prob-
ably the worst of ,11 possible worlds - the hand
controllers. I was continually making mistakes.
I had - I had m_ hand turned 90 degrees to what
it's normally turned to use a hand controller.
I still don't think that invalidates the observa-
tion that those are not the the way to go. A
rotation hand controller like that is not the way
to go. I would prefer to use dials or toggle
switches to those things, and the same for
translations.

021 02 37 01 PLT The way we have to use them with - with the awkward
posture, and also with a - with a - with a gloved
hand - I - I Just found them totally unsatisfac-
tory. Both the translation hand controller and
the rotation hand controller, but by far, the
rotation hand controller is worse. It's really
bad, bad, bad, bad news. I can't say how bad I -
I think the rotation hand controller is. I was
pinching the - the top of the hand controller with
two fingers in a gloved hand, trying to put in yaw
controls. I was grasping the bottom flange of it.
In other words, I - I was doing all the work, and
the hand controller , it wasn't helping one bit.
It was Ju - Just sitting there very mute, fighting
me every inch of the way. And if - I would - I
would not want to fly a - a - ASMU outside the
spacecraft with a rotation hand controller like
that. Yes, it's really bad.

PLT Okay. Let's see, is there anything else on hand

controllers ?

021 02 38 i0 PLT I got to thinking - I was thinking all during the

run, here I am, harping at the hand controllers.
Now how would I make a better one? Because I know
this thing has been worked on very hard by a lot
of people who had best interests in mind. Now
what - what would mine - ought to suggest? Yes,
I wa - I was thinking, first of all, I - I could
do - personally do a better Job with toggle
switches. Now another thing that I noticed was
 3029
L

I was - I was looking at the controller instead

of what I was supposed to be doing.

021 02 38 37 PLT I was actually concentrating 50 percent of my

attention - my operator attention on the rotation
hand controller by actually eyeballing it. In
other words, I had my gaze fixed on the rotation
hand controller to make sure I was putting the
right input in and that I wasn't holding it too
long or too short, say, in DIRECT. Now in other
words, I was making sure I was getting a nice,
quick, fresh input and then releasing it. And
when you've got to focus that much eyeball atten-
tion on - on a controller, then it - it is no good
as far as I'm concerned. And again that's -
there's nothing personal involved in this because
I already understand part of the problem involved.
And at the same time, rather than take an off-the-
season - off-the-shelf equipment, and I know you -
you had probably been dragged up and down the
alley, and thrust against the wall if you'd put
toggle switches on that, but from a - Personally,
I could have done a better Job today with toggle
switches.

021 02 39 34 PLT Okay, enough of that _ beating a dead horse. Un-

docking, pull release lever inboard, undock by
pulling on handrails, fly clear of donning station,
verify all THC conmmnds, I did that. That was no
problem. I - As you sugEested in the message, I
tried not to worry too much about rates. I wanted
to make sure we got as much of the run in as pos-
sible, so I was more - or I - I - I permitted
spatial deadbands to accumulate as well as attitude
deadbands. And that after the undock when I was
trying all the hand controllers and even to the
cai in DIRECT. I - I was not very, very - I was
not very careful at all and I permitted myself
to drift over quite a large area whereas - that is,
the other day when Jerry was flying, he was - he
was very precise and kept himself in a very small
envelope in the center. Fly to center of OWS, head
up and facing _32, and data _-_k. I missed some
occasional data marks. And I apologize for that.
I think I got all of them in the first part, as -
and when I start having difficulty in - firing
incorrect thrusters and firing more incorrect
3030

thrusters trying to stop it, I sometimes get flus-

tered and forgot to data m_k and I - I'm depending
very strongly on the ones - on the data marks I
did make and on the - the narration and co-_entary
Jerry was making to give you your data.

021 02 41 l0 PLT And I apologize for that because - but it wasn't

because I wasn't thinking or wasn't trying to, but
I Just got saturated there sometimes with the task
and forgot to give them. Okay, now on the DIRECT
pic - the cal in DIRECT. The pitch up, pitch down,
yaw left, yaw right, roll right, roll left, those
were no - no problem. I - I got couplings; I'm
sure Jerry's commented on them and one thing that
I did do wrong here, I think I did not fire long
enough in some of these attitudes. And - and
again, I - I want to try it - what I was trying
to do was to - to - to introduce any coupling
which may occur but at the same time not hose away
all the gas. Th - That was how I was compromising
there. I tried to conserve the propellant so that
we could get through the run. Okay, now I have
no particular comments on the DIRECT, other than
to say that - Well, I prefer DIRECT in the suited
mode to either RATE GYR0 or CMG. And the reason
is that RATE GYR0 and CMG require in ord - in order
to be conservative with the propellant or its
power, but I guess it doesn't really use all that
much power, but it requires a continual deflection
of the rotation hand controllers. And that is a
killer item as far as I'm concerned. Man, that
really drives you up the wall. Because you sit
there holding the yaw in and, boy, it really gets
to your wrist.

021 02 42 50 PLT And again it's - it's - it's Just unfortunate the -
that these controllers aren't any better than they
are from a - from a physiological crew operator
interface standpoint because I'm not sure we got
a good evaluation of proportional rate comm_nd
sort of thing; that is, holding the hand controller
deflected. Because I think if what - if this was
optimized or if it even had a switch or a rheostat
knob, I could have done better with that than I
could with the - with the RHC that I had. So I'm
not sure how much of that is due to the control
system itself and how much of it is due to the -
to the control - the controller - the rotation

q
 3031

hand controller. Translation hand controller,

I - really got not a whole lot to say about the
other than the fact that I hit - I hit it occa-
sionally. That was another reason I would have
liked to have had the adjustment out about 3 to 4
more inches on both of them. Would have liked to
have had that capability. I may not have liked it
any better than what I had, but I would prefer to
have them out there in front of my fingertips so
that I hadn't had to grasp out Just a little bit.
Maybe not too much - but maybe 2 inches instead
of 4. But I - I kept hope - my - the crotch between
my thumb and index finger was a good 4 inches in
front of where it fit -with- wh -where it actu-
ally rested on the rotation hand controller when
I wasn't using it. In other words, if you had
moved the rotation hand controller 4 inches forward
my - the crotch between my th1_mb and index finger
would have rested Just on the hand controller. So
that's how much I had to p1_11 my arm back and put
on - in order to get my hand on the hand controller.
On my - on the translation hand controller, what
I - the way I was doing that is I was taking my
index and third finger - or second finger on my
.... left hand, and I was spreading those fingers apart,
holding my th1,mB out.

021 02 _4 48 PLT I was putting those two fingers in behind the

key and that's how I was making my - that's how
I was making my translation corrections. And
again I had to hold my arm back, so I was keeping
my arm and my hand - while I was holding my hand
in position to m-_e translation hand controller.
Well, of course, what happens is, when you're not
m-_ing translation inputs, you Just - you relax
your hand and let it go forward.

PLT And so that - that is more or less the - the

postural procedure I use on foot - the translation
hand controller. Okay, MDDE, RATE GYRO, baseline
maneuvers. Okay, started at donning station,
went up to l, and I think actually I wasn't getting
quite - quite close enough to them. Again I -
I wasn't trying to be textbook precise on this
because again I wanted to go up and - I wanted to
go through the motions, stop rates - I was - I -
I satisfied myself with the - with laying - I was
facing the banjo and all that sort of - sort of
3032

thing, but maybe I wan't as close as I would've

been if I hadn't have been sweating the
propellants.

021 02 _6 18 PLT Okay, went positon 2, position 2 to position 3

was a fiasco. You'll see it on film, pretty
lousy. Okay, I found that positioning and sta-
bilizing position 3 gave me more trouble than any
other one position. Again I think if I had
thought a little more about it when I was at
position 2, I might have done better. I think
the umbilical may have had something to do with
it. Because you - you are sort of pulling the
umbilical out as you are going over there and
you're also doing sort of a three-axis rotation
almost. Okay, I was going position 3 to position h
in RATE GYRO and I put in some spurious inputs
accidentally and this was due to - again due to
the fact that my hand was not in the right position -
the hand contollers couldn't extend forward and
I got all discombooberated and threshed around
there and wasted a whole lot of gas. Got to
position h, was down - I had no - I had no problem
going from position 4 to position - from a start
position 5. I had no - very little trouble going
from position l, to position 2. I had an awful
lot of trouble going from position 2 to position 3
which is - I - I had trained. I thought I had
a pretty good handle on that one. And 3 to 4 is
always a sort of an attention getter.

021 02 47 h5 PLT As I say, I put some extraneous inputs in there

on the RATE GRY0 and I - it turned in - it degen-
erated - into amess. Okay, then CMG. Okay, CMG
MODE was - was done, and I think that it was not -
not nearly as bad. At the same time I was
noticing this extraordinary effort required to
make rotation maneuvers because of the - the
muscular fatigue involved in holding a control
displacement. And for this reason, I feel that
certain operations using a - using - in suited
operations, that the DIRECT MODE is preferred
over the - highly preferred - in fact, I wouldn't
even want to do RATE GYRO and CMG suited using
this unit. And if - if I were outside, actually
flying this particular unit outside, I would say
that RATE GYRO and CMG would actually be bordering
on dangerous because of the inability to divide
 3O33

attention. In other words, the - the hand control-

lers themselves - hand controllers themselves re-
quire so much conscious attention, they detract
from the primary task at hand and, and that is,
looking at say, some object of task and concen-
trating on it, rather than concentrating on -
I wonder if I'm putting roll in when I'm putting
this yaw in.. I wonder if I'm putting yaw in
when I'm putting roll in. I wonder if I 'm putting
pitch in, when I'm trying to put the yaw in
because I'm holding it like tweezers with the
end of my finger with - like tweezers on the -
on the top end of the hand controller.

021 02 49 31 PLT I Just can't tell you how frustrating the use
of that rotation hand controller is. Again, I
think that you probably destroyed a lot of capa-
bility to evaluate the particular type of vehicle
in the - the displacement controller and the rate
gyros into that control because of the inefficacy
of that hand controller. Okay, MODE, DIRECT was
a bit sloppy. But I felt much more at ease using
the DIRECT than - than either the CMG or the RATE
_ GYR0. I could relax my hand; I could put in a
couple of inputs, small ones, then let it go and
I wasn't worried too much about attitude. And I -
although I did not have a prefectly level atti-
tude going from say position 3 to position 4,
I was much better off. And going from position 2
to position 3 I was much better in DIRECT. Al-
though I think that I had learned a little bit on
the previous run so RATE GYRO and CMG got hurt
going from position 2 to position 3 because of
somewhat low skill level on the part of the
operator, although I've done this mauy times.
Okay, then the grasp and push maneuver. I tried
to go by the book. Okay, grasp and push started
at the donning station. I must congratulate
myself. I did a beautiful pushoff from the
donning station. Had to do virtually no trans-
lation until I got up to the banjo.

021 02 51 ll PLT Got to the banjo, and I made several fine correc-
tions because I was going to have to push off.
I pushed off from position 1 to position 2. And
again, I really did it a fair-to-middling Job on
that. Got down there, had my feet a little too
close to the wall there on that position. Pushed
303_

off from position - and again it was fairly good

attitude control. Position 2 to position 3 wasn't
too bad. I - I gave a nice, gentle push and ended
up - still had to spend about, oh, 45 seconds to
a m_nute and a half getting my attitude squared
away once I got up there. And then l'm - I went
ahead and did it, although I should have known
better, l've tried this before. I tried a little
shove at position 3, and that's Just out to lunch;
I mean, you should never try that, l'm convinced,
when you've got that much of a cantilever offset
safety, you shouldn't do that. And anyway I
screwed it all up and endedup doing doglegs and
the - the flow from 3 to 4 on the grasp and push
was a debacle. And I - but I ended up getting
there and I hit my foot on the food lockers when
I got over there. Okay, and then push off from
4 to position 5, start donning station. That was -
that went - that went quite well, in fact. We -
went very well and I got down there and there was
no problem stabilizing.

021 02 52 52 PLT Okay, crew discretionary, install fireman's pole.

Okay, I had taken the fireman's pole out and in-
stalled it over by the BMMD, between the BMMD and
the food locker, under a bungee; so all I'd do is
pull it out. I left the donning station. I pitched
over and got my f_ce off - off the grid floor so
that my Z-axis was parallel to the grid floor, and
I thrusted over in a roughly crawling-type posture;
in other words, my body parallel to the grid floor,
over to the fireman's pole, went very slow, used
very little propellant. And got to the firem_n's
pole and feeling real good about everything. And
I did use small translational thrust, went up
to the dome, got myself in excellent position
after about one false start. I didn't get in
close enough. I stopped the rates when I was
Just a little bit too far out. I was about a
foot out. Then I thrusted in until the hand
controller was in about 2 or 3 inches. And I
want to mention a point before I forget it, and
that is, the hand controllers themselves were a
big hlndrance for that action. And that is a
consideration, I think, if one is going to -
to consider doing any sort of work requiring
dexterity and physical movement at arm length.
The - the hand controllers were out there, and
 3035

I put in beaucoup undesired RHC and THC inputs

by spurious deflections of the rotation hand
controller and translation hand controller while
I was thrashing about, holding the l_ire_n's pole.

021 02 54 39 PLT Okay, fi - installing the firemau's pole. Okay,

first I did not get it installed. In fact, when
I took it up - when I - And seriously, before the
run I took it up there and then tried to put it
in. That is hard to line up, seriously, if I
were to Just go up there and line it up. The
thing has - you have to - you cannot hold the
pin in your fingers. You have to re - shove
it in, sliding your th,_mhnail or your fingernail
along side of that handrail. The handrail is
in the way of lining up the pin to go into the
hole. I knew it was going to be hard, and I
never accomplished it. I got the fitting in the
right position. I got the pin in the hole at
one time, but I could not - While I was in the
AS_, I could not push the pin and hold it fitting
in the right position in order to engage it.
I think it may have been possible, if you were
lucky. But of course, all this time, you see,
you'rethrashingabout and you're torqueingand
the ASMU is starting to move back.

021 02 55 42 PLT And finally I went to - I - I Just did not do

this in RATE GYR0. I - I tried it in RATE GYRO,
and I did not want to - and Jerry was rushing
back and forth like a one-'armed paperhanger
charging PSSs. So I switched to DIRECT, and tried
it in DIRECT. And again, it - you need both
hands to work with the - one with the pin and
one with fitting on the end of the fireman's pole
and then there's nothing there to keep you sta-
bilized. Now it became apparent to me that the
ASMU is a - is a good device for transportation.
But one thing it ain't - it ain't a work platform.
And if you're going to do anything with the ASMU
strapped onto your carcass, the ASMU is going to
have to be docked, strapped, belted, pasted, or
something to a firm foundation so that your body
torques don't thrash it arotmd. Because all you're
doing is, you'r e going EVA with two 100-pound grain
sacks on your back that don't help you at all.

021 02 56 50 PLT And that is the ASMU as far as our rotational

rates and so forth are concerned. I mean, all
 3036

you're doing is Just sitting there. If you're -

if you think that the ASMU would be desirable to
reduce rotational rates, you're killing - you're
kidding yourself because you're killing yourself
using propellant, and it doesn't do that much
good anyway. Boy, one good kick with you foot
or push with your hand can saturate any RATE
GYRO MODE, and it Just - it just won't hack it.
That's all there is to it; it just won't hack
it. So the - the word that I got from my experi-
ence, and it's limited, highly limited with one
run, is that an AS_ of any kind is not a work
platform, and it cannot be depended upon. And
you cannot depend upon doing anything other than
a very basic sort of thing like stick a pin in a
hole that's facing you under the most desirable
circumstances that has lead in - a lead in holes
and something that requires very little force.
And once you start pushing the pin into the hole
or straight away from you, then you're going to
start going back, and even the simplest task takes
on the all - all appearances of being something
that is unmanageable. And you'll grab it and
you'll start torquing yourself around.

021 02 58 l0 PLT Now a 90-degree action would be desirable, but

you've got to have the other hand there holding
it. And that was another thing. Of course, I
carried the firem_u's pole up there with one hand
and I - I understood, of course, this is a mR ke-
shift sort of task and Just a exploratory sort of
thing, but you've got to have one hand on that
fireman's pole. So when I want m_ke the trans-
lation correction I had to put it in my left hand,
excuse me, right hand, and when I want to make a
rotation correction I had to change hands with it.
I'm sure you are aware of that, but anyway I Just
wanted to make sure that it was pointed out.

021 02 58 _3 PLT So, I thrashed around with a fireman's pole there

and this was really, I think, a fairly poor choice,
or good choice depending on how you want to look
at it. Made the equipment look bad, because I
don't think there's any way that if I - if I were
in foot - foot restraints, I could have gotten
that pretty well, I think. If I could have
flown the ASMU up there and p_311ed it into a yoke
of so-_ kind and docked it, so that was - it was
 SOS7
r-

holding me firm, then - and also was holding me

in a position so that I could have put the fire-
man's pole in the right position, I think I could
have lined it up. But Just to consider that
thing a free platform for an operator, it's Just
no way, no way that thing is going to work Okay
now, you see there was a hybrid sort of operation
on that install fireman's pole, so I didn't go
backdown and start over in DIRECT. Actually,
as soon as I saw us hosing all the gas out, I said,
well, that's enough of that noise. So I Just
switched to DIRECT and played in DIRECT. So I
did not go back in and make the second trip.

021 02 59 44 PLT Fly into foot restraints. Okay, I knew that this
was going to be hard because I had trouble with
Jerry helping me get in the foot restraints.
Well, flew down there, and again, flying from
point A to point B, it's a beautiful machine. It's
Just - there's no doubt about it. I had no problem
at all going down there, looking down, seeing my
feet, which says a lot for the machine, and putting
my toes right into the foot restraint, but Just
the tippytoes. And, boy, from now on it was
gangbusters. There's no way. It's hard to get
your feet in these doggone foot restraints EVA,
and I think that those of you who tried it are
aware of the fact that you've got to really push
sometimes. Well, you're pushing on again away
off from the c.g. again there. And, of course,
oh, I was wasting gas, and I was trying to get my

right heel out in front of the right foot re-

straint so that I could put my left toe in, and
then I was trying everything and none of it was
working. And I never did ma_e it. Even when
you can get your toe well into it, a lot of t_mes
you don't know that your heel is engaged. Again
I don't think the - those foot restraints are
ideally designed either, but that's - that's
not the problem. I mean that - Well, that was
part of the problem. I thine that you could
put your toes into a given hole or ring, then if,
you know, some - somehow - somehow or the other
you had another way of completing the anchoring
process, then I think you may be all right.

021 03 01 16 PLT Once again, in - in - in aligning, positioning,

and so forth, this thing, without external torque,
3038

did a beautiful Job, very precise control. Boy,

the minute you start applying any touch or force
to an external object, it's gangbusters, forget
it. You're not going to do anything. You're going
to completely bollix the machine. Okay, so I
tried that until it was ob - obvious that I was
not going to do any that - do that - do any good
on that one, so I quit that one. So I did not
do that.

021 03 01 49 PLT Okay, attach universal mount. Okay, went up to

one of the dome lockers. It was actually one of
the horizontal handholds as opposed to the ones
that run up and down roughly parallel to the X-axis,
you know what I mean. And again flew right up
there, got in good position, and once again I -
I was still a little bit short. You have a tend-
ency to stop short because you don't want to ding
your foot in your hand controllers. Now you're
going to think about this for a while, and you're
going to say, ah-ha, he says he wants the hand
controllers out longer - the arms out longer and
now he's complaining about worrying about them
getting - getting too close to things, and that
is a conflicting requirement. Whereupon I'm
going to make the following suggestion. There's
nothing sacred about having hand controllers
that are rigid; that is, can't be moved and -
and neither is there ar4vthing that says that they
couldn't come together in a V in front of you.
So that you could, say, yaw off to the side a
little bit and you'd have a better purchase.
Wait a minute - try to explain myself. Supposing
the hand controllers, when you extended them,
they'd - you could bend them together and touch
them together, so that they went together in a -
in a kind of apex in front. Nov, I'm not saying
that you want this for a permanent sort of thing,
sup - supposing you could do that temporarily.
Okay, this would give you a - a lot of envelope
to operate in there that's in front of your face.
It's not available to you now. Because I was
reaching out at arm's length and finally ended
up, of course, pitching down. And working sort
of up in - in - in Just about chest or eye level,
and that's the way you have to do it. But you -
in other words, you can pull up to an object
and it's right out in front of your hands on
 3039

the hand controller, but you're pitcked down

in order to place the band controllers below
that object and then you'd have a - an envelope
sort of out in front of your in front of your
eyeba1_s in which to work without banging the
hand controller. Now the only thing wrong with
that it that the Band controllers are out of
sight, out of your view. And I did thrust one
of the hand controllers into the wall, or torque
it into the wall as I was thrashing about.

021 0B 04 l0 PLT Now I tried to attach the universal mount. The

first time I got it _11 positioned; cocked open,
and everything. And, of course, once I'd do
that - once you touch hardware, boy, this - this
thing starts moving• And, of course, I'm sure
you're aware of this, but you've not yet ... for
it ... spring loaded. So my first attempt was
unsuccessful because I - as I was backing away, I
tried to neck it down ... over the - over the ...
hand controller ... at the wrist and ... and .•.
I must have left it right away .... back and
forth there and ... 8o I finally got it up ...
F and then I started changing the universal mount
•.. and I think I did that once ... Okay, dock-
ing ... Jerry positioned himself up above the ...
food locker in a ... relaxed ... He sort of got
himself in position there• I went up and I - I
picked him up incorrectly. I picked him up ...
my left arm over his right leg, through the crotch
and ... I pitched him slowly with my right arm
and I took him down to the donning station. It
was done very slowly, so it was really no problem.
Now the thrusters were impinging upon him in that
•.. right arm hanging down to the left of the
rotation hand controller ... thrusting there. I
got him down there all right. Okay, I got him
down there and •.. in there. And this fairly
well covers the simulation. We terminated the
run. I had a little trouble getting into the
donning station. Again it's a matter of ... I
would like to sort of slowly reflect on things
here and draw what I think is a ... myself, but
I'd like to do that in order to ... Okay, now,
at the end of our run ... clear, legible, and ...
latitude and adjustment ... and I would imagine
that we might want to ... things ... in and out -
pull them in and out as well as move it up and
 3040

down in order to really use work envelope ...

I think that the .. • I strongly feel that these
present ... hand controllers ... are competely
unsatisfactory for suited work. And they're
easily .. • and I don't know what ... and I think
that's a matter for further investigation and I
know we didn't want to ... I'm wondering if it's
possible to make one adjustable ... here, you
know ... several screwdrivers.., individual little
... I would much - I would prefer much greater
activity in yaw. I - I'm saying that. I might
not like it once I got it because I may be getting -
putting yaw inputs every time I do a roll. But
•.. hand controller there because it's not very
easy to make a pure rotation hand controller input
without undesired and unwanted and um - unexpected
couplings.

021 03 09 50 PLT There's entirely too much eyeball tension required

on these controls ... where I was focusing my eyes
on the hand controllers and staring at it, fixing
my gaze on the hand controller and watching my
glove. In other words, the feedback route was
from the hand to the controller to my eye, instead
of from the hand to the controller to my eye out
into the environment to see what attitude change
is taking place• Or I could not depend upon some
kind of automatic response like you depend upon
in the co_ud module or in a regular spacecraft.
And this - this really _m-kes it difficult to fly .•.

021 03 l0 36 PLT Okay, now based upon what I saw today and my ex-
perience, I would say that the machine has still
got such enormous capabilities translating from
point A to B, and it has Just about any degree
of fineness of attitude controls you want to get,
assllm_ng that you have a rotation hand control
that will permit you to do that easily and over
a long period of time without undue steam. It
is not, repeat, not a work platform, and in its -
at least in its present form and I don't see
how you could make it work.

021 03 ll 16 PLT As to the docking capability ... -

021 03 22 22 PLT Okay, this is the PLT contin_ng. I got cut off
by ground there. I don't know how much we lost.
 30_I

Hmm, let's see; I guess we were talking about

using the AS_ for the - in a work situation
where you're trying to do a task involving
physical dexterity and limb motion. And I was
saying that I did not think that, at least with
the ASMU flying free, that that was any way to
do it - amy task. I do not think it's a feasible,
viable operation, certainly very, very exorbi-
taut in expending fuel. And that I feel like
that AS - AS_JJ is going to have some kind of dock-
ing capability, attaching capability, some kind
of grasping arms, or whatever - I don't know
what. And of course, I don't see how this is uni-
versally applicable to say different types of
satellites, especially if they're of a delicate
nature.

021 03 23 28 PLT And maybe some attention has to be given to some

kind of universal attach - fittings say that come •
out of the side of the ASMU and articulate for-
ward in some manner. And again, I'd say, if you
Go something, you know, something like this that
there would act_lally be some kind of built-in
flexibility to the system like I was mentioning
earlier. That the arms - I feel like that the
arms of the ASMU, I've _1_eady mentioned the
fact they don't ex - they don't have enough ad-
Justing capability in length for me. At least
I would like to try at a longer length.

021 03 24 05 PLT And what you do is you - you build a unit like
this that ha - has only, say, one degree of free-
dom, like the arms, and then you ro - you rob
yourself of flexibility. And so if you do de -
if you do in the future attach some kind of fix-
tures on the side of the ASMU that came out and
were designed to to receive the different types
of attaching fixtures, as - and that is the dif-
ferent types of pieces of hardware for grasping,
holding satellites, solar panels, attennas,
et cetera, et cetera, et cetera; then - then a lot
of thought ought to be given to making those as
flexible and with as much growth potential as
possible. And extension capability, maybe by
Just going out say on the order of 10's or 20's
of feet and that sort of thing - bands, belts, I
don't know. I - I flat don't know.
3042

021 03 25 02 PLT And I - I think you try to nail yourself down

to one type of docking fixture and the - the
first thing you're going to want to work on ain't
going to have that receptacle. You can almost
guarantee it. Until - You're going to go right
back to square l; so I would say you - you're
thinking in this direction and if that's the pur-
pose of this, then an awful lot of brain-storming
ought to be given to designing some kind of arms
on this thing or extendable devices which would
hug things, grasp things, strap onto things, and
for ferric - ferrous metals which very few things
have - and magnets. I don't know. And I would
even give consideration to using bonding agents
of some kind, at least temporarily and then have
detachable pods. In other words, you'd go up and
stick these things on there and then you would
just cut these things off and leave them stick-
ing on there to that thing. I mean, if you can
realize the thing is that you - you - this thing
has probably got an awful lot of capability - if -
if the other equipment is proper.

021 03 26 08 PLT And I think that the doggone run today demonstrated --
to me that I Just felt very badly because I felt
like if - you know, if I had a better rotation
hand controller, I could of lived with the trans-
lation hand controller, I think, the way it was,
although I didn't think it was the best configu-
ration. But the rotation hand controller just
keeps me blood raw. And I Just didn't figure that
I was really giving the machine itself - the basic
guts of the machine - a good workout. And that
it's - with those CMGs and RATE GYRO and all that
logic in there Just going to waste because you
got some guy with his wrist bent 90 degrees
trying to fly with some 1916 hand controller. And
it's Just too bad that you had to get stuck with
that thing. I think they really burned you on
this, and that's why I'm trying to be overly
optimistic about the capability.

021 03 26 54 PLT Okay, but back to the docking thing and so, I -
you know, I'm sure that somebody's going to come
up with some suggestion if they haven't already
for some kind of universal ball Joint or some
 3O43

probe and drogue or unit-type thing that will work,

and every satellite that's launched after 1985
will have one of them and so forth, and not -
that sort of thing. Well, that's great. So that
you can go up and attach to this thing but then -
then, of course, immediately the problem comes
over where do you put the thing, you know, be-
cause where are you going to work on it. And,
well, it could go wrong in several different
places. You might want to go over here and - and
rap on this box with a ha_mer over here or this
and that and the other.

021 03 27 36 PLT Well, some of these things could be possibly

could be done from a free mode, but I'm convinced
that the best way to go, if you had the capability,
would be to fly over, glue yourself on to that
thing by whatever means possible and then get
out of the ASMU, physically out of it, and go
over and do the hand - do the work, using hand-
rails and tethers, and then get back into the
ASM_. And I know that's probably raising the
hair on the back of your neck because getting
- in and out of this thing is a two-m_u operation.
And I guess what I'm saying is it ought to be
made a one-man operation. And I don't know how.

021 03 28 15 PLT Okay, let's see now, because those are the - some
of the thoughts that occurred to me in trying to
envision how to - the ultimate role of this
machine. I don't th_nk that this is to be - this
would - is a usable machine on your own space-
craft. I still think nmhilical, tethers, foot
restraints, and handholds are the way to go on
your own vehicle. And I think that the - the
thing is basically a transportation system. And
in order to make it usable as a work platform, the
thing has got to be grossly modified.

021 03 28 54 PLT And let's see; there were some other points that
I wanted to ma_e. Oh, yes; I mentioned this to
Dave [sic] Whitsett once, and I've given it some more
thought. And the more I think about it and the
more difficulty I have with this rotation hand
controller and the more blanks I draw in trying
to suggest a viable alternative, I keep coming
back to this idea. As oppo - Can you envision
304_

a - a suit glove with some kind of simple electrical

connector, say down the back on the hand, the
karate-chop side of the hand. If you had a - a
selectrical connector there that came up into the
glove and permitted you to use the dexterity
that -that's available inside the suit with your
hand, in other words, in its simplest and crudest
form, you would have the hand controller inside
of the glove and be working the hand controller
with a free hand inside this - inside your suit
and the command would be given through this con-
nection into the arm of the ASMU. Now, obviously -
say, well, once you get all that hardware in
there, how's a guy going to do anything with
his hand? And the answer to that question is, I
don't know. It's possible to have possibly a
vestigial organ-type offshoot so that you could
actually put your hand in that glove or withdraw
your arm into the suit a little ways and put it
into another.

021 03 30 34 PLT Now this is all pretty far-fetched, I agree, but

the idea of being able to move - control the in-
put with - with a free hand, which would - A guy
can, order of magnitude, incre_e in dexterity
and - is very attractive to me. Now how the thing
is mechanized, I don't know. What I just proposed,
obviously, is ludicrous. I mean you're not going
to have this sort of thing, but I think that there
may be a way of taking advantage of that. And
the T020 is an attempt to relieve that problem,
to - to transfer the task over to other limbs.
And I don't think that's a way to go either. But
I think that if we turn that - unless we get
better suits, I don't see how you can ma_e it all
that much better. You're still going to fight
this problem of dexterity in finer control, and
it may be that you can come up with a hand con-
troller that completely alleviates the need for
any - anything as ridiculous as I Just proposed,
that is, having the ha_d controller inside the
glove or the suit.

021 03 31 41 PLT But that concept to me, is very attractive be-

cause of the fatigue and the dexterity problems
involved in using the rotation hand controller
in particular, and also translation hand controller.
 3045

021 03 31 51 PLT Okay, let me see. The harness, as far as getting

in and so forth, looks llke another piece of cake.
As far as selfdonnlng is concerned, boy, I don't
know. I - I think that considerable attention
should be given to self-donning, and I know you
probably have grave and serious flashbacks to
Gemini times when you - when you hear that
mentioned. But I think the thing of the problem
is going to crop up again, and I think that self-
donning and docking of ASMU in a hard vacuum
would be - really increase the - the capability
and flexibility in the requirement for this type
of vehicle. And that goes back to what I was
saying about this being a transportation system
and not a work platform.

021 03 32 42 PLT See some other things that - One of the things
that's very confusing to me about this machine
is the tilt - the contim_a] tilting and rotating
and spinning and flopping around of this thing
you do when you servicing - I - I tell you, I -
Even in zero g, it's a one-arm paperhanger con-
test reaching around, turning switches off, and
a]] this and that and the other,and all this
folderol and I - I think that that's of course
I know that's partly due to the fact that this
is a test or research type for a vehicle. But,
boy! Don't let that perpetuate.

021 03 33 22 PLT I think that we got too many controls located in

too many ver - diverse and remote positions. And
I tell you, I think it's actually a safety problem
because when you're changing a battery to PSS,
you're turning off the CMGs and the ma_n power
and you are p_I] ing circuit breakers; and you're
disconnecting instrumentation cables, and then you
turn the power back on, putting that external
power in, make sure the CMGs don't run down, and,
man, I 'm telling you; you - We're _mning around
like a one-armed paperhanger. And so, Jerry and
I know I - I look like a - a refugee from a Mack
Sennett comedy the other day there trying to do all
this and so forth. And Jerry felt the same way
today. And we both mentioned the fact that we
Just felt completely ridiculous. We felt like
we were Just ricocheting off the walls of the
spacecraft doing all this. And part of it was
due to the - to the - shoot l - rather elaborate
 30_6

procedure when you consider the moving around

that's done, the translating of the operator
as it is the observer. He's Jumping over this
way and that w_7 and behind and underneath and
turning this off and turning that off and turning
this on and that on and all that folderol, and
I think that what - what - Really what I'm lead-
ing up to is, I'd like to have all that service
and controls facing you in one place.

021 03 3h 42 PLT And you'd be able to do that whole thing and prefer-
ably from the front of the thing. Well, of course,
I don't think that's possible because of the pro -
probably location for propellant tanks and so
forth in the future anyway. But, anyway, that-
that to me was a major drawback to a smooth run,
at least from - from our standpoint. And the
trouble is, I know you - you - you - one way you
m-ke the point is this - this is a test vehicle.
But doggone it, I have seen time and time and time
again where it's like the COWlmth that finally
led into the main street of the - of the city
which - it was Just as crooked as it was when
it was a cowpath. And the same thing applies
here, in that, even though the - the - through-
out this -well, we did it this way because it
was a test vehicle and that it was sort of an
expedient - these things - these things tend to
perpetuate and they will Just - they will -
they - This is the way they did it then; it must
be good then if it's good now - and it'll be
good now and then you Just keep on doing it that
way. But I think it would be very, very good for
having all the servicing controls, connections
and everything right in one small - very small
circle so that you don't have to reach around
and so forth.

021 03 35 52 PLT Okay, the - oh, I can't; I think I'm about to run
out of gas here and I'll be Just as happy. Let
me see if I can recall anything else. The um-
bilical causes a problem a couple of times.

PLT I'll be perfectly frank; that umbilical did not

cause anywhere close to the problem that I thought
it was going to. I was quite pleasantly surprised,
and, at the same time, I know that thing is put-
ting torques into us. The other day when Jerry
 30_7

flew I could - I thought he was doing - you know,

I Just thought his ,,m_ilical wasn't causing him
any problems at all, and some of those coupling
report - some of those crosscouplings that I
was reporting, I'm almost positive were due to
that umbilical, because, boy, Just a tiny little
external torque really square waves that whole
system. And you could tell that because when
I was pushing off - doing a pushoff maneuver, I
was pushing at what I would estimate about
2 to 3 pounds at the most force and sustained
push like that with the hand maybe - more - I
guess maybe even more than that. It Just doesn't
take much at all to move this thing. That um-
bilical's probably affecting it, but I did not
notice any adverse effects from it although I
did get an awful lot of attitude excursions that
I was not expecting and I attributed, I would say,
80 percent of that to operator - incorrect oper-
ator - incorrect operator input. In other words,
an undesired input into the hand controller.

021 03 37 32 PLT Oh - Oh yes, I - I've talked about the data mark

button and I don't think that's the right place to
put that thing. And the fact that - If you're
going to have the data mark button, then it prob-
ably end up being the mike button so it's still -
the point is still valid even though this is - you
might Just say this is a research vehicle and we
won't have a data pushbutton on the real item.
Well, you're going to have buttons on there, I
can guarantee you.

021 03 37 55 PLT Lighting: One might give thought to the type of

lighting that you would want on the ASMU. Mirror,
some type of mirror, tool fixtures and receptacles
on the - on the vehicle. We - we don't have a
receptacle for holding the tools, the myriad of
sort of garden variety ad hoc manufactured things
that we didn't get to use on this mission and that
I know have been used on previous missions. We
had no place on the AS_J to stow tools; that should
be a consideration. I mentioned the lighting.

021 03 38 38 PLT So you need lighting - not only do you need to

light your work area; you need to light your
instxn_m_nts. And I don't think there's any prob-
lem there because we're always flying in a lighted
30h8 _-_

environment but the side consideration is be-

cause you need more power paths down that thing.
Let's see - And another thing that occurred to
me is the - in the area of - of this type of
work and that is a type of light signaling
device. If they had two guys out in - in these
things and they couldn't commlmicate - now again
this is conceiving second order failure so I'm
not going to tell you - But anything - anyway I
was thinking there may be a consideration given
in the future to incorporating a - at least one
control on this thing that was perhaps more or
less out of the way but easy to reach, which
would enable you to send a Morse code on a flasher
or something like that. Or maybe we'd have us
six or seven basic signals, mounted, say on a
segmented circle or sort of a semaphore, poor
man's semaphore of some type to - to signal
another operator.

021 03 39 58 PLT Of course those circles, I bet, are not too good
because of the orientation ambiguity. But any-
way, I think that's a consideration to be given
to - to future designs. The tool stowage tank,
now I think is a very important consideration
because it's going to affect c.g. and a lot of
other things, and it should be very flexible.
Restraint - restraint of the tools, ease of
deployment but - and ease of replacement and
security of tiedown, that sort of thing. And
manipulators I'm sure that you've given thought
to, hut manual manipulators, some kind of things
like that - this old "2001" bit.

021 03 40 41 PLT Okay - Okay I'm - I thi_ I've Just about run out
of steam here. I wanted - The reason I'm sort
of pausing is because I think - I was thinking
there's another thing that I wanted to talk about.
And I was thinking that something might occur to
me if I - I Just wait, because I thought I had
a couple of more ideas that may be applicable.

021 03 41 15 PLT Oh yes, mirrors - the rear view mirrors. I think

they might be advisable. Now I know they're
limited in use but if you had something up by
your head - now, I know, flying fighters, I use
them all the time. I like - Boy, I tell you,
 30_9

using the mirrors on the - they could give you

a - a good view out the back of - of a fighter.
I use them a lot and I think those - those would
be useful and give - give you a lot more flexi-
bility, of course, in seeing what's going on.
And I'm sure that the different types of propel-
lant systems have all been hashed to death. And
I am wondering if gas is the way to go and I'm
sure that there's a lot I don't know about gas
as far as feasibility studies and that sort of
thing.

021 03 42 19 PLT Okay, all in all, it was a very interesting run,

but it's also very tiring and sort of a frustrat-
ing exercise in some - some respects. But
the - the tasks - some of those tasks were - were
very, very difficult and an extreme test. As
far as I'm concerned, you're in for a follow -
followup, operating without the ASMU and I was
thinking about the fireman's pole and the donning
of the foot restraints, in particular. Be happy
to, of course, give my four debriefing talks at
length. I think the - the concept is - is a - a
r valid concept. I think that if - if this is going
to be pursued, it has to be given a good - good
support. Can't cut corners like using old hand
controllers like you've been forced to do in the
past. And that - One thing, of course, is always
going to bug you and that is that every operator
is going to have his own idea of how it ought to
be done, and, man, how - how you face that prob-
lem I don't know.

021 03 43 28 PLT PLT out.

021 03 50 42 PLT This is PLT with a footnote to the M509 debrief-

ing. One of the things that goes along with
the suggestion regarding a place to carry tools
would be an equipment pallet. What brought this
to mind was the - the attempt to carry the fire-
man's pole and this old handhold and also attemp-
ting to carry Jerry around as sort of a bogus
rescue. They impressed upon me the desirability
to having accessibility to some volume on the
ASMD in which to carry things. Now the tool is
one thing. One of the other things, of course,
that comes to mind is carrying replacement elec-
tronic modules or some other device; in other
f -
3050

words, some kind of equipment.

021 03 51 47 PLT But the problem is, the only - the only volume
that's easily accessible to the arm is the volume
in front of the chest and very slightly to the
right, which brings to mind possibly some way of
augmen - augmenting this and having a pallet
that's - perhaps is on the back of the ASMU that
rotates around and comes down and presents the
object down in front of your face; this sort of
thing. But once again this complicates the
vehicle and so forth. But at least, I - I - I
feel like that there does have to be a capability
on the ASMU for a more or less standardized access
like for tools and then for - access for a more -
for nonstandard items llke different types of
modules and components replacement. Or Just have
some kind of equipment that you - that you need
to carry around.

021 03 52 50 PLT PLT out.

TIME
SKIP

021 ii 17 18 SPT SPT at ii:30 - ii:17. PRD readings: 40858,

23476, 38632.

021 ii 17 36 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

021 12 55 54 SPT SPT at 12:02 [sic].

021 12 56 16 aPT Debriefing - or SPT at 12:56, debriefing the ATM

pass which began at 12:02. Building block IA, 1B,
and 32 were all accomplished straightforward and
the information on the VTR. I put there - oh, in
addition to the white light coronagraph and XUV
monitor also a short look at H-ALPHA l, showing
what the resolution is first thing in the morning,
and that can be compared with what I put on last
night to show the resolution and how it has degraded
throughout the day. I'd like to go ahead and put
another sample on later this evening.
 3051

021 12 57 13 SPT I didn't have much time for observation. I did

go over and look above the limb and was able to
find oxygen VI counts of around 150 in two dif-
ferent locations, one above active region 16.
That was at the - near the slit tangent to the
limb - or parallel, I should say. A ROLL of 8183
and another one at 9257, which is not anywhere near
active region 16; so think what I'll do is work
one above the limb at 16 and then go on over and
take a look at the second one if I have time.
That's for any later observing time I have today.

021 12 57 58 SPT SPT out.

021 13 08 50 PLT Now for the TV people, what we're trying to do here
is record the effects of the trim burn. We've
noticed on the previous trim burns - now these are
seas i thrusting maneuvers m-de by the co-,hand/
service module - we've noticed on previous thrusting
m_neuvers that even 400 pounds of thrust on a
200,000-pound vehicle causes objects to move
around because of the acceleration. Now if I have
an object here floating loosely in space and the
- vehicle starts moving - Well_ no force is being
applied to the ball yet; it's floating freely; so
it will move relative to the spacecraft.

CC ...

021 13 09 39 PLT Now in about 2 minutes, we will per - perform one

of these thrusting maneuvers. Commander Jerry Carr
is in the command module now preparing for this
thrusting maneuver. It maybe of interest to
discuss the reason for this m_ueuver. The maneuver
is performed to make fine adjustments in the orbit
of the Skylab in order to preserve a rather pre-
cise orbit. Now this is important so that we
have - that we can execute repetitive groundtrack
paths and - for the purposes of recording informa-
tion over the same area of the Earth over a long
period of time, several days apart. So let's start
off this way -

021 13 i0 35 PLT Hi, I'm the PLT on Skylab and what we would like
to do today is show you the effect of acceleration
on objects in space. We have our command module
3052

docked to the front of this workshop. This is

our transportation system up to the workshop,
Skylab, and back down to Earth which we hope to use
in a few weeks to come home. Co--,_uder Jerry Carr
is in the co-,,A_d module now, and he's preparing
in about 1 minute to perform a thrusting mAueuver
with four Rm_S1 Jets in the comm-nd module. They're
100-pound thrust Jets and they are used to make
very small and precise adjustments to the orbit
of Skylab. And this is to preserve the groundtrack
repetition capability.

021 13 ll 37 PLT Okay, I'm going to coordinate now with the crew
here and see Just exactly how far away from the
burn we are. And, of course, when the spacecraft
moves, these balls that are floating freely in
space will not move due to that thrust but they
will appear to move relative to the spacecraft
because the spacecraft is moving.

021 13 ll 55 SPT Time to go - 5 seconds.

021 13 ll 59 PLT 5 seconds to go.

021 13 12 02 PLT Okay, now you see the ball starting to move up.
And I'm going to move them back down again. They
should move up again.

CDR 8, 9, i0-

021 13 12 l0 PLT Okay, that's it. All right the thrusting maneuver
is over right new. I should be able to take the
balls and float them freely and steadily in space
again. And you see it is; they are floating. Okay,
that was only a 10-second demonstration, but it
does show you the effect of even a very, very
smut1 acceleration in circling dust, say, in a
spacecraft, which is no small problem. It would
be nice to manage particulates, that is floating -
floating particles and objects in - in - in - the
spacecraft by having some form of artificial
gravity. Well, of course we can't thrust all the
the time, but we can do the - the next best thing.

021 13 12 49 PLT We could rotate the entire spacecraft and have the
spacecraft extended on a long arm. And the co-m_n
configuration you often see is two spacecraft
located_ nn the ands -- oicposite emds of long arms,
 3053

in the whole - with the whole system being rotated

very slowly. Now rotations do cause some physio-
logical disturbances in the inner ear and can
cause symptoms. But if there - if the pl-nning
is proper, and we hope that we can obtain that
in fUture spacecrafts then we could induce a form
of artificial gravity which would cause the - or
give it the same effect that we - as we have on
the Earth.

021 13 13 31 PET So once again, we have the ball flo - froating -

floating freely in space in true weightlessness.
And the effect of the thrusting maneuver was very
short, but I think it was very dramatic because
you could see that all of the balls arrived at the
sRme time.

021 13 13 48 PLT So that's the end of our demonstration for artifi-

cial gravity.

021 13 13 52 PLT And the PLT from Skylab signing off.

TIME SKIP

021 14 34 19 SPT SPT at 14:34, ATM pass which began at 13:30.

Pass was nominal; building block 32, straight-
forward; building block 35, straightforward. I
put the H-ALPHA 2 crosshairs on relatively bright
plage and maximized at GRATING POSITION 200,
DETECTOR 3, which is looking at nitrogen III. I
saw the maximum to be on the eastern part of the
plage. There are essentially two segments to the
plage running north-south, and I maximized on
the eastern one on the western edge of that plage,
and figured we might well get a little extra
GRATING, AUTO SCAN data while we're moving be-
tween grating positions. I did all the GRATING
POSITIONs besides 55.

021 14 36 08 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Honeysuckle Creek

for 5-1/2 minutes, starting out with a data/voice
tape recorder dump overhead. Over.

021 14 36 33 SPT And we did all of the grating positions and

another one half of a grating - or another one
305_

half of a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at 772, Just to

let you to take a look at neon Vll a little bit
better and you could also see the difference in
the other detectors. We didn't have much time,
so I thought it was worthwhile Just going to a
nearby one, which that certainly was, and although
nearly the same. But I know those positions
yield a little bit differently for different de-
tectors. Got only halfway through that before
400 K. 56 received SINGLE FRAME, 4, lO minutes.
SINGLE FRAME, 5, i0 minutes, and SINGLE FRAME, 2
for7 minutes. 54 received essentially 3-1/2
of their sequences. I got a little slowed down
by the AT_ conference at the beginning, or we
probably would have finished it all up.

021 14 37 29 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

021 15 58 48 SPT SPT at 15:59. ATM ops; orbit which began at

15:07. Essentially it was run as specified.
55, MLS for the entire building block, 35 and
right on to - to 40 K. If - The coordinates
which I used last orbit in this are minus 10,
728 for ROLL, plus 238 for UP/DONN, and LEFT/RIGHT
of minus 294. The ROLL was not 1080 because after
I had adjusted it to 1080, it started the sequence
from the previous orbit. Ground made a nu Z up-
date. I did not try to correct for solar rota-
tion. I used the same pointing for the two or-
bits, as I will the next. S054, did not receive
an entire sequence of 4, but something over 3.
S056 received some SINGLE FRAMES, SINGLE FRAME,
4 and 5 and l, each for ll minutes, SINGLE FRAME,
2 for 8 minutes.

021 16 O0 32 SPT SPT out.

021 16 12 33 CDR This is the CDR at 16:07 Zulu. I owe you some
briefings on handheld observations. Last night
at 00:30, I took some Nikon 300 pictures of ice
packs and plumes in the big bay there at Sakhalin
Island - the Sakalin [sic], Sokalin [sic] - I
 3055

don't know what the proper pronunciation is

there - however, were taken at 03:00 Zulu on
day 021 of the year Charlie X-ray 41, frames 5
through 3, at 5.6, i/i000. Ice packs and plumes
in the bay, the large hay near Sakbalin Island.
03:01, I got frames 2 and 1 of HH55-9, in the
Kuril Islands. The Tiet - Tiatia [p], or what-
ever it is, volcano. Same settings.

021 16 13 33 CDR Okay, then today at 15:36 with the last frame
left of Charlie X-ray 41, at 4.5, i/i000 I got a
picture of Lake Faguibine in the Nigerian inland
delta. I noticed today the lake coloring, that
most of the lakes were a darker green. One of
the larger lakes had the lighter green in it.
But most of the interdunal lakes now, looks like
they've got some rain there. And the interdunal
lakes now look like a very chalky green. And
they look rather peculiar. I guess that's an
indication of a lot of algae and everything in
the lake.

CDR At 15:36 also I took some Hasselblads of Lake

Fag - Faguibine, and these others, the inland
delta. These are frames number llh and ll5 of
Charlie X-ray 46, Hasselblad film, f/ll, 1/250.
Now going back.

021 16 14 39 CDR At 13:57, I got pictures of oil fires in the

Algerian desert. This is the same area that I
took pictures of before. This time the wind was
blowing from the northeast. And that same
airfield is there, is available to be seen. The
frame number is 103, f/ll plus 1/250. Then
shortly after that, I took more frames of the
sand dunes of HH68, frames 10b and 105. At
13:59 I got two more films - frames of sand
dunes, along with the red stain. In these sand
dunes is this red stain that seems to be mixed
in with the sand dunes, llke a deeper colored
red has blown in there are east of HH68, and
this was frames number 106 and 107.

021 16 15 36 CDR Then in the country of Chad at 14:02, frames 108

is a pretty graphic picture of wind erosion.
And at 14:02 I swung up to the northeast from
this area, also in Chad. And I noticed a rather
red and yellow color_ it's a rather
3O56

cellular-looking coloration. The - The boundar-

ies of the cells would be the yellow; the red
would be the cells themselves. And I thought
that was a pretty striking picture. And that
was taken at 14:02 on frame number 109. Again,
it was f/ll, 1/250. Then - Standby - Okay,
then at 15:32, this was the next pass over
Africa, I got a picture of island wake in the
Canaries Islands. And that was frame number ll0
taken at f/ll, 1/250. And then lll through ll3
is an area of sand dunes in the Spanish Sahara
and that was taken at 15:32, f/ll, 1/250. And
then at 15:36 is the - the Niger River inland
delta, Lake Faguibine pictures that I mentioned
earlier.

021 16 16 55 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

021 17 02 20 SPT SPT at 17:04; subject, handheld photos. I'll

start off with the one on the Hudson Bay, ice.
Mag CX26 taken at 16:52, f/16, 100-millimeter,
1/250 of a second. And here the ice was taken -
a shot of the ice over Hudson Bay was taken
because of the availability and the fact that we
see it, at our particular attitude, several times
a day. I know it's not included as a - a handheld
photo option, but the fact that we do get such
repetitive data on it, and that it is usually wide
open - at least it has been for the past several
days, makes it something useful to follow. We
did give you a shot of that yesterday. We wanted
to get a good shot of the southwestern shoreline
and the ice had then moved off that shoreline and
there were - at least, the wing - wind was going
out into the major block of ice of the day.
Apparently the wind had kept it offshore. That
was the frame ll6. Gulf of St. Lawrence was also
sort of wide open and we got some good shots of
that; that's HH45, taken at 16:57, mag CX_6,
frames ll7 to 121, f/16, 100-millimeter, 1/250.

021 17 06 29 SPT The ice there was sort of fragmented, Just about
the same as I saw it yesterday. But in - in terms
of the size of the fragments and so forth, and it
had gone a little out some from where I saw it
yesterday - at least that was the appearance it
 3057

gave me - into about the middle of the gulf, with

the edge ran from Newfoundland on over to - oh,
I guess, somewhere around approximately Prince
Edward Island.

021 17 07 08 SPT Actllally the edge of it was not straight. It

tended to bow in; the bow going toward the west.
And the westward edge of the river of St. Lawrence,
that is, as it gets wider up there toward the -
towards the mouth - towards the Anticosti Island,
and also the - I should say the eastern edge -
westward edge of that river and also the eastern
edge of the island may not have any ice in contact
with them because of the winds from the west, at
least that's the appearance it gives. Think now
the ice is a little more broken up and moved a
little further out than I saw it yesterday. Last -
one last shot was taken also on mag CX46 at 16:59,
frame n1_,_er 122, ii plus a stop - a half stop,
lO0-millimeter, 1/250 of a second that was of a
area in which there were 12 Mnard cells and they
were exceptionally small ones transitioning into
fairly large ones. They were not open cells.
They were closed all the way: And I thought that
the transitionbetween the two was interesting
because there is certainly not a single scale for
a closed B4nard cells or single characteristic
length, but rather a wide range would be considered,
and I think this shows the transition between the
two. The closed one would be more to the west -
more to the - the s_aller ones more to the east
and the larger ones to the west. And the wind is -
winds was from the west. It was off the - -

CDR Hey, Ed ... 400 K, is it?

SPT - - eastern edge of Newfoundland and Gulf of St.

Lawrence.

021 17 09 26 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

021 17 36 18 CDR This is the CDR at 17:36 Zulu, debriefing the

16:40 ATMpass. Didn't do too well for you on
J0P 6 today. The first J0P 6 at the beginning
 3O58 -_

which was supposed to have been at minus 5400, I

gave it to you at minus 10,728 ROLL, and then at
the end, I believe what was on the pad would have
said 17:37, or 250 K. Apparently the computer
decided differently and I started the building
block 6 - the building block 32 again at 17:3_
and a half, and with about 20 seconds to go, we
got a = a shift over from night - day to night
on the computer and - or by the computer and it
closed the doors on us. So the upshot is, I Just
didn't give you anything for building block 32
except - anything at the right ROLL, I should say.
Okay, building block 23 went without problems; I
got all the 56 work done. I got all of the 55 work
done and the building - and the - and the S054.
I got the first three full sequences completed,
and we got 21 frames of the last sequence completed
before we ran out of time. Did not get a chance
to do any looking in either XUV MON or the WHITE
LIGHT CORONAGRAPH. I don't have any other comments
to make.

021 17 38 05 CDR CDR out.

021 17 42 21 SPT Hello, this is the friendly SPT here, your rice
farmer, ED61. Frames on CI15 were frame 26, 27,
28, 29, and 30. We used five of them today. And
I believe I got most of the major root systems
photographed. Okay, let's start up in compart-
ment number l, where the real interesting little
fellow is. Seed Alfa.

SPT Friendly seed Alpha has got a root growing out

of it, at long last, that goes to the inside wall,
bounces off that, and comes down to the lower
front left-hand corner. Here's a root here. See
it? White, all the white. Seed Bravo is the
big performer and the agar here is a little bit
cloudier than I've seen it. And I'm not sure
whether it's due to plants or what. But it is a
little bit cloudier and harder to see. And I'm
using a flashlight here to ill1_nate it.

021 17 44 51 SPT Okay. And seed Bravo, which is the big performer
got a couple - a root and a - Let's see, and a
stem coming out of it, which goes, both of them,
toward the front of the stem. When it gets to the
front, it turns green and m_es a whifferdill,
 3O59

comes up to the top right hand, goes to the top

left hand, and starts back towards the center and
then starts towards the back again. Thereupon
it turns white again at about half an inch from
the front - the - also is a stem, must be coming
seed 1 or seed - I'm sorry, seed Alfa. And that
is coming up to the front and that turns green
also. So it's got a lot of greenery up there in
the two stems from seed Alfa and Bravo in the
front. And I might mention that the only greenery
I see anywhere - 2 has nothing and Charlie A1 -
and I Alfa has nothing; no growth was split.
Very small amount of growth in allthree seeds
in compartment - compartment 3. They all are
curlicue-type things. They don't look like roots -
they look more like stems, I guess. They're white -
not thin and hairy. Very substantial; the bottom
one has got three of them coming out that branch
off from a single one. Right at the very bottom.
And - and also there's a root coming out of seed
Bravo or seed Charlie. And that root comes toward
the front, toward the light, believe it or not,
and the stems Just kind of mill around there in
the back. A_lfa stem is one seed length long,
Bravo is two seed lengths and Charlie's got three
stems each around two seed lengths - two seed
lengths. Okay, seed - Compartment _ is the
big performer there and Alfa has done nothing.
Bravo has grown so much that it's pushed itself
over to the bottom - pushed itself over into the
space _here seed Charlie was. And looks like we
have all roots coming out of that one. Well,
I shouldn't be so quick to say that. Let me take
a quick look here. Yes, they all are roots.
They're all hairy. They're all hairy and thin
and there are l, 2, 3, 4, 5, coming out of there;
all fairly long ones, one to two compartments
lengths. And I will not try to go into painstaking
detail on where they all go. But they come from
the back and generally go towards the top right-
hand side and one's strong - one goes to the top
left-hand side and then back down around the wall
towards the back. And I see no stems at all out
of that one. I'm not sure whether it's the fact
that there's no light, or what the problem is.
Every one of those tenacles is thin, white, hairy.
 I

306O

021 17 48 49 SPT Okay, compartment 5, Alfa, Bravo, both have stems -

around 3 --

CC ... we've got a couple of changes for the SPT.

021 17 49 27 SPT Tell them I'm recording. I'll get them later.
Okay. Alfa, Bravo both have stems coming out of
them. They are not thin, hairy; they are white
and relatively thick, about three seed lengths
long, each one of them curled at the end. The
top on that - Alfa goes to the top and then over
towards the front; the other one goes toward the
left-hand side and then the end curls toward the
front again. So in both of those, the ends curl
towards the front; that is, towards, the light.
Let me see if I look up again. Well, I can't say
that about compartment 3. Thought maybe we had
something there. Okay, the other big performer
over here is in compartment 6. And we have got
Alfa, no growth; Charlie, no growth; but Bravo
has got roots and stem coming out of it. Stems
going up towards the top and front but never makes
it to the front, turns around and goes back
towards the - the back again. The roots - some
of the roots go toward - go toward the front.
There is a stem that goes up to the front, right-
hand side then up towards the top and stops. Got
a root - Let's see three roots coming out of that
thing. One from- goes to the bottom front right,
one to the bottom back rlght, and one - very
short one, Just coming out, going to the - towards
the back left, best I can see. No, it doesn't
even do that. Tell you what, let me - let me
Just make that two root structures. That third
one was really part of the - the second one I
mentioned. Okay, then we got three stems coming
out of that, at least one, no, three, four seed
lengths long, goes out the back, curls around
towards the back. Then some long ones that come
out. And I can't see a source of one of them but
it's - it's the back, up right-hand corner and
makes some whifferdills around in there and then
finally winds it way up along the right, upside -
right top side and finally gets up towards the
front. But it's not quite looking at the light,
because there is an edge in there which obscures
the light. So it's still not looking at light
up front.
I 3061

021 17 52 47 CC Skylab, Ascension 1 minute to LOS, next station

_21 17 52 51 SPT Okay, compartment 7, seed Alfa, only one. It's

got one root going to the back and one stem -
maybe it's two really coming out of there. About
two seed lengths long, curled and generally Just
going to the left-hand side. Compartment 8, it's
got one coming out, seed Bravo, coming out the
right-hand side, about a half seed length long,
that's all. Okay, now let's express some general
overall assessments. Increase in green growth
in any plant and, of course, the _ I tell you
that the one in compartment 1 has got more green
growth, and that's the one that receives the most
light; so that's making sense.

sPT Now - now is t[%ere any comment on growth or

direction? We've got kind of a - to me, it
, looks random,firsthand. Let me Just try to make
some sort of an assessment and then look at one
right after the other. No, I sure can't say that.
We've got roots going in toward the front. We've
got them going toward the back. I can't see
any real preference for one over the other; we
got stems going towards the front and some towards
the back. Now, the front- there might be a
threshold for sensing the light and compartment 1
certainly has sensed it. And now let's Just
see what that seed - that stem does.

021 17 54 49 SPT Here's kind of a critical little test. We've got

the one stem which is very long, and in the front
and is green. Now it has started to turn back
and is around - going towards the - the upper
right-hand corner and going back towards the
top rlght-hand corner, and it's about a quarter
to the compartment depth back. Now it knows
where the light is. We'll see whether it turns
around. And that'll be an interesting thing to
watch in the next couple of days. Again that's
only one test case. I think when you're -
decide you've had enough, we either - I guess we
could keep this thing looking at the light, but
I'd be all for exposing it to a little higher
light level, and have controls, of course. We
can continue the - the readings, make a step
function change in the light level, whichever
 I
3062 _

compar_menz is see and accelerate this whole

painful process. Starting to run out of time.
You really probably have no more than another
2 weeks to look at this before we get deactivation
and l'm afraid we'll be off of educational experi-
ments. So l'd be all for accelerating what we
can learn out of this thing, l'm sure we can
give you a factor of 4 more light at least and -
and measure it.

021 17 56 07 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

021 18 43 00 CDR Lake Michigan looks like it's probably Just a

little north ... -

021 18 h3 13 CDR - ... lighter green circulation pattern ... -

021 18 h3 26 CDR - ... and we're saying this saved on time ... -

021 18 h3 38 CDR .... was taken on an f-stop of 8, 300-millimeter

lens, i/i000.

021 18 43 43 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

021 19 02 49 SPT SPT at 19:03, ATM pass which began at 18:1_.

First started out the pass with the building
block 32 and noticed that the part of the -
diffused part of the corona, which was fairly
wide in extent - that's 120 to I00 - was completely
missing and only a very faint streamer was - was
faint and narrow streamer was there in its place.
I did not have the orbit before this. I - I don't
recall looking at the corona in the orbit before
that one, that is, two orbits back, it had not
changed.

SPT Secondly, we started on building block 35, which

called for the exact same coordinates logged.
And when we started out first thing this morning
rather than pointing H-ALPHA I, I pointed H-ALPHA 2

r __
 3O63

and called that out because we were not operating

82B. And that one allowed us to center up the
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER in H-ALPHA 2. So we started
out with the exact coordinates we had before, and,
of course, the mini-MAR was not looking at the
active region that - I'm not sure even whether
this was intentional or not, which I didn't
believe it was. So I wanted to verify it with
ground as we were in ground contact and we did,
and then change the pointing. We also had a nav
update which changed our rate out of our roll.

021 19 04 36 SPT So after the first sequence of- on S054 where

we had gathered 14 mirro - mini-MARs on 55, a
little above the active region and a SINGLE FRAME,
4 for 12 minutes on 56. When those two were
completed, we then changed the pointing. And I
put H-ALPHA 1 on so that line 13 would go down
to Just about the bottom of the active region.
The new coordinates then were minus 10,738 in
ROLL; plus 138 in UP/DOWN; and minus h05 in
LEFT/RIGHT. I also put some LEFT/RIGHT in there
to account for the solar rotation. Now while I
was running this building block, apparently we had
a subnormal flare go off. And I - between
sequences here - was looking in the XUV monitor,
but not as diligently as perhaps I could have.
But I was also running these other experiments,
1-minute interval on 55 and changing 54 and 56
around.

021 19 05 48 SPT And the net result was that there was a brightening
over there in the XUV monitor which escaped me as
a point brightening. There was an active region
brightening like I saw yesterday and that was also
evident in H-alpha. And also in X-rays, there was
no per - noticeable rise in the IMAG_ INTENSITY
COUNT. And the PMEC was up, but at that time,
we were also going right through the start of the
South Atlantic anomaly. And the PMEC, therefore,
had the TONE light turned off, as there's no real
information where you can get one for anywhere
near the South Atlantic an_,aly. So that one
went undetected. And I think something of that
nature, which we don't have the X-ray alert for,
there's no way we can get it unless it's Just a
dedicated, f_11-time Job of looking in the XUV
monitor. However, I will admit I could have been

t_
3064

a little more diligent and spent a little less

time looking at the panel and a little more time
at the XUV monitor, but not so much, though, that
I could guarantee I would have picked it up with
these types of operation going on.

021 19 07 12 SPT SPT out.

021 19 07 35 SPT SPT back in again, with an addendum here. We

finished up then with another 23 truncated MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs on 55 down to line 13. 54 received
a 12-minute exposure on SINGLE FRAME - 56 received
a 12-minute exposure, SINGLEFRAME, 4; SINGLE
FRAME, 5; SINGLE FRAME, l; and a 6 minute on
SINGLE _, 2 for this orbit. 54 received then
over three sequences of M, S, I, L, 64. So that
both of the X-ray experiments were operating while
we had the subflare, but it - not in the high
data-take modes.

021 19 08 38 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

021 19 34 24 PLT PLT, at T-2, Delta 6 is reading 55.

021 19 36 24 CREW ...

021 19 36 36 SPT SPT at 18:36 [sic] reporting on malfunctions in

the transporter 08. Malfunction here was while
withdrawing the transporter from the televiewer
with the - the supply on the left-hand side and
the takeup on the right-hand side. I reached in,
put my hand around the transporter so that my thumb
was on the supply side, my fingers on the takeup
side, and pulled up and out. The net result was
that the cover on the takeup side rotated to the
unlocked position and that the cover came off for,
I would estimate, l-l/2 to 2 seconds before I
could close it again; so that there was some light
that slipped in there. Apparently, this thing
called a lock on here is not really a lock. It's
got an overeenter feel to it, but in no way is it
really a secure lock. There was no great force
applied when I was carrying the transporter from
 3065

the drawer. And this is a problem I have never -

never encountered before and never knew existed.
So what we had on there was some of the M509 runs
from yesterday. And my apologies to the M509 folks
if they lost any data; I'm not sure whether they
did or not. But at the same time, let me express
my opinion that I think it's a lousy piece of
gear that would allow that to happen. It was in
no way, in my mind, a procedural problem; it was
a hardware problem. That was again transporter 08,
with CI77 on the supply - I'm sorry, CI77 on the
takeup and CI81 on the supply.

021 19 38 46 SPT SPT out.

021 19 h8 h9 CDR Okay, let's start with the T minus i0 monitor

readings. Alfa 2 is 45; Alfa 3 is 86; Alfa h is 92,
high. That 's a little bit too high, should be
reading 86 max. Bill, are we on the secondary
' attenuator now?

PLT No, we don't have an attenuator installed.

CDR Okay. Good. Alfa 5 is h0 percent; Alfa 6 is 0;

Bravo 2 is 54; Bravo 3 is 79; Bravo 4 is 91, that's
high; Bravo 5 is 56; Bravo 6 is h9; Bravo 7 is 3h;
Bravo 8 is l; Bravo 9 is 58 percent; Charlie 2
is 57; Charlie 3 is 88; Charlie h is 5h; Charlie 5
is 83; Charlie 6 is h7; Charlie 7 is 50 percent;
Delta 2 is reading 68; Delta 3 is reading 82;
Delta 4 is reading hS; Delta 5 is reading 14;
Delta 6 is reading 55. Delta 7 is reading 10.

021 19 50 39 CDR S192, ALIGNMENT switch is 09'9"and the cover is

replaced. It hasn't been touched since yesterday.
S192, MODE to READY. READY light is out. DOOR
OPEN light is OPEN - or DOOR OPEN light - No,
DOOR OPEN switch to OPEN. Light is out. Looking
for a READY light in 60 seconds. DELTA TEMP, PRESS-
TO-TEST; and OVERTE)_, PRESS-TO-TEST on panel ll7
are both okay. S190, HEATER SWITCH OFF light is
off.

PLT The weather's bad. It's rain ...

CDR Yes, I heard that. M/ght get a look at Sand Springs,

though.
3066

PLT Yes, how about that.

CDR I heard that.

PLT Yes, I'ii get my old hometown.

CDR Might look up around Fayetteville, _I - Arkansas,

too, and see what you can see.

PLT Yes.

021 19 52 00 CDR Okay. The READY light for S192 Just came on.
The switch is going to MODE, CHECK. Okay, the
preoperation configuration. TAPE RECORDER, ON,
READY light, on.

CDR Okay, I did not do a tape recorder checkout in the

beginning of this thing, I don't believe, because
the POWER switch is ON. So I'm going to try it
now, but we're going to be running at a high speed.

021 19 52 43 CDR Okay, we got the TAPE MOTION. Well, we're in CHECK;
so we're okay there. Okay, 92 is ON; the READY
light is out; we're in CHECK; the DOOR is OPEN.
S191, the POWER is ON; the READY is on; the COOLER
is ON; the door is opened and taped. S190 is ON,
the READY light is out, we're in STANDBY, and the
door is open. 93 Romeo, STANDBY; READY, out;
SCATTERO_2ER is OFF; READY, out. ALTIMETER is
OFF; READY, out. 94 is ON and the READY light's
on. Preoperate configuration's complete. Waiting
for 19 :59 :00 for EREP, START.

PLT When does Ed turn the ETC on?

CDR Well, let's see. POWER, ON at 20:01.

SPT ...

PLT When does it go off?

CDR Goes to STANDBY at 03:30.

PLT Okay, you're not taking pictures then. How about

squeezing off one single when we got over Tulsa?
I'll give you a esll; if the weather is goo -
is the weather is good and everything.
 3067

SPT ...

PLT Okay.

021 19 58 _0 PLT Okay, there's Just solid cloud cover, Just as

advertised.

CDR Yes, 1 minute from EREP, START_ minute and 15.

PLT Man, we're really snakebit on the weather.

CDR Bill, we're going to want a VTS, AUTO CAL at 59:10.

PLT Okay.

CDR Okay, coming up on 59.

021 19 59 01 CDR MARK. EREP, START at 19:59. At lO, Bill? _, 3,

2,1-

021 19 59 l0 CDR/PLT MARK.

CDR VTS, AUTO CAL.

_ 021 19 59 12 CDR 19_, MODE to MANUAL.

CDR That ETC down there sounds like a rock crusher,

Ed.

SPT (Laughter) it does. I'ii give you another sample

here.

CDR Ah, that's neat.

SPT I'm not sure that's what it's doing. It may be - -

CDR One more minute and you can turn the POWER, ON.
Every time I hear that ETC, it sounds like a
lapidary rock polisher running.

PLT Yes. (Laughter) It 's actually chiseling out

tintype.

SPT That's why I always keep wondering how long it's

going to last. Converts big pieces of metal into
little ones.

CDR Right.

f
 3068

021 20 00 43 CO Skylab - -

CREW ...

CDR Go ahead, Bruce.

CC This is Houston. We're with you.

CDR Okay. That's half the fun of reducing the data,

Ed, is putting all the pieces back together. Okay,
coming up on 20:01:00. Stand by -

021 20 01 00 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER's ON - to STANDBY.

021 20 01 03 CDR ALTIM_'I'ER'sto STANDBY. ETC power should be ON,

Ed.

SPT Affirm.

CDR Okay. Next mark will be 01:40. Coming up on 01:40.

Stand by -

021 20 01 40 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER's ON. 01:50, looking for an S191,

READY light.

021 20 01 50 CDR MARK. READY light at 50.

021 20 01 52 CDR REFERENCE going to 6. 02:00's the next call.

Stand by -

021 20 02 00 CDR MARK. 192, READY.

021 20 02 03 CDR ErC should be AUTO.

SPT AUTO.

CDR 13 's the next mark. Stand by -

021 20 02 13 CDR MARK. 190, MODE to AUTO.

CDR Okay, that doggone TAPE MOTION light's flickering

again. I put those hubs on good and tight, too,
when I loaded that tape. On my mark, it'll be
03:00. Stand by -

021 20 03 00 CDR MARK. Went to MODE, CHECK on 192; the TAPE MOTION
light's on steady now. Just during that high-speed
work that the TAPE MOTION light does its flickering.
 3O69

SPT Got a good view of the Rockies as we come across

them.

PLT Yes, they're beautiful.

CDR Okay, next mark. It is 03:00 - correction, 03:30,

30. Stand by -

021 20 OB 00 CDR MARK it. SHUTPER SPEED is FAST; ETC to STANDBY.

CDR Next m_k 's at 04 :00.

CDR READY, stand by, 4 seconds to 04:00. Stand by -

021 20 04 00 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, STANDBY. 193 is going to a

ROLL of plus 30. On my mark, it'll be 04:12.
Stand by -

021 20 04 12 CDR MARK. 190, INTERVAL going to i0. ETC frames,

i0 FRAMES PER MINUTE. i0**e Okay. Next mark is
at 04:24. Stand by -

021 20 04 24 CDR MARK. SCATTER0_u'ER's ON.

021 20 04 26 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER 's ON. 04 :40's the next mark.
Stand by -

021 20 04 40 CDR MARK. S192, MODE to READY. Got a RECORDER MALF

light. And the TAPE MOTION light is flickering.
05:12's the next mark.

CC Jerry, it's looking beautiful.

SPT Very good, Houston. I think you can see the snow
cover on the Rockies. The snow really brings out
the relief.

SPT 0kay. We 're pretty much past them now. We 're

coming into some cirrus ... - -

CDR My next mark is 05:12. Stand by -

021 20 05 12 CDR MARK. POLARIZATION going to 4 on 193. Next mark

is coming up at 05:44. Stand by -

PLT Okay, cloud cover's _ starting to break up.

021 20 05 44 CDR MARK. 192 to MODE CHECK.

i
3O7O

CDR Okay, On my mark, it'll be 06:10, with an ETC

to STANDBY. Stand by -

021 20 06 i0 CDR MARK it.

SPT Stand by.

CDR Next mark's at 7 minutes.

CDR Okay, we're coming up on 7 minutes. 7 minutes on

my mark. Stand by -

021 20 07 00 CDR MARK. 193 POLARIZATION to l. At 07:10, the ETC

will go to AUTO. Stand by -

021 20 07 l0 CDR MARK it. Next mark at 07:55.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 07:55. Stand by -

021 20 07 55 CDR MARK. S190, INTERVAL going to 20; SHUTTER SPEED

to M_BIUM; ETC FRAMES, 4.8 PER MINUTE.

SPT Got it.

CDR Next mark 's at 09 :lb.

PLT I see the Eufaula Reservoir.

PLT Okay. That's 23.5, left 3.1.

CDR Well, did you find it, Bill?

PLT No.

CDR Son of a gun. Cloudy?

PLT Yes. At 54, 30.

SPT Certainly _ good view of the Mississippi _s you

cc_e down here. You see how it snakes around.

PLT Well, by the way, I got the Mississippi side anyway.

DAC on.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 09:1_. Stand by -

021 20 09 14 CDR MARK. S192, MODE to READY. At 09:20 -

 3071

021 20 09 20 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

021 20 09 22 CDR MARK. At 22, RADIOMETER to STANDBY. 193, ANGLE

o going to zero. Looking for 34. Stand by -

021 20 09 34 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON.

021 20 09 36 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. 09:50's next. Stand by - -

SPT Looks like a little water down there.

021 20 09 50 CDR MARK. S190, INTERVAL down to I0 again.

SPT There's a little burning down there I think you

can see on the TV. It's coming in at the top, a
little brightness.

CDR All right, 6 deleted.

PLT Okay. Going back up now.

CDR On my mark at 10:10, Ed, you want a frame of l0 -

FRAMES PER MINUTE.

PLT 1/125.

CDR Stand by -

021 20 i0 i0 CDR MARK. At i0 :i0.

SPT Got it.

CDR And then at ii you'll go back to 5.1.

PLT There 's Apalachicola.

CDR Is your site okay?

PLT Yes.

CDR Very good.

PLT Okay. Now let's see, there's Florida; there are

the Keys. Okay, cloud-free site. There's bloom-
ing. I 'm going to take the blooming when I get
to it.

SPT Houston, were you able to see the delta there?

 3072

PLT DAC on. High speed, on.

CDR Okay, on my mark, it'll be ll:O0 and ETC to

5.1 FRAMES PER MINUTE. Stand by -

021 20 ll 00 CDR MARK.

CC Is somebody bumping the TV camera in the wardroom?

CDR Okay - -

SPT ... got it so you could see the delta, Bruce.

CDR You got a MALF light on camera number 3.

CC It's probably the film depletion light.

CDR I would think so, yes.

021 20 ll 35 PLT Okay, VTS, I'm seeing the- the blooming that's
on the - right down to the - near the tip of the
Keys.

PLT Okay, I'm going to change my location to another -

area of blooming.

021 20 ll 51 CDR All right, MALF number 6 came on. Two out of six
gone.

CDR All right, the next m_rk'll be 12:48, and that'll

be an RTC to STANDBY. That's about 25 seconds.

SPT Roger.

CDR Coming up on 12:48.

PLT ... speed off.

CDR Stand by -

021 20 12 47 PLT Okay. Camera off. Okay - -

021 20 12 48 CDR MARK.

PLT - -take another sit_ .....

 3073

CDR ETC to STANDBY.

PLT Ah, it's cloud covered.

CDR At 54 coming up - -

PLT Here we go.

021 20 12 5h CDR MARK. SCA_EROMETER to STANDBY.

021 20 12 56 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. At 13, 190 READY

is out. MODE going STANDBY. 13:06.

021 20 13 06 CDR MARK. 192, MODE to CHECK. FRAMES going to 99.

Houston, do you want the INTERVAL to stay 10, or
shall I move it down to 2 on this one?

CDR 191 to REFERENCE, 2.

CC Go ahead and leave it at 10.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, here we go.

CDR Okay, Bill, we want a VTS AUTO CAL at 14:14.

PLT Okay.

SPT Are you still picking up TV, Houston?

CC Yes, indeed, and it's looking beautiful.

PLT lh:lh, you say?

CDR Right. Uh-huh.

PLT Okay, I'm finishing the last nadir swath - -

CDR Stand by -

PLT ..... special course.

021 20 lh lh CDR MARK.

021 20 1)4 15 PLT MARK.

3074

CDR VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR All right, at 20, the ALTIMETER's going on. Stand

by-

021 20 14 20 CDE MARK. ALTIMETER, ON. 15's the next one, 15:00.

021 20 14 32 PLT MARK. Camera, off.

CDR Got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. Still got a READY.

UNLOCK light 's out.

CDR No new camera MALF light. Okay. Coming up on 15:00.

Stand by -

021 20 14 59 CDR MARK. S190, MODE, SINGLE.

CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is flickering occasionally,

but remaining out for the most part.

CDR Charlie 8's reading about 50 percent.

PLT Well, we've got Greenville anyway.

CDR Next mark will be at 16, 16:00. Stand by -

021 20 16 00 CDR MARK. S190, MODE, SINGLE.

CDR Okay, at 16:25 it'll be ETC, POWER, ON. Stand by -

021 20 16 25 CDR MARK. 16:25, ETC, POWER, ON.

SPT POWER, ON.

CDR MY mark it'll be 16:33. Stand by -

021 20 16 33 CDR MARK. S190, MODE to AUTO. At 16:40, ETC, MODE

to AUTO. Stand by -

021 20 16 40 CDR MARK.

SPT AUTO.

CDR Looking for a READY light on 191 at 16:54. Stand

by-
02120 16 54 CDR MARK. At 54. 17:00, 192 -
 3O75

021 20 17 O0 CDR MARK. 17:00, 192, MODE to READY. Okay, you got
a flickering TAPE MOTION and a fla - had a flash
of the recorder MALF. Everything -

CC i0 seconds to LOS; see you over the Vanguard in

12 minutes. Out.

CDR So long.

SPT It looks like we're getting a good view of Venezuela.

Looking for some fault systems along here.

CDR Next mark 's at 17 :42.

CC Venezuela is booming in here loud and clear.

SPT Very good.

CDR Coming in on 42. Stand by -

021 20 17 42 CDR MARK it. 192 to MODE, STANDBY. 18:14 is next.

Okay, you got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light now. I
might as well go to STANDBY and leave it there.
ETC to STANDBY, Ed, at 18:14.

SPT Okay.

CDR STAND BY -

021 20 18 13 CDR MARK. ETC to STANDBY. Okay, l'm going to leave

the EREP - leave the E-_EP, STOP switch to START
in order deplete the S190.

SPT Hey, Jer, talk on the VTR Just a moment.

CDR All right. The light's already on. Wonder if the

ground's rewinding it or something.

SPT Ah, that's a shame because we got some - all kinds

of forests - or stoat! plumes that are burning down
there in Venezuela. And l'd like to pick it up
for them.

CDR Let 's see - we 're LOS.

SPT Oh, what they did wa_ Just set it to rewind.

CDR Yes. Son of a gun.

 3076

SPT I think I'll see if I can get some - some on fi_m,

021 20 19 lh CDR Okay, I'm going to shift the - Are we still over
land?

PLT Yes.

CDR All right, S190 is going at i0 - 1 frame every

i0 seconds to deplete it.

PLT You're getting good stuff. I mean you're getting

data over Brazil.

SPT Yes.

021 20 19 56 CDR Well, I'm going to go to EREP, STOP. I think it'll

still take pictures. Got a MALF light on 5 now.
What time's Z-LV, Bill?

PLT At 28.

CDR Lots of time.

PLT 20:28. Okay, we're over water now.

CDR Okay, still got three magaZines not depleted yet.

021 20 20 58 PLT Wait a minute. We're - we're still over land.

CDR Very good.

PLT Camera still clicking away?

CDR Yes, it's got three more frames it hasn't finished

yet - or cameras l, 2, and 4.

PLT I think you do have to have the EREP, START switch

on, Jer.

CDR Well, it's still clocking. The reason why I said

turn it off, is because right here in magazine
depletion, once you get the sequence started, it
appears you could turn off the EREP.
021 20 21 33 PLT I see.

CDR Yes, it's still clunking along every l0 seconds.

This way I'm not burning up tape.
 30N

PLT Yes.

021 20 22 01 CDR Okay, Bravo 7 is reading 33 percent. S192, DOOR

switch to CLOSEd. Waiting for i minute. DOOR
CLOSED light.

PLT Okay. The S191 water site. We're near Key West
Just to the southeast of the tip of Cuba - off
the island of Cuba and another one out in the open
Caribbean. And I did not see the eddy that was
referred to in one of our ops pads.

CDR Oh, yes, the vis ops pad. i, 2, and 4, still no

MALF light. Still cl_,nking away. I have a DOOR
CLOSED light on S192.

PLT _ Just went empty.

CDR There's a 4 light, i and 2 still cooking. Okay,

Bill. Would you give me a _TS AUTO CAL and a
mark.

PLT Stand by -

021 20 23 42 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay.

021 20 23 53 CDR All right, SCATTEROMETER POWER's going OFF; RADIO-

METER POWER's going OFF; ALTIMETER, POWER, OFF;
194, POWER, OFF. Okay, got a MALF light on 2.
Nm_ber i is the only one left. We must be out
over the water now, aren't we?

PLT Yes.

CDR Hey, we're getting back into a time when we can

see the F.l_land Current. We're going to hit that
part of South America in the daylight again.

021 20 24 32 CDR Okay, I'm going off the recor m*m

021 20 29 20 SPT SPT at 20:29. Haudheld photo on mag CX46 taken

at 18:21, frame 123, f/ll, 100-millimeter, 1/250.
And this smoke plume over Venezuela right close
to the boundary by C61ombia.

021 20 30 43 SPT To the best that I can recollect now, I would say
that the plumes were blowing to the west, although
 3078

that does not make sense but in trying to view

hues during the Z-local vertical pass, the direc-
tions became a little disoriented. There were
about seven to - seven to nine sources. They were
scattered out over a wide area of about 200 or
300 miles. All gray smoke. And I suspect it
was some type of burning - slash burning, perhaps.
Done purposely because - because they were so
widely isolated. And I got an oblique view, un-
fortunately. I tried to get the - right on top
of it when we were - when we were there with the
TV camera, but only to find out that the video
tape recorder was in rewind. So I was hoping to
give the - the ground a good look at it on the
video tape recorder right after we finished our
pass with the ground using the TV.

021 20 32 04 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

021 21 09 08 PLT Okay, this is the PLT, debriefing the M509, starting 4
on page 33-5. ASMU _aneuverability. Question l:
In which mode was the baseline maneuver easiest
to fly, and why? Okay, baseline maneuvers was -
maneuver was easiest to fly in DIRECT, because
of the difficulty in holding control - rotation
hand controller deflection for rates in RATE GYRO
and CMG. Mainly a yaw problem, but that is actual
physical fatigue and the cramping and actual pain
associated with holding yaw controller out of de-
tent. And, of course, the one - the position l, 2,
3 - going from postion 3 to position 4 is an ex-
cruciating sort of maneuver for me. And part of
what was due to the fact that I couldn't lengthen
the arms as much I would - as I would like to have
done. And I've covered that in a more general
topical debriefing which I put on tape last night
so as not to forget some rather what I thought
were so - well, they may not be important - some
other significant c_ents to make about general
philosophy. So that was the main reason - is -
the reason that I liked DIRECT was that I could
put the inputs in and then release the hand con-
troller and my wrist wouldn't go to sleep on me
or wouldn't crsmp.
 3O79

021 21 i0 47 PLT I.sthat - is - okay, that - that answers that

question. Question 2: In the free style maneuver -
where the -sm I on the right one? Let's see here.
33-5, I thought you said. Is that the right - let
me make sure that I'm - 33-11, is that it? Hmm-
h,,,--hmm--hmm--bmm. Okay. Let me take a look at
this Just a second.

021 21 12 28 PLT Okay. On page 33-11, now. I 'm pretty sure that
this is the one that - that applies. If it doesn't,
you can tell me. Okay, I'll start off here. Could
you fly the baseline satisfactorily in all modes?
Any modes deficient? Which ones and why? I think
I Just covered that. RATE GYRO, CMG were difficult
to fly because of the physical and physiological
problem involved in holding yaw out of detent.
And that was the worst one, but it also applied
to pitch and roll. So RATE GYRO and CMG were
deficient in that respect. I've already gone into
gory detail on that. Let's don't waste any time
on that.

021 21 13 ll PLT In which mode was the baseline maneuver easiest

to fly? DIRECT, for the reason stated Just a few
moments ago.

PLT Did you feel comfortable flying some modes faster

than others? Which ones and why? Actually, what
we - it depends on what you mean. I assume you
mean translational rates faster than others. In
that case, I would feel better making translations
in a CMG or RATE GYRO MDDE divorcing my attention
from attitude and - attitude control and using the
hand controller to - to capture the space envelope
on - the target envelope I'm after. If you're
talking about faster rates, then I would feel much
better, I think, using DIRECT because I would feel
I would be less likely to make controller error
input s.

021 21 lh ll PLT Another thing too, when you're holding the con-
troller out of detent, say you want to pitch in
RATE GYRO or CMG, you hold the controller so you
put it in pitch and you go for 20 to 30 degrees,
your hand starts to tire, and you don't quite
notice that some of the muscles are probably
stronger than the others and - and all of a sudden
3080

you s_art unconsciously - 07, I guess, unknowingly-

putting in a little bit of left roll. Well, you're
firing - you may be expecting to hear a couple of
thrusters firing now and again, although you -
you know, Just stuff used to take out coupling
effects. So you don't really notice the fact
that you're putting in roll until it's progressed
more than you'd like. So I don't - I don't - I
wouldn't like to hold - I Just don't like the hold
rate in RATE GYRO or CMG.

021 21 15 01 PLT Was precision stationkeeping easier in some modes?

Which modes - which ones and and why? Okay, now
for precision stationkeeping, RATE GYRO and CMG
are the best. There's no doubt about it. If you
one - if once you get up there and get the attitude
and let - take your hand off the controller - off
the rotation hand controller, then it's not a bad
Job because you know you got slow translational
rates and you go ahead and kill them off with your
translation hand controller using the two fingers
of the left hand, and that's not too bad. So -
but that's sort of- that's -that is true; station-
keeping is much better in command . in CMG and
RATE GYR0.

021 21 15 40 PLT Did some modes take more attention to flying than
others? Which ones and why? Yes, RATE GYRO and
CMG take - take more in dynamic maneuvers, because
of the - of requiring the hold the rotation hand
controller out of detent and preferably, of course,
at a fixed deflection because you keep varying it -
or you - you keep requiring more propellant in
RATE GYR0 MODE, and I assume it's not desirable
in CMG, although I'm really not too sure. But in
any way it's still not a good technique to continue -
continually releasing and slopping around. And
that has to do mainly with attitude maneuvers,
but those that can be coupled - a problem coupled
with translation and it - and it compounds the
problem when you are trying to make attitude
corrections while you're translating in that you -
you're dividing your attention between watching
your space envelope, or the target position you're
going after, and you're Just trying to take and
maybe small coupling errors that have occurred
in attitude. And if you're doing this in the CMG
or the RATE GYRO, you preferably want to put in a
 3081

small deflection and hold it until you get to

where you want to go and then release it. As I
said already, that's such a hard Job. So when it's
coupled - I mean when it's in - let me Just say
controlled translational rotational problem, I
think that you're much - much more likely to make
erroneous input with the rotational hand controller
in CMG and RATE GYR0.

021 21 17 06 PLT Were you able to satisfactorily _im at the target

for the transfer maneuver? Baseline maneuver?

021 21 17 14 PLT Okay. Transfer. I don't remembe_ that coming up.

Don't think I did the transfer maneuver.

021 21 17 49 PLT Okay, let's direct our attention first to the

baseline. Were you able to satisfactorily aim at
the target for the baseline maneuvers? And - I
mentioned or - let's Just say for the record now
that a qualified "yes" is the answer to that.
Twice I screwed up the transfer or the -_euver
from position 2 at the FCMU toward the 404 and
406 lockers. Now, o_ previous occasions, l've
been able to do a pretty good Job on that and
F twice yesterday, I had to yaw right to the left,
because first off, I was worried about the film
locker and I wanted to mA_e sure that - that I
, got in the position. I - I thrusted in the wrong
direction and I - I yawed right instead of left
because I knew l'd aimed over, say, toward 400.

021 21 18 45 PLT In any event, I wasn't at all pleased with _ per-

formance on that, and - however, that wBs the only
problem I had in aiming and I think that's a -
that's a good , it's a good data point because
everything's completely out of sight and you don't
have near as many visual cues like the floor of
the workshop helps you going from the donning
station up to the position I. And again the floor
helps you in going down to position 2 and when you
go from position 2 to position B up there, you're
looking at the curvature of the walls and the
floor but the floor doesn't help you a whole let
and I found that - that's probably the most
di ffic ult.

021 21 19 29 PLT Let's - well, I want to look up the transfer

,_n euver.
3o82 _-_

021 21 20 20 PLT Okay. The transfer maneuver's not applicable.

Were thruster sounds a useful piloting cue? Yes,
they were. You can tell when you're unconsiously -
or inadvertently, I guess, is a better word, put
in a rotation hand controller input. I think this
is a very good warning for that. I assume that
you probably would even be able to hear that if
you were in a vacuum because there will be enough
sound transfered through the structure. But I
think it's darn nice. It tells you something's
happening and that's Just about the size of it.
And usually you have a pretty good feel for what
kind of thruster firings ought to.be taking place
and there is - I think that would be a highly
desirable feature to - to preserve, if it didn't
cost you a lot.

021 21 21 17 PLT And I don't think - in fact, I think it probably -

I'd find it very difficult to get - get a - get
away from it. Should any of the maneuvers be
changed for the next M509 run? I don't think I'Ii
have another run but - but I 'm Just trying to think
what would be changed. I think you've got a fairly
good spectrum of activity there, in fact, some of
this stuff was Just too hard. I tell you another
thing that I think you'd find extremely difficult
to do, would be to put in a astropin or a - in
fact, I think Jer was supposed to do that - hold
one of these portable handholds. Because when -
anytime you don't have an opposition force, like
if you Just went up to the side of a satellite
and tried to stick an astropin in a hole, I think
you're in trouble, you know, I mean if you - you -
because it requires push force. And, you know,
as soon as you start pushing, of course, you Just
push yourself and if you've still got to hold the
handhold it comes right down with - back out with
you.

PLT ASMU controllability. Are translational accelera-

tion levels too high, about right, too low? Well,
I think they're about right. I think that it's
a fairly good match; it keeps you from over con-
trolling. And I think that you don't need a
whole - you don't want a whole lot. I think it's
Just about right.

021 21 22 52 PLT Could you null translational rates satisfactorily?

Yes, but you do get higher rates then you're in
 3Q83

yogurt because you have to make sure you allow

yourself plenty of room. If you got a big higher
translational rate, then of course, you're going
to expend a whole lot of gas throwing it off and
then that's - it goes without saying. And, I
think, it's any - any use of this thing out in a
vacuum, you'd be going real slow, where you'd be
wanting to go slow. In fact, it may be a good
idea - it Just has suddenly occurred to me. If I
was going from - from my mother satellite space-
craft out to a satellite, say, it would be
awfully nice to have a - a very crude integrated
accelerometer display to give you some gross feel,
say, within a couple of two feet per second of
what your rate was from, say, a standing or sta-
tionkeeping position on the mother vehicle before
you started out to the other vehicle.

021 21 2B 52 PLT And this being all right, you could accept granu-
larity on the order of probably i to 2 feet per
second. But this would Just give you a rough feel
for how fast you were going, with relation, of
course, to some fixed reference and you had a
push - you could have a button up there. You could
- Just push up - reach up and push the button and
zero it. In which - in which case the integrated
ability grader would start over again. But I
don't know. The thing ought to be cheap and it
ought to be, you know, fairly light but, of course,
not too cheap in the space program, But I thJn_
that would be awfully helpful and probably would
be helpful and probably would be satisfactory to
have it in Just one axis, say, in your X-axis.

021 21 24 30 PLT But I think that would be extremely helpful to -

you - it could be an analog thing, you know. You
wouldn't have to have a vis_al readout although
probably a visual readout would be Just as easy
with the total of integrated circuits and liquid
crystals, and so forth that they have now, put in
for an additional display. Let's see now - Okay.
So that's on translational rates. And the reason
I was suggesting that previous thing is because
I could see a problem. If you knew a satellite
was maybe a quarter of a mile away, of course, it'd
probably be closer than that, so you might not
want to. You could, you know, do some quick fig-
ures stud figure out how long it would take you to
3084

get there using this or that rate and you could

accelerate to that rate. I'd say give or take
a foot a second or so. And then when you've got
close to that, that's another guide you could use
to - to start slowing down, which means - this
brings up another point. And I could see the need
for something like a - a radar altimeter. Again
l'm not trying to get carried away here but I -
l'm - l'm Just suggesting that if some of these
things are thought about way ahead of time, they'd
turn out to be very easy to integrate, whereas if
they're trying - if you try to add them on, they
could turn into real monsters, you soak up money
like a sponge.

021 21 25 58 PLT But if something like the radar altimeter, again

integrated circuit, ... circuit or something like
that, then this would enable you to, of course,
to - to take a reading. In fact you could - you
may want it so that you could actually move the pen-
cil beam around to - to zap it in on the satellite
or something to see how close you were - how fast
you're closing on it. The thing is, what I'm -
I'm anticipating difficulty in depth perception. A
Now I realize that it may be Just as easy to maybe
paint some lines on your visor or something like
that. To Judge distance and range and that sort
of thing, but anyways, that's another idea.

021 21 26 38 PLT Are rotational acceleration levels too - No. When

attempting minimumtranslation hand controller
commands, did you sometimes fail to activate the
thrusters? Yes, I did, but not very often and it
was no problem. But the thing is that you - you
want to make a small rate and you're m_king very
quick and sort of rapid input. And you probably
accept the failure to put it in - and put in
occasionally. Are rotational acceleration levels
too high, about right, too low? Well, they're -
they're right. For - for perform-uce, they're
correct. For the rotation hand controller per-
formance itself, they're not. In other words, I
found myself very, very impatient in making the
rotation attitude changes and - but, you know,
rotation hand controller in CMG, RATE gy - GYRO
because of the fatigue problems, and because of
thespurious and extraneous and undesirable in-
puts that occur.
 3085

021 21 27 36 PLT Could you null rotational rates satisfactorily in

DIRECT _0DE? Well, yes. If you - if you weren't
trying to be a perfectionist. Now if you want to
accept a - a small deadband in attitude and be
willing to sit there and toss the thing occasionally
then it's Just great. If, for some reason or an-
other, you want to be strictly orthogonal with some
imagined reference system, then I think that you
may find yourself very unhappy about it. But I
can't - I can't imagine what would be that critical.

021 21 28 07 PLT When attempting a minimum rotation hand controller

command, did you sometimes fail to activate the
thrusters in DIRECT MODE? How often? Yes, I would
say occasionally. Oh, once out of maybe i0 times,
and again that's - it's a little thing that you're
willing to accept with that kind of mode. Doing
these - but it was no unduly distracting or
disturbing.

021 21 28 29 PLT During the single axis cals, DIRECT MODE, did you
notice any attitude disturbances when commanding
translations? Definitely did, and I can't tell
you. That should be on the tape from Jer. I Just -
- I can't remember it. Because there is coupling.

PLT During the single axis cal, DIRECT MODE, did you
notice attitude rates increase or attitude changes
about an axis - other than the axis commanded?
Definitely did. There was lots of coupling and I
cannot remember all the particulars. Brings up
another point. Even though that you're running
suited like this without co-,,, I think that in a
space program we need the capability for a tape
recorder hooked up to a suit. Even when you put
the stuff on a tape to ground you never see it
again. You may - may want to make a lot of comments
to yourself and I - I can see the need for a small
tape recorder that hooks right up with your co-,-
system. And can put - put the stuff on tape there.
This'd be of particular value, of course, in out-
side work when you aren't on an ,,_ilical.

021 21 29 28 PLT But I Just can't re,tuber it all, and I - I didn't -

didn't w_e a strong attempt to do that, because
I know Jerry was ma_ng comments. And that was
the kind of co_nents I was making the other day.
In fact, I emphasized the coupling features so that
he wouldn't have to. Now I think probably had one
_ or two of them nailed down pretty well.
 3O86

PLT Do you feel that the RATE GYRO MODE, attitude rates,
and displacement deadbands are so tight that norm_]
llmb motions cause excessive thruster activity?

021 21 29 57 PLT Yes, I do. Because of the Cramping in my right arm,

occasionally I would flex my arms Just to - to sort
of loosen them up a little bit, and, boy, every time
I did that, of course, they fire wildly.

021 21 30 08 PLT And if you move your legs, the same things happen
and I was giving a data mark by raising my right
arm up. But you - Jerry'd give a data mR rk and it
was always confusing him with that, of course.
That's - I think he's already debriefed that. But
the - let's see, when I did that I also got thruster
firings and that is a little bit distracting. Do
you feel that the RATE GYRO MDDE, attitude rates,
and displacement deadbands - Okay, that the - that
they - the attitude rates were not satisfactory?
No. No, I think it's all right. Again that will
not hold you at a strict orthogonal perfectionist
attitude.

021 21 30 _l PLT You go up and if you get yourself - it all looks

nice andprecise there, and then take you hand off
the hand controller and expect for it to remain at -
within 1 degree there, I think you're in trouble.
I think it would - won't do that. But I was -
yesterday, I disciplined myself to be willing to
accept a small attitude deadband there and when I
didn't get the precise attitude I was after if you
give me - as long as it was reasonably close, I -
I - I bought it.

021 21 31 06 PLT Were attitude disturbances due to normal limb mo-

tions in the DIRECT MODE bothersome? No.

PLT Did you notice any "leg lag" during rotation or

translation commands? No, I didn't. I didn't
notice any of that.

021 21 31 18 PLT Did you notice any motion inside the suit during
rotations or translations? What about yaw in par-
ticular. I did not notice that at all. That's
a good question, but I sure didn't and I wasn't -
I wasn't anticipating it. I wasn't expecting it
or looking for it. But I'm sure I would have no-
ticed it.
 3087

021 21 31 B7 PLT Did you notice disturbances due to the oxygen um-
bilical? Describe the effects. I didn't notice
them. Now I - I - l'm sure that some of them
occurred but I think that I, as the operator, was
causing mode disturbances using inadvertant input,
by putting in unwanted and undesired commands
inadvert ant ly.

021 21 31 59 PLT I was causing much more of an upset than the um-
bilical wascausing.

PLT So I don't think the nmhilical really fouled up

the test that much.

021 21 32 06 PLT Did the ,_ml_ilicaltend to get in the way? A couple

of times it did, but we were expecting it and Jerry
helped me get it out of the way. A couple of times
I kicked it out of the way with my leg.

PLT Was the absence of the umbilical influence

noticeable during SOP operations? Not applicable.

021 21 B2 20 PLT Did you inadvertently contact the OWS? If so, how
often? I think probably about three or four times
with my feet. I think once with the hand controller
during the baselines and I think about three or
four times when I was trying to do work with the
fireman's pole, and about twice when I was trying
to install the - the universal mount. Let's see,
what else did I use? And I think that's about it.

021 21 32 47 PLT Did you sometimes use your legs or hands to stop
or push off? If so, how often? Of course I did
in the pushoffs. I used my hands not to stop
necessarily but to certainly to hold myself and
anchor myself when I was trying the physical tasks
like installing the fireman's pole and the universal
mount.

PLT 27. Is the automatic - is automatic attitude hold

needed for the baseline maneuver? No. If so, was
the solid feel and absence of deadbands in the CMG
mode a significant advantage? No, because most of
the time in the baseline you're maneuvering and I
don't like the CMG for the maneuvering feature
while you're maneuvering, that is, because of the
previous comment. If you are stationkeeping, it's
certainly helpful.
 3O88

021 21 33 B4 PLT Is proportional rate command needed? No. Not

with the present system. If so - If so, was non-
linear rotation hand controller for RATE GYRO MODE
desirable? I don't really think so. I - I -
I used to - to be a big one for nonlinear rotation
hand controller so you get real fine control close
in. Now if there's a need for it, then I think
you ought to have it. I - I don't right now see
the need for that because I say that the - Well,
now it was this - that - I may hedge on that a
little bit because I was just thinking about trans-
lating from point A to point B.

021 21 34 12 PLT If you want a very precise alignment, if you had

some kind of optical alignment sight in your helmet,
one of these new gadgets that they used in Korea
with the chopper pilots, to aim yourself towards
a satellite and you knew -with - how to do it,
and so forth, that may be desirable to have a
very, very precise attitude control capability.
For normal gag eyeball translations, I don't think
it's much desirable.

021 21 34 34 PLT Well, that brings up another point, and that is,
it would be nice if you had a crude optical - not
crude, let's say an optical-ali_ment-type doJigger
that you could - that was then fixed inside your
helmet. In other words, of the kind that the i
chopper pilots used and have this as a good bore-
sight reference for some axis, some functionally
significant axis of the ASMU. These things, I
know that they've used them a lot and they're
very highly developed, but - and I would say, I
think it'd be extremely useful for determining
drifts. Say, out-of-plane drift, if you were going
from point A to point B to - to a satellite for
instance. What you've got is a correlated - cor-
related sight, of course, and then these - these
things, of course, chopper pilots use. They -
they take into consideration head movements and
anything else. You wouldn't - you wouldn't want
that. But th - the optics system is - is a -
available, that's what I'm saying.

021 21 35 35 PLT Is a six-degree-of-freedom control required?

Desired? If not, which axis would you give up?
Man, don't give up any. I think you need them
 3089

all. Don't ever get - give away six degrees of

freedom. If you do, you're really going to -
they're really going to wrap it.

021 21 35 50 PLT Is proportional thrust level for _ needed? Not

applicable. And, so far as ... in the exploratory
maneuvers is applicable. I think I already de-
briefed the exploratory mAueuvers in mV general
debriefing last night.

021 21 36 08 PLT Let's see what we're coming up on over here.

Waiting for the west coast to come up. Okay, let's
take a bunch of pictures. Okay, the - I debriefed
the firemau's pole, the universal mount, the foot
restraints, and the ... That's on tape from
last night.

PLT EVA evaluation. 42. Would you feel confident in

flying an operational ma -- maneuvering unit em-
ploying any one of the ASMU modes, DIRECT, RATE
GYRO, CMG out to the ATM Sun end and return?

021 21 36 51 PLT I've already said that I think for translating

from point A to point B even though the routes -
the routes may be circuitous, it is satisfactory.

021 21 37 00 PLT I would use DIRECT NDDE because of problems with

i the control. I would go very slowly. I - I 'm
thinking back to the time that I when - yesterday,
when I went over and picked up the fireman's pole,
I mentally prepared myself to go very slowly. I
was at the donning station. I backed out - -

CC Skylab, Houston through Goldstone, Texas, and ...

PLT - - stabilized, fixed myself over and parallel to

the floor, thrusted down within a few inches of
the floor, flew over there and picked up the fire-
mR u's pole, and et cetera, et cetera, et cetera.
I've already debriefed. So this convinces me
that yea, verily, I can - I can do something like
that. Now again let me back off a little bit
for - for attitude control. Like when I was flying
with my face facing the grid floor, the precise
attitude control or_RATE GYRO or CMG is a very
desirable thing.

!
 3090

021 21 37 58 PLT But that was Almost a special case of stationkeeping;

in other words, I was sort of Just crawling along
as - flying along with m_ face a few inches off
of the grid floor.

CC ... 43 and was over at 21:08.

PLT Would you feel confident this time? I - I would

not feel - if I - again, I think I would feel
better in DIRECT, but I - I would do it in RATE
GYR0 or CMG, but I would be very, very slow and
deliberate in doing this.

021 21 38 31 PLT Rank the ASMU modes in order of preference for

the above task and state the rationale for your
ranking. I would place in first, DIRECT and then
CMG and then RATE GYR0. The reason I would go
for DIRECT is for the reasons previously stated -
stated because I feel like I can - I don't have
to hold deflections. If I'm going to have to
hold deflections, I would prefer the CMG mode
because I would very deliberately use three sep-
arate inputs for a wh - if I have to - to perform
one what was equivalent to a three-axis maneuver,
I would use three separate inputs. I would not
do a combined maneuver and attitude, and I would
do it slowly and I'd get the new attitude in, I
would take my hand off the controller and then I
would thrust the way I wanted to go.

021 21 39 38 PLT And then I would kill rates to stabilize myself

translationally to stop. So - -

021 21 52 15 PLT PLT here. Time is 21:52. Just completed the

pass down the - the west coast of the U.S. I
will be reporting the photographs - Well, I might
as well go ahead and report them now. But what
I wanted to tell you about is I have seen a
patchy, 10ng linear surface feature on the water
I would say about 50 m_les out to sea from the
Bay of Fonseca, and it's almost parallel to the
coast. The - let me get the exact coordinates
here.

021 21 53 12 PLT 12 degrees north, about 88-1/2 degrees west, and

this was a patchy bht genera]]y linear surface
phenomenon and it was a dark red, almost brownish -
reddish-brown color resting on the surface of the
 3O9l

water. And let's see, that was - oh, I'd say

maybe 75, i00 miles out to sea. And then on -
oh, in about - oh, say another 30 miles in closer,
there was a sort of a general smokey polluted-
appearing feature on the surface, much wider,
about the sAm_ length, say on i00 - on the order
of i00 miles in length and maybe 25 miles wide.
And the red thing that I saw, the sort of long
linear thing, patchy but generally all together
was, I would say, on the order of i00 miles, maybe
150 miles long with only about 5 oh, I would
say less than 5 miles in width at the widest
dimension. But it was the - really stood out
like a sore th_m_ right on the surface of the
water and the location I have given you is prob-
ably correct within 25 to maybe 50 miles; I 'm
not real good at Judging the distance there.

021 21 54 45 PLT Now let me give you the photographs.

021 22 00 08 PLT PLT continuing. Frames 124, frames 124 through

frame 154. So I took 30 frames of Hasselblad as
we came down the west coast extending down to,
oh, about 300 miles into Mexico, and that was all
_ taken on Hasselbla_, magazine Charlie X-ray _6.
F - you - let's see; was f - between f/8 and
f/ll, f-stop setting, at 1/250 using 5-second
intervals for stereopairs.

021 22 00 50 PLT PLT out.

021 22 12 12 SPT SPT at 22:13; ATM ops, orbit which began at 21:22.
So I came up and I started the building block 32
and looked at the Sun, saw the - a lot of the
enhancement in H-alpha and XUV over in active
region 31. Went over and took a look at that
actually before we started the 32. Saw it was
high, elected to remain there and did so for a
few minutes and saw it start to drop off. We
had no X-rays associated with it at that time.
The PMEC was relatively low. Oxygen VI was
about i0,000 to 20,000. I don't recall the exact
figure, but closer to I0. Something I saw - I
wasn't even sure whether a flare had happen or
whether it was Just an enhancement in the active
region which was long term; that is, not a rapid
rise.
3092

021 22 13 34 SPT So I went to Sun center, got the building block 32

started and then took a look at the corona to
be see whether it had had any effect on that. I
could not notice anything other than what I've
already pointed out on the previous orbit as a
significant change. But it had not changed from
the previous orbit. Went back to the - to active
region 31 and saw that the oxygen VI count was
now - it was a little bit higher than _e had it
before and after I figured out a reasonable roll,
we got settled down to a flare wait.

021 22 14 16 SPT I gave - started 55 off on some MIRROR, AUTO

RASTERs down to line 13. And the oxygen 9-i count
was around 20 to 25 and holding at the brightest
point. And I recall one of their desires at one
time when we had a bright point was to get a
GRATING, AUTO SCAN of it. I was somewhat reluc-
tant to do this, but figured well, as long as I
could keep in mind what are some good places to
stop along the way in case we do get a rise.
That is, what positions on the grating - I could
go ahead and at least give them one. So we gave
them one GRATING, AUTO SCAN. When we got done
with the _ATING, AUTO SCAN, the count was higher -
about 26,000. I - I don't recall any such figure
when we got done, but it was a little higher than
when we started.

021 22 15 i0 SPT 82B also I started in a WAVE[.ENGTH, SHORT. What

I thought was 1/4, turned out to be 4. I think
it's n11m1_er3 that's on our panel up here on the
right. So we got essentially the first two ex-
posures, and I cut off the third one. I started
54 - first of all I glanced at the pad when we
first came and saw the sequence GRATING, IN and
I've been so used to doing a M, S, 0, L, 64 all
day long, I thought we were in for another series
of those and did not have time to pull out the
J0P Summary Sheet and look at it. So I thought
they had it in their budget to do that. Thought
they might as well be getting some data of that
type while we were waiting for a flare. However,
of course, it turned out that they only had two -
two 56 exposures. It's not too hard to run into
that mode. All youfd have to do to - to get into
the flare mode is change one rotary switch and
get a start - a stop and a start. So then, with
 3O93

a call from ground on their film budget, we went

into the flare wait.

021 22 17 07 SPT 56 - I gave three PATROL, SHORTs there before the

30 minutes TIME REMAINING. And then I gave one
at 27, 22 at around 8 minutes remaining. 55, we
kept in MIRROR, LINE SCAN all the time. And as
you saw, the oxygen VI counts were way up. On
two occasions, I stopped and put the MIRROR off
the 10BS and on the first occasion confirmed
that we were on the brightest point ; and on the
second time the brightest point had moved one to
the right, as I saw it at the 10. Well, now, as
a matter of fact, I don't recall whether it was
1034 or 10B2, but it was one in a lateral direc-
tion which meant they were still covering it with
the MIRROR, LINE SCAN. So I - good news and bad
news. We got some activity going but bad news
being that we missed the real big one. But it
still - still looks like it might be able to come
up with something, so I'll see that we hang in
there for the rest of the day.

021 22 18 33 SPT SPT out.

021 22 25 17 PLT Okay, PLT here, continuing the M509 debriefing.

I'm on page 33-15, question h2. Would you feel
confident in flying an operational maneuvering
unit employ - employing any one of the ASMU modes
out to the Sun - ATM Sun end and return, and I
think I've answered that question previously.
I'm Just sort of taking up here. And I would
like to point out that I feel that the - a better
way - If you're Just posing this as a hypothetical
question, it's a good question. If you're -
you're posing it as a replacement of crawling out
there using handholds, I think that that's not
the way to use the ASMU. I think I've already
covered that in my general debriefing. But I
think it's a much more safe, satisfactory, effi-
cient, and otherwise satisfying exercise to
actually use handrails and handholds, to crawl
out using your arms. If you - you're posing that
as a typical - for the task, for compari - compari-
son since we do have some EVA knowledge of that,
then I tbln_ it's a very good question in that
we could - we know the difficulty in getting out
there and back and whether or not we would be
309_

willing to - let's say take the ASMU. Now, I

don't think there's no problem at all, and I
think that - of course, I already mentioned the
fact that I think that one would want to get
new - new types of hand controllers before you
started this.

021 22 26 _i PLT Rank the ASMU modes in order of preference for

the above task and state the rationale for your
ranking. I - I think I did that previously. Do
you feel - I don't know anything about the HHMU
other than I think that's a very bad way to go.
I think it's - if you had that toget home on,
to p1_]] yourself on, I think it might not be a
bad idea. But I think the thing ought to be
rede- completely redesigned, and it ought to - to
have - have something on the long - on the end
of a long pole like the - the rockets that fire
on the launch escape system of the command module,
or like the thing that's on the Russian spacecraft.
Nozzles that sort of direct it out in a cone angle
downward and put the thing out and point it the
way you want to go. Like getting ready to harpoon
a fish - with - spear fishing, and then fire it.
And - Count on something else - in other words,
have that as your primary tractor, your primary
means of translation. In other words, I 'm not
trying to design _ - forget that. I just think
that the way that thing is designed is - is really
terrible.

021 22 27 58 PLT l'm going to drop that one because l'm really not
qualified. I haven't tried the HHMU all that
much. What sort of EVA tasks do you feel the
AS_ could be used for? I think that going from
point A to point B, and to - to carry yourself
plus tools and spare parts, equipment, and return-
ing the same is the way the ASMU would Justify
its existence.

021 22 28 25 PLT And if you had an enormous vehicle, like Skylab,

where m,¥,Bilicals couldn't reach or that there
was some safety reason for not going there or
using the handrails I could envision a possible
use even on Skylab. And Just theorize here, sup-
posing that there w_re some way - for instance,
that he had a problem in the radiator in the aft
end of the Skylab, and you knew that by taking
some crimping tools you could go out there and
 3O95

crimp and stop off the flow in say a loop. Or

you know, do something that was simple. Not go
out there and re - redesign the radiator, but
Just got out there and do some work. Then if it
was a very simple thing that required no push-pull,
opposition type forces, any forces that could
not be contained by the individual. Now for
instance, I'm thinking of a - sort of task that -
that could be done using the ASMU as a work
station, would be the - would be the sort of thing
that - You've seen these big long-handled wire-
cutters that could cut steel rods and that sort
of thing. If a guy was Just reaching out and he
was moving it with both hands on this thing, and
wasn't pushing or pulling on the other item; he
was Just contacting it and putting sheer force
on it, and all of the forces were contained with
his body, then I think you could do something like
that. The minute you start touching the other
thing, to pull, push, torque, twist, or anything
else then - you're - you're out of business using
the ASMU as a work platform until you nail the
thing down with some kind of docking or glueing
_ mechanism,somethingthat attachesit to the
other pr4mary structure.

O21 22 30 09 PLT Let's see. Use Skylab examples if possible. That

was my Skylab example. I - using another Skylab
example, the repair on the - the S183 - that's not
right. The doggone - the 193, excuse me. The
radar antenna mechanism. I'd had an idea at the
first part of the mission. I think that the ASMU
would have been - Just been perfectly useless.
Except to carry the foot restraints over there
if - if you'd had a problem, you see, of - of
being over there in that there was some sort of
intervening grid work which prevented a crewmen
from crawling through there. Then he could fly
his ASMU over to a point where he could place -
implace the foot restraint. Again, I don't think
the - his putting foot restraints in - where the
ASMU would have been highly marginal as a work
platform for doing that simple task itself.

021 22 31 16 PLT But once the foot restraints were in, then I would
have used the foot restraints as an anchoring point
and continued to work, leaving the ASMU idle or at
"l_.a.qt docked while I did the work free, EVA free
3096

and then I would return to the ASMU and use that

as a transportation system back. But, with the -
using the - that repair, and 193 repair as an
example, I'm - I'd say that you were probably
50 orders of magnitude away from gaining the
capability of - that we had with Just moving around
holding onto pieces of structures. It's - it's -
it's Just no way that that ASMU would have provided
us the work platform that we required for that
task because we were thrashing all around there.

CC ... we'll see you again at Goldstone - -

021 22 32 05 PLT How about the HHMU? Again, I - I - I don't feel

qualified to discuss that. Do you feel that the
ASMU, if it was EVA qualified, could have been
used for the Skylab 2 CSM flyaround? Oh, very
definitely. As I say, flying from point A to
point B as long - as long as you don't touch
anything, it's great. Cold gas system, you can
go out there and you can look, you can take pic-
tures, anything. As long as you don't touch the
other thing then you're in great shape.

021 22 32 38 PLT Okay. What about the SAS deployment? Okay. No,
I - Again, I didn't do the SAS deployment but,
again, if - if you could have gone out there and
you could have gotten to a place where you could
have installed with ease a foot restraint, then
I 'd say the ASMJ would have been - would have
Justified its existence. Because, if I remember
correctly, Pete and Joe had an awful lot of trouble
getting to the point. And - getting to the place,
because there are no handrails back there. If
there had been handrails, then that would have
been the way to go. They'd leave the ASMU inside,
leave that, you know - In other words, use the
ASMU to best - in its best role. What about the -
Any preference on mode? I would not have any
preference other than in the future - I don't think
you could have used it for it. I flat don't think
you could have used it. You may go over and loop -
say, loop a strap through something and tie a knot
in it, tie a knot in the strap very carefully and
slowly and meticulously without putting torques
in your ASMU and I think that would have righted
the platform, and then you could have threaded
the - the rope or strap back to a point in there
 3o9T

you could have either docked or handed it to

another crewman who was standing there in the
foot restraints. Now there is a good application,
I think, of the AMSU, but as far as tying it on
there and then hoisting away with the thruster
there trying to pull that thing out, before you
do anything like that, I think you're really out
to lunch.

021 22 34 i0 PLT But, I think that - again, this is based on my

true - my experience yesterday with the universal
handhold. If I could have put that on the rail,
I'm certain I could have gotten up there and I
could have tied a rope or a strap around the
handrail. If fact, that would have been a good
thing to do. If we do another run, I think that
just doing a simple task of tying or looping a
strap around a handrail, putting a knot on that
and threading it out - And, of course, this is
what you had in mind - in mind with the use of the
fireman's pole. And that - that sort of task I
think we can do. But you Just can't put any torque
or force on the doggone ASMU at all. Do you feel
that the ASMU, if it was EVA qualified - Okay,
f- terminate voice recording. All right, and I hope
this answers the questions. If it isn't - If it
doesn't give me an update, and I'll go to another
page.

021 22 35 00 PLT PLT out.

021 23 49 52 SPT SPT at 23:50. ATMpass which began at 21 - cor-

rection, make that 22:54. Okay, I'll give you
the sequence of events. As soon as it came around
the corner, active region 31 apparently had had a
subnormal flare and it looked intensely bright in
H-alpha. I went over and looked at it; this was
when we were still below 400 K, as soon as we had
come up from the - below 250 K, Almost 50 minutes
remaining in day. And we had the oxygen VI count
pegged high at 60. Pegged because I noticed that
it wasn't - it was both - they were both above
60 even, so I think that might be the - the limit
of the detector.

021 23 50 58 SPT And that started to decrease slowly. It was on

the way down and I thought, well, we've missed it.
With some reservation, I went over to Sun center
3098

and did a building block 32 while keeping an eye

on it. The X-ray count was not up, either PMEC
or IMAGE INTENSITY.

021 23 51 53 SPT I looked at the corona. Did not see any really
significant change. We had the viewer at about
060, and let me correct something that I said
this morning in my debriefing of What the white
light coronagraph looked like. I was trying to
read some notes rather quickly and was out of
phase there. Anyway we had a streamer at 060 and
one at 075. The one at 060 was slightly enhanced
but not a great deal so. And I compared it with
pictures that I have taken today at 12:10, 18:17
and then - one which I Just took at 22:5S. So I
compared with the previous two pictures and -
there's no real significant change where active
region 31 would put out a coronal alteration.
Went back to flare wait mode on active region 31,
and the counts again were still high - 40,000 to
50,000 in oxygen VI - still intensely bright
points, very small but very pinpoint in H-alpha
and a pinpoint in the XUV monitor.

021 23 53 22 SPT I might remark all the way along here that I can
see - or have been able to see in the XUV monitor,
the active region 31 without INTEGRATE. So really
it's a Judgment call as to how bright it really is,
and I set the INTENSITY to - to 6-1/2, or the
BRIGHTNESS I should say, to 6-1/2. And that gives
me some scale to work from all the time. And un-
less there's something happening in the active
region you - the X-RAY is not discernible without
INTEGRATE at that setting.

021 23 54 08 SPT Okay. 56 received some PATROL, SHORTs at 55 and

50. And I pointed at 41. 54 I left in the FLARE
MODE - all - flare wait mode - although they had
received a M, S, O, S, 62 when doing the building
block 32. That was at around 55 minutes remain-
ing. At about 39 minutes remaining - 20 or 39 -
I got a gimbal on a stop. We went off target; I
had to put in a B-minute maneuver time, maneuver
back, and I think I caught it rather early this
time; so we got back in a hurry.

021 23 55 04 SPT We didn't get too far off attitude. It was fur-
thest off in Z. At least it was slowest to come
 3099

back in Z, I should say; X was far out too but

came back rather quickly. And then we waited
again. And at 23:16 - and I didn't get TIME RE-
MAINING - but 23:16 is the time I wrote down when
I noticed - when I noted that I had started things
in the FLARE MODE. And the sequence was first, a
slight brightening in the XUV monitor. And it
increased over what I - the level I was used to
seeing it. In H-alpha, the pinpoint now started
to spread south. That's up in my display. The
reconfiguration changed in the brightening.

021 23 56 02 SPT PMEC was holding steady; I don't know what the
number was, 300 or 400. I don't recall. It was
somewhere around in there. And usually if it's
going to have a number like 300 or h00 and we're
in either the anomaly or a horn of any kind, then
it's very unstable and it fluctuates quite a bit.
This was relatively steady, maybe fluctuating
plus or minus 50 or so, or plus or minus 30 -
something on that order. Qualitatively, I knew
something was happening, so I went into the FLARE
MODE. 5h we started immediately. 56 was started
f- in AUTO, SHORT right after that. 55 was running
in MLS all this time with all detectors to OVER-
RIDE, except 5.

021 23 56 59 SPT 82A, I had the timer set up so they got a 20-second
exposure right away. 82B operated - I was rather
conservative and I gave them a WAVELENGTH, SHORT
expo - WAVELENGTH SHORT, TIMES 1/_ exposure. By
that time I knew I had something. All indicators
told me it was going to be something a little bit
more than - than was normal. And I Just started
checking to make sure I had things in the right
mode. And from this point on it's a - a little
bit harder to keep track of.

021 23 57 5h SPT But once I had confirmed that I did have a flare
on the rise - that was now after I had given 82A
the exposure and 82B the WAVET._GTH, SHORT. I
think I may have given them a second sequence in
there; I'm not sure. I then put both 82 instru-
ments into a FLARE - respective FLARE MODEs while
I was counting number of days remaining in the
mission and the number of synoptic films and so
forth, and I'm - on 82B we got down kind of far.
82A is down to 30. Well, we'll talk that when
I - when I get it done here.
3100

021 23 58 38 SPT 82_A then got exposures of WAVELENGTH, SHORT,

20 seconds at 2h remaining; 21, 18, 13, 8 and 3.
82B got a WAVELENGTH- well, I came out of their
FLARE MODE - well, I'm not too sure. But when we
peaked out, we were - I should say, the peaks were
at 710 on the PMEC, is the highest I recall seeing
and 70 on the IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT, and we had
bumped up to BERYLLIUM APERTURE, position 2. I
might add we did go before we saw BERYLLIUM APER-
TURE 3. I think that was one of the confirming
things that made me feel we had a big one. But
that was after we had started the experiments in
the FLARE MODE.

021 23 59 32 SPT So when we were around - reading 600 or so on the

PMEC and it had leveled out, IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT
was below 70; it was oh, hO - 50. Then again, I -
I'm trying to recall numbers which I can only re-
call a general scale of things, h0 or 50 is what
I recall that as. And it had leveled out, although
the configuration was changing in H-alpha, and oxy-
gen VI, believe it or not, was going down. I'll
describe the H-alpha manifestation in a little bit.
So that had me take the 82 instruments out of the
FLARE MODEs, and try to play it by - by ear from
there as far as giving them data without - and
leaving them some film.

###
 DAY 022 (AM) 3101

022 00 00 21 SPT And I think maybe on 82B we - we gave them more

data and less left film. Okay, for 82_B; when we
came out of the FLARE MODE, we had a - sc_ething
got by me there. And that was at - we had cycled
into the WAVELENGTH, LONG position. And when we
came out, I did not see that we were in LONG, and
I gave them two exposures, one at 25 and one at
22, two exposure sequences of TIMES 1/4.

022 00 00 59 SPT And now I notice we were in LONG and I had to get
over to SHORT. For some reason I had to CLOSE the
DOORs and OPEN them again. I didn't realize wheth-
er that was the anomaly or - the funny that - that
I'd worked with a long time ago or not. But when
I couldn't get to LONG, I knew we had to either
RESET DOORs or POWER and I tried DOORs first. And
then we got over to SHORT. And then I gave WAVE-
LENGTH, SHORT sequences at 20, 17, 12, TIME RE-
MAINING. Oxygen VI count was on the way down at
this point, so I gave the - went to SHORT, times
NORMAL at 9 and at 4. And I cut off at around
l-l2 minutes remaining which was slightly below
400 K. So we got a - a truncated last exposure
on that NORMAL,the 2 minutes and 30-secondex-
posure was truncated.

022 O0 02 ll SPT Okay, in H-alpha, it started out with Just a slight

spreading to the south. As the flare progressed
it spread to the south and to the east along a -
a line - horizontal. And then later on, it spread
up to the north and seemed to be concentrating
right around the point where we were working, even
though that - that obviously was not always the
hottest point in the flare. But it looked to me
as though we had a good roll; we had a good - a
good position for - for everybody.

022 O0 02 58 SPT If they want to take time out to roll 82B SLIT
parallel to anything they could, I figured that
they had enough bright flaring plage in their
slit to obliterate anything else. So that's where
we stayed. I'd be interested in hearing the sta-
tistics on all of this when you finally get done
in terms of actual flare rise and instrument start
times. I do think that I probably got this one
about as early as I possibly could with the indi-
cators I had available.
3102

022 00 03 39 SPT And again I might add, this is probably the only
way you can do it, is with your eyeball glued to
XUV monitbr, and depending on how the persistent
image scope is I'd probably have a black ring
around my right eye from - from staring into that.
But for once, I think it paid off. Happy data
analysis.

022 00 0_ 01 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

022 01 27 5B CDR Okay, this is the CDR. The subject is S073. And
I'm getting ready to start frame number 3 right
now. Stand by -

022 01 28 05 CDR MARK. And that mark was at 01:28 and 5 seconds.
The first frame was started at 01:24, right on
time. The second frame was started at 01:24 and
30 seconds. And now we're on the third frame.
The first frame was Nikon frame number - number 13;
second one was number 12; and this one's number ll
on the Nikon. And we did not get up_Ith you and
let you hear the marks and all that good stuff
because we had a medical conference going at that
time. And I was shoo - shooting your pictures
and talking to the doctor at the same time. So
got a little bit busy. Okay, 1 minute now has
gone on your - your - your exposure number 3.

022 01 29 50 CDR 15 seconds to go.

CDR Okay. Stand by -

022 01 30 05 CDR MARK. Termination of sequence - of exposure num-

ber 3. We're starting number 4.

022 01 30 15 CDR MARK. Started number 4 at 30 and 15 seconds,

01:30 and 15 seconds. And 15 seconds late but
we'll pick it up between the next two frames and
we'll be ahead. So we're in good shape.

022 01 30 29 CDR This is the CDR leaving the net for a few minutes.

022 01 36 l0 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. It's 01:36 and 15 seconds.
 3103

022 01 36 18 CDR MARK. Now we're going to do exposure number 5.

I'll cock the shutter.

022 01 36 35 CDR MARK. Exposure is started at 36:35. So we're

in good shape now. We made up 20 - no, 25 seconds
ahead. So at 44:35, I'll be terminating this
exposure.

022 01 36 56 CDR Leaving the loop again.

022 01 44 l0 CDR This is the CDR. The subject is S073 operations.

It's 01:44 and 15 seconds - 20 seconds. We're
about 15 seconds away from termination of exposure
number 5- 5 seconds to go. Stand by -

022 01 44 34 CDR MARK. Okay, that's terminated. I'm cocking the

shutter. Now we're coming up on 01:45 and we'll
start this exposure right on time. And this one's
for 6 minutes. We'll terminate it at 51, 1 minute
before sunrise. Standby -

022 01 45 00 CDR MARK. Okay, we've Just started exposure number 6

and that's frame number - number 8, I believe it
is. Yes, it's frame number 8.

022 01 45 36 CDR Okay. This is the CDR leaving the loop now. I'll
be back in about 5 minutes.

022 01 50 39 CDR CDR at 01:50 and 45 seconds. We're l0 seconds

from termination of frame - exposure number 6.
Stand by -

022 01 51 00 CDR MARK. Termination of frame - exposure number 6

at 01:51. We're 1 minute before sunrise. The
camera is cocked and we are complete with S073.

022 01 51 15 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

022 02 34 ll CDR This is the CDR at 02:34 Zulu reporting on the

M092 this morning. The subject was the PLT; the
M092 was started at 13:30 Zulu, and I think it
was done at about 14:20 Zulu. I think that's
3104

about right - Negative, no, it was later than

that because we had the llmb blood flow. I don't
really know; you'll have to check on that from
when the data came down on M093. It usually
takes us about an hour and l0 minutes to do this
whole thing. Okay, the data is as follows: The
PLT's left calf measured 1B-l/h; his right calf
measured 13-1/8. The legbands that were used
were Charlie Juliett, with a cal adjustment of
2.5. And Alfa Quebec was used on the right side.
And that's all the data you need.

022 02 35 14 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

022 12 09 59 PLT Okay, this is PLT giving M487-2 Delta crew

debriefing. I got the time to ... 20 more minutes.
Okay. How effective are the various tools used
thus far; in particular, which are poorly suited
for use in zero g? Did you find that you needed
any tools other than those provided in the kits?
Okay, yes, we've found that we'd like to have
files, regular-type files, and drills are a couple
of things that we'd like to have. I guess that
the tools that we've used - I know we've had
difficulty with some of them. I was Just trying
to - I was trying to remember the specifics
involved.

022 12 ll 14 PLT One of the biggest problems we have is in managing

the tools. And I end up carrying them in my
pocket. The tool caddy is Almost useless because
it doesn't hold the tools. They Just come out of
it when you're - you try to put them in there and
move, why they Just scatter all over everything,
come out. Things like putting all of the Alle -
little hex, or Allen wrenches, you know - in a bag,
where you have a bag with them. We're delighted
to have the Allen wrenches or the hex wrenches,
but see, when you open the top of the pocket,
you know, then it gets - everything Just comes
floating right out in your face. And with it -
it sounds like chimes ringing. And - that - that's
a difficult task to handle and I'm sure that's -
 3105

there's a - there's a rather obvious solution for

that, but - the - it is a problem. And I think
that management of tools has to be given an awful
lot of thought.

022 12 12 19 PLT I've already critiqued the tool boxes. By the

way, another gripe I have about the tool boxes
down there in those lockers is that the little
bent down legs that serves as a pull handle on
those drawers covers a lot of the nomenclature.
And you have to turn yourself - get your head
down _Imost to the floor and look underneath the
legs to see nomenclature. This - this violates
Just a garden variety co,non sense planning. To
put lables on a drawer and then hide it with a
piece of metal is - Well, it's Just not the way
to go. You're Just kidding yourself, if you think
you're sat - satisfying a requirement by putting
nomenclature on there and then you turn right
around and hide it and say, ha-ha-ha, see if you
can find it. So that's not a very intelligent
way to - to plan the nomenclature anyway.

r 022 12 13 ii PLT The - what do you think about the - question

here - poorly - poorly suited for use in zero g.
A screwdriver, if you have to apply force, is
difficult to use in zero g, because you're pushing.
And you - you're going to - unless you have a
purchase point for pulling located nearby, and
I mean nearby, within inches, say within 6 inches,
because you need an opposite force. The same
thing is true for wrenches, when you use - have
to use a high torque. Now if you - when - when
we're working with the scientific airlock and
other objects there, we're in - our feet are
close to grid floors and our feet provide the
necessary anchoring. I think that probably that's
as much trouble as - as not having the proper
tool here. One of the biggest problems has been
getting the proper body - the stability for using
the tool in question.

022 12 14 16 PLT Let's see now, we've had some assemblies - T025
assembly for the EVA, and some of the other main-
tenance tasks where we've had to use some fairly
reasonably high torques in the wrenches. And
that's not been a big problem, but I've found that
a couple of times I was - I was really - really
3106

straining to put enough force on with the stem

driver. Of course, we do have the - the ratchet
handles and two extensions to use. And l'd like
to - also, I think you ought to have something
like a hacksaw.

022 12 15 00 PLT Now, do you find that you needed any tool other
than those provided in the kits? I think that
there is always going to be a need for that kind
of stuff. And everybody seems to be all shook up
about metal - metal filings, and I think they
ought to be. But I think there's a way to handle
that, and I think it could be handled with a -
with a vacuum cleaner. And this - but this means
then that you're going to have to have a - what
amounts to a workbench or a special - special area
set aside, like over the diffuser section. By the
way, we have mentioned that from time to time; I've
found it an excellent place to - to work. Now, the
diffuser section itself, is a - a fairly large area
and really serves the - the purpose for holding
down pieces of paper and using small screws.

CC ... AOS at Honeysuckle for a very short pass......

022 12 15 54 PLT I haven't answered that question number 1 too well,

because I - I know that I at time - from time to
time, I've thought of better, you know, tools that
I'd like to have and the effectiveness of the giv-
en tools and - I'd like to come back to that, if
I think of any thing else.

PLT Number 2, what postural adjustments have you had

to make in order to accommodate task performance
in zero g? Numerous. Taking stuff out of the
dome lockers. You may think, well, that wouldn't
be too bad because you've got that blue ring.
Well; it's not true because most - a lot of times
in order to get to the equipment that's located
under the lid, you have to come out of the - the
blue ring foot restraints and work op - in the
open. And there in the airlock is hard to work
because there are no foot restraints_ The STS
and the MDA are very difficult locations in which
to work with tools because of the great lack of
foot restraints and body restraints. And this
means that you end up use - using your body against
whatever things - whatever pieces of hardware are
 3107

available. And I have experienced numerous cuts

and bruises and so forth in trying to stabilize
myself while I'm working with tools or Just with
installations.

022 12 17 15 PLT I'd like to go back and say that in particular -

this question 1 again. It just occurred to me
that a vacuum - the vacuum cleaner, I'd call a
tool, because it's used in so many ways. Doggone,
it just still doesn't have enough suck is all it
amounts to. That's the - the vacuum Just is not
strong enough to do a lot of the things we'd like
to do. In particular, I'd like to mention the
0WS heat exchanger fans in the aft airlock com-
partment and the associated heat exchanger vanes,
fins - vanes and fin area; there is a little ra-
diator heat exchanger itself. We've been trying
to - to vacuum that thing now, but the - the
manufacturer very thoughtlessly neglected to put
filter in front of those heat exchangers, and so
the heat exchanger vanes and fins themselves act
as a filter and then over a period of time trapped
an awful lot of lint, what appears to be lint
F and fine particulates. And it requiresthat we
go up there several times - oh, during the mission,
it's about every third or fourth day - and vacuum
those, and we don't have a suitable vacuum tool
for it.

022 12 18 25 PLT I tried to - I - I - I've made one up in order

to get down in there, but the hose itself, the -
the metal part of the vacuum cleaner is too large
to fit by the 0WS flapper valve that leads down
to the heat exchanger. And what I'm leading up
to saying is that maybe we ought to give it a
little more thought to more flexibility in our
attachments on the vacuum cleaner. And also the
fact that the vacuum cleaner itself turns into
a maintenance device, rather than just a clean-
liness device. It's certainly satisfactory for
cleaning off the diffuser and doing routine va-
cu,,m_ng in zero g, but that thing is asked to do -
fill many, many, many more roles than - than it
was orginally designed for. And I assume that
the same thing is going to hold true of a vacuum
cleaner in Shuttle. And I think we ought to have
a lot more vacuuming capability. In other words,
3108

they ought to have a lot more power to it. And

I know you've got problems because it's already
on high power, and I don't know what the answer
is. But that - that thing - that thing does turn
out to be a maintenance tool, and that's the point
I'm trying to make. And I think that we ought to
have more flexibility in the attachments, and it
ought to be a stronger vacuum.

022 12 19 38 PLT What major muscle groups do you employ in zero g

as opposed to one g? Well, of course, you use
your arms and shoulders more, but what you do is
you end up trying to use your legs as primary
stabilizing devices and wrapping them around what-
ever is available in order to stabilize yourself
and give yourself a - a work position which is
satisfactory for the job at hand. And also, you -
you end up an awful lot using your arms and - and
your legs to wedge into places and it's a very -
Well, sometimes it's painful. It's certainly not
the - the way that you would - a good human fac-
tors time-and-motion man would just throw up his
hands if he saw a lot of things that we have to
do in order to perform the tasks that are more or
less routine.

022 12 20 27 PLT What major muscle groups - okay. Would you offer
any design recommendation for future vehicles
based upon these considerations? Yes, I would.
And they fall into the following catagories: One,
good work station for each area where there's
equipment located. I don't care if it's designed
to put l0 billion hours of trouble-free operations,
it may break down after lO hours. And we end up
replacing, modifying, patching, taping, and every-
thing else, these - these pieces of equipment.
If you - if you have a piece of equipment that's
accessible, inside or outside of the spacecraft,
unless it's got weld beads closing in a half-inch
steel armor plate around it, then that son of a
gun may be - has to be - you may be asked to work
on that thing. And now, inside and outside the
spacecraft, there ought to be at least mounts or
provisions for crew restraints, feet and hands.
Remember, Just to give you foot restraints a lot
of times is not enough, if the guy can't hold on-
to anything else, because he may have to hold on
with one hand and pull with the other. Now the
 3109

stepping stone of proper cr - the proper provision

for crew restraints, and handholds, footholds,
whatnot throughout the spacecraft at any area where
maintenance activity could be envisioned to take
place, replacement of modules or modification of
modules or any other thing.

022 12 22 02 PLT So the second general area is that - and it's

sort of a continuation of the first - is that
every time there's a - whoops - place where it's
considered or envisioned that a tool could be
used, consideration - I think you should have an
opposition point of application of force. If
you're going to undo a screw - if you're going
to unscrew a screw in a screw at point A, then
radially out from the axis of rotation of that
screw at several inches, say 6 to 12 or 15, there
ought to be a location where you can grab ahold
of something and hold. Say, if you're going to
unscrew it with your right hand, there's a place
there for you to hold with your left to offset the
torque, if you're going to have to push on some-
thing. Now we've - A good example of a really
p lousy design, as far as I'm concerned,is the
recharge station for the PSS in the aft airlock
compartment. Boy, we end up thrusting our back
against the - all kinds of hardware and hatches
and everything else trying to get the recharge
um - umbilical hose on and off the - the bottle
connection. That is one of the worst connections,
I think for - for a ... that I have ever seen.
The point that I'm trying to make is that there
is really no suitable opposition - point of op-
position - point of opposition - application of
opposition force to accommodate that action. If
you go look at that particular task, I think you
will see what I'm talking about. But I mean,
there are things there to grab on to but you -
you also can - can hurt yourself in there. There
are all kinds of sharp pieces of hardware and so
forth. It's almost a ground safety problem. But
that - that's one example of a task where you
really don't have a suitable opposition point, and
you're pushing and pulling at the same time, of
course, on that thing, too.

022 12 23 54 PLT So proper crew restraint, and - in order to anchor

the body and also proper location and provision
3110

of opposition force application point for - tool

force application, that is, one opposite the tool
force application. And it doesn't have to neces-
sarily be a tool either, as I said ... constitutes
an action which requires a - an opposition force.

PLT Okay, would you offer any design recommendations -

Okay, ... trying to think of any more. Another
thing, by the way, that turns out to be a real
frustrating business is - is applying the clip-
board that we have. It has a double snap on it
- it has two snaps. That thing is very hard to
put on. It's really amazing, and the snaps that
are on handholds are great to use because you can
put one finger behind the handhold and the other
finger in front and push them together with your
two fingers. Now that - that consitutes an oppo-
sition pair of forces. Every time we knock the
clipboard off of the - the snaps up at the EREP
panel, it's a - it's really a major operation to
get that thing put back on because there's nothing
to pull against with your other finger when you
try and put that snap back in. You end up push-
ing yourself on the opposite side of the space-
craft trying to put the snap in.

022 12 25 18 PLT So snaps on the large flat surface are really, as

far as I'm concerned, are marginally satisfactory
unless you got something else to help you now.
We have some - I'm - I'm right here looking at
some snaps on a - a wire-on cover right next to
OWS radiant heater 2, to the right as you face
the SIA next to the minus-Z SAL. Now that snap
pattern is probably all right because - because
I got places to put my feet on the floor here, and
I also have some handholds over here to hold on to.
So I can put that down there with no more - with
no more - with no trouble. But if I'm just in a
large flat area with a snap, I think I'm in trouble.

022 12 25 55 PLT The previous Skylab crew observed that handling

large masses was far less difficult than handling
multiple items of relatively small mass. Has
your experience been similar? Yes, indeed. And
what logistics management techniques have you em-
ployed to cope with this problem? Well, we use
bags. That's what we used, and our pockets - and
also our pockets. I end up putting lots of small
 3111

things in my pockets. And - but then when you -

of course, when you unzip the - the pockets,
things all come floating out, and you got to
watch for that. But I - I think that the idea
of the tool caddy, going back to that, was basi-
cally motivated by certainly the best intentions.
It's just unfortunate that it did not turn out
to be quite as - as good a restraint device and
holding device as we thought it was going to be.
And I previously mentioned that I thought bags -
bags with lots of window openings - transparent
with - transparent sections would be good, with
a double - with an overlapping flap door in the
top of it or in the side or something you could
reach through and see the stuff. You got to be
able to see it, though. Reaching down in a bag
and feeling for things is out to lunch. I've
tried that. That's - that's wa - a real time
waster. You always end up opening the bag and
peeking down in there and then the stuff's float-
ing out while you are doing that.

022 12 27 14 PLT Have you found that you could accomplish mainte-
nance tasks reasonablywell with - with either
on-line or at improved - improvised work sites,
or would these chores have been simplified by
having a dedicated maintenance station? Well, it
depends. The PSS recharge stand - station is a
dedicated maintenance station, and I think that's
a very poor design, because of the - just the way
that the hardware works in that station, and I -
I - I don't like it. It - it works. I have had
difficulties at times with it. But just because
you have a dedicated maintenance station does not
mean it's going to be a good one. That's my point,
because that one - my - I'm personally - I per-
sonally don't like that one, and again a lot of
times - and it's all - of course, this is intended
as constructive criticism, because if I had de-
signed that thing, I might have designed it Just
like he - they did. The only thing is, of course,
it is - it does have an awful lot of sharp corners
there in a very small - a lim - limited area, where
you're - you're working with your fingers, but you
- you do - I like the idea of making dedicated
maintenance stations. I like that idea, but I -
all I'm saying is, because you see somewhere in a
3112

document that we have a dedicated maintenance sta-

tion for task X - X-ray 2, whatever it happens to
be, that does not mean it's going to be any good.
That's the point. I - I have been able to accom-
plish the tasks reasonably well either on-line or
at improved - improvised work sites. And I think
they probably would have been much better to do at
a dedicated maintenance station if it had been done
pro - if the dedicated maintenance station was pro-
perly designed. And I think that in the case of
the PSS recharge station that - that with a little
thought that could have been better - I mean,
there's just - there's an awful lot of sharp edges
and a very small work en - work envelope there.

022 12 29 21 PLT Would you recommend a dedicated maintenance station

for future long-term missions? I certainly would,
and that's what I had in mind when I mentioned the
work bench at the - earlier and that's - that's a
- this is a specialization of that. And what I
had an id - in mind was a general work bench, say,
located near or above our diffuser, something that
is similar to what we have had, but the diffuser
section or perhaps even one that was specially de-
signed which could, say, have a couple of vacuum
cleaners hooked up to it or something like that.
And we'd turn on just as is - is - as - as the
need arose. For instance, like me - we have a
vacuum cleaner in - incorporated in our shower
system and there's no reason why you couldn't
have just a - especially if the volume did not
cost you all that much. What I've been envision-
ing is a workstation flat surface with a C, with
- like a vise or you know, and a few ancillary -
pieces of ancillary equipment. And then you turn
the - the vacuum on - this thing would be the dif-
fuser section, maybe located underneath this thing
or incorporated as a part of the surface or some-
thing like that and - and you use it to - to re-
strain items while you work on them. But - but
dedicated maintenance station idea is - is excel-
lent because it - we - it would focus your atten-
tion on the task when you design it and also would
probably give you the - give you a stowage loca-
tion for special tools for that so you wouldn't
have to go and - and search them out every time.
And also, yes, I think it would lead to better -
better management in housekeeping regarding those
 3113

tools. I think we've been pretty good about that,

but occasionally we do lose a tool and then find
it.

022 12 31 06 PLT But it's always that gnawing fear that you know,
golly, you just sort of lose track of the thing.
You'll get a tool to do the job and then maybe
you put it in your pocket, like I said we did, and
if you - sometimes if you do, you forget, and you
don't put the thing back for a while.

022 12 31 2h PLT What is your prime method of removing reactive

forces _hen you must exert linear push or pull
forces during a task? Okay, the prime method is
body english and agonizing pain. The - the MDA
and the STS are two areas - and also the airlock
- where it's really to - One of the - one of the
tasks I was thinking of - it just - just occurred
to me was the replacement of the umbilical stowage
container cover. Now that - that cover is not
very well designed because it won't even receive
all the receptacles that are located in it. I
mean, you can't attach all the pieces that are
_-- supposedto attachto the fittingsin there and
get that - they won't even - you can't even get
them in there, I don't think. I think maybe a
factory man might with a couple of Stillson
wrenches and large pair of pliers, twisting and
bending and deforming, but anyway, that - there -
When you start to put those back in, that - that
turns out to be quite a - an un - unsatisfactory
chore. And there's nothing to push against except
put your feet on the opposite side of the airlock
and push - put your shoulder or whatever else
against it and get to - try to get the thing in
there. So what you end up doing is really lo -
looking all around and seeing what you can wrap
your legs around, arms around, put your shoulder
against, put your back against, put your feet
against, that sort of thing and then if you can't,
you start thinking about something else.

022 12 32 55 PLT Now when I did the repair of the primary coolant
loop early in the mission, I was working in an
area that hadn't - in the - Let's see, the STS -
MDA, MDA - Was it MDA or ST - yes, I guess, it
Just - guess - it's Just the STS.
3114

022 12 33 21 PLT I was working in the area there around the mol
sieves where there were no foot restraints and
poor lighting. By the way, that's another thing,
too. There ought to be a way of getting adequate
lighting around. Now we do have portable lights
and all that sort of thing, but that - I think in
addition to that that ought to be a prime consider-
ation of all envelopes working in the working area,
lighting and, of course, permanent lighting would
be better, if you have the capability to have per-
manent lighting. Okay, go back to working on the
primary tool that no - no footholds - foot re-
straints in - and all you have in the area there
are the handholds that run around the mol sieves
in the STS. What I need - what I did was I took
some long straps and I snapped them around my legs
and from my legs around - through Just about my
calf and ankle area. I strapped my feet - my legs
to the handholds by putting - by looping the long
straps around the handholds. One of the reasons
I did this is I was - they wanted this coverage
on television. Well, I didn't want to look like
an imbecile on the television, so I very - gave a
lot of careful thought, which was a good deal, be-
cause I did the job better. But I wrapped the
straps around my legs and wrap - then wrapped both
the straps around the handholds and this anchored
my legs and permitted me to use my hands without
having to worry about my hands torquing the rest
of my body. That was the primary point there.

022 12 34 51 PLT Otherwise it's a - it's really a - a big guessing

game for removing the torques, and a lot of the
times what you end up doing and this is - I assume
I ought to be ashamed to admit this but as - as
the designers ought to be equally ashamed in pro-
viding us _-ith a - a system where you have to use
this, is to - to use lag forces in inertia of the
body in order to take out some of the torque. In
other words, if I'm getting ready to unscrew a
screw I - I go ahead and give the thing a big pull
or twist and so forth and then let my body go ahead
and torque. And then I wait until our thing's
stable around and - stabilize again and then I
give it another twist.

022 12 35 28 PLT And so you're Just sort of using the inertia of

your - of your body, free floating there as a
 3115

temporary, short-term opposition for - to - to

cancel the reactive force. And, of course, you've
got to get yourself back under control. Our work-
ing - working in the lids at the dome ring lockers
is that way a lot, and undoing some of the Calfaxes
on some of the equipment. One, if you're getting
the PCU out. When we had trouble on the - I guess
it was the second EVA, Jerry's PCU started leaking
and we had to get the spare PCU out. And I got
up there and I had to use a - the ratchet - ratchet
handle plus an extension and some - some tool
fittings on the end of the extension; I think it
was a 7/16 deep socket; I don't know. Anyway that
was a - that was a good example of question num-
ber 5 - question 5 here, in that I was sort of
thrashing myself back from one side of the locker
to the other as I was a ratcheting those things;
they were real tight.

022 12 36 34 PLT Have you - number 6: Have you noted a definite

tendency to establish an IVA coordinate system as
a frame of reference for locomoting and working
within the various modules and compartments of
Skylab? Yea, verily,I have. And it may vary for
the individual workstation. And when I'm facing
the minus Z-SAL, I'm minus-Z-SAL oriented. When
I'm facing the film locker I'm film-locker oriented,
or when I'm facing some other area, like when I'm
vacuuming the diffusers section, I'm orientated
to that device. When I'm looking in the OWS heat
exchanger areas, I'm located there; I've got a
different orientation when I turn around and view
the PSS recharge station. When I look from either
one of those to the other during a individual
task, that other - that other location doesn't -
doesn't occur to me. It's only when I get to that
location and start doing that work that everything
falls into reference for that particular task and
workst at ion.

022 12 37 36 PLT That's a - that's an awfully good question and I've

found that that's a phenomenon I did not know
exists. Now yesterday I was cleaning the freezers
and I found - this was in the wardroom, getting
the ice off - chipping the lee of the - around the
doors and so forth. We do this about - I think
about once a week. And it turned out to be very,
very useful to turn myself upside down with my
3116

feet on the ceiling, on the wardroom, as it were,

and with my head down toward the grid floor of
the wardroom. And while - as long as I was doing
that and working on the freezers, everything
seemed great; in other words, it just seemed very,
very reasonable. As soon as I diverted my atten-
tion - I finished and I diverted my attention back
into the wardroom I looked around and everything
looked all weird because I was upside down. Just
like turning yourself on your - standing on your
hands in a room in one g.

022 12 38 27 PLT But you do not im - what is it - subjectively

reorientate the volume relative to the given pos-
ture you have. You do not do that. The body - or
the mind does not do that. Because that wardroom
just looked completely different, and - and this,
I think is - some of it has already been well
documented by the other crewmen, so I won't go
into more detail on that.

022 12 38 51 PLT Discuss the application you feel this should

have in the design of future vehicles. I think it's
rather obvious. I think that you cannot design
an omnidirectional system. In other words, I -
you cannot design a volume which is going to look
right to the crewman all the time, no matter what
his attitude is. At the same time, it should im -
implant the germ - at least the idea that when
you are in a given work area, things should be
oriented relative to that work area - relative to
the task performed at that point.

022 12 39 23 PLT And that you cannot depend - you can't say, well,
zero g ain't going to make no difference anyway;
I'll Just put it upside down here. Well, that's
not true because you - when you sit at - when
you're standing here, say at the minus Z-SAL where
I am right now, everything should look upright to
you at that point. You do not assume some kind
of emotional capability, or I guess the orientation
capability in zero g that one may think. Things
do look up in - things do look upside down. Things
do look upright and upside down relative to the
present orientation of the individual. And it
might - I've already - I think I've already gone
into great detail on how I think that you should
label and number things. And I think that at
least this - there's no big problem once you locate
 3117

your hardware and you go to that piece of hardware;

you orient yourself in a familiar direction to work
at that station and press on from there.

022 12 40 30 PLT What is your opinion concerning the advisability

of exerting design influence to standarize for
future vehicles the multiple types of snaps, latches
and retainers, restraints, doors, et cetra, that
you have been confronted with aboard Skylab? Well,
I think that there ought to be a lot of standardiza-
tion, and I think one of the - the - a good step in
the right direction is standardized snap patterns.
And I think that the grid pattern on the floor is
a good idea, and the way we've used handholds and
universal mounts.

022 12 41 05 PLT I think that there ought to be more of that, and

I think there ought to be something like a peg-
board pattern all around the spacecraft. In other
words, where we see walls here in the - in the OWS,
ought to be a pegboard pattern. Now, I don't say
it had to be brown like the pegboard things that
you buy, because it - you know - it could be just
the same coloras we have here. But it'd be a
stand-off surface, fairly sturdy, with something
like a pegboard pattern, that'd give you a lot
more flexibility. I've found that a lot of times
the - the hex pattern we have here, the 60-degree
limited - limit in capability, is - doesn't -
doesn't give you quite the flexibility you would
like to have. The pegboard pattern is not going
to give you a whole lot more, probably, but they
could - at least you can lotate - locate the things,
as far as position is concerned, with a little
more fineness in selectivity.

022 12 41 59 PLT I still find different size snaps around the space-
craft. Generally speaking, it's pretty good, but
I have encountered them. And we - we do find that
here and there we - we will occasionally get a snap
that does not fit, too small or too large. Again,
snaps - in order to use snaps, you ought to have
something - something that's behind - some way to
get your finger behind the snap in order to put
another snap on, because that - that turns out to
be quite a chore sometimes.

022 12 42 31 PLT And as far as Dialatches are concerned, I think

they're terrible. They don't work a lot of times;
3118

they - the little things - the Dialatches on the

S019 equipment, on the film vault door, and the
S063 vault, 512, I think it is - all around those
things have - they - they're - they're just a lot
of trouble. I don't particularly like them. And
I - I guess that I shouldn't criticize something
without - without making some suggestions for
something better, but we're probably going to
live with those for a while. I don't like them.
And also the little Dialatches that hold the hoses
for the OWS water system; I - I don't know. I'm -
I'm at a loss to suggest a - a better system, but
I - I think the idea of standardizing those things
is great.

022 12 43 27 PLT I also feel like there ought to be an easy way to

replace them. The - we found that the ones on the
vau - film vault caused us a lot of problems. I
think you ought to be able to - to replace them
very easily. The - I tell you, the thing that -
the little - the little sort of - Well, let's see;
it looks like wing nut fasteners, only they're
Dialatches, that hold the OWS water system hoses.
Those things are hard to get in position, and it's
hard to know when you got it ... seems like you -
it's hard knowing you have them engaged properly.
And then also it seems like you always have to
turn them just a little further than your wrist
wants to go.

022 12 44 08 PLT Okay, restraints, doors. I had an awful lot to

say about this and I'm running out of time. But
I'll give some thought to question number 7, and
if I don't give it - get it back on tape, I'll
give it during the debriefing.

022 12 44 19 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

022 13 h8 44 PLT This is the PLT completing the Mh87-2 Delta crew
debriefing. What is your opinion concerning -
This is question 7. What is your opinion
concerning the advisability of exerting design
 3119

influence to standardize for future vehicles

the multiple types of snaps, latches, retainers,
restraints, doors, et cetera, that you have been
confronted with aboard Skylab? And I think that
there's enormous benefit to be gained by
standardizing. Some of the latches - I was
mentioning Dialatches, the type of Dialatches
that are on the film vault, the water-purification
container - compartment con - container, the T025,
and various other pieces around and how - how
those - the S019. Those things - you - you undo
them and you - and they flop back. And then you
get ready to open the door - and by the time you
get ready to open the door, if - the thing has
bounced back and reengaged itself. That's one
thing that's sort of an irritation, pushing the
things out of the way.

022 13 50 04 PLT Another is that the - they seem to get out of

adjustment. And this is not so bad on the C-type
that's used on the S019 film vault, although we
have an awful lot of trouble with the ones on
the film vault. I don't - I - I don't know why,
_ I Just don't particularly like those. And I
don't like the little - as I've mentioned, the
ones that have the - they - they look - it's sort
of like a wingnut, only they're a Dialatch type
thing. And you have to more your - you always
seem to be Just short of getting far enough with
the thing because there's a limitation in the
wrist-twist motion in movement, instead of
movement capable with the wrist. The Calfax are
other headaches. The little washer on the opposite
end is always coming off. Aw - awfully hard to
line the things up. I think that's not the fault
of the Dialatch. I think it was mismatch of
hardware. But the access for the water - -

SPT ... ATM debriefing.

PLT Any time, Just tell me.

SPT Okay....

PLT The - let's see what was I going to say - access

for the mol sieve compartment for water - the
water reservoir for the ATM. That - that compart-
ment is very poorly aligned and the Calfax is
3120

very difficult to get in position. OWS heat

exchanger access - one of them, we never could
put in. Stand by 1. Ed, any time you're ready.
Okay, go ahead.

022 13 52 07 SPT Hello. 1,11 be Just a few minutes.

022 13 52 17 SPT ... Okay?

PLT Press on.

SPT Thank you.

022 13 52 26 SPT SPT at 13:52. ATM pass which began at about

13:10 or 13:15 when I got called up after we
bumped the EREP. Or I should say EREP was
canceled due to weather. Came out to the building
block 32 and looked at the corona again and no
significant change. The spike which existed
around i00 %'as still there, very prominent.

CC Skylab, this is Houston through Honeysuckle Creek

for 5 minutes. And we're still watching your
bearing temperatures now. We have telemetry
again through Honeysuckle.

022 13 53 16 SPT Hold on. I'll . .. in Just a few moments.

CC ...

022 13 55 15 PLT Okay. This is the PLT continuing the M487 brief.
One of the other things that I dislike very
intensely about the little wingnut Dialatches,
the type that are used for the - retaining the
OWS water system hose, is that they're too small.
They end up hurting your fingers. In any event -
it seemed like they were a little bit more than -
well, first off, you could - you go past the
engagement point, it looks to me like. You - you
could - you continue - if you twist it too hard,
you would release it again. Either that or I
didn't - I - I wasn't in Just the right position
to start with. Anyway, that's enough on those.
And Calfax didn't appear really to do the Job.

022 13 56 15 PLT The OWS heat exchanger cover, one Calfax we

could never get ti - tightened down. The ATM
water reservoir access, we never got that
 3121

compartment installed. I got it once; I got it

in one time, I think. We used gray tape after
that so the Calfax were virtually useless. And
I say_ I don't know if it was the fault of the
Calfax or it was the alignment of the hardware.
But the Calfax require - they were - it was on
the end of a rod - the - the fastener part of the
Calfax. The little engagement part was on the
long end of a rod which extended back through
the water - the ATM water reservoir access
compartment, which was actually another stowage
container. And the whole thing hinged out. And
so the problem was that there is - the Calfax
engagement bit, or whatever it is, was on the
end of that long rod. And, of course, if the
compartment itself was not aligned perfectly
toward - at - the - at the interface, then you
couldn't get the Calfax engaged.

022 13 57 31 PLT Another thing on fasteners is a man - in a manner

of speaking are the QDs. Now - no - most of the
time, I'd say 80 percent of the time, you don't
have trouble with QDs. But when you go get one
that's sticky,it is really murder because it's
awfully - if you're trying to push one on the
water tank - push water tank hose onto a water
tank and you're having trouble with it, it's
very difficult because there - it doesn't seem
to be like - there's a - there's enough - there's -
there is a point that you can hold on to close
enough to the axis of the applied push force to
give you a - a good opposition force. The foot -
blue ring foot restraint looks like it would be
ideal for that. But it turns out that you end
up torquing - torquing your body well out into
the workshop. Now I - I found out on water
tank 9 I had particular difficulty with that QD.
And we used that quite a lot in the water service
unit - procedures. And I had to hook up that
deionization hose to that water tank and I spilled
and sprayed water Just about every time I tried
that one. And part of the reason is because the
food lockers were in the way and I had to reach
back up under there. What I'm saying is when
you locate a - a QD - for instance, you locate
a water tank and that QD is underneath there and
it's - a man's going to come along and he's going
to put a hose on that and he's going to have all
3122

kinds of room under here and everything. That

may not be true because other equipment may be
moved in, making it very difficult to get a
straight-on shot at the QD.

022 13 59 12 PLT What I'm leading up to is saying that even though

for 80 percent of the time, maybe even 90 percent
of the time, the installation and removal of a QD
on a big fixture like on the water tank is a
straightforward operation. When you do get in
trouble and you don't have a clear volume in which
to work, which is the case for water tank 9, and
it can turn into - to - I really cut my - my forearm
on my - the outer bone in my left arm. I - I cut
through the skin there two or three times trying
to get the QD onto water tank 9. Now getting it
off is no problem, although again you bang your
bones or - I was banging my arms into metal up
there trying to pull it off. What I'm getting
around to salving is that there ought to be a pull
- a pull point near - near enough to ax to that
thing, so that you can work that thing with your
arms extended - not when you're in an ideal position,
but when you - when you're working that thing with
your arms well out in front of your body and you,
say, envision yourself reaching into a closed
volume and trying to pu - attach that QD - install
the QD and also trying to remove it. Because
that's where we get bit. It's not when the thing
is sitting out in the workshop with l0 million
cubic foot of space there. It's sitting on a
table and everYbody around there scratching their
fanny and saying, "Ah, that's great, that works
good." Well, you go put that into a very tight
volume and work in - start working with your arms
with - with a limited degree of access and visi-
bility and the whole task changes.

022 14 00 44 PLT And it - what was originally a good decision

and certainly I - I can understand exactly how
it happens because I've been placed in that
situation where I was sitting there looking at
a piece of equipment on a workbench in a factorY
and saying, "Man, that looks great." But then
the - the QD slips on there and pulls off of
there with no problem. But I was sitting there
with the thing right in front of my stomach and
putting all kinds of forces on it and with - was
 3123

no problem at all. You put that thing in a lim-

ited access environment and lighting and - this
thing - it's a whole new ball game. And that's
why I think that we need those purchase points
and force application points for things like QDs.
Because you - you just - it - it's not the same
to say that it works great on the item when
it's - when you're working with it in the work-
shop or in a high - in a high-bay building and
then - then you go and stick the thing in - in
a place where it's hard to get to. The - some
of the QDs on the EVA panel - IVA panel, which
... - I guess it is EVA panels - are also awfully
hard to work. We had trouble with those at the
factory. I think there also should be a sleeve-
type tool that we could put on QDs for actually
working with pieces that are very, very stiff.
And what we worked up one of these tools that -
in JSC there for use in the water separator on -
above panel 225; I think it's 217.

022 14 02 0h PLT Now right there is a classic example of one of

the worst designs I have ever seen. That is a
_- very, ve_ difficultarea in which to work and
if it is the - if the QDs slide on and off, then
it's not too bad. I - fortunately, I had no
trouble with that flight. In training - on the
training vehicle I had a fit. I say I had no
trouble in the flight. I didn't get it the first
time. I had to work with it when - when I had the
water separation procedure here after the EVA 2
when Jerry got gas in the line because of a - the
problem with a PCU connector. But that area up
there - that access - that liquid gas separator,
and I think it's panel 217, represents in my mind
one of the best examples of how not to provide the
crew with access and tools. Because it - first
off, there's no tool with - that - that's suit-
able for working. I take that back. I found
that the connector pliers - I - I could use the
connector pliers to some advantage in putting
those QDs back on. Getting them off is not too
much of a problem, even though that's not easy.
But we - we griped at and - in training and
people - again, you know, they sort of hemmed and
hawed around. And people at MacDac said, "Ah,
it's all right the way it is," and didn't give
us - well, anyway I could understand since it's
3124

already built that w_y that - why - why, they'd

be very defensive about it. But, in any event,
there is an example of something that we don't
want to repeat on future spacecraft. And that's
the - that liquid gas separator situation there.
Because there's - first place, it's a hard -
those - those - the forces required to replace
those QDs is very high. And you have very, very
limited access. And you end up cutting your
hands and wrists when you're working in there.
So from a medical standpoint, I think it's highly
undesirable because you never know what kind of
contaminants you have in the plumbing lines. And
it's just a - Just a very difficult area in which
to work. The - on the other hand the liquid gas
separator on the ATM is no problem at all. And,
of course, it - the - it's only installed, I think,
there temporarily.

022 14 04 38 PLT Okay, let's see now. I covered the fasteners.

The hatches and doors - well, the - the hatches
in the airlock module, not the 0WS dome hatches
but the hatches in the airlock module, cover a
lot of items which are of flight safety concern.
And I'm thinking right now in particular of the -
the MDA - excuse me, the airlock hatches. Both
of the hatches cover the CABIN PRESSURE RELIEF
VALVEs, which could be a serious flight safety
item of concern. In particular, the - see, we -
we got ourselves out of configuration. How, I
don't know. Probably what happened, and I'm
not sure of this - probably I looked in there and
checked the thing CLOSEd, convinced myself that
the little knob was turned to CLOSEd, when it was
actually at OPEN. Now the reason for this -
there's no excuse for it. But I'm saying the
reason for it is that the lighting is poor, it's
coveged by the hatch, and during the time that
that check is made there's a whole lot of scien-
tific equipment located in the aft airlock com-
partment. This is just post EVA. And so I did
not want to move the hatch around because it would
be banging all of these delicate scientific in-
struments. So I looked - used my flashlight and
looked under the hatch, saw the knob was aligned
on the mark except it was the wrong mark. And -
or either that or I read the label incorrectly.
I don't even know, it's been so long ago. But
 3125

this has been over a month. But I found it out

of configuration yesterday. The - the problem-
the - the point here is that the - the hatch
covers, aTmost permanently - in other words, this
is the - this is the standard configuration for
that hatch. It's never really moved from that
position.

022 14 06 35 PLT And it covers both the forward and the aft air-
lock hatch. It covers CABIN PRESSURE RELIEF
VALVEs. And if this thing failed or failed -
popped open or something like that, you'd want to
get to it in a hurry; the hatches can give you a
problem. So that's one of the things you've got
to watch out for in hatch design is that when the
things are in their stowed position, do they cover
up items that are flight-critical items? Another
thing, let's see, well, I - there's just no way
of getting around the fact that a hatch, you know,
is - is a - a big - great big thing that's hard
to - to manage. The - those hatches do restrict
volume and transfer through there. And I've let -
that's not a - that shouldn't be really a point
directedagainstthe hatchesthemselves. They
were - as far as workability, I think the hatches
all work quite well, have had no problem with
them.

022 14 07 27 PLT The OWS aft - the OWS dome hatch has a very pe-
culiar sequencing to its operation. And I -
I - I'm - I think if it was - one of the problems
that we had with it is during the E - prep for
EVA is that the first time the crewman works that
thing, he usually gets all mystified because it
works different from the others, which - another
point in favor of standardization, that is, that
all hatches ought to work the same. Now, we got
used to working the - the lock hatches, the -
the - the hatch on the fore and aft side of the
airlock compartment itself. Now they work dif-
ferently from the dome hatch. Now the MDA hatch
works the - works the same as the - the airlock
hatches, though we were used to working those
hatches weren't wor - used to working the dome
hatch. So when we encountered it on EVA - it
wasn't me - but when we encountered that situ-
ation, then there was a lot of confusion. So
there - that's a - that's a good point in favor

/
3126

of standardization. So I guess what you're say-

ing is that if you have to have certain safety
features incorporated, like our equipment on the
dome hatch, then you probably ought to put them
in all the hatches, unless there's a real good
reason for not doing it, Just - Just to avoid
that kind of confusion which could occur during
a critical time.

022 14 08 44 PLT The point is that you say, well, you're a crew-
man and you're intelligent; you ought to be able
to train for it. And I say, that's great; I ac-
cept that. But at the same time, I want to point
out the fact that in an emergency you're probably
operating on 20 percent of your normal intelli-
gence level because of panic factor, or anything
else, many other things, and you're trying to
divide your attention probably as much as any-
thing else. And that probably explains more
than anything the cause for panic. It's just
over - overdivision of - attempt to overdivide
your attention between a lot of - of related and
startling stimuli.

022 14 09 22 PLT The - so during an emergency you'd like to make

sure that the guy gets this Job right. And
if you got every hatch that operates differently,
or if you got one hatch that's a critical hatch
and it operates Just - it operates differently
from all the other hatches, then - high proba-
bility the guy's going to screw it up, and then -
in an emergency when he really needs to do it
right. Okay. That's good on that. Beat that
one to death.

022 14 09 49 PLT Okay, we're still talking hatches, fasteners,

and so forth, so forth. The Dialatches on the
lights, even, I don't think they can -

022 14 l0 27 PLT The one thing that may be of advantage, and that
is - what I - I'm not sure that that's - that's
appropriate. The point I was going to mention
is that in the - in the portable foot restraints
that - that you use for suit donning, you - you
pin the shoe in there so that the guy that's
doing the suit donning's held in there nice and
firm. And the only thing is, once you get him
 3127

in there, once you get him in that suit, there's

no way he can pull those pins. Somebody else
has got to pull them for him. It would be nice
if there was some way so that the guy could -
could release himself. Get - so that he'd get
caught in there by himself, if the other man
left.

022 14 ii 07 PLT Still looking around at the - I guess that

"hatches" also applies to doors. And I think
I've already mentioned that the film vault and
the doors on the cabinets in the aft compartment,
that the - the ineffective way that they - they
work in many eases. And that's already docu-
mented earlier; there's no sense in going over
that. l'm still trying to - to give you more
comments on standardization of fasteners and
that sort of thing. I think I already mentioned
earlier that it would be nice if you had sort
of standard-size bolts; you know, like if there
wasn't 50 jillion different sizes of threads
and nuts and so forth. It would be awfully nice
if you could come up with - standardized, even
if you - if you erred slightlyin overdesign;
that is, overkilling the problem on bolt sizes
for some particular purpose. It'd sure make it
an awful lot easier to know that you didn't have
to worry about some off-size thing.

022 14 12 24 PLT And another - another question that sort of

reared its ugly head here is the conversion to
the metric system, and should we start giving
attention now to changing our way of thinking
in order to switch over to the metric system.
Because this is going to really square wave the
whole system. Now, remember we're going to be
cooperating with the Germans and I guess the
French - Europeans, say western Europeans, on a
lot of the spacelab work in the Shuttle. You can
guarantee that they're not going to switch over
to - to foot and inches. So we're going to have
to face that problem, and I think that fasteners
are going to fall in that category.

022 i_ 13 14 PLT And we ought to give serious consideration to open

negotiations with those people at an early as
possible date to arrive on some size compatibili-
ties, dimensional compatibilities, which - What
f-
3128

I'm thinking of is - sure, I mean, we - if we

decided that we would have a fastener, a snap fas-
tener that's 5 millimeters across, then fine; that's
great. But what I'm talking about is that we ought
to, in - in - insofar as the compatibility is con-
cerned, decide on size limitation for design cri-
teria and so forth, so that we could move one way
or the other or they could move one way or the
other in millimeters to make sure that we didn't
violate any design constraints for structural pro-
blems. But let - at least that wouldn't be a
problem to worry about.

022 14 14 05 PLT But I think conversion to the metric system ought

to - ought to be - really be - be considered in
designing an awful lot of our fixtures. I think
that on the spacecraft itself, like connections
in the plumbing and so forth that are never acces-
sible except on the ground, we can handle that prob-
lem on the ground. When you're in the - in flight
is no time to start worrying about whether you're
metric or inches. And working on foreign cars
and so forth, of course, you'd - you see this
problem crop up. It can really square wave you.

CC ...

022 14 14 47 PLT I can't think - the straps is another area. The

long straps that we've been using are awfully
useful. I'd like a little bit more of the ...
Velcro on the - on the ends of them. It didn't
seem like that that's enough. I find that
the straps are very useful and - in order to
strap onto an area and Just use the Velcro on
it as - for attaching other things to. In
other words, I just use that as a portable work-
ing area to - to attach - hook Velcro to.

022 14 15 28 PLT Which again plays up the point that this pegboard
design idea I was talking about a while ago
would be nice if somehow or another you could -
you had an al - you had flexibility to go in
and just install small little pieces - plates,
squares, circles, and so forth on this pegboard.
If you had Velcro on the backside of that, you
got all kinds of flexibility in - in making up
your own work area around a given piece of equip-
ment. Also you can install hardware so
 3129
f.-_

this - this pegboard's design, plus all the

fixtures that - and auxiliary devices that could
be designed to be compatible with it, would
certainly give you all kinds of flexibility.
And if you had little straps with metal plates
on the end of them that would fit in the peg-
board, then you'd have - you could stick that
foot into the - say, maybe three prongs into
the pegboard. And on the other end of it would
be a strap and you could tie things down with
it. Or maybe just have a clipboard that - that
pushes into that pegboard; now you got a clip-
board at your workstation.

022 14 16 33 PLT Or you have - I'm looking at the AMS adapter

right now, which we really don't have a good
place to - to stow it. It's not - it's conven-
ient for us to stow this next to the minus-Z SAL
because that's where we always use it. Well,
you could make up an S063 retaining plate, and
then put little - little - at the four corners
of the thing you could put little feet that
engage the pegboard. And now you put that in the
pegboardthere, and now you can slip the S063
adapter right on that plate and take it in and
out of there; you got a semipermanent attachment
there. Or you could move it, if you want it out
of the way, too.

022 14 17 08 PLT The point is that I think that the - we ought

to wallpaper the inside of the spacecraft with
this pegboard pattern that I'm talking about, or
something equivalent to it. I 'm not trying to
sell that, but something equivalent to that,
so that we can just - if we were working with
a sort of an erector set, if you'll pardon the
expression. I hate to use that term because I -
that may be a derogatory term to somebody. But
if you have a sort of a - an erector set capa-
bility at all your workstations, you can Just
sort of build up your own ar - voll_me and area
for accommodating a given piece of equipment.
And I'll voice again that this stuff can also be
removed quite easily, too, to provide for the
next experiment that comes up.

022 14 17 52 PLT Another nice thing about having the pegboard

thing is that you'd be - you could remove the -
3130

the - remove your thermal fixture from the peg-

board and go tie it down some other place. You
could stick it in a pegboard some other place,
in an unused area. Then you can pick it up and
go back over and stick it right back on to re-
establish your configuration which you've built
up ad hoc on the site as the need arises. And
it gives you tremendous stowage capability, too,
this pegboard thing, as a - wsISpapering the
spacecraft with the pegboard.

022 14 18 23 PLT Okay, I'm sorry. That has to do with latches.

That's what I was talking about there. I got -
I got off on that tirade. Another - another
thing about having that capability is that you
would minimize the - We - we have Velcros, but
we'd like to have more Velcros spread over the
spacecraft because we find new places we'd like
to have it. And we hate to just go put - putting
things around indiscriminately. This way you
could move the stuff on little plates. Okay,
this - PLT. I'm sort of running out of gas
here. I'll Just terminate this, covering the
other ideas I have in postflight debriefing.

022 lh 19 l0 PLT PLT out.

022 14 37 17 PLT This is the PLT. The time is 14:37. Debriefing

two handheld photographs. The one taken at 14:31,
the next one at 1h:35. Charlie X-ray h6 is the
magazine in the Hasselblad. First frame, num-
ber 166, snowmelt pattern in North Dakota. The
shot was taken looking westward at early morning,
local time. I opened it up to 56; I hope that was
far enough. What I saw was an unusual snowmelt
pattern in South Dakota Just to the northeast of
the Black Hills, extending in a north-northwesterly-
south-southeasterly direction, generally speaking.
The rest of the area was snow covered, of course,
except for the Black Hills, which for some reason
or other had become snow free earlier than the
rest of the surrounding terrain -or because of the
forest, I don't know.

022 14 38 07 PLT And the next shot was taken over Hudson Bay -
south of Hudson Bay, looking north to James Bay
and Hudson Bay. The subject was drifts and
 3131

polynyas of snow and - or ice. I don't know

which. And I don't know whether they were really
ice - whether it would be ice or snow. But the -
there was a ... it was early morning, local time,
there, and the drift patterns on the east shore
an - of Hud - James Bay and also Hudson Bay were
shown in very startling and fine relief. So I took
one frame there which was more or less a panorama
in nature but should correlate well with the pre-
vious photographs taken.

022 14 38 43 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

022 15 19 55 PLT Okay, the PLT coming up on 15:20.

022 15 20 00 PLT MARK. Standing by to start S073 at 15:22. Fil-

ter A-I is installed, wardroom window cover is closed;
set up per pad, f/2.0, shutter knob P.

PLT And SAL is OPEN. Standingby - -

022 15 21 34 SPT ... the tape recorder in about ... to debrief the
pass ...

PLT Roger. Give you a call.

SPT Thank you.

PLT Okay, frame number 1 at 15:22, coming up in

5 seconds.

022 15 22 00 PLT MARK. 4, 3, 2, 1 -

022 15 22 Ii PLT MARK. Advance film; stand by for 15:23.

PLT Stand by -

022 15 23 00 PLT MARK. Starting a 2-minute exposure. Ed, at 29,

I start a lh-minute exposure. I got - so I moved
up to that point.

SPT Okay, Bill.

PLT That 's 1 minute.

3132

PLT Stand by -

022 15 25 01 PLT MARK. Advance film; and waiting for no earlier

than 15:26:30, sunset.

022 15 26 04 PLT MARK. Okay, 26. Standing by to start at 2 minutes,

15:26:30. I'll give them 5 seconds Just to make
sure. Stand by -

022 15 26 35 PLT MARK. Starting a 2-minute exposure at 15:26:35.

Exposure number _, frame number _ - that's from
the countdown.

PLT Okay. There's i minute.

PLT Stand by. l0 seconds, roughly. And, 28:30 - stand

by-

022 15 28 36 PLT MARK. Okay, there's the end of the second 2-minute
exposure. We'll stand by for 15:29. Stand by -

CC ... it looks like things are improving a little.

Bearing temp 2 is now running lower than
bearing i.... - -

PLT Stand by -

022 15 29 00 PLT MARK.

CC - - best way we can describe it is that if you

look out along the centerline axis of the ATM
and then off to the starboard side e-long the
plus-Y axis, on the plus-Y side of the ATM rack
is the location of CMG-2. And - Are you with me
so far?

PLT I think so. Plus-Y is actually out the left, as

you're looking forward X, right?

CC Roger. And it's the CMG that's Just past the

center workstation, as you go out along the EVA
trail °

022 15 29 _7 CC When that CMG is in the 00 gimbal -

022 15 37 37 SPT SPT at 15:37. ATM ops; orbit began at 14:27;

no EREP alternate. Building block 32 was done at
the beginning of the orbit. And also, at the
 3133

very conclusion of the orbit, a 1-minute CONTINUOUS

MODE was given at 52 below h00 K. Set the
four orbit in flare wait at active region 31.
55, I believe, was getting some very good data on
variations within active region 31, and it
certainly was fluctuating in both location of
brightness as well as magnitude.

022 15 38 38 SPT Oxygen VI count, which I maximized at the very

beginning, spatially, was going between 4[000] to
h0,000. As I watch it, I can see it change in a
matter of l0 seconds or so, going on 10,000 on one
instance. I thought perhaps I had repositioned or
repointed it, but that was not the case. Another
dropped from about h0 to 30. For patrol background,
I gave 54 and 56 exposures at 52 MINUTES REMAINING,
32 MINUTES REMAINING, and 12 MINUTES REMAINING.
That's every 20 minutes. 32's MINUTES REMAINING -
it was - When we carried out the building block 32,
I gave a PATROL, SHORT and a M, S, 0, S, 6h.

022 15 39 53 SPT So the remainder of the two sequences, the one

at 32 and the one at 12 REMAINING, for 54 I left
r the GRATING,IN. A note of explanationon
yesterday's procedures, a flare - it looks like
82A and 82B went into their flare modes relatively
late, comparatively speaking, and the reasons
here being twofold. One is the X-rays, as best I
could tell from the information which you have
given me, have been quicker to rise than the XUV.

022 15 40 55 SPT I've been receiving information that - which you

have observed in the previous flares, in - espe-
cially in the 82A instrument - is that after the
rapid rise in X-rays, then the XUV will come in.
The second reason for the delay being the film
problem and not willing to go into a flare mode
in those two instruments unless I was sure we had
something. And as it was, we still ran those
down pretty far. So my - again my rationale for -
for using the film in that manner - at first,
that we were getting a flare rise coordinated
observations with the X-ray instruments, and I
think it probably is as early as we've gotten
one before, or I believe earlier.

022 15 42 13 SPT We've got only about 2 weeks of observing left on

an accumulation of 8 months' worth of data

8
3134

already. We found a good flare rise. And also,

CMG number 2 behavior indicates that we may not
see 2 more weeks of observing. All this means
is that we Just got to keep on going and get the
data on it. And - -

CREW .. •

SPT - - that was the rationale.

022 15 42 b4 SPT SPT out.

022 15 42 47 PLT Okay. Okay. Thank you. Stand by to terminate

14-minute exposure. Coming up in about 7 seconds.
Stand by -

022 15 43 02 PLT MARK. Okay, advance frame, and waiting now for 44.
Let's do it at 43:30. Stand by.

022 15 43 32 PLT MARK. Starting 8-minute exposure. This will

terminate at 51:30.

022 15 43 59 PLT Terminating recording temporarily.

022 15 50 27 PLT Okay, PLT starting recording again. 50:30.

Coming up on 51:30 in about 1 minute. 30 seconds
to go.

PLT l0 seconds. Stand by -

022 15 51 30 PLT MARK. Termination of last exposure. Okay. I

have no frames remaining. I'm going to give you
a 10-second one here after sunrise. Stand by -

022 15 51 45 PLT MARK.

022 15 51 55 PLT MARK. l0 seconds. Darn it. Oh, okay, I guess

we're not supposed to go past. All right, that's
it.

022 15 52 03 PLT PLT out.

022 16 05 06 SPT SPT at 16:05.

022 16 05 24 SPT Subject, Mll0, hemoglobin concentrations. These

were done using the new stick-at-45-degrees-nontwirl
technique. It worked out real well. I think we
did push the stick out to cover two men per stick.

K.
 3135

The CDR's at 13:00, right after breakfast, was

15.9, 15.7, and 15.9. The SPT's, the same time,
was 15.1, 14.9, 14.8. PLT's at 15:55 was lb.1,
13.9, 13.9. The lance technique is quite easy to
work on the other two crewmen. However, on yourself
it's hard. But Sir Lancelot here will charge
ahead. Okay. Well, I'm sure we can get you
another three readings.

022 16 06 49 SPT SPT out.

022 16 25 52 PLT This is the PLT reporting the handheld photographs

at 14:48. Correct time right now is 16:25.
At 14:48 I took one, two, three pictures of
Spain and northwest Africa, mainly for general
coverage. At 14:48, also - no, 14:53, somewhere
along in there, a picture of handheld 93, frame
number 171 and Charlie X-ray 46. At 1h:59, I
took a picture in the African nation of Zaire,
which is a lake - lake area, two lakes in there.
And I remember reading something in there about
water management in Africa being a big thing.
16:20, I took one picture of the Cape Verde
- Islands. And the subjectwas the island- vor -
the cloud vortexes, or vortices, that are
generated by the Cape Verde Islands.

022 16 26 55 PLT Now we have taken, I think, on 2 previous days,

almost classical shapes of Von Karmon vortices,
back to back. And today they were not nearly as
classical in appearance, so I wanted to take a
picture of - of the - of the cloud wakes or vor -
vortex patterns, to give a - for comparison, when
they aren't so well formed.

022 16 27 21 PLT Also, at about 14:51 and this was over the - Let
me get that map.

022 16 27 56 PLT Near the town of Sokoto, which is near HH91-1.

Let me see if I can get some coordinates here.
5 degrees east longitude - about 12 degrees north -
there's a big fire. Smoke was spreading out.
And take everything - all of the following com-
ments with a grain of salt. What it looked like
to me was that there was - First off, there was
very little wind at all. It looked perfectly
calm. This slope was rising and sort of building
and diffusing out into what appeared to be - into
3136

the stratosphere. And then the slope was spreading

in a generally west-northwesterly, southeasterly
direction. It looked like it was going both ways.
I know - I know that doesn't sound right, but
that's what it looked like. And then - and
there's - there was this stratospheric dust ball
that extended for hundreds and hundreds of miles
in both directions. It - it did not spread to
the northeast; it did spread to the southwest.
In other words, it was sort of a - if you took
a compass rose at Sakota, if that's the correct
location of this thing, and drew a line right
through Sakota, northwest to southeast, and it
would - the smoke was spreading northwest and
southeast and also diffusing to the southwesterly
direction, but the northeast half of the circle
was relatively clear.

022 16 29 hl PLT Now I want to make a comment which - again, it

appears to be pretty farfetched, but I've noticed
it on 2 days running - and this is a pervasive
and extensive cirrus development - cirrus cloud
development, which extends from off of the -
nearly off the coast of Somalia and the southern
end of the Arabian peninsula way out into the
Indian Ocean for, say, 1500 - 2000 miles, as
far as you can see. And the - the peculiar
character of the cirrus clouds is that they are
dirty looking, and they appear much darker in
shade than - I know - than - than the other
clouds in the same area. You - you would expect
them to appear Just as light as the others,
although less dense in brightness because of the -
the less dense nature of a cirrus cloud. And
any - anyway, the thought that occurred to me
is that these - these cirrus clouds somehow or
another have ice crystals with - even dust
particles as the condensation nuclei or crystal -
I don't know what you'd call them, nucleation
points or what - for formation of ice crystals,
and that this has a - a large influence on the
formation of the cirrus band, which extends from
the general area of the Somalian peninsula down in
a southeasterly direction across the Indian Ocean
for as far as you can see.

022 16 31 18 PLT Now the cirrus clouds I saw today at Sokoto

appeared that - the - they had that same appear-
ance. They looked like they had a striated
 3137

texture of a cirrus cloud, the fine delicate

structure of a cirrus cloud, but they also were
dirty. And I - it occurred to me earlier today
that possibly dust was the formation agent for
the cirrus clouds that I saw extending well out
into the - big - It looked like a Jet streamer
path is what it looked like. A long band of
cirrus quite apart from the other clouds that were
in the area. In other words, it didu't seem to
be associated in any way morphologically vith the
other clouds that were - lower clouds that were in
the area.

PLT So when I saw these -when I saw these cirrus

clouds in the - around Sokoto, then I thought
perhaps that there was something to that - this
idea and I - so I'll Just throw it out for what
it's worth. If it's true, then the dust that's
formed over those - over the Sahara or in these
other parts of the continent of Africa have a
far-reaching effect, at least on the cirrus
cloud formation, and what I saw was extending
out into the Indian Ocean.

022 16 32 32 PLT PLT out.

022 16 33 03 PLT Okay, it's the PLT. The time is 16:32. And I
Just mentioned this dust that I thought was
possibly a formation agent for cirrus. I looked
out the window, and lo and behold, extending
out perpendicular to the flight path to, I think
the - east, is a huge area of dust - dust clouds
that - that extend again Almost as far as I can
see. I'm going to get another reading on it.

022 16 37 17 PLT This is the PLT, again, at 16:37. The area of

very wide-reaching dust apparently was blowing
off of the coast around Liberia or Guinea or
Senegal. And this was a very large area of dust
extending all the way to our flight path, which
is only, oh, probably 100 maybe 150 miles offshore.
And it looked to be about well over 100 miles
wide, and it was extending approximately perpen-
dicular to our flight path. And I don't know how
far under our spacecraft and on out into the
Atlantic it we - it went.
3138

022 16 38 02 PLT PLT out.

022 16 55 i0 CDR This is the CDR at 16:55 Zulu debriefing the

16:04 ATM pass. While waiting for 16:04 to roll
around and in order to start building block 28,
it looked - the ground alerted me to a rising
X-REA count. And I noticed that a little bright
plage area right in the center of active region
number 31 was beginning to brighten up. I
shifted my attention to the XUV MON and observed
a brightening there. And as the bright point
went up, I went ahead and activated S054, S055,
and S056. But I bungled and left 54 in 256
instead of 64.

022 16 56 07 CDR I had them all running by 15:59 and 52 seconds,

and at 16:01:18 I finally woke up and put H-ALPHA 1
to 4 FRAMES PER MINUTE. This bright point in
H-alpha in the center of the active region stayed
quite bright. The PMEC count got up to - let's
see; I think I remember seeing - about 640 was the
highest I saw. And then I saw the brightness -
the bright point shift - or I should say a
brightness in the bright point shift to another
bright point which was about 20 arc seconds to
the north. In this particular case that was to
the right since I was rolled 5400, minus 5400.
The - By that time, the PMEC was down about
580, bumping between 550 and 600. And it did not
pick up at - at all; it stayed right where it
was. The oxygen VI count was hitting 20[000] to
30,000 in the - in the MIRROR, LINE SCAN as it
would pass over these two bright areas. Luckily,
the second bright point was within the MIRROR,
LINE SCAN, so I didn't even have to do any
shifting.

022 16 57 26 CDR Of course, I didn't plan on doing it anyway, but

it was very fortuitous in that there was no
shifting. It really wouldn't have been desirable.
And finally, the whole thing began to quiet down,
so at 16:09 I terminated the FLARE mode and went
into building block 28. I got most of building
block 28 done, but finally decided that I had
better truncate with the MIRROR, 3 RASTER still
running. I truncated with 31 MINUTES REMAINING
so that I'd have a good whack at getting most of
building block 14 done.
 3139

022 16 58 01 CDR Took me a few minutes to get pointed and squared

away and interpret what I was doing and a question
to the ground as well. Ended up at a ROLL of l0
to 800. And in building block 14, got the 54
stuff done. Ended that -the 2h-minute exposure
finished Just about 15 seconds past 400 K. And
I truncated 56 and 55 at 250 K. 56, I'm pretty
sure, in the PATROL, LONG mode, hung up and - in
FILTER number 5. And I finally got the picture
that - It looked to me like it was hung, so I
went ahead and terminated PATROL, LONG and started
PATROL, NORMAL. And we were about 4 minutes into
PATROL, NORMAL. We were - I think we were looking
at FILTER number h in the window when I finally
truncated that at 250 K. S055A I truncated - I
don't remember what the llne was there. It was
more than halfway finished though. Okay.

022 16 59 17 CDR While we were Sun centered during building

block 28 and after we finished the STANDARD in
52, I took a look at the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH
and I didn't see any significant change between
that and the picture that was taken earlier this
_ morningby Ed. But I'ii go ahead and describe
it anyway. Out at the 9 o'clock position, rela-
tive to north, or about 270 degrees, with a
nice wide-based streamer that went on out to a
point - but it looked like it overlaid another
streamer that was behind it. And the side of
that streamer was roughly parallel to the -
the streamer in front. So it made it look, at
quick glance, like a very wide, broad-based
diffused streamer. But it looked to me like it
was one rather strong, pointed streamer with a
wide base overlaid over a rather weak one in the
back.

022 17 00 17 CDR Down at 4 o'clock with a very narrow spike that -

that's spread at the base and went out to a point
at Just about the limit of the field of view of
the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRA2H, about 130, with a
rather wide - no, not too wide. I shouldn't say
that. I should - I should say - oh, about 7
to 8 degrees wide, a very weak streamer coming
out. And then about 5 degrees down from that, at
about 230 or something like that, with a
weak, thin streamer of about 3 degrees in width.
And in between that one and the spike I mentioned
3140

down at - at 4 o'clock, there was a very short

spike, also very weak, at 3 o'clock. XUV MON -
My attention was mainly glued on active region 31,
which had lots of fluctuating bright points in
it, for that center bright point and the one to
the north seemed to be trading energy back and
forth throughout the whole pass. I noticed that
when one brightened, the other di_mled, and when
one - and vice versa. The other bright point
remained rather stable, I thought, and didn't
really catch my attention at all. Okay, I've
powered down for EREP now, and that terminates
the debrief.

022 17 01 50 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

022 17 27 13 PLT PLT. Time is 17:28 Zulu with the rate gyro pack-
age temperatures: X-rs_ 5, 96 degrees; X-ray 6,
91 degrees; Yankee 5, 90 degrees; Yankee 6, 90
degrees_ Zulu 5, 95 degrees; Zulu 6, 95 degrees.

022 17 27 31 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

022 18 00 27 CDR This is the CDR. The subject - or the time is

18:00 Zulu. The subject is M487-2 Delta, crew
debriefing. Voice record: How effective are the
various tools used thus far? In particular, which
are poorly suited for use in zero g? Did you find
that you needed any tools other than those pro-
vided in the kits?

022 18 00 52 CDR Let's see. I think, for the most part, I found
the tools, most of them, to be suited okay to
zero g. I think one general feature that's always
good - that's very helpful - and that is to have
tools with a retention sort of device on them.
For instance, if you've even seen an electrician's
screwdriver, it has a little pair of fingers that
slide down on the shank of the screwdriver and
 31hl

could be used to hold small screws when you're

putting them into radio sets or something like
that. I've found those to be rather handy at
home and kind of missed them here on occasion.

022 18 01 40 CDR I think the - the Allen wrenches and the - the
equipment that we have for the Allen wrenches
is pretty good. I haven't used the speed handle
as much as I thought I would. I was the gt_
who insisted that we take a speed handle up here.
I'm sure it was used by the guys in the activation
phase in the SL-2, but we haven't had as much of
an opportunity to use it here because we haven't
had as much stuff that required a lot of twisting.

022 18 02 17 CDR I'm mentally going through the tool drawers

right now, to see _ f there were any particular
tools that were poorly suited for use in zero g.
And right offhand, I can't - I can't think
of any. The biggest single problem is tool reten-
tion. The little caddies are useless, absolutely
useless. I tried it a couple of times and then gave
up on it. And now whenever I need tools, I stick
them in my waistbelt or in my pocket or something
like that, and I tape them to the wall or wherever
the surface is that I'm working, but I don't even
fool with that darn caddy anymore. That thing's
Just more trouble than it's worth. There's too
many hooks and loops and things to snag on. And
ill-fitting, ill - mainly ill-fitting restraints
there so that your tools - if you put them in
there, your tools just float out again on you if
you bump anything. So I'm afraid our tool caddy
Just didn't work out as far as I'm concerned.

022 18 03 32 CDR I guess one of the biggest pain in the necks that
we've had with the tools have been those loose
items that have been added that don't have any
placed to be retained. And then - then that
particular drawer of the tool chest is Just about
as much as - a bother as is the film vault. Now
we've already talked about the film vault and
what a great, gross pain in the rear end that
thing is, because nothing is retained in the
drawers. Well, we find ourselves with the same
sort of problem with the toolbox in those areas
where -where they're not restrained. We got a
couple of little utility bags with tools in them
3142

and they just float around in there. And if you

open the drawer above, the utility bag smartly
floats up behind it and then you can't close the
doggone drawer again. So you cuss and swear and
pull the drawer clear out, pull the - push the
utility bag down.

022 18 04 27 CDR The Allen wrenches are loose in the bag and when
you want to try to find an Allen wrench to use,
it's - it's just a - it's a laugh, really. You
have to fight your way through it. What we should
have had was some sort of a little Mosite block
or something with all the Allen wrenches inserted
into it in - in order, in little holes in the top
or something like that, so that you could take
the whole kit of Allen wrenches in one blob and
take them with you snd use them and put them back;
much like you have in your toolbox at home. I
don't think anybody in their toolbox at home, any-
more, has loose Allen wrenches. You can buy a
set of Allen wrenches in a nice little container
quite cheaply, and it's very handy - the little
plastic containers. And I thinkwe could have
done the same thing with Mosite up here. And it
certainly would have made those Allen wrenches a
whole lot easier to work with. Now the Allen
head screwdrivers and all that stuff, they're
very nicely stowed. Got no - no quarrel with
that at all.

022 18 05 29 CDR Would like to - let's see. Did you find you needed
any tools other than those provided in the kits?
Yess very definitely. I think we should've had
a drill up here. I think we should've had a
soldering iron, and I think we needed a screwdriver
between the 3/16 and the 3/8. There should have
been about a 1/4 or 5/16 size in there. That would
have been very handy to have. Other tools that
I missed. No, that's - that's about it. I think
a drill and soldering iron would have been real
good things to have.

022 18 06 26 CDR The crescent wrench is certainly a - is certainly

a tool that's - since it's - because it's adjust-
able, it's handy. But it's really not a good
tool to use. I've gotten prejudiced in my work
at home against crescent wrenches. And I hardly
ever use them. And the one up here - what few
 3143

times it has been used it really - really hasn't

been that useful at all. I don't know that we
really need something like that. I - I can't
think of any other tools I might have needed up
here. On a couple of occasions, I've wished I had
a drill in order to drill something out ; a drill
and a set of bits.

022 18 07 24 CDR What postural adjustments have you had to _ske

in order to acco_nodate task performance in zero g?
What major muscle groups do you employ in zero g?
What would you offer as design recommendation for
future vehicles based on these considerations?
Postural adjustments: I guess -We find ourselves
kind of working everywhere we go - -

022 18 07 50 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension for

8 minutes. A note - -

CDR - - in sort of a half crouch.

CC - - of information for the CDR.

f CDR Stand
by.

CC We are noticing that since you started the first

of the Z-LV -

022 18 08 46 CDR Okay, the muscle groups that you use the most in
postural positioning is your stomach muscles, I
think. For the most part, any pushing, shoving,
hauling, anything like that that you do, you use
the normal sets of muscles. But I think, for
most little work Jobs we do where you want to be
anchored, you - you're always in sort of a crouch;
sort of knees flexed, butt down a little bit,
shoulders rounded a little bit - just, you know,
kind of down a little bit toward being in a crouch.
And, of course, in one g, in something like that,
you'd be standing up straight with your knees
locked or something like that.

022 18 09 38 CDR Based on these considerations, I would suggest that

things like tool benches, work benches, be chest
high; that is, where you don't have to go into a
crouch to work, and you can anchor your feet and
work with your muscles relaxed - relaxed instead
of pulled up a little bit. Because it'll certainly
31h4

make you feel a whole lot more rested when you've

finished your Job. That's essentially it. If
your - Tool retention, again, is something that's
got to be solved. And I don't have any good an-
swer for you on that. Velcro on them - this
doggone fluorocarbon Velcro that we've got is
certainly not all that good. It's - it's a
rather weak Velcro, and it doesn't hang on as well
as it should. But we certainly need something
like the coo - tool caddy, only something more
efficient.

022 18 i0 46 CDR The previous Skylab crew observed that handling

large masses was far less difficult than multiple
items. Very definitely I would agree with their
assessment. Large masses are extremely easy to
handle. For instance, the S183, PSSs, the por-
table water tank, just about any large mass. For
that matter, even the M509 and the T020 are quite
easy to handle. They're a lot less bother than -
than a bunch of small masses, and that - that is
very true.

022 18 ii 31 CDR What logistics techniques have you employed to

cope with the problem? And that's the problem of
the small ones all getting away from you. I guess -
I've used two. I will either use a bag or I'll
use tape in order to tether all the small items
together and then we make our move - make them -
to move to where you want them. But those are
the - really the two best ways to go, that I've
found, so far as to the use of either the bag or
the tape.

022 18 12 08 CDR We have a couple of lockers out in the wardroom

where we have loose it_m_ of food inside, like
drinks or something like that. And they're really
not too difficult to fool with. All you have to
do is open the locker and quickly select what
you w_nt, get it, close the locker before you
disturb all the others in there; and that's really
no great problem. But if you want to get into a
locker or drawer or something and get out several
of the small items, or several different small
items, then you got yourself a problem. You -
you either got to put them in your pocket or in
your shirt or in a bag, or tape them together in
order to move them. And I guess the best example
 31h5

of that is when we come up to the food lockers

to the pantry to get - get food for the high-
density day or something like that. Usually
have multiple items to pick up and the best -
best question is, what will I put them in? Or
how will I get sl] these cans of food down there?
And we've tried a little bag; we've tried overcans.
I personally prefer just to stuff them into my
shirt; it's a whole lot easier.

022 18 13 30 CDR And have you found that you could accomplish
maintenance tasks reasonably well on line or at -
or at improvise_ work sites, or would you ***
chores have been simplified by having a dedicated
maintenance station? Would you recommend a ded -
a dedicated maintenance station for future long-
term mlssions? Yes, indeed, I would. I would
recommend a good - a good little workbench with
a vise or two on it and plenty of retaining
devices. Lots of broom-holder type things that
you could snap tools into and retain them well.
Bill's got a - got a few good ideas on that. I
think he's already given them to you.

022 18 i_ 2_ CDR Okay, improvised work sites are really kind of

a pain. You get a task that re - that requires
a work site and you spend more doggone time
improvising a work site than you do actually
doing the chore, quite frequently. So I - I
real]y do think a dedicated maintenance station
would be good. You ought to have lots of good
retention features there. In line maintenance
tasks - or on line, I should say, are really no
great problem with the right kind of tool, right
kind of wrenches and screwdrivers, and things like
that. They really aren't too terribly tough.

022 18 15 13 CDR What's your prime method of removing reactive

forces when you must exert linear push or pull
forces during a task? Well, essentially, I try
to line the push and pull forces up with the
vertical - or the - the longitudinal axis of my
body, and - if it's a very, very heavy force.
If it's not a very heavy force, I'll do it
laterally by placing one hand, you know, against
what I'm going to pull, for instance, and then
essentially push with one hand and pull with the
other. But I think the prime method of removing
31h6

reactive forces depends on how thick the reactive

force is. You know, how big a force is required.

022 18 16 Oh CDR Removing torques: The same thing. In any case,

you had darn well better have your feet anchored
if you can't use the other hand to remove the
force, because if you don't, either linear or
torque forces are just going to swing you around
and you'll get nothing done on them. Cases in
point are things like going up and - and connecting
power cables, either high or low accessory power
cables, or water tank hoses, or gas hoses, or
something like that. If you go up with a hose in
your hand and try to push it into a receptacle,
you're going to go the other way, and everything
else will stay where you put it, you know. And
you - you've gone and nothing's happened.

CDR Removing torques: Again, the opposite hand is

usu - usually good. Or if you can anchor your
feet, you can remove the torques with your body -
with your feet. Have you noted a definite tendency
to establish an IVA coordinate system as a frame
of reference for locomot - locomoting and working
within various modules? Yes, I - I guess what you
mean by an IVA coordinate system - that kind of
refers back to the questions in your last debrief-
ing guide, and that had to do with the floor/ceiling
relation and all that sort of thing. And that was -
there was definite relationship there and it was
affecting us and it's the same relationship here.

022 18 17 51 CDR Case in point is coming through the dome down to

the experiment compartment. We all either go
head first or feet first. We never go, you know,
sideways; that is to say, with our long axis
perpendicular to the X-axis of the vehicle.
We're - we are inclined in here to usually do our
traveling with our bodies para11 el to the X-axis
of the vehicle.

022 18 18 21 CDR I might add that frequently, when I come through

the dome - the dome hatch feet first, I get the
definite impression that I'm in a high place
going down to a low place and that I could fall
and hurt myself. You know, you get - you get
that feeling of being up high and looking down.
 31h7

However, if you turn around and come in head first,

you don't get that feeling at all. Everything
seems to kind of relate okay in zero g, so that's
kind of a peculiar thing we carry over with us
from one g.

CDR I think that you very definitely should have some

sort of a coordinate system established or a
coordinate system in mind when you design the
spacecraft for - for the future, because the
disorientation that you suffer going from one
module to the other when they're not compatible
is - is quite a bother, really. Now the best ex-
ample of that is - is going to and from the
command module from the airlock module.

022 18 19 31 CDR I get, you know, a coordinate system embedded in

my mind and I whistle down the tunnel and into
the command module and, zingy, all of a sudden,
it's upside down. And I have to turn around and
picture where the couches are and mentally picture
where the instrument panel is, and then I have to
do sort of a 90 degree transform in order to get
f myself reoriented to the co_-2,andmodule reference
system or coordinate system. And that's - you
know, that's something that - if you can avoid
that in your design of the spacecraft, I think
that's good because - having to work between, say
two compartments, in a hurry - excuse me, if you
got an orientation problem going from one com-
partment to the other, you're going to waste time,
and/or make mistakes - if you have a coordination
problem, throw a switch in the wrong direction.

022 18 20 37 CDR Right now is where I can get my licks in at the

STS panel. As far as I'm concerned, the circuit
breakers on the circuit breaker panel 200, 201,
and 202, violate my sensibilities, or that is, my
internal reference system. And I always have to
think twice or three times before I throw a breaker
and remember that throwing the breaker toward the -
toward the panel is closing it and that throwing
it away is opening it. I have to think that
Just about every time because the doggone circuit
breakers go and - I kind of think, in the wrong
direction. But I think maybe it Just depends on
your point of view. The orientation of that panel
3148

is really kind of screwy. But anyway, those are

sort of examples of the IVA coordinate system that
kind of screw you up.

022 18 21 32 CDR As far as locomotion is concerned, the frame of

reference for locomotion - I don't think that's
too much of a problem. But for working, I think
it's a problem when you've got to reorient your-
self going from one compartment to the other.
What's your opinion concerning the advisability
of exerting design influence to standardize the
multiple types of soap - snaps, latches, retainers,
restraints, doors, that you've been confronted
with aboard Skylab? I think - I think all these
types of retainers ought to be standardized as
much as is feasible. I recognize the fact that
for some uses, you can't use the same restraint
system or snap or latch system that you used in
another, but I really don't like the Dialatch at
all. I think that - that thing is a bummer.
Particularly if you're going to move heavy -
heavy things.

022 18 22 37 CDR Two things about the Dialatches that are bother-
some : N11mber l, like for instance, the film
vault door. You got that little bitty Dialatch
holding that big heavy door, and when you're
closing that big heavy door, if the Dialatch
manages to float - float, that is, up against the
door, and you close the doors, it's quite frequent
that that latch will be between the door and what
you're closing it on. And you bend the Dialatch
or you Jam it on the opposite surface and cause it
to shift its position on its mounting screws and
then you have a dickens of a time getting the
Dialatch hooked over its little plate. That's a
real bother.

022 18 23 23 CDR Another thing is the Dialatches on a lot of these

boxes, they - they float. They need to have fric-
tion in the lower hinge because you undo one
Dialatch and then you move to the next Dialatch
and undo that and the one you Just undid may float
back and re - rehook itself. And you think you
got all two or three or four Dialatches undone,
and you pull up on the handle - on the door that
you're trying to close and nothing happens. Then
 3149

you got to go back and very carefully get them

all off, make sure they're all off before you can
open what it is you want to get to. And that's
a time consumer, that's a real waste.

022 18 22 16 CDR *** I think I mentioned that to you in an earlier

briefing when I was howling about the film vault,
and I still feel Just as emotional about that
dang thing. We really let a bad one get by when
we didn't force the issue and require that reten-
tion in the drawers be taken care of and a decent
latching system be used on the doors.

022 18 24 36 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

022 18 50 35 SPT SPT at 18:50, M487-2 Delta. How effective are

the various tools used thus far; particular,
which are poorly suited for use in zero g? Do
you find that you needed any tools other than
those providedin the kit? Okay, I'd say the
most of the ones that I used so far are very
effective. There's not much about using a tool
in one g that's different in zero g, in terms of
the - the tool and the structure that you're
working on. Retention of the tools is somewhat
of a problem, however. You do have quite a few
tools that you're working with.

CC Skylab, this is Houston through Guam for

10-1/2 minutes with a data/voice tape recorder
dump.

SPT Ah, they're dumping the data/voice recorder. Well,

that blows this. So I'll have to pick this thing
up later. Well, hold on. Houston, I was in the
debriefing at this point, can you hold off for
that tape dump?

CC Will do.

002 18 51 56 SPT Thank you. Okay, the problems that I have encoun-
tered with the tools is first of all, the - to go
get that tool carrying kit, that is always a
3150

problem. I found that it's a heck of a lot easier

Just to put the tools in your pocket than to go
round up that other thing which looks real offi-
cial, but really is Just a big time consumer.
Once you're working on a surface, however, you'd
like some way to hold it down and if there's no
Velcro handy, then you're a little bit stuck and
we always end up using a little gray tape. Take
a piece of gray tape maybe a foot long or so and
attach it to something and then hook the tools on
the loop. Anywhere along a couple of inches here
or there. You - you use that gray tape pretty
much in that s_e manner for a whole list of
things.

022 18 52 53 SPT If there was some other way of holding tools, I'd
most welcome it. Individual tether -

SPT ***tools are provided? Yes, I think I could use

a different type screwdriver. I think I was try-
ing to put the - put my shoes back together again.
Put the toe on and I had to put a - a new cover-
ing on over one - the right - my right shoe. And
those screws on the bottom are a little bit too
large for one size screwdriver and too small for
the other. And you got to put a lot of force on
those screws and a lot of pressure. And I find
it would have been useful to have a screwdriver
which would fit, and we didn't have it.

022 18 53 49 SPT Two of them that - that are in there - No, I can't.
I've usually been able to make almost anything -
I can get aSmost anything I needed to get done in
one way or another. I find the Swiss a_ knife
is an exceptionally useful tool itself. The
postural adjustment is question n_,mber 2. What
postural adjustment have you had to make in order
to accommodate task performance in zero g? First
one is at the ATM panel; I wish that the flooring
was a little bit lower there. I find myself hav-
ing to contin1_al ly bend over ; was much worse at
the beginning of the mission when I was used to the
simulator. Now, I'm used to working a little
higher eye level on the ATM panel, but I still
find myself bending over and that is somewhat of
a problem.
 3151

022 18 54 31 SPT What major muscle groups - Anywhere else, anywhere

else? About the only place that I'm really working
most of the time - well, also when I'm doing some
of these TV-IOX series, I've got the television
camera mounted on the floor and the lights and
everything else, and if I'm bending down there
all the time, it's a little bit harder than one g
because you don't have the gravity holding you
down. So I find myself with my legs and my back
getting tired.

SPT What major muscle groups do you employ in zero g

as opposed to one g? Most of the time you don't
employ many muscle groups in zero g except for the
fact of trying to bend over and get something
and stay - and stay bent over. You're going to
be at an ATM panel or - or close to the floor,
as I Just mentioned. And there you're - you're
using your - your stomach muscles too, I guess,
as a traction to hold you down forward; and you're
also using your leg muscles.

022 18 55 31 SPT Would - would you offer any design recommendations

for future vehicles based upon these considerations?
Yes, I would like to see a worktable; something
which you could stand at comfortably and have
all kinds of restraining devices on a table which
is Just about the same height that you would work
on a table in one g. And by that height, I mean
something coming up to Just about the bottom of
your rib cage, a little above your navel. And
have yourself a triangle grid in front of it and
a work surface which had all kinds of restraining
devices like our friendly aerodynamics workbench,
which I found our diffuser screen to be a good
part - triangle grid itself, flat surfaces with
all kinds of restraining devices or Just a plain
flat surface with nothing else.

022 18 56 29 SPT Right now we're having to ma_e do with using the
floor or the walls or any particular thing you
want to put on. And I find these TV-101 series,
TV-101 and 107 which I've been working on - It's
pretty much of a makeshift operation.

SPT Nnmher 3 : The previous $kylab crew observed that

handling large masses was far less difficult than
Baudling multiple items of relatively small mass.
3152

Has your experience been similar, and what logistic

management techniques have you employed to cope
with this problem.* Okay, first of all, large
masses are exceptionally easy to handle. You
could take a look at the MI51 films of ETC prep,
for example, and that thing is exceptionaS1y easy
to move around. By easy it's in two senses: One,
it requires very small forces, and three - and two
because you've got such a relatively high mass,
you can move it over somewhere and stop it dead.
And then when you release it, any small force you
put on it is not going to have it move away in a
small velocity so essentially it'll stay where you
want it, floating. This is not true of smaller
objects like cameras, and so forth, which I'll get
to in a moment. I find that the large masses are,
if anything, easier to handle than - than small
masses Just because their inertia keeps them rel-
atively fixed.

022 18 57 55 SPT Okay. The management problem I get into when I 'm
Juggling a lot of things is over there at that
darn film vault. You want to get out a camera or

022 18 58 38 SPT I'm sitting here looking at it now, and it Just

kind of - kind of makes me wince. Every time
I have to go over there to do something, I - I
cringe and I figure, "Oh, God, I got to - got to
go through this again." And I open up the top
drawer on the right-hand side and there's Just -
cameras come bouncing out and Bill's - Bill's
done the best he can with cardboard inserts
to hold a lot of the adapters and the - and the
cameras. And we have a cardboard cover over the
whole drawer so when you open the drawer, not
everything comes out. But you open up the cover
and then you got camera and bodies coming out
and lenses; and it's Just like opening up a -
the top of a snake pit and they all start slither-
ing out at you. There's Just no easy way on
that one, except - at least, for a makeshift,
for what we've done. I think what we really need
is some type of a soft restraint which is flexible
enough to fit aSmost any size object - I shouldn't
say size, but something between a thimble and a -
and a fist, or a small part of a camera, if you will,
and a - and a large part.
 3153

you want to get out a lens. You want to get a

lens adapter; you want to get a light meter; and
you want to get a - say, some new film if you're
going to reload it, or you're to get a ring site.
And the net result of all this is you Just got
all kinds of things floating around in the air.
We've got tape over there, but yet and still,
that's a mess. We got Velcro. That film- film
vault and that whole area over there is - it's
a godawful mess.

022 18 59 41 SPT I think the material we have up here is designed -

most anything is designed for one size. The
things for holding the transporters, for example,
are great, and we've had no problem with that.
But we - if we ever had to use that drawer for
anything else, of course, the trans - the little
transporter inserts, or holders, wouldn't work
worth beans. And that's the problem we're finding
over in almost all the other drawers with anything
different than was originally planned.

022 19 00 14 SPT Have you found that you could accomplish maintenance
tasks reasonablywell eitheronline or at
improved work sites, or would these chores have
been simplified by having a dedicated _!n -
maintenance station? Would you recommend a dedi-
cated maintenance station for future long-term
missions? Most of the maintenance tasks we have
have been relatively s_1 1. Although maintenance -
I guess the one thing that I really spent the most
time on was working my shoes - taking all the
little nuts and all the little screws out of that.
And here I found - I ended up using the - the
aerodynaml cs workbench prototype, and that was
the - -

022 19 00 55 CC Skylab, this is Houston; 1 minute to LOS - -

SPT - - air diffuser - -

CC - - next station contact in 16 minutes through

Goldstone at 19:17. Out.

SPT - - and that worked real well. And I would - I

would recommend a - a dedicated maintenance
station - workstation, if you will; maintenance,
perhaps, is the wrong word; it's workstation.
You could use it for all kinds of things. Okay.
3154

022 19 01 23 SPT Here, most of the maintenance tasks we've had,

I find rather than rigging up a workstation - it
tskes longer to do that than it does to - to
struggle with it in one way or smother and usually
manage to get the Job done, because the tasks have
not been that complicated here.

022 19 02 00 SPT I think the m_ntenance is not such a big problem

but experiment im- improvisation is one. For
example, the carriage particle mobility experiment.
That thing was a Rube Goldberg from- from the
very first time we opened up the checklist. And,
boy, I had a tough time with that thing Just trying
to get it all fit together. And if it wasn't for
gray tape, we never would have gotten it done.
There's where you- needed a little ingenuity and
a lot of gray tape and a lot of time, and - to
make something like that work. I'm not sure a
dedicated workstation here would have helped.
What would have helped there was to have the thing
thought out on the ground a little better than it
WaS •

SPT What is your prime method of removing reactive

forces when you must exert linear push or pull
forces during a task? Removing torques? Removing
reactive forces? Hmm. Let's see, F equal ma.
I'll tell you, Bob, baby, I Just - I think I
understand what you're asking there. Let me Just
kind of talk around the subject; I hope I hit
your - what you're asking.

022 19 0B 25 SPT When you push on something during a task, you

either have it braced between hands or you brace
yourself with triangle grids and a hand on the
handrail and the object on a wall if you have to,
although most of the time we don't have forces
that require anything like that. Most of the stuff
we do is - is all internal though; isometric, if
you will. You're - you're pushing one hand against
the other a good part of the time, or pulling.
Torques: We really don't have any high torques -
well, I guess those screws, for example - of course,
now that's all - all - I've never had to work
anything fixed that I was not holding my hand on
that I can think of. Oh, I guess I have. I guess
what you do is Just brace your body up against
something. What the beck am I trying to think of -
J

3155

I've done that. Up in the MDA there was some darn

thing I had to take some bolts out, a long time
ago in the beginning of the mission.

022 19 04 35 SPT And really, what you do is Just get your - oh, I
know; another good example is opening up the
windows in the MDA. Those windows are the highest
torqued windows I've ever seen. Those - turning
the cranks on those things. There, what you do
is Just wedge your body in a position where you
can hold yourself down towards the window and then
torque so that your legs and your hips or something
else are reacting against something in the immediate
vicinity. And you can then open or close the win-
dow. Now that's all improvised. If you ever
needed a workstation, it's right there, to open
up those darn windows.

022 19 05 15 SPT Number 6: Have you noted any definite tendency

to establish an IVA coordinate system as a frame
of reference for locomoting and working within
the various modules and compartments of Skylab? No,
I don't think so. I think it depends upon what
r_ you're doing. If you're working at the EREP,
you got your own little coordinate system right
in front of you; if you're working at the ATM,
you got another one. If you're looking out the
window, any one of the STS windows, you got your
own coordinate system; if you're working at the -
the - -

CDR Hey, Ed, we're going to take the recorder from

you now. We're going to have to start the - the
logging - voice logging.

SPT Okay. I'ii have to break this off here. l'm

on question 6 and I'll pick it up later.

022 19 06 Oh SPT SPT out. You got it, Jerry.

022 19 06 40 CDR This is the CDR at 0 - no, 19:06 and 45 seconds.

At T-2, which was 18:51, Delta 6 was reading
h0 percent. And in a period of about 1 minute it
sagged off to about 36 and then began a slow
rise. And at this time, it's now reading 56 per-
cent. Starting -Let's see, the ready activation
is complete. Now I'm going to start recording
the monitor settings. Alfa 2 is 55; Alfa B is 86;
3156

Alfa 4 is 92, and that is high; let's see, Alfa 4 -

switch 3 is high. Yes, that - that value is
too high. Alfa 5 is 40 percent; Alfa 6 is 0.
Bravo 2 is reading 54 percent; Bravo 3 is reading
79; Bravo 4 is reading 92 percent - 91 percent,
and that also appears to be high - Bravo 4 - yes,
that reading is high. Bravo 5 is reading 56;
Bravo 6 is reading 48; Bravo 7 is reading 58,
barely on the line; Bravo 8 is reading l; Bravo
9 is reading 58. Charlie 2 is reading 57; Charlie
3 is reading 87; Charlie 4 is reading 53 - which
is a little bit low - Charlie 3 should be - correc-
tion, Charlie 4 should be reading 55 to 85, so
that's a tad low. Charlie 5 is reading 82 - 83,
make it; Charlie 6 is reading 47; Charlie 7 is
reading 47. Delta 2 is reading 68; Delta B is
reading 83; Delta h is reading 45, which is low;
Delta 5 is reading lh; Delta 6 is reading 56, good;
Delta 7 is reading lO. All right, I'm setting
Charlie on 8. Ok8_, I verify that the S192 ALIGNMENT
switch is OFF and the cover is replaced. It has
not been touched today. Panel ll7 both PUSH TO
TEST lights are good. 8192 going to MODE, READY -

022 19 i0 03 CDR NOW. DOOR, OPEN.

022 19 i0 06 CDB NOW. 1 minute to go.

CDR The S190 HEATER SWITCH OFF light is off.

CDR Okay, 192 READY light is on. The DOOR is OPEN.

MODE to CHECK -

022 19 ll 09 CDR NOW. Okay, preoperate configuration pad. TAPE

RECORDER, ON. The READY is on. 192 is ON. The
READY is out. The MODE is CHECK and the DOOR is
OPEN.

CDR 91 is ON. Okay, I do not have a READY light on

Sl91. COOLER is ON. The door is open; I should
have a READY light by now.

PLT Do we do a VTS AUTO CAL? Are we supposed to?

CDR Well, not right away. We will later.

PLT Okay.
 3157
/--

CDR At 16:10. But I don't have a 191 READY light

on. Now, have I missed s_nething in my prep? I
don't think so. 3 minutes late getting the POWER
on the 191, but that shouldn't make that much
difference.

022 19 12 27 CDR All right.

PLT If you'll hand me the malfs, Jer, I'll look at

them real quick.

CDR Okay.

PLT I've got about 8 minutes before I do anything.

CDR All right. Meanwhile I'll press on here. S190

the POWER is ON; READY light's out. We're in
STANDBY and the door is open. Now we've got a
191 READY light.

PLT Okay.

CDR I guess it Just was really cuttingit close on

the warmup. Oh -

022 19 12 59 CDR Okay. Now, the 190 door is open; I can see light.
93 Romeo is at STANDBY. SCATTEROMETER READY is
out. SCATTEROMETER is in OFF. The READY is out.
The ALTIMETER is OFF. The READY is out. 9h is
ON; the READY is on. Standing by for EREP, START
at 19:16.

022 19 14 03 CDR Okay. All I can think of is it Just hadn't quite

had enough time to warm up.

022 19 15 06 CDR 1 minute to EREP, START. Bill, we'll want a VTS

AUTO CAL at 16 :l0.

PLT Okay.

CDR Okay. On my mark it'll be 19:16:00. Stand by -

022 19 15 59 CDR MARK. EREP, START. TAPE MDTION is good.

PLT Standing by -

CDR Okay, 3 seconds. Stand by -

3158 _

022 19 16 09 PLTICDR MARK.

PLT Okay.

CDR All right, the SCATfEROMETER is going to STANDBY

and the ALTIMETER is going to STANDBY and 194 MODE
to MANUAL.

CDR I got all three 193's on STANDBY now.

CDR Next mark is 16:36 - correction, 18:36, about 2

more minutes.

CDR SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

022 19 16 57 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. ETC to STANDBY.

PLT Stand by -

CDE 25:20 is next.

022 19 17 04 PLT MARK.

022 19 17 05 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER is ON.

022 19 17 i0 CDR ...

022 19 17 26 CDR 1 minute until the next mark.

PLT We should be coming in right over Vancouver Island

now, but I can't see it.

CDR Cloudy?

PLT Yes. Solid cloud cover; Just as advertised.

CDR On my mark, it'llbe 18:36. Standby -

022 19 18 35 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON. RADIOMETER, ON. Looking

for a 191 READY.

022 19 18 h8 CDR MARK. 191 READY on at 18:h8. REFERENCE going to 6.

Next mark's 19:23 with an ETC POWER, ON.

CDR Coming up on 19:23. Stand by -

022 19 19 22 CDR MARK. ETC POWER, ON. Next mark's 20:23.

 3159

PLT Okay, I'm going to use I0 - my i0 seconds of film

on this reservoir here. Off. Still looking for
a snow cover.

CDR Okay, on my mark it'll be 20:23. And we'll want

the ETC to AUTO, and I'll go with 190 to AUTO.

PLT Oh, good.

PLT Okay. Stand by. 20 :23 •

022 19 20 22 CDR MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO. ETC, AUTO.

PLT Oh, beautiful. I'm going to get the special 02.

022 19 20 33 PLT DATA MARK. Ah, hal I got it.

CDR Okay, we got a MALF light on camera 6, as we

expected, for S190. Bad magazine. Crying wolf.
Next mark will be 21:06. Stand by -

022 19 21 05 CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY. Okay, TAPE MOTION

light is back on again; we're at high speed.

PLT We got our special 02, Bruce; I found that clear

spot.

CC Roger. I copied, Bill. Thank you.

CDR Next mark will be 22:28. Charlie 8 showing

38 percent.

022 19 21 51 CDR Charlie 8 - Charlle 8 showing 36 percent.

PLT Okay. Minus 6 degrees, 7, 8, 9, and i0. DAC off.

Okay, IMC, OFF, and going for 23:10. h5, RIGHT,
4.9.

CDR Okay, the TAPE MOTION light's starting to flicker

at 35 percent tape remaining. Stand by for 22:28.
Stand by -

022 19 22 28 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK. S190 INTERVAL. Stand

by -

022 19 22 35 CDR MARK. At 22:35, S190 INTERVAL to 20. ETC to

STANDBY. Next mark 's at 23: 30.
3160

PLT Not going to be as lucky on this one. Doggone it.

Clouds got me Just in time.

CDR Kansas City?

PLT No, it was at Tuttle Creek. I'm going for Kansas

City now. 23, 33, 45; LEFT, 2.h.

CDR Okay, on my mark, it'll be 23:30. Stand by -

022 19 23 29 CDR MARK. S190 INTERVAL is to l0 - -

PLT No Joy. Okay, I'm going to get set up for Atlanta.

CDR Okay, cc_ing up - next mark will be 23:50. We're

going to want an ETC to AUTO and then STANDBY, Ed.
Stand by -

022 19 23 49 CDR MARK. 23:50. 193 going to POLARIZATION, 4.

S190 SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM. ETC to STANDBY.

PLT Kansas is hopeless.

CDR 0h,that's
toobad.

PLT Okay, 25:20. Pair of sites.

CDR What you working on now, Geor - Atlanta?

022 19 2h 20 PLT Well, I got a - Hey, Bruce, a little clarification.

I should have asked it earlier. Is Atlanta, indeed,
Just the alternate? You would prefer to have a uniform
site? Because my pad lists special 02 as a pri-
mary and 530 as a secondary or the alternate.

CC It's affirmative. 530 is the alternate, special 02

area is the prime.

PLT Okay, any uniform site.

CDR Well, test site's a uniform site, isn't it?

PLT Yes.

CDR Kill two birds with one stone there.

022 19 24 58 PLT All right. Let's see now, 25:10.

 3161

CDR Okay. Next mark is at 25:12, in about 7 seconds.

PLT Okay, 25 .....

CDR Coming up on 25:12. Stand by -

022 19 25 ii CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETEE to STANDBY.

022 19 25 12 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. ETC to STANDBY.

PLT Stand by -

CDE 25:20 is next.

022 19 25 19 PLT MARK .... - -

022 19 25 20 CDR MARK. SCATTEEOMETER is ON.

PLT Okay, I got a uniform site; I'm tracking it.

CDR 25 :37 's the next mark.

PLT DAC 's on, and my DATA pushbutton.

CDR Stand by -

022 19 25 36 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY. ALTIMETER to ON.

CDR Next mark's 26:03 with an ETC, AUTO, Ed. Coming

up 26:03. Stand by -

022 19 26 02 CDR MARK. ETC, AUTO. 26:20's next. Still got some
tape left.

PLT Okay, there's a good 30 seconds on a uniform site.

DAC's off. Okay, 30 degrees.

CDR On my mark, 26 :20.

PLT 30 degrees ... 26:hl.

CDR Stand by -

022 19 26 19 CDE MARK. 192 MODE, READY. Tape recorder shifted

gears. We got motion; flickering TAPE MOTION
light. Seems to start flickering when you get -
get low on tape; it runs solid when you've got a
lot of tape.
3162

PLT I got the sites; got Atlanta.

CDR Hey, good show.

PLT Yes, that's it.

CDR Okay, that - -

PLT CAMERA, 0N.

CDR - - TAPE MOTION light is more off than on now,

still flickering. Charlie 8 is reading 30 percent.

022 19 27 27 CDR Still no END OF TAPE light, so we're still good.

Still got a TAPE RECORDER READY light. Got an
ALTIMETER UNLOCK light ; going to STANDBY.

PLT CAMERA, OFF. Okay, ...

CDR Next mark will be 27:55. Okay, ALTIMETER's back

through - to ON now.

022 19 27 5h CDR MARK. 27:55. Going to INTERVAL, 20 on S190.

4.8 FRAMES PER MINUTE on the ETC.

CDR Got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light again. Still got a

READY light. 28: 40 's my next mark.

CDR Okay, on my mark, 28 :40.

022 19 28 39 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY; MODE to 5. RANGE

is 69. 28:58 is next. Stand by -

022 19 28 57 CDR MARK. 28:58. The ALTIMETER's ON. 29:0h is next.

022 19 29 03 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to STANDBY. 29:10, ETC to STANDBY.

022 19 29 09 CDR MARK. 29:30's next.

CDR Coming up 29 :30. Stand by -

022 19 29 30 CDR MARK. SHD'A'A'_:R

SPEED to SLOW. 29:40 coming up.
Stand by -

022 19 29 _0 CDR MARK. 29:h0. S191 REFERENCE to 2. Okay, at

30 :40, Bill, we want a VTS AUTO CAL.
 3163

PLT Okay.

CDR Charlie 8's reading about 25 percent; it's oscil-

lating between 20 and 30.

CDR 20 seconds to AUTO CAL, Bill.

PLT Roger. Okay, I'll use my l0 seconds of film to get

*** lagoon in the Bahamas.

CDR i0 seconds. On my mark it'll be 30:40. Stand by -

022 19 30 39 CDR/PLT MARK.

CDR VTS AUTO CAL. Next mark at 31:40.

PLT Okay, I've got a Z-LV. Got an end of film light

on the DAC.

CDR Uh-oh. Got your clocks. Okay. GOt an ALTIMETER

UNLOCK light; going to STANDBY at 05. TAPE MOTION
still hanging in there. Okay. Going back to ON
on the ALTIMETER at 20. READY light is on. The
/ ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is off. 31:h0 is my next
mark. Stand by -

022 19 31 39 CDR MARK. SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM. 31:50's the next

mark. Stand by -

022 19 31 h9 CDR MARK. INTERVAL going to 10. ETC to AUTO, Ed.

Next mark's at 32:20. ALTIMETER's got an UNLOCK
light; still got a READY light. Waiting for 32:20.
Stand by for 32 :20.

022 19 32 20 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. RANGE set at 65.

32:35 is next. On my mark, 32:35. Stand by -

022 19 32 35 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON. 32:45's next mark. Stand

by-

022 19 32 45 CDR MARK. 190 S_ER SPEED, SLOW. GOt an ALTIMETER

UNLOCK light. 32:55 is next mark. Stand by -

022 19 32 54 CDR MARK. 32:55. 190 INTERVAL to 20. ETC to STANDBY,

Ed. Okay, you're going to SI. ALTIMETER's still
hanging in there. Looking for an S191 REJiDY at
33:20. Tape's still hanging in there.
3164

CC Leave S192 in STANDBY. Leave 93 in STANDBY, 193

in STANDBY, please.

CDR 193 what?

CC ALTIMETER.

022 19 33 24 CDR Okay_ Going to AL - STANDBY now. All right, we

missed - the 191 was a little bit late, but made
it. 33:30, 190 INTERVAL to 10. ETC to AUTO, Ed.
Well, INTERVAL going back to 20. Got that INTERVAL
1 minute too early. Just got it back to l0 and
back to 20 before it clicked off, so I think we
may be all right.

022 19 33 57 CC i0 seconds to LOS. Next station contact in

43 minutes through Carnarvon at 20:17. Out.

PLT I don't understand this end of film light on this

DAC.

CDR Coming up on 34 :30.

PLT Yes, I still have film

CDR Stand by -

022 19 34 29 CDR MARK. At 34:30, MD - Sl - 190 INTERVAL at i0.

Hey, Ed, I gave you a bum call on ETC. I hope
I didn't mess you up. 34:50 is my next mark.
Stand by -

022 19 34 50 CDR MARK. Sl90 SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM. 35's the next
mark with an ETC to STANDBY. Stand by -

022 19 35 00 CDR MAHK. 35 even. 35:30, you've got an ALTIMETER -

which I've already got to STANDBY by ground
ccw,m_nd.

022 19 35 32 CDR 35:30, 19_ MODE to MANUAL. Did it at 33.

PLT ...

CDR Looking for a 190 READY out at 36:30.

CDR Tape recorder's Just about had it.

 3165

022 19 36 28 CDR MARK. At 36:29 ETC - or S190 READY light went

l out. ETC should go to STANDBY. Slg0 going to
STANDBY.

022 19 36 37 CDR EREP, STOP at 36:38.

CDR And we do have a little tiny bit of tape left.

CDR Okay, Bravo 7 is reading 36 percent, 36 percent.

CDR S192 DOOR CLOSE switch is CLOSEd. Latch that, Bill?

PLT Okay. Got it?

CDR No.

PLT Let's try it again. Try that.

CDR That 's good.

022 19 37 55 CDR POWER switch coming OFF.

022 19 44 18 PLT PLT. Termination of the EREP pass. The frames

f remainingon the EREP mags: 9507, 8846, 9721,
9712, 3258, and 0582.

022 19 hh 3h PLT PLT out.

022 19 49 29 SPT SPT at 19:h9. Picking up again on our friendly

Mh87-2 Delta. Okay. Coordinate system, IVA,
question 6. Usually you don't have to worry your-
self about an overall coordinate syst_ because
you're only working at one place at one time. I
cannot think of anything in the workshop or in the
MDA which involves the use of both sides of the
compartment simultaneously so that the relative
positions of what you have on both sides of the
compartment ms-kes a difference.

022 19 50 31 SPT Usually it's Just between you and the workstation,
whether it be a EREP, an ATM, a scientific airlock,
in front of a film vault, it's a one-to-one. So
I think your choice of coordinate systems, if you
will, future vehicle designs, really boils down
to an efficient use of the volume that you have
available. Where do you put surfaces in order to
make maximum utilization of the volume? By sur-
3166

faces, I mean walls and/or the total outside con-

figuration of the space vehicle, cylinder versus i

sphere versussquare.

022 19 51 38 SPT In that regard I think we have a reasonable approach

here in the initial thoughts. But that's as far
as it goes. By that I mean, we have a large volume,
which I think you will - you will need for experi-
ments like 509, T020, and Just as a place where
people can get away fram any claustrophobia which
they might get in small compartments. At least I
think it could get on to you after a long period
of time. At least I feel that if I were pent up
in the MDA all the time, that is, for months at
a time, it would begin to feel pretty much like a
cell as opposed to a - a work area. I think you
do need a large volume for those reasons, and I'm
sure there 's many more.

022 19 52 56 SPT I guess the many more would include the different
types of experiments which you would do, many of
which you - as we found on this mission, you can't
predict years in advance. Many of them are inflight
generated. They could not be generated unless
you had the large volume. The other aspect which
I think in general is good is the general design.
of the MDA in - which tried to utilize the walls
of the cylinder in a zero-g manner rather than a
one-g manner. The 0WS is a one-g vehicle, and I
think it's a waste of a lot of wall space.

022 19 53 h6 SPT The MDA tried to use the wall space, which is good,
but I think they do it in a - what I would consider
a unorganized, confusing manner. I would not - I
would llke to see a compartment about the same
size as the 0WS, maybe even longer, which has got
workstations on the walls. By walls, now, I [
mean the cylindrical walls, as opposed Just to a
place to separate - used to separate the ceiling
from the floor.

022 19 54 5_ SPT And to build things, work platforms, workstations,

so that in a given locale, you'd have your own
local vertical, your own lon - local vertical as
perpendicular to the - the wall or the floor. In
that sense, walls and floors are no longer distin-
guishable. I would like to see the area like the
MDA, which ought to be larger in diameter. I
 3167

think the 0WS is probably good. It might not be

as - the 0WS could probably be a little bit smaller
for a - a general work compartment where you would
house control stations, if you will, for experiments.

022 19 55 43 SPT It should be a little bit larger than the MDA and
it could be a little bit smaller than the 0WS.
And here again, it Just depends upon which types
of experiments you're concerned with as to whether
they would be most appropriately put in a large
experi - large volume like the 0WS and perhaps
larger, or the MDA.

022 19 56 l0 SPT Now again - if you're talking about artificial

gravity - essentially, a large bicycle tire rota-
ting in which the volume which normally you'd -
you'd have in the air for the - in the bicycle
tire would now be your working compartment. And
you'd be rotating in the same way as you would
around the axis of the bike tire, 2001 type; then
you've got yourself a local vertical defined and -
and things are different. I think that's a - a
straightforward case. Your cross section then
had a rectangle, or at least a flat floor, and
local vertical is defined.

022 19 57 07 SPT The frame of reference for locomoting back and

forth, I find is not necessary. I mean, you know
how to get from one spot to another. And there's
no functional reason you have to have a coordinate
system defined for you. This vehicle is relatively
straightforward.

022 19 57 26 SPT Now let's talk about compartments down at the botton
deck of the OWS. There I think we could've done
a little better Job of laying out the coordinate
system, if you will, down there. The sleep com-
partment, I think each guy ought to have accessi-
bility to the sleep compartment without having to
truddle by the others. When I truddle out of mine
in the middle of the night, if I have to, I can -
it being relatively quiet down there, I can - feel
that I am waking up either Bill or Jerry.

022 19 58 07 SPT The corner which we have over there by M131 is

essentially unuseable because it's an acute angle
in there, and there Just aren't many things that
can go in there, except for stowage. And we have
3168

not yet been able to find things to stow over there,

except temporary stowage of T020.

022 19 58 36 SPT I'm getting out of subject coordinate systems. It

depends how large you're going to make this as to
whether you really got to worry about that problem
too hard. If you're going to come up with a
vehicle which has got 40,000 cubic feet, a factor
of four greater than what we have - a factor of
three greater, then you're going to have many more
compartments. Then maybe you ought to think about
aisles -passageways, if you will, tubes, and that
type of coordinate system.

022 19 59 18 SPT If you ever do that, you ought to make sure that
you end up with a - aisle or tube which is a main
thoroughfare in the same way as an aisleway is in
a series of - or a hallway is in a series of
offices. So that to get from one room to another,
you do not have to go through another couple of
rooms, but you go out into the major tube or the
hallway and go that exit to go to the other room.
Functionally, that's what you do in one g, and I
think in zero g you should have that same functional
requirement.

022 20 00 05 SPT Coordinate systems are kind of funny in the sense

that in the command module - and it all goes back
to the way we're trained. We got our own local
vertical on the command module, which is very hard
to find when you first get in there. Now in zero g,
that's laying on your back on a couch with the -
with the gravity down towards yotKr back. That's
hard to - hard to find when you initially go in
there. At least I always find it a little confus-
ing. I shouldn't say confusing, but it Just takes
a little while to get myself oriented.

SPT The MDA, because that thing was always rotated in

a different orientation in training, we never really
established a local feeling or vertical there -
feeling of local vertical. 0WS, we do, because of
the way it was put together and the fact that it is
a one-g design.

022 20 01 07 SPT I think ccming through the upper dome - from the
airloek into the upper dame is kind of an inter-
esting sensation. Jerry and I were talking about
 B169

this yesterday. If you come through feet first

and you look down, you feel that you're going to
fall. That's because of the one-g mon - image
you still have in mind. For some reason if you
come whistling through head first, it doesn't
seem to bother you. It really doesn't bother me
the other way either, but I have this - you have
the feeling of height which - rather than Just
dimension fr_n one point to another, you all of
a sudden - the term height comes into it - gravity
gradient. I don't feel that until I come through
that dome feet first. Much more so in the early
part of the mission than now.

SPT Strangely enough, I also sometimes feel that up in

the MDA when I am looking out of the EREP window
with my body parallel to the X axis and my feet
toward the OWS. I then look down towards my feet
and all of a sudden I feel as though I'm looking
down a long tube. And I mean down a long tube,
not Just along a tube, but down it. And there
is a gravity gradlent, and if I step off the
little platform, why I - I'm going to go whistling
f alltheway on down.

022 20 02 33 SPT I think that's - had a real tough time trying to

figure out where the heck I ever would come up
with that sensation. And then I remembered all
the testing which we've done down at the Cape,
where that was the orientation that the whole
vehicle was in. And in the MDA, even though we
had a lot of hatches and ladders and all that
good stuff in there, in the MDA when you look
down in that manner, it was really down. And I
think that's where it has arisen. If we never
had the one-g background in that particular situa-
tion, I don't think I would have felt that sensation.

022 20 03 17 SPT Let me Just mention another sensation, and that

is the EVA one, as long as we're talking about
coordinate systems. And this is probably a little
off your topic, but kind of fun to talk about.
And it is a - a coordinate system you feel when
you're out there on the workstations outside
during the EVAs, say the center workstation or
the SAS workstation. Those two feel quite -
quite a part of the vehicle. You are attached
to it, and - and you're working next to it. You
don't have the sensation that you're - You know
 type lock which has a business being your only
means of holding sc_ething down in zero g. I
think the darn things ought to be Just flat re-
moved. Find another way of holding something
down for launch, and then remove it when you get
up here and call for the flexible, easy zero-g
restraints.

022 20 07 21 SPT The trouble with the Dzus fasteners, you got to
have everything perfectly aligned in order to
m_ke them start clutching in there. And if you
don't, you're Just lost; you're Just turning
something, and nothing's happening. We put in a
tape recorder the other day - 2 days ago. Jerry
and I were doing it. And we had one heck of
a time trying to get all those holes - four holes
lined up so you get all four of those little
fellows screwing down there. There's no reason
it should have been that hard. All we were trying
to do is hold scmethlng down against a cold plate.

022 20 07 5B SPT I'd like to see some standardization, and I'd

like to see samething a little better than what
we've got now in the way of these fasteners or
Dialatches. Something easy, simple, light, not
complicated, and won't get dinged or busted easy.
Again, I'm not the design engineer. This is the
kind of thing that doesn't have to hold 40,000 kilo-
pounds' worth of stress and torque and strain
for lift-off and all those kind of good things.
All it's got to do is hold something together in
zero g, two surfaces.

022 20 08 B8 SPT And I'm Almost thinking of something with the

ease of Velcro tabs. But they tend to wear out,
and they're also not quite as quick and convenient
to attach unless they're placed perfectly correctly.
And I 'm not sure that would always be done properly.
But the lar - latches we've got on all these com-
partments are overdesigned for zero g; of course,
they're made for lift-off. They have far more
spring force than they need, and they're - require
forcing them closed sometimes in order to make
the latches catch. That shouldn't be. I'm all for
standardizing ; coming up with something that 's
cheap and easy. Don't make the government pay
through the nose for some new superimproved mouse-
trap. Do it simple.
 8
•
_ 31/

where you are, that you're up above the Earth,

of course, but you don't have the sensation that
you do as when you're out on the Sun end.

022 20 0_ 14 SPT If you go out on the Sun end and you keep yourself
close to the vehicle, there again, everything is
fine. You don't have any different sensation.
But if you lean back, you're far enough away from
any large structure that you no longer feel a part
of the space station. You all of a sudden - it's
just between you and the Earth below, hanging
from your heels. And you are looking down at an
Earth which is 270 miles below, and you have the
feeling that there is a gravity gradient and down
you could go. I got to admit, my heart rate really
went up the first couple of times I did that, and
it was a neat sensation. And so I pressed on
doing it. And I guess other guys have experienced
the same thing. Your coordinate system, then, is
in a sense when you're close to a - close to a
workstation that you're used to working in, in
zero g - in one g, it's fine. You're close to
the vehicle, you feel a very much pa - a part of
the vehicle. But you lean away from it, get away
from the big bulk of mass surrounding you, and
essentially _lmost your total sphere is unencum-
bered by spacecraft, then all of a sudden, you
feel that you alone are up there. And that's an
interesting feel - feeling. I've got to admit
that rivaled lift-off.

022 20 06 02 SPT Okay, what is your opinion concerning the advis-

ability of exerting design influence to standardize
the multiPle types of snaps, latches, retainers,
restraints, doors, et cetera, you have confronted
aboard - been confronted in Skylab? I think that's
an excellent idea and I wish it had been done for
Skylab and we had come up with something better
than Dialatches and these other Dzus fasteners.
Dialatches: The problem with those is they're
Just too frapping slippery. I think they're
poorly made. They're cheap. They get too easily
bent. Film door is a per - perfect example.
They're, I find, always sticking, always binding
in the open position. And they put much more force
than is ever required to hold something closed
in zero g. It's strictly a - a lift-off vibration-
3172
-\

022 20 09 45 SPT SPT out.

022 20 22 32 CDR This is the CDB at 20:22 Zulu. And it's time to
confess my last camera orgy, which started
yesterday afternoon. And when I was ready to de-
brief it, the recorder wasn't. And then when it
was, l'd forgotten. Let's start off with the
Nikon with the 300 milleniter - millimeter lens
on it. At 21:40 Zulu yesterday, that's on day of
the year 021, I shot some Nikon film, and the
magazine ntlnber is Charlie X-ray 42. Okay, the
first frames were number 62 and 61, in this case.
They were of San Francisco. I took - The first
frame was of the southern part of %he bay and the
second frame was overlapping wlth the northern
part of the bay; 5.6, i/i000. This was part of
the stereopair swath - the stereo swath that the
PLT was taking out the wardroom window. I grabbed
the 300 and went up to the S190 and the S-2 windows
and kind of ricocheted back and forth between the
two trying to get the - the photograph. So at
21:40, San Francisco Bay, frames 62, 61; 5.6 over
300.

022 20 24 12 CDR At 21:41, I took a picture of Monterey Bay from

Pacific Beach to - or Pacific Grove it's called,
I guess, up to Fort Ord; all the way around to
Santa Cruz, actually. That was frame number 60,
same f-stop, same speed. At 21:42, a picture of
Memo Lake, frame number 59. Also at 21:h2 a small
red lake Just south of Mono Lake. The lake was
the same red color as the red portion - the northern
portion of the Great Salt Lake. This lake also
looked like it was a - a dry lake sort of thing
that had a little bit of water in it and was frozen.
It was up in the high Sierras there, Just south
of Memo Lake. That was frame number 58, the same
f-stop, 5.6, i/i000.

022 20 25 06 CDR Then at 21:h3, I took some frames, frame number 57

through 5h, same f-stops. And this was the area
from p,Im Springs to Imperial Valley. I started
with the southern end of the Salton Sea; then I
took the northern end. Then took a picture of
p_lm Springs. And then the last picture was down
on Ymperial Valley.

022 20 25 29 CDR All right, the next series is the series of -

taken from 21:h4 Zulu to 21:47 Zulu. And this is
 3173

just a whole bunch of sort of end-to-end with the

main concentration over handheld sites number 114,
ll3, ll2, and 56. It's Mexico from the Sonora
Desert to GuadalaJara, frsmes number 53 through
35, all taken at 5.6, 1/1000. And again this is
Charlie X-ray 42. Then at 21:48, I took a picture
of Mexico City and the next largest city below it,
which I think is Puebla. That's fr-mes number 34
through 32. I get the sinking feeling now that
that circular structure that Bill and I have been
talking about, and telling you was in Mexico City,
might really be northeast of the city of Puebla.
So you might consider that in your searchings for
locating that circular thing. It is most definitely
a manmade structure. It is not a dry lake with
algae in it. It 's much too circular ; it 's got
concentric circles in it. It's very, very regular,
geometric, and perfect. It is - The picture of it
is also in this - these frsmes 34 through 32.

022 20 26 56 CDR Now, the northern populated area that we got had
a string of craters. And I think they were to the
south - to the southwest, to the southeast; many -
_ many craters of many beat-down volcanics. Now the
southernmost city had a range of mountains south-
east of the city. And the range of mountains was
a northeast-southwest direction. And at the most
southwesternly end of the range is a very, very
beautiful volcano with snowcapped peaks and a
very, very clear crater. And I got a - I got a
sneaking hunch that that city is Puebla and we
may have led you astray looking for that circular
structure. Okay, again, those were taken at 5.6
and 300. Then at 21:51; the Bay of Fonseca, 31
and 30 - frames 31 and 30 of Charlie X-ray 42, taken
at 5.6, 1/1000. And I took a - essentially, got
both ends of the bay. It's the same kind of pictures
I took of San Francisco Bay. The idea here was to
get the two volcanoes that are active in that area.

022 20 28 12 CDR Okay, so much for day of the year 21. All right,
day of the year 22, which is today. At 13:17 today,
I took frames number 28 and 27. Again, those were
at 5.6, i/i000. And these are dune boundaries in
the dune area of the sate HH69 in the eastern
Algeria Desert. And I took an overview with the
Hasselblad, which I'll get to later. And I'll
refer to that Hasselblad as Charlie X-ray 46,
3174

frmne number 164. And that kind of ties these two

closeups together. Then at 13:26, as we were going i
over Lake Rudolph in South Africa - now I shouldn't
say South Africa, it's east - east Africa. Anyway
you know where Lake Rudolph is. I noticed some
volcanoes - volcanics Just southeast of Lake Rudolph.
And so I took a - I took a Nikon picture of that,
which is frame number 26. Since we were moving
toward the terminator, I stopped it down at 4.5
with a 300-millimeter lens, 1/1000.

022 20 29 26 CDR I took a Hasselblad of the same area which is more

of an overview picture. That's frame number 165
of the Hasselblad Charlie X-ray 46. And that's it
for Nikon and my activities for the last day and
a half with the Nikon. I'll try to be a little
more prompt, but when you're busy and you're
hustling around, you sometimes forget to re - say
these things. And I know you're probably wondering
what happened to that 30 frames that showed up in
last night's film count that's unaccounted for.

022 20 30 01 CDR Okay. Now we get to this morning with the - the
Hasselblad; day of the year 22. This is all
Charlie X-ray 46 film. At 11:39 1 took a picture -
three pictures of the Alps. These are frames 155,
6, and 7, taken at 8 plus, 100-millimeter lens,
1/250. Then I - as I swung through the Alps, then
I - I swung south and - and took pictures of the
mountains along the east side of the Adriatic Sea
all down through Yugoslavia. And I did that with
two frames; that's number 158 and 159 of the
Hasselblad, the same f/stop, 8 plus, or 8.5 over -
lO0-millimeter lens, 1/250.

CDR And then a little further down I noticed our

coastal blooming that I mentioned, I think
about 2 weeks ago, at the calf of the leg of
Italy. I also noticed some over in Yogoslavia
Just across from it. These are frames number 160
and 161, coastal blooming, Italy and Yugoslavia.
And then at Ii:41, I took Just a - a general
overview geewhiz picture of Greece. That's frame
number 162, same f-stop. Then at next rev over -
over Spain - over Europe, I should say, at 13:14,
I got a picture of coastal blooming at - in
Morocco, right along the Mediterranean Sea.
 3175

022 20 31 37 CC Skylab, this is Houston ... 5 minutes. Out.

CDR This is frame number 163, at 8 plus, 1/250th.

And then as we went further inland, then I took
pictures of the dunes and boundaries that I Just
mentioned a few minutes ago. These are corrobo-
rating or overview pictures that go along with the
Nikon pictures that I took. Also the frame num-
ber 165 is the picture of the volcanics south of
Lake Rudolph.

CDR Okay. And then the next action of mine was at

17:44, and this was with Charlie X-ray 46. This
is the Hasselblad - the new Hasselblad f_]m that's
in there, Charlie X-ray 18. Frames number 0, num-
ber i, and number 2 are snow cover boundaries, and
they start northwest of Fort Peck Reservoir and
end up at Fort Peek; and this is - this is a sort
of a snow line. Started at about 07:hl and ended
at - or 07:42, ended at 07:hh.

CC CDR, this is Houston. Over.

f 022 20 32 43 CDR Frames 0 through 2 - Standby a minute, Bruce -

0 through 2, f/ll, 1/250. And at 17:49 I got
some lake ice. I'm pretty sure it was Lake
Superior with Just a hole in the clouds. Charlie
X-ray 18, frame number 3, f/16, 1/250. And then
at 17:51 and 17:52, I got pictures on frames num-
ber h and 5 of the red laser at - at Goddard, and
took one at an f-stop of 16, 1 hun - 1/250. And
then because there was a lot of clouds around, or
because the ground was dark, I decided to take
another picture at f/8 plus, at 1/250. And that
covers my activities for the last 2 days.

022 20 33 33 CDR CDR out.

022 20 33 55 CDR Appears to go along with the -

022 20 3h ll CDR And then -

TIME SKIP

022 21 00 34 CDR Throwing the switch to EXTERNAL ....

3176

TIME SKIP

022 21 42 04 CDR This is the CDR, 21:42 Zulu, debriefing the 20:42
ATM pass. J0P 6, building block 32, no problem.
JOP 15, a couple of building block 28's were
going very nicely until active region 31 started
popping again. I got all of the second JOP -
correction, cur - building block 28 done, except
the SINGLE FRAME 5, 8 minutes long. I think I
terminated that at about 4-1/2 to go or something
like that and went into the flare mode on active
region 31. I had a - first indication of a flare
was a very rapid brightening in H-ALPHA i. And
I started looking at H - at XUV. And it did not
brighten anywhere near as fast as H-ALPHA 1 did.
When I finally felt like XUV was brightening, I
terminated the S056 SINGLE FRAME and set it up
for AUTO, SHORT and got 55 going in LINE SCAN and
54 going in M, S, I, H, 64. Then I started
making mistakes. I decided that since the hot-
spot of the flare was two lines below where I was,
I moved the MIRROR, LINE SCAN down two lines.
And then later on I moved it down one more line.
And then after a little thought afterwards, I
went down and talked to Ed for a few minutes and
found out that I really am not doing you a favor
when I'm doing that; that I really ought to have
left it right where it was and Just taken - taken
what we got. But as it - as it went, I tracked
the hotspot for S055, so your data is not very
good time data. It's more hotspot data. And in
oxygen VI, we were banging up around 40,000 counts
on this little flare.

022 21 44 19 CDR The PMEC went right on up. I saw counts of 690
and so. And then after that, it started moving
up to 800 and I - I got a little bit skeptical.
And about that time the folks on the ground in-
dicated that we were moving into the South Atlantic
anomaly. So that was probably the reason for the
high PMEC count. The IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT, as
I remember, I think I saw 40 over there once
when I glanced over to look at it. I should
have probably logged that while I was busy log-
ging the PMEC. I stopped logging the PMEC when
it - when it went through 800 and I realized that
I was doing nothing but logging the South Atlantic
 3177

anomaly. I started into the flare mode at

21:17 Zulu.
022 21 45 08 CDR I got H-ALPHA i to 4 FRAMES PER MINUTE, 21:19.
And sorry about that, H-ALPHA i. And finally
gave up and terminated at 21:24 when the XUV got
back down to Just slightly above its - I guess
you'd call it ambient level, the level that -
before it started. I got your - your VTR data
of the door in XUV, the 2 minutes that you asked
for. I looked at the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH
during the building block 32, and no significant
change from the last pass. About all I could
notice, I thought it was rather insignificant,
was the fact that the feature over at 270 - well,
actually, 280 the - of the dimerest [sic] of the
two features. I told you one looked like it was
overlapped over the other one. The di_er of
the two looked even more dim. Out on the west
limb, the streamers that I described there
at the spikes did not change any of their inten-
sity, lengths, or - or shape.

022 21 46 19 CDR It surprises me to - to see this H-alpha bright-

ening much sooner than XUV. I thought XUV was
going to give us the quick and early dirty hits.
But if I'd have gone on H-alpha brightening -
and it was obvious that it wasn't Just a little
fluctuating bright point; it was going - I should
have gone ahead and started because I think I
could have started an extra 30 seconds earlier
going on H-alpha. And the BERYLLIUM APERTURE did
not step down to 3 until - well, I didn't really
get the time, but I think it was probably more
like 21:19 or so when it stepped down to B.

022 21 46 56 CDR This is CDR out.

022 21 49 12 PLT This is PLT. The time is 21:50. I'd like to de-
brief photographs I took during the west coast
pass starting about 21:00. We came in over
San Francisco down across Las Vegas, eastern
Arizona, and in that area I took several pictures
of the San Francisco area in the mountains and snow
cover out to the east, one good stereopair of
Las Vegas, one good stereopair of Phoenix. Star -
not a stereo - a pair of photographs cov -
three photographs covering the Grand Canyon,
Fle_staff, Flagstaff Meteor Crater, and to the
3178

east of Flagstaff. The - We should have the

Salt Verde watershed covered fairly well with
these photographs. Then on down to Central America,
we came - came out about - we came down across
central - Just a second - eastern Mexico, and
coasted out about 97 west, 15 north. I was look-
ing down there and I saw a large - well, I got a
couple of sunglint patterns in the water which I
photographed which indica - which appear to reveal
flow patterns of the surface of the water in the Bay
of Tehuantepec, I think is the - the name of it
there, at about 95 degrees west, 15 north.

022 21 50 59 PLT Also, in this area just a bit to the - to the south
and east at about 93 - 94 west, about 13 north,
there was a large obviously circulation eddy, and
it looked like it had broken off. And it must
have been a good 250 - 200 miles in diameter, say,
the eddy pattern itself. It appeared to be swirl-
ing back hooked - hooked back to the clockwise -
hooking in toward the shore in almost a complete
circle. Moving on down, I - at - at about the
same place, at about 90, say 91 degrees west, -_..
12 degrees north, I saw several pieces of the red
tide which I had noticed yesterday. This time
it looked to be like a half dozen large elongated
globs of this stuff.

022 21 52 02 PLT And whereas yesterday they were - it was all like
a railroad train, pretty well attached together
and _nning roughly northwest and southeast, this
time the - there was - the thing had all been like
a - derailed train and pieces of it - of the red
tide or whatever this reddish brown stuff is - sort
of in random order; but generally speaking, still
along a northwest-southeast line. And I - I kept
watching because it was not as much of the red tide.
The total amount of material there wasn't as much
as what I'd seen yesterday. So about 150 - 200 miles
on down the way off of the Bay of Fonseca, I saw
more of the red tide, but not as - not as much as
I saw to the north. And this time, there were, oh,
probably three or four large pieces of it which I
photographed. They were lying in the water Just
under some low stratus clouds. So there should be
enough contrast between the red tide and the stratus
clouds that you should be able to see it.
 3179

022 21 53 09 PLT Just when it's lie - when it's on the water there,
it's sort of hard to see, although the - the dynamic
range of the eye gives you the capability to - to
de - to discriminate very easily, you don't dis-
criminate it until once you've seen it. If you
understand what I mean - It's hard to see one -
as rigidly, but once you see it, then it's very easy
to pick up again when you look for it. So I conclud-
ed it'd probably be very difficult to photograph,
but when I saw this stratus cloud, I used that as
a sort of a backdrop, only- or a foredrop, I guess.
And was able to, I think, get the pattern of the
red tide on the surface of the water.

PLT What I'm de - leading up to is, it appears as though

there has been some sort of major turbulence activ-
ity between 90 degrees west and l0 north and about,
oh, 97 degrees and 13 north. There's been some
sort of major turbulence activity take place in
the last 2h hours there. And I - I thought it was
significant enough to report it. Now we moved on
down; we took - took one more photograph in South
America - Just a minute - handheld 155-9. So all
in all, we had to sort of fit this in with other
work that we were doing. But I think we got some
pretty good pictures on the west coast, some good
water circulation stuff there off the west coast
of Central America, and the one handheld in the
South America target area.

022 21 54 41 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

022 22 59 52 PLT PLT, time is 22:59, reporting on the Falkland

Current. We Just passed over Golfo San Matfas or
San Matfas. And the Falkland Current flowing
northward toward Montevideo has an offshoot that
goes into Golfo San Matfas. I was only able to
see a small part of the Falkland Current because
of the poor lighting and cloud cover, but this -
the current is - looks very strong and substantial
at this point thatl can see it, at about . Let's
see; what is it? 40 degrees south latitude. And
that there's a very strong offshoot of it that
goes into the Golfo San Matfas. And actually it
3180

angles in there, sort of northeast-southwest,

although the FaTkland Current - it comes up from
the south, from southwest to northeast.

022 23 O0 57 PLT PLT out. By the way, the current is florel - Forel
scale 7 to 8; very heavy, sharply defined, right
now; looks to be about 25 to 50 miles wide, Judging
from the width of the hammerhead there at the
Golfo San Matfas. I would say that it's about
three-quarters the width of that h_erhead there,
and that gives me a pretty good gage - I'd say
about 50 - 75 - maybe even 100 miles in spots.

022 23 01 27 PLT PLT out.

022 23 09 05 CDR This is the CDR at 23:09 Zulu debriefing the 22:14
ATM pass. We did a JOP 6, building block i; got
through that without any problems. And a special
word for 82A. All - all those were within about
5 arc minutes. Got the VTR work out of the way
and during my observing time, quite frankly, I
was afraid to use any S056 film, and of course,
82A and B, I know there's none left to be used.
But 56 right now is reading 78. So until we get
a film budget, I was reluctant to use any of that,
otherwise I would have spent a PATROL, SHORT. What
I did during my observing time is I noticed in the
XUV that on the lower side of the east limb, there
is some bright area. So I whistled over there
and with the H-ALPHA 1 took a look at the limb area
and found quite a bit of stuff coming up over the
side. Looks like a prominence. I beg your pardon;
it was not. Let's see now - Yes, that - Just a
second here, that -

022 23 i0 38 CDR Okay, I think what I was looking at was prominence

number - prominence 85. Now that I look at your -
your card here - your SAP, in fact, I'm sure that's
what it was. I'm looking at prominence number 85.
That - The area of activity is about 200 and -
220 or 230 - about 2 arc minutes long. Stands up
30 to 40 arc seconds from the limb and - Yes, I'm
Almost positive now that that's prominence 85 that
I looked at. I did a couple of mini-MARs on it
down to line 13. But as I said before, I was
afraid to use any more of S056 film. So I let
the PATROL, SHO - SHORT go by the boards. And
of course, I didn't even bother to roll - to get
 3181

the slit tangent to the - to the limb because I

knew - there was no 82B to worry about.

022 23 Ii 37 CDR So that - that's the situation there as far as

what I did on my observation time, and the later
part of the observing time, I messed around with
the oxygen VI and Just took sort of a survey.
Active region 33 all afternoon has had one spot
in it that was a good steady lh,000 counts. And
I was - kind of kept one eye cocked on that all
the time. But it finally pooped out, and during
my observing time, it was down to about 600 counts.

022 23 12 i0 CDR Active region 31 has apparently shot its wad now.
I couldn't find any plage anywhere that could
give us a count of more than about h00 or 500.
The - Getting back to prominence number 85, there's
a filament just coming around the limb now where
that prominence is, a little piece of a filament,
and so by tomorrow it probably should be pretty
well developed as a filament.

CDR The WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, there was not a whole

s_ lot of change exceptthe - the spike down at
4 o'clock that I spoke about earlier now looks
like a rivet that's been twisted. The - the spike
comes to a point about halfway between the - the
occulting disk and the edge of the TV presentation
and then widens out again. And it looks very much
Just like a rivet that's been twisted. The spike
over on the east limb, there's no change; and
the material - the streamers and stuff, the very
faint stuff that I could see up at 2 o'clock
extending down to about 2:30 Or 3 o'clock, is Just
about the same. Rather diffused, one little line
brighter than the rest ; but for the most part,
kind of noninteresting.

022 23 13 35 CDR I took a look at the limb in the WHITE LIGHT -

correction, in the H-ALPHA 1 Just beyond active
region 31. I found a little bit of surge activity
there, and it's probably one of the old active
regions that Just went over the hill. There's
Just a little activity on the limb out there in
front of active region 30 - 33, not 31. I guess that
is Just about - Just about the size of it. I
thought I had one other thing to tell you, but I
guess I don't. You're powered down for unattended

J
3182

operations and when you come up over the Vanguard,

I 'Ii give you a frame count.

022 23 14 27 CDR CDR out.

022 23 21 46 SPT The simplest shape that a fluid body can take in
the absence of any forces external to its own is
a sphere, beautiful in its own way. We're looking
at a sphere of water which is held together by its
own surface tension. We're able to do this up
here without the sphere falling to the floor or
flattening out on a plate as it would down there
because there is no gravity up here. The only
force acting on the water is the tension on the
outside which holds it all together. Now this
gives us a unique opportunity to study some of
the fundamental problems of fluid mechanics which
have a fair amount of application in other fields.

SPT First we're going to look at this sphere, and we're

going to cause it to oscillate. We'll see what
the modes of oscillation are; that is, what shape
it takes, what changes the shape takes moving
around, and then how fast it decays or damps out. --_
For that particular study, there are some appli-
cations in the field of nuclear physics, under-
standing one particular model of a nucleus. And
also in astrophysics, although there, the force
that holds the fluid together is gravity, self-
gravity, like in a star, as opposed to a surface
tension; the sphere here being quite a bit smaller
than what's required to have any internal gravity
of its own.

022 23 23 40 SPT So we'll start Out here with a 50-cc sphere of

water lightly colored, and we'll try to induce
in it a sy,,._etricoscillation. And we'll lightly
contact it on either side and by pulling away
rapidly, we hope for a symmetric oscillation.

SPT Okay, we did have a s_.-,_etricoscillation for a

little while but then the as)mmetrices that were
induced caught up with them eventually. We 'Ii let
that damp out a little bit, and we'll try it again.

022 23 2_ _8 SPT Okay, let's give her another go. There's a good
one. I see - you notice that the sphere is - tends
to locate itself right where I have a thread
 3183

stretched. The thread does exert some force on

the sphere as it tries to move, but a relatiYely
mnall one ; Just enough to keep the sphere from moving
away and keep it in our line of sight. I'ii try
that Just once more in a direction that we've done
before, and then we'll try it in an opposite
direction.

022 23 26 40 SPT Okay, let's try this again. Let me move our line of
sight down here so you got a good background again.
And this time we'll try to get the oscillation so
that it's along a direction toward you, along
your line of sight. Better warn you, occasionally
we have a slight slip-up, so I hope you all have
towels. Okay, here we go.

SPT Rather than watch that one, let's try that one
again. That particular start was not too good.

022 23 28 05 SPT All right, now we'll then do a asymmetrical

oscillation. By that we mean, we won't have both
sides doing - trying to do the same thing at the
same time, but rather Just the opposite. I'll
F try and bring it down here to your line of sight.
Came on, old friend, hold still there. Okay.

SPT I think that illustrated it pretty good. I

personally find the modes of oscillation here
rather interesting, and I look forward to getting
back and trying to figure out Just how you would go
ahead and calculate these. I think we're seeing
Just the fundamental modes of oscillation. Maybe
you'll be able to see with - playing these over
again, some of the harmonics or second and third
modes.

022 23 29 48 SPT We'll try the as_,,,-,etriconce again.

SPT Okay, there goes our friend drifting off. Let me

bring him hack here, and we'll try that once again.
Come on home there.

SPT Okay, I got the oscillation - or the line of sight

not in the center. Let me get that fixed and we'll
have another go.

SPT One more as_-,,.etrical.

3184

SPT Now that was also irregular. That was not very
satisfying from the camera angle standpoint. Let's -
let me see if I can't give you a good one.

SPT Okay, before we pass on, we're going to take our

friend here, and we're going to make him twice
his size and see how he behaves.

022 23 39 31 SPT We're looking here at big brother. This fellow

is i00 cc's of fluid - water slightly colored. And
we're going to try to induce him in the same
oscillations which we've seen before. Now what
we expect is that the shape or the modes of
oscillation will remain the same, but the frequencies
should be a little bit lower. It'll take longer
to go through the same changes and shapes Just
because it's more massive, compared to the surface,
which is what really brings it back in. That is,
the tension on the surface is a restoring force
and the mass is proportional to the volume we have.
So the larger we make it, the longer the time
should he for the oscillation. And the damping
I will not make a guess on right now.

022 23 41 ii SPT It usually ends up in this type of oscillation,

but unfortunately for you viewing it, you cannot
always see it very clearly. Essentially, it goes
to an elliptical shape in one direction and then
moves into an elliptical shape 90 degrees from
that. If I can start the oscillation along an
axis which is exactly perpendicular to your line
of sight, then you'll be able to follow that.
But as you can see, this is a slippery little
customer and he likes to Jiggle around once you
give him the slightest little motion.

SPT Come on, old friend; steady, big fellow. Okay,

now there's what I would call a square oscillation
which we've seen before. It tends to oscillate
in a - sort of an extreme oscillation; it looks
like a square with rounded corners. Okay, that's
damped out pretty well ; let's try one along your
line of sight. And if this fellow lets go, you're
really going to get wet.

022 23 42 39 SPT Okay, now here - from my side view, it looks

exactly as we've had before. And you're seeing
the edge-on view now. Let's try an asymmetrical
 3185

one. Let the fellow damp down a little here.

022 23 43 20 SPT Okay, we got an irregular one. By that I mean,

it 's - it 's AJMost nearly random. The problem
with starting this, of course, is that you got to
test the frequencies before you start so that one
hand moves away exactly a half a cycle before the
other. Okay, let's Just try that one again.

SPT And again you'll note that when you get out to the
very edge, the effect of the string - and when
the surface tension of the water encounters it -
is to retain the bubble. And of course, this does
alter the effect we're trying to observe a little
bit, but I think in a very small way, and it's
the only way to m_ke this demonstration feasible.
One more; I'll give her a go.

022 23 44 53 SPT There we go; got a good one that time. Now that's
a triangle. Show you something rather basic about
that in the - in the sense - in terms of basic
geometry. We started out with the regular,
symmetric oscillation. We found the extreme of
the oscillation tended to take on the form of a
square with rounded corners; an irregular one was
one of a trianglewith rounded corners. One more
and then we'll do something different here. Come
on there, big fellow; get down here.

SPT Now that's a combination of sy_etric and as_,_.etric.

022 23 46 01 SPT I think we've got the picture on both of those;

let's move on.

022 23 54 39 SPT Hey, Jer?

CDR Yes .... What do you want, Ed?

SPT Well, I wanted to know if you're ,.. run out of

hands. Look what I got going, a bubble on a bubble.
Yes, I'm going to do the same things I guess I'm
doing. And I think I'm Just about out of - out of
... Jar.

I
3186

CDR .. •

SPT Why don't you Just tell me on channel B when you're

going to turn it on.

CDR Okay.

SPT Thank you, Bill.

CDB Okay, I'm going to count to i0. i, 2, 3 -

022 23 55 57 SPT Okay, now we're looking at a sphere within a s_h

With all the external part of this sphere, we really
have a bubble of air on the inside, a larger one
on your right, and then assorted smaller ones
scattered throughout, which are - seem to be un-
avoidable in the process of m__king a larger one.
Then we're going to see what effect this large
sphere of air, or large bubble of air, has on the
effects we Just observed in pure water. Okay, old
friend; hold still long enough. Ah, we lost it.
Well, you saw it, bubble fans. This is one we'll
have to try again.

022 23 56 43 SPT Cut it off, Bill. Thank you.

PLT ...

SPT I - I blew it. As soon as I put that thing on

the slide ... bubble ... here, even though I - I
had done that one before.

CREW ...

CDR ... Are you recording now?

SPT No, I'm not, Jer. You can turn that off. I'm
sorry ....

CDR Okay. very good.

022 23 58 22 CDR This is the CDR at 23:58 Zulu reporting Earth ob-
servation handheld photos: this time at 23:55,
Sakhalin Island, HHh7, frames 28 through 31 on
Charlie X-ray 18, the Hasselblad, taken at 5.6.
These are low Sun angle, excellent weather. Got
all sorts of good pictures of the icepacks all
around the Sakhalin Island as well as some pretty
 3187

good plume pictures as well.

022 23 58 53 CDR CDR out.

f-
 nAY 023 (AM)

023 01 17 15 SPT Hello, Jer.

I SPT Okay, Jer, why donlt you go in around 15 seconds

and tell me when you do.

CDR Okay.

CDR ...

023 01 18 lO SPT Once again, the bubble within a bubble. The outside
contour is perfectly spherical. The inside one is
a sphere up to the point at which it intersects
the surface itself. To you, in the front end, it
looks like a perfect sphere, but it has a bubble
on the inside. But it is only to the point where
it intersects the front surface. Okay, now let's
try once again.

CDR Hope you get it fast.

SPT No, I blew it. I didn't get it done. I was all

set ... oh, shoot. Oh well, another day, another
dollar. What the heck. Well, I got to another
h or 5 days ... 2 or 3 days ... bubbles in there
... unless we got to the point - Oh well. I'll
try it tomorrow and we'll see what difference it
makes. Then I'll go to something else ...

CDR And then what?

SPT Then we'll ...

CDR Oh, boy!

SPT Go ahead, Jer, say it.

CDR What, what?

023 01 20 57 SPT Tell them you got a SPT who is slowly going off
his rocker. Who is ready for the rubber room upon
_mmediate return.

TIME SKIP
3.1.90

023 01 h7 37 SPT SPT at 01:hT. Handheld photos on mag CXI8,

framesnumber 32 and 33 taken at 01:43.

023 01 h8 05 SPT They were taken in an area east of Hawaii - excuse

me, west of H_aii. The fault is not seen
right on top of the French Frigate Shoals. I
suspect they were sea mounts, perhaps underneath
but what they showed up as is upwelling, bright
green, and a -Smost green and almost yellow in
one center. The upwelling distance across was
about 20 miles - 30 miles. And then you could
see a rotation to it ; that is, there were
two spiral arms coming off of it. And I cannot
recall at this moment which rotation it was. It
was definitely upwelling, and it looked like a -
Just a single point source from which the upwelling
spread out. And I was surprised that it looked
like a point source in that I would suspect that
it would come up one side of a - of a sea mount,
and not necessarily both sides. But maybe the
photos will reveal really what the flow is.

023 O1 49 27 SPT There were two of them Just about 01:43, and there
was an island visible, very small, between them:
m-ybe about at a i00 mile - 150-mile separation
between the island and each sea mount - sea mount
on either side of the island. And they were
directly along our route of flight, which was
descending, Joined by Hawaii.

023 01 49 56 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

023 13 19 31 SPT SPT 13:19; ATM pass which began at 12:12. Build-
ing blocks were run as called out. Building
block 1A, IB, as specified, VTR. Also added the
H-ALPHA 1 after i0 minutes of daylight exposure,
on H-ALPHA i; VTR was not available for that. It
still looked pretty good, although it had degraded
somewhat by that time. I'll try to turn the
monitors off between orbits and see whether that
will make a difference in the quality of the
H-alpha.

SPT The SINGLE exposures for 82B were begun at exactly

18 minutes remaining, with i0 exposures taken, 4
 3191
t_

precisely as specified. J0P 7 was done at a

brighter spot in active region BI, which was only
at about 4000, in counts in oxygen VI and run
down to 40 K.

023 13 20 43 SPT SPT out.

023 13 20 50 SPT SPT at 13:20, M092 from day 022. Some of this
information did not get down yesterday for some
reason. The PLT will be recording the leg dimen-
sions and other pertinent data subjectively. It
was a very straightforward and easy run.

023 13 21 25 SPT I had had heavy exercise in the morning; the

usual 8000 watt-minutes, which I went at a pretty
high rate for a good part there. And did lose a
lot of body water; that is, I sweated a lot and
expected that the fluid level be down if I had
more problem with M092, but I experienced none at
all. The heart rate did get a little bit over a
hundred, maybe ll0, pulse pressure narrowed to
about 25 but I experienced no symptoms and the
aching in the back of the legs was - was not ap-
parent,but Just a feelingof fullness.

023 13 22 22 SPT I did get uncomfortable in the saddle, and a

couple of times it did happen to shift around
which you maybe able to see in your data.

SPT Other than that it was a nominal run. For M093

there the exercise portion was commenced again at
11:35 and went for 300 watt-minutes. And the
stoppage was about 09:45 or 09:43, somewhere in
there. And we gave you a little extra time of
recovery of it.

023 13 23 25 SPT SPT out.

023 13 27 19 CDR This is the CDR at 13:27:30 Zulu. The subject is

S073 operations. We started out trying to record
this morning with our AUDI0 BUFFER AMPLIFIER num-
ber i circuit breaker OPEN.

CDR So we're going to have to go back and rerecord a

little data, some of which is S073. S073 was
started on time at 13:07 Zulu, frame n1_mher 46
in Nikon 02. And, let's see, that's Bravo Victor 49
is the - is the cassette, frame number 46 is
f--
3192 _

exposure i, which is i0 seconds. Exposure nnmber 2

is frA-_ n,,m_er 45, and that was for 2 minutes.
That was started at 13:07:15 and terminated at
13:09:15. Fram_ n-m_er 3 - correction, exposure
n_;mber B is frame n1_,ber hh; and that was started
at 13:11:05 for 2 minutes. Frame number 43 is
exposure n,_,ber 4. That was started at 13:13
and 15 seconds for 5 minutes. Exposure number 5
is frame n,_ber 42, was started at 13:18 and
30 seconds ; went for 8 minutes.

023 13 29 01 CDR We're now on exposure n1_,ber 6, which is on frame

n_,_er - well, let's see. The counter is off
Just a tiny bit.

CDR We should be on frame 41; yes. I 'm going to move

the little indicator a little bit to get it aligned
properly. We're on frame number 41, which is
exposure number 06. I started that on time at
13:27 and that'll go for 6 minutes.

023 13 29 40 CDR CDR leaving the line for a little while.

023 13 32 47 CDR This is the CDR. Subject, S073 operations. We're -

coming up on 13:33 Zulu and it will be termination
of exposure m_er 6. Stand by -

023 13 B3 O0 @DR MASK. 13:33 ZDIu; termination of exposure nn_ber 6,

which was frame number 41, and I'm cocking the
shutter now. And that terminates S073 operations.

023 13 33 21 CDR CDR out.

023 13 49 47 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 13:50 Zulu. And
I'm- The subject is S183 malfunction procedures.
And I have completed steps 1 through 4, 5, 6, and
7. And l'm ready to start step number 8 which is
SA panel POWER, ON. And I will do that at exactly
13:51, on the money. That's about 15 seconds.

CDR Okay. And you want it to the nearest second.

13:51; stand by -

023 13 51 00 CDR MARK. The POWER is ON. A11 right, the PLATE
indicator does illuminate. I 'm looking at num-
ber 01.

CDR So that means I can skip number 9, step number 9.

All right, now step n_,mher l0 and I'm Just going
_- 3193

to kind of keep an eye on that while I do the next

one. So step n,lmber i0 is done. But I will record
it exactly when it goes out, if it does go out.

CDR Step nigher ii.

CDR Okay. It's been about 60 seconds and the light

is on. It 's continuing well. I 'm going to set
the EXPOSURE switch to 20. And I did that at
exactly 52. Exposure - let's see, indicator num-
ber 1 light is on. A]] right, now, I'm going to
dora SEQUENCE, START, but I'm going to wait and
do that at - I'll do that at 52:30. Stand by -

023 13 52 30 CDR MARK. I did it at 52:30.

CDR I 'Ii give you a mark when I start hearing the

clicks for the exposure.

023 13 53 00 CDR Okay. 30 seconds have gone by and nothing has

happened yet. The PLATE light is still ill1_nated.

023 13 53 06 CDR 0ops| It Just went out at 05. So that'd be

35 seconds after I hit the SEQUENCE to START, and
that was at 53:05.

023 13 53 29 CDR Okay. So, if - according to step ll, if the in-

dicator extinguishes, terminate the malf; stow
the SA. So I 'm going to take the SEQUENCE switch
and go back to STANDBY with it now.

023 13 53 42 CDR And I did that at 53:41. 13:53:41. The EXPOSURE -

the little green EXPOSURE lamp is out. I'm going
to put the EXPOSURE switch nln,her one to the Zk_RO
position. Now, Just for - Just for laughs here,
I'm going to take a look and see if the RETICLE
light 's still working. It is not working. I
guess I didn't really expect it to be, but - So,
the ill1-,_nat - the RETICLE ill,_m_nation does not
work either. Now, I guess this is what happened
with Bill, too. So I guess our problem is in -
in the lighting somewhere now.

023 13 54 53 CDR Okay. This is the CDR. I'm terminating the S183
real and terminating use of the recorder.

023 13 54 59 CDR CDR out.

319h

TIME SKIP

023 14 27 22 CDR This is the CDR at 14:27 Zulu. The subject is

Earth observations handheld photos. At 14:13 1
used the Nikon 300 millimeter to take frames num-
ber 21 down through 17 on Chs_lie X-ray 42. The
site was Lake Chad. And I started at the northern
end of Lake Chad and Just kind of worked out, and
I think I got complete 300-millimeter coverage
of it.

CDR It was plenty clear and I got some good pictures,

I think, of the dunes and things that extend right
out into the lake. Then at 14:20, as we were
going near Lake Tanganyika over near the city of
UJiJi, I noticed some small rivers flowing into
the lake, and we had quite a - quite a hatch of
effluent going into the lake from the rivers, sedi-
mentation and all. I thought that the ideas of
HH38 on lake circulation probably held here at
Lake Tanganyika. So I went ahead and took a
Nikon 300 picture of it. I don't think a Hasselblad
would have done it because we're too far away.
This Nikon was frame number 16, so Charlie X-ray 42
and all the Nikons taken today were at 5.6, i/i000.

023 14 28 42 CDR CDR out_

02B 14 28 h6 CDR Oh, this is the CDR also; a footnote to that. I

had hoped to get a picture of the river delta of
the Zambezi as it came out into the ocean; however,
cloud cover kept me from getting those pictures.

023 14 28 59 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

023 16 01 34 PLT This is PLT. The time is 16:00; recording data

for M092. This is for the da_ 22 run on the SPT.
Start time was 20:15. The leg measurements were
lh-3/_ and 14 and - Stand by i.

PLT The leg measurements were - on the SPT - were

13-5/8 and 13-1/2, left and right, respectively.
 3195
f_

The legbands were Charlie Juliett, and Alfa

Quebec. And for MI51, the stop time was 21:hO.
That's - this is M092. Now for the M092/93, on
the P - CDR on day 23 - that's day of the year 23,
start time was 14:30; finish time was 15:55.
Legbands were Charlie Sierra and Alfa Quebec at -

PLT Leg measurements were 12-5/8 and 12-7/8, respect-

ively, left and right legs on the CDR.

023 16 0_ 07 PLT PLT out.

023 16 0_ 55 PLT This is the PLT answering questions on M509 mes-

sage 6856 Alfa-l. Question: With regard to your
suited M509 run on mission day 66, the observer's
com_nts and the data indicate that you flew
faster than on the simulator. Do you feel you
would have flown at the same rates if you h_i
been EVA? Answer: No, I went Just a little
faster - than I would have, had I been EVA. Did
your concern for conserving the battery affect
the way you flew? Yes. Because of the problem
we had on the previous day, I was concerned about
finishing the run. I - I was not nearly as care-
f ful to get to precise attitude. I was satisfied
with a much coarser alig-',_ut at station-keeping
points. For the baseline maneuvers, were you as
careful stationkeeping as on the simulator?
Answer: No, I was not, for the same reason, I
was concerned about trying to - to get data for
you on all the runs. And I was not as - nearly
as careful getting precise stationkeeping atti-
tude. And I - I sort of assumed a - a much more
relaxed attitude toward the actions involved and
tried to get from point to point within - you
know, what I considered to be fairly reasonable
constraints as far as attaining the attitude in
the path required in the - the baseline maneuvers.

023 16 06 3_ PLT PLT out.

023 16 07 17 PLT Okay, the total work on the CDR for mission
day 69, M092 was - no, M093, that is, was 298;
and for mission day 68 for the SPT was 300 watts.

023 16 07 30 PLT PLT out.

J
3196

023 16 lh 12 SPT SPT at 16:14; ATM pass which began at 15:19. Did
this in the same manner as we did the previous
pass. Sun center, building block 32, was carried
out straightforward. Looked at the corona; saw
no evidence of prominence had lifted off, although
I did see one on the H-ALPHA 1 display. And it's
Just a part of a remauence of what looks like a
prominence. It was about an arc minute or so
above the limb and - with flow lines radial, very
faint. It could only be seen when I took the
image of the Sun ,11 the way off the display and
Just left the off-limb section on the display so
that the automatic GAIN control would increase
the intensity a little. Then we went over to
the active region 31, did a building block i0 and
then a building block 28. And it was carried out
as - as specified. We did the - video tape
recorder - the work. I gave some XUV monitor
integrations at two different times during the
orbit so that if there were any change, perhaps
it would be evident there. I think on the next
orbit we'll go over and take a look at active
region 31. It looks, perhaps, a little bit
brighter than - I'm sorry, active region 33. It
looks a little bit brighter than 31. And also
we got some cotmts in there of about 7000 or so
in oxygen VI. So that looks like a candida - a
good candidate also for this type of study.

023 16 16 19 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

023 17 22 38 PLT PLT. The time is 17:21; debriefing handheld

photographs. Hasselblad Charlie X-ray _2 is the
magazine. Frames 13 and 12 were taken of water
pollution on the northeast shore of Lake Michigan,
one frame. And one frame covering the Chicago
shoreline on Lake Michigan, the lakefront, a very
widespread area of pollution to the south of
Chicago. At 7 - there were three other - at
17:05 and extending later at 17:10, approximately,
four frames - four frames of the New York City
area and Long Island. And it concentrated on
the acid etching in the New York harbor area.
 3197

Some of the frames were taken of Long Island to

give - to - to - directed to the south shoreline
of Long Island. Those were taken at 5.6 at
1/1000 second through a 300-millimeter lens as
were all six of these photographs. PLT now de-
briefing the Hasselbladphotographs, Cape Verde
Islands. This is with Charlie X-ray 18, frame
number 45 taken of the Von Karmon vortices. It
was a very elaborate system for documenting, that
is. I took one frame, frAm_ number 45, of f/ll
plus one-half stop, 100-millimeter lens at 1/250.

023 17 24 15 PLT PLT out.

023 17 26 09 PLT PLT with a delayed report on two handheld photo-

graphs. These are of handheld 78 and 77, the
dune area on Southwest Africa, 300-millimeter
lens. Stand by for the time - taken at 15:58.
And what this was - I took my 300-millimeter lens
and I was trying to document the effect of topog-
raphy on the dune formation. This is a fairly -
rather large area of Saharan scale, but a fairly
large dune area down there sort of separated all
by itself. And there are - there's a river wash
and there's also some hills there. Both the river
wash and the hills influence the - influence in
the character and the formation of the dunes. And
these two - two frames, one of the riverbed and
one of Karas [?] Mountains - And there are sepa-
rate effects on the formation of the dunes. And
the dune photographs were Charlie X-ray 42 maga-
zine, frames 15 and 14. And I didn't make that
quite clear. The riverbed and the mountains, or
the hills, both seem to discourage the formation
of dunes in the immediate area of both the wash
and the mountains. Now, I may have thought that
was a wash and it may have been a low-profile
mountain range.

023 17 27 46 PLT But it sure did look like a wash.

TIME SKIP

023 17 _8 07 SPT SPT at 17:48, picking up on S063. I got BV49

for the Nikon 02, looking at frame 39, the first
one. Everything is functional on the reticle

f_
3198

system. We've got the range of h0. And we've

got the TILT to 30 degrees. We've got the
ROTATION, 1.2 degrees, which is supposed to be
30 degrees. We're waiting for 16:50:30 [sic]
for the first exposure which is going to be 64.

023 17 49 ii SPT We have a visible lens on and a visible filter.

Reset on t1_.

023 17 50 28 SPT TILT coming up and I'm looking through and I don't
see any airglow. T don't see any horizon. I'm
on the track of i. Nothing. The ring track's
not going to help. Let me try 2. I increased
the TILT. No effect, increase the TILT.

SPT Obviously, the numbers are not good.

SPT Ah, boy. All right, let's go back and look at

the initial one. It said -_m this ROTATION
6.1 degrees, 6.1 ROTATION. So let me go back.
Right now up to 1.2. There's 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6.1.
We 're looking for 173.

023 17 52 23 SPT There's a 3. Now _ybe there'll be something in __

there. Nothing. Not a thing. No horizon any-
where to be seen. Tracking the RING LOCK across
the ring the full way.

SPT Nothing, a flat nothing.

023 17 54 57 SPT All right, let's go back to your original numbers.

We'll try that once again. Nothing but stars
out there. I sure wish this thing had thought
to have - been thought out better on the ground.

023 17 55 14 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Carnarvon for

i0 minutes with a data/voice tape recorder dump.
And a question - and we'll hold off on the dmnp
until you're through using it. And a question
for the CDR: In running the S183 m,1 procedure,
step 14 read ... - -

SPT i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

CC - - since we didu't hear any reference to it on

the tape. Over.
 S199
IE

CDR Negative. The clicks don't start until i minute

after you initiate. And this thing quit after
35 seconds.

CC Roger; we copy.

SPT Golly, I got to play this thing by ear. No other

way. You already missed your twilight. _11
right, we're at 56. I'Ii try and get you a cou-
ple of exposures before 58. Just searching around
in ROTATION I've found it, and we're Just going
to have to try to find some way of getting that
mirror back in. I had to do it this way.

023 17 57 01 SPT All right. Parallel to the horizon and we're

tracking. Here's one exposure with the visible.

023 17 58 12 SPT MARK. Shutter, closed. All right, I got to

press on and start getting you a few readings.

SPT Oh, boy. I'd talk except I've got to hold the
flashlight in my teeth.

SPT All right, UV lens is on. 58, okay. We're Just

going to press on and do as many as we can up to
18 :ll.

023 17 59 43 SPT Now, I got to wing it again, try to find the darn
horizon. All right. There's the horizon.

SPT First of all, once one crewman gets proficient

in this, I don't know why you got to pass - pass
the training Job on to another one.

SPT There it is. Now let me get the ring rotated.

You change both TILT and ROTATION ; now change
the ring. Now the arc. At last, I'm set up to
take some photos - would you believe it? All
right, tracking.

023 18 00 56 SPT MARK. Frame 2 with the UV.

023 18 02 02 SPT MARK. Shutter, closed. All right. Use ROTATION

once again. Arc going - tracks going back. Change
the ring. Okay. Here goes frame number 3.
Stand by -

023 18 02 34 SPT MARK. I'ii tell you. It would have been a heck
of a lot easier had you not thrown in that extra
32OO

little whifferdill of changing ROTATION around.

I don't think it was necessary and I think it
was poor Judgment. A lot of other experiments
that depend upon the use of this airlock, the
AMS. Now I'm off in Never-Never Land with that
ROTATION and we've got to try to look through
and figure out how to get it back in again. I'm
in sympathy with the objective of this experiment,
but not in the ways we're going about it. I
think it's octopus operations combined with poor
Judgment. Until we overcome those two things,
you're not going to really get the data you're
after.

023 18 03 h2 SPT Fr_-_ 3. Okay, going to frame _. Change the

TILT back again. Frame _.

023 18 0h 01 SPT MARK.

023 18 0& 08 CC Skylab, this is Houston; 1 minute to LOS. Next

station contact in _ minutes through Guam at
18:08. And the data/voice tape recorder is Just
about filled up, so it's imperative that we get
it at Guam for a dump. Over.

CDR Bruce, can you redesignate another one? He's -

Ed's in the middle of SO63.

CC We'll do that.

CDR Okay.

023 18 05 0_ SPT All right. I'm having to change the ring track,
as well as the arc. Okay, exposure over. Look
for another one. Kept the TILT all the way - as
far up as I can. Now it should come up to the
top of the - top of here and then start to come
back. Okay. I'm tracking. Stand by -

023 18 05 28 SPT MARK. Shutter's open. We're tracking.

SPT Okay. The last time I did this, it was able to

work out fine because we did not diddle with
ROTATION. Okay. I'll tell you one thing. We
don't enjoy being put on a spot like this - not
one bit.

SPT Exposure over. I can't move TILT up any more.

Anyway, it's up to the top. Then we're going to
 3201

wing it, move ROTATION down. Who knows how much.

Can't have the discone less than zero. Okay,
let the next exposure. Stand by.

023 18 07 ii SPT MARK. Say, there's lots of lightning in your

exposure, anyway. There's some good film we're
putting out down there.

023 18 08 16 SPT MARK. Exposure's over.

023 18 08 17 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Guam for

i0 minutes. Out.

SPT Maybe it's a good time for a couple more.

CC And for the SPT. You need to interrupt your

S073 ops here for a minute so we can redesignate
recorders. That 's S063 ops.

SPT Roger.

023 18 08 56 SPT Okay, they're going to take away my recorder.

023 18 09 ll SPT This is the SPT again. Checking up on S063 ops.

023 18 i0 I0 CC I think we've been allowing sc_e fair amount

of time before the pass to get oriented and make
yourself comfortable at the panel ... - -

023 18 i0 16 SPT Okay, that takes care of the - that exposure

I picked up in here. Let's see if I've got time
for another one here. Yes, we'll squeeze in one
more. Let's see. What time is the visible ...
18:50, okay. Get you one more UV. Stand by.

023 18 i0 54 SPT MARK.

CC Roger', we didn't have an_hing else to stick in

there, any alternate, Jerry. So, I guess we got
a little over - overeager in giving you time to
get up there and get set up at the - the panel.

CDR Okay, no problem. I'm getting a little house-

keeping done. By the w_y, _uld you ask the food
people to send us day 8h and day 85 menus? In
our spare time, we ought to be able to get those
packed and put away in the cnmmand module.

CC Okay, we'll check that one out for you, Jet.

F_
 3202

CDR They sent us up a food list, but I don't know if

it is the whole menu or what.

023 18 12 01 SPT Okay, exposure's over. Let's go ahead and change

the filter and the lens.

SPT Another flashlight ... the operation.

CC Skylab, this is Houston. We have the day 84 menu

down here still being discussed. We should get
this up to you in a day or so. But I guess the
salient point about the whole situation is that
day 84 and day 85 may as well be eaten in the
workshop and need never be packed into the CSM.
Over.

PLT Okay, the thing is I want to get that kind of

stuff done early, so that when we get to the
real tough stuff in deactivation, we won't have
to fool with the trivia.

CC Right. We're with you. I remember the flap we

had on SL-3.

023 18 13 19 SPT Okay. That's got that done. Now, 18:15:30, you
want to terminate these before 18:19:35.

CC And Just for information, we're taking control

of the VTR for a short dump at Goldstone coming
up here.

023 18 14 01 SPT Okay, I think - think that I changed that filter,

got set up a little quicker than what was allowed
here. Okay, we're going to try and give you as
many as we can in the visible here. In fact, you
got three called out, and there's fot_ possible.
Well, we'll see how many. See if we can get the
four. In the ones at the beginning, all we got
was one, and I don't believe that was too accurate.

SPT All right, there's the horizon again.

023 18 15 08 SPT Okay, at 15:30 I'm going to start the first one.
Okay. Coming up. Start tracking. Okay, going
with it now. Standby -

023 18 15 37 SPT MARK.

 3203

SPT Got good solid tracking.

023 18 16 08 CC And, CDR, Houston.

SPT Elevation of that layer's changing rapickly.

CC ... put your mind a little hit at ease, here, about

that up and coming deactivation. We've been
working this over fairly heavily the last week
or so, and we have a - a message that's being
prepared to come up to you hopefully in a
few days to a week. Basically, we're cutting way
back on the deactivation activities, el_m_nating
all the hlociding and things like the WMC filters
replacement and the urine - -

023 18 16 44 SPT Okay.

CC - - separator flush - -

SPT Now.

CC - - Things of this sort, so that ... - -

SPT ... hope.

CC - - quite a m_ber of mAn-hours out of the deact

for you. And the - the final day remains Just
about the same, since you're Just closing out
and getting yourself configured and powered up
and - and moved out. The preceding days will be
a lot lighter. Over.

SPT Stand by -

023 18 17 09 SPT MARK.

CDR ... that's good to hear. Sounds like maybe they're

not quite so interested in the revisit idea.

CC Well, we plan to leave the vehicle a ... configura-

tion for revisit if that should materialize.

CDR Okay.

023 18 17 32 CC And we got i minute to LOS. Next station contact

is 16-1/2 minutes through Goldstone at 18:34.
And for Ed. We Just scrubbed the laser pass over
Goddard this rev, so he can scratch that one off.
 320_.

CDR Roger. Weather?

CC Yes, indeed.

SPT Can't pay much attention to the field of view

on this one.

SPT All right, I made a major change in ROTATION

there. Stand by -

023 18 18 44 SPT MARK. Now we're tracking. I think we might have

gotten off on the opposite horizon on that one.
It's worked it's way off to the edge of the field
of view where I couldn't get it - TILT and
ROTATION. Or TILT or RING LOCK, arc drive,
anything. Now we got a good one. Got a good
horizon.

SPT All right, let me try one more. Just got time.
What have you got there? You've got by 19:30 -
All right, we Just finished that one up in time.
19:35, maybe a little bit over that, maybe 5 or
l0 seconds.

023 18 20 23 SPT The frame count is now at 29, with 28 - was your
last exposure. And we got three of the last
visible, and you'll have to figure out from the
initial frame count Just how ma_r of the others
we were able to get. We got one first - one
visible - visible frame and the last three were
visible. And the ones in between were all UV.
I think the UV worked out real well ; but the
visible, not too well at all.

023 18 20 53 SPT And, again, this initial tracking, initial

position, was w_y far out. It could not be
found in the position of 35 degrees, 1.2 rotations
clockwise, and 30 degrees TILT. The horizon _s
nowhere to be seen. I then tried going the
original pad position of 173, which was 6.1 turns,
30 degrees TILT; nowhere to be seen. I then Just
flat searched around - around in the ROTATION
until I was able to find the horizon, and then
Just had to go from there. Now Just wish me
luck in trying to get the mirror back in.

023 18 21 47 SPT SPT out.

 3205

023 18 26 04 PLT This is PLT. A note to the IMSS medical people.

When I was sampling - doing the microbiological
sampling, I used vlal 4 Echo, that's lowe_r case
echo, on the OWS forward dome center hatch cover
fairing. Then I used vial 3 Echo, on the OWS wall
behind film vault. I got out of sequence on that.
And other than that, everything was reasonably
good.

023 18 26 39 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

023 18 49 06 PLT PLT debriefing handheld photographs. Hasselblad;

Charlie X-ray 18 is the magazine. Approximately
18:40, 18:43. Took five frames of the midwest;
excellent view of snow cover in the area to the
west and south and also to the east of Chicago
as far south - south as the Tuttle Reservoir
in Kansas, which was my EREP target I missed
yesterday because of cloud cover; it was wide
open.

023 18 49 41 PLT One very unusual snowfall pattern extending from

the north-northeast of the Turtle Reservoir, down
alw_st to the Tuttle Reservoir, a very narrow,
pointed - I guess a streamerlike snowfall pattern.
Looked like a spreading contrail on the ground, is
what it looked like; very very sharply defined
along the edges, and so forth. This was one of
the - the things they wanted, although it was on
land. And it looked like to be land - of land
origin instead of water origin as there was occa-
sion to believe here on the Great Lakes.

023 18 50 18 PLT One - one photograph of St. Louis. Unfortunately,

I forgot to change the f-stop; I had that at f/16
for the snow cover. I took one of St. Louis at
16, and that was frame number 50. Two frames of
South Carolina from Cape Hatteras down to
Charleston, frames 51 and 52. These I - the
general coverage for Cape Hatteras including the
water pattern and the pollution or at least the
sedimentation pattern. And then it looks like
they've had an 8wful lot of heavy rain around
Charleston, Beaufort, and so forth, along in
3206

there. And I took a picture of the coastline

there with a lot of hinterland also. And the -
there should be some pretty good covereage
there on water pollution. That was taken at f/8.
One frame of Grand Bahama and surrounding islands,
with a excellent example of island-generated
cloud streets.

023 18 51 13 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

023 19 21 17 CDR This is the CDR at 19:21 Zulu debriefing the

18:26 ATM pass. JOP 6, building block 32, went
with no problem. JOP 2A, building block 4, was
kind of a rough start, while I gathered up my
marbles. When we started the period today,
active region 17, which I think is right - right
on the limb Just west of active region 33, looked
quite bright. And so I whistled over there and
took a look at it in oxygen VI, and was getting
counts up to 5[000], 6[000], 7000. And so I
said, well, maybe this is the one that's going to
flare. I'll go ahead and do my JOP 4 on that.
And I had the GRATING to set, so while I was
setting the GRATING, I went ahead and fired up #
an ac - PATROL, SHORT on 56.

023 19 22 24 CDR And I started looking at the XUV MON, and io and
behold, active region 31 began to brighten up
considerably on the XUV. And I'd Just finished
surveying it with oxygen VI, and it had looked
pretty dull then. And the counts were down around
BOO to 800 in that area. I looked at H-ALPHA and
it was getting quite bright. So I terminated 56,
and I think there was about one - one frame or
one filter to go. Terminated 56 and went
galloping down to 31, set up on the bright spot,
and it had a_eady started pooping out. And the
oxygen VI count had gotten up to around 8000 or
9000 and now has dropped back down to about 1400.

023 19 23 lh CDR So I said, ah the heck with it, I'll go ahead and
start JOP 4 - or JOP 2A, building block 4, and
I Just used active region 31. So I started
PATROL, SHORT over again and got the MAR going.
And I went on ahead with that, and got finished
 3207

with J0P 2A. And had about 4 or 5 minutes of

observation time so I went around and surveyed
the active regions in oxygen VI again, and they
were not too terribly interesting.

CDR There was one bright spot in active region 33 that

I sat on for about 3 minutes, and I watched it
built from 5000 up to about 9500 and hump I0 a
couple of times and then fade right back down
to 5000 again. So I don't know if you'd cat1 that
a subnormal flare or not, but there was no
significant brightening in XUV and it was all in
H-AI2HA. And it did definitely get brighter in
H-ALPHA. And then it phased back down into
oblivion again.

023 19 24 23 CDR So with what little time I had left, I thought

I'd go over and I took a look at prominence 84 -
correction, 85, and that has diminished signifi-
cantly since I looked at it yesterday evening.
Prominence 84 is - looks like it might be on the
build. It 's a very low, little, tight arch.
But it's pretty strong looking, and it could be
that it - it'll grow. I resolved to take a look
at it at the next period and - and see if there's
any - any change in that particular prominence.

023 19 25 05 CDR There's a filament over at about 270 or thereabouts,

coming around the limb. And - but I didn't see
much on the limb - in the - in the at - atmosphere
Just off the limb to indicate there was much
with it. It was Just sort of a quiet filament
coming around the corner.

CDR WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, I Just didn't get a chance

to - to look at. I whistled through building
block 32 and moved on to J0P 2A and Just reasly
didn't take the time to look at the white light
coronagraph this time. So I don't have anything
to say about that. In XUV MON, outside of the
active region 31/33/17 complex, is a great big
nothing. It Just doesn't show a thing.

023 19 25 56 CDR CDR out.

023 19 26 05 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. Trying to get a bit of an

early start on the T002 using Alphard and Pro_._on.

/
3208

Temperature is 70 degrees. I've Just taken a

zero bias ; readings were - The CDR was recording.
The readings were 0006, 0009, 0006, 0006, 0005.
However, if you want time tags, I'm going to give
you five quick more - five more quick ones, that
is. And I 'm using Alphard. Stand by -

023 19 26 50 PLT MARK. 000h. Stand by -

023 19 27 07 PLT MARK. 00 - oh, can't read it. I hit the doggone
wheel. How about that. Yes, it's definitely
off. Okay, I'm going to make a positive effort
to let go of that thing.

023 19 27 37 PLT MARK. 0006.

023 19 27 52 PLT MARK. 0005.

023 19 28 Oh PLT MARK. 0006.

023 19 28 15 PLT MARK. 0006. Stand by -

023 19 28 28 PLT MARK. 0006. Okay. Procyon and Alphard,

30 degrees.

023 19 29 12 PLT Okay, ready to start data. Wardroom window cover

is removed. Soxzy about that. Just cloud the
data. And my diopter is minus 1.6; filters are
all out. Now come on; let's be there. If I
can even find Procyon.

PLT There we go.

023 19 30 30 PLT MARK. 30361.

023 19 31 i0 PLT MARK. 303h5. And I am moving the wheel when I

take my hand off, and that's one of the problems.
That is an operational problem of the hardware.
And we'll Just go ahead and take them the way
they are.

023 19 31 45 PLT MARK. 30366.

CDR Hey, Bill?

PLT Yes.

CDR ... charge on the battery ... M509.

 3209

PLT Okay. M509, starting the CHARGE on BAT 7, 19 :30.

If you'll give that to the M509 people. With this
awkward posture, with mY hands all wrapped
around and looking like an octopus here, you
Just can't make as good a mark; that's all there
is to it.

023 19 32 49 PLT MARK. 30366.

023 19 33 16 PLT MARK. 30356. Take a look at that before I

touch that again. Yes, looks pretty good.

PLT Stand by -

023 19 34 21 PLT MARK. 30360.

SC (Music: "Mrs. Robinson" by Simon & Garfunkel) "

023 19 34 53 PLT MARK. 30351.

023 19 35 08 PLT MARK. 30561.

023 19 35 40 PLT MARK. 30366.

SPT ...okay...

CDR Yes. (Laughter)

SPT I had it all lined up. I looked in there ...

filter ...

SPT You hurry up, Bill.

CDR Yes, I believe so ...

023 19 36 06 PLT MARK. 30366.

023 19 36 27 PLT MARK. 30361.

023 19 36 49 PLT MARK. 30362.

023 19 37 13 PLT MARK. 30355. Let me take a look at this one

and - before I move. No. Looks okay. Looks
good.

023 19 37 38 PLT MARK. 30361. I can't explain that 305 - whatever

it was - because it looked good when I put - took -
took it back - moved the sextant back out of the
field of view.
 3210

023 19 38 06 PLT MARK. 30356.

023 19 38 32 PLT MARK. 30361. One of my problems here - I think
the reason I'm getting that odd - those odd m_vks
in occasionally is the - when I bring the one
star over, and I wiggle the case back and forth,
you know, to get the sort of trace of the - of
the moveable star; it's not coming - it's coming
in at sort of an odd angle. And I think I'm
erring, making a - an operator error in not
getting the star quite in line with the - the -
Alphard is moving from almost the bottom right
to upper left. And I 'd say the view would be
north-northwest to south-southeast, if 12 o'clock
would be at the top. As I mo- shake the case or -
with the nor - normal ne - nervousness of my hands,
the - and I bring Procyon down, I'm using the same
motion each time, same direction of approach.
I - I'm forgetting exactly what the orthogonal
direction is in my trace.

SPT I thought ... 13.

023 19 39 56 PLT MARK. 30357.

023 19 40 24 PLT MARK. 30350. Okay, I did that one. I was Just
sort of experimenting to see what my line of
orthogonality was.

023 19 40 52 PLT MARK. 30357.

PLT Too far. Have to do it over again. That's what I

did on the last one too.

023 19 41 44 PLT MARK. 30357.

023 19 42 08 PLT MARK. 30351.

023 19 42 38 PLT MARK. 30356.

023 19 43 07 PLT MARK. 30358.

023 19 43 30 PLT MARK. 30351.

023 19 h3 54 PLT MARK. 30360. Make that 30361.

023 19 44 25 PLT MARK. 30351.

023 19 44. 56 PLT MARK. 30355.

 3211

023 19 46 02 PLT MARK. 30362.

023 19 46 29 PLT MARK. 30355.

023 19 h6 48 PLT MARK. 30356.

023 19 47 08 PLT MARK. 30361.

023 19 47 27 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Guam ... CDR, if

he's listening, I have ...

023 19 47 39 PLT MARK. 30360 - 30361; that is, make that 306 - 361.

023 19 48 03 PLT MARK. 30361. Just can't get consistent.

CC Skylab, this is Houston. We see some t_me

accumulated on the video tape recorder. Would
you like us to clean it off here at Goldstone
and give it back to you? Over.

PLT Yes, go ahead, Bruce.

CC Okay. We 'Ii do that, Bill.

023 19 48 48 PLT I tried to get some stuff on the mouth of the

Amazon River; there's not over - what I put on
there's probably not over about 3 minutes.

CC Okay. Just - our INC0 watching things here.

023 19 49 01 PLT Yes, I think there were too many clouds; it sort
of zapped the - the integrator.

CC Okay.

PLT Stand by -

023 19 49 39 PLT MARK. 30365. Okay, that's a good m_k, too. I -

I 'm at a loss to explain this variation.

023 19 50 l0 PLT MABK. 30350.

CC And for the CDB, got a few words on the state of

the Sun for you there.

023 19 50 35 PLT MARK. 30355.

3212

023 19 51 39 PLT MARK. 30361.

023 19 52 02 PLT MARK. 30355. Okay, that ought to hold you for
right now. Let's see; temperature now in the
case is 77 degrees. And Just for kicks, I'll
give you another null bias.

023 19 52 2h CC Skylab, this is Houston. 1 minute to LOS. Next

station contact in 18 minutes through Goldstone
at 20:ll.

PLT Okay, this will be on Regulus. Stand by -

023 19 53 14 PLT MARK. 0006.

023 19 53 33 PLT MARK. 0004.

023 19 53 49 PLT MARK. 0000. And they're off - it's off.

023 19 54 07 PLT MARK. 0004.

023 19 54 20 PLT MARK. 0000. Okay I'm going to real quick try
to grunge [sic] out a bunch of marks between
Regulus and Alphard. Just to - it's an easy one -
here; I can get it in, I think. It's starting to
get daylight, but I think we can get this one in.
And that looks to be about 223 degrees; let's
try. Yes, we're pretty close to 20 degrees.
Maybe. Okay, where are you, Regulus? There we
go. Okay, 2277. Well, don't - don't take that
mark, I'm Just - Okay. Okay, stand by -

023 19 55 58 PLT MARK. 22984.

023 19 56 18 PLT MARK. 22984. One of the reasons I'm doing this
is I want to see - I think they're right above
each other, and I have nice postural stability,
is what I call it. And I wanted to see what
kind of repeatability I could get when I have a
posture - you know, I don't have to worry about
posture - a cramped posture. And I am - I was
holding the sextant sideways and so forth for the
other two. Stand by -

023 19 56 58 PLT MARK. 22982. Stand by -

023 19 57 36 PLT MARK. 2297 - no, 22980.

{ 3213

023 19 57 57 PLT MARK. 2298h.

023 19 58 15 PLT MARK. 22985.

023 19 58 32 PLT MARK. 22983.

PLT Now this way I can tell when I slightly overshoot.

023 19 59 i0 PLT MARK. 22979. And I was Just - had a hunch that
I overshot that one. Overshot in the sense that
the direction I'm coming in actually angles across.
Oh yes, it 's getting daylight ; that 's why.

023 19 59 44 PLT MARK. 22982.

023 20 00 i0 PLT MARK. 22983.

023 20 00 28 PLT MARK. 22983. That daylight gives me a little

blue background; makes it actually easier to see
them. For a while here anyway.

023 20 00 h9 PLT MARK. 22983.

r 023 20 01 20 PLT MARK. 22979. Okay, that's going to have to be

it. PLT terminating T002. Temperature is now
80 degrees. And diopter's still minus 1.6.

023 20 01 32 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

023 20 43 32 PLT PLT debriefing the handheld photographs. 20:i0

was the time; Charlie X-ray h2, frames 7, 6, and
5; two along the Oregon coast and one of that flood-
ing, lot of mud and so forth em - emptyingout in
the mouth of the rivers, southern Oregon or northern
California; I don't know which. Could not identify
the rivers. One frame I took somewhere; I don't
know where. And frames 4 and 3 were taken along
the northwest coast of South America, I think along
in the Ecuador - of river mouths - two frames, again,
to illustrate pollution and deposition of the silt.

023 20 44 18 PLT ***the Hasselblad frames. Let's see, these are

starting with the Cascades and the Rockies - snow
 3214 i

cover. Covered parts of Utah, Arizona, particu-

lar - Lake Powell was one of the subjects in the
Utah/Arizona- northern Arizonasouthern Utah
border. Pictures of the Salt River Valley, in-
cluding a large area there, sort of panorama.
That was 5h through 59; f-stop varied from 16 to
14, 16 over the snow cover - and two frames over
the Yucatan Current. I could not see the current
as such, but there was a very suspicious-looking
cloud pattern. So I went ahead and took two
frames there, one of sunglint pattern of the
north coast of the Yucatan, and the other out
from the Yucatan looking back across the Straits
_f the Yucatan and toward Cuba.

023 20 45 ii PLT PLT out. Those were frames 60 and 61, f/16.

023 20 50 43 PLT Okay, it's the PLT coming up on 20:52 - correction,

20:51. Standing by to start the S073 sequence.
The SAL door is OPEN, and we have Nikon 2 installed
with Bravo Victor h9. And, let's see, the frame's
advanced; the counter is now reading 29.

SC (Music: "It's So Nice to Be With You" by Gallery)

PLT Stand by -

023 20 53 O0 PLT MARK. Starting 10-second exposure. Stand by -

CREW (Music: Lean on Me by Bill Withers)

023 20 53 i0 PLT MARK. Termination. Okay, that was frame number 29.
Waiting for 20:5_.

PLT Stand by -

023 20 5h 00 PLT MARK. Starting a 2-minute exposure. And this will

be frame 28, Bravo Victor 49.

PLT Okay, about 20 seconds to go. Stand by -

023 20 56 00 PLT MARK. And advance film. Next frame will be num-
ber 27, and I'm waiting for 20:57, after sunset.

SC (Music: "Where is the Love" Hathaway & Flack) i

PLT Stand by for starting exposure.

 3215

023 20 56 59 PLT MARK. Okay, this is the third exposure, frame 3,

and then Bravo Victor; that'll be frame number 27,
Bravo Victor 49.

023 20 57 l0 PLT Going off the headset for a few moments.

023 20 57 40 CDR This is the CDR at 20:57 Zulu, debriefing the

20:01 Zulu ATM pass. JOP 6, building block 28,
was done without any problems at all; got all the
exposures done on time. And during the observing
time, went up to active region 35. The ground
notified me about halfway through my building
block 28 that the active region that I had been
looking at on my last pass, and had done the PATROL,
SHORT on, was indeed active region 35, not active
region 17, as I had guessed. Active region 17,
according to the SAP, is at ii0 at i. They said
active region 35 was at i00 at I. Quite frankly,
I can't see the difference between the two, and I
can't even find active region Ii. There is a
prominence, however, at about ii0 at i, or something
like that. And I suppose that's prominence num-
ber 8h, and I guess that must have something to
f do with active region 17, but I'm not sure. Anyway,
that prominence and - is not - does not appear to
be connected to active region 35.

023 20 59 02 CDR On active region 35, I did an ACT I, LONG, and was
doing some mini-MARs on it, and I noticed that the
INTENSITY DATA count was going up. So I stopped
and took a look at the brightest point, and I
watched it move from about 18,000 up to about 28,000.
And I toldmyself if it - if it broke 30,000, I
would go into the FLARE MODE. I had no PMEC that
I could believe because we were in the South Atlantic
anomaly. The XUV was not doing much brightening.
This is an awfully small point. And active region 31,
which is a - a larger plage re - plage reason -
region, did not have an oxygen VI count any higher
than about 4000 to 5000. However, its brightness
on the XUV MONITOR was considerably brighter than
that of this little active region 35, and I decided
the reason for that had to be the size of the -
of the region rather than the brightness in XUV
being emitted.

023 21 00 16 CDR So at active region 35, when it broke through to

about 22,000, I shifted the 56 over to AUTO, LONG.
3216 -_

I'd Just finished up the ACT I, LONG and so I -

put it in an AUTO, LONG and continued the mini-MARs
stopping every once in a while to look at the -
at the INTENSITY count. And it peaked out, as I
said, at about 28,000 and then fell back down again.
And in H-ALI_A the active region began to fade,
but it was getting quite bright in H-ALPHA.

023 21 00 48 CDR After that I went down to active region 31. And I
noticed what appeared to be a big, wide, rather
diffuse filament suddenly had formed and looked
like it was headed for the limb, and I decided that
must be a surge. And what I was seeing was a surge
kind of at an oblique. I changed the intensity
and BRIGHTNESS - CONTRAST/BRIGHTNESS on the TV and
could not see any indications of it going over the
limb yet. But I went aheazl and did a PATROL, SHORT
and two mini-MARs on active region 31. And by then,
my time was up. I went on over and did the JOP 7,
building block 15, and that terminated the ATM pass.

023 21 01 37 CDR The XUV MONITOR had not significantly changed from
last time. Active region 35 has pretty _,ch blended
as part of active region 33, and it's - you can't
really see that it's anything different on XUV MON.
The WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, I looked at, and it
appears to be somewhat the same as the picture that
Ed took this morning at 270 on the east limb. I
have a wide, rather squared-off streamer, and then
kind of superimposed over that is a pointed one.
The - The - The broken off one looks like it goes
out about halfway between the - occ - occulting
disk and the edge of the scope; whereas the - the
point goes a1_ost the - the complete distance of
the - of the scope. And it seems to be overlaid
right over the stubby one.

023 23. 02 29 CDR On the east limb, I saw, again, some overlay down
at h o'clock, or about, oh, ll - 120. It's a
rather broad-based, short, pointed streamer moving
out. But laying over the top of that is a very
faint, slender streamer that's - seems to be radia-
ting - and you would say that the bright - the fat
one was at 120; you'd say this one was 115; and they
both look like they have about the same base. Then
there's a lot of hash that extends out about
25 percent of the distance from the occulting disk
to the edge of the screen.
 3217

023 21 03 08 CDR And up about 2 o'clock which is - let's call that

075 degrees, was one weak but slender - weak and
slender streamer that goes out about half the
distance to the - of the scope, three-quarters
of the distance, I'd say. And then up at 050 is
another very slender and faint streamer, moving out
about the same distance only even fainter than the
one below it at 075. And the hashy area that runs
about 25 percent out, runs all the way from the
topmost slender streamer all the way down to the
stubby pointed one. That is, from about 050 down
to about ll - or ll5 or 120.

023 21 03 54 CDR CDR out.

023 21 0h 01 PLT Okay, it's the PLT. At 21:02 I terminated the

5-minute exposure and initiated the 7-minute ex-
posure. The present exposure - the 7-minute exposure
will be frame number 26 in Bravo Victor hg. And
that is frame 04 in this sequence, the fourth frsme
in this sequence. Okay, and that's - and we're
waiting for 09.

_-- 023 21 08 16 PLT Okay. Cc_ing up on 09 in about 40 seconds, and I

will terminate the exposure at 21:09:05. Started
the 7-minute exposure 5 seconds after the even
minute.

PLT Stand by -

023 21 09 05 PLT MARK. Termination of the 7-minute exposure. And

that was frame number 26; now going to franc num-
ber 25. And waiting for 21:10 to start a 9-minute
exposure.

PLT Stand by -

023 21 09 59 PLT MARK. Starting the 9-minute exposure at 21:10.

This will be the fifth frame in the sequence, and
it will be number 25 on Bravo Victor h9.

023 21 lO lO PLT Terminating recording temporarily.

023 21 18 16 PLT Okay. PLT. We're coming up on 21:19; soon be time

to terminate the 9-minute exposure.

PLT Stand by -
 3218

023 21 18 59 PLT MARK. Advance film. Okay, that was frame num-
ber 25. We're now down to 24. It was frame num-
ber 5 in the sequence, frame number - 21:19 -

023 21 19 15 PLT MARK. Starting 21 - 5-minute exposure at 21:19:15.

Okay, and we're going to terminate it at 21:24:15.

023 21 23 18 PLT Okay, coming up on about 1 minute from 21:2h:15,

which is when we will terminate exposure number 6
in the sequence, which will be frame 24 on the
magazine of the camera.

SC (Music: "The Chain Gang" by Sam Cook)

PLT Stand by 15 seconds.

023 21 2h 15 PLT MARK. Completion of exposures on S073.

023 21 2h 19 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

023 22 09 58 SPT SPT at 22:10, handheld photos, m_g CXI8, 21:55.

We had frames 62 to 67, f/ll, 100-millimeter, 1/250
of a second. There were three stereopairs along
the southern California cape - coast, taken from
an oblique angle, looking from the west. It was
relativelywide open, and even though we also have
a problem with the haze at the oblique angle, it
sure looked good from my standpoint. And I thought
it was worth a - a few photos.

023 22 i0 h7 SPT We then had, on frames 68 and 69, one stereopair

of BaJa California, the southern part. The northern
part was under clouds; again, oblique angle.

023 22 ii Oh SPT SPT out.

023 22 2h 02 SPT SPT at 22:2h, ATM ops orbit which began at 21:32.
Here we gave the Sun center building block 32,
looked at corona. No significant change since
I last saw it this morning. Perhaps the only
thing I could note is a slight enhancement in the
intensity at the base of the two streamers
extending out from about 120. That's down there
 3219

close to where 33 is- active region 33 is making

a few waves. Okay, moved on to building block i0;
did that on active region 33, ROLL of 10,800.
Building block 28, I did two MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs
at a GRATING POSITION of ZERO. Just for reference,
I have point - pointed at the brightest point in
the active region, rolled with the horizontal
slit tangent to the limb - or parallel to the
limb and down to line 13. I think this got down
to the very base of the active region.

023 22 25 25 SPT Then I went to 772. Actually, I want to 775, so

I ended up taking another lap around the GRATING,
but - although it took a little time away frum
your study of transients, you got a very good -
a good GRATING, AUTO SCAN at a relatively hot point.
It was about 7000 in oxygen VI. About - Of course,
it had a lot of limb brightening associated with
it. Then at - while we're doing the building
block 28, truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs. At
22:00 hours even, we got a surge, I saw in H-ALPHA.
We were pointed right at the - about one-third of
the way up it. The surge extended about l0 arc
F seconds below the slit. In terms of the base,
the limb was about - I know the surge actually
was down -

SPT Yes, down around i0 or so below us. It - They

entended up from the base about 30 arc seconds
and did not show much change in the hydrogen
continuum. I think 73 is what we were looking
at in DETECTOR 3. It started out at 600 and
remained fairly constant until 6 - 26:06 and 26:08
at which it went to 700 and 800, respectively.
And at 09, it was back down to 700; and 12, back
down to 600. But the surge itself, which - was
about 30 arc seconds surge in H-ALPHA was - we
had centered, and actually you got some real good
time history on it.

023 22 27 35 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

023 23 35 17 SPT Hey, Jer, is the wafer switch in TV?

CDR Yes, it is.

 i /

3220

SPT Okay, Jer, any time.

023 23 35 55 CDR You got it.

SPT Okay, we're picking up again on TV-107. Going to

give it another go at putting a bubble of air
inside our bubble of water to see what effect
this has on the oscillations. Okay, we've got
ourselves a bubble. Now the trick is to get the
oscillations without breaking the bubble. And I
think we'll let her rotate around there a little
bit. Get the bubble in the center.

SPT Now the effects were rather undramatic, except

they tell the story. The bubble did not oscillate -
this sphere did not oscillate anywhere near to
the degree that it did before. It received the
same forces, initially. However, it damped very
quickly. The effect then of the gas inside, which
is compressible, dsmped the oscillations much
faster. We'll try it once again if I can do it
without breaking the - the gas bubble. Okay, they
were not really completely regular oscillations,
but they do demonstrate the effect pretty well.

SPT Turn it off, the camera.

023 23 38 ii CDR It's off.

TIME SKIP

023 23 55 34 CDR I Just left it on channel A.

SIT Okay, good idea.

SPT Picking up again on TV-107. Jer, we're ready to

go.

023 23 56 06 CDR You got it.

SPT Okay, TV-107. This hazy looking sphere that you

see in front is composed of water and soap. Very
small part of soap, maybe only 1 percent of it or
so is actual soap solution. Other than making
it cloudy, it also takes and changes the surface
 3221

tension. Net result of it is a decrease of surface

tension so that if the sphere here is going to act
like a spring as it oscillates; we should expect
it to oscillate a little bit slower. Reduced
surface tension also m-kes it a lot harder to work
with. So let's give it a try. I think you can
see these plungers, if you will, that I have on
the side. These are the top part of the plungers
from a syringe. And I can give you the - the size
later. That will allow you to get a reference
for the size of the bubble we're actually working
with.

SPT For the same size bubble, that oscillates a little

bit slower and to me it seems to damp quicker.
That may go along with the reduced spring force.
Okay, now we're going to move on to collision,
collisions between two spheres, fairly slow
collisions. It's slow coalescence and rapid
collisions. Things will get a little more dynamic.

023 23 58 22 SPT Hey, Jet, will you turn it off, please?

###
 DAY02h(AM) 3223

024 00 O0 24 CDR This is the CDR at 00:00 Zulu debriefing the

. 23:06 ATM pass. Assigned were JOPs - JOP 6,
building blocks S-A, B, and 2. And I thought I
had done a sterling Job of getting it all done.
And sc_e time during my observing time, I noticed
that the darn GRATING REFERENCE switch was in
MECHANICAL. So therefore, all of your GRATING
POSITIONs are off by 102 to 104 counts. This is
a trap that's built in the system. When the guy
ahead of you uses MECHANICAL, if he doesn't put
in back in OPTICAL, and you don't realize exactly
what he's been doing, and you don't check it
religiously all the time, you're going to get
bitten. Ed's been bitten a couple or three times
and this - now I've gotten bitten. And it's a
human error, but it's a human error de - induced
by very poor human engineering in the panel. So
I don't feel too terribly bad about it, but it
does disturb me to think that all that S055 data
is at the wrong mirror setting - or, grating
setting. During my obrservation period, I looked
at building blocks 35, 33, and 31 with oxygen VI.
They're all very quiet and very weak.
/

02h O00l 58 CDR 35 is looking real bright. I guess that's Just

because it's on the limb and you got a limb
brightening. I didn't think there was enough
int - of interest there to even fool with, so I
went on in - went on up to a prominence, which is
prominence number 84 and it's still nice and
strong. So I did a building block 28 on it.
That's from shopping list - Let's see - shopping
list item number - number ii, I guess you call it.
I gave 56 a SINGLE FRAME 2, LONG for 5 minutes and
a SINGLE _ 4, LONG for 9 minutes before we
went - we got to 400 K. And the XUV MON was very
uninteresting, nothing new. The WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAPH is essentially the way I described it
to you on my last pass, except that the two narrow
faint spikes at - I think I said 50 - 50 degrees

PLT Hey, Jerr, you going to be very long? I got to

start in S019 here 5 seconds ago.

CDR No, I'll be done in Just a second. Those two

spikes are Just a little bit stronger. And the
 322_

recorder is needed by somebody else and that's

all I have.

02h 00 03 2h CDR CDR out.

CDR Go ahead, Bill; it's yours.

PLT Thank you.

024 O0 03 32 PLT Okay, it's the PLT, time is 00:03 and 40 seconds_
And I've been looking - Jerry's been on the
recorder - but I've been looking for the stars
and I don't see any. There's s_nething in the
field of view, but it looks like green particles.
And I got the mirror extended; I don't see a
cottonpicking thing. I'm dark - dark adapted -
oops, dang it.

PLT 05. I lifted the mirror. Don't see a thing.

Have I got - am I in the wrong time? Start 00:03.
Yes. And I don't see anything in there. Looks
like field of view is blocked; I don't see any
star. I distinctly remember lifting the mirror,
because I knew I was going to have to do this. -_
But I don't see a thing. Gosh dang lock, Karl,
for crying out loud. Yes, ...15 415.6. Okay,
00 - 6, 198.3 Spica at 3.2 turns counterclockwise.
290.5, 3.2 turns counterclockwise, l, 2, 3, and
a little bit. 20.3. Oh, this is really a - an
agricultural approach to that. I got some stars
anyway.

PLT Now how the devil am I going to tell which one

I use - second star?

02h O0 07 ll PLT Let's see, which is - this is Spica. Well, let's

see if I can find Corvus. And, well. I saw no
stars at all. Diphda, Pro - Of course, Canopus
is down there in the black hole of Calcutta anyway.

PLT Well, I guess that you Just sort of have to luck

out here to find these stars. It could be any of
them. What this is for is centering the stars.
It's supposed to already be in the view of field,
as near as I can see. And if it ain't in the
field of view, if you can't guarantee that, then
you're taking potluck, I'm afraid, unfortunately,
because I'm - I don't see anything that I recognize
 3225

as Corvus. Oh, l'm going to ruin my dark adaption.

I'ii hold my hand over my eye here. Let's see.
r When am I supposed to start? 09. The whole thing
is cocked. 198.3 and 20.3. Well, you compromise
the whole thing by rushing there. B minutes would
have been nice, if it was working, but you weren't
sure that was working, so - if it was aligned
i properly, thatis.

024 O0 09 55 PLT Sort of frustrating to try do a Job here with

this piece of equipment. Let's see. Okay, l'm
going to forget your observations because I don't
think they're any good anyway _n]ess we can get
this - these reference stars. So I'm going to
try to go back to 00, start all over again and
for - completely forget the observing sequence.
And let's see, go back to 00. It's very upsetting -
try to work with this garbage. Can't even make
a belt drive. I don't even know where zero is
now, let's see. Probably don't have the discone
illuminated.

PLT By the way, I'm getting the interplay between the

F TILT and ROTATION again. There is Corona Borealis,
beautiful. Spica can't be far away. That ought
to be bright. No, that's Arcturus, close to
Corona Borealis.

PLT You also don't have enough focus range in this

for my - for my eyeballs, but I got a nonstandard
eye, so I can't - can't knock that.

024 O0 12 37 PLT So l'm looking at blurry starts.

024 O0 14 54 PLT Okay, let's go back and see if we can find - 15.6,
TILT is probably right, close. 290.5 and, let's
see, this is going to be Canopus, which is not
really doing us a favor because that's around
enough to nail down that star.

PLT There we go.

PLT Got to keep my eye covered here while I - Okay,

290.5, 15.6. Okay, now right now I've got 0.7
and 14.5. So I may be wrong, but I'm ass_ng
that's 290.7 and 14.5, if that's correct. Now
I'm going to try to get to - Let me write that
down because I'm supposed to voice this. 290.7 -
3226

7, not 2. 14.5. And that Just doesn't seem

quite right. And the reasonableness test will be
if I can get to Spica frcm here. Okay, to Spica,
3.2 turns counterclockwise frcm ROTATION 290.5.
3.2 turns counterclockwise, l, 2, 3.2. TILT,
20.3. And I'll try knocking that down one.
Okay, I'll try 19.8 to start with. Now, let's see
if I got anything in there that ... - Hey,
beautiful, beautiful. Okay, there's - there's a
bright one. Now, let's see if I can make out -

024 O0 19 03 PLT I can't focus. Oh, I guess I was holding my eye

too close, trying to keep the light out. Let's
see now for the ROTATION, 00, center Canopus on
center crosshair and voice record ROTATION and
TILT. Center Spica on center crosshair, voice
record ROTATION and TILT. Doggone, I forgot
to center on the center crosshairs. Now what
happened? Oh, I need to turn the switch on,
don't I.

024 O0 20 26 PLT Okay, it's centered. Now I got to go back and

get Spica - I mean Canopus. Holding one eye shut.
Okay, it's reading 6.7. I am assuming that's
196.7 and 20.1. Okay. I'm going to go back and
check. I went 3.2 turns counterclockwise, so I
will go 3.2 turns clockwise, l, 2, 3. Then I
want 290.7 and 14.5. If this works out I'll be
pretty confident. Okay.

PLT I Just can't focus this thing. There are not

enough l_mlts to its travel. Especia]Sy when I
turn the light on. The guy - same guy designed
this must have designed our VTS. Likes to give
people a handicap.

PLT Oh, this spring quality that's Just developed

really makes it hard to center. It keeps Jumping
out of the way when you get it over there. Okay,
there we go. Be happy with that. Now let's see
if I got repeatability here. 15.4. Well, that's
good. That's - that's real good. 15.4 and I
have now, 6 - no 8.5. 8.5 - 288.5. I hope that
that's right. Now, I'm going to try going back
to Spica again. I didn't have it centered in the
crosshairs the first time, Karl. That's why I
got all this screwed up. Okay, 3.2, turns clockwise -
counterclockwise, that's i, 2, 3_2, and there's
200 point something - 200.7. I want 196.7.
 3227

024 00 23 h9 PLT Okay, 196667 sad a TILT, 20.3. Ah, now, baby, be
there. I may have been wrong on the - Turn this
thing off. I got that with a TILT of 20.1. Let
me think that out. Well, I lost my little bright
star. Now, let's ... this thing on ROTATION.
There we go; here we are. Turn the RETICLE on now.
All right, the reason I'm doing this is I question
repeatability because of the springy property.
There's also a lot of slop. _mm sort of Jiggling
a little bit there. Well, she's centered dead-on
right now. I'm reading 6.7 - that's - ah!
Beautiful, and 19.9 this time. Okay, I've got
what I would call qualified re - repeatability.
19.9. Okay. Beautiful, Now, let's see if I can
pick up one of the exposures. The next exposure
starts at 16 - No, that's no good. Start at 22;
I missed that. Start at 25; there's our - Let's
see, there's Spica, Canopus. Hmm. Star rotation,
this is Arcturus, 165.2. Connect field 2 to get
the average of two. Okay. Up about 2 degrees -
No, 1-1/2 degrees ... 1-1/2 degrees there also up
here about 1-1/2 in ROTATION. And I have to err
on the low side. 208. Okay, their TILT, for all
practical purposes, is correct. What I'ii do is
Just to go 1-1/2 degrees low on the ROTATION. And
let's see now, my Spica would be - I would go
from ... Spica. Okay, now we go - took 2.6 turns.
Then I would go 0.6 turns, so I go 2 turns total.
2.6 clockwise and 6.6 counterclockwise, makes
2 turns to the clockwise. Okay, 2 turns clockwise.
l, 2, okay, and I want to read 5.2. And I'll -
I take off l-l/2, makes it 3.7. Okay, we're at
3.7. And the TILT should be 21.5. Man, what a -
Now, if I look in there, I ought to see our
Arcturus.

02h 00 28 13 PLT Okay, there - that sure looks like Corona Borealis.
Arcturus can't be far away, but I don't see it.
Let's see, I want to - I want to knock off
1 degree - l-l2 degrees of ROTATION. That'd make
that 163.7. Oh, okay, I got to have the 3 in the
bottom. There we go. Now. Man, what a way to
do that. 21.5. Huh.

PLT Hmm, Just lost my good confidence builder. Just

lost out.

PLT ... TILT for Arcturus is 21.5.

3228

02h 00 32 14 PLT Okay, 21.5 again.

PLT Trouble is, you don't get a pure ROTATION here,

it ... TILT in with it. How that happens, I have
no idea. Yes, there's a bright star. See what
l've got here. 19.6 and 4.5. Well, I may have
got screwed up on my turns. Let's see now, if I
go 3.2 turns counterclockwise from ROTATION 255 -
Oh, no. Okay, I went 3.2 turns too few. I - I
didn't - I didn't know that it - I thought I was
given the instruction that - the way we've been
doing this is, you put the instructions for getting
to the next star on before you get to the - to the
procedure for it. And I didn't see this here
3.2 turns counterclockwise from ROTATION - Okay.
So 193.8 - I should - I shouldn't have used a 2.6.
I should have used a 0.6 turns counterclockwise
and the 3.2 turns counterclockwise, so that makes
it a total of about 3.8 turns counterclockwise.
And doggone it, I may be there. Let's see, l've
got to get back tomy starting point. 15.6 and
290.5. Now you want the total of 2 turns, i, 2, 3,
and I want 290.5. Canopus, I hope you're somewhere
close here. Maybe it's set already by now. Well, --
we're at the discone anyway. Now the discone, oh,
of course, it would be out of focus. Probably ...

024 00 36 24 PLT We got our times off now, too. Time is off. So
l'm afraid all this stuff is off. In which case,
we've accomplished absolutely nothing. Yes, no
exposures and l'm afraid the data is suspect
because of the - I was off on time while getting
the - Canopus and Spica. Well, l'm going to
think about this.

024 00 37 05 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

024 01 08 i0 SPT And there's a faint - ...

024 01 08 40 SPT This limb up here is pretty much the same as the
*** right now. Two SINGLE, LONG ENPOSURES for
56, an 18 minute on FILTER 4 and an 18 minute on
FILTER 5. But the one I'm having the most fun
with, and I'm kind of thinking the results might
 3229

be kind of interesting is a truncated MIRROR, AUTO

RASTER again and I guess that's the kind of thing
. we can - do the best right now with the situation
we have on the disk. What I'm looking for here
are not Just changes within an active region but
changes within active regions and between active
regions which are time correlated. So I have the
horizontal crosshair lined up so that it crosses
the brightening point in active region 33 which is
now right on the limb, and active region 21, a
bright point there, although that 21 has become
rather diffuse, spread out. And also, essentially
all of the plage which I can see in the XUV monitor
is slightly above the line and I feel is being
covered by the MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, from looking
it in the XUV monitor and looks like the horizontal
crosshair there which is the same as the horizontal
crosshair in the H-ALPHA i. And Judging from the
pointing location, I'd say we're pretty much covering
that whole plage area with our truncated MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER.

024 01 i0 26 SPT From the bright point in 33 to the one in 21 is

90 arc seconds. I find that pointing in H-ALPHA 1
is 978, oxygen VI was 15,000 at the start, and then
next time I came back to it it was 7000. The
oxygen VI count over in 21 was 4000 when I started
and then it got down to 2000 later. And with my
truncated MIRROR, AUTO RASTER I've been occasionally
stepping the mirror hack and forth between the two,
so that when I stop I can see what they're doing.
And we see that - the point over in 33 is going
straightforward at 5000, occasionally it's 3000.
I think maybe my pointing is not right on the
brightest part. Maybe a couple arc seconds might
do it one way or the other.

024 01 ii 29 SPT Either that or it has cooled down quite a bit from
when I was - I first looked at it. And also the
point over in 21 is going between 2000 and h000.
I really should have thought of this earlier today
when we were doing all of these - beaucoup of these
things. I always had it tangent to the limb -
which, I guess if there was anything running along
the limb be interesting to see, but I - I doubt
that's the case. Looks like we might have
changes - sympathetic changes here as interesting
3230

and I'd be curious about the results. Another

thing I was thinking of doing was to run in between
the bright part of active region 33 and the prc_-
inence which is Just south of that and see what
changes could be time correlated there. Really
with the situation that we have on the disk there's
not a heck of a lot you could do of these types of
things - you could go for studying a single, par-
ticular area, like getting line profiles or some-
thing like that.

024 01 13 02 SPT I don't think we'd be making good use of the small
activity which does remain. Think I'd like to
remain in the MIRROR MODE which is going to allow
us to move rapidly into a transient if it should
occur. If there's anything different that comes
up in this orbit than the way I've pieced it to
point, I'll - I'll add something.

SPT Saw one other thing the - on the limb it looks -

I'm pretty sure - it looks like we have a very small
surge going. I'm wondering if that - that is
pumping material into the corona all day long.
I'm watching it, and it Just kind of gets larger
and smaller. It always retains its identify as a
surge, but it waxes and wanes. And I wonder if
it is not Just a sporadic source of material for
the low corona.

024 01 14 07 SPT On I see the - the corona on outward that we can

see in the WLC which we've seen enhancements
in the streamer structure. Now that's where we
could see enough to get some time correlations
there although we had a much longer time there.
The - the building block 32 and a study of
active region 33 might mean a little bit to that.

024 01 lh 33 SPT SPT out.

024 01 33 h2 CC ... PLT ...

024 01 33 h5 SPT SPT at 01:33 with an addition to the ATM report

on this last orbit which began at 00:39. We
finished up the orbit pretty much as we began it,
as I specified earlier. A couple of things to add
however, is that we did have a good surge on the
limb. Went out to about 30 arc seconds, to silicon
base - base not being quite on the limb yet. I
 323].

saw it come and go and it decayed and was essentially

pretty close to being gone at the end of the orbit
in H-alpha. At the end of the orbit, I also tried
to sneak in a building block 32. We had - I got
it in Just before the dump started, so I'm not sure
if we really have a - -

CDR Hey, Hank, it's been some time since we got a

listing from you folks on the status of changes
and permanent general messages. And I think we've
probably got a lot of PGMs up here that could be
thrown away. Will you fire us up a status in the
next day or so?

024 01 34 59 CC Okay, we'll sure work on it, Jerry, and ... - -

SPT So, we actually came out all right - -

CC - - get up time is ll:00 and we have assigned - -

SPT - - because apparently 4 minutes is within 300 to 400

and we got 250 and we are 250 or so at ESS, so we
made it well above - -

CDR Why don't you call us at ll:18? We'll go ahead

and set our clocks and be up by ll:00 - -

024 01 35 24 SPY - - 250 K so we got a good look at the corona.

You know, I think we have something like this on
the limb which is - seems to be quite active in
terms of time variations, and also since we have
seen some changes off the enhancements in the
streamer structure, it'd be kind of an interesting
thing to do a good study on the actual density
of the corona before and after we make these limb
observations. So that we'd do a STANDARD MODE at
the beginning of the orbit, a STANDARD MODE at the
end, and with all the time variations of the limb
features - We're going through it in a limited
way, of course, the same way we have this past
orbit.

024 01 36 25 CC Skylab, Houston; we're 30 seconds from LOS - -

SPT We can in no way calculate the amount of injection

from what we see at the limb studies to what we
see in the corona, but if there are any time
correlations shorter than an hou_ or so, maybe
3232

they'll show up.

024 01 36 44 SPT SPT out.

SPT Good night, Hank. Enjoy the team - the night down
there, bronze team.

PLT Good night, Hank.

CDR ...

SPT °. •

CDR Huh?

024 01 39 23 SC This is the killer speaking. Do I like what?

I sure do like it, baby. (Music: "ChantillyLace")

024 01 41 54 CDR Hey, Ed, I think your mike's open up there on

channel A and you're recording there ...

024 01 48 02 SPT Okay, Jer, l'm still getting set up here. Do you
read me?

CDR Yes.

SPT Okay. What I'm trying to do is to get one bubble

to smash into another. And that is - that's going
to take a little - a little doing here. Can be
done though.

024 01 50 08 SPT Hold on, Jer, I'll be with you in a minute. I don't
know if you've ever tried to control a bubble by
thread, but - I can't move it fast. Okay, Jer,
let her rip.

024 01 50 55 CDH Okay, it's on.

SPT Thank you. Your picking up on TV-107 again. Now

we're going to look at the coalescence of two
bubbles, both the same size, the red in front of
you. And we're going to have our inpactor come in
from your left-hand side, and I'm Just maneuvering
him in now. He'll be the same size. They're both
around 30 cc. Okay, here we come.

024 01 51 42 SPT Well, no, we got too much of a - too high of an

angle. Okay. We had a pretty big impact parameter
 3233

there, if you will, which is a - the distance

between the line of centers, essentially; but we'll
try that one again. I think we can get you a better
one than that. Probably what we're going to do is,
across the board here, give you a fair range of
different impact parameters Just by the sheer odds
of trying to line them up straight and not being
able to do it completely.

024 01 52 38 SPT Okay, Jer. Thank you.

CDR Okay....

024 01 52 47 SPT Yes. Actually we don't know.

TIME SKIP

024 02 30 57 CDR This is the CDR at 02:30 Zulu. Subject is handheld

photography, Earth observation, and the first
observation was at 21:50 Zulu. I took a picture
with a Nikon 300, frame number 2, Charlie X-ray h2.
_ And frame number 2 was the last frame available
on that camera.

024 02 31 26 CDR It was taken at 5.6, 300-millimeter lens, i/i000.

And it was a picture of San Francisco Bay and
Monterey Bay. And in Monterey Bay the - I think
it's the Santa Clara River, I'm not sure Just what
the name of it is, but the river that opens at -
opens into Monterey Bay, there was quite a bit of
effluent coming out, a lot of sedimentation being
laid into Monterey Bay by that river. The next
observation was at 02:26, and the frame - the
magazine was changed; the new magazine is
Charlie X-ray 43. And frame number 65 was the first
one available. The picture was taken at 5.6, 1/1000
and it was northern Hokkaido and in particular
there are two large crater lakes up in Northern
Hokkaido. This is the first time I've seen that
island clear of clouds in the time we've been up
here. And the next item is Hasselblad 100, another
picture of northern Honda - Hokkaido to kind of
complement the one in the 300. That was taken at
02:26; Charlie X-ray 18 is the magazine, frame
number 70 at 1 - at f-stop of 16, 1/250.
 3234

024 02 32 46 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

024 ll 14 37 SPT SPT at ll:14. PRD readings, and I'll give you the
ones from yesterday as well as today. We had the
BUFFER AMP circuit breaker CLOSEd - or OPEN
yesterday morning when, I believe, I was giving you
the PRO readings. So they were probably not put on
tape. So to ma_e sure, I giving you yesterday's
also. Those were 42875, 23h89, 38639. Today's
are 42898 - 890, 23495, 386h7.

02h ii 15 18 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

024 12 12 57 PLT This is the PLT; terminating charge on battery 7

at 12:10.

024 12 13 Ol PLT PLT out.

024 12 28 44 SPT SPT at 12:28; ATM ops, orbit which allegedly began
at 11:50. Got the building block IA, IB and then
the VTR work all straightforward and all done
according to the - the plan. I wouldn't say sched-
ule, however. We had a problem with another ex-
periment which we had to do before we got up here,
which could not be carried out until momentum dump
was over, which set us all back in getting E1nning
this morning. So I was running ATM, and going
back and forth between that experiment and was
able to get the IA and IB in. But when it came
up to around i0 minutes remaining, I had Just
finished it and started to look at JOP 7 and real-
ized we had the 82B exposures and had to set up
for it in pointing and roll and understandwhat
was being done. And it was my conclusion at the
time that there was no way I was going to do that
and made sure it was error free. With the small
number of 82B exposures left available gave me
no choice but to cancel it or postpone it.

024 12 30 i0 SPT So we'll pick it up on a subsequent orbit. I think

putting something like that in early in the morn-
 3235

ing when you don't have time to get up to the

panel - even if I was up at 11:50 and had been
able to work it straight from there. I think some-
thing which is Just a little off nnm4nal like that
which we have not done frequently, if at all, would
be best put in another orbit, or to get us up here
another l0 minutes early and make sure that's
specified in the - on the pad the night before
! and we all know about it. Get caught cold on
something like this, that's - is kind of thing
which can promote errors, and that's something
we're trying to stay away from.

024 12 31 08 SPT Okay, in looking at the corona, it certainly had

filled out in the southeast - southwest; excuse
me. I'll never make an astronomer. The active
region on the limb - and I hesitate now to call
it a 33 or 35. I still believe it's 33 because
it 's exceptionally bright and it 's the one that 's
putting out all the - the surging, and that cor-
responds to the high flare probability but - we got
a big discussion going on here whether it's 32 or 35.
Nonetheless, the one that's been surging all the
time on the time on the limb and the one which I
called 33 yesterday perhaps had been putting a lot
of material into the corona, because it certainly
has shown up on the coronagraph. I'll give a
more detailed description of it on the air-to-ground
on the next pass.

02_ 12 32 20 SPT SPT out.

024 12 33 13 SPT Oh, SPT again with an addition to the last ATM
report. We did give a J0P 7 for 55 at the very
end because it pointing over the base of the
surging material of the active region on the limb.
We had oxygen VI counts of around ll,000 and -
which left us in STOP MODE and let it go right on
down through 400 K to 09 remaining.

024 12 33 40 SPT SPT out.

024 12 38 16 SPT SPT with a message for flight planners. Okay, I'd
like to mention some of the problems which came up
in this morning PSA. The initial problem was
brought brought about by the BMMD measurements
which had to be made postsleep before breakfast,
before urination. And when we got up we had Just
3236

started a gravity gradient dump which meant that

we could not carry out with the _MMD readings until
that was over. The net result was that we kind of
turned the world upside down here, and then we
also had some throat cultures to get. And Just
that - those two things by themselves in the short
period you've got allowed for PSA can really set
you behind. I had an ATM going at ll:50 in which
there was something scheduled which required under-
standing and I really should have been up there
before ll:15 in order to figure it all out.

024 12 39 18 SPT What I tried to do was run the ATM while I was
doing postsleep activities, PRD readings and the
like and a few other things - everything else
required down here postsleep. And also, when we
finally got out of the - when we got out of the
gravity gradient dump we did the BM_D reading.
The net result was I - I was spread rather thin
this morning, and when we finally got down to
the - was able to do it all, except when we
finally got to the A_ and the last portion of it
in the building block which required understanding
I came up to it cold and a couple of minutes late,
and the net result was we couldn't do it because
I wasn't about to expose film on something I
didn't understand.

02h 12 h0 12 SPT So the message is that everybody's got to get

coordinated here in the ATM world. I think not
enough time to understand something that was a
little bit different. We have the _MMD guys coming
in with requirements, no gravity gradient dump -
not getting with the rest of the world, telling
you that it was going to foul up our postsleep and
we had the flight p_anners putting in a few extra
little whifferdills there in the morning and the
PSA, which is all right by themselves, but when
you go - got two things compounding it, you make
a shambles of the morning. And I hope as we go
towards activation, we're not going to slip into
the old problem we had in the first 3 or 4 weeks -
especially deactivation. We Just can't be working
in that mode, and we will not work in that mode.

024 12 41 08 SPT SPT out.

 3237
f--

TIME SKIP

024 13 17 19 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. The time is 13:17, starting
the - -

CC Skylab, this is Houston through Canary for

8-1/2 minutes.

PLT - - recording for T020-1.

024 13 17 37 CDR Okay, as soon as we record the seat-height

adjustment.

PLT Okay, the seat height is set on 30.

PLT Stand by. Yes, let me get m_ cord here set up.
Okay, I'm going to try something here. Okay, to
RELEASE -

024 13 18 14 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay, I'm coming out. Now you position me in the

center of the workshop.

PLT Okay. You want on your right side, don't you?

CDR Yes, right.

PLT Let's see, the DAC is not supposed to be on?

CDR I'm sorry; on my left side.

PLT Oh, that's - of course, I knew that. The DAC's

not on yet, right?

024 13 18 46 CDR Right.

PLT Okay, that's right. We go through this sequence.

024 13 18 55 CDR Verify PSS SUPPLY VALVE is open.

024 13 18 58 PLT OPEN, verify.

CDR Verify thruster block adjusted.

PLT Bot - -

CDR 0ops, my two instep straps won't work.

 3238

PLT Yes, stand by l.

024 13 19 08 CDR You want to point me toward the thruster block ...
Yes. It's going to be Just about to the same
threshold. It says --

PLT Well, that's why I - I was sort of hesitant you

know - you Just want to pull up and - -

CDR That's good--

PLT Velcro's in the wrong place. Yes, the Velcro's

in the wrong place, you see, on the straps as far
as fixing them, too.

CDR Okay, voice record thruster block settings.

PLT Okay, left and right, were set on 8 and number of

left one is shifted slightly. Let me set that in.
Okay, that left one is verified on 8; right one's
on 8.

024 13 19 55 CDR All right, I have l0 minutes of discretionary

maneuvers allowed to me. We've - we've lost 5 of
that. So we start our data maneuvers in l0 minutes
from now.

PLT l0 or 5? Did you say l0 minutes for discretionary?

CDR No, because they make up 5-minute loss up there.

PLT Okay.

024 13 20 23 CDR 13:30 is when start our - our data maneuvers.

PLT Okay, now, let's go through that other sequence

again.

CDR All right, here we go. We're going to spend -

PLT No, I meant the little routine we go through with

the DAC on, and the fingers and all that sort
of thing - -

024 13 20 33 CDR I'll do all the fingerwork.

PLT Okay, that's easily seen from the dcme.

 3239

CDR What that means is that the FMU is not going to

get its signal, but I'll give it to the dome camera
and all you have to do is Just tell them what we're
doing and time tag it.

PLT Right.

CDR And of course, your tape recording is time tagged.

PLT Okay.

024 13 20 49 CDR And what I've got to remember to do is start the

camera and stop the camera. And you could remind
me about that. They essentially want the camera
started lO seconds before the maneuver and stopped
l0 seconds after.

PLT Okay.

CDR And we're going to do pitch, roll, and yaw,

attitude-change and hold maneuvers and a one-axis
translation, two-axis translation, a dogleg, and
tumble recovery, and that 's it. Then we 'll evaluate
the restraints. If we have any time left over,
we'll do some discretionary - -

PLT Okay.

024 13 21 24 CDR - - on restraints, nonrigid. And we got to be

finished by 15:00. We need to start the data
maneuvers at 15 - 13:30.

PLT Okay, let's see then. What do you want to try first?

024 13 21 39 CDR I think I'll Just try some pitches - yes, pitches
and yaws. Right here is where you start, I guess.

PLT Okay, and let me read the pressure gage here before
we start. Just for the operator people, some of
the hardest part of the work for the observer is
moving - Just moving from position A to position
B to get these readings. Okay, you got roughly 2000.

CDR Okay.

024 13 22 08 PLT And let's see. Let me get you aimed here, steady
is the main thing, I guess. Oks_, that looks

f--1
324O

pretty steady there, Jer. Tell me when you're

re ady.

CDE Okay. I'm ready. I'm going to start the dis-

cretionary maneuvers.

024 13 22 31 PLT Okay, I'm starting the DAC now.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, you going to turn your DAC on?

CDR Oh -

PLT Or you think it's even necessary?

024 13 22 44 CDR No, I don't ... data ...

PLT Okay, he's starting the discretionary maneuver, and

he's rolling to the left. Excuse me, rolling to
the right. And he did - he has not got his
camera on for this run. He's rolling to the right.
Made a correction in yaw, but I didn't see which
one it was, which direction. The feet moved so
fast there I couldn't see it. Pretty good, maneuver
actually.

024 13 23 32 CDR Pretty fair roll.

PLT Yes, I Just commented on that.

024 13 23 34 CC Skylab, this is Houston ... - -

024 13 23 42 PLT I, 2, 3, left roll. He got some pitchup with it.

Okay, he's putting pitchdown in it. Now he got
right yaw. He's taking out the right yaw, so he
put more in. Okay, he's got pitchup with the
left yaw.

CDR ... yaw.

024 13 23 58 PLT I got it. Pitchup and left yaw. Okay, now that
was a roll. He's trying to roll left two - two
pulses; pitchdown. Okay, he got a lef - left roll
with pitchdown. Okay; beginning to have trouble.
Okay, he's pitching up. He got right yaw with
pitchup. Okay, that was a roll maneuver to the
left - No, excuse me, yaw to the left and - Okay.
that was a left yaw. Now that was a right roll.
 3241

02h 13 24 h0 PLT Pitchup, pitchdown, pitchup - He's trying - He's

yawing to the left. Now he's rolling to the right.
lhlt in a roll input to the left. Okay, he's
thrusting head first up. Okay, he put in a little
left roll. Pitchdown - He's got fairly nice
translation going. Pitchdown - thrust down.

, 024 13 25 20 CDR That's a lateral maneuver I was trying.

PLT He tried a lateral maneuver, one foot up. Thrusting

down. Okay, he's trying to yaw to the right to
to take out a little left yaw and he overcorrected,
or so I guess he'd Just getting around to that.
Okay, he's yawing further to the right. Thrust
down. He's getting some fairly decent maneuvers
in as far as - -

CDR This is yaw this time.

PLT - - pretty - fairly poor - I mean fairly pure

that is ; fairly pure maneuvers.

024 13 25 56 CDR ... left coming up.

i

024 13 25 58 PLT Yaw left. Okay, he got pitchdown with the yaw
left. Pitching up. Pitchup; pitchup. Okay, he's
pitching up. Got a slight roll left, looks like.
Pitchup again. No, he pitched down. Can't tell,
sometimes.

CDR Yes, I think one of the problems here is that the

control forces required for yaw are too heavy.

024 13 26 25 PLT Okay, he thinks the control forces required for

yaw are too heavy; one of his problems.

CDR When I'm trying to yaw to the right -

024 13 26 32 PLT When he's trying to yaw to the right --

CDR Getting a little bit of pitch -

PLT He gets a little bit of pitch.

CDB Because I'm not getting the left yaw input in -

024 13 26 _2 PLT Because he's not getting the left yaw input in,
because the foot - According to!the high force -
3242

foot force.

CDR Oh yes.

PLT Okay. Good crm,_ent.

02& 13 26 55 CDR Yes, that's what it is. If I really concentrate

on getting it in, it's Just one pure yaw.

PLT Okay, says he really has to concentrate on a yaw,

in order to get a pure yaw - coupled yaw, you're
talking about? Good- good coupled yaw?

024 13 27 09 PLT So that's a very good point he's making there.

Okay, he's Just trying various yaw maneuvers.
That was a pitchup. Okay. Apparently, it's easier
to pull the foot up than it is to push it backwards,
curl it under. And so what he applies is more or
less - -

CDR ... know roll.

PLT A symnetrical force - When he - when he applies -

What he suggestively feels is a sy,metrical force,
it isn't really as far as the force that's being
applied to the foot - foot control. That's - that's
the impression I'm coming up with here. Okay, he's
yawing to the left. He's going back around more
or less to his attitude. You got 2 minutes, Jer.

024 13 27 49 CDR Right.

PLT Did a little list forward now. Okay, now he's

thrusting backwards. He's done all that folderol.
He's actually going back first, toward the food
lockers.

CDR ... backwards and forward here.

PLT That's right.

024 13 28 04 CDR I can't take out.

PLT Yes.

CDR I don't have translation in that direction.

PLT Okay, he doesn't have a translation in this

direction. He's - he's drifting %owards - toward
thefoodlockers.
 3243

024 13 28 ii CDR All I can do now is, I can turn sideways. I can
do lateral maneuvers to try and take it out. But
that's very, very wasteful in fuel.

PLT Okay. He got a net translation out of those last

maneuvers, which was essen - essentially here
in the center of the workshop making attitude
maneuvers, right over the hatch to the aft compart-
ment. And by making a series of yaw, roll and
pitch maneuvers, he ended up with a net translation
towards the food lockers.

024 13 28 38 PLT Okay, he pitched forward a little bit and then in

order to kill his translation, he had to pitch up,
to get a forward part of his translation. That
is to say, he had to thrust up, head first, lie's
killed out that translation now and taken an awful
lot of thrusting to do it. Okay, he's in the
picture again. He was over the hatch area, deep
in the aft compartment. After all those attitude
maneuvers, he started drifting back first, towards
the food locker and in order to stop that trans-
lation, he pitched forward toward the dome 416
and thrusted up toward the diffusers and although
that killed off his translation toward the food
lockers, it also gave him a net up - up - upward
thrust toward the dome which he's now killed off
now by thrusting down. The net sum of it is that
he used an awful lot of propellant in order to
take care of that one small tranRlational rate.

024 13 29 31 PLT Jer, that's it; that's time.

CDR Time for the data maneuver.

024 13 29 48 PLT Okay, it's time - time for the data maneuver.

024 13 29 55 CDR Right on time.

PLT Okay, now let me get my checklist and make sure

we follow this thing. I think you probably know
this better than I do. Okay, this is attitude
change and hold. Is that what the first one is?

024 13 30 09 CDR Yes, this is going to be pitch first.

PLT Okay, let me get you a11 set here.

CDR Let me get this camera on.

324h

024 13 30 43 PLT Okay. Here we go in attitude change and hold. I

don't think you need to read it, but -

CDR Yes. I'll put a translation correction in. Okay.

PLT Okay, now le - let me know when you think the

attitude is right. And I'll try to kill out all
the rates.

024 13 31 07 CDR That's about right. Actually, it looks like the

feet ought to be up a little more. I feel like

CDR I'm a little bit feet low. I feel like I'm like
this instead of like this.

PLT Okay. How does that feel?

CDR Am I about horizontal to the floor?

024 13 31 23 PLT Sure looks like it to me, Jer.

CDE Okay. There; that looks good.

PLT Okay, this will be the attitude change maneuver -_

sequence. Turning the DAC on, Jer.

CDR Right ... - -

024 13 31 38 PLT MARK. For my DAC.

02h 13 31 41 CDR MY DAC's on.

PLT Okay. His DAC's on. Let me check the lights.

Make sure he's got film running. NO end-of-film
light. The PSS is still up around 1800. Pitchup
and then pitchdown.

CDR Okay -

02h 13 32 03 CDR MARK.

024 13 32 04 PLT MABK. Okay, he's pitching up. A little correction

there. Thrust up; thrust up. Okay, he's going
to pitch to 90 degrees. Taking out. Okay, when
he did that he started yawing to the right. Now
he's taking out the -

024 13 32 28 CDR MARK.

 _- 32_5

024 13 32 29 PLT MARK. Okay, he's going to move slight - yaw to

, the right. Taking the yaw out. Okay, he's got
fairly decent translational stability right now.
He's going to yaw back to the right. Okay, it
gave him a - okay, it gave him a net thrust down;
he took it out with a real quick pulse toward the
head. Okay, now he's thrusting again head first.
Okay, a little yaw left; a little thrust up. Okay,
a little yaw left. He's now got to pause a bit
and thrust toward the head. Yaw left, and ho -
yaw left. Thrust down. He's now - his head is
closer to the floor now than his feet.

024 13 33 24 CDR MARK.

024 13 33 25 PLT MARK. Pitching down. He's got a slight roll to

the right - yaw to the right established. Okay,
now he's getting ready to kill it off. He had
a translational correction in the middle. Pitching
up, pitching up; and he's yawing left slightly.

024 13 33 49 CDR That's the old yaw left trick.

PLT Yes, he's got a new yaw left; now he's thrusting
up one pulse. He's trying to take the yaw left
out; he overcorrected slightly. Got to - putting
it back in. Yaw left and yaw right. Small thrust
to yaw corrections. He's got very good stability
positionally. He's going to put a slight yaw right
in; he's Just tweaking it in.

024 13 34 09 CDR MARK.

024 13 34 i0 PLT MARK. And we give i0 seconds, right?

CDR _, 5, 7, 8-

024 13 34 17 CDR Camera's off.

024 13 34 18 PLT DAC off. Okay. Now let me check the PSS. Okay,
1700. And I did not check end-of-film light ; I
mean I'm sure it's not out yet. Okay, we need
one more of those. That was a real good one, I
thought.

CDR I thought it was pretty good too. Sure am getting

a lot of coupling, though.

024 13 34 38 PLT Yes, you sure are. Really got an awful lot of
3246 _

coupling. Think I go you too far that way. Let's

see. No, I think that's all right. Think that's
about right, right along in there. Now if I can
just stabilize you.

CDR That's good.

024 13 35 03 PLT Okay, I'm going to call that good, Jer.

CDR Camera's coming on.

024 13 35 06 PLT Camera on now.

CDR Mine 's on.

PLT Okay, let me check for end-of-film light. No end-

of-film light. You just give me a mark.

CDR This is number 2.

PLT Number 2.

024 13 35 17 CDR MARK.

024 13 35 18 PLT MARK. Pitching up.

CDR I got a pretty pure pitchup.

PLT Yes, very - very nice pitch maneuver. Very nice.

He's getting ready to make the correction - trans-
lational correction.

CDR ...

024 13 35 32 PLT Thrust up - oh, you've got two of them: one of

them about a quarter of a second, other one Just
about an eighth of a second.

CDR ... up.

PLT Okay, two - two small translational correction.

CDR ... pitch down.

024 13 35 42 PLT Okay, now he's getting ready - pitching down.

And very good; very good.

024 13 35 46 CDR MARK.

 32h7

PLT Very slight -

I

024 13 35 47 PLT MARK. Very, very slight yaw right. He took -

he took it out with Just two very bleeding-type
pulses. Okay, now he's in a slight yaw right;
he's taking it out again. Okay, he took that out
, with a very sinAII thrust.
I

024 13 36 01 CDR MARK.

024 13 36 02 PLT MARK. He's thrusting down. Now that was a real
good job.

CDR Trouble is, I've got my attitude off.

PLT Yes, well that - using the - the velocity you had
in M509, I think it's better to go ahead and try
to ignore some of that stuff; otherwise you really
drag it through the -

024 13 36 17 PLT Okay, he's in a - got a slight roll left out of

that pitchdown and dogleg correction - not dogleg;
it'd be thrusting correction in the middle. Okay,
r he's stopped the pitch - very pure maneuver. Okay,
he's thrusting up to get re - repositioned. Taking
out translational rates, feet first.

024 13 36 35 PLT And he's pretty well back to the starting point.
Okay, now he's yawing to the left to correct yaw;
he's taking it out now. He's ended up with a net
drift toward me, toward his head. Now he's yawing
to the right, making small attitude changes, Just
trying to get the position and attitude correct.
Going to yaw - he ends up with a yaw right here
quite often.

024 13 37 04 CDR MARK.

02h 13 37 05 PLT MARK. Very good. Count to 10. 1 ... 7, 8 -

CDR ... rates ...

PLT 9, l0 -

024 13 37 14 PLT MARK. DAC's off. Okay.

CDR That wasn't too good a run, really.

3248 _

024 13 37 22 PLT Well, it w - yes, I thought it was real good

until - -

CDR It was good, but I ended up in place out here too

far, and then getting back didn't work out right.

PLT Yes, it was that - I think at - at the - at the

end it was really the worst.

CDR Yes, I had about a 2-1/2 foot displacement there.

PLT Let's see now.

024 13 37 38 CDR Let's try one more, and then we'd better move on.

PLT Okay, we'll try one more of those.

024 13 37 49 PLT Okay, that looks good to me. Let's see how it -

CDR Good. Camera ...

PLT Camera on.

02_13 37 54 PLT MARK

....

024 13 37 57 CDR MARK.

024 13 37 58 PLT MARK. Okay he's still got 1500 psi. He's got the
camera on; I see no end-of-film light. He's
pitched up; looks like a pretty good maneuver's
going there. He's not - he has no translational
rates. Okay, that was about three quarters of a
second, pitch - or thrust up.

CDR ... good - good correction.

024 13 38 17 PLT Yes, he's now right over the hatch; very good.

CDR ... these. Now if I can get this thing stopped

with an ... we'll be in good shape.

024 13 38 25 PLT He's stopping it.

CDR Beautiful.

024 13 38 26 CDR MABK.

PLT Okay.

02413 3827 PLT MARK.

 CDR That 's what I wanted to do.

PLT He got Just a very tad roll to the left.

024 13 38 33 CDR MARK.

024 13 38 34 PLT MARK. He pitched down and that looked good. That
looked awfully good. His head slightly close to
the grid floor than his feet. He's got a good -
real good pitchdown maneuver going. No shuffling.
He's going to end up in good shape. That was a
thrust up. Okay, he's killed out translational
rates; he's going to be pitching up here shortly.
Pitching up. Ended up with a slight r - yaw right;
he's taking it out now with a yaw left. Okay, he -
Again he got his yaw Just about killed. Now he's
going to be rolling.

024 13 39 06 CDR MARK.

024 13 39 07 PLT MARK. Okay. 5, 6 -

CDR Camera's off.

024 13 39 12 PLT Camera's off. Okay, we'll call that one good.

CDR I ended up with a left roll -

PLT Ended up with a left roll.

024 13 39 21 CDR Roll rate, I should'say, and yaw rate to the right
of about - or a yaw error to the right of 5 degrees
with no rate.

PLT Yes, a yaw error to the right of 5 degrees with no

rate. And he ended up also with a slight roll left
displacement of about i0 degrees, l'd say.

024 13 39 38 PLT Okay, now. Check the pressure: 1500. You know,
I bet you used most of that gas that one time you
took that translational rate over there toward
the food lockers. Because it - you had used very
little. Well1 clean that up later. Okay - -

CDR Okay, this one's the y8_, right - no, the roll.

PLT Okay.

CDR Okay, you put me on my back, pointing into the SAL.

Now this ought to be more pure.
3250 _

024 13 40 09 PLT Okay. I'm going to - this is about right, right

along in here, Now you tell me when you think
that - you know, more or less have subjectively -

CDR Okay, that feels pretty good.

PLT Okay, right along in there.

024 13 40 26 CDR Ready?

024 13 40 27 PLT Okay. Camera coming on now.

CDR This is number 1.

024 13 40 33 PLT Okay, this'll be run number 1 on the roll change -

attitude change and hold, roll. Got a nice attitude
to start with.

CDR Roll left first, huh?

PLT Roll right; then roll left, it says.

024 13 40 48 CDR MARK.

024 13 40 49 PLT MARK. Okay, you got a little yaw left coupling
with that.

CDR Boy, I sure did.

PLT He's taking it out, and he's giving - he's getting

a pitchdown with a - with a yaw right correction.
Okay, he - he's ccming back around to the right
now. Got a little pitchdown with it; now he's
going to be taking it out. He took about - used
about three corrections. Now he's got to pitchdown
with the - whatever he - he's stopping roll and
got a roll - yaw right with that roll stop
maneuver. Okay, now he's got a - -

024 13 41 21 CDR MARK.

024 13 41 22 PLT MARK. He's got a net translational velocity

towards the dome hatch, bellybutton out. Okay,
he's pitching down to correct his attitude. He's
got a very nice -
jr- 3251

024 13 41 35 PLT MARK. Very good 90-degree r011 maneuver. He's

got a yaw right established; taking it out. Taking
it out again. He's - and he's ending - he's ending
up with a net translational velocity, very slight;
I'd say about two . .. per second. Okay, he's -
now he's taking out the roll. But he's thrus -
he's actually moving up towards the dome hatch.
Okay, he's taking the yaw correction; he's going
to make a yaw correction. He's got his roll now
pretty well stabilized.

024 13 42 09 CDR MARK.

024 13 42 l0 PLT MARK. I'd say that was a pretty good maneuver.
And the only thing wrong with it is that you ended
up with a slight translational velocity toward the
donne.

CDR Yes.

024 13 42 17 PLT Camera's off. Jerry, let me reposition you here.

I'd - I'd certainly call that a success - doggone
it. Came out of the foot restraints.

CDR What 's that?

PLT Oh, I'm - I don't want to - Ah, these triangle

shoes are real good, but you Just can't - you got
to think all the time when you're using them.

PLT Doggone thing. Okay, Jer, I'll get you in Just a

second here.

024 13 43 01 PLT All right, we've got 1400. We're doing quite well,
as I thought.

CDR 15 minutes gone so far; not too bad.

PLT Okay, now. Let me see here. How does that look?

024 13 43 24 CDR That looks good.

PLT NOW if I could Just get you - let go of you with

the - with no rates.

PLT Okay. How does that look?

3252

CDR Good.

024 13 43 43 PLT Okay, camera's on. Okay. No end-of-film light.

You have your camera on?

024 13 43 53 CDR Yes.

PLT No end-of-film lights. 1400. Be a roll to the

right - right.

024 13 44 03 CDR MARK.

024 13 44 04 PLT MARK. It looks like you got a - -

CDR Left yaw.

PLT - - yaw left with that roll right. Taking the

yaw out.

CDR Well, I got it out to here. Most of those problems

are in yaw after ...

024 13 44 21 CDR MARK.

024 13 44 22 PLT MARK. Got a yaw right with that. Okay. When he
was stoping earlier, he got a yaw right; now he's
trying to take the yaw out. He got a pitchdown,
and he's ending up again with a net translational
velocity towards the dome hatch, chest out. Okay,
stand by.

024 13 44 45 PLT Small attitude corrections there, in yaw mainly.

He's trying to get back over; he was yawed right
slightly and he's correct -

024 13 44 50 CDR MARK.

024 13 44 51 PLT MARK. His will be a roll to the left. Pitching

up slightly, he's taking the pitch out now. Make
that yaw left with the pitchdown.

024 13 45 06 CDR MARK.

024 13 45 07 PLT MARK. Okay that's the roll left. That looked real
good.
 3253

CDR Yes, that was good.

PLT No - no coupling at all with that roll left.

CDR You can tell them that I think most of the coupling
is an input problem.

024 13 45 20 PLT He thinks that most of the coupling is due to the

input problem. That is to say the problem what we
were discussing inability to put in perfect
mechanically input force matched in taking out -
taking out the roll. Making small pitch correction.

024 13 45 44 CDR MARK.

024 13 45 45 PLT MARK. And yaw correction. Stand by; camera's off
in 5 seconds. Camera's off -

024 13 45 52 PLT Now. Let me come over here and get m_ feet firmly
entrenched before I grab you this time. Okay.

CDR Roger. Now we got a yaw ...

PLT Facing minus-Z again, right? Okay, let me turn the

page and get there. Okay, fas - facing the minus-Z
SAL.

CDR You first?

024 13 46 28 PLT Yaw right, it says and then left. You're.facing

the minus-Z SAL you're - Right.

CDR Okay.

PLT Ah, come on here.

024 13 46 52 PLT Okay, Jer, that looks fairly good. What do you
think?

CDR Good. Let 's get cameras ...

024 13 46 56 PLT Camera's on. Okay. Okay I've got him, but it's
very very slight roll left, but I -

024 13 47 07 CDR MARK.

325h

024 13 47 08 PLT MARK. Yaw right; okay he's rolling to the right;
he's taken the roll out. Three inputs. He's
stopped his yaw; he's got a thrust up; now he's
taking it out; he's stabilizing his attitude with
pitch, roll and yaw. And I can't - just couldn't
follow all the - all the maneuvers, but -

024 13 47 34 CDR MARK.

024 13 47 35 PLT MARK. He's in aver - very slight drift towards

duct 2 and now he's yaw - yawing to the left and
he's - it's still in fairly good shape, translation,
now he's taking out the yaw, got a pitchup with
it; got a fairly good healthy rate here; using
lots of gas. But the translational rate now seems
to be fairly decent. He's coming actually back
towards the center of the dome hatch. Roll right,
yaw left.

024 13 48 ii CDR MARK.

024 13 40 12 PLT MARK. i0 seconds.

024 13 48 18 PLT MARK. Camera's

off.

CDR ...

PLT Yes, it is. I tell you once you get anything, any
drift at all extablished in that, it really goes to
hell in a handbasket in a hurrY.

PLT Okay, now let me see here. This is good. It's

awfully hard -

CDR Yaw to the right; I never - I can never remember

which way ...

PLT I thought you got roll right, too; I don't know -

Man, it's awfully hard. It's Just not a natural
thing to do, seems like. Because - I guess it's
just because you're not used to it. Man, that's
hard to stabilize; that looks good.

024 13 49 17 PLT Camera's on. Okay, you've got a good attitude.

Good attitude to start with. No end-of-film light.

024 13 49 28 CDR MARK.

 3255

024 13 49 29 PLT MARK. Yawing right and rolling right. So

you do get a right roll. Taking the yaw out.
Very nice. Very good. Okay, that was a very good
maneuver. Okay, stabilizing.

024 13 49 45 CDR MARK.

024 13 49 46 PLT MARK. He'll be rolling - yawing back to the left

now.

024 13 49 53 SC MARK.

024 13 49 54 SC MARK. Yawing left. I can't see that - You getting

any coupling?

CDR ... left roll.

PLT Left roll with left yaw; yes, he did. He's taking
it out. Thrusting down and in general Just killing
the rates.

024 13 50 07 CDR Input problem.

PLT Input - he says he made an erroneousinput. I'd

still call that one a good maneuver.

024 13 50 17 CDR MARK.

024 13 50 18 PLT MARK. i0 seconds.

024 13 50 24 PLT Okay, camera's off. All right you want to do -

CDR Lateral displacement there about 2 feet.

PLT Yes, lateral displacement about 2 feet towards the

film vault at the end.

024 13 50 37 PLT However, I think that partly was due to a]] the
thrusting there. It seems like, you know, that
when you yaw that fast, it really - really
catches up with you there towards the end of
maneuvers.

CDR It sure does .... let's do one more and I'll try
it slower-
3256

PLT Yes, okay; we'll do one more trying it slower.

You know actually that was a very good maneuver,
but I think it would have been even smoother if he -
if he hadn't put - gone into quite as a high yaw
rat e.

024 13 51 14 PLT Okay, camera's coming on. Camera on - now.

024 13 51 17 PLT Okay, this'll be yaw right again. Yaw right about
1/2 a second; then he had to roll right again; then
he took out the roll with two pulses. Another
pulse; very short drift. There's four - pitchdown.
Okay, he's pulling the yaw - he's getting a pitch-
down with the - also getting a roll left, with the
yaw left input to kill the right raw - right yaw.

024 13 51 48 CDR MARK.

024 13 51 49 PLT MARK. Okay; very decent, very decent. Okay, the
input I was telling you about a half to less than
the three quarters of a second there for that
initial yaK- input.

024 13 51 54 CDR MARK.

024 13 51 55 PLT MARK. Okay, then again about 1/2 second or less.
Oh, about a 1/2 second, I guess; he got a left roll
with a left yaw input. He's making very short
right roll pulses. He's getting ready to stop the
roll. Yaw right: right yaw, right yaw, and a right
roll with a left roll input; down thrusting, down.
He's ending up with the same lateral displacement
that he had before. Towards the film vault about
2 feet.

024 13 52 23 CDR MARK.

024 13 52 24 PLT MARK. i0 seconds and camera's off.

024 13 52 32 PLT Okay, Jer, camera's off, and I'll get you.

CDR ...

PLT I don't think we better use any more time on that

maneuver, though.

CDR ...
|

3257

PLT Well, you know, I Just - you're Just foreign,

more or less foreign to your nature. Okay, yes.

CDR Next is single-axis translation, right?

024 13 52 53 PLT Single axis translation maneuver, two sucesslb_l

maneuvers, over T027 facing the film vault on
your left side.

CDR It's toward minus Z SAL.

024 13 53 13 CDR Okay, we're 22 minutes into the mission.

PLT Okay, let me move my feet here.

CDR I can hold here, while you go ahead and reposition

yourself.

024 13 53 34 PLT Okay, I'm going to hold you high, Jer.

CDR All right.

PLT I think that'll help me because I can get under

you a lot easier that way. Also I'm Just using
one length of umbilical today, so I don't drag
it all over you. Now does this look like I'm
aiming you right? You want to go more feet down?

CDR I think you better roll this wsy. Good. Now

that feels pretty good.

024 13 53 57 PLT I can Just let go of you there. Okay, get ready
to get - put the cameras on.

024 13 54 07 PLT Camera's on now. Okay, and you don't have an end-
of-film light. And I'll try to get the pressure.

024 13 54 18 CDR MARK.

024 13 54 19 PLT MARK. Pitching down.

CDR No, pit chup.

PLT Pitchup. Okay he's got lO00 pounds.

02_ 13 54 35 CDR It's good rate.

3258

PLT It's good rate, very good rate.

CDR ... very ...

PLT Okay, I'm trying to get a DAC - sc_ething I -

Hassel - Nikon ready here. Okay, pitchdown with the
thrust up.

024 13 54 55 CDR MARK.

024 13 54 56 PLT MARK. Okay l'm not going to be able to do -

CDR .,.

PLT Okay, I'ii - I'ii come and get you. I was trying
to get a picture there, but it's not going to
work out. Stand by.

CDR I'ii be ...

PLT Okay.

024 13 55 25 CDR Can you reach me from over there?

PLT No.

CDR ... I'd call that successful.

PLT Yes, I think that was real good. I was trying

to get the Nikon ready there; I wasn't watching
real closely, but I was - I was taking an
occasional peek; it looked like you went right
straight for it.

CDR That's right, we never took our Nikon pictures of the

harness; we got to remember to do that.

PLT That's right.

CDR It's good.

024 13 56 i0 PLT Okay, camera's coming on. I'll just watch the
maneuver this time, that Nikon there - just
awful lot diver - diversion of attention there.

o24 13 56 2_ COR MARK.

 3259

024 13 56 25 PLT MARK. He's thrusting down; he's getting a

slight pitchup; pitching down now and he's also
correcting a slight yaw left he had there, but I
think that was due to the initial placement.

024 13 56 38 PLT Oks_, he's going right straight for it; no

problem at ,11 on this one. Just as steady as a
rock.

CDR Pitchdown.

024 13 56 56 PLT Pitchdownwith the thrust up; correcting it.

02h 13 57 04 CDR MARK.

024 13 57 05 PLT MARK. l0 seconds.

024 13 57 13 PLT MARK. Okay, I'd say that - camera's off - I'd
say that that was - both of those were successful.

CDR Yes.

PLT And let me check your -

CDR Plus-Z translation gives me a plus - plus pitch.

PLT Plus-Z gives him plus pitch.

PLT Okay, we're - we have Just under 1000 psi. Now let's
see what's next on the agenda. I - Jer, I would
say not to use anymore time on tha - on that
maneuver.

CDR Right. Normally the next one would be single -

no, two-axis maneuver.

024 13 57 45 PLT Two-axis-translation maneuver.

CDR Right. You point me at the SAL, I do a pitchup

maneuver, then a thrust, then a pitchdown
maneuver, and a grab, and then I'll - we'll stop
the cameras, as soon as I get there, as soon as
I grab this time .... second ...

024 13 58 05 PLT Let's see; this is not the one I take the TV on, is
it?

CDR I believe it is.

3260

PLT Okay, I thought it was the dog - Okay.

CDR What does it say?

PLT Yes, it does too; it says TV. Follow two-axis

and dogleg. Or is this -

CDR Why don't you get me set up. I'll get the camera
and holler -

024 13 58 32 PLT I'm going to take the headset off here for a
minute.

CDR ...

024 13 58 48 PLT Before I do that, I'm going - also want to get

this Nikon set up ...

CDR Yes, you want to Just take those pictures now?

PLT Why not?

CDR All right. Let's just put me out here in the

middle with the - the light on me and go ahead
and shoot _ay.

PLT I better have the setting here. It may not be.

f/8 and - -

024 14 00 15 CDR No, with the Nikon flash now, you set - you set
it at range one - 1/60 and all that stuff and
then you focus the lens here by looking through
it. Remember?

PLT Yes, but the -

024 14 00 30 CDR Flash settings are - you got regular flash settings.

PLT It goes - It goes with a f set - f-stop.

CDR Yes.

PLT I think it's right on here.

024 14 O0 36 CDR Right on back of the flash attachment.

CDR That's at f/8.

_- 326l

PLT That's what I kept thanking; I'm right. There it

is, right there in front of you.

CDR ...

024 14 O0 53 PLT Okay, f/8, range l, 1/60, and I go. Okay, now.

TIME SKIP

024 14 28 59 PLT Ed's starting the dogleg m_neuver. And l've been
off the comm because I couldn't work the televi-
sion camera and give a commentary at the same
time. Wanted to move around.

024 14 29 22 PLT MARK.

SPT Sure looks the way to go in the future.

CDR Sure does.

024 14 29 35 PLT Well, l'd say we call a halt. It's 30.

CDR Yes, we've hit our time. It's time for nonrigid
restraint system now.

PLT Yes, I was going to do this. Here, let me get

you back of this - -

CDR - - we'll get docked.

PLT I think that we gave them a pretty good show,

actually. We got quite a lot done there, I
thought. Okay, you're docked below.

CDR All right. I can get it above. No, we're not

docked below.

PLT Okay, let me turn around here.

CDR Now are we in?

PLT Yes; see, I put it to mid, and then you came out.

CDR Oh, I see.

3262

PLT I'ii put it to lock this time. Okay, now, how're

we going to do this? Take the - I don't see how -
It'll take us i0 minutes, Jer, to change from
rigid to nonrigid.

CDR We have 40 minutes available.

CC Skylab, this is Houston. 1 minute to LOS - -

CDR ... discretionary ...

02h 14 30 56 PLT Okay. We're in the process now of pushing -

converting to the nonrigid.

022 lh 33 27 SPT SPT at 14:33; information for T003. Our discre-

tionary location was taken during the running
of T020. I took four different readings on
filter 8. 0WS forward compartment floor. That
is, I was laying right in the opening between
the forward compartment and the experiment com-
partment. Took the reading pointed towards the
plus-Z SAL - excuse me, it was pointed toward
the film vault. Okay, I'll give you the channel
readings here because they were kind of divided:
169, 7 and 3. And then I went up to IX on the
diffusion screen where I pictured all the dust
would be coming in. And right in there it was
a little bit low. That was now 136, 7, and 3.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Goldstone for
6-1/2 minutes. Out.

SPT This was 1 inch from the - 1 plus from the screen
which is the diffusion screen right up on the dome.
And I went to the top of the air - trash airlock
and put it down there. And that was 194, 28, and
38. Surprised by the high numbers, especially
filters 2 and 3, so I did it again a few minutes
later. Then it came out 197, ii, and 3h.

024 14 35 12 SPT SPT out.

02h 14 45 36 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. We're undocking for the
test of the nonrigid restraints. And the first
one will be a t1_le recovery.

CDR You might mention how sloppy the pack works on

television.

PLT And the - the backpack was very'sloppy. We've

_-_ 3263

put it on television. We've also changed out

the film. And we have 800 psi, which ought to be
plenty. At least for one tis,ble recovery. Now,
I'm - I'm going to hold - -

CDR We've tightened the straps almost to the pain thresh - -

PLT Yes, we've tightened the straps almost to the

pain threshold. And the - Just a minute, let
me get something here.

024 14 46 21 PLT So, we put the straps as tight as they could

really be tightened with - with any practical
consideration for the feelings of the operator.
And we're getting ready to do t1-,_le recoveries.
And when you're ready I'll turn the DAC on.

CDR Yes, I'm ready.

PLT Okay. DAC's coming on. Let's see where we're

going. Okay, I guess you can turn yours on.

CDR It is on. Hey wait a minute ....

PLT Stand by. I don't see a green light flashing.

sc (Music)
CDR Did you turn off any power?

PLT No.

SC (Music)

CDE ... Okay, t_s_le me up.

024 14 _7 ll PLT Okay, stand by. Okay, you're yawing now, right.
I think that's a good enough t_imhle right there
for a first. Okay, we're in a tumble mode.
Okay, he's in a left roll - and it looks like
he's Just about got it - now he's got a pitchdown
and left roll - is what I gave him. Okay, he's
thrashing back toward the center of the workshop.
The - See the backpack sort of wobbling around.

PLT He's picking - He's Just - He's Just tried - It's

very difficult to describe while he's at -
actually, drift - in a drift rate toward -
3264 _-_,

CDR See that?

PLT Yes.

CDR I've got a bending moment now that I didn't have

be fore.

PLT Yes, he's got a bending moment nc_ that he didn't

have before. And he's drifting toward the dome.
Lot of extra dynAmiCS. He's pitching up to get -
put his head down toward the aft hatch. The -
that is the hatch to the experiment compartment,
in order to kill off the translational rate toward
the dome. Okay, that thing is really wiggling
around.

024 14 48 54 PLT Looks like there's no problem correcting attitude,

but you end up with translation you can't take
out.

PLT Okay, the camera's coming off.

CDR . .. fly up to the banjo ...

PLT Well, okay. He's Just going to carry on - Just

going to fly up to the banjo. Pitching down.

CDR ...

PLT Yes. Every time he thrusts, the doggone backpack

slops all over the place.

02h 14 49 34 PLT He's over by 55h now. Now his feet are in front
of 55_; he's going for the banjo.

CDR I feel like I'm bending in the middle.

PLT He said he feels like he's bending in the middle.

He had a - He's Just applying all kinds of dif-
ferent contractions. And I don't know quite how
to describe it other than just - -

CDR Okay, I'm going to the banjo.

PLT Okay, he's going to the banjo.

CDR I 'm there.

PLT He's grabbed hold of the banjo.

 3265

024 14 50 19 PLT MARK. He's thrusting down now. He's going

to go for position number 2

PLT Left roll and he's got a right yaw. He's got
a - he has a right yaw with a left roll there.
Pitching up.

024 14 50 58 CDR MARK.

024 15 50 59 PLT MARK. Okay, he stopped himself at _32.

024 14 51 12 CDR MARK.

024 15 51 13 PLT MARK. He's going to fly - looks like he's flying
a- around the dome lockers now.

SC (Music: "I've Got My MoJo Working")

CC Skylab, this is Houston; 1 minute to LOS. Next

station contact in 2-1/2 minutes through the
Canary Islands at 14:5_. Out.

PLT What he's doing, - he's bell down to the dome

ring lockers and he's right over - right under
the water tank now - the condensate tank on 424
and he 's going around. And looks like he' s try-
ing to maintain himself in the center of the
dome locker, aft, and using the ASMU to maintain
the translation and using his hands, I thought
for a while there. Looks like he's using his
hands for a- a midcourse attitude correction,
occasionally pushing off.

024 14 53 05 PLT He's sort of bumping his head against the dome
lockers right now, at 414. And he con- continues
to pitch up. The trouble is that there's no way
to keep away from it other than using touch.

CDR Hey, there's 40_!

024 14 53 58 CDR MARK.

02_ 15 53 59 PLT MARK. He's at 40_. He's now positioning himself,

feet down toward the ASMU docking station.

CDR Now I'm going to try to go back over to FMU 2.

PLT He's now trying - He's facing 404. He's going

to try to go to FMU 2. You got _ minutes.
3266

SC (Music: "Let the Good Times Roll")

CDR Okay. I'm going to try to fly - fly down to FMU-2.

PLT He's going to try to fly down to FMU-2.

024 14 54 38 CDR MARK.

024 14 55 37 CC ... the weather concerned with your upcoming EREP

track available. And if you do have a second, we'd
like to get a status report on the T020 run.

PLT Okay, Bruce. We're just finishing up the - the

nonrigid restraint. We did a tumble recovery.
Now he's in the discretionary maneuvers. We have
about 4 minutes to go now. And we'll start
buttoning up. And go ahead; I can listen on the
weather.

CC Oh, why don't I wait until you're through with

this and I'll catch you later.

PLT Very well.

SC (Music: "Let The Good Times Roll")

024 14 56 25 PLT Going to hand onto the first of it. Okay, it

looks like he's going to make it.

PLT Hey, Jer. Jer, if you'd turn around and face me,
I'd like to get one more picture.

CDR All right ....

SC (Music: "Love Potion Number 9")

PLT Yes.

CDR ...

PLT Okay, great. 2 minutes. Okay. There we go.

CDR (Laughter)

024 14 58 00 PLT Boy, his foot came out. Okay, how about turning
the DACs off?

CDR Okay.
 3267

PLT And let me get _self under control here before

I try to get you under control. Now we're off
the checklist.

CDR ... we probably ought to quit.

PLT I think that's a good omen. Bad o - a good-bad

omen or something.

PLT Yes. Okay, we've got about a minute and a half

to go before we're going to terminate. And - -

CDR Don't pull.

PLT Okay. Is there something in the way up there?

Can't - I'm having trouble pulling on you.

SC (Music : "Surfin' USA" )

CDR Yes .... power ...

PLT Oh, yes.

PLT Okay, Jer. All right, we're back in the docking

station now and PLT terminating recording on T020.

024 14 59 24 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

024 15 22 33 CDR This is the CDR at 15:22 Zulu, debriefing the

T020 run. First of all, let me Just quickly run
through the sequence of events, and how everything
went, and then I'ii get into the debriefing guide.
The - The prep was started on time - actually,
the prep was started 15 minutes late and the
reason for the 15-minute late start was because
of the water loss measurements we had to take
with the B_4D this morning.

024 15 23 09 CDR We got up and had to wait nearly 25 minutes until

the gravity gradient dmnp had completed before we
could do the B_e4D measurements for this water
loss thing and that Just kind of set the whole
day back so far - 20 minutes. It looks like we've
made it up now in T020. So we s%arted the prep
3268

and got everything done and were ready to go

right on time, and our estimation was that we were
to start the dis - discretionary meneuvers at
13:15 and that's just about when we got to that.

024 15 23 52 CDR Now, in the prep, let me tell you what we did.
You know we - we left the seat on and rigid and
the backpack on and - and rigid, I should say,
so I - the procedures involved in prep were very
much simplified. I - I didn't even remove the
belt from the system. I just got on the bike
and fastened the belt on and pushed it down low
on my hips, and then we proceed to cinch everything
up and I was - I was donned with a minimum of fuss
and feathers in no time at all. Then we went
ahead and did all the thruster prep and everything,
and I - at exactly 13:15 I was ready to do my
discretionary maneuvers and I went out and Just
fluttered around a little bit and - I beg your
pardon, we were 5 - 5 minutes late getting the
discretionaries. I had l0 minutes to play with.

024 15 24 _0 CDR At any rate, I went out and I fluttered around

and did some pitches and some rolls and some ys_s
just to see what was happening and practice up
on mY foot inputs. And I found that raising the
toe input, now that we're up here, apparently
my muscle structure has changed a little bit or
something, but it's tougher. The forces felt like
they were higher to raise the toe than it was for
any of the others and I think that's just because
the _scle structure is not as strong now as it
was during training.

024 15 25 20 CDR And I think that is probably the basic cause for
my control input problems last time, and I had
a lot of same control input problems this time
and that is mainly with the left foot, mainly
with raising the toe. You - You try to raise
the toe just so far and when you don't get
something, you end up trying to raise your whole
foot. And that's a reflexive or instinctive
movement. If your toe rotation doesn't do it,
then you - you Just instinctively seem to raise
your foot in order to get that toe up. Tell you
what it does, it gives you a roll.
_ 3269

024 15 25 5h CDR Okay. We got out and did the - the discretionary
and promptly at 13:30 we started the data maneuvers.
And I don't think I need to give you a blow by
blow on that too much because Bill was doing that,
and it sounded to me like he was giving you every
little nuance that was going on, so it would be
just redundant for me to - to go an_ further with
that. We finished attitude changes, pitch, roll
and y_. And we used - The only hand signals we
used are the ones I used, ma_uly for the dome
camera. So that means your maneuvering unit
camera has got no finger - signals on - no hand
signals - but I think you ought to be able to
figure out from time how that worked out.

02h 15 26 h6 CDR I don't think we did much screwing up with the

film. I think we - we got all the stuff and we
worked together on the film. Both cameras came
on and off about the same time and we gave the
right aw_unt of - of hold time. So I think your
film data is probably pretty good. We did the
pitch, roll, and the yaw and a single-axis
translation, and then we decided it was time to
get the Nikon photos done, so we stopped after
single-axis translation and did the Nikon photos
for TR as well as the Nikonphotos to show the
orientation of the straps in the rigid system.
Then we started the two-axis translation and -
and that required TV coverage, and what that
meant was Bill had to get way up into the airlock
in order to get enough distance on me to see what
was going on, which meant that he could not give
you a - a dialogue while I was doing the two-axis
translation and the dogleg maneuvers.

02h 15 27 _7 CDR And I worked out a system whereas I could steady

_self and start out. I wasn't as steady as when
Bill would steady me. But I think it was reason-
able enough to start the - the test with.

CDR We did three two-aYes translations and three dog-

legs and each of them was with me steadying m_self.
And the t,-,hle recovery we did not do with the
rigid system. We had run out of time by then;
at 14:30 we went back to the docking rig and set
up the nonrigid restraint, and surprisingly that
only took about l0 minutes.
3270

024 15 28 30 CDR Well, it shouldn't be too surprising. We only

had to add straps 3 and 4, and it felt so bad
that I had Bill go up and fire up the VTR and
we took television so that I could demonstrate to
you how the backpack flops on my shoulders, even
with the darn straps tightened up to the pain
threshold.

024 15 28 51 CDR Then, we - after that TV, we moved me out into

the middle of the workshop and we did a tnmble
and - then we went - then I tried to do a baseline
maneuver M509. It was kind of a bastardized
baseline maneuver. I went up to the banjo first,
which is position nnml_er l, and then I moved down
to position number 2, and then I rotated and did
the movement - the translation along the - the
dome locker, to position n_mher 3.

024 15 29 31 CDR Is that position 3? I can't even remember those

dnmb nnm_ers. Yes, that's position nl_mher 3. I
went from the banjo down to position nnmher 4
and then around to 3 and then from 3, I tried to
flutter down to 2 and that was kind of a catch
as catch can. What I tried to do was touch and
go. I did not try to do the push and shove
maneuvers. And for the most part, I got around
from position 4 to position 3 along the dome
lockers fairly well. I touched in two places,
very gently.

024 15 30 09 CDR It's just that - you know, that axis is so long
and the radius of curvature of the dome lockers
is - is short enough so that - now this system
doesn't really adapt itself too well for doing
that maneuver along the dome lockers, hut I was
almost able to do it. The times I touched were
just very, very gentle touches. If I'd have
started out maybe another foot away from the dome
lockers, I might have been able to carry it off;
I' m not sure.

02h 15 30 35 CDR Okay, then from position 3, I went down to

position 2, which is FMU n_mher 2. I did not
shove _self in that direction. I tried to
maneuver in that direction and it was a difficult
maneuver, but it's all on film and you can see
that I had to touch and go once on the way down
there. And then that was just about it. We ran
out of time and the gas was getting low. We
stayed - We never did use up PSS nnmher 2.
_ 3271

024 15 Bl 05 CDR And by the way, for your notes, Bill took PSS
n_mber 2 up and recharged it and so it'll need a
topoff in a day or so and it'll be ready to use
again; 3 or 4 were not used and battery 7 was the
one that was used. It's back in the rack and
we have not put in on charge. We're waiting for
your direction to put it on charge. Shutdown and
stowage went as - as planned. I don't want you
guys to think we don't trust you or anything,
but we were not going to burn our bridges behind
us and stow T020 as if it were never going to be
used again. We stowed it with all straps still
intack, the nonrigid system's still intact and
then we've got it strapped down so that it's out
of the way and safe. But I'll be _anged if I was
going to take all those straps off if there was
even the remotest possibility we might have to
use them again.

024 15 31 59 CDR So, it's - it's stored on the - on the docking

fixture - securely stored, and it will stay
there until we have put it away better than that.
And let's go on to the debriefing guide now. Foot
controller characteristics. Are your bo_y and
feet properly restrained by the straps? Nonrigid,
no; rigid, yes. I found that with the nonrigid
system that when I wanted to push down on the
restraint system, it pushed me up out of the seat
and in the nonrigid system there was an elastic
situation there and I was bumping up and down
off the seat. In the rigid system I was pushing
against the shoulder harnesses and was getting
good foot responses but in the nonrigid system
I had the very definite feel that I had a bending
motion going, that I had a hinge point at m_ waist
and it was causing all sorts of extraneous motions.

024 15 33 18 CDR Is the controller pe_-1 action or feed satisfac-

tory? I guess I touched on that. The toe up feel
feels very heavy now, because I guess because of
the difference of my musculature up here in
zero g. And it did not feel harmonious as it did
down there on the ground in training. Do controller
forces in travels appear to be too high, normal,
or low? I - I just touched at that right above.
Were the inputs you used during the minimum input
demo as s_-ll as you could command? Yes; and I
used about the same ones today? ,And I tried some
3272

metered co_Rnds today, that is, Just barely

squeaking them on and that again with T020 as we
figured out over in training is really a good w_
to run, if you got the time to do it and play with
it.

024 15 34 08 CDR I did today and it - it worked out fairly well.

I was able to make some pretty fine corrections
with it. But again we've got pitch and yaw
interplay here that is partially caused by input
problems, and it Just bugs us all during the day.
Do the thruster pairs appear to be generating equal
thrust as indicated by differences in noise levels,
responses, and crosscoupling? Well, noise level,
I couldn't tell the difference; response and
crosscoupling, yes, it appears that there was
something there, and I don't know whether it's
an input or an equal thrust problem. Are the
control responses steady, variable, or erratic?
l'd say they're steady. I think they're reasonably
steady for what you put in them. I didn't get
any sense - I didn't sense any feeling that they
were variable or erratic.

024 15 35 03 CDR Describe the nature of control inputs. Well, I

did some modulating, as I said, and I did some
singles and multiples, on/off; I did them
all. I tried a11 kinds and they all worked.
I found for yaw that rather than try to squeak
on yaw or modulate yaw, that a single bang-bang
was better because I could get - I could at least
get a more repeatable input that way. Are minimum
impulses satisfactory for commanding minimum rota-
tional rates and holding attitudes? Yes. And
translational rates? Yes, for that holding posi-
tion as well. Are control responses satisfactory
for commanding attitude changes and position
changes? Yes, I think they are; I think the toe
rise problem is a- is a muscle problem, not a
control response problem.

024 15 35 58 CDR Are the control responses harmonious? That's a

good question; whether they're harmonious or not,
I can't really say. I didn't feel very harmonious
today and including ms into the loop, I'd say
they were not harmonious, because I just wasn't
getting them in equally and I wasn't getting them
all the way I wanted them. But it was certainly
 3273

a very great improvement over last time. But, let's

face it, your control system - the idea is good
of using your feet and keeping your hands free,
but the implementation - the execution of it,
is Just not working. And I wish I could give
you some - s_ne good, positive suggestions on how
to improve it and I'm Just not sure I can. I
still think your concept is good, using your
feet instead of your hands, but we need - we need
a different kind of scheme and I can't think of
anything better right offhand.

024 15 37 04 CDR Does control crosscoupling due to any of the

following factors appear to be excessive, toler-
able, or negligible?

CDR Pitch due to translation: Tolerable; we got a

little bit but I consider it to be tolerable.
Roll due to translation: None. Yaw due to
translation: None. Roll due to yaw and y_ due
to roll: Yes, we got that. We got plenty of
it. I consider it to be excessive and -

_ CDR Do any of the followingit_m_ appear to signif-

icantly affect commaud responses or crosseoupling?
Slosh or - body motion or slosh? There wasn't
too _ch of it.

024 15 37 44 CDR Backpack motion? Yes. In the nonrigid, backpack,

motion very definitely caused effect on the motion
of the - of the vehicle. I could feel it.

CDR Thruster impingement on body? I didn't even notice

it. I don't think there is any.

CDR What was the order of task difficulty? All right,

I owe you some pilot ratings now. Okay, I'm going
to go off the air for a minute.

024 15 38 50 CDR Okay, pilot rating:

CDR All right, in the single-axis maneuvers, the system

was controllable. Performance was - In the - In
the pitch and in roll, the performance was
adequate, yes. Work load - level tolerable?
Yes. Was the system at least marginally satis-
factory without improvement? Yes. Was desired
performance achieved without any!compensation?
3274 _-_

No. Was the work load at a satisfactory level?

Yes. So you come out with a nl,mber 3 on pitch
and roll. In the yaw, the system was control-
lable - yes. Was performance adequate? No.
Was controllability satisfactory? No. Was it
tolerable? Yes. So it gives you an 8 in yaw.

024 15 39 58 CDR Okay, single-axis translation: Controllable?

Yes. Performance adequate? Yes. Tolerable work
level? Yes. System _a_ginally satisfactory?
Yes. Desired performance without satis - compen-
sation? No. Work load satisfactory? Yes.

CDR N_Tmber 3. Two-axis of translation: System

controllable? Same thing. Same path right down
to number 3.

CDR Doglegs: Same path, but I think we ought to go

out to h. No - No, l'm going to go back. For the
doglegs: System controllable? Yes. Performance
adequate? Yes. Level -Work level tolerable?
Yes. System at least marginally satisfactory
without improvement? No. Performance clearly
adequate? Yes. Performance of a desired level?
No.

024 15 40 53 CDR Five - nigher 5. I didn't like the ws_ the doglegs
turned out. I just - I don't think we got enough
room for the dogleg maneuver or something. I -
I - I got s_ful close but things Just weren't
happening right and it didn't - it wasn't working
as well as in the simulators. And I can't put
finger on what the problem was. But I would
start out pointing at the - the duct over there
and l'd start my pitchdown and I felt like I was
mlch too close to the food lockers, just all of
a sudden much too close. And I don't know what
the problem was there. Maybe I wasn't pitching
down fast enough or something. But at any rate,
I didn't like the - the - the performance and
it wasn't of a desired level. So that's the
mlm1_er 5.

CDR In your judgment did the initial maneuvering and

terminal criteria listed on page 25-5 appear to
be pertinent and reasonable? I think I'ii have
to temper mY remarks last time a little bit and
not be quite so harsh. I think rates of, oh -
 3275

let me look at 25-5 and talk from it. Trajectory

of position, I think o,,gbt to be more like 2 feet.
I don't - I couldn't keep it within a foot, par-
ticularly in the yaw single-axis maneuver and in -
yes, that was the biggest one. I Just couldn't
keep that within a foot.

024 15 42 33 CDR Translational rates: Yes - Yes, that was okay.

Rotational attitude, i0 degrees: That's reason-
able. Rotational rate of degree per second: Yes,
I guess that has to be reasonable too. The biggest
thing is traJeetory position. I couldn't keep it
within a foot on that yaw - single-axis yaw.

CDR In general, did it take less than i0 seconds to

meet the attitude hold criteria? In most cases,
yes. In one or two occasions, that was more than
i0 seconds.

CDR Was the time to perform the maneuver too high or

too low due to high or low rates for attitude
control problems? Well, I thought maybe I was
using too high a rates in the yaw m_neuver -
single-axis yaw. But it didn't seem to help to
slow it down because I still ended up being a
couple of feet away.

CDR Were the m,mher of control inputs high, normal,

and low? Intentional commands were slightly high.
Inadvertent commands, I'd saM, were about normal.

02h 15 43 36 CDR Did the control logic present any significant

problems? There's where I should say yes, the
toe up control logic caused problems and I've
already killed that horse, so let's don't fool
with it any more, but I think that's probably
the - the area where it - where it applies.

CDR Were thruster sounds useful as a piloting cue?

CDR Yes, they were very useful, particularly in the

area where I was metering thrust.

CDR What parts or features of your body or the

maneuvering system were used as visual reference
points?
3276

024 15 44 06 CDR For the most part, looking right down the center
of maneuvering unit were the visual reference
points and that was about it. No other part of
mY body or the maneuvering system did I use as
a reference point.

CDR What parts or features of the work shop were used

as visual reference points or motions cues?
Again, I found the - the dome restraint ring -
the blue ring under the water tanks as about the
best visual cue of what your motion is.

024 15 4h 36 CDR Were lighting and shadows a significant problem

or an aid? No; not either.

CDR Was there any degree of spatial disorientation?

None whatsoever.

CDR Were the forces and dynaml cs resulting from either

planned or unintentional contact with the workshop
as expected?

CDR Yes, they were. I - I only contacted during the -

That final discretonary was very minor and I
expected them; and it was no surprise.

CDR Do you think _ procedural anomalies that occurred

might have influenced task performance? Today,
no; last t_me, yes, I think there were some.
And I - I outlined those to you.

024 15 45 l0 CDR How would you rate the relative importance,

significant, useful, not a factor, bothersome,
significant hindrance, in the following design
features of the FCMU for OWS maneuvering tasks?
Foot controller configuration and operating
characteristics: I'd say they were a significant
hindrance. Control logic: I don't know whether
I should knock the control logic or the operating -
operating characteristics, really. I'm going to
call them both significant hindrances. I - You
understand where my problem was and you understand
from what I've been telling you where - where the
hangup is. And I'm Just - within trying to con-
strain m_self to your subjects here makes it
difficult. So I'm going to say both A and B are
of significant hindrances. From mY remarks I think
it's evident to you what the situation is.
,P_ 3277

024 15 46 08 CDR One degree of translation control: Is indeed a

significant hindrance. Vis11_1 reference: There's
no problem there, so l'd say, not a factor.

CDR Control response, thrust levels: Not a factor

or useful. I think the control responses were
about right. Thrust levels were good.

CDR Unstabilized control system, excel comand: It

was bothersome.

CDR Unbalanced thruster: Significant hindrance.

Hands free operation: I think it's significant.
Equipment location, between the legs: I think
is useful.

024 15 46 51 CDR FCI_J configuration, envelope: I'd say, bothersome.

Having all that stuff up high on your back puts
you in a position where there's something between
the back of your head and it's easy for you to
turn and bump into something as you're turning,
I think.

-- CDR Backpack envelope - Well, FCMU: Okay, I - I was

considering the backpack as part of the FCMU;
let's split that out. FCMU configuration: Useful.
It's out of the way and the envelope is good.
Backpack envelope is a little bit too bulky and
big up around the shoulders.

024 15 47 31 CDR Pilot proficiency: Do you think the time you

spend on the training sJ_llators was sufficient?
Well, m_ comments don't really - don't really
change from the last time. I said last time that
what I needed was a little on-the-Job training,
that the si_alators was sufficient training time,
but you lose it between then and the time you use
it up here, and you need a little bit of warmup
up here. I got _warmup last time and I feel
a whole lot better this time about it. I felt
that we were in much better situation this time
and - and you got a better piloting proficiency
and you got better data.

024 15 _8 04 CDR Did the performance improve noticeably or workload

decrease with each successive run? Well, with
each successive performance of TO20 it did. As
the runs got - As we moved along with each run I
3278 -_

didn't find the workload decreasing because the

complexity of the maneu - m_neuver increased
each time, and so the workload was - was probably
increasing as well.

CDR Do you feel that the training and experience you

received in performing the planned maneuvers was
sufficient for the discretionary maneuvers per-
formed in the workshop? Yes, I think they were;
and I felt like I could get around reasonably
well. I think the big thing with T020 is you
could use your hands, you could hand-over-hand
yourself most anywhere.

024 15 48 49 CDR Do you think that your experience with M509 or

with Skylab EVA operations assisted or influenced
in anyway the maneuver or manner in which you
performed the T020 maneuvers? I'd s_ it was
min_mR1 influence.

CDR Do you note any influence of long-term zero-gravity

physiological effects on your ability to operate
the FCMU and perform the task? As I remember last
time I said, no, but, of course, this time my
answer is a definite, yes; raising_ the toes is a
problem.

024 15 49 24 CDR Simulation effects: Comment on the expected and

the unexpected differences between T020 operations
in the workshop and the airbearing and six-degree-
of-freedom simulators. I would say no chan_e to
my last debriefing. They're all Just about what
I said before. The airbearing training I though
was good and - and the three-dimensional effects
were expected and we got them and it's all there.
And I - I don't - I don't need - think that m_ last
debriefing needs any amplification there.

CDR Nnmher 32. Discuss any of the following factors

that m_ have significantly affected the operation
of this experiment. Procedural anomalies: None
this time. In fact - Well, there was a procedural
anomaly. We didn't do all the hand signals by
the observer. And that was a real boon, I'll tell
you. If we - If you could sort your data out and
get your - get your answers on this run as well,
you know, as on the first one, then we saved a
considerable amount of time by knocking off that
hand motion stuff.
_-_ 3279

024 15 50 28 CDR Equipment modifications: Yes, there's - The

nonrigid restraint system is lousy. I knew it
would be lousy and - with all the flop I think
we've adequately demonstrated that that should
be done s_ay with - that the bending moments have
got to be gotten rid of, even in a - in this foot
control maneuvering unit.

024 15 50 45 CDR The set up and stowage: No problem there. Camera

operations : No change. Communications : no
change. Body and foot restraints: Well, okay,
let's lump that with equipment modifications and
you've already got an answer there. Influence of
surroundings: no change. Internal - External
disturbances: No change. Jet impingement/noise:
No change. Training adequacy/skill carryover:
Well, I've already touched on that. Skill
carryover from last - last time up here a - was -
was significant.

024 15 51 17 CDR Long-term zero-g physiological, I've touched on

that. Other zero-g experience: No change on
that; and that pretty well concludes. In conclu-
I- sion, I want to say I feel a whole lot better
about the data we've given you for TO20 now. I
think we have now done you a - a fair Job. I'm -
By fair I mean, you got - you got your share -
you got - you got a Justifiable a-_unt of work
out of us. And I think you got data now that -
that's fairly truthful data and good data and
again in - in s1_mmary I can - say I think the
concept is good. I'm afraid I can't say m_ch for
the hardware. The implementation the - we've
got to find another way to implement the - this
sort of thing. The - The - The problem of putting
in wrong control input into an nnmapped or direct
system is Just - it raises the workload so much
that I think that it makes the system unfeasible,
and that - that's just about it.

024 15 52 28 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

024 16 28 53 SPT SPT at 16:28.

3280 --_

SPT Okay, handheld observations. HH - handheld

observations - How in the heck do you do that?
All right, observations of handheld site 44 - 45,
Gulf of St. Lawrence ice. Okay, the ice pack did
not appear very rigid or - I should s_y solid. It
appeared to be broken up quite a bit although it
did extend out about halfwsF into the Gulf of
St. Lawrence on the tip of the plume. I guess it
runs on over to about the center of the opposite
coastline as you go southwest. Again there were
some clouds_ and it's tough to distinguish ice
from clouds in some cases there. But the ice
packs themselves appeared to be broken up in, oh,
for h to lO miles or so segments and moving
outward. And to the east and southeast the -
That is, water was always visible on the south-
western and northwestern side of the ice pack where
it would come in contact with land. I did not see
any ice moving out into the Cabot Strait. But in
general, it Just looked a little more broken up
than I had seen it before. Perhaps the wind have
shifted it out a little bit further and maybe the
temperature has got something to do with it. I
don't know what it's been running down there,
but it looks - it looks as though it might have
been a little bit warmer.

024 16 30 _i SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

02h 16 56 36 SPT SPT, debriefing handheld photos. Mag CX18,

frame number 71 to 73, taken at 16:39, f/16,
100 millimeter, 1/250 of a second.

SPT The subject was Von Karmon vortices cloud pat-

terns. And these were exceptionally long, cov-
ered a distance of about 600 to 800 miles. They
extended south-southeast, as best I can recollect,
from the Cape Verde Islands in the Atlantic. And
there was two of them. One was most pronounced,
which we have the most photography on. There's
three of them _ud it took - took three shots in
order to get it all in. They were formed in low
stratocu, 3/10 cloud cover or so, maybe 2/10.
And the stratocu lined up to form_very stretched
 3281

out Von Karmon vortices pattern. I would say

they were probably about 1/2 dozen vortices ,11
together. And again, what made it so exception-
al was the exceptional long length over which
they spread.

024 16 58 25 SPT SPT out.

024 16 58 52 PLT PLT. Time is 16:55; reporting on housekeeping,

rate gyro package temperature. X-ray 5,
96 degrees; X-ray 6, 91 degrees; YAnkee 5,
92 degrees; Yankee 6, 92 degrees; Zulu 5,
96 degrees; Zulu 6, 96 degrees. Reservoir -
water reservoirs: ATM reservoir, about two-
thirds full; and SUS number 2, about two-
thirds full, a little bit less than the ATM,
however. N11mher 1 looks like it's Just a little
bit less than a half or thereabouts. It's diffi-
cult to tell with the bladder all folded and
crinkled the way it is.

024 16 59 28 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

024 17 22 19 CDR This is the CDR at 17:22 Zulu. At time T-2,

Delta 6 was reading 35 percent.

02h 17 22 26 CDR CDR out.

024 17 23 17 CDR This is the CDR at 17:23. MONITOR Delta 6 read-

ing is now 50 percent.

024 17 23 23 CDR CDR out.

024 17 34 54 CDR This is the CDR at 17:34 - correction, 17:35 at

T minus 9. I'll go ahead with the MONITOR read-
ings now. Alfa 2 is reading 92, which is high;
Alfa 3 is 86; Alfa 4 is 92, which is high;
Alfa 5 is 96, which is high; Alfa 6 is 24, which
is high. Bravo 2 is 92, high; Bravo 3 is 83,
it's okay; Bravo 4 is 91, high; Bravo 5 is 91;
Bravo 6 is 49; Bravo 7 is 33; Bravo 8 is i;
Bravo 9 is 57. Charlie 2 is i00 percent, too
high. What in the world? Have I got something
wrong with the configuration? 192 , the POWER is
ON. We - Wonder if our Dewar cooler is working.
Well, let's keep going here. Charlie 3 is 88;
3282 _"

Charlie 4 is 98; Charlie 5 is - 50 percent, which

is low; Charlie 6 is 46; Charlie 7 is 50 percent.
Delta 2 is 86; Delta 3 is 85; Delta 4 is 84;
Delta 5 is 9 - 18, and that's okay; Delta 6 is
reading 50 percent; Delta 7 is 50 percent.

024 17 37 18 CDR Okay, the 192 ALIGNMENT switch is OFF. It was

never - had not been fooled with since the last
alignment. And - the cover is on. S192 MODE to
READY, DOOR OPEN switch going to OPEN. The light
should go - It's out now and the READY light
should come on in about 55 seconds. S190 HEATER
SWITCH OFF light is off. The two PRESS TO TEST
buttons on panel 117 are normal. They work okay,
and we get a - get a PRESS TO TEST. Preoperate
configuration - No, I'ii wait Just a little while
longer until I finish.

CDR I have a READY on 192, and l'm going to MODE to

CHECK. Okay, preoperate configuration. TAPE
RECORDER is ON; the READY's on. 92 is ON, the
READY is out; We're in CHECK; the DOOR is OPEN.
91 is ON, the READY is on, the COOLER is ON,
the door is open. And take - 90: POWER's coming
ON; the READY is out; we're in STANDBY, and the
door is open manually; and there's light under-
neath there. Okay. 93 is Romeo: RADIOMETER is
in STANDBY; the READY is out; the SCATTEROMm'I'ER
is OFF, and the READY is out; the ALTIMETER is
OFF, and the READY's out. 94 is ON; the READY
is on, and the MALF light is out.

024 17 39 29 CDR And I'm uneasy about 192. I'm going back
and check over those values again. Alfa 2 is
good. Alfa 3 is now good. Alfa 4 is reading 92;
it ought to be reading no more than 86. Alfa 5
is okay. 6 is okay. All right, so we've only
got one - one out of spec now, and that's Alfa 4.
Bravo 2 looks good. Bravo 3 is good. Bravo 4 -
Bravo 4 is high, 91 percent. Alfa 4 and Bravo 4.
5 is good. 6 is good. 7 is good. 8's okay.
9's okay. 9 Charlie. Charlie 02 is good. Char-
lie 3 is good. Charlie 4 is okay now. Charlie 5
is all right. Charlie 6 is okay. Charlie 7 is
okay. Delta 2 is okay. Delta 3 is okay. Delta 4,
all right. Delta 5, okay. 6 - 7. All right,
Alfa 4 and Bravo 4 are both r,muing high.
!
 3283

02_ 17 41 37 CDR Alfa 4 is detector 9 AGC and Bravo 4 is detec-

tor l0 AGC. They both ought to be below 86, and
they're both above 90.

CDR Are we on hot mike now, Bill?

PLT Yes, we are.

CDR Okay.

024 17 43 14 CDR ERE?, START's - correction - yes, EREP START's

at 47. We're going to put the SCATTEROMETER and
ALTIMETER to STANDBY at 44. Oh, I see why 192
was - not ready at T minus 10. It's because it
wasn't really T minus 10. I ... probably about
3 minutes early.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 17:44:00. Stand by -

024 17 44 00 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER's going to STANDBY; ALTIM-

ETER to STANDBY..

_ 024 17 46 01 CDR 1 minute to EREP cal - or, correction, to EREP,

START.

CDR I don't see any VTS AUTO CALs on here, Bill.

PLT Maybe they don't need it any more. But you'd

think they'd want one prior and after each run.

CDR Yes.

024 17 46 40 PLT Okay, we're approaching the - we're crossing the

terminator. Ready to start a nadir swath.

CDR Don't mess it up, Bill. On my mark it'll be

17:47:00. Stand by -

024 17 h7 00 CDR MARK. EREP, START. At 06 there'll be another

ma_'k.

024 17 47 07 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON; RADIOMETER, ON.

194 MODE to MANUAL.

024 17 47 15 PLT Okay, 47:15, starting nadir swath. Maintaining

zero _ zero.

CDR ...
3284 _

PLT Okay, we do this until 51:19, which is right over

Vancouver Island.

PLT Okay, it's supposed to be clearing as we approach

the coast and starting to break up.

024 17 49 01 CDR i minute until 50:00, and that'll be an ETC POWER,

ON.

CDR On my mark it'll be 17:50:00, ETC POWER, ON.

Stand by -

024 17 50 00 CDR MARK. Next mark at 50:43.

024 17 50 20 CC Skylab, Houston. We're with you for about

13 minutes.

CDR Roger, Bruce. MY MONITOR readings, Alfa 4 and

Bravo 4, are both reading 92 percent. MY little
card here indicates they should be reading no
more than 86. Okay, on my mark it'll be 50:43.
Stand by -

02417 50 43 CDR MARK. S190MODEto AUTO.

PLT Okay, there 's Vancouver.

CDR Next mark is 51:lO. Going to - I want an RTC

MODE to AUTO, Ed. Stand by -

024 17 51 l0 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY. Tape Just shifted

gears and running fast. 51:20 is the next mark.

024 17 51 18 PLT MARK. Termination of nadir swath.

024 17 51 20 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

024 17 51 22 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY at 22.

PLT I'll go ahead and trying to find a clear -

CDR 193 XTC - -

PLT - - area of snow cover.

CDR ROLL, minus 30 ; and POLARIZATION, 1. 51 :44 is

the next mark. Stand by -

PLT There
's one. _-_
 3285

024 17 51 44 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON; RADIOMETER, ON. 52:00

is the next mark.

PLT Okay. 55:16 is when I want to start this.

CDR Coming up on 52. Stand by -

024 17 52 00 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK. Reduce tape speed.

Okay, Ed, at 52:26, it'll be an ETC MODE to
STANDBY and then POWER, OFF, Coming up on 26.
Stand by -

024 17 52 26 CDR MARK. 52:26.

CDR Bruce; verify the ANGLE on S193 should be ROLL of

minus 30.

CC That's affirmative, and we do not yet see the

14-minute maneuver time for the m-ueuver back
to SI loaded.

CDR 0kay. We'll get it first chance we get.

PLT Yes.

CDR i minute to my next mark. Don't sweat it, Bill.

You got enough time.

PLT Yes. I'll get it.

024 17 53 31 CC Okay, and the maneuver time looks good to us.

CDR Roger.

CDR Okay, we're coming up on 54:00. Stand by -

024 17 54 01 CDR MARK. POLARIZ_TION TO 4. Stand by for 06.

024 17 54 07 CDR MARK. SHUTTER SPEED went to MEDIUM on S190 at

07. Okay, 17:56:00 is the next mark.

PLT 55:16. .w* for uniform snow cover.

CC All right, Jerry and Bill, the new A-2 - A-h,

B-_ meter readings are acceptable with the new
cooler Dewar installation.

CDR Okay. What's the new limit, Bruce?

3286 -

024 17 55 13 PLT Okay, I'm taking the best uniform area I can
find. DAC on. DATA pushbutton. ',

CC Jerry?

CDR Yes.

CC The new limits: Alfa h is 70 to 100; that's

70 to I00.

CDR Okay.

CC Bravo 4 is NA; the detector is bad.

CDR All right.

PLT Okay, my uniform snow cover is an agricultural

area. There's a grid pattern but it is out in
the boonies.

CDR Coming up on 17:56:00.

PLT Going to minus l0 degrees.

CDR Stand by -

024 17 56 00 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

02h 17 56 01 PLT MARK. CAMERA, OFF.

024 17 56 02 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER TO STANDBY at 02.

PLT 58:26, RIGHT, 3.8.

CDR Coming up on 56:12. Stand by -

02h 17 56 12 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER's back ON. 56:30, Ed, we'll

want ETC POWER, ON. Coming up in l0 seconds.
Coming up on 56:30. Stand by -

024 17 56 30 CDR MARK. Next mark at 56:_2.

PLT Okay, here, I'll give you another uniform - -

CDR Stand by.

PLT - - snow cover.

 B287

024 17 56 42 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY. Tape is shifting gears.

Got a MOTION light. 93 to POLARIZATION, i.
56:50 -

024 17 56 51 CDR MARK. ETC MODE to AUTO. 57:09 is next. Coming

up on 57:09. Stand by -

024 17 57 09 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. Next mark's at 15.

Stand by -

024 17 57 15 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER is ON. RADIOMETER is ON.

PLT 57:28 is my quit point.

024 17 57 26 PLT DAC, off. Okay, RIGHT, 3.8. Okay, at 58:26 -

PLT MALF light. Got haze and smoke.

CDR ...

PLT MALF light. 58:26. I'll go on time.

PLT IMC. Boy, nothing but milk. I picked up a cir-

rus Just as we crossed that river, White River.
Too bad.

CDR This the reservoir you're going for?

PLT Yes. Contrails is as1 I see - and a low deck.

If I Just had a little better focusing ability
I may be able to pick it out under the cirrus.
Goes all out of focus when you zoom in.

024 17 59 27 PLT Okay, I've got something here. Boy, it is really

hazy. I got something - a reservoir or something.
I don't know. It's filtered by cirrus, whatever
it is.

CDR Next mark' s at 59 :50. Stand by -

024 17 59 50 CDR MARK.

024 17 59 51 PLT DAC, off.

CDR 192 MODE to CHECK. Back down to slow tape motion.

PLT Okay, B.8.

3288 .."-"

CDR Okay, at 18:00 even, ETC to STANDBY, Ed. Stand

by-
024 18 00 O0 CDR MARK it. Next mark's at 01:18.

PLT Doggone, cirrus right on the coast too. Stratus,

stratocu. In for blooming. I'm not seeing it.
Can't get close enough to ...

CDR Okay, my next mark is Ol:lS, Ol:18. Stand by -

024 18 01 19 CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY. Going to high speed.

Got TAPE MOTION. 01:24.

024 18 01 25 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

02h 18 01 27 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY at 26. Next mark's

at 36. Stand by -

02h 18 01 36 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER's OFF. Next mark's at 45.

Stand by -

024 18 01 45 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER's ON. ALTIMETER is looking good.

CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light -

PLT No blooming.

CDR Okay, the READY light's out. ALTIMETER to

STANDBY at 25.

024 18 02 29 CDR MARK. At 28, the 192 to MODE, STANDBY.

024 18 02 36 CDR MARK at 34. SHUTTER SPEED to SLOW. The ALTI-

METER's back ON again. ALTIMETER unlike is off -
UNLOCK light is out. Waiting for 03:00.

PLT DAC's at 122, but I don't think I'm even going

to use it.

CDR Stand by - 03:00.

024 18 03 00 CDR MARK. 192 MODE - correction, REFERENCE to 2.

0h:00 is next. Ah-ha.' Here's a VTS AUTO CAL.
I knew we couldn't get by without CALing one.
Okay and the READY light's out on - ALTIMETER.
And we have an un - UNLOCK LIGHT. ALTIMETER's
going to STANDBY at 20.
 3289
PLT How long before the AUTO CAL?

CDR At 35 the ALTIMETER light is back on. The

ALTIMETER's back ON with a READY light. AUTO
CAL's at 4 even. 04:00. 15 seconds.

PLT Well, no Joy on the blooming.

CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. Stand by for a VTS

AUTO CAL.

024 18 04 00 CDR MARK.

024 18 04 01 PLT MARK.

CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light 's back on, again.

PLT SI maneuver - -

CDR ALTIMETER READY light's out.

PLT 13 -

CDR ALTIMETERto STANDBYat 15.

024 18 04 31 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER light is - ALTIMETER is back

ON again at 30. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light's back
on and the READY light's on. But we're probably
going to lose it again. My next mark's at 05:10.
Unless the ALTIMETER READY light goes out, then
it'll be earlier. Coming up on 05:10. Okay,
at 06, the READY light went out. Turning off the
ALTIMETER at 08. Setting the RANGE at 69. Next
mark is 25. Stand by -

024 18 05 25 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER, ON at 25 with a new RANGE of

69.

CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. ALTIMETER READY is out.

Going to STANDBY at 06 even.

CDR Looking for the S191 READY light at 06:40.

CDR MARK. No, hold the mark.

024 18 06 41 CDR MARK. 191 READY light's on at 40. 07:10 is the

next one. Okay, I got the ALTIMETER back ON
again.
3290

CDR Got our ALTIMETER READY - UNLOCK light again.

07:10, S190 READY light went out. Putting the
MODE to STANDBY. SHUTI_R SPEED to MEDIUM. Next
mark's at 07:53. Got a number 3 - camera 3 MAL-
FUNCTION light as expected. Okay, the ALTIMETER
READY light's out again. Going to STANDBY at 35.
Okay, next mark's at 07:53. ALTIMETER, ON at 50.

024 18 07 54 CDR MARK. 53. 190, SINGLE.

024 18 08 03 CC Skylab this is Houston; 1-1/2 minutes to LOS.

Next station contact in 41 minutes through Car-
narvon at 18:49 with the data/voice tape recorder
dump at AOS.

CDR Roger, Bruce.

CC The VTR is clean. You've got 25 minutes avail-

able for the science demo practice, 5 minutes
later for ATM/VTR, and the CMGs look good going
over the hill.

CDR Okay, so long. 08:50 is the next mark. 08:50. __

ALTIMETER has finally settled down and acting
normal. Just before time to quit. 08:50.
Stand by -

024 18 08 51 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY; MODE to 5; RANGE

to 65. 09:02 is the next mark. Stand by -

024 18 09 03 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER's ON. Waiting for 09:16.

Stand by -

024 18 09 17 CDR MARK. At 16, MODE, SINGLE on 190. Looks like

camera number 3 is out of film already. Well,
we're going to do a 190 depletion. I guess
they're all about finished.

CDR Bill, where are we right now?

PLT We 're at -

CDR Okay, we're not going to brush South America?

PLT I guess ...

02h 18 l0 17 CDR MARK. We got a SINGLE. Another 190 at 10:16.

!
 3291

Ed, when we get over South America, give me a

holler if you can see it, and I'ii go ahead and
deplete this S190 film there. No sense in Just
burning it up at nothing.

SPT I think we're going to be ...

CDR Okay, maybe some of this film can see through it.

CDR At my next mark, it'll be 11:25. Coming up on

Ii :25. Stand by -

024 18 ii 25 CDR MARK. 194 to MANUAL. I - 11:34, Stand by -

024 18 ii 34 CDR MARK. 190, SINGLE. Okay. I want to go ahead

and start the depletion right here, then. Okay,
190 is MODE to AUTO. READY light's on.
FRAME's 99. Okay, we're starting to deplete 99 -'
or 190. Okay, we'll at least get them some good
cloud photos then. Lots of towering cu. I've
got an ALTI_ETER UNLOCK and the READY light's
out. Going to STANDBY on the ALTIMETER at 12:19.

- 02h 18 12 38 CDR Okay, EREP, STOP. Got a MALF on 4 and 6 now,

and 5. 1 and 2 left to go. Okay, we didn't
have much film left. We shot most of it.

024 18 13 28 CDR There goes number 1 light. There's number 2.

Stand by on 190. All right, Bravo 7 is reading
34 percent, 34 percent. S192 DOOR going CLOSEd
now. That's too bad, Ed. We shot our wad at
the clouds. 190 door is closed.

024 18 14 38 CDR RECORD switch OFF.

024 18 16 59 PLT PLT with the EREP 190 mag reading. 9666, 9005,
9880, 9871, 9418, and 0741.

024 18 17 14 PLT PLT out.

024 18 19 06 SPT SPT at 18:19. Handheld Dhotos. 60(43 is the mag,

frames 64 and 63, 300 millimeter, 5.6 and i/i000
of a second, taken at 18:17.

024 18 20 59 SPT Subject of the photos is river and - mouth of

rivers. And this one in particular was of the
Rio San [sic] Francisco in South America, Brazil.
The - the sediment carried out by the river was
3292

quickly carried to the south by what looked like

a relatively strong current from the - the short
distance which the - the sediment was able to
move out into the -the ocean. The sediment, of
course, was a light brown contrasted with the
dark blue of the ocean. And a very abrupt
turn to the south. I think I was able to capture
this whole phenomena in the field of view of the
300 millimeter.

024 18 21 56 SPT SPT out.

024 18 22 02 SPT The two frames taken were an attempt at stereo-

pairs with the 300 millimeter.

TIME SKIP

024 19 00 i0 SPT SPT at 19:00, M092 - or MI71. The start time was
18:25. M092 data: left leg, 13-1/4; right leg,
13-1/8. Charlie Juliett legband on left; Alfa
Quebec on right.

024 19 00 36 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

024 20 i0 47 CDR This is the CDR at 20:05 Zulu - correction,

20:10 Zulu debriefing the 19:20 ATM pass, which
consisted of two JOP 6, building block 28's, and
some TV downlink. The mechanics of getting the_
two building blocks out was no big problem; we got
everything done. Approximately halfway through
the pass, I got a call from the ground where you
folks indicated that active region 35 was surging,
and I should keep an eye on the WHITE LIGHT CORONA-
GRAPH. I had the WHITE LIGHT C0RONAGRAPH running
on the MONITOR number 1 and the XUV running on
MONITOR 2, and I wasn't even bothering to look at H-Alpha.

02h 20 ii 36 CDR The only thing I noticed in the WHITE LIGHT CORONA-
GRAPH was down in that quadrant where AR-35 is
located was a noticeable brightening. However,
I'm not even sure the brightening would have been
noticeable had I not been alerted to that particular
quadrant. I saw no indications o_ any kind of a
 f-- 3293

coronal transient that came out that direction.

: The corona has changed slightly since this morning,
and I described that on the air-to-ground. So I
guess there's no real need to mention that on this
debriefing.

024 20 12 07 CDR The XUV M0N is getting less and less interesting,
with the 35 and 31 and 33 going over the hill.
And I guess the only item of interest on the WHITE
LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, other than the - the splitting
of that one streamer that was mentioned on the
air-to-ground, is that there's a little spike of
a streamer out at about 040. It's very faint;
it's a short spike. It only goes out to about
halfway from the occulting disk to the edge of the
screen. But it's in kind of an interesting location
all by itself. And Just before sunset, I went to
the limb and did sort of a limb search through that
area; and there's no prominences or surges or any-
thing there that I could see that could be causing
that little spike. So I would guess that it must
be coming from something on the back of the Sun.

CDR I'm trying to remember what active regions were

that high a latitude, and I can't think of anything
right offhand. So it might be something that
emerged. That's essentially it. I did a building
block 32 at the tail end of this pass, as suggested
by the ground. I see the next pass starts with
a 32, and I've penciled in a building block 32 at
the end of the next pass for the next operator.

024 20 13 39 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

024 20 35 20 SPT SPT at 20:35. MI71 data for the PLT. CAL N2,

02, CO 2, 974; CAL N2, H20, 1158; CABIN AIR PRESSURE,

5.298; P_CENT 02, 2.77; H20, 3.36; CO 2, 1.97;
VITAL CAPACITIES, 5.941, 5.874, 5.784. Let me
give those to you again; I'm not sure that I read
the second one correct. That's 5.941, 5.857, 5.784.
P]_C_T 02 in the cabin afterwards was 2.59; H20,
4.16; and PERC_T 02 [sic], 2.0_. Finished the
 329_, _

M171 run at 20:20. We finished the M092 run at

19:25. That information is for the M171 people.

SPT Okay, got a question for the 171 people; actually

it's Just a note, I guess. In my max effort which
I got the other day of a shade over 60 milliliters
per minute - or kilograms, this is about the value
which J_,,,,,_y
Gilbert predicted on a computer. That's
when I showed you that computer information, oh,
about 2 months or so before we left. I think the
figure he came up with as a maximum that I could
possibly produce if - with a given amount of body
•.. which is ... of course, that could have climbed
a lot - was about 62. So it looks as though I'm
Just coming up to that. And it's interesting that
he was able to predict that so well. You have
that information; I believe I gave it to you. If
not, you can talk to Jimmy Gilbert. He's over in
flight control division.

024 20 37 59 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

024 21 16 42 CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS. About 4 minutes

to Vanguard.

024 21 16 51 CDR Hello from Skylab. I'd like to talk to you to-
day about thin films. You know in the - the
application of thin f_]ms, thin liquid films, in -
in industry is in the area of electronics and in
making thin crystals for integrated circuits.
There's a few probl_m_ that they're having with
that industry right now - with that process of -
of making thin films - and that is, they don't
really quite understand what the rupture process
is of an undisturbed film. They don't know
whether a - a film - a thin film begins to rup-
ture around the edge, or whether it 's Just sort
of a random thing, or maybe it starts in the
middle. They don't know.

024 21 17 34 CDR There seems to be an interrelationship of quite

a few different factors that seem to affect the

stability of a thin film. One is drainage. In

f_ 3295

one g they found that by rotating the film after

they've made it - they've drawn out a film of
liquid - that by rotating they could make it last
anywhere from l0 to 100 times longer than they
can if they Just draw it out and let it sit, and
then finally break. Another factor that seems
to be related here is viscosity of the liquid,
and that would seem rather logical. And a -
another one, very - very interesting item, is
film elasticity, that is, surface tension.

024 21 18 l_ CDR Now what we're going to try to demonstrate today

is different ways that we have of forming thin
films. Now there's two ways. We have a possi-
bility of - of taking a wire - a fll - a loop
here, putting a liquid in the middle of it, and
expanding the loop and drawing the drop of liquid
into a thin film. The same thing can be done
with a little rectangle. They can ex - expand
one side of a rectangle and draw out a loop.
Now, the other way of - of drawing out a - a
thin film is - is the - using inertia. That is
Jerking a loop or something like that - a thin
- film out of its liquid and using its inertiato
leave the liquid behind and - and bring out Just
a thin film. So we're going to try using both
of those things - both of those ways of stripping
the liquid from a fiSm.

02_ 21 19 16 CDR One thing about the absence of gravity that we

know, it certainly eliminates the drainage ques-
tion. We have no problems with drainage up here.
And, in fact, sometimes with - in other areas,
it's kind of a problem. It doesn't change the
viscosity effects. We - we're pretty - we're
sure of that. The viscosity certainly doesn't
change with zero g. But, one area that we can
look at pretty well, and that's what we're going
to address ourselves to today, is elasticity, or
surface tension, and its effects. And we should
be able to get a little bit of insight on the
evaporative effects and how that affects the -
the time that a film will last before it finally
ruptures.

024 21 19 58 CDR The equipment that we're going to use is the loop
that I showed you, a little square here with a
sliding side. And for the stripping-out method
3296

of - of forming a film, we're going to fool with

a - a cube, a loop - or hoop and a tetrahedron.
And what we'll do is we'll draw some soap-solution
films out of a liquid, and we'll measure the time
that it takes for the thin film to finally rupture.
We're going to use this wire equipment. And the
soap solution we're using is a h0 to 1 ratio of
water to soap, and the soap that we're using is
our shower soap. It's a liquid soap; it's like
shampoo. It has been referred by several of us as
dog shampoo. And if you'd like to know what our
shower soap smells like, go - go smell Fido's
shampoo; you've probably got it wiped.

02h 21 20 56 CDR Well, let's - let's get on with it. Ed, would
you turn off the VTR?

02h 21 26 19 CDR ,.. the loop ... wire here; I'll connect the loop
•.. Now this - this is a rather awkward thing
to do, so I'm not - I'm not promising any grand
results. But what we're going to try to do is
take a 1-cc drop of water, 1 cubic centimeter,
and put it on the loop and draw it out into a -
into a film. And then we're going to see Just
how - we're going to see how big of a film we
can make - how big a loop• And then we're going
to do the same thing with that 40-percent soap
solution and compare the two, and see how much
bigger a loop we can get. We expect - because
surface tension in the soap that is less, we ex-
pect a bigger one.

024 21 27 l_ CDR Now as you can see, I'm having trouble Just mov-
ing this water bubble. There we go. Now, I'm
going to begin the expansion of the loop• The
big problem is getting another bite each time.

02h 21 27 59 CDR Well, I snapped it mud lost it. But we had a

loop about this big around, which is about, oh,
2-1/2 inches in diameter. And the - it was Just
about to its full length. Let me try one more
here and then we'll have to press on. We don't
really have time to redo our failures. All right,
we'll put another - another 1 cc on here. There
we go. And try to get it - -

02_ 21 28 39 CC 8kylab, we're back with you through the Vanguard

for ll m_nutes. !
 3297

CDR - - try to get it to fill the loop first. And

once I get it to fill the loop, then I can begin
to expand my loop out. But I have to be very
careful not to Jiggle it because if I Jiggle it
too much and - and rupture it, you knOW, it's
rupture due to inertia effects by me yanking it
around rather than the - what we're trying to
find out here, and that is the elasticity of the
liquid. And fooling with wires is not ell that
easy.

024 21 29 17 CDR All right, I don't know if you can see some of
the little bubbles that are forming on there,
but there are bubbles there. We're about to the
same diameter we were before and I have to go
get another - another bite here. All right. It
should pop any time now. This is as big as l've
ever been able to get it. Well, there's lots of
liquid left on that. There it went. All right.
Now. You can see that loop is about 3 inches
in diameter. Now let's try a soap solution.

024 21 30 30 CDR Okay, here's our loop again, and a soap solution
F- of about i cc. It seems to want to hang on to
the syringe more than it does the wire.

CDR Did it again.

CDR No, that's not going to work. Let's try it one

more time. No.

024 21 31 48 CDR Would you kill the VTR, Ed?

024 21 46 51 CDR Okay, we're going to try again now. We had to

stop for a few technical difficulties there.
And l'm going to see if I can't make a l-cc soap
bubble that will let loose of the syringe and
not dribble back over the top of it. Did it again.
This time I'ii try snatching it off. No, that
didn't work. Let's try one more. It works beau-
tifully when l'm off camera. Soon as I get the
camera running, then it doesn't work.

024 21 47 45 CDR Okay, let's try again. Trying to make a bubble

on the end of the syringe, and then I'll try to
shake it off. See, that's the trouble with this
soap solution, the bubble itself does not have
enough surface tension to rain _ maintain its
3298

own integrity, so it kind of Just wants to drizzle

all the way down the side of the syringe. And
getting a 1-cc bubble transferred from the syringe
to the wire loop is turning out to be more of a
problem than I had reckoned for. No. Still do-
ing it.

024 21 48 46 CDR All right, this is not one full cc, and as you
can see, it's got a bubble in it. But I think
it will still probably stretch out much, much
farther than the water and still demonstrate my
point, that the more flexible film - the more
flexible the liquid or the solution, the - the
thinner the film can be stretched out. Because
we - if we put the same amount of - of liquid on
the loop and then stretch it out to two or three
times the size - okay, that only went - that went
the same size as the water, so we must have had
only about a quarter of the - of the soap. You
can see that loop is Just about exactly the same
size as the water loop. So we have no choice
now but to try again.

024 21 49 50 CDR I think if this One doesn't work this time we're
going to have to call it quits and go on the
Jerk method of - you'll pardonthe expression -
of making f_lm; that is, using inertia to strip
the liquid away from the film. All right. Now.

CDR There, we got a 1-cc bubble on there. Now, this

ought to really draw out a nice thin film. Let
me get it stabilized. Okay. Now you notice this
one has a bubble in it. It'll be interesting to
see what the bubble does. There. It popped.

024 21 51 48 CDR All right, you can see now that we have far ex-
ceeded the plain water bubble. My biggest prob-
lem is keeping my hand out of the way while we
continue to stretch. Okay, I think that's about
all we have time to show here, and that is the
fact that the soap bubble, with less surface ten-
sion, has more flexibility, and can therefore be
stretched to considerably more distance than the
water bubble. And I finally shook it enough to
break it.

024 _i 52 25 CDR So now the next thing we want to look at in draw-

ing them out is the little square, the sliding
 $299

rectangle. And - I'ii Just demonstrate this as

a method of doing the Job. This one is - will
take a lot less fluid. And the big thing again
will be getting the doggone bubble off the syringe.
, There. That's a1_out i/8 of acc. And now I'ii
try to roll it so that you can see it. As you
can see, there 's 2 inches, there 's about 3 inches,
4, 5, 6, - I got about 7 inches there before it
finally popped.

024 21 53 43 CDR Okay. You can see that this is a - a much more
controlled method of - of drawing out a film.
And I can go back to the beginn_ug here and
establish my little bit of fluid again. And Just
redraw it - Just keep redrawing the - the thin
film out each time. Okay, well I think we've
used enough time on this. Let's get on to the -
the method of snatching.

024 21 5_ 33 CDR And I'm going to have to replenish my soap solu-

tion and then we'll be back with you.

02_ 21 59 20 CREW Okay.

024 21 59 31 CDR Okay. We're back in business again, and this

time we're going to - we're going to use the
inertia of the liquid to strip the liquid away
from the film. And first of all, we're going to
use the little loop. Now this is Just plain water
here. This is my food tray. And then this little
can here contains the h0 to 1 percent - _0 to 1
ratio of water to soap. Now. What we want to
do is snatch this out and then we want to measure
the time that it takes - -

024 22 00 l0 CC Skylab, we're 2 minutes to LOS. Next station,

Hawaii, in about 40 minutes ...

CDR - - for the - the film to dry. So what I'll do

is snatch all three of them, and then we'll -
we'll get the clock started. All right, here
comes the - the first one out ... Okay. All
right. There's the first loop right there. And
I'll stick that - I've started my clock. I'm -
what I'm doing is sticking that loop on a little
piece of tape nearby so that I don't lose it.

G24 22 01 01 CDR All right. The next one is the_little tetrahe-

dron. Now. I pulledthat - that rascalout,
3300

and I've only got one face here, and that's the
face that is facing you. The other four faces
did not work, so I'm going to put it back in and
try snatching it again. All right, now - now
you can see that we have a tetrahedron, but pulled
into the middle of it you've got a film on all
four of the sides. But you've also got a - I
don't know if you can see that. You can see a
little seam down the center. And it's as if a
line was drawn in from the vertex of each of the
corners of that tetrahedron, and then it all meets
in the middle. And so that gives you an ed -
gives you several films.

024 22 02 l0 CDR All right, now the tetrahedron, Just by moving

it, has now broken down, and now there 's only
two - two faces that are holding together, now.
So I'm going to resnatch that, and then put it
down quickly. There it is. I've got it made
again. And I'll put it down and let it dry.
And the loop has Just popped. And that was a
minute and a half. Okay, the tetrahedron has
already broken down due to evaporation ; And one
face has already opened up on the tetrahedron.
Now my next one is the square - or the cube.

024 22 03 09 CDR All right. Now I've snatched the cube in, and
what it's done is drawn into a- It looks like
there's another little cube inside of it. Just
a tiny little cube. And it - then there's a -
a line drawn from each corner of the outer cube
into the inner cube. Now by snatching more rap-
idly, you - that little cube disappears. In
other words, that little cube in the center appar-
ently appears to be a function of how much fluid
there is available. If there's not enough fluid
available that little cube will not form, and
your faces begin popping, or rupturing, until you
finally end up with only one or two faces left
as the fluid continually readjusts itself.

024 22 04 04 CDR Okay. I'm going to redo the cube here, now. The
tetrahedron is still holding well at - with three
of the four sides - one - two more sides Just
broke as I was speaking. Now there's only one
more side left in the tetrahedron that hasn't
popped yet. All right. Now if I - I still haven't
 3301
f_

got the square the way I want it. There we go.

Now. Now we have the square with a little square,
and that only lasted 5 seconds. I'ii try it again.
Now I have - by pulling it out very carefully and
slowly, I have the full cube of water. Now l'm
going to shake some of it out. Now I have a tiny
cube in the center with a line drawn from each
corner of the big cube to each corner of the
little cube, and I'ii shake a little more liquid
out.

024 22 05 08 CDR All right. Now I have a - very, very thin films
here. And the lines coming into the inner cube -
the inner cube is extremely tiny, and the lines
are _Imost coming to a point. And I don't expect
this cube to last very long. Okay. But what -
as we've seen with our tetrahedron, which, if I
can bring back now - our tetrahedron has only got
one face left, but it's a very thick face. And
it's going to take that a long time. Now I can
shake some of that water off of there, which I've
done. And now I have a nice thin f_Im, and I'm
sure that film is not going to last long at A11.

024 22 05 5_ CDR Okay. The cube has finally broken down. It

burst_ it ruptured on three sides. And we have
three sides left in the cube. And the little
center cube is completely gone now. We Just have
three of the six sides of the cube left. We only
have one of the four sides of the tetrahedron
left. Now I'm going to shake some of the excess
liquid out of the cube in order to hurry its de-
mise, or rupture. Okay. Now I can see the that
it's beginning _ when you've got two intersecting
planes there, you have that line and that - I see
the llne between two of these planes is beginning
to show a little strain. Now. It Just popped.
We're now left with two faces instead of three.
Let's shake off a little liquid. All right. Now
I expect I'll lose some more frames - faces, I
should say. Now the tetrahedron is still down
to one face. And I snatched the - the last one
off of there, hopin_ to shake off a little water.
Okay. It's been 30 seconds, now, since we got
down to two faces on this cube.

02_ 22 07 38 CDR But it does - it does appear to me, from what

we've done today, that it's feasible, in zero g_
3302

to make thin films. You can do it, rather than

Jerking, by shaking. And here I've Just formed
the tetrahedron again, with the medians going -
the lines going from the vertex of each one of
the corners into the center to a very tiny tetra-
hedron in the middle. And as we can see, over a
period of time these faces are going to pop.

024 22 08 08 CDR Okay. It's been a minute and a half now since
this cube reduced to two faces. And once it
reduces to two phases - faces, that seems to be
its most stable configuration. And it would seem
to also be the case in this tetrahedron. By the
way, the tetrahedron Just blew two faces; it Just
popped them. I'll shake off the excess fluid.
I shook too hard. But it appears that the most
stable configuration is one face with no - no
intersections within the other face. Apparently,
the intersection with any other face is a very
unstable condition. And as soon as the water or
the liquid can move far enough, the face - the
sep - line of separation between the two faces,
the line of intersection will break and - and
cause you to be left with either one face or two
separate faces not touching each other as we have
in this cube. And that seems to have been demon-
strated by this little tetrahedron as well. Let
me snatch out smother - another loop of - All
right, it's been 2 minutes, we - 2-1/2 minutes,
I beg your pardon - on the cube, and it's still
hanging in there. And we've got 15 seconds on
the hoop now.

024 22 09 36 CDR Okay. Well, I think we're about out of film -

out of television tape time, so we'll have to -
we'll have to terminate with that. But I think
the principle has been shown here that stability
has to do with the amount of fluid that you can
get, and the thinner the fluid, the less stable.

024 22 09 56 CDR And if you have an intersection of two faces on

a fluid intersection, that it's an unstable
situation.

TIME SKIP
 3303

024 23 19 0h SPT SPT at 23:19 debriefing the ATM passes; the first
which began at 20:51 and second one at 22:24.
They were both pretty much identical; building
block 32 done at the beginning of each one and
a building block 32 done at the end of each one.
However, at the end of each one, I got down to
ZERO TIME REMAINING and didn't quite have 56 timed
out in each one of them in the PATROL, SHORT mode.
Took a little longer to get back to Sun center and
get it all lined up, and it dissipated in each
case. In the first orbit, that's at 20:51, there
was one extra position for 55 and that was plus 300
in UP/DOWN and minus 1300, LEFT/RIGHT. I did one
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER there. I figured that was
probably the best position as it's where we've
seen most of the enhancements in the corona, and
also close to the area where we've seen a lot of
the surging; close in terms of radial direction,
although not completely on - on top of it. I
perhaps would have chosen the plus 50 UP/DOWNhad
I put it right on top of the Surging, or closer
to the surging. But the buildup in the corona at
120 made me choose that one. Okay, in the second
_- orbit, we did the same thing, that's at 22:24.
Except this time we got in two MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs
at plus 300 and minus 1300.

024 23 21 20 SPT SPT out.

###
 DAY025(AM) 3305

025 00 54 36 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 00:54:h0. And the
subject is S019. We're set with a TILT of 272.9,
I hope. A ROTATION - correction, a ROTATION of
272.9, a TILT of 4._. And getting ready for the
first exposure at 00:55 even, which is right now.
And we're winding it up; it's a 270. Stand by -
Let's see, the film hatch is open.

025 00 55 21 CDR MARK. First one has started.

CDR Okay, let's see now. Let's recap here. Everything

looks copacetic. I've got a bright star in the
field of view. I'll take a peek at the reticle
for a short time. Okay, the bright star is half-
way out to the left between the center vertical
and the left vertical and it's down about one
mark from the horizontal. I don't know what the
units are on there. This is field number 302,
by the way. And this is a 270-second, widened.
We're looking at a frame number 105.

CDR And let's see now, we're 40 percent through

the exposure.

PLT ...

CDR I'm doing SO19, Bill. But go ahead and I can

work around you.

PLT Okay.

025 00 57 40 CDR Okay, this is CDR. We're going to have the ATM
debriefing going at the same time here. We'll
try to work around each other - -

PLT ...

CDR And you probably won't get any - you know - get
the marks on time, but I can at least recap to
you and tell you that I did mark on time. I'm
in the middle of a 270, about halfway.

PLT Okay.

CDR Go on ahead. I've warned them it's going to be

chopped up. And you Just do your debrief.

f--
3306 -_

PLT Okay.

025 00 57 54 PLT Okay, it's the PLT debriefing the ATMpass

started at 23:59. JOP 6, step l, 1Alfa completed
per pad; 1 Bravo completed per pad. And the rest
of the pass was not completed per pad. I looked
down here and I saw all this printing; I've done
nothing but JOP 6 and several things here for so
long that I didn't - I didn't even figure on
doing anything like this. Therefore, I did not
accomplish JOP 25, white light coronagraph cross-
pointer null aligned and all this other. I
thought this was teleprinter errors, to tell you
the truth, when I saw all this printing down
here. And, as I said, I've been giving - given
nothing but very basic sort of JOPs to do for
about the last 3 weeks, so that didn't even make
a mental impression on me when I saw all that
down there.

025 00 58 50 PLT Okay, the - what I did do, however, was point
to the new - I thought I was through, is what I
thought. And I pointed to active region 34, roll
minus 6400; UP/DOWN, plus 0861; LEFT/RIGHT,
minus 0282. And did about six mini-MARs on the
active region Just coming over the limb. Didn't
see anything particularly impressive. The corona
has not changed over the last 4 - well, I guess
4 hours here at - since 19:45. I've looked at
Ed's sketch here that he made, and the corona
that I got on the coronagraph does not look any
different.

025 00 59 28 PLT PLT out.

025 00 59 32 CDR MARK. The is the CDR again. We're doing a

90-second, widened, on field 302, and that
started at 59:30. I terminated the 270, widened,
at 59:15. And we're now B0 percent of the way
through this 9 - the widened 90.

CDR 50 percent.

CDR We're looking at frame number 106 here. Passing

70 percent.

CDR Okay, stand by -

 3307

025 01 00 48 CDR MARK it. Termination of this exposure. We're

at CARRIAGE RETRACT going - let's see, 6/10 of
a turn counterclockwise. There. And going to -
looking for 5.8. There it is; and LOCKED. All
right. TILT of 20.5. And locked, 20.5. This
is a 270, unwidened. And it's supposed to start
at 02.

CDR Okay, we're coming up on 01:02. This is 270,

unwidened. Stand by -

025 01 02 00 CDR MARK. The SHUTTER is now OPEN for 270 seconds;
it's a 1 - frame number 107. We're looking at
field 341 with a 5.8. Okay, we're reading 5.8
on the ROTATION. We're reading 20.5 on the TILT.
Field 341, 270, unwidened; that's 4 minutes and
30 seconds. And we started it at 02, so it'll
be 06:30 when we terminate.

PLT All right. They asked for the ...

SPT ... beginning ...

PLT There' s one.

SPT ... frames we have ....

CREW ...

025 01 06 l0 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and time is 0 - 01:06 and
20 seconds. And we'll be terminating in l0 sec-
onds. Stand by -

025 01 06 29 CDR MARK. Termination of the TO - of SO19. All

right, we're setting the new TILT of - we're
going to go 2.6 turns counterclockwise from
where we are right now. All right, there's l,
2, point 5, 6; all right. And we want to have
an XXI.2. Ed?

SPT Yes?

CDR Would you close that?

CDR XXI.2. Looking for a TILT of 358.3. And

locked. XXI.2 is 358.3. And we're coming up
on 01:08, which is our start time. Stand by -
3308

025 01 07 58 CDR MARK. We're looking at frame number 108, and

the SRD'I'±'ER'sOPEN. This one goes to 01:25.
And this one's a longie.

CDR This is field number Charlie Victor Charlie,

whatever that is.

025 01 09 05 CDR This is CDR, going off the line; I'll be back
up on the line again at 01:25.

025 O1 24 13 CDR This is the CDR at 01:24 and 15 seconds. Standing

by to terminate the - the last exposure here of
field Charlie Victor Charlie. Well, we terminate
it at 01:25. And then I intend to leave the SAL
open and the mirror extended at - hopefully at
00 and get you a new reading for - on
the antenna. Okay, we're coming up on 01:25.
Standby -

025 01 2h 59 CDR MARK it. Termination. I'm in CARRIAGE RETRACTED

position. Film hatch is going closed. Now
we'll rotate back to zero. 6.2 turns clockwise.
l, 2, 3, 5, 6.2. Now we want to go to 1 - we
want to be reading 8.9. All right, and our
TILT is zero.

025 01 26 lh CDR We have a discone antenna. However, it is again

displaced from where I've seen it. It is now -
The - The - The point on the discone that I have
always pointed to and that I have always referred
to hasbeen the intersection of the cone itself
and the rod that the cone is mounted on. And
the cone I'm talking about is the - the only one
out there, the - the reflector part of the antenna.
All right, I'm going to rotat - rotate that cone,
that intersection, that point of reference, until
it's on the vertical center line. All right, it's
on the vertical center line at this time. And I'm
reading 7.0 on the ROTATION dial.

025 01 27 07 CDR Now, if I put that point over where it was the
very first time I looked at the zero, which was
some 30 days ago, I guess, we get a reading of
r-_ 33o9

5.7. Now, back in those good old days, I was

getting 0.0. Now if I put 0.0 on this rascal,
there isn't even an antenna in the field of view.
So the question now, Houston, is, what's zero?
Where is the antenna when we're zero? Where
is the reference point I'm talking about? Is it
on the edge at 06:30 like it used to be in the
very, very beginning? Or is it on the - the
center vertical datum line?

025 01 28 19 CDR So as I said before, it's 5.7 if it's at 06:30

at the edge of the field of view. If the inter-
section of the cone and the support rod is on
the vertical line, it's 7.0. And the la - latest
place you've got - got it pointed has been at 8.9.
So quite frankly, I am very hopelessly confused
about where zero is. And you Just tell me where
to start, and I'll start, and you worry about
zero - where zero is, because I give up. I just -
I can't m_ke hide nor hair out of what's going on.
But every time I use what is supposed to be zero,
or the starting point, and look out at the discone
antenna,it's in a differentplace. And it's
in a different place by something like 2 degrees.
And so I don't know what to tell you. And I
don't know how - what - whether or not to tell
you your data's any good. I guess you'll know
that. So this is CDR terminating. I'll retract
the mirror, and that will be the end of the SO19.

025 01 29 47 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

025 ll 14 29 SPT SPT ll:14. PRD readings: 42901, 29502, 38656.

025 ll l_ 37 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

025 12 05 07 PLT Okay, this is the PLT starting M_87 on page B-6.
Evaluate the overall adequacy of the equipment
1
3310

provided to accomplish routine and unscheduled

maintenance tasks and the design acceptability
of the tasks themselves from the point of view
of access, logistics management during disassem-
bly/reassembly, tool and component/parts restraint,
and overall ease of task accomplishment. Start
out by saying tool and component/parts restraint
is virtually nonexistent when moving things and
when holding them in place prior to installing
them. This is a general comment that holds for
everything, and I don't think this is quite what
the problem - the question is directed toward -
the problem that the question is directed toward,
but it is definitely the case. Once I have some-
thing and screw it into position, it's restrained
fine. But while I got that thing in one hand
and I got something between my legs and a tool in
in each - in the other hand and trying to keep
myself from floating around, therein lies the
problem. So with - even having a restraint for an
item prior to putting it in a use location isn't
sufficient, unless you have a good body restraint
to go along with it. Because if you got - You're
going to have to have a tool and unless the thing
is retained in position in a work case or a loca-
tion prior to installation of screws, bolts,
nuts, washers, whatever else is going to - straps -
whatever else is going to be used to hold in into
the - where it's used, that's the part of the
task that requires a problem.

025 12 06 57 PLT One - A good example is the window protectors -

the S190A window protector. I find it sort of
irritating to try to get that thing started
that's screwed into the position. It's must -
much e_sier to put in the stowage location in the
MDA. During the S190 activities, it has - it has
to be taken off of the S190 window and stowed.
I find it much easier to put it in the stowage
location than I do to put it back in the use
location where it's protecting the S190Awindow.
Of course, we've already commented on the com-
plete lack of assistance in - in terms of crew
restraints in the MDA in general. Okay, so
these - these - that is a general statement. It
applies to almost everything, in that there's no
temporary restraints at - either in the dome
lockers when you're taking stuf_ out - Getting
r 3311

the PCU's out was a real fierce task. We had to

replace a PCU, and those things were bolted in
there with Stillsonwrenches or something and
that was a real - real chore there until we - to
get those out. And there's no re - body restraint
around the dome locker. Your - your - your feet -
You can put your feet in the rings, and a lot of
times that's great, but if - sometimes you have
to come out of there in order to get up close
enough to the item to - to work on it. So a lot
of times the foot - blue ring foot
restraint wasn't good enough, particularly if
the item was located high in the locker or in
the lid of the locker.

025 12 08 31 PLT Okay. Tool kit l, tool kit 2, doesn't mean a

thing to me. I don't know what - what that is.
Let's see here, the tool inventory, that's what
I'm doing. The repair kit, I don't know what
that is. The 190 maintenance kit, I assume that
those are the items up in the - the locker 130,
but I don't know what that specifically is.
M512 tools, processing facility, _U maintenance
kit. Okay, maint - let's see - Their - Their
system is mainly okay. Miscellaneous support
items: Okay, I'll Just go through them. Tool
kit l, I'm going to skip over that because I don't
know what that is. Tool kit 2, I don't know what
that is. I think tool kit 1 is the stuff in the
experiment compartment. Tool kit 2, I think is
the one that's in the MDA and if that's the case,
the biggest gripe I've got about the tool kit 1
is that the items come out of their stowage loca-
tions and Jam the drawers. I've already men-
tioned how bad I think the design of the drawers
in the compartments are in the aft compartment
of the - of the workshop, how they're always -
Well, it's just - everything about them is bad.
Stuff - The - They have this stuff in there and
it takes 50 pounds of force to pull the tool out
at one time, and then the next time you put it in
there, it floats free and Jama the drawer. So I
don't - I'm at a loss to explain how this happens.
But the - the Mosite cutout method of restraint
is Just - is not satisfactory as far as I'm
concerned. You've got an awful lot of it_a, vary-
ing in size, and you got little tiny short socket
bits that - and end wrenches that just seem to -
33]-2

to not be retained by the cutouts provided for

them.

025 12 i0 43 PLT So that's - that was much my first comment as far

as inadequacy is concerned. And there ought to
always be a separator between drawers to keep stuff
from the lower drawer from coming up and Jamming
the - the drawer above. This is a general point
of philosophy that should apply throughout the
workshop in fitting this in the film vault and
nearly every place. You're always - Stuff is
floating out, and it floats from the drawer below
when you pull - Drawer A is on top of drawer B,
say. Okay, I pull drawer A out, an item floats
out of drawer B up into the space that should be
occupied by drawer A, so when I get ready to close
drawer A, it - it pushes back in and jams it against
the back of cabinet. It won't close. Now you got
to take both drawers out. So you take drawer B
out. While you got drawer B out, something floats
up from drawer C and gets in the way. So you got
to start all over and start from the bottom and
work up. And it's very frustrating, and I know
that the other flights have experienced the same
problem because the tools that are always floating
free had been taped in by a previous crew. I don't
know if they mentioned this or not, but it's really
a point of irritation. I think that is - A major
shortcoming of the tool kits is the stowage provided
for them, and also the tool - the carrying capa-
bility. We don't have - there's a thing called a
tool caddy, but it is totally unsatisfactory for
holding tools.

025 12 ll 59 CC Skylab, Houston. Mello, statesiae for

lT-1/2 minutes, and we're dumping the data/voice
recorder at Goldstone.

TIME SKIP

025 12 32 I0 PLT Okay, this is the PLT continuing debriefing. By

the way, I got a little complaint against ground.
They - they schedule a debriefing on the tape
recorder and then take the tape recorder coming
up on that - at the very same time. It was
around - a little bit after 12:00 when Mh87-3 Delta
r-_ 3313

was scheduled, and I guess I could have asked them

to redesignate, but that's it. I think that ini-
tiative should came from somebody who had taken
that away. They had scheduled something that
requires the tape recorder and then casually
announce that they're - they're taking it. Okay;
I'm through with that.

PLT Tool kit number 1. Adequate. Tool kit number 2,

adequate. Repair kit: I don't know which repair
kit that is. 190 maintenance tool: Well, main-
.tenance kit was adequate I guess except - We get
bit con - continually on stowage. And I don't
know. I guess there's really nothing - I don't
know really what the S190 maintenance kit is, I
gues s.

025 12 33 30 PLT M512 tools: The - the set, in some of the place-
ment, particularly the h_mmer for the M479 which
is coming up - which I had trained for, but which
it looks like I'm not going to do - there were some
awful close tolerances in there on that ; it had
nothing to do with tools necessarily. EMU main-
F tenancekit: The only time I tried to use that,
I screwed up the antifogging in the helmet. I
don't think there was enough instructions there.
I forgot to squeeze all excess soap out and I ended
up with a badly streaked helmet sad had to wipe
it off with tissues.

025 12 34 07 PLT Had all kinds of good instructions in there that

I didn't really need, but when it came to lubing
the zippers and doing the actual task, there was
no amplified information. I know I had done it
and had watched it done, but I still screwed it
up when I did it. Miscellaneous support items,
adequacy of work sites: Almost totally inadequate.
i'd say poor to - well, couldn't say they're really
unacceptable because we got the work done. But
I'd say most all work sites are poor. Mighty few
of them qualify even as being adequate.

025 12 3_ hO PLT You have to make do with ki - some kind of re-

straints and use body English and all kinds of body
muscular tension in order to hold yourself in the
right position to do things. That pretty well
k holds on just about everything. Adequacy of on-
board data package: Stowage totally inadequate.
331_ _

Unacceptable. This is not directed against

the people who do the stowage books as such.

025 12 35 07 PLT I mean I don't want this to - to be interpreted

as a slap in their face. I think - but my state-
ment stands, and I think that we Just got - This
morning we got bit again. Things called out in
Jerry's checklist for doing - there was s_nething -
one of the demos - He had to take pictures of the
copper nitrate crystal, those - Well, the little
Mickey Mouse procedure in the TV Ops Book didn't
call out a bunch of stuff, and, of course, they
very cleverly failed to mention any location for
a - a K-1 extension which is part of the T025
equipment. Now I mean when you're talking about
a TV demonstration where you're growing copper
nitrate crystals and you don't call out the - you
call out an item that is associated with an entire-
lY, cc_pletely different experiment, you got to
at least have the courtesy to give us the location
of that item.

PLT And that item is not listed in the stowage books.

I think it is listed under T025, but if you're --_
trying to find K-1 extension, man, you're in deep
yogurt unless you already know where it is.

025 12 36 09 PLT Then, of course, you don't need to look in the

books. My point is this: Again I don't want this
to be interpreted as a slap in the face to the
people who work on the stowage books because the -
they did -Imost everything we asked. We asked
them to put - to locate the stuff under all its
garden variety terms of reference. Well, that
wasn't always done. But I guess they didn't know
them -]I. And brings up the point that people who
are responsible for a given experiment also ought
to be responsible for seeing that the items that
they have in their - a]s equipment associated with
their experiment or hardware or whatever it is,
is properly called out in the stowage books.

PLT In that the - this is the thing that's cost us

time - many, many hours of wastedtime trying to
find things. Yes, we may even - I haven't even
heard of the K-1. Most of the things I can't find,
 3315

at least I'd heard of. But it seems people are

very, I take it, completely negligent in trying
to check the documentation that covered the equip-
ment. I'd say AJmost -well, they are grossly
negligent because a lot of the it_m_ that they call
out aren't even in the stowage book. Or they're
located in such a remote place that one would never -
ever find them unless he already knew that -
as I say, already knew all about the equipment.
And that, of course, is not the idea of a stowage
book. A stowage book is supposed to be a road
map for you. Okay, that's mainly the data package.

025 12 37 32 PLT Adequacy of preflight prep for maintenance tasks:

For the things that I did, they were good. For
the M1 - S193, for the primary coolant loop repair,
and let's see, the S192 cooler Dewar replacement
but by one - one point - one point on that I got
confused. By and large, those things that we
knew were going to be hard and we practiced for,
we did quite well. It's the ad hoc stuff that
always bites you. Scheduled replacement items,
solids traps: No problem. Mol sieve charcoal
canisters: That is Just a little tricky, but the
procedure went well.

025 12 38 16 PLT The PPC02 inlet/outlet cartridges: Very poorly

designed. Those things are, you know, as far
as - it's actu - it's such a simple thing that a
child could do it. Well, a child can do it, but
he has no guarantee that they are going to function
properly when he puts them in there. And I don't
want to go into it other than to say that the - you
never were certain it was not a simple pull and
replace type operation in order for the thing to
function properly. I don't know what the problem
was on that. I'd like to flag that item as a - in
a point of - sort of irritation, as something that's
supposed to be a 10-minute task, and it usually
ends up taking about half an hour before you can
get them functioning properly. And that's mainly,
I think, the inlet pressures.

PLT PPO 2 cartridges: Never changed them. EVA/IVA

cool gas separator: Well, I think the firing
squad is in order, if that's the one that you're
3316 _

talking about up there on 217, for the people

that designed that little gem. Now that is pretty
bad really. That is a real hand-cutter and knuckle-
buster operation, the - the coolant gas separator
that's above the 02 panel.

02512 39 32 PLT I would task - I - I have a few well-chosen words

that I would like to go into later, and I don't -
I want to flag that item as a - as a major alum-alum
on the part of the designer, because that is awful
hard to get to. The - the actions are difficult.
You have to - this - Just sort of a black magic
operation all the way around. You never know -
you can't - Say I'm going to go up there and undo
these ... and then redo the ... to within l0 min-
utes. And we could try, and sometimes you get
them right on right away. In fact, I got - did
not waste a whole lot of time on the - in the in-
flight, except on one connector.

025 12 40 07 PLT That WMC vent filter: No problem. WMC char -

charcoal canisters : No problem. Fecal collector
filter: No problem; we precticed that. Urine
separators: Did not do. Scheduled cleaning items,
OWS air mixing chamber screens: Okay, that's no
problem. WMC vent filter: No problem. 0 - AM/OWS
circ filter screens - AM: Never changed them. Un-
scheduled replacement items, fans : I - I replaced
the - the heat exchanger fans. The stowage - things
where - usually there is one strap or something
that ought to be taken - a metal strap or something
that ought to be taken off first.

PLT I got bit on this one, the 0WS heat exchanger fans.
That ought to be color coded somehow or the other.
Say the - some color for the first one to take off
or some color for the don't - don't undo this one
sort of thing, because it'll slip out. And that's
how I got bit on that. I'll tell you more about
that later. WMC fans - valves: Now - now, did
I change these valves? No, not that I know of.
Seals, lights, other. Oh, forgot the PCU when I
said that. That was Just a little bit of a sur-
prise, getting that ...; so that's Just a little
bit of difficulty getting in on that thing.
Unscheduled repair items; identify task and evalu-
ate: I can't think of anything right now.
 3317

025 12 41 39 PLT PLT out.

025 12 55 45 PLT Okay, PLT reporting on the calibration of the

wardroom SMMD. Start time about 12:37. I waited
until after momentum dump. Temperature, 72 de-
grees; day of year, 025; crewman, PLT. SMMD se-
quence number l, which was empty tray: 195570,
195529, 195567, 195568, 195591, 195541, 195591,
195602, 195558, 195583. Sequence number 2 with
the 500 gram: 262082, 26 - 262090, 262075, 262099,
262131, 262110, 262116, 262073, 262090, 262113.
Sequencenl,mher 3 with an empty tray again: 195549 -
I'll only read the last two digits now - 58, 62,
58, 53, 66, 40, 93, 59, and 42.

025 12 57 13 PLT Okay, now on the head, unit in the head. Started
at 12:48, and finished at 12:57. Temperature
70 degrees. 196672, and now reading only the
last two digits: 196701 - I'm sorry, I'll Just
read the last three. I'll start over again at
196672, 196701, 1966 - 196732, 196727, 196765,
19 - Aw;stand by i.

PLT Okay starting over again on sequence 1. 196672,

196701, 196632, 196627, 196665, 196616, 196696,
196621, 196666, 196609. Sequence 2 with the
500 gram: 262264, 262290, 2293, 2290, 262305,
262322, 262281, 262368, 26284, make that again,
262284, 262276. Sequence 3: 196641 - now read-
ing only the last two digits - 31, 65, 59, 36, 35,
59, 52, 44, and 72.

025 12 59 ii PLT PLT out.

025 13 03 41 CDR This is the CDR at 13:03 Zulu reporting Earth

observations, handheld photography. The area of
concern is around Lake Victoria, about 200 miles
northwest of Lake Victoria, around, I guess,
Stanleyville and to the - mainly to the east of
Stanleyville. I did not see Stanleyville itself.
I noted a rather peculiar land pattern which
was obviously a land-use pattern. There was also
quite a bit of slash burning going on down there.
Andl noticed that there is little or no - none
of the rectilinear patterns that we usually see in
cultivated areas. The pattern - land-use patterns
3318 _-_

in this particular area where very much cellular.

They obviously followed the topography rather than
following a sense line. And so I got two photos
of that. One with a Nikon 300-millimeter lens
and that's on Charlie X-ray **_ frame number 62,
taken at 4.5, 1/1000.

025 13 0h 51 CDR And I also got an overview with the Hasselblad of

the same area at the same time, and that was
Charlie X-ray 18, frame number 74. These were
taken at about 12:50 Zulu. And then as we went
over Lake Victoria I Just looked at it with the -
with an eye towards circulation patterns, and I
did notice a rather peculiar circulation pattern
down on the south end of the lake. In fact, it
didn't look like circulation; it looked like maybe
we could see through the water and see a sandbar
underneath. I'm not sure, but at any rate, I took
another Nikon picture. This was at 12:52 on
Charlie X-ray 43, frame nnmber 61 taken at 4.5
over 1/1000.

025 13 05 46 CDR And then down to the southeast of Lake Victoria -

I might add here as a parenthetical note that my
purpose in looking at this area was to try to
get the pictures of HHll0-h. The - the area was
scattered to broken clouds and so my - my pictures
were taken in areas where you could - you could
see the ground. But I could not see much of the
HH104 [sic] type information; however, I did find
an area that - in the clouds - between the clouds
southeast of Lake Victoria which I thought I
would go ahead and take with the - the Hasselblad.
So that's frame number 75 taken at f/ll, 1/250.
And the idea here is possibly there might - scme-
body on the ground reading this photo might be
able to see something geological there that -
that I can't see frcm here.

025 13 06 42 CDR CDR out.

025 13 07 35 CDR This is the CDR at 13:07 Zulu; subject, TV-106.

The Nikon photography was taken this morning. And
I took on frame at an f-stop 2.8, 1/30. And
being doubtful that I was holding the camera steady
enough for 1/30, I set the shutter to 1/60 and took
another frame. While looking through the - the
light meter that's integral with the camera, it
 3319

indicated that we probably ought to be using an

f-stop of 5.6. But I was doubtful as to what the
effect of the K-1 adapter would be on that little
meter, so I left the f-stop at 2.8.

025 13 08 17 CDR CDR out.

025 13 18 55 PLT This is PLT recording for S019. Okay, we've got
266.4 set in, as near as I can tell. And every-
thing worked out right. TILT, 358.3. Waiting for
13:21 to start an exposure on field 319. First
will be 270, widened, and then followed by 270,
unwidened. And I've got 6.h showing in the left -
left window - rotation window.

025 13 19 46 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Honeysuckle Creek

for 5 1/2 minutes. Out.

PLT Okay, stand by. 270, unwldened coming up. Okay,

going into SLIDE RETRACTED.

_- 025 13 20 51 PLT MARK. Coming out to STOWAGE. Standing by. Stand

by-
025 13 21 01 PLT MARK. Oh, I don't think I picked up anything.
And I went all the way to the SLIDE RETRACTED too.
I have 109 showing in the SLIDE. Let's see_ I was
in STOWAGE; I went to SLIDE RETRACTED, and I got
out. It went in with a little bit of difficulty
like it usually does, and then when I went over
to OPENED it did not seem to be pushing anything
into position. A little force was required to go
from STOWAGE, CLOSED, to OPEN. So we 'ii Just let
it go. Okay, we have a 270, unwidened, coming up
so I'll get a good hack on it there .... first.

025 13 22 ll PLT Hey, Jer.

CDR Uh-huh.

PLT On the - When I ...

CDR I don't know, I - it never felt that way to me

yesterday.
3320

PLT It felt like - first, it went it - then went into

SLIDE RETRACTED, some resistance ...,
which is normal. Then when I pulled it over,
there was no - there was no resistance as I was
moving it over, and I held - withheld Judgment.
Then when I went from CLOSED to OPEN it required
very little force at all. It didn't look like -
didn't feel like I was shoving - It may be that
it's started working right.

CDR ...

PLT I'll bet that's right. Yes, that - Too bad we

can't get in there. Of course, I guess it's a
good thing we can't. (Laughter) Okay.

CDR ..•

PLT Yes.

025 13 23 36 CDR How long is this exposure?

PLT 270.

CDR ...

PLT Okay. I run through 13: 51; good grief!

PLT FILM HATCH is OPEN and everything looks right.

Waiting - let's see; coming up on i00 percent.
Stand by -

025 13 24 52 PLT MARK. Okay. Now okay, and now come back and
the widening knob over to ii0. Stand by - l'm
coming back from CARRIAGE RETRACTED to STOWAGE.
Okay, I 'm coming - now that felt right.

025 13 25 09 PLT MARK. Okay, I was starting that 270 at 06 - that

at 25:06.

CDR ...

PLT Yes. Okay, 270, unwidened. 29:36.

CDR ... door open.

 3321

025 13 26 09 PLT Okay, we got to get this FILM HATCH in - You know,
I think what it was is that I did not have the
FILM HATCH all the way OPEN on that first one.
Now that I think about it, that thing moved when
I checked it. Oh, well, it felt good that time
anyway. I think we missed the 270, widened, though;
it just didn't feel right. Okay, waiting for
29:36 and our next group is going to be - Let's
see; that is number ll0, and I am very suspicious
that 109 didn't pick up the plate. I can't be
sure of that, because this one - the last one
actually worked quite easily, much easier than it
did when I did the checkout on the - on the film
canister. Okay, now that's 0.4 turns
counterclockwise.

PLT Coming up on 29.

025 1B 29 00 PLT MARK. waiting for 29:B6.

PLT Okay, stand by.

PLT Stand by -

025 1B 29 36 PLT MARK. Okay, going on into SLIDE RETRACTED. Now

ROTATION 253.8 would be 0.2 turns counterclockwise.
Point ... B.8. Hey, it's good. B.8 we have. Okay.
TILT is 22.9, field 352 and waiting for S1, which
is coming up in about BO seconds. Looks like we're
in good shape. 22.9 on the TILT and 3.8 indicating
that it was proper n_-,ber of turns at 0.2 turns
counterclockwise. This will be - Stand by. Com-
ing to STOWAGE - will be 270.

025 1B 31 01 PLT MARK. Okay, that felt good. I - Maybe everything's

working all right then. And I am very suspicious
that I did not have the FILM HATCH all the way OPEN.
Because when I touched it and it moved a little bit,
and I don't know. Let's see. Anyway, that's the
last two of them. Okay, this is exposure lll.
And it's on field 352, 270, widened.

PLT (Whistling)

025 1B 32 24 PLT Okay, stand by. Coming up on 100 percent.

I_
3322

025 13 34 46 PLT MARK. Terminating exposure. Okay, I want to go -

Let's see; remarks. Okay, M-54, continue until
sunrise, 13:51. 4.0 turns counterclockwise.
4 turns: l, 2, 3, 4. 3.0. TILT, 4.7. Okay,
and sunrise at 13:51. And it start M-54, unwidened
and continue until sunrise, 13:51. And I shall
start at 36 here. Stand by. Well, do it again.

025 13 36 02 PLT MABK. And we're starting at 13:36. That'll be

frame or plate number 112, M-54. Taking exposures
until 13:51.

025 13 36 23 PLT And I'll terminate recording temporarily.

TIME SKIP

025 14 52 07 SPT SPT at 14:52, ATM ops. First of all, I'd like to
go back and make one addition to the orbit which
began at 13:51. And that is that the exposure
taken in 823 at allegedly 400 K, I took the order
in which things were written on the pad, and
perhaps we should not have. It said 04:58, 400 K
take a WAVE Lk_GTH - 82B - WAVELENGTH, LONG
823 exposure, 1 second. Following that, it said,
put the SUNRISE/SUNSET switch to SUN. Now that
I look at it, it was probably that that switch
should have gone to SUN before that step because
that 400 K time does not correlate with the
03:39 time we have for 400 K today, and it's
probably Just that difference of a little over a
minute. If the objective was to get a undisturbed
or - a picture of the area we were looking without
any perturbations by the atmosphere, then essen-
tially we got it. It may be a minute earlier
than 400 K, but it should still be Just as good.

025 14 53 59 SPT And going back to the - or on to next orbit -

orbit which began at 13:51. And again, I Just
flat missed this one. That was the TV downlink,
and I'll try to pick that information up on the
next pass when I do have the opportunity. H-al -
Looking at H-ALPHA 1 ZOOMed, OUT and seeing where
the H-alpha image ceases to move - I did point
out on the previous orbit that around I0 minutes -
or i0 seconds before the ZERO TIME REMAINING,
with timing in SUN we - I did start to see the
 3323

display oscillate quite a bit. That, however,

was in a situation where I was not able to observe
the display accurately; also the last minute
because I was taking an exposure. So I would -
or I had to do that one over. We got a trans-
mission from the ground; good old A1 Bean was
talking to us, and I got distracted and Just flat
missed getting that one done.

025 14 55 19 SPT Okay, the remainder of the orbit went pretty

much as specified, a couple of little deviations
here; one is the first pointing, which was
supposed to be 8 arc seconds off the limb. I
found the limb to be at 981 and trying to go out
to around 989 was not possible. 989 is one of
the - those numbers that Ma_sbR11 won't give us.
So I ended up with 990; that's 9 arc seconds off
the limb. Then I went 9 - The next one I wanted
to go ZOOM to 12 arc seconds off the limb, but
I thought well, maybe I ought to go an additional
4 so they'd get that spacing in there proper
anyways, which would have put me out at 994.
Unfortunately, that's another hi,tuberthat we can't
_ get, and so I went back and did it at 993, which
is 12 arc seconds off the limb, which was what was
specified. The last one, 20 arc seconds off the
limb, straightforward, no problem. But I did have
to trtmcate the - the last 82B exposure with
around 57 seconds or so remaining on it.

025 14 56 28 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

025 16 04 38 SPT SPT at 16:04; M487-3 Delta, guide 3.

025 16 05 l0 CC Skylab, this is Houston; 1 minute until LOS. Next

station contact in 23-1/2 minutes through Carnar-
von at 16:29. Out.

025 16 05 21 SPT Okay, what I'm going to do here is discuss mostly

the tools - tool inventory; at least those which
with [sic] I'm familiar. I think the PLT is the
real expert in this whole area. And any of those
maintenance tasks which I have actually accomplishe
332_ _

most of which have been the part of the PLT -

We broke - made that breakdown before launch and
pretty much have remained that way.

SPT Okay, tool kit number i: First of all, Just the

general packaging; I think the - the idea of the
soft packaging is all right. However, I would
like to see something a little bit softer which
would encompass or hold it in a little better yet.
This stuff, I find, gets rigid and tends to harden
a little bit, and it's hard to insert the tool.
And then after you've got it iBserted s_metimes,
or after you have it inserted, it might sometimes
still work its way out as the material is hard
and it - not re - not as resilient as it should be.
And in many cases, you don't get the tool in there
perfectly, and it does work its way out. And that
makes a hard time when you're trying to open
drawers with the tool - in that drawer, one under-
neath it coming out of its stowage location.

025 16 07 04 SPT Also let me talk about the digital thermometer

stowage while that is on my mind. I don't know
if anyone has ever tried it, but it sure takes a
good amount of crew time to fit that frapping
probe back into its stowage location and wind the
little wire through the devious course that it
takes in the packing material. That is an exper-
iment in itself. There's got to be an easier way
to package that.

025 16 07 43 SPT Okay, looking at the - the hammer, CBRM hs,,_er,

we call it; worked great. Pinch bar worked great.
Never had to use the feeder handle. Splice - or
the C-clamps worked great; no problems. As I
pointed out, the screwdrivers - the previous one,
I needed a larger blade, something between the -
say greater than a 3/16; a 1/_, or 5/16. Unfor-
tunately, we got a 3/8 blade which turned out to
be too large on that one when I was working on my
shoes. Now all these little Allen wrenches -
There's got to be a better way to package them
than that. We've got them in a little bag which
is Just as bad, has a whole host of extra ones.
In the drawer here, we've got tape over - holding
all these things down, all of the Allen bits and
Allen wrenches. There's Just got to be a better
way to package than that. I would think something
 3325

where you might Just insert the tool in the long

way and Just have the one part sticking out,
the - the one end - But again, that would take a
lot of stowage volt,me. On the other hand, you
could probably use - Maybe it wouldn't take any
more volume, when you think about it. Have to be
a very deep drawer, but it would contain many more
tools. The way we have it right now, however,
is just - it's really hard to work with, especially
for very small items.

025 16 09 30 SPT Okay, that was drawer B I was looking at. I

looked at 1 Alfa and 1 Bravo; now I'm looking at
1 Charlie. Okay, those tools. Well, I've used
the - the extensions for science demos, not for
their intended purpose, however. They worked
great for the science demos. Never had to use
any of the other sockets, although I'm sure they
work. Oh, yes, I have, in taking some of the bolts
off the floor to get the foot restraints off
the - by the eating platforms or the - by the
wardroom table. Those foot restraint platforms,
we used the ratchet handle and some of the
-_ standard sockets here, and they worked great; no
problems. It's an awkward Job Just because the
way it was located, but the tools worked great.

025 16 l0 28 SPT Wrenches, next drawer, 1 Delta: And, man, that's -

Using some of those on that Job, it's no problem.
Mechanical fingers: I never have had to use those
things although before flight, I thought I would.
Retrieval mirror: Never have had to use those -
those fellows, glad to say.

SPT Okay, tool kit number 2: the lacing, the wire,

I've used time and time again. Found that to be
exceptionally useful. The 2-inch tape we found
to be exceptionally useful and wish we had more
of them. We went through it. Velcro, if we
had good Velcro, it'd be all right. This Velcro
doesn't stick. That - The male and female don't
stick and the glue that's on the back of the
Velcro is poor. Net result is you should have
put a couple of wads of bubble gum in here, and
they would have worked Just as well. That
Veclro is - is lousy. We ought to get the good
Velcro and quit piddle - picking around with this
stuff. It's Just - We've had it bn the spacecraft
._ for a long time.
3326

025 16 ii 54 SPT It just doesn't do the job and it's more a problem
than it's worth.

SPT You put it on something; you expect it to do the

Job and it doesn't. Then you got to find another
way of doing it. That way you lose a couple of
cue cards, or you lose whatever you happen to be
tying down. I think it's time we Just came up
with a good Velcro and Used it. We've got to
either make it fireproof or relax some of the
constraints. What we're using now is just not
worth it, not doing the Job. 1-inch red tape:
Never have had to use very much of that. A
couple of occasions, 3/4 inches; tape, not
too much. Scissors: We've got them all - all the
scissors from all the tool kits in the wardroom
now. We use those for the - the meals. They
work a lot better on the food packages than the
other ones we have, which _ecause they're a lot
easier to use; don't require much force in cutting
those, so we don't need those especially
strong ones that we carry around in our pockets.

025 16 13 O_ SPT Needle-nosed pliers and pin straighteners: I

have used both of those and great. Slip-Joint
pliers, used those. Connector, channel lock -
Channel lock, used that. Or connector pliers,
I'm sorry; I've used that. Channel lock, I have
not. Vise grips, I've used on occasion, sometimes
as a handhold. And I think all those things are
worthwhile. Keep them in there. Lubricant: I've
used some of the Krytox for science demos to lubri-
cate some of the rotating pieces I've got to put
together. I found it useful for that. In terms
of lubricating anything mechanical that's built in
the spacecraft, no.

SPT Tweezers: I've not had to use, but I imagine they

would work pretty well. And ring extractor, I've
not used or - nor O-ring lubricant. All the O-rings
we had - generally are working with around the
suits, and we've got our own lubricant there.
Crescent wrench: Never had to use that. The ex-
periment handle, no. Cutter pliers is missing so
I'm not sure whether we would have ended up using
that or not. Oh, boy, here we go. That's what I
was talking about. In drawer Echo, we have a
couple bags of extra tools and the cement. I'll
 3327

say, hey, one thing we haven't used is the cement;

say epoxy, the i hour and - and the 5-minute stuff,
especially the 5 minutes. Sometimes you're doing
a Job and you want it done in the foreseeable future.

025 16 i_ _9 SPT And so you find that a 5-minute Job works the
best and we've used almost all of that. Would
• have used more, as a matter of fact, at the begin-
ning of the mission had we not thought that -
we realized we were going to slow down in its usage
rate. We had lots of things to mount it to early
in the mission, and we held off because we didn't
want to use it all up then. And - But as the
mission progressed, we found that we had most
things squared away, and we didn't need it at
quite the same frequency. So we've ended up with
some here at the end of the mission, and - let's
see; so your, net result is that - What that says
is you ought to have plenty up here so that you
don't have that - that concern initially. And
we got a little bag of Allen wrenches in there,
which we've collected from various - various
_-_ things - various pieces of ... sent up their own
wrenches; like the ATM auxilliary timer
installation.

025 16 15 59 SPT And oh boy; can't get drawer 2 Echo closed all the
way because we've got some epoxy back there. And
when you take that out, stowing it in a bag and
then putting it in a drawer doesn't work too well
because both the bag pops out and the epoxy comes
out the - the bag because the drawstrings are some-
times not closed properly.

025 16 16 28 SPT Then again we could probably rig up something which

would be better than this in terms of stowage for
these items, but you're too busy working experi-
ments, trying to get data, to try to fix the place
up in terms of the optimum working conditions be-
cause you're sure you'd be wasting more time than
you'd be gaining. I think that's the comment
across the board here on that, all of - all of the
ad hoc maTntenance, and so forth. But you probably -
we can see if more things that cou - could be done
from time to time, but it's a question of where you
spend your time, getting data or improving the ways
of getting it.
3328

025 16 i7 16 SPT Repair kit: Never had to use it, thank goodness.
Well, I shouldn't say that completely. We used
the - the Velcro strips out of there, which are
bad also. That's where I got the Velcro. That's
pretty much it. We've never had to use any of the
blister patches and I - I hope no one ever has to.
S190 maintenance kit and 512, I've not worked. E_J
maintenance kit : What little maintenance I have
done on them - not really maintenance, I've not
had to repair a suit at all. We've Just done the
normal; working with the zippers and borings, lu-
brications, antifog, and so forth - normal things
before and after an EVA. And I found that ends to be -
the way things are packaged to work out great and
no real problem in there.

025 16 18 2_ SPT And the only thing I would reco_e.nd is that they
include a little more lubricant pad for lubricating
zippers.

SPT I know that there are marvels around who are able
to take one lubricant pad and make it cover a
whole zipper and all the 0-rings. But I don't -
have that facility. I have not been able to do
that. Or I can do that, I think, at least, then
barely scraping a little bit of Juice on something -
on everything as I go over it. But I don't think
it's really doing the Job. And towards the end
of the mission here, we have a few excess so I'm
using them more than as specified Just to m-_e
sure the Job gets done.

025 16 19 l0 SPT Never had to work with any sewing or anything else
in the EMU maintenance kit. Working sites: Well,
I'm not sure we really have any work sites. Now
maybe the 512 and S190 do, but your work site is
wherever you have to glue yourself doE. And we're
usually able to come up with that something that'll
work. We've got a - already have debriefing on
that work bench, and so forth. I won't go into
that one again.

SPT Adequacy of lighting: No problem. 0nboard data

package: And again, I'm not the big maintenance
man, so I've not really done mu - much of this.
Really had no problem with it. What we're doing
is ... I haven't encountered it. _Adequacy of
F- 3_9

preflight prep for maintenance tasks: Again, I'ii

let Bill answer that one. As I look through these
scheduled maintenance tasks, I can see couple of
them which I've done on the ground. And I really
haven't done any of the scheduled replacement
items. Scheduled cleaning; air mix chamber screens,
OWS vent filter and circulation filter - and cir-
culation filter screens in the AM/0WS.

025 16 20 30 SPT The work problem there is we've got a vacuum

cleaner. It's probably got about as - as much
suction as a normal vacuum cleaner running at one-
quarter speed. It just doesn't do it. I think
we've Just got to get ourselves a much stronger
vacuum cleaner. You can get the Job done, but it
Just takes infinite patience sometimes and con-
tinually going over the same area, Just because
of the airflow; it's so darn low. I realize the
density is do%nn by 3, but we should also still be
able to - I guess, doubling the velocity, you got
yourself over and above what you had before; that's
ground relative to onboard, or 15 psi versus 5.

_ 025 16 21 hi SPT Never had to replace the fan, the valve, seal,
lights. Okay, other repair items: I can't think
of any offhand. And I was - been trying to think
of that ever since I picked up this book. And I'm
sorry, I can't. If I encounter or come across
anything, I'll try to get back with you. In other
words, if I've - remember something which I have
done which was unscheduled and of a maintenance
task, I'll try to get back to you. I think most
of the work I've done is Jury-rigging things, and
that, with the science demos. And boy, I mean
that's - some of that stuff has really called
for some excessive detailed, painstaking
Jury-rigging. Most of them were not - not well put
together on the ground and pretty much depend
upon the guy up here to - to do the Job and -
like the charged particle mobility demonstration.
Let me say that the one most useful thing I've
found up here is gray tape.

025 16 23 14 SPT For example, 15 minutes before I started this

briefing I had to take and tape up part of the
S063 ozone experiment facility.

f_
3330 _-

SPT The gear is made and assembled in such a fashion

that it's loose, and it wobbles. So that while
you're trying to get good pictures and you're
tracking, you keep wobbling the camera all around
and get nothing but something considerably less
than the instrument resolution capability. So
I've ended up taping the camera to the string
which it's allegedly attached to, to hold it firmly.
The tape Just is - is used all the time to - Just
take a strip of tape, lay it out and turn the
corners over so it's held down on the surface,
and then you can just put all kinds of things on
the tape. In the normal course of things, it's
done all the time; it's a standard mode of living.
I'll get back to you on unscheduled maintenance
if anything comes up.

025 16 24 28 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

025 16 50 05 CC - - and 1/2 minutes to Goldstone at 17:07 - -

CDR Okay, see you then.

025 16 50 12 PLT Okay, recording the following readings. Okay, it's

an EREP 41. Alfa 2 is reading 56; Alfa 3 is read-
ing 86; Alfa 4, 92 - and we were told the other
day that's okay; Alfa 5 is reading 40; Alfa 6,
_ll-scale low. Bravo 2, 54; Bravo 3, 79;
Bravo 4, 91; Bravo 5 is 56; Bravo 6, 50; Bravo 7
is 33, Bravo 8 is about l, Charlie - Bravo 9 is 58.
Charlie 2 is reading 57; Charlie 3, 88; Charlie 4,
54; Charlie 5, 82; Charlie 6, 57; Charlie 7 is 60 -
make that 50; Charlie 6 is 50. Delta 2, 68;
Delta 3, 82; Delta 4, 46; Delta 5, 13; Delta 6, 55;
Delta 7 is 10; Delta 8, disregard. Okay, and
here is 191. Charlie 7 is okay; ALIGNMENT switch,
OFF.

025 16 52 09 PLT And I did not go in there so I - think two of us

verified it's OFF the last time we had it open.

PLT Okay, waiting for T minus 5.

025 16 53 17 CDR How do you read me, Bill?

 3331

PLT Read you 5 square.

CDR Okay.

025 16 55 44 PLT Okay, 192 MODE to - DOOR, OPEN.

CDR Bill, I don't think that mike's close enough to

your mouth. We're missing about the first word
of everything you say.

PLT Yes, I was having trouble the other day.

CDR There you go.

025 16 56 13 PLT This - I have trouble getting a comm carrier to

snug up around the front. You want to rotate
back on the back of my head and move it around.
Okay, HEATER SWITCH OFF light is off and I have
PRESS-TO-TEST, both lights.

025 16 56 47 PLT 192 READY light is onl going to CHECK. 190 HEATER
SWITCH OFF light is off. DELTA TEMP and OVERTEMP
have been checked and to give the preoperation
configuration pad.

PLT We're Already in the fine maneu - preoperation

configuration. TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY on.
192, ON; READY out; CHECK; DOOR, OPEN. 91, ON;
READY on; COOLER, ON; and door is open. 90 - 190,
ON; READY out; STANDBY; door is open; I checked it.
93, RAD to STANDBY; SCAT - READY out; SCAT, OFF;
READY out ; ALTIMETER, OFF ; READY out. 194, ON ;
READY on, and the MALF light is out. And I antic-
ipate getting a MALF light on cameras 3 and 5 during
190 operation. And, Jer, at 17:06 - on the hour
plus 6 seconds, I'll need a VTS AUTO CAL.

025 16 58 lO CDR Okay, good. My first data is 03:51; so we'll have

plenty of time.

PLT Good show.

CDR 00 :06, huh?

PLT Yes, it'd - that's what it is, 00:06.

CDR Okay.

f--
3332 _-_

PLT Okay, now we're operating on the pad. Okay, we'll

Just do this once nice and clean here.

025 16 59 08 PLT 1 minute to AUTO CAL.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, stand by, Jer.

CDR Okay.

PLT Coming up on EREP, START on my mark.

025 17 00 00 PLT MARK. EREP, START. Stand by for VTS AUTO CAL.
_,5-

025 17 00 06 PLT MARK.

025 17 00 07 CDR You got it.

PLT And 194 MODE, MANUAL and SCAT to STANDBY. Okay,

46; we're waiting.

CDR You're going to be busy?

PLT Not real.

CDR Want to take a look here? This is really - really

an interesting pattern on here. Yes, it's still
there.

PLT Yes.

025 17 00 40 CDR I don't know what that is. I can't figure it out
either. It's really pretty though.

PLT Yes.

CDR It's not like it used to be. Before it was just

black and white, but now there's all sorts of
colors in there, green - -

PLT I wonder if that's like you're looking - sort of

getting a defraction effect off the edge of the
lens or something.

CDR Must be something like that. Really quite pretty.

Dots like stars, and pink and gre'en and orange - -
F 3333

PLT Would it be refraction?

CDR - - and gold.

CDR I think I'll Just take a little DAC picture of

that. I - I think the DAC will get this.

PLT Yes, you got to burn up l0 frames anyway.

025 17 01 27 CDR Yes, i0 seconds worth. Just took five frames of

the - This is the CDR, VTS operator. I Just took
five frames on the DAC of my i0 seconds of initial
DAC film of the diffraction or refraction, or what-
ever the pattern is, that we see in the 9TfS Just
prior to sunrise - or whatever it is. But it -
it's quite pretty. It's a lot of stripes and dots
and colors, and quite pretty.

PLT Standing by for 02:h6 for a READY light on 191.

Stand by -

025 17 02 h5 PLT MARK. You've got it at 4h; then going to REFERENCE, 6.

F Waitingfor03:50.

025 17 03 02 CDR Okay. Now the - the pink in the strips, the pink
and the gold and green is beginning to shift into
a blue. Guess that means we're about to lose it
in the ground or clouds, as the case may be.

PLT Coming up on 03:50. Stand by -

025 17 03 50 PLT MARK. SCAT, ON and RAD, ON at 03:50.

CDR Okay, at 03:51, we've started a nadir swath with

no DAC and no DATA. I still have that pattern in
the VTS. Haven't lost it yet.

CDR Pink and blue.

025 17 05 20 PLT Okay, I'm getting a RAD/SCAT GIMBAL flashing,

intermittent.

025 17 05 50 PLT And it just flashed again; that was at 05:50.

That was a RAD/SCAT G!MBAL light. 1 minute.
Standing by for 08.

PLT See another flash at 06:20 on the, RAD/SCAT GIMBAL

_ light.
333 b,

PLT Got another flash at 06:50.

025 17 07 33 CC Skylab, this is Houston; AOS Goldstone.

CDR Hello, Bruce.

PLT Reading you 5 square, Bruce.

CC Roger.

PLT Okay, coming up on 08 minutes. RAD/SCAT GIMBAL

at 07:51. Light flashed again. Okay, stand by-

025 17 08 00 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY and RAD to STANDBY at 02.

193, CROSSTRACK CONTIGUOUS and POLARIZATION, 1.
CROSSTRACK CONTROL SCAN ANGLE, still minus 30 de-
grees. Waiting for 08:25. Stand by -

025 17 08 2_ PLT MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON; RADIOMETER, ON; and

ALTIMETER is going to STANDBY. Now waiting
for lO :30.

CDR Lotsof snowon Vancouver.

PLT Get a good picture?

CDR Yes.

PLT It was clobbered in the other day when I had - -

025 17 08 42 SPT The SPT; S063 information. We're starting visible

CX_3, frames 59 and BV_9 and frame 23.

025 17 09 31 PLT Okay, it's been monitored from the ground. I've
been getting an intermittent single flash on the
BAD/SCAT GIMBAL light about every minute or minute
and a half.

PLT i0 minutes.

CDR Okay. As Bruce said, the weather is clearing up.

PLT Okay, I'm Standing by for 10:30.

025 17 l0 30 PLT MARK. POLARIZATION to _ on the 193.

f_ 3335

SPT Okay, SPT at - coming up on the 10th fra_ on both

csm_ras. And I'ii start tracking now and give you
a mark. This is your frame number l; I'll use the
same exposures when we actually start.

025 17 ll l0 SPT HACK.

CDR There goes that rare Jungle bird again, the

nicotine parrot. Hack, hack.

SPT Hack, hack.

CDR (Laughter)

PLT Caution: S063 may be dangerous to your health.

SPY Okay, both cameras are working well. That was

16 seconds and filter 2700.

025 17 ll 53 PLT Coming up on 12 minutes even. *** thing looking

good. Got a nice steady green light on TAPE
MOTION.

CDR Solid clouds.

PLT Stand by. On my mark, it'll be 12:30.

025 17 12 29 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.

025 17 12 31 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY. Stand by for 42.

025 17 12 41 PLT MARK. RADIOMETER, ON at 42; 12:_2, that is.

CDR Okay, we got cloud breakup, and Minneapolis is

in view. Minneapolis/St. Paul.

SPT Boy, this haze filter certainly does a great Job

in picking up the land - separation from the clouds
here where it's broken.

PLT Stand by for 13:20.

025 17 13 16 CDR Okay. I just burnt up my l0 seconds of DAC time

of Minneapolis/St. Paul.

025 17 13 21 PLT Polar - POLARIZATION to 1 on 193. And standing

by for 13:53.

F
 3336

PLT And coming up on 13:50.

CDR Well, as I live and breathe, there's a great big

lake up here.

PLT Stand by -

025 17 13 53 PLT MARK. 13:53; 190 MODE, AUTO; READY light is on.

CDR Don't suppose it's Lake Michigan- -

PLT 14:10, 192 MODE will be going to READY.

025 17 14 Oh SP_ Houston, SPT.

PLT I got 14:10. Stand by -

025 17 14 I0 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY. All righty. Let's see
here; yes, I got to have a good 1 - READY light -
or TAPE MOTION light. MALF lights on 3 and 5,
,< which is what I expected on 190.

025 17 lh 20 CDR Okay. Houston, I'm going to give you some data on
effluence along the Chicago side of the lake,
and then I'll swing up and do m_ regular site
work. Okay.

025 17 14 31 SPT Houston, SPT.

CC Okay, Ed. Stand by for some desat firings; you're

about 90 percent. Go ahead.

PLT Stand by -

SPT S063 refers to fra_ pairs. Does that mean on the

same point? Usually that's specifie d differently,
but the thought occurred to me that - -

PLT Stand by - -

SPT - - may be what they're after here.

PLT - - 14:50.

SPT So these frame pairs ... - -

025 17 14 50 PLT MARK. RAD, STANDBY. Waiting for 15 minutes even - -

 3337

CC That's affirmative, Ed; on the sa-_ point.

I

SPT Okay.

PLT Stand by -
_L

025 17 15 00 PLT MARK. 15 minutes even. ALTIMETER, ON. Waiting

for 15:06. Stand by -

025 17 15 06 PLT MARK. 90 SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM. Waiting for

16:24. And I'm getting the flat - the flickering
on the TAPE MOTION light again - TAPE RECORDERJ
And I have an ALTIMETER UNLOCK at 15:19.

025 17 15 29 FLT Okay, 192 is running. Okay, I'm getting a slight

disappearance of TAPE MOTION light intermittently.

CDR Okay. Looking for the Wabash Valley now.

025 17 15 43 PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK's okay. Now I've lost my READY

light. I'm going OFF for 15 seconds on ALTIMETER.

025 17 15 49 CDR Okay, I have a large river here; I think that's

_-_ probably the Wabash.

SPT Earth's wide open.

PLT 16:24. Okay, coming back ON with 193 ALTIMETER.

Okay, TAPE MOTION light's looking sicker than it's
been in a long time. Waiting for 16:24. 16:2h -

025 17 16 21 SPT Starting to track.

025 17 16 23 PLT MARK. 78 on the RANGE. Standing by for 16:30.

025 17 16 30 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER going to STANDBY and MODE to 3.

025 17 16 33 SPT HACK.

PLT 16:45. Stand by.

CDR Okay. I got the alternate, the Wabash Valley, and

tracked it to ... - -

025 17 16 45 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON. Waiting for 18:24.

025 17 16 49 SPT HACK.

3338 _--

025 17 16 54 PLT Okay, I've lost my TAPE MOTION light. There it is.

025 17 16 56 SPT HACK.

PLT It's still flickering. It's Just sort of teasing

me there. It's off about as much as it's on;
that's the TAPE MOTION light.

025 17 17 17 CDR Okay, starting the nadir swath.

PLT Let's see 190 _Y light's still on. Everything's

looking good. Waiting for 18:24.

SPT Starting the first track on number 3.

025 17 17 40 SPT HACK.

025 17 17 41 PLT ALTIMETER is looking cold. Let's see at 17:40

I got the UNLOCK. Still have a READY light.

025 17 17 59 CDR Okay, you can see a little peak of the Appalachians,
and now we're in solid overcast ....

PLT Still have a READY light. ALTIMETER UNLOCK.

CDR Solid overcast.

PLT 18:24.

PLT Still have an ALTIMETER UNLOCK. Still have a

READY light. Standby; on my ma_k 18:24.

025 17 18 24 PLT MARK. RANGE to 75 and at 30, STANDBY.

025 17 18 30 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. At 36, 192 MODE to

STANDBY. 192 -

025 17 18 38 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to STANDBY. Got a shift in speed

and I got a steady green light.

025 17 18 43 PLT 43, ALTIMETER MODE to 5.

CDR Okay. I'm ready to track.

PLT ... ALTIMETER, ON. Okay. We're going to check it

a]]. Okay. I got an ALTIMETEE UNLOCK light.
READY light still on. Next even t is at 20:30.
 r 3339

I 025 17 19 09 CDR And back under the clouds again.

025 17 19 13 SPT HACK. That's about 3 seconds late.

025 17 19 21 PLT The flickering of the TAPE MOTION light has stopped.

CDR Back to blue water. No indications of current or

blooming.

SPT Third sequence. Coming up on 7 - 7 and 8.

025 17 19 53 PLT The ALTIMETER is really doing it's thing now. No

UNLOCK light.

CDR Getting into clouds - -

PLT Sure fire way to get it to come on isn't it?

SPT I am now moving our exposures stepped down to 20

because there's not sufficient time on the track
to make it 16 hacks.

PLT Okay, I need a - At 21:30 1 am going to need an

AUTO CAL, Jer.

CDR Okay.

PLT I'll give you a call. That's a little over a minute

away.

CDR Right. Stand by -

025 17 20 23 CDR MARK. DAC,s off. That's the end of the nadir
swath. No visual indications of the Gulf Stream
at all - -

PLT Okay, IR REFERENCE, 2. Wait - -

CDR ..... waters.

PLT Waiting for 21:30.

025 17 21 00 SPT Okay, that was frames 7 and 8. We're going to

give you a couple more here.

PLT Well, everything's looking pretty good right now.

Okay, Just got an ALTIMETERUNLOGKlight at 21:08.
33h0 -_

SPT l'm going to put this down a little bit further

yet. !

PLT READY light's still on. Need a AUTO CAL at 21:30,

Jer.

CDR Okay, I'll give it to you.

SPT Put it down to 20 on the set. Not sufficient

time for --

PLT ALTIMETER light, READY light's still on.

SPT - - second exposure.

PLT Okay, Jer, 5 seconds.

CDR Okay.

PLT On my mark.

025 17 21 30 PLT MARK.

CDR Got it.

PLT Okay, thank you. Waiting for 22:05.

025 17 21 36 PLT Okay, and the READY light's out on 191. Still
have an UNLOCK light on 193 Alfa.

SPT ...

PLT But I still have the READY light on.

025 17 21 43 CDR HACK.

PLT Just lost the READY light at 45; turning it off

in 15 seconds, so stand by. Waiting for 22:05.
Ah, goes to STANDBY anyway.

025 17 22 05 PLT FRAMES to 71, 22:05. And I'll turn it back on at

20.

SPT Okay, we're not giving you a second exposure on

this one. *** sequence.

PLT Stand by -
_ 3341

025 17 22 20 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

025 17 22 21 SPT Okay, we'll pick up with another double set here.

PLT Okay, 22:30, I should have a READY out on 190.

025 17 22 31 PLT There it goes. MODE to STANDBY. 22:30, 190 MODE

to SINGLE. Aw, 23:30.

025 17 22 41 SPT HACK.

PLT Got an extra one.

025 17 23 04 SPT HACK.

CDR That's a terrible cough you got, Ed. You got

kind of a wheeze there too.

PLT Waiting for 23:30.

SPT Okay, we are Just able to do it when I move that

down to 20. Surprised that wasn't picked up be-
fore. Go with another sequence. Guess I'm
going to have to quit smoking.

025 17 23 30 PLT MARK. 23:30 SINGLE. And waiting for 24:10 for
a READY on the 191.

025 17 23 48 SPT HACK.

025 17 24 05 SPT HACK.

025 17 24 08 PLT Okay, there; we got it. 24:08 we got it. Okay,
24:45.

025 17 24 i0 SPT Just finished it. Okay, I'll give you some more
in here. Get a few extra seconds.

025 17 24 19 PLT UNLOCK light at 20 - ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at

24:19, and standing by for 24:45.

025 17 24 37 Sl_ HACK.

925 17 24 45 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE.

O25 17 25 Ol SPT HACK.

331_2

025 17 25 03 CC Skylab, this is Houston. 1-1/2 minutes until LOS.

Next station contact in i0 minutes and we leave you i
to hack your way on toward Ascension. Expecting
to arrive there at 17:35.

025 17 25 15 PLT Okay, ALTIMETER UNLOCK and READY light locked at

25:15. OFF for 15 seconds.

SPT Fourth set of extras for S063. Coming up.

025 17 25 32 PLT MARK. Back on. RANGE - Okay, I see 25:50. I'll
wait for that. Okay we got an UNLOCK light almost
immediately.

025 17 25 40 SPT HACK.

PLT 25:50. Stand by -

025 17 25 50 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. RANGE, 67. At 26:06,

we'll turn the ALTIMETER back ON.

025 17 25 58 SPT HACK. End of the first exposure. Picking up on

second. r.

025 17 26 05 PLT MARK.

025 17 26 06 SPT HACK.

025 17 26 07 PLT 26:05, ALTIMETER, ON. And the UNLOCK light is

flickering. Still have a READY light. Stand by -

025 17 26 15 PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE on the 190 at 26:15.

SPT 26:30. Picking up on your frame number 9 after

four extra sets and one extra exposure in there.

PLT I'm not hearing those singles come off of there, so

I turned the POWER, ON - -

SPT 27 :15.

PLT - - to see if I get a MALF light again. Next one's

at 27:15.

025 17 27 15 PLT MARK. MODE, SINGLE. Okay, I got a MALF light on

FTLM ADVANCE on 5. So maybe we've cured the problem
on 3. I cycled the POWER on 190 OFF in between two
SINGLE exposures here, 26:15 and _27:15.
 3343

PLT Waiting for 28:30. Okay, I'm going to STANDBY on

theALTIMETER.

025 17 27 20 SPT HACK. Frame 9-

CDR If you got another SINGLE, I'll look for it here

for you.

PLT Okay, I got - I have one at 28:30,

CDR Okay.

025 17 27 58 PLT Okay. ALTIMETER back ON.

025 17 28 05 PLT Got the UNLOCK light at 28:05.

027 17 28 07 SPT HACK. That was B seconds late.

PLT READY light's staying on this time. 28:30. Okay,

Jer, I'm going to hit a SINGLE here in - -

SPT Going with frame ll.

PLT - - l0 seconds. Stand by -

025 17 28 29 PL_ MARK.

CDR Yes, it's doing it.

PLT Okay I guess it's just this headset.

SPT It says that if I leave m_ watch on, I could get

it caught in the tracking gear, and I'll get my
arms locked in here, and I can't move it. Okay,
picking up now on frame ll.

025 17 29 09 SPT HACK.

02_ 17 29 12 PLT Okay, ALTIMETER going to STANDBY early. I Just

got - just lost the READY light. That was at
29:14. Okay, RANGE, 64. And at 29:35 ALTIMETER
will be coming back ON.

025 i7 29 31 SPT HACK.

PLT Stand by -
3344 _

025 17 29 35 PLT MARK. 29:35, ALTIMETER, ON. 29:45, 90 MODE to

SINGLE.

SPT Frames ii and 12; picking up on 13.

PLT Stand by -

025 17 29 45 PLT MARK. 29:45, 190 MODE to SINGLE. Waiting for

30:45.

PLT Where are we right now, Jer? Where are we?

CDR Well, we're over ...

025 17 30 12 PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at 30:12.

CDR ...

PLT Still have a READY light on the ALTIMETER. 30:45.

SPT Okay, we got a visual without the UV on that one.

For some reason the - it did not trip on us.

025 17 30 45 PLT MARK. SINGLE.

SPT We'll get another visual going back. We got two

extra visuals on here. There are visibles on 13
and 14. Try it all over again. *** works too
well and one doesn't even work at all.

025 17 31 13 PLT Okay, I've lost my READY light on the ALTIMETER.

Going to STANDBY.

025 17 31 19 SPT There goes another visual and we have not got any
UVs going.

PLT Wait ing for 31 :30.

025 17 31 29 PLT MARK; ALTIMETER back ON. Got a READY light.

SPT Microswitch is not tripping it for some reason.

PLT 31 :50.

SPT Is that right?

PLT Stand by -
 3345

025 17 31 50 PLT MARK. 194 MODE, MANUAL. Waiting for 32 minutes

even.

SPT I think our timer just gave up the ghost.

025 17 32 00 PLT MARK. SINGLE. 32:54. Okay, got an ALTIMETER

UNLOCK light, but I still have a READY light. MALF
light blinking on 194. Waiting for 32:54.

SPT Okay, we don't get any frames 13 and 14 on this.

Looks like our timer - -

025 17 32 32 PLT Just lost the READY light on the ALTIMETER; going
to STANDBY early.

PLT And EREP going to STOP. Right. Now, let's see,

I'll get it ... last you i0 seconds. That may do
you some good. Will that work with either the
first one - -

PLT Okay, 93's back on again.

SPT - - without tripping the lever?

f

PLT Waiting for 32:54. They'll get a few seconds' data

there.

025 17 32 54 PLT MABK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

025 17 32 56 PLT EREP, STOP.

SPT You mean it's over?

PLT Roger. Yes, that was pretty good.

SPT Let me give a few points here. One is, in tracking

it took a little time to figure out that I cannot
bring my arm in from the top to change the - have
my arm in the top in order to change the UV filter
because I would manage to get my arm trapped in
the tracking gears, so I could not get it out. Oh,
boy!

025 17 33 27 PLT Bravo 7 is reading 34.

025 17 33 59 CDB Okay, o_/r X-rates are wallowing a]] over the place
from 0.i down to 0.4; it's supposed to be 0.7.
3346

SPT Jer, you're Just probably getting the outer gimbal

drive logic working first, and then it will kick
in once you get the - -

PLT Yes, that upset me one day; I thought I was going

all over the sky there.

SPT Okay, we did manage, on the first steps - that is,

1 though 8, we got - -

025 17 34 25 PLT DOOR CLOSEd.

SPT - - and then we gave four extra sets of - -

PLT Close and latch 191 cover. I did that. Recording's

OFF.

CDR ... hot mike.

PLT *** on?

SPT Yes. Sure do.

PLT Okay.

SPT Okay, let me try to go back over this. First of

all, in the tracking, the first two, the last exposures
were - there were [sic] not enough time in order
to make both exposures for the length of travel
that we had. First one, of course, there was more
difficulty than that because I managed to get my
arm trapped in the tracking gear, as I had it
held down in there in order to get the UV filters
changed from 2700 to 3200.

PLT Throw that mike up there, Jer.

SPT We did - however, managed to get four extra sets

in the first one, one extra one which was strictly -
we did not get the second trip; we got too far up
and I realized it, so we didn't take the second
exposure. And that was - real time recording; you'll
have to pick up exactly which one that one was.

025 17 35 56 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension for

h-l/2 minutes. Out.
 3347

SPT And lastly, on frames 13 and 14 - our timer mal-

functioned;that is, probably the battery gave out.
And we did not pick up the last two exposures
there, but we did get, overall, a net gain of six.
So we'll have to check out the battery timer - the
timer battery.

CC ...

025 17 36 28 SPT Microswitch nor the pushbutton on the timer would

make it function.

CDR Go ahead, Bruce.

CC Okay, ... control ...

SPT What I did after the first two exposures was to

move the - setting down to 20 in order to make the
length of travel work. It turned out on the
first two that when I was taking the 8-second ex-
posure, I would run into stop before the exposure
was complete. And I am wondering how the heck
something like this could get by on a pad.

CC Okay, ... 15 degrees counterclockwise ... clockwise.

SPT However, you did get - I think some fairly good sets
in there of - of tracking. Stand by and I'll give
you the frame count.

CC ...

025 17 37 39 SPT Ah, no wonder. We have flat depleted the film.

We're down to zero_ that's why the timer did not
function. Okay, so we got the most we could out
of this film cassette. I didn't have time to check
it when I was running. Okay, so on BV49, we shot
them all. Now reading zero. On the visible, we're
now reading 44.

025 17 38 23 SPT SPT out.

025 17 46 46 SPT It's 17:46. Additional information for S063. In

order to keep the whole system rigid, I had to tape
the - or use gray tape in order to hold the camera
rigid to the holding frame. And I think this _ave
3348

you a little bit better resolution than you mi_t

have had previously with the camera wiggle in
there.

025 17 47 15 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

025 18 35 44 PLT PLT, time is 18:35; recording and reporting the

start of battery charge on battery number 7, ASMU.

025 18 35 54 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

025 19 20 54 SPT SPT at 19:20, M092. Okay, today was not a very
sterling run. Had to terminate with around
30 seconds remaining in the last stage. I
attribute it mostly to being just extremely
overtired. The past few nights or so I haven't
gotten anywhere near enough sleep. And I think
I'ii get rested up again and I'ii be looking back
to normal. No other circllm_tances that I can see
that would influence it. You know, as the heart
rate went up - in the second stage, that's
40 millimeters. There towards the end, I was
trying to adjust the waist seal which was giving
me quite a bit of problem. And also towards the
end of the 50-millimeter run, there was also
some problem with the waist seal which I tried to
adjust.

025 19 22 00 SPT SPT out.

025 19 32 35 CDR This is the CDR at 19:32 Zulu debriefing the

18:45 ATM pass. The J0P 6, building block 28,
got started a little bit late on the 55 exposures
mainly because of the old GRATING problem. When
I got here, the GRATING was sitting at 400 and
something, so I sent it scampering off
towards 0000, but I didn't put the switch in
REFERENCE. I left it in AUTO - GRATING, AUTO SCAN
and whistled right through ZERO. Caught it
about 20, so had to turn it loos_ again. And
 3349

that got me a little bit behind, but since I was

following it with observing time, it didn't hurt
too much; and got all the data. Then I got into
my observing time and Just, essentially, did a
sweep around the limb and looked for surges and
Drominences and located prominence 85. It's
beginning to look a little peaked. And noticed
a surge of activity down at about 130 on the limb.
Appears to be well south of active region 33, but
in the XUV M0N it's in the - in the bright area
that's going around the corner. You know, the -
the bright fuzz that's on the - the southeast -
correction, southwest limb there, where active 30 -
active region 33 is going over the hill. The
very southernmost end of that is where this little
surge was located.

025 19 3h 17 CDR That was the last one I noticed and didn't really
have much time to do anything with it since my
JOP 2 Delta time was rushing upon me. I noticed
another small surge up at about 310 on the limb
and I suspect that probably is connected with
filament nnm_er 88. The XUV MON is getting more
F and more uninteresting. About the only good thing
you can say about it today is it sure got some
deep coronal holes. And that's Just about it.
There's been no significant change in either the
WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH or the XUV MON since the
pictures were taken this morning by the SPT. And
so that's about it.

025 19 35 07 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

025 20 03 59 PLT This is the PLT at 20:03, reporting M092 partic-

ulars on SPT. Start time was 18:30; 14-1/2
and 14-1/h on the - the measurements. The legbands
were Charlie Juliett and Alfa Quebec. The stop
time was 19:15. And, let's see, I think those
are all the numbers that I owe you on that.

025 20 05 05 PLT PLT. Correction on the calf measurements. On

the SPT was 13-1/2 and 13-1/4, left leg and right
leg respectively. And once again, the legbands:
Charlie Juliett and Alfa Quebec.
3350

025 20 05 58 PLT And this is PLT recording M171 data on SPT.

CAL N2, 02, CO 2 was 884; CAL N2, H20 , 1155; CABIN

AIR PResSURE ; 5. 591 ; PERCENT 02 , 66.23 ; PERCENT H20,

2.36; PERCENT COo, 2.12; VITAL CAPACITY, 5.670,
5.529, 5.637. Commenting on the CAL N2, 02, C02,
I either had a switch out of configuration when
I started, or I put one out of configuration. I
got all bent out of shape setting up the run and
I left the recorders running, so - normally it
only takes about 4 or 5 minutes to transition.
Anyway, that explains that, and I - I am at a
loss to explain the CAL N2, 02, C02 pressure
at 884. I thought it should have been slightly
higher than that. But I went back and obtained
what I thought was a - a - a - the orginal
configuration and started all over again. You
may be able to determine an error from tape; I
don't know. However, that exp - that - I wanted
to offer that information, because I thought
the - the pressure there was Just a little bit
low on the CAL N2, 02, C02.

025 20 07 28 PLT PLT out. And I will be giving the - the other
three measurements later.

TIME SKIP

025 20 32 06 SPT SPT at 20:32, MI71. There was quite a few points
there where the SYSTOLIC BLOOD PRESSURE was close
to ZERO. And I can figure no real good reason
for that. When we started the cuffing blood
cycle and I had to hold the arm loose and not
tense the muscles or arm movement and some of the
times you got a good pulse - pulse pressure and
some of the times the SYSTOLIC was down to 5 or 7.
The cable coming through the cuff was sometimes
bouncing around which I tried to keep relatively
taut without moving the - moving any muscles on
it. And I'm not sure what the difficulty was.
Heart rates were higher than normal, probably
just because of being overtired.

025 20 32 59 SPT SPT out.

 3351

025 20 33 07 PLT This is the PLT recording the last three parameters
on the MI71 run. PERCENT 02 is 65.14; H20, 3.60;
and PERCENT C02, 2.21 at completion run.

025 20 33 23 PLT PLT out.

025 20 41 01 PLT This is the PLT recording handheld photographs,

HH59, frames 43 through 41 on Charlie X-ray 43;
that's in the Nikon. These were closeups with
the 300-millimeter lens of the Gal_pagos. The -
The islands were not cloud free but the craters
were reasonably cloud free. And there was a
very interesting wake - island wakes in the water
and waves - obvious wave pattern. Also cloud -
island-generated cloud streets. And those are
all recorded on frame number 79 in the Hasselblad,
Charlie X-ray 18. And they were taken at 20:38
appr oximat ely.

025 20 41 47 PLT PLT out.

TIME
SKIP

025 21 05 27 CDR This is the.CDR at 21:05 Zulu dubrief - debriefing

the 20:10 Zulu ATM pass which was fraught with
problems. Coming around the hill at sunrise, I
got all set up for building block 32. Let's see
now, right; and got nothing. Wait minute now,
I think - well, I went ahead and did building
block 32 without even knowing I didn't have
H-ALPHA 1. What had happened is apparently H -
H-ALPHA 1 DOOR did not OPEN or only opened part way
or somthing. And I galloped into business and
did building block 32 without even realizing that
I had no H-ALPHA 1 because I was working with
H-ALPHA 2.

025 21 06 25 CDR That's the reason why. Okay, I finished building

block 2 and 32, I should say, JOP 6, building
block 2 - 32 and moved on to JOP 2 Charlie,
building block 23. And when I selected H-ALPHA 1
in order to get the pointing, io and behold, no
video. I looked up and the flag was white,
indicating the door was somewhere in transit, I
guess, and there was no OPERATE light for the
H-ALPHA i. So I hit the DOOR sw'itch to OPEN and
3352

nothing happened except some H-ALPHA FRAME

REMAINING decremented one. So I went to the
switch selectors and inhibited the motors on
H-ALPHA 1 and then enabled them again and got
H-ALPHA 1 operating in AUTO and the OPERATE light
was on but I still had a gray flag.

025 21 07 28 CDR And about that time was when the ground came up
and I told them my problems and they said tele-
metry said the door wasn't opened and I threw the
switch; it opened and the door and everything
was copacetic.

CDR I had H-ALPHA 1 but I had lost some time there,

so S055 in building 20 - building block 23 only
got about 2-5/6 of their data - I really want
to say five-sixths. Anyway, the first MIRROR,
3 RASTER, I gave you two of them; the second
MIRROR, 3 RASTER, you got two of them; the third
MIRROR, 3 RASTER, you got one, and I finally had
to give up and terminate on line 52 of the
second MAR of that one.

025 21 08 13 CDR And the S056 - you guys were hosted by multiple
hangups, as best I can tell. The first PATROL,
NORMAL, it hung up in FILTER 1 as best I could
tell and then finally about 7 minutes later, I -
I woke up and realized that it - it was supposed
to have stopped and I looked up and it was still
sitting on FILTER 1. So I recycled it and got it
running and we got the PATROL, NORMAL. The PATROL
lost - and I got 3-1/2 minutes through the second
PATROL, NORMAL before we had truncated due to
h00 K time. And so your SINGLE FRAME nor a LONG
didn't even get done.

CDR Now we are powered down for unattended and because

I was running a little bit behind, I turned off
DETECTOR 1 like a d,_,y and it - the GRATING
skated right through ZERO on me so I'm now - it's
after dark. I 'm in the NIGHT INTER - INTERLOCK,
OVERRIDE position. I've got us in MECHANICAL REF,
0000 now. And I will step it up to 104 and put
the MECHANICAL REFERENCE switch back in OPTICAL
and that should set you folks up for your
unattended operation. I left it pointed at the
active region 33 at the limb where I did the
building block 23, and so now it's all yours.
 3353

025 21 09 37 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

025 21 40 27 CDR Okay, I'm ready. Let me - -

PLT Hey, that's not -Yes, that's it there. The

white - it's the white. It's the - -

CDR This is?

PLT Yes.

CDR All right.

PLT Now, move ... so I can hear you, Jer.

CDR Okay. The VTR's running, Bill.

PLT Okay.

PLT All right.... I give you a hint,Ed.

SPT ...

PLT Are you ready, Jer?

CDR Ready.

025 21 40 55 PLT Go.

CDR We just finished an Earth resources survey pass

Just a few minutes ago, and I thought I'd take
this opportunity to show you some of the Earth
resources equipment that we used on these passes.
Now, what I'm doing at the moment is unloading
the magazines from the multispectral camera and
stowing these magazines for use at the next EREP
pass, which will probably be tomorrow sometime.

PLT ... Go.

025 21 42 03 CDR Now I'm swinging the multispectral cameras back

to the stowage position so that I can show you
what the cameras look like. Now the - the cameras
take pictures of the Earth in two different
3354

wavelengths. One is in the visible wavelength

which is this row of cameras here. And then we
have the IE cameras, the intra - infrared cameras
that take pictures in a wavelength that cannot
be seen by the eye.

PLT ... coming up.

SPT Okay, we ...

CDR But we also have several other sensors in the

Skylab Program, such as electronic scanners that
can see wavelengths that even our multispectral
cameras can't see. We also have scanners in
different wavelengths with microwave sensors in
order to be able to even see through the clouds.
Now Earth resources needs all different kinds
of wavelengths, and each wavelength kind of has
it's own purpose. The visible wavelength - -

PLT Hey, Jer, I just got my ... back out and get ...

CDR Okay.

PLT Start over on the C&D panel and I won't do that

again.

025 21 43 32 CDE All right. We'll just start over on the C&D
panel then. Skylab has high resolution electronic
scanners that can record images in wavelengths
, that even our special cameras can't record, and
that is controlled by this part of the control
panel you see right here. We also have some
microwave sensors controlled by this part of the
control panel you see right here. We also have
some microwave sensors controlled by this area
down here. And these microwave sensors can see
right through the clouds. Now the different
wavelengths that we have for Earth resources
evaluation have very special purposes. The
visible wavelengths are - are best suited for
geology and mapping purposes. And the infrared
wavelengths are best for agricultural purposes.
And the microwaves give us our best information
in oceanography and weather.

PLT Moving out. Moving out.

025 21 h4 55 CDR Okay? I.....

 3355

PLT Okay.

CDR That was a little rough, but I think that's

kind of the general idea that we want to follow,
isn't it?

PLT Yes. Well, I'll tell you, that's a hell of a

lot to ask ...

CDR Well, we've only gotten one segment done.

PLT What?

CDR We got time, you think, to do it one more time?

PLT Oh, okay. I think that's probably the best - -

025 21 45 21 CDR Just do it one more time clear through and then
quit for now and just tell them we got the first
segment done twice, and - and we'll get time for
the other two segments later.

SPT Jerry, did they say this is southwest to west?

CDR Northwest; northwest.

SPT Northwest?

CDR Northwest. Yes.

PLT Okay, Jer. I'm - I'm ready to go.

CDR All right. Get the VTR running.

025 21 47 09 CDR Okay, it's running. And I'm back out of the
way.

PLT I'm cranked in on 190.

CDR Okay.

PLT I'm going to move it now. I'll say go.

PLT Go.

025 21 47 26 CDR Just a little while ago, we finished an Earth

resources survey pass and I thought I'd take
this opportunity to show you some of our Earth
BB56 -_

resources equipment. What I'm doing right now

is I'm removing the magazines from our multi-
spectral cameras, and I'm going to stow these
magazines for use in our next Earth resources
pass, which will probably be tomorrow sometime.

PLT Drifting back out again. Get ready to go. Go.

CDR What I'm doing now is moving the array of multi-

spectral cameras back to their _towage position.
And the reason why I'm doing it is just to give
you folks a little better chance to see what our
cameras look like. Now we take photographs with
these cameras in two wavelengths. One is done
with these last three cameras in this row here.
And those cameras take pictures in the visible
light that the eye can see. These three forward
cameras here take pictures in the infrared
wavelengths in which the human eye cannot see.

PLT Okay, now ... and swing in on the C&D panel.

Okay.

025 21 29 03 CDR Okay, now over here on my right, I'd like to show
you the control and display panel that we use
for Earth resources. You know, we also have
some high-resolution electronic scanters -
scanners that can record data in wavelengths that
even our multispectral camera can't see. And
that are these - these two rows of switches and
things right here that do that. We also have
microwave sensors which are controlled by this
area of the panel down here. And these microwave
sensors can make it through and see the ground
even through clouds. Now in Earth resources,
there - there are several wavelengths and - that
we look at and each kind of has its own special
purpose. The visible wavelengths are really best
suited for geology and mapping. And the data we
get on the infrared wavelengths is really best
suited for agriculture, and the microwaves are
used in - for the most part in our studies of
oceanography and weather.

025 21 50 06 PLT Okay, stop talking. I'll move back out. Are
you through?

CDR Yes.
 3357

PLT ... okay, you can move out ...

PLT Okay, kill the VTR.

CDR Okay, stopping the VTR.

PLT Oh, boy, I don't know. You looked good - -

CDR That'll have to do for the first one. That's

segment number 1 complete.

025 21 51 Ol CDR And we're out of time so we're going to need more
time for segments 2 and 3.

TIME SKIP

025 23 37 5h SPT SPT at 23:37, ATM ops which began at around 21:40
or so. This was when we received a call that there
was a filament disappearing - or a prominence.
I did not hear the call, so I'm not sure exactly
what the call was. But over at about 080 we had ...
and all I heard was "at the northeast limb." ...
came off and asked me to take a look in that orbit.
And that was my total knowledge of what I had when
I went into it. I looked at it in WHITE LIGHT
CORONAGRAPH; did not see any change at all ....
and write down the details and what I had seen in
the morning from memory, and also corresponding
with the picture which I had taken. However, I
did building block 32 right away with - I should
say, shopping list item i. And then went over to
take a look at the limb and saw a prominence and
perhaps a surge of some very narrow spikes at
around 0h0, 050, extending off the limb maybe
30 arc seconds, 25 arc seconds maybe, and inclined
slightly towards the south.

025 23 39 22 SPT I went back to Sun center and, about the middle
of the orbit, did another building block - or I
should say, shopping list item i, a quickie. And
then went back over to the limb and gave 55 some
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs at around 0h0, 050 which
apparently was the wrong rotation from where the
transient disappeared from. And then after that ...
52 a STANDARD MODE at the very end, and 56 a PATROL,
NORMAL. Problem being hearing the call that came
3358

up. As I said, here we have a b-cycle per secon_

speed ... and it's really quite loud. You have
to turn it up fairly loud in order to hear the -
the ground.

025 23 40 20 CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS. The next station's

the Vanguard for your medical conference in about
22 minutes at 00:01.

SPT ... working in the experiment compartment. I turned

down the speaker which was right next to my ear.
Apparently the other folks had turned off other
speakers so that I could not hear anything and was
not aware of it. So I didn't get a real good feel
for what the original call was. However, there
really was no - no difficulty there. Had we seen
anything in the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH, we would
have gone right into building block 7.

025 23 40 58 SPT SPT out.

025 23 50 h6 CDR This is the CDR at 23:50 Zulu reporting Earth

observations, handheld photography. Tried to
locate the Orne Seamount at 23:44 and had no luck. -.
Could see nothing that even resembled any sort of
a disturbance in the water or any sort of shadows
or anything like that that would indicate the sea-
mount was there. I did, however, see a - a cloud
pattern that I thought was rather interesting, and
I took a picture of it. And after a little more
investigation, it became apparent that what I was
seeing was a - a patch of cirrus over some stratocu
that were down close to the water, and the cirrus
was up pretty high. Made a pretty strange looking
cloud pattern, and I got a Nikon-300 shot of it.
It was frame number" 39 of Charlie X-ray 43. It
was taken at f/5.6 at 1/1000.

025 23 51 45 CDR CDR out.

025 23 55 27 CDR This is the CDR at 23:57 Zulu. For our subject
is Earth observations, handheld photography. This
time again it was cloud formations. There's an
area in the South Pacific here where we saw a good
deal of stratocumulus with very, very interesting-
looking eddy patterns in them that were - just
seemed to be getting started. And the - the eddied
stratocu was bounded by what I've called a tortoise-
 3359

shell stratocu - the - the cellular stratocu. And

then laid over across the top at what looked like
about a 90-degree angle, was a thin stream of cir-
rus. The wind direction for the stratocu with the
eddy forms looked like it was about due south.
And the cirroform cloud stripe over the top looked
like it was probably westerly or easterly. It was
east-west and maybe - possibly slightly from the
south-southwest.

025 23 59 26 CDR CDR out.

###
 DAY 026 (AM) 3361

026 00 ii 36 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 00:ii and 45 sec-
onds. The subject is S201, comet photography.
And the 201 - the mirror is extended. We have
a ROTATION of 18.0 in and a TILT of 23.6. And
the comet, of course, is our target. And we're
waiting for 00:13 to come up, at which time, the
first mark you hear will be POWER switch, ON;
the second mark will be RESET switch to START,
at 13 minutes and 1 second. 13:00 and 13:01,
and we've got about 35 seconds to go.

026 00 12 48 CDR Okay, and the POWER switch is going to go back

OFF again, at 24, so this is going to be a rather
short exposure. POWER first, START second.
Standby -

026 00 13 00 CDR MARK. POWER.

026 00 13 01 CDR MARK. START. The white light is flashing. The

whir is whirring. Coming up on 13:24. Stand
by -

026 O0 13 24 CDR MARK. POWER, OFF. I did not hear any little
hoots. Okay, our next exposureis comingup at
15 at a ROTATION of 316.6 and we're going 2 point
turn - two turns counterclockwise from where we
are now. 2.2. l, 2, .2, and looking for 6.6.
There is 6.6 in the ROTATION. The TILT is going
to 19.5. TILT is set. 6.6, 19.5. POWER switch
will be coming ON at 15; it's now 14:15, so we've
got another 45 seconds. The target is Tango lh,
Tango 14. Looks like the comet got rather short
shift there. Okay, we're coming up with 15 sec-
onds to go now. At 15:00 POWER switch comes ON;
at 15:01 and the RESET goes to START. Stand by -

026 00 lh 59 CDR MARK. POWER.

026 00 15 00 CDR MARK. START. Flashing light.

CDR Ah, I hear a faint hoot in the background

CDR Okay, th- this exposure will be terminated at

28 minutes and 26 seconds so I'm going to leave
the air for a while.

026 00 15 h6 CDR CDR out.

/f
3362

026 00 27 04 CDR This is the CDR at 00:27 and I0. I have a little
over a minute between now and termination of ex-
posures on Tango lb.

CDR Okay, the time is coming up now on 00:28 even.

026 00 27 59 CDR MARK. MY next mark will be RESET switch to START

at 28:26, then at 28:27, it'll be POWER switch,
OFF. That's at 26 and 27. Coming up on 26.
Stand by -

026 00 28 26 CDR MARK. START.

026 00 28 27 CDR MARK. POWER. All right, the next field is Tan-
go 23. Going for a ROTATION of 164.6, and that's
5.4 turns counterclockwise, i, 2, 3, 4, 5.4;
and I'm looking for a 4.6. There it is. Now
we have TILT, 08.0. Okay, ROTATION and TILT are
set. It's coming up on 29:30 now, so we've got
a minute to go. ROTATION is XX4.6; TILT is 08.8;
the target is Tango 23. And we're waiting for
00:30 and 30 seconds.

CDR All right.

026 00 30 00 CDR MARK. 00:30. Waiting for 30 seconds. The first

mark will be 30, with the POWER switch. The
second mark will be 31, with the START switch -
RESET switch to START. Stand by -

026 00 30 30 CDR MARK. POWER.

026 00 30 31 CDR MARK. START.

CDR Okay. Operation looks normal.

026 00 30 51 CDR I'm going off the line now; be back at about
_3 even.

026 00 31 48 SPT SPT at 00:32; MO92. Okay, on the run today, I

guess I did not specify to you the exact symptoms
which I experienced before we terminated the run
at 5 minutes and 30 seconds re - still remaining.
Symptoms were essentially, faintness in the head,
and no sweat or no - no feeling along in the back
of the shoulders; it was strictly a faintness in
the head, and - and a slight hollowness in the -
 3363

in the chest. I'm not Just quite sure how to

describe that one; from the throat down into the -
the chest. And when the faintness got to the
point where I felt it was diverging fairly rap-
idly is when I hit the switch. The SPT out on
that subject.

026 00 32 43 SPT Next, M133. I did not take the - I did not do
any M133 this evening, or do not plan to do it,
because I have taken a Dalmane, which is a - I
feel the effects of that may obscure some of your
data. So I'll pick up the M133 tomorrow night.
I realize we haven't been getting you very much,
with me sleeping up there in the airlock. So
we'll try and pick it up and schedule it for what
you think you need in terms of data.

026 00 33 23 SPT SPT out.

026 00 _i 29 CDR This is the CDR at 00:42 and 30. I'm at - term-
inating exposure now. The reason is we started -
started into our maneuver too early. So that
first exp - that exposureon Tango 23 was termi-
nated at hl. h - 00:_l and 30 seconds with a
RESET switch to START - -

PLT ...

CDR - - and a - a POWER switch to OFF. Say again,

Bill?

PLT Going to SI, 5 minutes away.

CDR Okay. Well, I Just terminated the exposure.

PLT You asked if I ... couldn't find it ... PSS

m_neuver at 40.

CDR Oh.

PLT And what it said was ... to look at the pad ...

026 00 h2 37 CDR This is the CDR. This terminates the $201 opera-
tion. And I'll begin the - Let's see, do we have
to stow it tonight? Negative. No stow tonight.
So we'll retract the mirror, and - and we will
leave the AMS and 201 in the vent position.
336h

026 00 43 00 CDR CDR out.

026 00 46 02 PLT Okay, PLT here, at 00:46, reporting a premature

activation of SOLAR INERTIAL. Gave myself - I
thought l'd given myself about 5 minutes of lee-
way, and - and left the maneuver pad on the ATM
panel boards. And when I came up here to - how-
ever I set my timer as I came up. Couldn't find
my maneuver pad, and the boards had all been
cleaned off for the - for the evening; and the
maneuver pad had been cleaned off in the process.
And I looked on my details and - I shouldn't have
done it, but - but it said SI maneuver at 00:40,
and I remembered it was at 00:45. Against my
better Judgement, I hit the SI switch. And, of
course, the pad details were directing me to the
maneuver pad, where the real maneuver time is.
So I screwed that one up.

026 00 47 01 PLT I'm watching the gimbals and everything now. It

looks like everything is all right. I hope I
haven't fouled up your momentum management on the
ground. The maneuver was about 4 minutes and
20 seconds early.

026 O0 47 13 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

026 Ol 33 22 CDR This is the CDR at 01:33 Zulu. Subject is Earth

observations handheld photography. At 23:50, on
frame 83, I took pictures and described to you
cirrus up over the top of stratocu md the eddy
in the stratocu. This is one rev later, and
we now have a good oblique shot looking down the
cirrus. It looks like it's pretty obviously Jet-
stream cirrus, and you can see the same strato-
cu we were talking about earlier. And the eddies
look like they're a little bit more strongly
formed now.

026 01 33 59 CDR CDR out.

026 01 34 52 CDR This is the CDR again. On Jet-stream cirrus and

the stratocu that I was t_]king about, I think
 3365

I can give you a lat-long location on it, rough-

ly. And that is a latitude of 40 south, and a
longitude of ii0 west, is about roughly where
those two are. Both frames were taken with the
same f-stop - f/ll, 1/250.

026 01 35 20 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

026 02 06 03 CDR This is the CDR at 03:06 Zulu [sic] with Earth
observations. At 03:03 [sic], while looking - I
was looking out the window down at the Earth, and
I saw a great, huge patch of fires. Looks like
the - that they're located in the area of Nigeria
and Chad and Cameroon. I would estimate that the
line of the fire is - It was a long elliptical
area of many - many fires. I would guess that it's
probably 200 to 300 miles long and probably 50 to
60 miles wide. And there were many, malay, many
fires. I wish that I'd had a camerawith the right
kind of film in it. I think it would have been
an excellent picture. And then off to the south
of these fires, there was an overcast with many
thunderstorms and many, many bright fa - flashes
of lightening going on at the same time.

026 02 07 12 CDR It was a spectacular night scene; and I - I presume

that the fires we're looking at are - are slash
burnings. As I remember, as we made our descending
pass this morning through Africa - On several
occasions we've reported a lot of smoke in this
area and this morning down around the area of
Stanleyville, I reported some peculiar looking
land-use patterns down there, and some smoke areas
indicating probably slash burning.

026 02 07 47 CDR And I think it's very interesting that we could

see this at night, and it's so clearly laid out
that I think it would make a terrific picture.
I'm going to try to get a camera set up for this
thing and try to get it another evening.

026 02 08 03 CDR CDR out.

.f
3366

026 02 16 23 CDR This is the CDR at 02:16 Zulu, reporting

TV-106 photography. I took two frames of the
samples tonight. It appears that the frames
I took this morning are not going to be any
good unless somebody can do some pretty fancy
footwork with that particular frame in proces-
sing. The light meter on the camera with the
K-I adapter in, indicates that we should be
shooting at 2.8, 1/250 or 4, 1/250, rather than
2.8, 1/30. So what I did is I - I did both of
those. I used 2.8 at 1 - 1/250 - 1/125, I beg your
pardon. 2.8 at 1/125 and 2.8 at 4. Well, let me
try that again: 2.8 at 1/125 and 4 - f-stop of 4 -
at 1/125. And I think that'll pretty well bracket
it ; at least as - according to the - the meter -
the integral meter on the Nikon number 3.

026 02 17 33 CDR CDR out.

TI_E SKIP

026 12 13 25 SPT ... reading 42911, 23508, 38669. PRD out - or

SPT out ...

TIME SKIP

026 13 08 31 PLT Okay, it's the PLT. The time is 08:35 and we're
standing by to start S201 ops. Coming up on 09.
Okay, at 09:05, which is 5 seconds away roughly,
POWER switch will go ON, and at 6 RESET switch,
START. Stand by -

026 13 09 04 PLT MARK. POWER switch, ON.

026 13 09 06 PLT MARK. Switch to START, and we're off and running.
Going.

PLT There it goes ; it's hooting away. Did you hear

the little hoot? Hoot l

PLT Okay. Waiting for 3:10 - 13:10:22. Recycle the

RESET switch to START. And a second later, we
will change ROTATION and TILT. Stand by, coming
up on 13:10.
 3367

CDR 22 seconds to go.

PLT On my mark, stand by -

026 13 l0 21 PLT MARK. RESET switch and now changing to 7.1 on

the TILT. And we got 7.1 and we have ROTATION -
should be reading 2.3.

SPT Okay, ROTATION - -

PLT 2.3 and we're now standing by for 13:11:02 com-

ing up shortly. And we do not have a RESET here.
I mean a - okay, it's at 12. Okay, now I want
to go to 358. You want to go to 7.0. Stand by -

026 13 ll 01 PLT MARK. 358.3. And RESET switch to START. And

I was about 5 seconds late on that. No, I mis-
read it. Dang it, I hit the RESET switch to
START at 12 seconds.

CDR Well, Just hit it again.

PLT Okay, I'll hit it again at - Okay 13:12:01, we

hit the - 13:12, I'll hit the RESET; 13:12:01,
we're going to make another change. 13 and doesn't
add a thing to this, you know. It's really - I
don't know why.

PLT Stand by for 13:12. RESET -

026 13 12 O0 PLT START. Okay, now we want 13:12:01, we want 4.5.

You want 6.5.

SPT 6.5, right.

026 13 12 ll PLT MARK. Okay, we've got the ROTATION and TILT.
Waiting for 13:12:27. Stand by -

026 13 12 26 PLT MARK. RESET switch - -

CDR ... 28.

026 13 12 29 PLT MARK. 28.

CDR 9, POWER, OFF.

026 13 12 31 PLT MARK. POWER, OFF. Okay. Okay, I hit the RESET
to 27 all right. And it was about 29 before I
3368 -_

hit the RESET switch to START again and it was

about 30 before I got the POWER, OFF.

CC Skylab, Houston, we're 1 minute to LOS. We'll

drop out about 5 minutes and the crimson team
will give you a call at Bermuda.

CREW ...

PLT Okay, to recap that, the following operator errors

were made: at 13:ll:12, I hit the RESET switch
to START again. That's - that's an extra input.
And at 13:12, I hit the RESET switch to START on
time, 13:12:01. Got the - the change. At 27,
RESET switch to START. It was about 29 before
I hit the RESET switch to START again.

026 13 13 43 PLT And it was about 30 before I got the POWER switch,
OFF. Okay.

026 13 30 25 CDR This is the CDR at 13:30 Zulu. Terminate M509

battery 7 charge at this time.

026 13 30 33 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

026 13 53 20 CDR This is the CDR at 13:53 Zulu. The subject is

Earth observations handheld photography. With
the Hasselblad i00 at 13:41, I got a picture in
the area of Nigeria, Cameroon, and the Equatorial
Guinea of extensive slash burning. This is the
area of slash burning that I indicated last night -
but that I took - and I didn't take a picture,
but that I was looking out of the command module
window and noticed this huge area of slash burn-
ing on the nightside pass. This is the area in
the daylight and you can see from the smoke that
the area is very, very extensive. It's frame
number 90, of Charlie X-ray 18; it was taken with
an f/ll, 1/250. Then at 13:h7, we started look-
ing for HH-151 and - Well, I guess that's the
Botswana swamp. And it was pretty cloudy; was
unable to see any area that looked like swampland.
However, in one clearing in the clouds - a rather
 3369

large clearing - I saw land that was very speck-

led, and that's all I can say. I can't - I
couldn't really tell; there was no order to it,
no indication that it might have been man-
made. So I got a picture of that and that's
frame number 91, f/ll, 1/250, with a Hasselblad,
Charlie X-ray 18. Then at 13:51, when the clouds
cleared, we took another shot which was frame 92,
same f-stop and I suspect that this is south of
HH-151. But I figured I would go ahead and get
photographic coverage of that as long as the
clouds were only scattered.

026 13 55 00 CDR CDR out.

026 14 12 52 SPT SPT at lh:13, ATM ops orbit which began at 13:20,
after the maneuver back from the $201 observations.
Okay, the be - at this orbit, we used for the
synoptic purposes building block i, JOP 6, 82A
received their two exposures, one 1 minute, WAVE-
LENGTH, LONG. 82A received their WAVELENGTH,
LONG, 1 second - 1 minute, and WAVFLk_GTH, SHORT,
20 seconds. And we put the information on the
_-- VTR. Buildingblock 32 was then accomplished
with null bias pointing for 55. 56 also operated,
but not 54. And Just enough time for some observ-
ing time to take a quick look at the Sun and ob-
serve active region 36, which looked relatively
small, only 2000 counts in oxygen VI, arch fila-
ment system but still very compact, not really
hot. And - that's - take a real quick look
around the limb and a couple of very faint
interesting features, which I'm going to have to
explore further on in the day.

026 i_ 14 40 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

026 lh 49 40 SPT SPT at 14:_9 with some additions to the last ATM
report. The building block 1A, 1Bwas done
straightforward with the 82A obtaining their two
exposures set a roll at 1080, 1 minute, LONG and
20 seconds, SHORT. Following that was done a
building block 32 in which the - was done at null
3370

bias. And now ending the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH

DISPLAY, that turned out to be at a LEFT/RIGHT of
50 rather than 60. The remainder of the time was
used for observing.

026 14 50 28 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

026 15 35 42 SPT SPT at 18:35 [sic] debriefing the ATM orbit which
began at 14:49. Started the orbit off with a
building block 32, both the X-ray instruments
operating. And we've been doing building block l0
in JOP 26 on the west limb, GRATING POSITION
of 0000. Started out initially with a false
roll and it got - hit the wrong roll and then got
squared away on that. Been operating at a roll
of - minus 5400. And then, I've been able to do
six MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs. One - number i was that
of minus 900 in UP/DOWN, a LE_T/RIGHT of minus 270,
then we moved to the right to a mlnus, which was
a position of zero and then further to the right,
to a position of plus 270. Then we moved down to
minus llTO and remained at a LEFT/RIGHT of plus 270,
then remained at that UP/DOWN again and moved back
across at the left - LEFT/RIGHT of zero and then
a LEFT/RIGHT of minus 270. So the motion was
just a U-shaped, beginning the six MIRROR, AUTO
RASTERs with a 30-arc-seconds overlap.

026 15 37 23 SPT Before each one of these 54, I got a SINGLE FRAME,
2 for 5 minutes. I chose SINGLE FRAME, 2 because
5 minutes was the only one of the - n11ml_er2 is
the only one of the filters which could take -
minimum useful is anything less than 8 minutes.
I would liked to have been able to taken some
with say filter 4 and 5 alternating so you'd get
some temperatures in addition to any changes, but
apparently 5 minutes is too short for that. So
maybe in FILTER 2 you'll see ho_el_71y, some
small changes - something of significance and long
exposures evenly spaced, six of them. The counts
were relatively low and oxygen VI, as I saw the
raster, especially the ones at minus llTO in
UP/DOWN. And if I had more time, then I would
/-_ 3371

probably have done a double raster for each one

of those. If I had it to do over again, I'm
not sure exactly how I would handle it. It turns
out in this particular case, we don't have Just
a single plume but we've got active regions -
or act - a single streamer or feature to worry
about, but we have both active regions there,
33 and 21. So we can't isolate ourselves above
either one of them to get the full story of
• what's happening on the limb. Hopefully, you'll
have enough strength in - some of those lines to
at least outline the features for you.

026 15 39 l0 SPT SPT out.

SPT Oh, yes, let me add something to this. Turns out

that on the last one where it says 400 K is
coming at about line 49 for you, until on the
last exposure, last sequence, you're below 400 K
for everything, line 50 to 60.

026 15 39 41 SPT And that's at a pointing of minus ll70 and minus 270
in UP/DOWN and LEFT/RIGHT.

026 15 41 2_ SPT This is another addition of this last ATM report.

We got a JOP 7 at the end looking at the limb
where active region 3h - excuse me - 33 should be.
Anyway we've only had counts of around 2000 in
oxygen VI. We started with MIRROR, LINE SCAN
with about l0 minutes remaining.

026 15 41 51 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

026 16 24 53 MCC Got it, SPT. Ed, this is Nell ... or are you
right in the middle of a - the JOP 157

026 16 25 03 PLT Okay, what we have here is a continuation of - -

8PT I Just started it, Nell, but go ahead.

MCC Okay .... too late, but Howard was going to ask
you to peak up oxygen VI on the network boundary
somewhere in the hole, so that they get a higher
signal in the chromospheric Ly_n contigua. But
_- maybe you've done it alreadyand it's too late.
3372

PLT We have a - -

SPT No, I haven't, would you please say that again,

please.

026 16 25 18 PLT - - a couple of things to demonstrate regarding

bubbles - free bubbles that we'd like to complete
and more or less terminate our study of bubbles
in zero gravity. I have here a - a bubble of
water which has got a small amount of ink in it,
for dying it, makes it a bit easier to see. And
I have two food cans here between which I've
stretched some thread. This enables me to move
the bubble around and maneuver it. There're two
things that I'd like to demonstrate. I'd like to
demonstrate the shape, the appearance the bubble
takes after it has been rotated. And I shall
use the strings to rotate his bubble - like this.
And then I would like to demonstrate the recombi-
nation of two free water droplets. Now what I'm
going to do is turn my hand facing you and rotate
the bubble so that the axis of rotation faces you
or that you would be looking at the wheel edge
on as it were. Ed, would you kill the - Ed,
would you kill VTR, please? Ed, would you kill
VTR, please?

CDR Turn your volume down.

SPT ...

026 16 26 39 CDR - - you've got ... longer here.

026 16 26 40 PLT Yes. Yes, I get the thing going before I use up
t ape.

PLT What kind of picture are we getting, Jerry?

SPT ...

CDR Just forward and ... one -wait ... --

PLT Well, the thing is that it's probably going to - -

SPT Okay, I -we probably ...

026 16 27 38 PLT I'm going to try to get the thing stable. See,
that's what I was afraid would happen. Okay.
 f---
• 3373

Get this turned - trained up again here. No.

T l'm recording voice. What - what I am here for
the TV people. It takes awhile to get the proper
configuration so this is Just - these are Just
extraneous comments. I'm - I have the VTR off
to save VTR time. Okay, Ed, would you turn it
back on, please?

SPT You got it.

022 16 28 32 PLT Thank you. All right now, what we have here is
the - the bubbles now rotating, the cir - same
spherical bubble that you saw before. I'm holding
my hand behind it to more or less highlight it.
And you can see that it - it assumes a more or
less a peanut shape or a dog-bone shape. What I
would like to do is get this to rotate at a more
or less critical speed so that the - you can see
the more or less two teardrops shapes forming
here. And I'd like to get the two of them to
separate. Okay, Jet, now let's see if this makes
a better picture.

PLT Is this any better?

PLT Okay then, I'm going to put it down here.

PLT As the bubble - as this bubble continues to

rotate, it will more or less maintain this
position.

026 16 29 33 PLT What I would like to do is nudge it a little

bit, increase the rate of rotation and see if we
can get the bubble to actually separate into
two separate ones.

026 16 29 22 PLT Now you can see that - it looks like it - that
was just about enough to do it there. Now one more
nudge will probably do it. Although r d like
for it to do it on its own. Oh, there it went.
Now I would like to capture the bubbles, maneuver
them into position so that they will recombine.
And I will do this by using the thread. Okay.
We have now two bubbles here. And you'll notice
the - Just as a side point, that - the bubbles
will tend to attach themselves to the thread and
this enables me to maneuver them into fairly
close position for contact. Okay, that one
3374 ___

doesn't want to move. I - I'll try this one here.

A little bit reluctant there to get together. I
Let's see if I can move this one back in now.
Now I'd like for them to touch. I'm going to
blow slightly. Okay, that's - this is very
interesting because - see th - they did not go
together. Okay, what I'm - I - I had assumed
now, erroneously, that they were going to combine
into a single bubble, but they didn't. They
bounced off each other. This is, course, inter-
esting in itself. Now, I'll bring them back again
into close proximity and see if we can get them
to combine this time. And they're just a little
bit difficult to get together this morning. There,
we got them to join together. Okay, Ed, you can
kill it. Okay, I want to try it once more - one
more take.

SPT ... good way, just ... the critical point and ...
can see it.

026 16 32 00 PLT Okay, TV people, I'm going to try one more at

this - at the rotation and the recombination.

026 16 32 h9 PLT Okay, Ed, would you turn it on, please?

SPT On.

PLT Thank you. Okay, now, once again, I have - we

now here have the bubbles in rotation. Before it
was round and spherical. Now it's rotating and
because of the centrifugal forces, it's pulled
it apart and you can see it looks more or less
like a peanut or a dog bone. Now this - you can
see it's sort of trying to tear itself apart. What
I would like to do is not only control the position
of it - 0ops. Okay. Kill the VTR, please. I lost
my bubble too.

SPT ...

PLT Try once more, Jer, and then we'll get yours.

CDR Don't worry about mine.

SPT I think you ought to show winding it up, too.

That was - that's kind of an interesting picture.
 3375

PLT Okay.
I
SPT Get your bubble at the base there, let us turn
it on, and you can wind it up, and -

026 16 3_ 19 PLT Now, let's see. We'll put this one here. Let's
get one shot of water.

SPT What is the temperature of the water?

PLT It has a lot to do to with it. Oh, yes. The

bis - the warmer the water is, the more - the
less drip it has.

SC Eeaagh !

PLT Yes, it's pretty hard to manage, isn't it? Seems

like it has a mind of its own. Okay, get the
thing under control. Didn't quite hack it.
Didn't quite hack it.

026 16 36 24 PLT Needs to be a reasonable size or you - course,

you can't see the doggone thing.

PLT Ah, that's good.

PLT Okay, try once more. I'll get a - stable it a

position here, Jer, and then I'll turn the VTR on.

PLT Okay, Ed, would you turn the VTR on again, please?

SPT You've got it.

026 16 37 21 PLT We're continuing the - the study of the actions

of bubbles, and water in particular. I have here
a device I've made for handling bubbles in - in
free space. All it is is a couple of food cans -
two food cans with three threads stretched between
them, but this does enable me to maneuver the
bubbles around. They're quite difficult to
manage, of course, once they're floating freely.
This bubble contains two small air bubbles. Now
what I intend to do or hoDe to accomplish, that
is, are two things. I want to spin this up and
watch what happens, what shape the bubble will
take after it's rotating and possibly watch the -
the bubble, if it - if it tends to fly apart, I'll
be able to determine more or less the dynamics of
/--
3376

the - the bubble at the point at which it actually

separates. Then if it does separate, I would like
to recombine the two pieces. So, I'm going to
turn my hand facing you - you've made - may be
difficult to see, but I'm going to be rotating
the bubble with these threads using the surface
tension of the bubble. And as I rotate this,
the axis of rotation will be facing you and you
will be looking at - if it were a wheel, you would
be looking at the wheel edge on, as it were. Okay,
I rotated. As I rotate, it will assume a - a
rather peculiar shape, I think. It has been doing
this. And we'll more or less take a look at it
and see what happens.

026 16 38 59 PLT Okay, as I withdraw the thread, you can see that
this is more or less elongated.

026 16 39 03 PLT And it's assumed a sort of a peanut shape and

another thing happens, too. You'll notice that
the bubble - the two bubbles are there have - are
now combined and they have moved to the center of
rotation. Of course, the air is less dense or
less massive than the water and the - the water
displaces it at the outer edge of the rotation.
Now I'm going to attempt one other thing. I would
like to nudge this into a slightly faster rotation
and see if I can get the peanut or the hot dog,
as it were, to separate into two pieces. Now you
can see in sort of necking down or narrowing in
the middle, more or less an hourglass shape in
the middle. There it went. Now, I cheated a little
bit there. I think I - I used the - the wire -
the thread itself to - to cut the peanut. Now I
would like to maneuver the two bubbles together
and get them to Join. I'll do this by using the
threads to - to move them into position with each
other. The - the threads themselves sort of
provided an interesting, dynamic response on the
bubble because of the surface tension of the bubble.
Okay, now that we're getting them close together,
we'll try to stablize the situation a little bit.
See, we lost one there. Okay, I'll start moving
them down a little bit. Okay, we're Just about
to get them together, I think.

PLT Okay. And we'll try it once more with the setup.
I'll move the - the bubble back Over and I'm
 .-- 3377

working actually with my food tray in the wardroom.

i Providesmore of a convenientwork space. And
we can -we'll start spinning it up again. Okay,
now you can see that's it's really necking down
the middle. You see it's more or less an unstable
configuration here.

026 16 41 30 PLT The piece's trying to fly apart, but the surface
tension of the water is holding together and
they're fighting each other.

026 16 41 36 PLT And the two different forces are more or less
battling it out and they're in fairly critical
balance right now. What I would like to do again
is try to nudge this without being too forceful
about it. In fact, I'm going to wait just a bit -
I may not - I may not have to do it. What I'd
llke to do is get them to separate on their own,
and there they go. Okay. That's a very - it's
very difficult to get them to do that. Quite
happy that I got that recorded on television.

026 16 42 04 CC Skylab, Houston. We're about ... - -

PLT One more recombination - -

CC - - The next station contact is Ascension in

l0 minutes. We see somebody's using the recorder,
and the tapes just about _1], so -but since
we didn't got to dump it, we'd like to go ahead
and redesignate it. And we'll need you stop
recording for a minute while we do that.

PLT Okay, now we got the two to come together once

again. And - we'll stabilize the bubble once
more.

CC Skylab, Houston. Can we get somebody to confirm?

We'll be redesignating the recorder.

PLT Okay, Crip. Go ahead. Tell me when you're ready.

026 16 42 41 CC Okay.

026 16 _3 26 PLT *** floating freely here is space. Once again we

have a bubble floating freely in space. I touch
it with the thread and it will attach. The purpose
of disc - discussing these bubbles and examining
their action in - in zero gravity is to learn a
 3378

little bit more and about quiet a few basic proper-

ties possessed by, not only fluids, but also parti-
cles. And the applications that the - the studies i
of the bubbles have are - are - actually apply not
only to fluids themselves but also to particle
physics. So even though this is a lot of fun stir-
ring up the bubbles and watching - seeing what -
what happens to them, it - it does have some rather
far-reaching applications in particle physics and -
and basic research. Once more, the rotating peanut.
Okay, Ed, you can turn it off. Well, I think I -
I did what I -

026 16 44 3_ PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

026 17 16 ii SPT SPT at 17:16, ATM ops. Orbit which began at ...

CDR Turn off the VTR, Ed. Ed, I was going to record
this TV thing, and if you got to do an ATM debrief,
we're going to have to quit.

SPT How long will you be, Jerry?

CDR Well, if it goes right the first time, I'll be done

in about 5 to 10minutes. If you want to debrief,
go ahead, and I'll wait for you.

SPT Okay, why don't you do that. I'll try to get this
over in a hurry.

CDR Shoot.

PLT Let's go through it again, Jer.

026 17 17 07 SPT Okay, we started out with building block 32. That
went straightforward. And then we tried to work
the coronal hole problem. And Just as I was
getting set up for it, it was suggested through
Nell that we try to find a point in the coronal
hole at which magnesium X is still low but oxy-
gen VI is high, mainly on a boundary of a chromo-
spheric network. Well, first of all to get lined
up for the coronal hole we had to use the XUV
MONITOR. We used a picture that I had this morn-
ing and the XUV MONITOR itself. The unfortunate
 337"9

part about using the XUV MONITOR in finding the

boundary of a coronal hole is that it's got those
little fiducial marks in the center which make
everything look dark in that area, and when you
try to get close to them - a hole boundary, you
can get very easily deceived if you actually are
on one but you still have plage behind you. And
that took a long time to decipher that out to get
the right roll.

026 17 18 12 PLT What I was hoping was that I'd be able to get it
so I would just have step the 55 GRATING six steps
to one way and then six steps the other way to be
in and out of the coronal hole and make the observa-
tions, and that would be it, and at the same time
have the two X-ray instruments running for a full
orbit. Well, it just never panned out that way.
First of all, when I tried to get into the - esta-
blish where it was in magnesium X, I was able to
do that fairly well with the boundary. The boundary
was not too sharp, but certainly well enough for
what I was working with, in terms of plus or
minus 30 arc seconds. I found the magnesium X
countto be less than l0 or so insideand maybe
30 to 40 outside.

026 17 19 00 SPT As I tried to get lined up and then move the slit -
or move the aperture six steps to - it would have
been my left - I was working at a roll of minus 860
and was working on the eastern side of the coronal
hole which Just blended into some very uniform XUV
plage or XUV - no, no, XUV background not plage.
When I tried to do that, it turned out that the -
as I moved around the only maximum I could find
in oxygen VI was quite far over. And it corres-
ponded to what I could see in the display. But in
order to get up to, say, 300 or 400 in oxygen VI,
even 200, I had to go way over which Just really
threw my pointing all off.

026 17 19 53 PLT Then I decided, well, maybe I can still work it at

that point. But then I had lost my reference for
where the boundary of the hole was. I had to go
back to magnesium X which involved taking more -
another lap around the grating. I went back to
magnesium X to find out where the boundary was, had
it squared away, but turned out that I was quite a
few - I was almost an arc minute_ and a half, inside
the boundary, and that didn't seem to be too useful.
 3380

So then I tried to going - I had to go up and down

as well to find a oxygen VI point which was a m_x
zoom in. And then try to go back to magnesium X
to confirm that I still was in the hole because it's
very marginal on the XUV monitor and that takes a
long integration.

026 17 20 _l SPT Net result of it was that I think I finally figured

out a location and a way in which I can work it.
But you just don't have enough displays available
to you simultaneously to do the job right. The XUV
•monitor first of all has the fiducial marks and it
requires long integrations to see it. The 55, you
do not have both the - the magnesium X and oxygen VI
available to you and every time you want to see one
or the other it involves a lap around the grating.
So, with the present system we have, this is just
not an optimal way to go for - for trying to find
the type of feature we're after here. It's a - it's
a very good objective but the ATM as it's presently
constructed doesn't permit - doesn't facilitate
this very easily. Now, maybe, if we thought long
and hard about it, we could find a much more effi-
cient way to do it. But it's taken me a whole
orbit to get this thing lined up and essentially
no observations. What I plan to do is to try to
make another orbit out this one and do the Job
right. And I'm not sure Just how I'll fit that
into the rest of the day right now.

026 17 21 50 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

026 18 20 22 SPT SPT at 18:20, ATM. I got an orbit in here of, oh,
around 10-minutes duration beginning at 19:56.
And I got a building block 32 in, Sun center, 56
and 54 operating. Anyway, reflecting back on what
took place the previous orbit, the problem of try-
ing to do what we had set out to do of looking
at magnesium X and oxygen VI, and trying to find
a single point with both characteristics in a
coronal hole - low magnesiumX, high oxygen VI -
really results from the fact that we don't have
displays on each at the same tim e .
 3381

PLT Work slow.

026 18 21 30 SPT So we have to move the grating around. Also the

fact that the XUV monitor requires long integrates
and does not have the resolution to tell when
you're right at the boundary, especially with the
tick marks on there - the overlay, or the display
itself. Not the overlay. I guess it's built right
into the camera; the video system. So that does
cause a - a little bit of a problem. And it makes
what might seem like a relatively easy thing to
do exceptionally - quite hard to instrument with
the physical hardware you got in front of you. I
think we ought to keep that in mind and ***infor-
mation displays.

026 18 22 26 SPT SPT out.

026 18 23 45 PLT PLT. Time is 18:24; reporting handheld photographs

of Hasselblad. And this the Gulf of Venezuela,
HH83-1, and the small bay, or lake to the south.
Two stereo pairs and one frame of an unusual out-
_- cropping - striations in the Venezuelan interior.
Those are frames 93 through 97, taken at f/8, one
hun -100-millimeter lens, 1/250.

026 18 28 47 CDR This is the CDR at 18:29 Zulu. The subject is

Earth observation handheld photos. We were coming
northeast up through the Caribbean, and I got some
pictures with the Nikon 300. And some of these
pictures are also correlated with pictures taken
by the PLT with the Hasselblad. Over the island
of Hispaniola we noticed a fault in the mountains
south of Port-au-Prince, and took a picture with
Charlie X-ray 43, the Nikon 300.
CC ...

026 18 29 24 CDR Stand by.

026 18 34 ii CDR This is the CDR at 18:34 Zulu continuing with

Earth - Earth observation handheld photo debrief-
ing. I mentioned the fault zone in the mountains
south of Port-au-Prince, Charlie X-ray 43; that
was frame number 37, taken at 5.6, 1/1000. Then
at 18:20 Zulu, we noticed a red area that was east
of the Port-of-au-Prince - Port-au-Prince and it
looked like a quarry. The SPT - or PLT took a
3382

look at it in the binocs and we think that's what

it is. But I went ahead and took a picture Just
for interest, and that's frame number 36, which
is 5.6 or - and i/i000. And mY reason for this
was Just to see if we were right, that it was a
quarry, and if - if so, it's something you could
see from this al - altitude.

026 18 35 02 CDR Then at 18:22 we crossed the Guajira Peninsula in

Venezuela, and frames 35 through 32 covered the
Guajira Peninsula which is HH83. And the peninsula
that's across the bay from it is the final frame.
That's 5.6, 1/1000. Then at 18:23, Lake Maracaibo
presented itself as a good picture. There's a
lot of sedimentation or - I don't think it's
blooming; I think it's probably algae more than
anything else. But I took two frames of that for
Charlie X-ray 43. Those are frames 31 and 30 at
5.6, i/i000. Then 18:2h, just inland south of
Lake Maracaibo is a rather peculiar-looking land
form, a very striated area, very much eroded. I
think I took a picture of this about a month ago,
and Bill and I each took another picture of it
today, one with the Hasselblad and one with the
Nikon. The Nikon is Charlie X-ray 43, frame num-
ber 29; the - it was a 5.6, 1/1000.

026 18 36 09 CDR And then at about 28, 18:28, or 18:29. Better yet,
it's more like 18:32, I guess. Just as we were
crossing the South American coast, I was looking
down between Rio and Sao Paulo and I noticed that
the sunglint was particularly good off the coast,
and there was very good indication of current there.
So fram_ nnmher 28 of Charlie X-ray 43 is current
in sunglint, and it was taken at 5.6, i/i000.

026 18 36 44 CDR CDR out.

TI_ SKIP

026 19 i0 19 PLT PLT, time is 19:10, and Delta 6 is reading

34 percent.

026 19 l0 26 PLT PLT out.

 3383

026 19 27 25 PLT Okay, coming up on 19:28. T minus i0, I record

the readings. Alfa 2, 56; Alfa 3, 87; Alfa 4,
92; Alfa 5, 40; Alfa 6, full-scale low; Alfa -
well, we don't need to go any further on that.
Bravo 2 is 53; Bravo 3, 79; Bravo 4, 91; Bravo 5,
56; Bravo 6 is 49; Bravo 7 is 34; Bravo 8 is about
l_ Bravo 9 is 58. Charlie 2 is 57; Charlie 3 is
88; Charlie 4 is 53; Charlie 5 is 83; Charlie 6
is 47; Charlie 7 is 50; Charlie 8 is 52. Delta 2,
58; Delta 3, 82; Delta 4, 45; Delta 5, 13; Delta 6,
55; Delta 7 is 51; Delta 8 is full-scale low.
Okay, ALIGNMENT switch has not been moved since
the last performance.

026 19 29 20 PLT Waiting for T minus 5.

026 19 32 29 PLT Okay, coming up on 38, T minus 5. 192 MODE to

READY; DOOR, OPEN: waiting 60 seconds. And
there come up Alfa 2 and Bravo 2. Charlie 3's -
or 2 is coming up also.

CDR Okay, San Francisco's first. Coming up at 40:20.

fL 026 19 33 37 PLT Okay, 192 READY light is on; going MODE, CHECK.
190 HEATER SWITCH light off; it is. And PRESS
TO TEST both lights; they're good.

026 19 33 52 CDR Okay, running my first DAC film off.

PLT Preoperate configuration pad.

CDR Runs okay. We're at 126.

026 19 34 02 PLT TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY on; it is. 92, ON: READY
out go to CHECK: DOOR OPEN, verified. 91, ON;
READY on; COOLER, ON; and door wired open. 90
is ON now; READY's out; STANDBY; verify; and
door's open, and I see light coming through.

026 19 34 24 PLT RAD to STANDBY; SCAT, OFF; both READY lights out.
ALTIMETER, OFF: READY out. 94, ON; READY on. And
standing by for C&D pad. And let's see, my first
AUTO CAL is not until 50:30, 19:50 and 30 seconds.

026 19 35 22 CDR Breaking into clear water. Looks like if I Just

follow interstate highway from San Francisco to
Bakersfield and turn left, I got it made.

PLT Good.
3384

CDR (Laughter) Ho, ho.

PLT Hang in there, Jer; I'm pulling for you.

CDR Yes, I hope I can find it today. You know that

aerial photograph we got makes it look like it's
real easy to find but I -

PLT Yes.

CDR - - Just that particular Sun angle, and on

other days I'm sure - -

PLT Listen, I - I found that - -

CDR - - all those lava fields look alike.

PLT - - that Black Hills site just by fluke. You

know, it looked just like the map - -

CDR Yes.

026 19 36 04 PLT - - the pictures, the photographs. But not very

many of them, I don't think, you can say that for.
But the Black Hills are classic black and white -
or shades of gray, I guess I should say; but
anyways was quite pleasantly surprised by that one.

026 19 36 47 PLT Okay, I've got a question for young Crip as soon
as we come up here. Let's see , 191 READY light's
coming on at 53:10, and it's after a callout of
53:24 on the pad. I'm not sure if those are out
of sequence or the time is wrong. Hum.

026 19 37 06 CDR Uh-oh, we're gettingback into clouds again. Come

on, San Fran, open up. Whence [sic] do they have
the Ab_O CAL?

PLT The AUTO CAL's at 50 - let me find it here -

50:30, 50 minutes and 30 seconds after the hour.

CDR Okay, that's well down into the - -

PLT Yes.

CDR - - Caribbean.

FLT Maybe I'd better give you - a call on that, because

there's nothing up above.
_-_. 3385

026 19 37 29 CC We're with you here stateside. Got you for about
15 minutes.

PLT You're coming through way down in the mud, Crip.

CDR Yes, you're very, very weak.

026 19 37 57 CC 0keydoke.

PLT Okay, that 's better.

CC Is that better?

CDR Oh, man, that 's neat.

PLT I got a quick question for you, Crip, before I

start here.

CC Go.

PLT Okay, Check S - READY on, S191 at 53:10. It

looks to be out of chronological sequence.

026 19 38 13 PLT Okay, stand by for 38:20.

026 19 38 17 CDR Nadir swath, because we were north of the cirrus

for a swath. Okay, waiting for 25:30.

026 19 38 59 PLT ...

026 19 39 04 PLT 40 minutes even, Ed. POWER, ON, that is.

CDR Here comes the coast of Californie [sic].

PLT Okay, waiting for 39:53. Okay, Ed, about 20 sec-

onds for an ETC POWER, ON.

CDR Oh, boy, it's nice and clear.

PLT Beautiful. Stand by for 39:53.

026 19 39 52 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO. Standing by for 20 minutes

even.

026 19 40 00 PLT MARK. Okay, 194 MODE to MANUAL. I got a

light on number 5 and ETC wants to go to POWER,
ON at that time. Waiting for 20:50.
3386

CDR Now it's clouding up. Wouldn't you know it.

026 19 40 15 CC Okay, it should break out pretty clear for you,

Jer. And, Bill, you're correct, it is - the time
is correct and it's out of sequence. Also that
REF, 6 does go with the 53:10.

PLT Understand; thank you. Standing by for 40:50.

And at 41 minutes even, 15 seconds from now, ETC
will be going to AUTO.

026 19 40 50 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay.

PLT And 192 MODE to READY on time.

CDR There it is. Hello, ...

PLT And a TAPE MOTION green light and it's nice and
steady.

CDR All right, I'm going to track in the lower San

Francisco Bay. That's a good, uniform area.

PLT And ETC 's in AUTO.

CDR Right off Alameda.

PLT Stand by. Waiting for 41:20. Stand by -

026 19 41 20 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY and SCAT, ON. Okay, SCAT,
ON - went ON 3 seconds early. Okay, RAD, ON now.

CDR Okay.

PLT And at 42 minutes even, ETC to STANDBY, Ed.

CDR Okay, my tracking point was right - right near

the Bay Bridge, right off the coast where you can
find Alameda.

PLT l0 seconds, ETC, STANDBY.

CDR All right, I'm looking for Lavic Lake now.

PLT Stand by for 42:04.

 3387

CDR Oh, brother.

026 19 42 04 PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM.

CDR Found it.

PLT Here we are in 192 mode of operation. We go OFF

at 43: 50.

CDR DAC's on and tracking the lava.

PLT Okay, waiting for 42:48.

026 19 42 37 PLT Ed, at 43 minutes even ETC to STANDBY again.

SPT ...

PLT Okay. 42:48.

026 19 42 47 PLT MARK. POLARIZATION, 4 ...

CDR All right, going to a sunshine ... There it is.

026 19 42 50 PLT MARK. 43 minutes, ETC, STANDBY. TAPE MOTION's

nice and steady at green.

CDR Okay, we got our data. Very good.

PLT Great.

CDR Now how about a little Salton Sea, Just *** Just
for grabs? Pick up an alternate here. Okay, this
is from the Salton Sea. That's enough of that.

PLT Stand by. 43: 50.

CDR Okay, going for the cirrus now.

026 19 43 50 PLT MARK. Okay. 43:50, 192 MODE is in CHECK. Waiting

for 44:20.

CDR I missed the cirrus all together.

PLT And at 44:30, Ed, ETC to STANDBY again. Okay,

stand by -

026 19 44 20 PLT MARK. 44:20, POLARIZATION to 1. And at 44:30,

coming up in about 5 seconds, ETC to STANDBY.
3388

CDR Okay, I haven't seen anything that even - even look

like cirrus clouds. It's clear as a bell.

PLT Waiting for 45:04. Things looking good here.

CDR Okay, I left it at IMC so the first minute of the

cirrus tracking was not at a good nadir swath.
It was in IMC.

PLT Stand by.

CDR Now we're getting the cirrus.

026 19 45 04 PLT MARK. INTERVAL to 20.

CDR Oh, yes.

l

PLT 44:05 [sic].

CDR At 45:08 - I'm going to continue tracking this

nadir swath because we were north of the cirrus
for a swath.

PLT Okay,waitingfor 45:30. Standby -

026 19 45 29 PLT MARK. 45:30, ALTIMETER to STANDBY. 45:36. Stand

026 19 45 36 PLT MARK. REFERENCE to 2 on 191. 47:10, ETC POWER,

ON again, Ed.

CDR Okay, terminating the nadir swath at 45:44. The

cirrus was considerably south of where we figured
it was.

CC Copied that, Jer.

CDR GuadalaJara_

026 19 h6 21 CDE Can't find Mexico City, ...

PLT Okay, at 46:40, in 30 seconds, ETC POWER, ON again.

026 19 47 17 PLT Okay, POWER's ON, ETC. Waiting for 47:40. Stand
by.

026 19 47 40 PLT MARK. 47:40, INTERVAL to 10. Waiting for

48 minutes at - SHUTTER SPEED to 140 on ETC. And
 3389

then at 48:10. ETC to AUTO. Okay, coming up on

48:10, ETC to AUTO. Waiting for 48:40. Stand by.

026 19 48 39 PLT MARK. SCAT, STANDBY.

026 19 48 42 PLT MARK. At 42, RAD to STANDBY. Waiting for 49.

Be a VTS AUTO CAL at 50 plus 30.

CDR Okay. Oh, son of a gun.

026 19 48 59 PLT Stand by.

PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY. I got a shift in the

speed. And I got a green light. Okay, I Just
lost the green light. And stand by. *** 15,
ALTIMETER, ON. Okay, waiting for 50 even.

CDR Looks like Mexico City has a little smog problem

today.

PLT Stand by for 50.

026 19 50 00 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK. And changing speeds,

.... waiting for 50:14. And at 50:30 I need a VTS AUTO
CAL, Jer.

CDR All right.

PLT Waiting for 50:14. Stand by-

026 19 50 14 PLT MARK. INTERVAL to 20 on the 190. Then it's 50

plus 30, in l0 seconds roughly, VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR All right.

PLT On my mark -

026 19 50 30 PLT MARK.

CDR You got it.

PLT Okay, thank you. Waiting for 52. Okay, I've got
an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light and I didn't know it.
Did not notice when it came on, but I still have
a READY light. Camera 5 MALF light's still on.
Okay, I Just lost my READY light on the ALTIMETER.
Going to STANDBY at 18. 253, ALTIMETER back ON.
3390

Oksy, it's looking good. Everything else is look-

ing good. I'm waiting for 52 minutes for a READY
light - READY, out on the 190.

026 19 51 49 CDR Okay, I thought I'd swing out to the right and then
look for the Galapagos. Not sure I can see that
far to the right, though, I'm afraid.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're about 30 seconds from LOS.

See you again at the Vanguard in l0 minutes.

PLT Going to STANDBY - -

CDR Roger, Crip.

PLT - - on 190, FRAMES, 7 and INTERVALS, 10. Okay,

waiting for 53:10.

PLT 190 checks out good. I'm going to cycle the POWER,
OFF Just to give that number 5 camera another
chance. I got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light again
at 29. Waiting for 53:10.

026 19 53 04 PLT Okay, cc_ing up on 53:10. I keep on getting a

READY light on 191. There it is. REFERENCE to 6.
Okay, waiting for 53:24. Still have the READY
light on ALTIMETER. Stand by -

026 19 53 24 PLT MARK. 53:24, ALTIMETER to STANDBY; MODE to 5 and

RANGE, 65. Okay, waiting for 53:39. And ALTIMETER
will be coming back ON.

026 19 53 39 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON at 53:39. 53:47, S190 MODE

to SINGLE. Stand by -

026 19 53 46 PLT MABK. MODE to SINGLE. And let's see. MALF

number 5 light came back on. Okay. Waiting for
54:46. 193 seems to be doing pretty well. No
UNLOCK lights. Just came on at 09, 54:09.

CDR Oh, Galapagos, I should expect I couldn't look far

enough to the right. Nothing but clouds.

PLT Waiting for 54:46 for another SINGLE. Stand by -

026 19 54 h6 PLT MARK. 54:46. 190 MOD.E, SINGLE. Waiting for 56:04.
 3391

026 19 55 38 PLT Okay, I've lost READY light on 193. I will turn
, it off for 15 seconds. Waitingfor 56:04. ALTI-
METER back on mark. Wait for 56:04.

026 19 56 04 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light

is flicking- flickering. Waiting for 56:56.

CDR Okay, I'm looking at Guayaquil.

PLT UNLOCK light at 38, 56:38. READY light's still

on. Waiting for 56:56.

CDR And taking a few - about 8 or lO DAC frames of the

river etching into the ocean there at Guayaquil.
There's a lot of--

026 19 56 56 PLT MARK.

CDR - - sediment.

PLT 56:56, ALTIMETER to STANDBY; EREP, STOP. Waiting

21:0 - 01:17, rather, for EREP, START again.

026 19 57 52 CDR Okay, our next swath is at 06:57. Quite a ways

from now. Coming up on Lima here pretty quick.

026 19 58 44 CDR That looks like it might be Lima. Ah ha' Lima,

Peru. And I see some red plankton blonm_ng in
the - right in the ocean off of it. I'm going to
go ahead and take some DAC film now. And I'm going
to push some data. Lot of plankton blooming off
the coast of Lima. And some red plankton - the
red tide or whatever you want to call it. Okay.
Okay we got terrific sunglint. I'm taking some
more DAC photos here. I'll ease up on your DAC
now.

026 19 59 56 CDR Yes, I'm pretty sure that's Lima. There's a little
island just offshore. And on the north end of that
island, near the city of Lima itself, is where all
of the - where all the red thing was in - in the
ocean.

026 20 00 58 PLT Okay, waiting for 01:17. On my mark.

026 20 01 17 PLT MARK. EREP, START. Okay, got a green light.

Okay, waiting for 23.
3392

026 20 01 23 PLT MARK. 190 MODE to AUTO and 19h to MANUAL. Waiting
for 2:30. This 'ii include seven exposures.

CDR Oh, Lake Titicaca is clouded over. And I was

hoping I might be able to get a few shots of the
Atacama Fault down near Antofagasta, but it's all
clouded-in. And Antofagasta itself is just off
my gimbal limit.

CDR Can't quite gimbal far enough to the right to get

it.

026 20 02 20 PLT Okay, waiting for 02:30.

CC Back with you through the Vanguard for l0 minutes.

PLT Stand by -

026 20 02 30 PLT MARK. And READY, out.

CDR Roger, Crip.

PLT And EREP to STOP. 190 MODE to STANDBY. SLOW.

ll ...

CDR I saw a lot of plankton blooming right off the

coast - right at Lima. There's a little, offshore
island just off of Lima. And mixed in with the
blooming - the green blooming - was sc_e red. And
I took some DAC of it and also got some 191 data
from it.

CC ...

026 20 03 59 PLT Okay, waiting for 04:27. Stand by -

026 20 0K 26 PLT MARK. 04:27, EREP, START. 04:33, 190 MODE to

AUTO. Stand by -

026 20 04 32 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO; READY light, on. 04:45,
waiting for 92 MODE to READY. Stand by -

026 20 04 42 PLT MARK. MODE, READY, recorder MALF light; changing

speed and MALF light is out. And I got a green
light. Waiting for *** 5:30.

026 20 05 06 CDR Okay, it looks like we're coming in over the -

that agricultural area up around Asunci6n. And
 3393

we have scattered clouds. And we're coming up on

I nadir swath time.

PLT Stand by.

CDR Crossing the Rio Paran_ no_-.

026 20 05 30 PLT MARK. 05:30, 192 MODE to CHECK.

CDR Okay, looks like we're starting to get into the

frontal weather now.

026 20 05 57 CDR Lot of stratocu down there in this area. Must not
be a very strong front.

026 20 06 51 PLT And waiting for 07:12.

CDR Coming up on 060 - 6:57, nadir - -

PLT ...

CDR - - swath time. DAC is ON. Lots of nice green

ground.

PLT 07:12. Stand by-

026 20 07 12 PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM. And then to FAST.

CDR Crossing over the coastline. Hardly a cloud in

sight.

PLT Okay, at 20:09 we need to start the SI

maneuver.

CDR Right.

PLT Okay. At 8 minutes I should get a READY out on

my 190.

CDR Okay, now we're starting to get to some clouds

here.

PLT Okay, Jer. I didn't look at the pad. Do I per-

form SI?

CDR No, I do.

339_

PLT Okay. All right, should - yes, I do have the

READY,
outon S190. I

CDR Okay, at 08:25 I terminate nadir swath and initiate

the SOLAR INERTIAL. Houston, I'm going to leave
the nadir swath going while I go do the SOLAR
INERTIAL start because I think we're Just getting
into that front now.

PLT Stand by -

CDR For their extra 35 seconds or so of that data.

026 20 08 31 PLT MARK. 191 REF to 2 at 08:30.

CC Copy that, Jer. That's fine.

CDR Okay, coming up on solar inertial time. Okay,

going to SOLAR INERTIAL.

CC Okay, very good. As a matter of info, you might

get a BAT CHARGE LOW, CAUTION and WARNING, but
it's no problem.

CDR Okay, we got a BAT CHARGE LOW light - alert light

right, now.

PLT Stand by for 09:30. Can you give me a VTS AUTO CAL
at 09:30, Jer?

CDR Will do her.

CDR Okay, I'm killing the DAC now.

PLT Stand by.

026 20 09 30 PLT MARK. VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR You got it.

CDR Okay, so, essentially, the nadir swath lasted an

extra minute.

CDR Would you believe that Lavic Lake looks Just like
the pictures?

PLT Is that right?

 3395

CDR Couldn't believe it. What a pleasant surprise.

026 20 i0 22 CC PLT, Houston. Bill, can you tell us what the sit-
uation was with the tape recorder light that had -
did - was it continuous, was it intermittent, or
what?

PLT Okay, on that 192 sequence - the first

192 sequence - the light was steady for a long
period of time, after the - the changes to 60 ips.
Then it started flickering and very shortly there-
after, before I could even report the flickering,
it went out and stayed out, oh, for i0 or 15 sec-
onds. And - however, on the next sequence it
operated normally.

026 20 i0 56 CDR Oh, you know it's done that on me, too, and I
flipped open the cover of the tape recorder Just
to look, and then closed it up, again. And it was
running fast.

PLT Yes, well, the - the minute you get a RECORDER

MALF light you assume that all you've done is,
maybe, failed one logic test, and not both of them.
The malfunction procedures say if you have a RECORDER
MALF light, and you still have a READY light -
excuse me - you loose the TAPE MOTION light, and
you still have a READY light, it's supposed to be
working, I think. Or maybe it's the RECORDER MALF
and TAPE MOTION both on, I don't know. It's Just
sort of Just the opposite of that ... seems to be
that RECORDER MALF light ....by itself mean that
the thing is bad. If you've got TAPE MOTION green
light and the RECORDER MALF light's on, you assume
it's all right. What I had - I had both lights
out.

026 20 ii 51 CDR Well, what I'm saying is the RECORDER MALF light -
seems to me that has to do with whether or not
there's modulation on one of those two frequencies,
or two channels, isn't it?

PLT No, I thought it had - had to do with the speed

too.

CDR Yes, it's a function of speed. I'll have to look

that up, I guess.
3396

PLT Waiting for 12:30. 12:10. So, 191 READY light

is on. EREP to STOP and I will do the DOOR, CLOSE, i
but go do the 192 realign before I do anything
else. Okay. EREP post.

026 20 12 39 CC Okay, we are about 30 seconds from LOS ... at

Canary at 20:30.

PLT Okay, Crip, I assume there's no reason to leave

811 the rest of the stuff running and hold Jet up.
He's waiting to clean up the 190 and all that.
Right?

CC That's affirmative. And when we get to the tape

load, we're going to load that tape and tape
recorder too. And I'ii talk to you more in ...

PLT Okay.

CDR Okay.

PLT I thought it already had tape in it.

CDR It does. Okay, are you through recording, Bill?

026 20 13 21 PLT Yes.

SPT ... the center which make everything look dark in

that area.

026 20 13 27 SPT And when you try to get close to them *** ... you
get very easily deceived that you actually are on
one, but you'll have plage behind you, and that's ...

TIME SKIP

026 20 45 01 CDR I'm using this toy gyro in order to try to demon-
strate to you today the principle of gyroscopic
precession. You notice that this gyro is not
spinning right now. And the reason why, is because
I first want to look at a free-floating body, so
that we can Just see what happens when you put
translational deflections or translational forces
on it and rotational forces or disturbances. Now
as you can see here, as I tap this with these
little straws that I'm holding that I force rota-
 3397

tions and I force translations. And you notice

there's no natural tendency of this wheel to damp
those out or to resist any of these forces that
I'm - that I'm putting on here. Now you notice
not only in rotation, but in translation, when I
put the force on, it continues to go until I do
something to stop it.

026 20 46 29 CDR Zoom in. You're supposed to zoom in, Bill.

026 20 _7 03 SPT *** max zorn in, and then try to go back to magne-
sium X to confirm that I still was in the hole.

026 20 h7 23 CDR I'm using this toy gyro as a method to try to

demonstrate the principle of gyroscopic precession.
And you'll notice that this gyro right now is not
spinning. And the reason why is because first I
want to tASk about the kinds of disturbances or
forces that are put on a gyro. Now we have
translations, which I've done, and you can see it
as I translate this little gyro as a free-floating
body unspinning, that I put a disturbance on it
and it goes either in translation or rotation.
And it will keep going in that direction until I
do something to stop it. It doesn't seem to have
any natural resistance of its own to motion.

026 20 50 3h CDR Let's put a string on this gyro and spin it up,
get it up to speed. And then let's take a lock
again at what happens when we put these transla-
tionals and rotational forces on it.

026 20 50 53 CDR We've got it all spun up. And now let's take a
look at the disturbances in translation. You
notice that if I push it down, it Just keeps right
on going down. It doesn't seem to have any resis-
tance to translation. If I push it to the side,
it Just keeps right on drifting. So we can see
that at least in translation, it's still a free
body. It hasn't changed a bit.

026 20 56 _3 CDR All right now_ what about rotation? What if we put
a rotational force? Let's put a couple on it in
this direction. A torque to the right. Well, look
at that. I put a torque from right to left as far
as the way you're looking, but it tilted back.
And that demonstrates the principle of gyroscopic
precession. And what it boils down to is that,
3398

in very simple terms, that if there - the gyro is

spinning this way, then in - and you put a force
on the edge of the gyro wheel, say, downward, what
the wheel seems to do is take the force and carry
it 90 degrees along the direction of the spin and
deflects 90 degrees away from where you put the
force in. Now there - there in physics you can
work out the formulas and it will all be quite
plain mathematically as how it's done. But let's
Just keep it simple here and let's - using that
concept, let's see if we can get this thing to tip
back up straight again.

026 20 58 Ol CDR Now, what we'll do is if we want this front part

to tip back down again, then that means that over
here, where it's spinning toward that direction,
I need to push here and that part will go down.
So what it means is that I need a torque in this
direction, like this. And we're doing it. And
there it is, back vertical again.

CDR Now, gyros are a very valuable piece of our equip-

ment that we use in space. We use gyros in order
to maintain our attitude in space. We can move
around- that is, we can translate in space, but
we need to rotate sometimes under very precise
conditions. And in our co--and and service module,
we have sets of gyros that are spun up. And all
we do is we orient the axis, the spin axis of the
gyro in a given direction, the one that we particu-
larly want to orient it in. And then - we spin
the gyr0 up.

026 20 59 19 CDR And now the gyro will will remember that position
and it will stay there. And any time that we move
the spacecraft, if it drifts away from that atti-
tude, the gyro alerts the computer on board the
spacecraft and the computer fires the thrusters
and essentially zeros out the error that the gyro
has sensed and puts the spacecraft back in its
original position. And that's what we cast atti-
tude hold, the attitude hold mode. Now gyros are
very, very stable platforms. And they need to be
stable if you're going to try to maintain your
spacecraft in an attitude in order to watch the
stars or to do work on - with the Sun. Now here
in Skylab, we have these little gyros to sense or
remember our attitude, but we also have some great
big gyros that do the moving. We don't use thrus-
 3399

ters as much as Skylab ; we use great big gyros.

i 026 21 00 23 CDR And what we do is we fasten the - the Skylab onto

these gimbals and when our little gyros sense an
error, they send a command to the computer. The
computer sends a torque - an electrical torque to
our great big heavy gyros, which weigh about
140 pounds apiece and they're about 3 feet in
diameter. And when they torque this big gyro,
then the - the big gyro moves like we've been
demonstrating right here. And the big gyro is
what holds us in our position in Skylab.

026 21 00 59 CDR Actually, we have three big gyros and they're all
placed in such a manner that they complement each
other.

026 21 0_ 27 CDR Now we've taken the gyro and we've spun it up at
a top rating in its normal mode. Now, let's see
what these very same forces are like, that is,
translation and rotation. And let's see how the
gyro reacts to these force disturbances now, once
that we have it spinning. All right, first of all
translation. What happens? I hit it in transla-
/- tion and it Just keeps right on going until I do
something about it.

026 21 05 09 CDR Now what about rotation? I'll put a torque on it

in this direction. And what happened? I put a
torque on it in one direction, and it rotates in
another direction, 90 degrees from the direction
in which I did the torquing. Now that is a demon-
stration right there of the principle of gyroscopic
precession.

026 21 06 07 CDR Okay, now, establishing this principle, or applying

this gyroscopic principle, let's see if we can pre-
dict how it's going to come back. And what I want
to do is bring the - the axis of rotation back up
vertical and tip it towards you a little bit. So
that means that if I want this axis here to go
down, then the principle of precession says that
I need to push here, because then the wheel will
essentially - will appear to transform the force
over here 90 degrees and deflect down in that
direction. So let's Just see if that really works
out. I want to push down on this side here. So
I can put on a torque in this direction like this.
3_00

And, hopefully, if I'm right, the front edge will

c_ne down toward you. So let's see what happens.

026 21 07 09 CDR Lo and behold, it tips down. But because of fric-

tion between the straws and the axis, we've also
got a little bit side tip here. Let's see if we
can take that out. We want this to go down. The
wheel is sitting this way. So therefore, if I push
here, that side will go down.

026 21 07 34 CDR And this is a principle that is used very heavily

in space flight, that is, the gyroscopic principle.
We use gyros in order to maintain our attitude in
space. Since the gyro does not want to move around
in rotation, we can take a gyro like this and we
can point the axis in whatever direction we prefer,
like, say, celestial north, or something like
that - and we can spin up our gyro. And then we
can connect our gyro up to a computer, and anytime
the spacecraft drifts away from the attitude that
we want it at, this gyro will notify the computers
that it is - it is having some force put on it,
or it is showing drift. The computer will then
issue commands to the thruster system on the space-
craft and the spacecraft will be maneuvered back
to its original position; that is to say, the
error is taken out.

026 21 08 32 CDR So that's how we use a gyro, in order to sense

where we are, or to remember, essentially, which
way is up. Now in Skylab, we not only use little
gyros like this in order to remember where we want
to point, but we also use huge gyros which weigh
on the order of 140 pounds, and are somethin_E like
3 feet in diameter. We use these huge gyros as
our forces for moving the spacecraft around. We
do not use the thruster, except as a backup. And
the - little gyro sends a signal to the computer.
And this time the computer does what my straws are
doing. The computer sends torquing forces to the
axis of the gyro, and the axis of the gyro is con-
nected to our spacecraft, the large gyro, that is.
And when we put a torque on that axis, then the
whole axis moves the spacecraft, since the space-
craft is connected to it, and thereby we have an
attitude control system that is strictly gyro con-
trolled and used gyro momentum.
 3hOl

026 21 i0 26 CDR *** TV of gyroscopic demonstration. What we did

was two sequences of the first part - the - about
a minute and a half sequence showing the unspinning
gyro. And then we did two sequences of the second
part - or two cuts, I should say, of the second
sequence, showing the spinning gyro in precession.

026 21 l0 _8 CDR The ones I personally prefer were the second cut
of the first sequence and the first cut of the
second sequence. And we've got the routine worked
out pretty well. If neither of these sequences
worked out Just right, or if either one of them
needs another whack, let us know and we'll try to
get around to doing it. The other TV subject that
I need to find out about is when you want us to
get on with this EREP thing. I think that it would
be well - that if you can get them to schedule us
some time for that. It doesn't look like the sort
of a thing that could be done easily during free
time, because I'm not sure that the PLT and I will
always have free time available at the same time
to do it. So I sus - I would suspect you probably
ought to try to schedule us.

026 21 12 O0 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

026 21 58 Ol SPT SPT at 21:58. ATM ops. SPT at 21:58. ATM ops.
Orbit which began at 2-1:02. Okay, again it took
a little while to search around after I did the
building block 32 which included 5h. Took a
little while to search around and get exactly what
I wanted to - in the way of points in and outside
of the coronal hole to m_ke the GRATING, AUTO
SCANs. Could use - Made use of the previous
experience; went to a roll of 8600 and I worked
at line 25 and I had a UP/DOWN of 00.

026 21 59 08 SPT Picked up the mirror over to 2527 POSITION. And

I Just had established previously that all along
that line magnesium X was a - at a count of around
6, plus or minus 2, maybe occasionally up to lO.
And that when I moved over to about 660, the 6
became a little bit over lO; at 6hO it was above
20; and then it just went on up $o hO or 50 from
there on out.
3h02

026 22 00 24 SPT So that m_ pointing was a LEFT/RIGHT of 737, UP/

DOWN of all zeros. I did a GRATING, AUTO SCAN
at 2527 at which the oxygen VI was 100 to 120 '_
which was well above the background and from what
I could judge was on a chromospheric network boun-
dary in the H-alpha display. It was not a very
nicely formed network boundary, in that there
were dark spicules - dark portions of spicules
indicating that that was a boundary. The cell
itself was not very well defined, but the - the
boundary itself had the right characteristics.

026 22 01 14 SPT Magnesium X at that point was aroend 6, plus or

minus 2. I gave four GRATING, AUTO SCANs starting
at 19_l GRATING POSITION and ending up there.
Then gave a - about 1-2/3 of a GRATING, AUTO SCAN
at 2553 MIRROR POSITION. That's a difference of
around 28 or 140 arc seconds away. And again that
large difference was due to the fact that I was
trying to ox - optimize the position inside so it
would be on a bounaA_y. I could have very easily
made that difference only 60 arc seconds, but the
constraint of trying to get that on a oxygen VI
high made that difference quite a bit larger than
what we originally discussed. In the teleprinter
message which came up, which suggested plus or
minus 30 on either side of the boundaries. How-
ever, I still think it does the Job. Oxygen VI
was around 200 at that point. Magnesium X was
running 30 or h0. After that we gave two MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs, one down to line h0 at GRATING
POSITION of all zeros, and one at 772. And un-
fortunately, because of the time constraint, we
only got down to line 30 on that one before we
want below h00 K. As the GRATING of course,
kept going, I believe we got down to line 40
before very much was done.

026 22 03 00 SPT But we did cross essentially the point where the
GRATING, AUTO SCANs were made and a considerable
distance beyond that. So - so it is where the
pointing was done and also for that total area.

026 22 03 _8 SPT It does give you a handle on the color differences,

the low color diff - the low color temperature
differences as you might expect - where you have
that - you have been indicating.
_ 3b_03

026 22 04 17 SPT I was looking at a Lyman continuum. But it looks

llke a real good program to rum out ; unfortunately
setting up for it with the displays we have is a
real problem. Before I get into that a little
bit, let me give the other two which I've received
some data. 54 received SINGLE FRAME, 5 for 36 min-
utes and 56 received LONG exposure for 36 minutes
with the GRATING IN. And the roll which we had,
I believe, gave a reasonable dispersion for their -
for their film orientation and dispersion in axis.
Getting back to the pointing, that's - While I
think about it, what would really be useful here
is to have a XUV monitor-type device and - only
one without all of the ex - excess filtering in
it so you could actually use it as a TV display -
and have filters which could be inserted, say, if
you will, on a - on a rotating wheel the same way
we have filters on 5_ and 56. So you could see
the Sun in sort of wavelengths which were charac-
teristic of some altitudes in the atmosphere.

026 22 06 02 SPT And that would be very hard to do, I guess because
you're talking about looking at single lines. Any
way in which a visual presentationspatiallyat -
characteristic of a given altitude to the atmos-
phere could be presented, would be exceptionally
useful. As you can see here, it would have been
no problem whatsoever to get this Job done by
having a good TV display. You could point right
to the heart of the coronal hole and then get -
hit a peak in oxygen VI or some other location
to show the network and you'll be home.

026 22 06 50 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

026 23 29 58 SPT SPT at 23:30. ATM ops; pass which began at 22:35.
Started it off with a building block 2 to get the
STANDARD in for 52. PATROL, NORMAL; 256; GRATING,
OUT. 82A WAVELENGTH, LONG, 2 minutes. And MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER at 0000. Took a quick look at the
emerging flux regions - or ac - active regions and
then went up to try to look for a polar plume.
And I went 30 arc seconds off the limb; looked in
oxygen VI, and really could not see much of any-
340_

thing at either pole. Now I did spend a fair

amount of time searching in a LOW RATE and in a i

HIGH RATE in the - with a roll, in a L0W RATE,

plus or minus about 16 degrees around solar north
and solar south, and I could not see much enhance-
ment at all.

026 23 31 46 SPT So I went back over to an interesting prominence

at around ll0 - interesting because it was a - I
suppose a two sectioned linear element which stood
about 80 arc seconds in length, then climbed maybe
20 degrees to the limb towards the south and more
diffuse part of it up to the north, not - not very
extensive along the limb but protruding very far
above it. I know it - it certainly in appearance
did not resemble a surge Just because of the - the
lines were not straight, it was not a dynam_ c
appearing structure.

026 23 32 45 SPT I settled on that, rolled the 82B SLIT parallel to

it with the tip of the SLIT 20 arc seconds off the
limb. Gave 82B a WAVET.RNGTH, SHORT for 9 minutes
and WAVELENGTH, LONG for 7 minutes. The reason
I had to cut those less than i0 was because of
the time remaining. Had I started out on the
structure at the very beginning, I think I could
have done - done a much better Job in getting
those exposures and also some comparative spectra.
But with the length of exposures required and the
hunting and searching that went on for polar plumes,
it Just wasn't possible.

026 23 33 27 SPT Also I managed to blow another 82A on that one.

In my haste to get 82]3 going on the second exposure,
I hit the START/STOP switch for 82A and there was
no calling it back. So again, my apologies to
those folks for going down one more frame.

026 23 34 00 SPT 55 received a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER down to line 40;

received four of them at several positions in look-
ing at the structure, GRATING POSITION of all zeros
and 0028; GRATING of 594 and at 1046. Of course,
the first one, we're well aware what that gave you.
At 28, I thought the Lyman beta line would be
interesting, Just to see what that showed up.
594 gave you some more of the Lyman continuum,
hydrogen continuum, and some neon - neon VIII;
but I think most of the - the i_terest probably
 3_05

there would be in the hydrogen continuum and the

hydrogen Lyman alpha in the wing.

026 23 35 08 SPT 772 gave you more hydrogen Lyman continuum and
the neon VII line, which I thought would be a - a
useful one. And lastly, 1042 was mostly, I guess,
a hydrogen continuum and Lyman continuum and Just
for chance neon - I'm sorry, iron XVI, if auything
should be seen there. Although you know it was
above a relatively hot part of the spectrum, the
feature I was looking at certainly would not ex-
hibit it.

026 23 36 20 SPT SPT out.

026 23 38 36 SPT SPT again. On the last ATM pass when I did line
up the SLIT, I used oxygen VI as a source and
turned the - maximized - maximized it at SLIT
center and also in the end of the SLIT towards the
Sun. And they both came out to be about the same
location in - in LEFT/RIGHT; so that I think you
got good data, relatively - at least in the
oxygen VI. I think what I'll probably do next
_ time is try and take a look at it in the Lyman
beta line and see what comes in up there.

026 23 39 36 SPT SPT out.

###
 DAY 027 (AM) 3407

027 01 09 ii SPT SPT at 01:09, debriefing ATM pass which began

at 00:09. This is the seventh orbit which I
worked on today. I'll try and give you an overall
m_mmary of the general things which were done on
each orbit Just so we do not get confused. I'm
going to debrief this orbit first and then we'll
pick up with that overall s,Imms_. Started off
with a building block 32, with 56 and 5h operating.
Then I did a search for polar plumes with magnesium
X - the south pole; could not find anything. It
was between zero and l0 - I was maybe 30 arc seconds
off the limb - between zero and l0 counts, the
polar regions intensified 20 degrees, and then out-
side of that about 30 counts - 20 to 30 counts.
I went back to the prominence which I felt I had
not really worked very well for 82B previously
and debated the best way to align the slit so they
could get comparative spectra. And I could have
aligned it along the feature, but there was a lot
of other small features of lesser intensity in
H-alpha which protruded off of this in both
directions. And I wanted to have it move over
quite a bit. I felt the best way was to put
the slit horizontal to the limb, perchance I
shouldsay parallelto the limb. And I was about
40 or 50 arc seconds off the limb. And I had
slit center. I then lost 55 - 55's output in
oxygen VI and it turns out that _ximized right
on the center of the prominence, which is over
at ll0. Slightly below that, in my display,
was another primary feature, another part of a
prominenc e.

027 01 12 13 SPT Hold on; I'll conclude this debriefing in Just a

moment.

027 01 17 17 CC Jer, Houston.

CDR Go ahead, Story.

CC Jer, that TV-103 on liquid films, the performance

was super, and we think you've done about as good
a Job as you can do on that. And we suggest that
you move on to some of the other. If you pick up
some extra time later, you can go back to TV-103.

CDR Okay, about the only improvement, I can put on

that thing - I didn't like it at all - was to get
3_08

the closeup lens and get some of those thin films

where the people can see them on the closeup lens
and then call it quits.

027 01 17 59 CC Okay, and we're thinking of - we're thinking of

sending you a single handheld pad that's got all
the sites on it. And we're wondering what you
think of that and how many copies you'd like.
We'd also like some comments from you on the
number we're sending up. We think that you'd
probably like to have an awful lot of them and
catch those ones that you can, like we're sending
up 13 tomorrow.

CDR Okay, that's fine. I think we ought to have three

copies and on a separate pad. It makes no dif-
ference to us whether it's in the details or
separate. I guess the only thing we regret is
frequently we get one of those goodies while
we're laying in the LBNP or something like that.
We kind of hate to miss them.

027 01 18 36 CC Okay, which would you prefer, a separate hand-

held pad or in the details?

CDR We're - we're satisfied with the way it's going

right now on the details, unless you folks would
rather change it.

CC We'd rather put it - -

CDR ... the details.

CC We'd rather put it on a separate pad if that's

okay with you.

CDR Okay, let's give it a try. If it gives us

trouble, we'll holler.

CC Okay, and we'll send you three copies. And we're

about to go LOS here. The next one's G11_ in about
40 minutes at 01:56.

027 01 19 14 CDR We'll see you.

027 01 19 16 SPT SPT again at Ol:19 picking up again on the ATM

debrief, on orbit 00:09 to 00:59. If there's a
little noise in the background, _that's where we've
 3409

got a gas purge going on in here, Bill Pogue

cleaning a tape recorder behind me, Jerry Carr
working on a tape recorder beside me, and CAP COMM
talking in my ear. So the first part of this may
not be coherent as you would - you would like -
or I would like. Okay, after we'd ran the mag-
nesium X search of the south pole, found nothing,
we went over to the prominence at ll0. Put the
slit tangent to the limb, parallel to it, about
50 arc seconds off the limb, rolled about Sun
center so that we got the maximum in oxygen VI,
which was at slit center and that turned out to
be a count of about 150, very significantly above
the background. Gave 82B a 16-minute exposure at
that point. About one-third of the slit was filled
There was a - in H-alpha there was another feature
not anywhere as bright, but right below the primary
prominence, which protruded about 80 degrees -
80 arc seconds up and was maybe l0 arc seconds
wide and inclined 20 to 30 degrees to the south.
The exact coordinates for the exposure were
minus 8597 for ROLL, UP/DOWN was minus 33, and
LEFT/RIGHT _s minus 1053. At that position 56
got a SINGLEFRAME,4 for about 15 minutes;55,
three GRATING, AUTO SCANs at the slit center, which
is where we maximized oxygen VT; and one MIRROR
AUTO RASTER at a GRATING POSITION of zero.

027 01 21 56 SPT We then rolled about Sun center. I stepped the

55 aperture down to the bottom of the silt and
rolled so that we moved up. And when we saw the
slit was completely clear of these features, that
is, the oxygen VI count dropped down to around
8 to i0 counts, then I moved the 55 aperture back
up to slit center and gave 82B about a 16-mlnute
exposure. And again I cut it off at h00 K.
And I assume it was exposure; 56, SINGLE FRAME, 5
for 17 minutes and 55 Just received three MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs at a GRATING POSITION of zero. I
might add that really it was a GRATING POSITION
of MECHANICAL, lOb. And also right now, I was
reading 184 because that eight Jumped in there.
But I'm pretty sure that it essentiaS]y was-
MECHANICAL lOb was OPTICAL zero except for that
uncertainty of 2. Now i-.-ediately below that -
that was to the north. And it displayed the
results of a high count in oxygen VI where there
3hlO

was nothing visible. And I did not have time to

explore that.

027 01 23 25 SPT The fact that they reported loops above the limb
is interesting, and I would like to go back and
try to do that. I thought we had covered part
of that earlier today with the JOP 26, although
we did it at a GRATING POSITION of zero. Perhaps
if we had a better definition of exactly where
those loops were we could use the GRATING POSITION
... in neon VII, and give you repetitive MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs in several locations. This orbit
has taken - l'd say this objective has taken two
orbits, same as the objective of trying to get
good spectra inside and outside of a coronal hole.
So this essentially has got me two orbits behind.
l'm glad l've got the extra time today to - to
make it up so we can make up and get those objectives.
Let me Just run through the outline for you, where
we - where we are in this whole thing, where we
started and what we've done.

CREW ...

027 01 24 54 SPT At the orbit beginning at 6 - 13:16, we gave a

building block 1 and a building block 32 with
null bias in all the observing time. The orbit
beginning at 14:49, we gave building block l0 -
is on the west - on the west limb. That orbit
also started with a building block 32. At 16 :22,
we started with a building block 32 and did some
coronal hole exploration, although we did not
get data. At 17:56, we were Just able to sneak
in a building block 32. That was Just before the
EREP Z-LV pass started. At 21:02, we gave a
building block 32 and got lined up and got the
coronal hole data, along with the X-ray exposures.
At 22:35, we did a building block 2 and got
some - some prominence data for 82B at a grating -
And then at 00:09, the orbit we Just completed, we
gave another building block 32 and further data on
the prominence which I've Just described. For the
last orbit, I plan to go Sun center and give
building block 1 Bravo for - essentially for -
52 will receive STANDARD and a CONTINUOUS for
6-1/2 minutes. 55, GRATING, AUTO SCAN, line 25,
 3411

and then MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. 5h will receive

M, 2, 0, S, 256, followed by a 17-minute exposure.
And 56 will receive a SINGLE, FILTER 5 for as long
as possible in the orbit. And I'll recap that
when it's all done. That concludes the efforts
that I've put in on this today, and let me describe
my first reaction without a lot of deep thought
on it, on how well it went from my standpoint.
I think, having operated this mode for the first
time, I think it went pretty well. I think we
have a certain degree of flexibility up here
which the system does not permit ... scheduling
to have. And the system has got its own con-
straints so I'm not trying to say anything posi-
tive or for it - negative against that. Of
course, the real advantage of doing some of this
scheduling up here is that you are in closer touch
with what's going on at the present time.

027 01 28 23 SPT However, the whole thing today did not really
allow me to make maximum use of that. But I did
put a little observing time in for myself, which
I did not gather data and Just spent that time
looking - looking over the Sun. But I still
think that you really need more of that. I
would think that I should have taken a whole
orbit at the very beginning in order to get
that done. I didn't really have time to look at
the new active region emerging. I hope to take
a look at that Just before this next orbit. I
did look at 36, but I didn't look at the north
of the pole other than to identify that it
existed in the XUV monitor. As far as going
around the limb, I did do that several times,
and I think I had a good feel for what lines and
whether what was worthwhile studying. Except for
the place which cannot be seen in H-alpha, such
as loops. So that is where we're going to require
additional type of instrumentation here. And I
think I have described that in another session.

027 01 29 42 SPT However, as pointed out here, if we could have

either filters in an XUV mon-type display which
would allow us to see loops or features of various
temperatures at an alt - in other words, have
their active region fluxes arising from different
altitudes and atmosphere, that would be exception-
ally useful. Now, you may not b_ able to do that
3h12

with a series of filters and a fundamental vidicon.

It may turn out to be that ... where S055 does and
then present the results of the rasters on a TV
display. That's an engineering problem which I
won't try to address here, but I think function-
ally there is a need to be able to see a picture
of the Sun at various altitudes to identify the
various types of phenomena we were trying to ex-
plore today. And I think the coronal hole - we
were wondering if the spectra in the coronal hole
but over the place where the oxygen VI count was
high, that ... segment with boundaries with excep-
tionally - good illustrations. H-alpha unfortu-
nately does not give you that very fine pointing
required to - to get an o_gen VI maximum. It
probably Just tells you what region to start
looking but it doesn't pinpoint it. Another one
is looking for loops above the limb. Okay, getting
a little off the track there.

027 01 31 27 SPT The - the second advantage of something I had

today, which may not always exist, depending upon
how a Shuttle laboratory is run, is if I had
trouble in one orbit, I knew I had a couple of
orbits that I had kind of tucked away in my pocket
at the end of the day which I could slide everything
back into so I could still meet the objectives of
what I was trying to do. This may not be a bad
way to operate. We have found the same thing to
be true with observing time. Many times you can
stay ahead of the time line. But sometimes if you
drop behind, you don't drop behind Just a little,
you drop behind a lot. And when that happens,
you either give up the observation or try to slide
it into another orbit. Luckily, I was able to do
the latter here.

027 01 32 29 SPT As far as laying out the schedule, it's pretty much
of a set routine. It's not too hard at all. The
synoptics, you know what time of the day you want
to do things at various instruments. 1A and 1B
are exceptionally straightforward building blocks.
You know when - when you want to do that, and you
know when you - you'd like to put a STANDARD MODE
into the middle of a day, for 52, building blocks
32's otherwise. And then you can on with the
specialized operations in each orbit, which depend
 3413

upon the nature of the Sun that day. I don't find

onboard scheduling to be very much of a problem
at all. It's taken a good part of m_ time, I will
say, today, but if this was what I was up here to
do, alone, I think I could operate like this day
after day and be very happy doing it. I'm not
sure that eight orbits might be what I would want,
but I certainly think six orbits could be - could
be tolerated and stay fairly proficient. Can you
tell me how much detail was sent up from the
ground? I think the way we've gone about it today
has - has been pretty good. Some instruments have
been a little more specific than others, which is
no problem. You expect that variability. I think
one thing I do lack, through, I feel a little bit -
away from, is what you've learned so far.

027 01 34 17 SPT I think because it's the air-to-ground loop does

not really pe_nit the type of conversation which
would be most useful. By that I mean, when Nell
started telling me some things today - and I felt
that - that they're interesting. And I'm sure
eventually we're ... start getting some knowledge
home. And when I get back I'll certainlysit
down - sit down and talk with him about these
things.

027 01 34 44 SPT On the other hand, I feel if we went on for a half

an hour like that, I think there'd be an awful lot
of eyeballs would roll into the back of your heads
in the MOCR, Just because they'd feel they're got
many other things to do and certainly they do.
What I would propose in the future on a Shuttle
payload is that you put your own loop between the
guys who are working a given instl_m_nt, which
essentially is a full-time Job, and the guys who
are supporting them, rather than trying to 1%_nuel
everything through one individual - the CAP COMM.
I think that really places a burden on the CAP
COMM and it by ne - necessity filters out infor-
mation to everybody, not Just ATM but all kinds
of other experiments being done up here.

027 01 35 32 SPT Of course, such a major effort like this, if you

need to put another observatory like this into
space, I would think you would want pretty much
continuous - as near to continuous cnmm as the

S _
3h14

orbital dynamics would permit - or orDital

mechanics would permit and not have it in a way
which would be cluttering up some of the other
things which you had to be carrying on at the same
time of - of an operational nature or experimental
such as in - in another field. After being up here,
I really feel this is true. Now Bill Lenoir has
done an excellent Job. He's Just really - really
come on strong and - and I think much of this -
much of our understanding of what's - what to do
up here and the quality of the data in coming back
is due to his efforts. And I know that, as he says,
he's the tip of the iceberg and there's a lot of
people behind him, which I'm sure is true.

027 01 36 34 SPT But that type of conversation which I was able to

get with him daily gave me a feedback for what
was going on. If I didn't have that I would - I
would really be lost. I'd be operating on infor-
mation 2 months old and I don't think I'd be -
stimulated to thinking a new and different way.
And I think more so, in the future, we're going
to need more of that type of thing and there's
no reason that I can see why we shouldn't have a _
continuous - or at least a better channel which
all of these small details can be discussed,
which are still strictly on a scientific and -
and observatory/operational nature. Things which
impact the overall schedules and the operational
aspect of a vehicle, that's something different.
That we can't - can't handle in the same way, of
course.

027 01 37 37 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

027 03 00 23 CDR This is the CDR at 03:00 Zulu. The subject is

end-of-mission meals. This message is for the
food people. I have looked over the special menu
for the end-of-mission meals and this is for the
substitute menu, the special menu, that we'll -
would substitute for high-density day. A few
co--..entswe'd like to have you work on, if you
would. In the case of the CDR, you called out
macaroni - Stand by.
 3h15

027 03 01 07 CDR Yes, you call out macaroni for the CDR for meal
Charlie and, unfortunately, that is one food that
I cannot tolerate. I would appreciate it if you
would try to substitute something for the macaroni.
And the SPT doesn't feel that he can in any good
conscience take veal and spaghetti both in the
same meal - or let alone in the same day; and he
would like to limit the menu to Just one of those.
And he will be more than happy to throw in the
peanuts if you need something else to make the
adjustment on minerals and calories. We have
selected day 82 - 81 as the day that we would
like to use the special menu, so you've got plenty
of time to work these things out.

027 03 01 55 CDR So let me repeat, for the CDR, meal Charlie would
like not to have macaroni, would like to have
something else substituted, if possible. And for
the SPT, would like to drop either the veal or
the spaghetti and would also - wouldn't mind
losing the peanuts.

027 03 02 12 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

027 03 29 22 PLT PLT at 03:30, with the rate gyro six-pack tempera-
tures. X-ray 5, 96 degrees; X-ray 6, 96 degrees;
YRnkee 5, 92 degrees; Yankee 6, 92 degrees_
Zulu 5, 96 degrees; Zulu 6, 96 degrees.

027 03 29 39 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

027 ii ii 01 CC Skylab, Houston .... REG BUS i, 5 degrees

counterclockwise.

027 ii ii 09 SPT SPT at Ii:ii. M133 log: Day 027, 9 hours sleep;
quality, good; rem-_ks, 4. And I woke once - once
during the night, but I was able to go right back
to sleep.

027 ii ii 34 SPT SPT out.

 3416

027 ii Ii 52 SPT SPT at Ii:12. PRD readings: 42920, 23513, 38671.

027 ii 12 01 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

027 ii 48 00 CDR This is the CDR at ii:37 Zulu [sic], which is

Tango 2, time number T-2.

027 ii 48 l0 CDR From the _EP C&D MONITOR, Delta 6 reads 40.

TIME SKIP

027 12 02 12 CDR This is the CDR and the time is thir - is 12:02 Zulu.
The subject is Earth resources, EREP C&D. On the
film advance, camera number i only advanced 2. So
therefore, I repeated the film advance sequence
again. And all cameras advanced three t_mes. So
I don't know what the deal is with camera n,,mher l,
but it appears to have at least passed its test
the second time.

027 12 02 27 CDR I recorded a time T-2, which was 11:57 Zulu. That
Delta 6 was reading 40 percent; at this time, which
is 12:02:30, it's reading 55 percent.

027 12 03 32 CDR Okay, I'm not going to wait any longer for T minus 10.
That's about a minute - minute and a half to go.
The monitor readings are as follows: Bravo 2 is 55;
Bravo 3 is 86; Bravo h is 92. I'm sorry, these
are all Alfas. Alfa 5 is hO percent; Alfa 6 is 0.
Now we're talking the Bravos; Bravo 2 is 53;
Bravo 3 is 79; Bravo 4, it doesn't matter what it
is; *** tell you what it is anyway though, Just
for laughs. That's 91.

027 12 0h 17 CDR Bravo 5 is 55; and Bravo 6 is 50; Bravo 7 is 33;

Bravo 8 is l; Bravo 9 is 58. Charlie 2 is reading
57; Charlie 3 is reading 87; Cahrlie 4 is reading
*** ty-four; Charlie 5 is reading 83; Charlie 6 is
reading 47; Charlie 7 is reading 51.

027 12 04 57 CDR Delta 2 is reading 67; Delta 3 is reading 82;

Delta 4 is reading 46 - that's a tad on the low
 3417

side. Delta 5 is reading 13 - lh; and Delta 6 is

reading 55_ Delta 7 is reading 51. We were a tad
low on Delta h, and that's the only one. It's
read*** 46 percent.

027 12 05 42 CDR Okay, S192 ALIGNMENT switch is OFF and the cover
is on_ it hasn't been touched in days. No, wait
a minute_ it was touched yesterday. You did an
alignment check yesterday, didn't you, Bill?

PLT Yes.

CDR Okay. And you're sure you turned the ALIGNMENT

switch OFF?

PLT I don't know, but thought I did.

CDR Okay. The ALIGNMENT switch is OFF.

PLT That's what I was thinking.

CDR (Laughter) Okay.

027 12 06 52 CDR S192 MODE to READY. DOOR OPEN switch to OPEN.

Waiting a minute for a DOOR open light - correction,
for a READY light. The S190 HEATER SWITCH OFF light
is off. Panel ll7, DELTA TEMP's okay and 0VE EMP's
okay.

027 12 07 55 CDR Okay, we have a 192 READY light. The DOOR is OPEN;
MODE's going to CHECK. Now I'll do the preoperate
configuration.

027 12 08 06 CDR TAPE RECORDER's 0N, HEADY's on. 192 is ON; the
READY is out; we're in CHECK; and the DOOR is OPEN.
91 is ON; the READY is on; the COOLER is ON; the
DOOR is OPEN. 190 is ON; the READY is out; we're
in STANDBY; the door is open. RADIOMETER, STANDBY;
READY out. SCATTEROMETER's STAND - OFF; READY out.
ALTIMETER is OFF_ READY out. 94 is ON; READY on;
and the MALF light is out. Standing by for an
EREP, START at 12:15. 12:13, we got SCATTEROMETER
to STANDBY.

027 12 09 24 CDR I guess the first part of this pass, Bill, is over
Hawaii.

PLT Yes.

z_
3418

CDR Or as they say down south, Hawaii, Hawaya[sic].

PLT Well, no, no; not really.

CDR No, hey, are -are you sure?

PLT Uh-huh. I - -

CDR I thought we were doing geothermal over Hawaii.

PLT Bet I've got that set wrong. 153.6 -

027 12 09 56 CDR Yes, that's right.

PLT You - you know it's got enough memory. You just
floD them back over there.

PLT In fact, we're - it looks like we better get AOS

in Hawaii.

CDR Sure does. Oh. What are -Where are we at 137

027 12 l0 09 PLT At 13? Well, that'd be - that's the crossing.

The Equatorial crossing. It should be a node.

CDR At 12:13:31, huh?

PLT Uh-huh. So at 12:13 we're Just shy of it.

CDR At 12:15 is when I start the EREP. Kind of strange.

PLT You're Starting right down here at - Yes, 15.

CDR 12:15 I'm starting EREP.

PLT 12:15?

CDR Yes, it's out there over the water.

PLT ... right here.

CDR Huh ! Okay.

027 12 l0 51 PLT We can coast in about 25 past the hour. And - And
we hit the coast of Africa about 40 past the hour.

PLT Hey, we're about ready to start, huh?

 3419

027 12 ll 35 CDR Yes. In about a minute and a half. Let's see.

I Let's see; our AUTO CAL's at 32:15. _hat's
after you've already passed the coast.

PLT You've already taken some data, too.

CDR Yes.

PLT Got a nadir swath here from 16 to 25:44. Sounds

like you go to - when - when did you say that the
align is?

PLT Is AUTO CAL rather.

027 12 12 08 CDR ***up at 32.

PLT Okay.

027 12 12 ll CDR We're well inland.

PLT That's after the second one, actually.

CDR 32:15 is when.

PLT Okay, O0 set in and all I do is--

027 12 12 28 CDR Okay, we're coming up on 12:13.

CDR 12:13 :00.

PLT We use the DAC on the last one.

CDR On m_ mark it will be 12:13:00. Stand by -

027 12 13 00 CDR MARK. SCATgEROMETER to STANDBY. EREP, STAI_ in

2 minutes.

CDR Well, let's see. We can be - be getting the

Equatorial - Equatorial Current, can't we? And
the California Current.

PLT Yes.

CDR On that - -

PLT That 's right.

CDR - - nadirswath. !
3420

027 12 13 54 PLT The - the Africa swath here, which is not very long
h9:30 to 50:ll, looking for coastal upwellings.

CDR Coastal upwelling. We going right by the Canaries?

If so, they - they're below -

PLT Just about.

CDR Yes. We've reported that a couple of times.

027 12 14 50 PLT EREP, START at 16, you say, or 137

CDR 15.

PLT Okay.

CDR On my mark it will be 12:15:00 with an EREP, START.

Stand by -

027 12 15 00 CDR MARK it. EREP, START.

CDR 06. Stand by -

027 12 15 06 CDR MARK. 19_ to MANUAL. 15:30 is next.

027 12 15 20 CC Skylab, we're with you for 3-1/2 minutes, Hawaii.

CDR Hi, Hank. Okay, stand by for 15:30, stand by -

027 12 15 30 CDR MARK it. SCATTEROMETER, RADIOMETER is ON.

CDR We're cutting a wide swath through the Pacific.

PLT Man, I don't see anything out of this VTS.

CDR Must have left the cover on.

PLT Yes. See nothing or anything you want to, depend-

ing on your frame of mind. I can't concentrate
on 0000 here. Seems like I want to drift a little
this morning.

CDR Hank, out of the monitor checkout, the only one

that was not at the proper value was Delta 4 and
it's reading about 45 percent. My little cue
card says it ought to be between 57 and 87.
 3h21

027 12 16 31 CC Okay. We copy, Jer.

T PLT The first time you do a 192 to READY.

CDE 92 goes to READY at 25:36.

PLT Okay. That's Just about time we coast in.

027 12 16 49 CDI_ What is that noise?

PLT Sounds like an ATM pump.

CDR Hank, I think I know what it is. Take a look at

ATM coolant. We Just heard a change - a change
in noise up here.

CC Okay, we will.

PLT Going to get the San Joaquin Valley there ccming

across it.

CDE Good. Well, that's where you got your low stratus.
That's typical for this time of the year, too.
***sound like it's coming from?

027 12 17 31 PLT I - I - it's Just sort of a general direction.

CDR Yes.

PLT You go a - You go ahead and watch that. I'll -

027 12 17 35 CDR I've still got 8 minutes.

CC Skylab, Houston. The ATM C&D loop flow has dropped

down _ little bit since you started your pass, and
flow seems to be a little bit erratic and it may
have been the pump.

CDR Okay, the 191 cooler is sounding very bad. That's

what it is.

027 12 18 02 CDR It's beginning to quiet down now. Just all of a -

No, there it is.

PLT There it went again.

CDR It sounds like a high speed electric motor, grap -

grabbing or loaded down and the_% release. Hope we
don't lose that rascal.
3422

027 12 18 24 CDR So you might have the guys on the ground keep an
eye on their 191 temperatures and everything. I

PLT That's it. Was is it? Charlie 7? No.

CDR Better look it up. Also, Hank, when - oh, here

it is. Yes, Charlie 7.

PLT Well, I tell you; keep an eye on Charlie 7 there.

027 12 18 42 CDR Okay. We're at ***... right now.

027 12 18 46 CC We're about l0 seconds from LOS. See you in

3 minutes at Goldstone.

CDR Okay, Hank.

027 12 18 58 PLT There it goes again.

CDR Yes.

PLT (Laughing) That thing is coming down around our

ea_s.

PLT/CDR (Laughter)

027 12 19 12 CDR Let's take a look at Bravo 7 and 8. Those are

a couple of them, too. Bravo 8 is supposed to be
very low on that Dewar pressure. It's 1. And
thermal detector temp looks good, too.

027 12 19 33 PLT Okay, I've had to m_ke about, oh I'd say, a half
dozen corrections in UP/DOWN to keep this zeroed
and two corrections LE_T/RIGHT. This is - is Just
a bit unusual. I haven't never noticed this many
corrections being required before.

CDR I noticed yesterday it was a little bit erratic.

027 12 19 54 PLT Swathing the nadir.

PLT We don't have any spares for that thing either, I'm
sure. Another correction UP/DOWN; it's going to
i/t_.

CDR To 1 UP, huh? Boy. I usually carry the zeros on

the bottom and on the right. That way when they
 3423

shift to the top or the left I can note the drift

t a littlequickerand get it back.

027 12 21 43 PLT Okay, it went to 1 LEFT again. Goldstone's locking

up.

PLT Hey, about 3 -

027 12 22 03 CC Skylab, we're with you for 9-1/2 minutes.

CDR Okay, Hank. The 191 cooler gage temp's hanging

in there right - very steady. That cooler motor,
or whatever it is, is sure changing tone every once
in a while.

027 12 22 37 CC I thought I heard it there once while you were

transmitting. Does the pitch drop do_m?

CDR No, it goes up,

PLT I'll tell you what, Let me put my mlke down there;
see if they can get it to you.

CDR If there'senough to see that it - Well let's -

key the PUSH-TO-TEST.

CDR Key your transmit button. You hear that, Hank?

027 12 22 58 CC Roger.

027 12 23 00 CDR Let's see if we can't get it while it's oscillating.

It's such - There; do you hear that?

PLT There. Right about here.

027 12 2B 18 CDR There. You ought to heard that, HR_k.

CC Yes, we hear that. Sounded like a bird chirping

on top of it.

CDR Yes, it's - it's a considerably - very - very

significant change in frequency.

027 12 23 28 PLT Just did it again. That's it. That the bird
chirping is - it is more or less is the - the
steady .... There is a definite change in frequency
that we were talking about, Han_, although I don't
know if you heard it or not.
3424

CDR Yes, what is it? About 4000 - -

PLT Oh,gosh,I don'tknow. I

027 12 23 43 CDR 4000 hertz?

PLT Yes, that's about it.

CDR And then pumps up to about 6 or 8 and then back

down to 4?

PLT Yes and it - wooo-ooo, whooo-ooo (changing pitch

in voice).

CDR Yes. That's it.

PLT Like that.

CC It sounds like a squeal there that had - like some-

thing was metal on metal or something.

PLT Yes, that what - that's what I say. A grabbing sort

of- Sounds like something's grabbing in there.

027 12 24 04 CDR Sounds like a high speed electric motor that every
once in a while grabs - -

PLT Bearing shaft.

CDR - - or just gets a load on it - it - it bears down

on the load and then frees up again.

PLT Or a pump cavitating.

027 12 24 23 CDR Well, it could be that too. Okay, l've got a mark
coming up here at 25:16.

PLT Okay, and we're coming up on the coast.

027 12 24 33 CDR Okay, ought to be able to see Santa Barbara and

some of those places on your right.

027 12 24 37 PLT No, we can't do anything with the VTS though.

I'm in a nadir swath.

CDR Yes. Let's see; you going in over Vandenberg?

PLT Justabout.
 3h25

CDR Okay, you're Just north of Santa Barbara then.

r Righton thecoast.

PLT Right.

CDR Beautiful city. Okay, coming up on 25:16 for the

next mark.

PLT Going to pass right over Tonopah, Nevada. The

garden spot.

CDR Right. 25:16. Stand by.

027 12 25 16 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, OFF.

027 12 25 18 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. MODE to XTC. POLARIZA-

TION, 1. 25:36 is next. Stand by.

027 12 25 37 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY. Got a high speed.

TAPE MOTION looking steady. 42, RADIOMETER, ON.
I was 2 seconds late. RADIOMETER came ON at 25:44.
Next mark, 28:20.

027 12 26 13 CC Bill, when you get up here a little further, we'd

like to have you comment on whether you can see
the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The times you'd be able
to see it, approximately 37:30 to 39:00.

PLT Okay.

CC What we're interested in there, Bill, is the cloud

c over.

PLT Okay.

PLT Yes, it 's dark over California.

027 12 26 5h CDR Yes, it's a tad early in the morning there. 5:30
in the morning.

PLT Time they got up and went to work.

CDR Right. Get an early start on the freeway.

PLT ***a low pass, kick the burner in there a couple

of times to wake them up.

027 12 27 20 CDR Okay. 1 minute from m_ next mark.

3h26

PLT There, should you - coming up on Salt Lake. I still

don't see anything. In fact, we'll Just catch the I
southern end of it.

CDR You're still nadir swathing?

PLT Yes. Yes, this goes right up to - actually it -

two se_nents, but it really doesn't make any
difference. It's all the same. 30:46.

CDR Okay, we're coming up on 28:20 now. Stand by -

027 12 28 21 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK. Give the tape recorder
on the 192 a rest and then put it back in. Next
mark's at 29:10. Stand by -

027 12 29 09 CDR MARK. 192 back to READY. TAPE MOTION; we've set
the fuse and looking good. 30:20 is next. The
191 cooler gage is still hanging in there,
55 percent. Hank, would you ask the guys on the
ground if there is anything else I could be looking
at?

CC Okay, will do.

027 12 30 08 PLT Okay, we're Just starting to get some light. 30:46 -
yes, 30:46 is the end.

CDR Coming up on 30:20. Stand by -

027 12 30 21 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK. 30:40 next. Coming

up on 30:40. Stand by -

027 12 30 40 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. An ANGLE, ROLL of

plus 1 -

PLT MARK. 30:46.

CDR Plus a 15.

027 12 30 53 PLT Okay, I'm going to look ahead here.

CDR Next ma_'k's at 12:31:00. Stand by -

027 12 31 00 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON.

027 12 31 02 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON. 15 is next.

 3427

PLT Okay, now I have an aut - VTS, AUTO CAL over here
r somewhere, don'tIv.

CDR Yes, you're coming up at 32:15. At 31:15. Stand by -

027 12 31 15 CDR MARK. 191, REFERENCE going to 2. We're 1 minute

from a _TS, AUTO CAL.

027 12 31 21 CC Roger. We're about 15 seconds from LOS. Be_ada'll

be coming up in 3-1/2 minutes and when you get a
chance, Jer, we'd like to get a readout on Bravo 7
and Charlie 7.

027 12 31 32 CDR Okay, Bravo 7 is 33 percent. Charlie 7's reading 55.

027 12 31 48 CDR Ah, hah! Sunlight in the window. Got no excuses

now, Bill; you can see the ground.

PLT I can't. Still not light enough.

CDR Oh.

PLT Okay, let's see. You want the VTS, AUTO CAL about -

CDR 32:15.

PLT Okay.

CDR Stand by.

027 12 32 15 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay. 32:50 is next. Coming up on 32:50. Stand

ty-
027 12 32 50 CDR MARK. SCATgEROMETER is OFF.

027 12 32 52 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER is OFF - not OFF, but STANDBY.

33:05 is next. Stand by.

PLT Okay, let's see if you make ... - -

027 12 33 05 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER is ON. Next mark is at 33:30.

027 12 33 14 PLT Okay, Just starting to pick up daylight now.

CDR Stand by for 30. 33:30. Stand by -

3428

027 12 33 30 CDR MARK. SCATTERO_i'ER to STANDBY, ANGLE is going

to zero. POLARIZATION to h. Looking for S190
READY on at 34:55.

CDR Coming up on 34:55. Looking for a 30 - S191 READY

light on. READY is on at 55.

027 12 34 58 CDR EREP to STOP. 191, REFERENCE to 6.

027 12 35 01 CDR ALTIMETER is going to STANDBY. Waiting for 36:43.

027 12 35 09 CC And we're back with you for 6 minutes.

CDR Okay, Hank. Hank, on the ready verification, the

guys in the back room on S190 should remember in
the frames callout to give us two digits, not one.

CC We copy.
SPT ...

027 12 35 32 PLT Also, on the maneuvers, Hank, I've got the solar
inertial maneuver, but it's only indicated on the
maneuver pad itself, which was given to the SPT.
It'd be nice in the middle of the col,,mn on the
teleprinter here in my VTS pad to put PLT there
for SI - SI maneuver, where it's called out. If
he calls out all the maneuvers; Just because you
got a m_neuver on your VTS or C&D pad, doesn't mean
you do it.

CC Okay. We copy.

027 12 36 07 PLT And I 'm looking for clouds there. I 'm starting
to see surface features now, barely.

CDR Okay, Ed. I've got an ETC POWER, ON at 36:43.

Coming up on 36:43.

PLT 0kay. 32 - -

CDR Stand by.

PLT Let's see; over the Gulf of St. Lawrence - -

027 12 36 43 CDR MARK. ETC POWER, ON.

PLT Okay, the Gulf of St. Lawrence is overlaid by very

thin stratus of, looks like high- There's a haze
 3he9

layer. That's about all I can tell, Hank. It's

so diffuse that sort of puts everything out of
focus. It does not look a heavy cloud layer at all.

CDR Okay, on my mark it will be 37:31 with an EREP,

START. Stand by -

027 12 37 32 CDR MARK. EREP, START at 37:31. At 37, stand by -

027 12 37 38 CDR MARK. The RADIOMETER is ON. At h3, stand by -

027 12 37 4h CDR MARK. 8190 went to AUTO. ETC to AUTO at the same
time. 37:55 is next. Stand by -

027 12 37 55 CDR MARK. 192 to MODE, READY. 38:37 is our next mark.
We got a shift in tape speed, looking good. I got
a MALF light on magazine number 5.

027 12 38 09 PLT Okay, the Gulf of St. Lawrence is clear. I can

see the ice plume. Gee, that's beautiful. That's
the upper Gulf of St. Lawrence, probably.

CDR Okay, coming up on 38:37.

PLT Okay.

CDR Stand by for 37. Stand by -

027 12 38 37 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK.

PLT Since we're probably taking data here anyway, I'm

going to put it - -

027 12 38 42 CDR MARK.

PLT - - the DATA pushbutton, and I'm on ice plnmps

right now, 38:46.

CDR Coming up on 38:54. Stand by -

027 12 38 54 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER is to STANDBY.

PLT Okay, I'm going to go to a clear area of the water.

027 12 39 00 PLT DATA MABK at 39 even.

CDR Okay, here's 190 READY light went out at 03; ETC
to STANDBY. 39:12 coming up.
3430

PLT Okay, now I'm going to go - -

027 12 39 12 CDR MARK. 190 to STANDBY; SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM.

FRAME to 55. 39:30 is next.

PLT 39:15 1 started painting a snow and ice-covered

island, land area.

CDR 39:30, stand by.

027 12 39 30 CDR MARK. 193 to XTNC, L/R; POLARIZATION is 5. 39:42

coming up.

027 12 39 42 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. 39:50's coming up.

PLT I'm going to use m_fi0 - -

027 12 39 50 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON.

PLT Okay, i0 frames.

CDR Carried a MALF light on magazine number 5 all the

way through that last pass with S190; got an
ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. Oh, 39:58 1 missed a
SINGLE.

PLT Ah, ... ON.

CDR I got it at 10, 40:10.

027 12 h0 18 PLT Aw, doggone camera.

027 12 40 27 CC Skylab, see you at Canaries in 4 minutes.

CDR Okay. Still got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK, hut still

have a READY.

PLT Okay, my camera is continuing to run, but it's

not clicking off frames. I don't understand that
noise it's making. I've cycled the POWER, OFF
and ON about 5 times now on 191.

CDR Coming up on 40:58. Stand by -

027 12 40 59 CDR MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE. 42:16 is next mark. Ed,
you said something on the intercom, and I didn't
hear what you said.
 3431

CDR Roger. Still got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK. Just lost

the READY light. It's going OFF at 25 - correction,
to STANDBY at 25.

027 12 41 40 CDR ALTIMETER back ON at 41:40. Looking for 42:16.

027 12 42 06 CDR At 42:06 had an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light again.

Stand by for 16.

027 12 h2 16 CDR MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE. hB:10's the next one
with the ALTIMETER to STANDBY. I'm going to have
to go early. Went at 22. Coming back on at 37.
Stand by -

027 12 42 36 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER's back ON at 42:37. Next mark is

43:10 with the ALTIMETER to STANDBY. Got an
UNLOCK LIGHT again. Stand by -

027 12 43 l0 CDR MARK, ALTIMETER to STANDBY; RANGE going to 81.

43:25 is the next mark. Stand by -

027 12 43 26 CDR MARK. At 25 the ALTIMETER is ON. 33 is next,

h3:33. Stand by -

027 12 43 33 CDR MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE. Next mark in a minute.

ALTIMETER UNLOCK light now. That was at 44.
ALTIMETER READY out at 44:04; going to STANDBY at
05.

027 12 44 20 CDR 4h:20, the ALTIMETER is back ON. Coming up on

44:33. Stand by -

027 12 44 33 CDR MARK. 190, SINGT.W.. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at 39.

027 12 44 44 CC Skylab, we're back with you, 9-1/2 minutes.

CDR Roger. ALTIMETER Just doesn't want to stay locked

up. ALTIMETER light's out at - on the hour, and -
or on the minute I should say. I Just turned it to
STANDBY at 03.

027 12 45 18 CDR ALTIMETER is back ON at 18. UNLOCK light's out.

There comes the ALTIMETER UNLOCK light again.
Coming up on 45:51. Stand by -

027 12 46 51 CDR MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE. ALTIMETER, READY light

out at 04, 46:04. Turned it OFF at 05 - STANDBY,
3432 4

I should say, at G5. ALTIMETER, ON again at 20.

Next mark is 46:45. Got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light
at 39. Stand by -

027 12 46 _6 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY; RANGE is now going to

78. 47:00 is next. Stand by -

027 12 47 00 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER, ON. 47:08 is next.

027 12 47 08 CDR MAEK. 190 MDDE, SINGLE. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light

at 15.

027 12 48 01 PLT Quite a change in pitch there. It was pretty

rough there about 2 minutes ago.

CDR Coming up is 48:08. Stand by -

027 12 48 08 CDR MARK. SINGLE on 190. ALTIMETER READY light is out.

Going STANDBY at 13. 48:38, Ed, we'll want the
ETC POWER, ON.

027 12 48 27 CDR Okay, at 48:28 the ALTIMETER is back ON again.

48:38, stand by -

027 12 48 38 CDR MARK. ETC POWER, ON. 48:53 is next.

027 12 48 45 PLT Just saw a boat wake.

CDR 48:53, stand by -

027 12 h8 53 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. Still got a MALF light
on number. 5. ETC should be AUTO now. 49:05 is
coming up.

PLT Standing by, nadir swath.

027 12 49 06 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to HEADY, 49:30 is next. ALTIMETER

UNLOCK on - is on at 12. Coming up on 49:30. I
need an E'fC at STANDBY at 49:30.

027 12 49 31 PLT MARK.

CDR SHUTTER SPEED, FAST. ETC to STANDBY. Next mark's

at 50:00.

PLT A few clouds.

CDR Still got a MALF on magazine 5-

 3h33

PLT Low stratocu. Clear water.

CDR ALTIMETER, OFF at 50. BEADY light was off at 50,

and I went to STANDBY. That was h9:50.

PLT There's an ...

CDR At 50:00, ETC to STANDBY.

027 12 50 01 CDR MARK. 06 coming up, 12 - 50:06.

027 12 50 07 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK.

PLT Stand by; Atlas Mountains.

027 12 50 ii PLT ii, CAMERA, OFF.

027 12 50 13 CDR ALTIMETER is back ON.

027 12 50 14 PLT Okay, it's stopped.

CDR That's going to have to come OFF again at 20,

50:20. Stand by -
J

027 12 50 20 CDB MARK it. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. At 26 -

027 12 50 25 CDH MARK. The RADIOMETER to STANDBY. 193 MODE to XTC;

*** plus 30; POLARIZATION is i. 50:55 is the next
move.

PLT Okay. Now, I think l'm getting some Jetstream

cirrus over the desert, subtropical Jets. I'ii be
pushing the DATA button Just for kicks.

CDR 50:55 coming up. Stand by -

027 12 50 55 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON.

027 12 50 56 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON.

CC How do the coolers sound now?

027 12 51 03 PLT It's still doing the same thing, still cycling.
Doesn't seem to be getting any worse though.

CDR Charlie 7 is reading 58. Bravo 7 is reading 33.

51:35, Ed, ETC to AUTO. Stand by -

027 12 51 35 CDR MARK. 51:35. Next mark's at 52:00.

3h3h

PLT Tracking a poi - clear point in the desert. Wait

until I get to zero UP/DOWN, and then I'll let
these things do a nadir swath across the cirrus.

CDR Coming up on 52:00. Stand by -

027 12 52 00 CDR MARK, 190 is at l, REFERENCE is going to 2. Got

a 191 READY on at the same time. 53:45 is the next
mark.

CDR I did not notice when the S191 READY light went
to off. It came on just as I was moving the
REFERENCE from 6 to 2.

027 12 53 08 CDR Still got a MALF light on magazine number 5.

027 12 53 18 CC Skylab, we're 1 minute from LOS. Honeysuckle is

next at 29. That's 36 minutes from now.

CDR Okay, we'll see you then, Hank.

CDR Coming up on 53:45. Stand by -

027 12 53 45 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY - correction,

SCATTEROMETER. Now the RADIOMETER to STANDBY at
4"(. 53 : 5"( -

PLT Okay, I'm going to go do the SI maneuver.

CDR Stand by -

027 12 53 57 CDR MARK it. SCATTEROMETER is back to ON again. 54:20

is next.

CDR Coming up on 54:20. Stand by -

027 12 54 20 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY. SCATTEROMETER to

STANDBY. 54:55 is next.

CDR At 5h:55, Ed, we want the ETC to STANDBY. Coming

up on 55. Stand by -

027 12 54 55 CDR MARK. SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM on 190; ETC to

STANDBY. 55:07 is next. Stand by -

027 12 55 07 CDR MARK. 8192 to STANDBY. 55:15 -

 3_35

027 12 55 15 CDR MARK. VTS, AUTO CAL. 194 MODE to MANUAL.

55:30, we want the ETC to STANDBY, Ed.

CDR Coming on 55:30 -

027 12 55 30 CDR MARK it. Looking for an S191 READY on at 57:55.

CDR Well, I hope number 5's taking pictures. We've

had the darn MALF light on the whole pass.

CDR Okay.

027 12 57 08 CDR Firing TACS already?

PLT Yes.

CDR Yes, we're probably -what we got? A gimbal up

against a stop?

PLT No.

CDR 57:55 is next. That's when the S191 READY should

come on.
t--

027 12 57 55 CDR 191, READY on at 55. 190 READY out on the minute.

027 12 58 03 CDR EREP, STOP. S190 MODE to STANDBY.

027 12 58 27 PLT Okay, stop the tape ...

CDR Okay.

027 12 58 36 CDR Okay, on the EREP post: Charlie 7 is reading

59 percent right now; Brovo 7 is reading 3h percent;
and Bravo 7 - let's see I've already got that for
you. S192 DOOR going CLOSED -

027 12 59 GO CDR Now.

PLT I'm going to leave this headset here, Jerry.

027 12 59 12 CDR Okay.

027 12 59 35 CDR RECORD switch, OFF.

027 13 04 52 PLT PLT; the time is 13:05, with the 190 mag readings:
0656, 2834, 0381, 9729, 1510, 0447.
3436

027 13 05 i0 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

027 14 25 09 PLT PLT; M092/171 on the CDR. Time is 14:30. Left

leg measurements, 12-3/4; right leg, 12-5/8.
And the start time was lh:15.

027 lh 25 25 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

027 14 55 12 PLT PLT on the M092/171 on the CDR. I've already

recorded the leg measurements: 12-3/h and 12-5/8,
left and right leg, respectively. Leg bands are -

027 14 57 50 SPT SPT at 14:40 - 57 ATM ops. Stand by.

027 15 13 01 SPT SPT at 15:13, recording a few handheld photos for _

aurora. On mag BV10 -

027 15 13 36 SPT Frames hl and h2. They were taken that at about
15:08; most of the pictures contained my ATM
solar array. Looked though an open spot in the
array, and there is some aurora evident, green
glow above the horizon not particularly a sub-
stantial glow of light, but aurora nonetheless.
It was very diffuse and not - not localized as
we have seen it in the north about 5 weeks ago.

027 15 14 25 SPT SPT out.

027 15 14 38 SPT SPT again. Now those were handheld photos and
they were 4 seconds of duration each. I did not
have any time to mount a camera or anything, so
they were strictly by hand and the camera pressed
against the window and I tried to steady it as
well against the window and I tried to steady it
as well as I could.

027 15 14 5_ SPT Out.

027 15 15 03 SPT SPT at 15:15, ATM ops, orbit which began at i_:09.
No problem while carrying out the - what's speci-
 3437

fled on the pad, building block i and the addition-

al 52 operation. I took a look around the limb
and was able to see the one primary feature called
out the pad at 070; nothing else of real signifi-
cance. I then did the two side-by-side MIRROR
AUTO RASTERs you suggested on the coronal hole
and down to around 400 K and about - oh, between
line 30 and line 40. I don't recall exactly
which, on the second MIRROR, AUTO RASTER.

027 15 15 54 SPT SPT out.

027 15 17 12 PLT PLT; time is 15:16 -

027 15 17 49 PLT PLT at 15:17 with M171 prerun. Okay, CAL N2,

02, C02, 86.8. CAL N2, H20 is 41.37. CABIN AIR

PRESSURE, 55.67. CABIN AIR, PERCENT 02, 65.94.

PERCENT H20 , 2.70. PERCENT C02, 1.92. VITAL

CAPACITY, 5.205, 5.149, 5.201.

027 15 18 24 PLT PLT out.

027 15 B5 21 PLT The PLT; the time is 15:35. Reporting on the

completion of housekeeping 14 Golf. Water samp-
ling at the wardroom water table tested out Just
about 4 parts per million. No iodine addition
was necessary.

027 15 35 38 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

027 17 37 51 PLT This is PLT. Subject - for M131 MS test conducted

this morning with 150 head movements, both direc-
tions. No symptoms that - really apparent. I
had gas on my stomach, but I always have gas on my
stomach. The change in rotation direction caused
a little bit of m - muscular coordination confusion.
I guess I - in about the first three sets of head
movements because it was - apparently I had been -
Been conditioned to - to offsetting the coriolis
effect as I was moving my head around. And - and
we always went in - I think, in the clockwise
3438

direction. And so when we changed to the counter-

clockwise direction, or - I - whatever it was, I
noticed that I sort of had to retrain myself as
far as muscular coordination is concerned.

027 17 38 53 PLT Okay. Anyway, I - I guess it was the - the con-

ditioning of the first run as opposed to the
direction of the second one. So when I started
the second set of runs in the opposite direction
it took me about three sets there to get my physical
coordination down. And after that it was Just
about the same as the first run with no noticeable
symptoms.

02_ 17 39 15 PLT PLT out.

027 17 54 35 SPT SPT at 17:54. ED61. Film taken on CIll5, Charlie

Indigo ll5, frames 59 to 65, six frames total.
Believe that's the total film allotment.
Compartment l, seed Alfa. We have two stems
coming up towards the front on the top, shooting
to the front and turn to the right. Both of them
are green. They're - they turn a lighter green
as they go back towards their source of the -
at the seed, but they are still green Just about
back to the seed. There is a third one coming
out at the seed now, which has gone off to the
left-hand side, in the back left-hand corner,
close to the back left-hand corner of the front
side and then turns forward and goes about halfway
up and then all of a sudden makes another straight
line right back towards the seed. And that one is
green also. So we have three green stems on seed
Alfa in compartment 1. Seed Bravo and Charlie are
doing nothing.

027 17 55 48 SPT Over in compartment 2, nothing. We have no seeds.

Compartment 3, three seeds: seed Alfa and Bravo,
both short curlicue-type stems. The first one,
about one seed-length long; the second one, the
straight part, is around two seed-lengths long
with a little curlicue on the end. Seed Charlie's
got a major seed - m_Jor stem coming out of the
bottom which divides into three. And then a couple
of small roots structures coming out, one of which
goes up towards the front, very thin and hairy.

027 17 56 23 SPT Okay, over on the - compartment _, the big performer

there is the seed Bravo, which has moved itself
 3b,39

down towards the seed, right into the place of

seed Charlie° Alfa and Charlie are not doing
anything. This one has, as far as I can see,
nothing but roots. I see no stems whatsoever on
this one. It has got four long roots, and two
of them - three of them come out the right-hand
side, one goes towards the back - back bottom,
one the center bottom, and one the front bottom.
And the one in the front bottom turns up, goes
forward. The one on the back bottom Just goes
up to the top right-hand back and I cannot see
where it goes from there.

027 1T 57 20 SPT And a root - there's a root down the - goes out
the top side of the seed, comes forward, goes up
to the front - towards the front; that's long and
hairy. Got another one which comes out. They're
really tough to follow in the - in this agar,
because the agar has bot a few little spits in
it. And when the seeds get there, the - the roots
make clear corners here and there and they're
tough to figure.

027 17 58 01 SPT Okay, we got one root that comes all the way out
_ the bottom and goes up towardsthe front of the
case, hits the front of the case and rebounds,
and makes a diagonal across at the bottom - from
the top right to the bottom left. Now. As I
look close, there is one stem in there. And let
me see if I can trace down where the heck it's
even coming from. From the top right-hand corner,
and it's slightly green, Just slightly green. I
can only see about half an inch worth of it. Darn
if I can tell where it's from. I'm sure it's got
to be from seed Charlie, but I don't quite see
how it gets up there. I know what I'll do. No,
I won't. No, I won't. Yes, that Just goes right
along the back and up towards the - it goes up,
hits the back; the green stem hits the back, goes
up to the top, and m_kes a little curlicue there.
And it is a light green, a very light green.

027 17 59 ii SPT Co_artment 5, we've got three seeds in there.

Alfa and Bravo both have stems which are around
five seed-lengths long, roughly; oh, around four
for Bravo, five for Charl - for Alfa, a little
curlicue on the end; they're not green.

r_
34_,0

027 17 59 h0 SPT Okay, our friendly compartment 6 has got something

going. Alfa doing nothing, and Charlie doing
nothing, but Bravo going great guns. Putting out -
my gosh, I guess there's a - is that the one with
two seeds in there from the place of the Bravo slot?
Yes, I think so. There's a - let's take a look
here. The top seed called Charlie has got a - a
root structure coming out, going to the back - or
the bottom. And one coming out - stem coming
out of the top, going towards the top of the case
and then over to the right-hand side, and that is
white. The bottom Charlie - or Bravo seed has
got a couple of stems coming out; one is actually -
it looks red. Yes, it is. One which is around
two seed-lengths long, kind of curly at the end,
goes off to the top right-hand side, is actually
red - brownish red. Whether it means it's died
or not, I'm not sure.

027 18 O0 55 SPT We've got coming out of the - a lot of growth

coming out in the way of stems from the bottom of
this - bottom of seed Charlie. Most of it goes
up to the back right-hand side of the container
alon_ the top. And then it has finally come down
along the front right-hand side and makes a big
curlicue; starts going back towards the back,
then towards the center of the case, and then
changes its mind and hits the side again. But
that part of the stem is green. It's got a light
green cast to it. Looks like a very thin blade
of grass, almost. So we've got green going in
compartment 6 as well.

027 18 01 h3 SPT I kind of have the suspicion that anywhere a -

as I look at it, anywhere a stem system happens
to encounter an appreciable amount of light, if
it's got any length to it all - and it is some-
thing involved with the length it must have - then
it turns green. The short stems which do see
light do not have - are not green; the long stems
which do see light are green. That's true in
compartment 1 and compartment 6. And slightly in
compartment h. Guess that's - they have - any
generalizations you can make. And I'm not sure
whether that's known and whether this happens to
seeds on - in one g or not.

027 18 02 25 SPT Going down over to compartment 7, we've got -

Bravo, Charlie, no growth. Alfa has - Just one -
 3hhl

one stem which splits into two; it's now two seed-
lengths long, curly, going towards the back. No
biggie. Compartment 8 has got Bravo doing the
only thing. And that's Just got a short, one
see-length long stem white, going towards the
right-hand side, doing nothing.

027 18 02 56 SPT Okay. Generalizations. Now the seeds that grow -

those which have long stems that make it to the
point where they can see some light, turn
green. I would not say there's any preferential
growing, though, towards the front of the case.
I see green stems turn around and start heading
right on back towards the other direction. One
case here, rather abruptly in compartment l,
the one that's on the top left-hand side, it Just
makes a - a 135-degree turn. Just goes straight
back; just looks like it was folded. Now the
one which is up there at the top in Bravo, or
in comp - I'm sorry, in compartment l, has started
to turn back. That's the green one, and it's
around a third of the way towards the back of the
container. Wonder if that'll turn around and
get smart, start coming up to the front where it
gets more light.

027 18 04 02 SPT The stems in general - well, now wait a minute,

now wait a minute. One thing I guess I ought to
say. Over in compartment 6, the stem which comes
down, goes towards the back, m-kes a big - big
U-turn from the bottom right-hand side and then
goes up towards the front again, now that's the
one that's turned slightly green. So maybe there
is something to it. But that's the only one that
demonstrates it to me.

027 18 0_ 31 SPT I do not notice a - a remarkable amount of

huddling of the stems all but towards the front
of the case. Some make a turn and go back; some
make a turn and go forward. If I were a betting
man, I'd say that the light does not influence
the direction of travel of the stem. If they
happen to grow in a direction which brings them
front, then they turn green, if they see some
appreciable light. So again the evidence here
is rather shaky, so I'd be a little suspicious of
this - of that statement right now. I can't find
any consistent pattern.
3442

027 18 05 24 SPT Well, even though this is the last, of your

photos we'll - we'll keep these fellows growing
and - probably in about another 4 or 5 days is
the last which time we're going to have a chance
to look at them. And we'll Just see how they
look at that time.

SPT No consistent trend, unfortunately. Roots go

to the front, towards the light; stems go to
the back, away from the light. Some do, some
don't.

027 18 06 01 SPT SPT out.

027 18 09 25 SPT SPT at 18:09. Message for the urine people and
Mll0. Subject specifically is urine drawers.
Slot 44 and slot 49 have been interchanged.
That is, we have in slot h4 half urine and half
half blood. It - that's the stuff that was
scheduled for drawer number - or slot number 49.
The - the urine was put in 44 by myself, by
mistake, so we'll Just interchange 44 and 49.
So if you'll change the two numbers around on -
on the drawers everything will look the same as
specified in the information you've sent up.

027 18 l0 16 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

027 18 42 19 PLT Okay. The PLT; time is 18:42 and a half. Starting
through the MONITOR readings. Alfa 2 is reading
56; Alfa 3, reading 86; Alfa 4, 92; Alfa 5, 40;
Alfa 6, full-scale low. Bravo 2, 54; Bravo 3, 79;
Bravo h, 91; Bravo 5 is 55; Bravo 6, 50; Bravo 7,
32; Bravo 8, approximately l; Bravo 9, 59. Char-
lie 2, 57; Charlie 3, 88, okay; Charlie 4, 54, a
little bit low; Charlie 5, 83, okay; Charlie 6, 46;
Charlie 7, 53. Delta 2, 68; Delta 3, 83; Delta 4,
45, okay, it's a little bit low; Delta 5 is 14;
Delta 6, 55; Delta 7, 51. Delta 3 - Delta 4 reading
45; I think it's reading a little bit low - Delta 4.

CDR I asked you if ... I said ...

PLT Yes.
 3h_3

CDR Those s,m_ darn four volcanoes that I looked at

on about day i0 or 12 or something like. And I
couldn't remember where the heck I got the pictures.
Boy, that sure is ...

027 18 h5 00 PLT Okay, waiting for T minus 5.

PLT What'd they do, Just give you a few graphic

coordinates ?

CDR They didn't even give me that. They Just gave me

the names of them.

PLT Awl

CDR It sounded like it was in the handheld photography

book.

CDR Aw, frig.

PLT What's the matter?

CDR I'm getting in a hurry and getting cllrm_y.

CDR I don't even need that.

027 18 h6 32 PLT Yes, I got - -

CDR ...

PLT - - I got burned like that one day.

CDR ...

PLT Is it those four volcanoes that are all in a row?

Yes, they gave them to me one day. I found two,
but I never was which - sure which two it was.
That picture isn't quite good enough either.

027 18 47 08 PLT Okay, coming up on 5 minutes.

CDR ... UNLOCK light?

PLT No.

CDR Okay, •••

3444

027 18 48 26 PLT Okay, coming up on T minus 5. We'll go ahead with

a 2 MODE, READY; DOOR, OPEN.

027 18 48 33 PLT MARK. Okay. Waiting for 35 - 49:35. PRESS-TO

TEST lights - both of them are good. 0VERTEMP
light's off.

027 18 49 42 PLT Okay, got a READY light. Okay, and the HEATER
SWITCH OFF light is off. Coming up on preoperate
configuration. TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY on. 192,
ON. Okay, went to ... Should have gone to CHECK.
Okay. All right, 192, ON. READY out; CHECK; DOOR,
OPEN. All right, 190, ON; READY on; COOLER, ON;
DOOR is OPEN. 90, ON for now; READY out; stand
by. And the door is open; I can see light. 93
RAD to STANDBY; READY out ; SCAT, OFF ; READY out.
ALTIMETER, OFF ; READY out. 94, ON ; READY on.
Stand by for operate. And the first AUTO CAL will
be at 3 minutes past the hour.

027 18 51 15 CDR How do you read now, Bill?

PLT I read you 5 square.

CDR Okay.

PLT Guess I was Just a little bit too soon. Oh, it

doesn't hurt anything. I was looking at my SCAT,
STANDBY time.

027 18 53 20 PLT Okay, standing by for 18:54.

CDR Okay. You said that _TS AUTO CAL was going to be
at 03 something?

PLT That 's affirmative. That 's 03 past the hour.

Stand by for SCAT to STANDBY.

CDR Okay.

027 18 54 00 PLT MARK. Okay 18:54; SCAT to STANDBY. That'll be

at 19 :03 even.

CDR Yes, we got a pretty solid overcast so far.

027 18 54 33 CC Sounds like we've locked up with you. Got you for
about 15 minutes through the States.
 3hh5

CDR Roger, Bob. Yes, l'm seeing nothing but a solid

overcast right now. I finally located those
volcanoes. I found a reference to them inthe
Earth Observations Catalog and found on the maps
that we have, the Earth observations maps, some
little crosses that show roughly where they are.

CC That's all you got. That's what I was going to

refer you to.

027 18 55 09 CDR Okay. I wish they'd have mentioned that in the -

in the pad. It would have saved me a lot of
sweat and strain looking for it.

CC Roger.

PLT ... to me.

CC Sure glad I didn't- I didn't- -

CDR I know I'd heard of them before because I had them

back on about day l0 or 12 or so, but it was
cloudy and I couldn't see them_ But I couldn't
rememberwhere it is I'd located pictures of them,
or - or map coordinates or something.

027 18 55 38 PLT Okay, Ed, about 1 minute, at 56:50, we'll need

ETC POWER, ON.

CDR Okay, coming up on Walker Lake. If I don't see

it _mmediately, I'm going to shift to Red Lake and
Just forget it.

PLT l0 seconds for EREP, START.

CDR Okay, I see the California coast and the clouds are
breaking some.

PLT Stand by -

027 18 56 Ol PLT MARK. EREP, START. 194 MODE to MANUAL. We're

off and running.

PLT Okay. Another 30 seconds for ETC POWER, ON. Stand

by for 56:30.

027 18 56 30 PLT MARK. 56:30. SCAT, ON and RAD, ON.

 3hh6

PLT Okay. Standing by for ETC POWER, ON.

027 18 56 50 PLT MARK. ETC POWER, ON.

CDR Okay. I think I've got Lake Tahoe.

CDR Yes, we're coming right over Lake Tahoe.

PLT 57:43, on my mark, 190 MODE, AUTO. And at 57:50,

which is 20 seconds off, ETC to AUTO.

CDR Son of a gun, Walker Lake is the only place that's

got clouds over it. It's socked in.

PLT Stand by -

027 18 57 43 PLT MARK. 57:43, 190 MODE, AUTO, and stand by for
ETC, AUTO.

027 18 57 51 PLT MARK. MODE, AUTO.

CDR Okay, going for Red Lake.

PLT Getting a MALF light on nl,mber 5.

CC Okay, guys, be advised, you - you do have an

attitude error right now, but soon as you get about
6 minutes into your Z-LV, you should correct it.

PLT Okay, stand by 5 seconds, 58:20 -

027 18 58 21 PLT MARK. MODE, READY. And there we go; a good green
TAPE MOTION light. Great.

CDR Okay. We got Red Lake loud and clear.

PLT Oh, we got - getting lots of good 192 data on that

area down there.

027 18 59 44 CC Okay, guys. Be - be advised we have an outer

gimbal drive going on currently. You got about a
15-degree attitude error.

CDR Okay.

CC Should be correcting itself, though.

 3hh?

CDR Okay, it's still looking good here, out through

the V_S, anyway. Going for Kathrine Playa now.

027 19 O00l PLT Standing by. Jer, your crosstrack angles are
probably all screwed up.

CDR Yes, it's kind of cloudy out here at Kathrine Playa

way.

PLT Okay, standing by for 35 seconds at - (tone) - Oh -

Okay, there goes a caution and warning. Stand by.

CC It's - no sweat. That's Just the - -

PLT I - I'll - I'll kick it off in Just a minute.

Stand by.

CC You're 20 degrees out. That's no problem.

CDR Okay - -

027 19 00 35 PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK. Okay, I got a minute here.

I'm going to go punch that out. R_C to STANDBY
-_ at 01:38, Ed.

CDR Okay. Crosstrack's the big error, and that's going

to keep me from finding old Kathrine, I think.
Scanning around.

PLT Get rid of the ice pick in the ear, anyway.

CDR Where are you, Kathrine?

PLT Okay, waiting for - -

027 19 01 ll CDR Okay, I've got Kathrine Playa, but I can't - I

don't have enough gimbal to get there.

PLT 01:B8. That's too bad.

CDR Son of a gun.

PLT ETC, STANDBY at 1 plus 38; that's about 15 seconds,

Ed. 91, REFERENCE to 2 at _4.

CDR Too bad.

PLT Okay, stand by -

3_48

027 19 01 44 PLT MARK. 191, REFERENCE to 2.

027 19 01 51 PLT MARK. Got a READY out on the 190; MODE to STANDBY;
and FRAMES to 24.

CC Okay. Look, we need one of you to break away.

We're still going out of attitude. Put in a
6-minute maneuver time and then a zero attitude - -

CDR I'ii do it.

CC - - maneuver.

CDR Okay. 6-minute maneuver time?

027 19 02 08 PLT All right, 05:03, zero.

CDR I want to go to STANDBY first, don't I?

PLT He's got - he wants to go to STANDBY first, doesn't

he?

CC It - it doesn't make any difference. You can go - -

PLT Okay.

CC - - whatever way you want - -

CDR All right.

CC Yes, right. Go to STANDBY, and then back.

027 19 02 19 PLT Okay. And I need to get an AUTO CAL here at

3 minutes. No sweat on that; I can get that easy.
Back and make sure I haven't skipped anything.
One - -

CDR Back to Z-LV.

PLT - -MODE, STANDBY; FRAME, 2h. Okay.

CDR Okay, it's in, Crip.

027 19 02 37 CC Okay, this may not work. If it does not, we'll

•probably have to go ahead and terminate the - the
Z -LV.
 3hh9

CDR Okay. I went to STANDBY, put in 6 minutes maneuver,

and went back to Z-LV.

CC All right.

PLT About 8 seconds to go in AUTO CAL, Jer.

CDR All right.

PLT Stand by -

027 19 02 59 PLT MARK.

CDR You got it.

PLT VTS AUTO CAL. Thank you. Okay, ALTIMETER to

STANDBY, 4 minutes even.

CDR Which way did we drift out, in roll?

CC That 's affirmative ; about X.

CDR Yes, that's too bad. Is it roll to the right?

CC Minus X.

027 19 03 24 PLT Okay. About 1 minute for ETC POWER, ON again.

We carry on here until you tell us, shouldn't we,
Crip?

CDR Minus X. Now ...

PLT That would have rolled you to the south, wouldn't

it?

CDR Yes. Is that right? Roll to the south -the error?

CC Yes, that 's affirm. That 's affirm.

CDR Okay, that's why Kathrine Playa was clear over on

my left gimbal.

PLT Yes.

027 19 04 00 PLT MARK. 4 minutes, and ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

CDR I'll have to stay to the left to get these volcanoes.

3450

PLT Okay, Ed, coming up i0 seconds for ETC POWER, ON.

CDR Okay, we're com_ug up on the Gulf of Mexico. What

I'm going to do is Just track the coastline down.
And when I get to - -

PLT Okay. Stand by for 04:30, ETC to AUTO.

CDR - - the very bottom of it there, which is - whatever

that bottom part is, I'll Just cut across.

027 19 Oh 31 PLT MARK. ETC, AUTO. At 36, I want SCAT, STANDBY.

027 19 Oh 36 PLT MARK. SCAT, STANDBY.

027 19 Oh 38 PLT MARK. RAD, STANDBY. At 42, 93 ANGLE - okay, ANGLE

right and plus 30.

027 19 Oh 55 PLT MARK. ETC, STANDBY.

CDR Okay, I've found the Pacific coast now; Just go

down the Pacific coastline. How's the attitude
looking now?

CC Looks like it's slowly coming back.

CDR Good show. It'll be a miracle if I find them now.

027 19 05 12 PLT SCAT, ON and RAD, ON. I got those late; I was
trying figure out that - it will be 05:33, 190
MODE to AUTO.

027 19 05 32 PLT MARK. 190 MODE to AUTO. 05:40 -

027 19 05 39 PLT MARK. I have a READY light on 191; REFERENCE going

to 6. And at 05:50, in about 5 seconds, ETC, AUTO.

027 19 06 18 PLT MARK. SCAT, STANDBY.

027 19 06 22 PLT MARK. RAD, STANDBY. 06:32 stand by for ETC going
to STANDBY.

CDR Okay, the clouds here are going from broken to

overcast. Th_s is up around -

027 19 06 32 PLT MARK. ETC, STANDBY.

 3h51

CDR Cuilapa.

CDR Okay, I'm already past acquisition time for

Santiaguito, and it 's - -

PLT Stand by - /_

CDR - - solid overcast. Okay, ... to broken.

027 19 07 06 PLT MARK. 07:05, MODE, READY on 192. Waiting for

07 :lh.

027 19 07 16 PLT MARK. RAD, OFF. Waiting for 20.

CDR Maybe I ought to zoom in and look at some of the

holes in the clouds; maybe I'll see it.

027 19 07 21 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

CDR I see a runway. Okay, let's see; we should be

overhead at 07:49. Yes, I'm in the right area.
We're Just -we're clouded over.

CDR Yes, I'm all the way in to the left gimbal, too.

PLT Stand by for 08:16.

027 19 08 18 PLT MARK. Okay, we went STANDBY, 192. And I got a

good shift down. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at 08:30.

CC Okay, we're about a minute from LOS. Next station

contact is through the Vanguard, and that's at
19:19. A little reminder: you do not have the
correct time in to go back to SOLAR INERTIAL now;
that's 20 minutes. So you'll have to reenter that
when you do it. That should be during the Vanguard
pass. And I'll give you a reminder there.

CDR Okay, thank you, Crip. We'll see you there.

027 19 08 52 PLT ALTIMETER to STANDBY; MODE to 5.

CDR Looks like the volcanoes are in Guatemala - they're

b_,mmers. There's Just too much - too many clouds.

CDR Copy. And your attitude is looking good. You

can probably expect continued firing for desat.

f -
3452

PLT Waiting for 09"i0.

027 19 09 i0 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

CDR Bay of Fonseca is all clouded over.

PLT Waiting for 09:30. I should get a READY out on 190.

027 19 09 29 PLT MARK. Its READY is out 2 seconds early. MODE to

STANDBY; FRAME, 50, Wow! 50. All right. Okay,
waiting for lO:18. We're going to do SINGLEs,
but I don't know why we set that up like that.

CDR Well, that's too bad, darn it.

PLT Yes, that's too bad. Lose the one target you know
you can see. Still waiting for 10:18.

CDR Now - -

SPT ...

CDR Say again?

SPT ...

CDR Okay, thanks.

027 19 l0 18 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE.

PLT Waiting for ll :B6.

027 19 ll B7 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, SINGLE. Still have an ALTIMETER

UNLOCK light, but the READY light is still on.

PLT I Just lost m_ READY light. Going to STANDBY.

54 - at 11:54.

CDR Okay, I'm looking for Lake Titicaca and - -

PLT ... now. Okay, ALTIMETER back ON at 12:ll. Waiting

for 12:BB, 190 will be going to AUTO.

CDR Looking for Lake Titicaca at 17.

027 19 12 32 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO at 12:BB. Stand by -

 3453

02T 19 12 39 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY; _ to STANDBY.

Waiting for 14:0_.

CDR No, it 's down - it 's probably in my top drawer.

I think that's where I stuffed it.

PLT And, let's see, we need a V - no, well, wait, that's

quite a ways off yet. V_S AUTO CAL at 19:41.

CDR Okay.

CDR *** like we're over on the - east of the Andes now.

PLT Is there any - anything good? We're zinging away

quite a few frames of 190 film here.

CDR Oh, clouds ... - they go from broken to scattered.

PLT Yes, probably getting good data.

CDR And a couple of overhead - of overcast patches.

We're for the most part monitoring on down through
Peru now_ I think. Peru and western Brazil. Look-
F ing for LakeTiticacaat 17.

CDR Awfully cloudy.

PLT Waiting for 14:0h. Stand by -

027 19 14 05 PLT MARK. INTERVAL to 20. 14:04.

CDR Okay, we're coming over solid overcast now -

stratus overcast.

PLT Oh, we're on 20 seconds - or, yes, 20-second

INTERVAL now.

PLT About three frames a minute really. But I guess

that's not ...

CDR It's too bad you don't have a big picture window
right here.

PLT Yes.

CDR SO you could look out and you could see what's
coming.
3_5h

PLT See what 's coming.

027 19 15 49 CDR Then you could look down and look out through the
scope here. You need about a 2-foot-square
window right out here in the - -

PLT But the trouble is when you - when that stuff ap -

change - proposal like it appears at planning
site and it looks like a completely frivolous
exercise.

CDR Yes.

PLT Sure would help.

CDR I feel - I believe I have Lake Titicaca coming

into view.

PLT Said it was clear right over the lake. Think it

is.

CDR Yes, indeed it is.

PLT Great.

027 19 16 24 CDR Very good.

PLT What's the general area like? Is it pretty clear?

CDR It's scattered clouds all around.

PLT Yes.

CDR Andamarc a.

CDR Okay, the camera is on.

PLT Okay, waiting for 17:B6.

CDR All right. Start some data now.

PLT 10. INTERVAL to 10.

CDR All right, I 'm getting data now on Lake A.

CDR A11 right, I'm at - at an angle of i0 going over to

Lake B. Data coming up on B.
 Bh55

CDR All right, I 'm moving into another area in B.

g]1 right, l'm taking data there now. Okay, we
got more than enough data, much more than
5 seconds on each lake.

PLT Good show. Waiting for 18:30, 5 seconds,

191 REF, 2.

027 19 18 30 PLT MARK. REF, 2.

CDR Okay. That's what I wanted to have.

PLT In about 1 minute the ETC POWER, ON at 18 - at

19:35. 19:41, which is a little less than
a minute, I need a VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR Okay, one problem there is I was not completely

zoomed in. I zoomed in about three-quarters.
I had to pull it back because of focus.

CDR Okay, I'm looking at those two big dry lake areas
down south. Lago - -

f PLT 15 seconds to VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR Lago de Poop6. What time's that AUTO CAL?

PLT 19 :41. I'll give you a mark.

CDR All right.

PLT Stand by -

027 19 19 41 PLT MARK.

CDR Got it.

PLT VTS AUTO CAL. _C to AUTO. Okay, 21:14.

190 INTERVALS ***

CDR Okay, we're getting down into the wheat country

around Asunci6n. Got scattered clouds.

SPT You can see the little ... flares ...

CDR Nice day below us.

PLT Stand
by -
3h56

027 19 21 lh I_T MARK. 21:14. INTERVAL to 20 on 190. And at

21:40 _C will be going to STANDBY, Ed.

CDR Okay, I've got the DAC going for the final
l0 seconds on some farm land out around Asunci6n
and to the east.

CDR Great looking country. Nice and green and lush.

I bet that's really productive.

PLT Waiting for 22 :27.

CDR Just crossed the Rio Paran_.

CDR I wonder if the old Falkland Current can be seen

today?

PLT Stand by -

027 19 22 27 PLT MARK. SCAT, ON.

027 19 22 29 PLT MARK. RAD, ON.

CDR *** you can barely see the ocean.

PLT Waiting for 24 even.

CDR There appears to be a good deal of coastal

blooming here, Just north of the Rio de la Plata -
the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. It all looks
like it's coastal blooming. Now I see a big streak
of it. It's north of there. Going to take a
little DAC picture of it and a few frames of data
here.

027 19 24 01 PLT Okay, 190 READY light out and 194 MODE to MANUAL
and 190 to STANDBY at 19:24.

CDR All right, we'll look out to sea a little ways

now and see if we can find any blooming.

PLT Okay, we start the SI maneuver at 19:25. We still

have 45 seconds. Plenty of time.

CDR All right.

CDR A little cu, too many clouds.

 B_57

PLT Ed came up and got the maneuver time, didn't he?

CDR Yes.

PLT 30 seconds.

CDR Okay, I 'ii go on over there now. Give me a mark

at the time.

PLT Okay, I'll give you a hack.

027 19 24 50 PLT l0 seconds.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by -

027 19 25 00 PLT MARK.

CDR SOLAR INERTIAL.

PLT SOLAR INERTIAL. Okay, and waiting for 25:06.

f CDR Let's take a look at the rate.

PLT 06, SCAT to STANDBY. 08, RAD to STANDBY and EREP,

STOP.

PLT Okay.

CDR Uh-oh.

027 19 25 20 CC Things are looking good down here. Our congratu-

lations on some mighty cool ops during, at least,
what was the confused - very confused period here
down in the MOCR.

CDR Thank you, Bob.

PLT Yes. Thank you. Yes, we were - -

CDR I'ii tell you, our rates don't look too terribly
sterling. I guess they're headed in the right
direction.

CDR Y-rates, yes, they're looking good now.

CC And they - They're looking fine to us now and - -

3_58

CDR Yes, they're - they're settling out. They looked

a little wormy right after I went to SI, but
they're looking good now.

PLT Okay, going into C&D post.

PLT Bravo 7 is reading 34. 92 DOOR going to CLOSED.

Now. 26:10 at 27:20.

PLT *** close and latch window. Say, you still looking
out there?

CDR Yes - no, no problem. I'm Just zeroing my

gimbals.

PLT ...

CDR I hope that your S191 *** frames here and there
of itself to take targets of opportunity.

027 19 26 44 CDR And also punching his DATA pushbutton at targets

of opportunity. But some of these things you see,
you kind of hate to pass up when you got all
this ...

PLT Yes, the tape's running anyway. It's voice

annotated, I think. That's what I was going to
do this morning.

CDR Yes.

PLT When we were getting those ice plumes up there

in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It's a shame to
pass up a target like that.

027 19 27 03 PLT Okay, I'm going to cease recording.

TIME SKIP

027 19 57 20 PLT Okay, it's the PLT. Time is coming up on 20:00,

19:55. Radiation survey meter which is near the
film vault. It's academic. They all read zero.
The RSMwas in snuff when I picked it up, meaning
it was off. And it was zero on the lower scale
regardless of where I had it.
 3459

027 19 57 46 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

027 21 ii 17 CDR This is the CDR at 21:10 Zulu with comments on

MI31-1 MS. My symptoms were identical to those
of the PLT. I had no - no other symptoms, no
uncomfortable sense of - symptoms at all. The
only thing was the first - probably the first
, 25 head movements of the counterrotation from
what we started with. I had a good deal of
trouble acclimating myself to the - the new
direction of rotation as far as putting my head
where I wanted to put it. After about the first
25 head rotations, head movements, everything
smoothed right out and there were absolutely no
symptoms of any kind. And, in fact, I rather
felt at the end, when we stopped the chair, that
there was less of the - the whirls and the diz-
ziness that's associated with stopping than there
was the first time.

027 21 12 18 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

027 21 35 44 CDR This is the CDR at 21:35 Zulu. This message is

for the Mh87-3 Charlie people; I think it is, or
2 Charlie. The last M487 discussion I had -
debriefing I had, they were asking us what kind
of tools we did not have that we should've had.
And it Just occurred to me as I'm standing here
doing the M - S183 malfunction procedure, that
two tools that we do not have here that we should
have had was a wire stripping tool and a crimping
tool, for crimping leads together or crimping
splices on wires.

027 21 36 25 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
346O

027 22 Ol 14 CDR This is the CDR at 22:00 Zulu. Subject is S183

real procedures. I have completed steps number I
through n,lmber 13 - nl,mber 14, I should say. I've
turned on your recorder and you're listening to
me now. Set EXPOSURE switch on SA to 20, 0, and
0. And that is done. All right, no, wait a
minute l've forgotten something. Number i_, SA
control POWER, ON. All right, I have set the
EXPOSURE switch at 20 and the indicator light is
on. Okay, here we go. That was step number -
let's see, number 15. I set the EXPOSURE
switch 20, 0, 0, and the light is on. Okay,
SEQUENCE switch to START and voice record. All
right -

027 22 02 47 CDR MARK. It went on at 22:02 and i0 seconds. I

usually don't start hearing any - Oke,v, you can
hear the clicks as well as I can. At 30 seconds,
I got the first set. Okay, I heard the click -
the second click where the shutter goes out and
that was at i minute and 3 seconds after it started.
So, let's recap here: SEQUENCE, START at 22:02
and i0 seconds. There it goes again. At 22:02
and 40 seconds we heard our first click. At 23:13 -
20:0 - 22:03:13 is when the sequence started
clicking. And then you Just heard it clicking
again. We have now advanced to PLATE number 2.
And we set all -the sequence is completed; the
light did go out.

CC Skylab, AOS through Hawaii for 9 minutes.

027 22 04 49 CDR The SEQUENCE switch is now in STANDBY. l'm

setting all three sequence [sic] switches to
zero; PLATE ADVANCE to RESET. Hey, it looks
like we fixed it with our Jumper. They Just came
up on air-to-ground. I'ii pass the word on the
air-to-ground as well. Houston, CDR.

CC Go ahead, Jer.

CDR Okay, Story, I Just finished the S183 real proce-

dure and the little Jumper works. We're in good
shape.

CC Super, Jer. Good news.

CDR You hear the little clicks now? _ That's the

carrousel, or the advance mechanism moving for-
 3h61

ward now to i. So, the system now appears to be

working normally. Okay, this is the CDR going
off the air now, and I will terminate experiment
re - 1 recorder when the sequence has gone back
to PLATE number 1.

027 22 06 33 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

027 22 27 04 SPT SPT at 22:27 debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 21:54, building block 32. What we did, went
over and found a bright point. Bright point was
located with a ROLL of 10,800 at an UP/DOWN of
plus 12 and a LEFT/RIGHT of minus 192. It was
very evident in the XUV MONITOR. And when I
looked at it in oxygen VI, I was able to get a
count of 550 or so. It's oscillating between
500 and 600. However, I then plunged ahead into
building block 28. Set up for a ... building
block 28. Got the X-ray exposure started, then
realized that I had overlooked a building block,
namely ll, and we wanted GRATING, AUTO SCANs on
it.

027 22 28 21 SPT So I had to do things a little differently in

order to get all the data in. I stepped 55 up
to line 7, which was the - I - I - first of all,
I had gotten to the pointing of UP/DOWN of plus 12,
and then moved down 15, so I was at minus 3. In
order to get back to the point without changing
the pointing, I moved mirror up to line 7, and
I confirmed I did get m[f maximum to around 7 -
or 550. Did the two GRATING, AUTO SCANs at that
point, and then started the truncated MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERs. 82A received a WAVELENGTH, LONG,
1-minute exposure, a ROLL of 1080 in support of
this JOP. 56 is receiving the two SINGLE FRAME
exposures they wanted: SINGLE FRAME, 1 for
8 minute; SINGLE FRAME, 5 for 8 minutes. And
they will also receive a PATROL, NORMAL and a
PATROL, SHORT at the conclusion of these two
exposures to take care of what they did not get
• earlier in building block ll.
3h62

027 22 29 57 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

027 23 18 19 CDR This is the CDR at 23:18 Zulu. Subject is Earth

observations hand_held photography. And at 21:04
I took a picture of an ice island. It was several
hundred miles east of the southern tip of South
America. It was frame number 65 of Charlie
X-ray 44, taken at 5.6, i/i000. And it - what
it looks like is a great big slab of ice that
broke away from the pack ice. And there are no
mountains or - or crevices or anything in the ice.
It Just looks like a big - big sheet of ice that's
floating free. And floating in the water around
it are many, many small pieces - small chnnks of
ice. And I don't know if those are what you would
call icebergs or not. I don't know how much -
how much of them are sticking up. But they are
rather small. Then at 22:38 on our next pass
over the southern tip of South America, I took
two IR frames of a plankton bloom - an eddy from
the Fa1_land Current that had gotten into the
Golfo San Jorge. And the eddy current had gotten
in and was turning counterclockwise. It had
entered the northern side of Golfo San Jorge and
was - was rotating, or it was swirling in a coun-
terclockwise direction. The cassette number is
India Romeo ii. It's frames number 38 and 39,
taken at 5.6, 55-millimeter lens, 1/500.

027 23 20 00 CDR CDR out.

###
 DAY028(AM) 3h63

028 00 02 05 SPT SPT at 00:02; handheld photos. I'm going to try

and pick up for what was done yesterday and today.
Yesterday, mag CX18, frames 98 to 103,
100-millimeter. As we did in getting the Earth
resources pass; I had a - a fairly oblique shot of
the California coastline from San Francisco down
to about a couple of hundred miles north of
Los Angeles, where it became clouded in. I took
five shots along the length. It was fairly
oblique, and I thought that being oblique, some
of the fault zones which run perpendicular to the
major one - or perpendicular to the San Andreas -
might show up. And I think that the Garlock Fault
was probably under clouds. I looked for it and
could not see it. That was taken at 19:h0,
2 minutes on both sides of that.

028 00 03 24 SPT At 19:59, the coast of South America; looking at

offshore wave patterns and sunglints. And I
was surprised by the irregularity of the patterns;
they were fairly large scallops - or I should
say ... start with the smaller wave patterns which
ran parallel to the coastline, nearly parallel.
- But these were bunched in larger groups, which
were scallop shapes, if you will, with the edges
of the scallops - that is, the - the two ends -
coming in toward the coastline in most of the
cases that I can recall. And I should've debriefed
this yesterday because the - it was fresher in my
memory then. Those were frames 10h to 106. And
that was also f/ll, 100-millimeter.

028 00 04 52 SPT Now today during the Earth resources pass over the
California area - And looking at the map ahead
of time, I could see that we were going to be
inland from the coastline and that the fault
system, especially down there by Los Angeles, prob-
ably would not be visible to the Earth terrain
camera. So I had set up and was al1 set to take
some photos while I was working the Earth terrain
camera. Things got a little hectic and left me
little time for observations at all.

028 00 05 22 SPT But as it turned out then, I think the Earth ter-
rain camera got a little closer to the coastline
than I anticipated, although I think I was still
right at the coastline and covered some area which
the Earth terrain camera did not. The reason the
Earth terrain camera saw a little bit more is
3464

that we had an attitude error in ROLL so that

we were at one point almost 20 degrees off attitude,
so that we were no longer really Z-local vertical
and we were looking more toward the west, which
I think from the Earth terrain camera standpoint
might be - might have been a better deal.

028 00 06 02 SPT But I did take a - a large number of frames because

all the way from north - north California, above
San Francisco, all the way down to the tip of Baja
was wide open, Just clear as a bell. And I
figured we haven't gotten this chance very often;
so I shot away. And that was taken on mag CX18,
from 18:55 to about 19:04 time, and frames llO
to 13B; 100 - lO0-millimeter, f/ll, 1/250. Now
- now I can't give you each one, of course, as we
go along. It's a whole series, and i tried to
get overlapping and, in some cases, some stereos.

028 O0 06 58 SPT The Garlock Fault was visible. The San Andreas
I probably could see for a good part of the dis-
tance, especially the closer we got to Los Angeles.
I tried to pick up the others, though I was pretty
busy. The one I was interested in particular also
was the Aqua Blanca Fault, which I had been trying
to - to answer a question in my mind, does it
reach the Gulf of California? And I've got to
admit that today I could not see anything which
would establish that it does. I think the prob-
lem is that we've Just got sand or eroded material
just completely obscuring whatever fault features
may have been there. Now maybe in the proper
lighting this may not be.

SPT Maybe if we take a look at this thing here in

the morning, as we come across here, we might
see just the right lighting in order to - that is,
a very low Sun angle - to pick this up.

028 00 08 22 SPT So I believe these photos will then cover the

HH148-4, HH155-5, HHl_6-7, HH108, HH146-6, HH155-4,
HHlll-B, and HHlll in general.

028 00 l0 49 SPT This evening at 2B:B4 we looked for the HHB2;

and, unfortunately, at that time - Well, it was
completely socked in; a complete overcast in that
area. And unfortunately we were looking forward
to seeing what we could see in the way of upwell-
ings. We've not had too much success with upwelling
 3h65

recently. And my hope is that in the next week or

so we're going to have a little more time in which
to - to work some of these things, now that we're
in - interesting areas. However, apparently
everybody is going to have their day, even in the
last week here, and not allow us a heck of a lot
more extra time. I guess we're Just going to have
to make it one way or the other - especially some
of our descending passes. We get California in
one, and then right off the - into South America
and off the - the coast of South America on the
other. There's a couple of really exception_11y
good passes coming up every day. So we're just
going to have to kind of make time for them.

028 00 ll 55 SPT SPT out.

028 00 16 15 CDR This is the CDR at 00:16 Zulu, debriefing the

23:27 ATM pass. J0P 6, building block 32, no
problem. J0P 17A, building block ll: I got
about 3 minutes behind playing around trying to
find a - a good bright point and messing around
with oxygen VI. And - But I managed to make up
the time and got the data in good shape. Took me
Just a little longer than I expected.

028 00 16 46 CDR But the bright point I picked was at a ROLL of

minus 10,800, an UP/DOWN of minus 72, a RIGHT/
LEg_ of plus 282. And the oxygen VI count started
out at 620 and was down to about 450 by the time
I finally settled down and started working building
block 28. It was a nice hotspo_t, and I worked:
all the way around it and located it precisely.
And then when I got settled right on it, I watched
it kind of fade off from 620 down to 450. And it
stayed pretty stable there at 450 counts. It's
a nice, bright little spot, and it's ummistakable.
It's about the same brightness as the one that
Ed was working with on the previous pass.

028 00 17 36 CDR S055, I cost you guys a few mini-RASTERs, because

when I did the GRATING, AUTO SCAN, DETECTORs 1 and
2, I forgot to put the GRATING in REFERENCE on a
second scan and I whistled right through zero.
So while the other guys were starting to get their
data on building block 28, I was busy trying to
put you back in 0000. And again, that's - that's

f_
 3h66

the human factor of engineering on your GRATING

thing. And I'm sure that Ed and I and Bill have
all harped about that ad nause_m as far as you guys
are concerned, but that thing sure does cost you
guys a lot of data.

028 00 18 20 CDR Let's see. Then I did the setup for the VTR at
sunrise in the next pass. No problem with that.
The pointing for that is a ROLL of minus 3600, UP/
DOWN of minus 17, LEFT/RIG_{T of minus 958. And the
white light coronagraph, I took a look at during -
right at the end of building block 32, and it looks
Almost identical to the picture that Ed took earlier
today. And the XUV mon doesn't look particularly
spectacular. It looks very much the same as it
was this morning too. So that's about it. Rather
uninteresting looking Sun. I guess we'll have to
make up by Just doing interesting JOPs.

028 00 18 59 CDR CDR out.

028 00 19 B5 PLT This is PLT recording for S063 COP, Charlie Oscar
Papa. Starting at 00:22. Time is coming up on
00:20 on my mark.

028 00 20 00 PLT MARK. Okay. This will be - Okay, exposures will

be on Bravo Echo ii, exposure 1 and 2. I have RO-
TATION, 21.2, using the technique for the new - the ...
the problem. TILT, 20.4; filter A-I is installed;
[IV lens; f/2.0; et cetera, et cetera. But it's
still - see, filter Alfa I. Okay, we're standing
by for the first exposure, which is a 30-second
exposure, starting at 22.

PLT And the UV ran its course.

CDR Mll0 tomorrow, Big Ed.

028 00 21 22 CC Skylab, we're a minute from LOS, about 8 minutes

to Ascension, 00:02 minutes. Your APCS is looking
good and you got a good m,neuver time.

SPT Roger, Story.

PLT Okay, stand by. Coming up on 22. Stand by -

028 00 22 00 PLT MARK. Shutter, open. 30-second exposure.

PLT 5 seconds to go. Stand by -

r
 3667

028 o0 22 30 PLT MARK. And film, advance. Changing filters and I

want Charlie 3. Charlie 3 is in position. Alfa I
out and in the bag. Stand by to start exposure
at 23.

028 00 2B 00 PLT MARK. Okay, this will be a 3-minute exposure on

filter Charlie 3.

PLT Is the maneuver back fairly soon, Jer?

028 00 23 28 CDR About 3 minutes.

PLT Okay, that 's next.

PLT One last look at Kohoutek, I guess. Or do we have

some more of these, Ed?

SPT ...

PLT 30 seconds and B minutes.

028 00 25 00 PLT 1 minute to go.

.... PLT And of course, this is same ROTATION and TILT.

PLT i0 seconds to go. Stand by.

028 00 26 01 PLT MARK. Termination of exposure. Okay, advance

frame. We're through. And I will be putting
filters up.

CDR We' re on our way back.

PLT Okay.

PLT 18 - Okay, that's right. Out_ okay, I'ii -

028 00 26 h5 PLT Okay, look - everything looked nomi_. Not

much to that one.

028 00 26 49 PLT Okay, PLT terminating recording.

TIME SKIP

028 01 42 28 CDR This is the CDR at 01:42 Zulu, reporting Earth

observations handheld photographY. We passed through
the Cook Islands and the aim here was to try to
3468

find the island wakes in accordance with HH34

Alfa 3. There were - The clouds were scattered to
broken. I saw two iala_; I th_-_ one of th_ was
A-t-i-a and another one is a very small island Just
north of it. Frame number 134 with the Hasselblad,
f/ll, 1/250, was taken. Cba_lie X-ray 18 is the
number of the - of the cassette. And you could
see very faint island wakes. The wind appeared
to be blowing from - or - Either the wind or the
current appeared to be blowing from the northeast
to the southwest. And on the southwest ou - out -
side of the islands you could see some very faint
stripes - striations in the sunglint indicating
some sort of a wake effect.

028 01 43 35 CDR CDR out.

028 01 45 47 SPT SPT at 01:45, debriefing the ATM pass which began
at about 00:55. Okay, again I managed to miss
the preorbit operation as to - Set up to get a
look at H-alpha as I came over the his i. Prob-
lem of being here is that - unless l'm on the
pass before and look at the pads and see it's
coming up or it's written explicitly somewhere _
other than Just a - a time in the details, which
is not referred to anyway for ATM ops, there
seems to be no way that a reminder 14 hours pre-
vious is going to hold me. There may be only
way - two ways to do it. One is to have it
written in the orbit before, that these special
ops are coming up. Or secondly, have a cue
out of the CAP C0_. I prefer the former. We're
getting to the point now where 4 - 40 K time is
Just about ,the same time as dump end; so maybe
I could squeeze it in anyway. Then I'd take a
look at it in the sixth orbit.

SPT Yes, I did the building block 1A, lB. With no

50 - with no 82B operating. 52 got a full start
in STANDARD and was terminated, then did the
three CONTINUOUS exposures. And the building
block was completed as specified.

028 01 47 46 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
 3h69

028 02 18 54 CDR This is the CDR at 02:18 Zulu. The subject is

handheldphotography of TV-106. I took two
frames - three frames tonight. I thought there
was only two frames left on the - on the camera,
and it turned out that there were three. I took
two frames of the sample at f-stop of 4.0 at 1/60.
And then the third one I took Just for grabs at
an f-stop of 5.6 at 1/125. The - the crystal
growth rate has been very good. I would say
the - the most phenomenal rate was the first
24 hours - or the first 8 hours. And then after
that it kind of slowed down. On this third photo
session I tried to get you a good picture of the
dendritic growth of crystals down at the far end,
at the - at the bottom of the tube. I put my
finger behind it and pulled the bottom of the
tube toward us a little bit. And I tried to get
you a good picture of the very dendritic growth.
Looks like a little - sort of a silver Christmas
tree down there at the bottom. And then up
along the copper itself, there's quite a few areas
of rather dendritic growth. And you can see that
the fluid has turned sort of a light green now.

028 02 19 37 CDR CDR out.

028 02 19 56 CDR This is the CDR continuing with the TV-106. I

guess I ought to tell you what the frame numbers
were. This is Charlie India 115, frame num-
bers 66 - correction, 65 - 66, 67 - correction
again, 65, 66, and 67 are the three - three frames
taken this evening.

028 02 20 18 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

028 03 20 57 PLT PLT; time is 03:20. Reporting on the radiation

survey meter found in Foxtrot 554. It works
exactly the same way ours does. It gives the
same readings on all selections whether snubbed
off or on. I have no confidence in - that either
one of them are working. Ours indicates -- If
it is the one that was in position on our flight,
and I think - I don't know if we brought it out

f
347O

of the command module or not. But I seem to

remember putting a new battery in that w_yat
the back - at the first of the mission. But it
indicates Just off of full-scale low, but it gives
exactly the same indications no matter whether I
select lO0 rad an hour rate or O.1 of an hour -
0.1 of a rad an hour rate. So I assume that the
thing's Just hysteresis from the needle spring
that I'm actually getting.

028 03 21 53 PLT PLT out.

028 03 33 02 CDR This is the CDR at 03:32 Zulu reporting photography

of the splice done on Si83. The data is on
Nikon 0 - was done on Nikon 03 on ex - on cassette
number Charlie India ll6. And the - the number -
the frame numbers are number 8, number 7, number
6, and number 5.

028 03 33 33 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

028 ii 16 36 SPT SPT; ii:16. PRD readings: 42920 - th_t_s 930 -

23519, 38678.

028 ll 16 48 SPT Out.

TIME SKIP

028 ii 4h 09 SPT Bill, let's take your general 73 ... along here.

PLT You know what? I was getting ready to do this

an hour early.

SPT ...

028 ii hh 36 PLT Son of a gun. I'll hold off.

TIME SKIP
 3h71

028 12 h3 16 CDR This is the CDR at 12:h8 Zulu - correction,

12:43 Zulu, debriefing the first pass of the day.
ATM pass that started at 11:54 Zulu. Kind of
stumbled off on my start here. Got most of the
data, but did a little bit of stumbling. The
JOP 6, building block i - IA was no problem;
whistled right through that. Got into IB; got
into a PATROL, LONG before I finally got to check-
ing back and forth between the pad and the
building block and realized that you wanted
option B. So I stopped 56 in PATROL, LONG and
started the SINGLE FRAME, 2 exposure. And I felt
I should let that run the full ll minutes, rather
than truncate; so that caused me to run a little
late and to start the next J0P 25 Bravo a little
bit late.

028 12 hh 20 CDR The upshot was that on 25 Bravo, I did not get
the super-RASTER number 5 done. But looking
ahead, I think there's ample time in the next
pass to probably pick it up. So what I did is I
tried to be a good fellow and give you shopping
list item number 1 at the end of this one because
P I had 3 extra minutes,which wasn't enoughtime
to do super-RASTER 5; it was enough to do
building block 32. And I managed to bungle that
one by leaving us at a ROLL of 10,800. So what
you've got then, in snmmary: J0P 6, building
block 1A, you got it all; building block IB,
52 got - got the STANDARD and got 4 minutes of
the CONTINUOUS. 54 got 15 minutes of the 17 minutes
they wanted. Well, they couldn't - I know they
couldn't have got 17 minutes, but they got 15 min-
utes on their exposure. S055 got its GRATING,
AUTO SCAN - or GRATING, 3 SCAN, and they got half
of a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER. S056 got its ll minutes
SINGLE FRAME, 2. And building block 25 Bravo, well,
I'll mention the VTR. I gave you about 2 minutes
of white light coronagraph - because I got
busy - and about a minute and a half of _ MON
on the VTR. And 25B got super-RASTERS 2, 3, and
4. And then I - at the end we gave them shopping
list number 1 at a ROLL of 10,800. Sorry about
that. Now let's see. I took a couple of pictures
of the Sun. The white light coronagraph does
not look significantly different from what it did
yesterday. The west limb streamers, the northern-
most streamer is a little bit more well defined.
3472

It's _-ider at the base, and it extends about

50 percent out further, and this is the one
that's at about 050 degrees. At about 085 or
080 degrees there's another streamer, and it is
not quite as well defined as the one was yesterday.
And the streamer down at about 120 is _lmost
identical; looks pretty much the same as the other.

028 12 47 13 CDR On the XUV mon- Oh, let me - I should tell you
a little bit about the east limb, and that is that
the east limb streamer is diminished in intensity
by a good 50 percent, I would say. It's quite
a bit weaker today than it was yesterday. It's
about the same width at the base, and the extent
is probably two-thirds in length as it was yester-
day. Now talking about XUV mon, still showing
the active regions in pretty good shape. I see
a bright area coming around - coming around the
east limb, and it's Just about exactly on the
equator. And it's not a very big bright area,
but it is a small one. And the other active
regions are still there. No particular change
in those, and I don't see any new bright spots.

028 12 48 21 CDR The coronal hole at the southern cap looks about
the same. My exposure on the Polaroid picture
is a little bit darker than Ed's was yesterday;
so it makes my polar coronal holes look a little
bigger than his, but the active regions really
don't look like they've changed much in intensity
or in relative position to each other.

028 12 48 50 CDR This is CDR out.

028 12 50 26 PLT Somebody left the mike on. Okay, this is PLT.
The - I couldn't get on the recorder, there.
Everything is set up; we have the right ROTATION
and TILT, and the exposure was started at 12:48.
This is an 8-minute exposure; we are on the first
frame in this sequence. ROTATION, 23.6 and TILT,
1.5 for 8 minutes; filter A-1 installed; Nikon 2;
Bravo Victor 40. And this will be exposure 47 on
the cassette.

028 12 51 08 PLT PLT going off temporarily until we get the termi-
nation of exposure.
 3_73

028 12 55 16 PLT PLT standing by. Termination of the 8-minute

exposure at 56. Coming up on 56.

CC ...

CDR Okay, good.

PLT Stand by -

028 12 56 00 PLT MARK. Termination of frame 1. Okay, now we want

a ROTATION of 21.6. I guess that's supposed to
be 21 turns counterclockwise. Frame 36. Here
we go. Okay, TILT, 359.5. Okay, waiting for
20 seconds. Stand by -

028 12 57 O0 PLT MARK. ROTATION, 21.6; TILT 359.5. Okay, it all

checks and this will be 6 minutes from - That'll
be termination at 03. Terminating recording
temporarily.

028 13 00 55 PLT Okay, coming up on 01, 2 minutes to go on frame une

number 2 in the sequence.

PLT 1 minute
to go.

PLT TILT will remain the same on the next exposure.

PLT Stand by -

028 13 03 O0 PLT MARK. Advance film, and now we want 5.6. Okay,
we're going clockwise 5, 6 - There we go. Lock;
ready to go and I'm going to start this 0_. 7 ...
Stand by -

028 13 04 00 PLT MARK. Okay, it started at 4_ it'll be over at ll.

Terminating recording temporarily.

028 13 l0 00 PLT Okay, it's now l0 minutes past; 1 more minute to

go on this exposure.

SPT Hey, Bill, can I break in as soon as ... recorder?

PLT Yes, all I got to do is record over about the next

minute and a half, and then you can have it for
about 8 minutes.

PLT 20 seconds.
3474

PLT Stand by. i0 seconds. 5.5 turns counterclockwise.

ROTATION, 23.

028 13 ll 00 PLT MARK. Termination of the third exposure. And now

I'm going to ROTATION of 230.0, which is 5.5 turns
counterclockwise. Okay, l, 2, 3, 4, 5, point 5,
and I'm reading 8.4. I want to read 0.0. There
we go; 0.0. Pretty close there. TILT is 28.0.
And start exposure at 13:13, which is - Yes, 13:13.
Think I might have been calling out 12, but I knew
what it was. 12 now; I'm going to wait another
minute. Okay, let me see now; 41. Stand by;
l0 seconds. ROTATION, 230.0; TILT, 28.0. 8-minute
exposure coming up.

028 13 13 00 PLT MARK. Okay, terminating recording. Let's see;

that'll be terminated at 21.

028 13 13 07 PLT PLT out for a moment.

CC Skylab, Houston. We got about a minute until LOS.

Goldstone comes up at 13:18. And, Jerry, if you
have a second, I have an answer on the TV for you.

028 13 14 29 SPT SPT at 13:14. Mll0. The data is as follows for

hemoglobin concentration: CDR, 15.4, 15.4, 15.5;
SPT, 14.0, 14.9, 14.0; PLT, 14.2, 14.3, 14.3.
Serial numbers are: for the CDR, 123; SPT, 197;
PLT, 200 - that's 200. All of the plasmas are
straw-colored. CDR's perhaps is slightly less
clear than the SPT's or PLT's. Procedures were
straightforward; no anomalies during the drawing
or processing. We have three sticks left, which
is good enough for six more hemoglobin concentra-
tions. Apparently we have one more draw to make,
and so we've got one more per stick, for Sir Lance-
lot to do his thing.

028 13 15 59 SPT Okay, now we come to the sticky - situation of

location of urine and blood in altered and re-
altered urine/blood drawers. Without trying to
explain how we got this way, let me try to tell
you where we are, the way the front or the one-
half of the drawer we are currently working on
will be configured. Slot 43 has got half samples
from day 22 and day 24. Slot number 44 has got
half samples from - three half samples from day 25
 3h75

and will have two blood samples from day 36. This
is the day of the year. 45 will have three blood
samples from day 28, that's today, and the remain-
ing blood sample from day 36. 46 has got three
full urine samples from today. 29 will have three
fulls, 30 - Oh, excuse me. Let me back up again.
Slot 45 has got three blood samples from day 28
and one blood sample from day 36. Slot 46 has got
three full urine samples from day 28. Slot h7,
three full urine samples from day 29. 48, three
full urine samples from day 30. 49 has three full
urine samples from day 27. They're all marked.
There should be no problem, and we can fit it all
in there. If you have any comments on this, get
them up to us.

028 13 18 05 SPT SPT out.

028 13 20 46 PLT Okay; PLT. Coming up on 21, getting ready to ter-

minate the last exposure. Stand by -

028 13 21 00 PLT MARK. Advance film. And let's see. Now that was
frame number 4 - they count down. That was 42
-- and the - Bravo Victor 40, Nikon 2. So this is
the PLT terminating exposures, S073.

028 13 21 27 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

028 14 17 36 CDR This is CDR at 14:17 Zulu debriefing the 13:27

ATM pass. The assignments for this pass was
super-RASTER 6 through 12. I got 5 through ll
done, plus shopping list number l; this time at
the proper roll. We finished the S052 CONTINUOUS
at exactly 400 K. The S056 PATROL, SHORT lasted
on down to 2 plus 36, down to about 250 K, and I
think that's okay; so we're in good shape. No
other comments to make at this time.

028 14 18 22 CDR CDR out.

028 14 36 32 PLT This is the PLT. Time is 14:36 and Just for infor-
mation - Those of you on ground tracking now - -

CREW ...
3476

028 14 36 40 PLT The PLT; time is 14:37. For information and

people on ground tracking control routes, there
are on 5 - 5 WMC fine filters remaining in the
switch - dome storage lockers.

028 14 36 58 PLT PLT out.

028 14 56 07 PLT Okay, this is the PLT; starting the light flash
experiments. Oh, gosh, I better start my clock,
too. There we go; starting clock now and donning
blindfold.

028 14 56 28 PLT Clock is running; 1 hour and i0 minutes. Lights

out.

CC ... 15, which is the laser, and we've had to scrub

it this morning due to weather. Sonny about that.

CDR Roger, Dick.

PLT Also, Dick - This is the PLT. I'm on the 70 minutes

now on - on recording; so be sure and tell me if
you're going to redesignate.

CC Roger, Bill.

028 14 58 i0 CC PLT, Houston; just for your information, our next

recorder dump is a couple of minutes after the end
of your data take. If you're not using the recorder
there, we'd like to go ahead and dump it on schedule
there; that's at a time of 16:09. However, if you
do need it, we can slip that dump one site.

PLT Okay, I got started on time. The thing is, I'm

wearing a blindfold; so I can't watch the recorder
light right now and I'd be along here, you know,
talking merrily away and not even be recording.
I briefed both Jer and Ed on it.

CC Roger. We did think of that and we - we have no

dumps scheduled during your data take. I'll let
you know when we do. It's immediately after ...

PLT Thank you, Dick.

028 15 01 29 CC Skylab, Houston; we're a minute until LOS. MILA

come up at 15:05. See you there.
 3_77

SPT Roger, Dick. So long.

028 15 06 38 PLT MARK. Right eye, just a spot. Lower part of

field of view and slightly to the left. Just a
little twinkle, but brighter than the input of -
say a nervous noise might create.

028 15 07 05 PLT MARK. A streak; upper left to lower right in the

right eye and the - that was high. High in the -
what would normally be the field of view. Seat
in the centered - top center field-of-view angle
down about 15 degrees to the right.

CC ... complete and we still have about 9 minutes

left here at Bermuda.

PLT So that was a streak, white or bluish white.

028 15 l0 21 PLT I might just comment here while we're waiting for
time to pass. I've noticed that these flashes
occur at sporadic and irregular intervals - Flash -

028 15 i0 31 PLT MARK. That was in the left eye, lower left, and
it was just sort of a flash through the slot.

PLT Okay, that was in the left eye, lower field of

view, and it's sort of a general flashing area,
bright area. And it could possibly h_ve been a
light leak. I'm in my sleep compartment. I have
the door closed, but I Just tighten my blindfold
to make sure there wasn't any light leaks. Okay,
I just opened my eyes and can't see anything; so
I think I got that all taken care of. That last
one, I - it may have been in spurious. My comment,
however, was going to be that I've noticed that
during the night when I wake up or before going
to sleep, that we see these flashes and they -

028 15 ll 45 PLT MARK. Okay, I think that was in both eyes. It

was a spot. White flash and then was Just sort
of a halo. Let's bias and say that was probably
only in the left eye; maybe - maybe both but
definitely in the left eye.

PLT Also it was - that last one was sort of more

orange or toward the red end instead of a - sort
of a nice white-bluish spot like some of them -
A streak and a spot were first_- the first one
I reported. Sort of like an out of - out-of-focus
31_78

spot. Anyway what I was going to say is that I've

had the - the streaks - the spots - some really
per - perculiar effects where you'd - you'd see a
spot which - you mean - you know, a light spot
immediately followed by streaks. They sometimes
goes - what would appear to be, you know, like a
fair - third of the way across the field of view.

PLT Say on the order - say on the order of 20 degrees

travel through space, angular ...

028 15 15 24 PLT MARK. A diffused streak in the right eye, lower

than the - left to right, lower than the field
of view. That was more like a paintbrush swipe
than it was a streak.

028 15 15 49 CC Skylab, Houston. We're a minute from LOS;

Ascension at 15:23.

028 15 18 31 PLT There was another very peculiar phenomenon both

Ed and I had experienced, and this was about 3 weeks
into the mission, I guess. And we were noting what
I called myriad flash. Eyes closed, certain times
it would just be sort of like a - a lot of tiny -
little tadpoles s_mm_ng around. It wouldn't last
you very long, but you - we could see it just - It
was almost like yo - you were maybe imagining it,
but it - you - you - you've had to divert your
attention and it would come back. And so I haven't
noticed that lately.

028 15 19 15 PLT MARK. I just saw a very diffused blue flash, I

think it was in both eyes, high in the field of
view. It was Just a spot. When I - lifted - Even
interpreting this data, when I say diffused, I
think that what I'm implying is some - some sort of
doubt, to whether I actually saw the flash. I'm
trying to report anything that I see to try to
avoid missing some sort of borderline, aSmost sub-
m_minal, impression; I'm going ahead and giving
them all. And I'm going to use the word "diffused"
to indicate not a nice, bright spot, because - Let's
see. A lot of them, just no doubt at all. It's
very impressive. Especially the streaks that you
see that start with a spot and then streaks out;
it's almost like the particles dissipating. But
anyway the myriad of flashes that I was talking
about was sort of a term that I coined for this -
 3h79

the multiplicity of events taking place continuously

over a short period of time, say on the order of
several seconds. Sort of like you stuck your finger
into the wall socket or something.

PLT In fact, it's very similar to the impression you

get when you accidentally hit your head or some -

028 15 21 28 PLT MARK. Right eye, a streak. No point of - no defi-

nite point of origin; that is, no spot associated
with this. It was in the right eye, just over to
the right side in the field of view, and there was
no directionality of origin noticed. It just ap-
peared as a streak; just sort of a narrow, but not
a fine, well-defined streak, but a narrow, diffused
streak.

028 15 24 04 CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS Ascension for 9 minutes,

and I'm assuming the PLT is still awake and contin-
uing to count in light flashes.

PLT What'd you say, Dick?

CC Just wanted to make sure you're still awake there,

William.

PLT It's a real effort. No, it's pretty interesting.

I'm seeing a few.

CDR Bill is very good at studying the insides of his

eyelids.

CC Roger.

PLT Okay, now I am - No, that's not either I think I'm

still dark adapted. What I think that some of this
stuff is - Let's see if - The nervous noise I
say [sic] now, sort of in the center of the field
of view. And it's sort of abstract patterns
that's - not the little retinal pattern, but the
sort of abstract effects you get after having
looked at, say, a bright area and then looked
away. Completion of the visual peripheral or
whatever it is - stuff is anyhow, friend.

PLT Now, let's see if I can change the tape recorder

in the dark.
3680

PLT Where'd it go? All righty ...

028 15 31 23 PLT MARK. Right eye, streak. Fairly well defined on

the right lower field of view.

028 15 31 30 PLT MARK. One in the left field of view, left eye,
left side. Very fine, changing - starting from
the upper right to lower left and ended in a dot.
A fine streak to start with and ended with -

028 15 31 49 PLT MARK. Another one in the left eye. Left field
of view, and it was - it was very fine, white,
blue-white, streak. Both of those left eye were
streaks. Getting a little action now.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're a minute from LOS.

Carnarvon comes up at 15:56.

SPT Roger, Dick. So long.

CC See you there.

PLT Notice both of those - the left eye - were very

fine line - hairline types. But both of them
appeared to have a little glob at one end, a
little - You know, it was very fine. But I mean,
it was wider at one end than it was at the other

PLT General impression I got. Instead of just being

a nice straight line equa - with equal width
all along it.

028 15 33 28 PLT MARK. Center field of view, right eye. Wide

streak, diffused, no points, no - One end wasn't
wider than the other.

028 15 33 39 PLT MARK. Upper left eye. Just a - just a - sort of a

broad flash. And the one in the right eye was more
pinkish than the white.

028 15 33 51 PLT MARK. Again in the left eye, upper high, sort of
a line. Again - no, not finely defined but not as
wide as the one was in my right eye.

028 15 34 09 PLT MARK. Left eye, center field of view. Again a

streak, diffuse, no wide - equidistant, equal width.

(Music)
 3h81

028 15 35 26 PLT MARK. Left eye. Now, I thought I saw one and
then I thought, well, maybe I didn't. And then I
saw another one. There were two tadpoles and one
was going from upper right to lower left in the
lower right center of field of view. And the other
one was just about dead center, going straight
left, and it did have a - it looked like it was
going from right to left and that the - at the
end it was wider than it was where it started.
I can't guaran - Then, I don't know. (Music)

028 15 36 02 PLT And MARK. I think I saw one in the right lower
left field of view; a diffused streak, very short
one. And, again -

028 15 36 l0 PLT MARK. I think I saw one in the left eye. The same
sort of thing. It's sort of on a threshold of ...
Both of those last two are suspects.

028 15 38 39 PLT MARK. Right eye, right center, a spot, a diffused

spot. It's very definite. Sort of whitish.
Usually when they're diffused, they're a little
more toward the red. (Music)

028 15 40 43 PLT MARK. Right eye, right side; spot out of the
fine-focus field of view, but there's a big sort
of spot flash in the halo. It's like it was in
your peripheral vision. (Music)

028 15 43 19 PLT MARK. I think both eyes, a white diffused spot -

flash. Definitely in the right. (Music)

028 15 51 54 PLT I'm receiving a sort of a general impression that

I'm getting a lot of diffused flashes. I just -
About lO seconds ago, I didn't say anything, but
I got one, upper right field of view, and one in
the lower left field of view; so it didn't seem
like anything - it was just noise in the sys -
nervous system. It was sort of a diffuse spot,
as opposed to points.

PLT Sort of more toward whitish orange. (Music)

028 15 53 18 PLT MARK. A spot, upper left in the right eye; just
a little blinking spot, not very bright, sort of
whitish. (Music)

PLT Again, it was barely on the threshold of detection.

(Music)
3h82

SC (Comedy Album: Bill Cosby)

028 15 55 55 CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Carnarvon for i0 minutes.

CDR Roger, Dick. (Music)

028 15 57 05 PLT MARK. Left eye, streak from left to right. And
MARK, again at a sort of white diffused blob in
the left eye. I'm not sure if that's anything.
It was - Now this streak was very narrow and
short. (Music)

028 16 00 h9 SPT You still ...?

PLT Yes, go ahead; no sweat.

028 16 01 01 SPT The SPT at 16:01. ATM pass which began at 15:00.
Started right out hustling along in super-RASTERs.
Took care of steps 12 through 19. We were behind
one and we picked up one on this orbit and now
we're even again. Did a building block 32 at the
end. I should say just a shopping list l; it was
only a quickie for 52. I did not get 56, reason
being I was - I Just finished the last raster_ had --_
just enough time to squeeze in a 1-minute exposure
there and then hustle on over and set up for the
J0P 7 starting on the sunrise portion of the next
orbit. We're set up now at a ROLL of minus 3650,
h0 arc seconds inside the left limb; H-ALPHA 1
is zoomed out. The LEFT/RIGHT reading is m_nus 955.
I found the limb to be at minus 995 and we are
tangent - I should say parallel, to the limb with
the UP/DOWN so that the SLIT would be exactly -
the center of the SLIT would be exactly at the
point where we'd be tangent to the limb if we moved
out there.

028 16 02 56 CC CDR, Houston, when you get a chance.

SPT SPT out.

CDR Go ahead, Dick.

CC Jer, your friendly crimson team wants to keep you

kind of informed that we've put together a - a few
words on some in-the-mission testing that we're
going to do after you leave the workshop and it's
going to have some minor effect Bn deactivation.
 3b,83

We thought you'd like to hear about it. This next

pass is a Guam pass and is devoted to the ATM con-
ference with Bill Lenoir, who is presently EVA from
the entry sim that we're doing right now. We
thought a good time to talk to you about the end-
of-mission stuff might be the upcoming stateside
pass when you and Bill are supposedly eating lunch
and Ed's on ATM.

CDR Sounds good, Dick.

CC Okay, great ; we 'll do it.

(Music)

SC ...

PLT What 's happening?

CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute to LOS. Guam

comes up at 16:09. We're planning on dumping the
data/voice recorder at Guam, if that's okay with
Bill. And Bill Lenoir will be here for the ATM
conference. See you there.

028 16 05 30 CDR Okay, Dick.

(Sustained tone)

028 16 06 00 PLT There goes the timer. Man, that was a quick
70 minutes.

PLT Thought I'd give you about an extra 5 minutes here

with Guam coming up.

PLT Not much action.

PLT Not nearly as spectacular as some of the action

I've seen and some of the activity I've seen when
I've - just before going to sleep or after waking
up in the middle of the night. It didn't see -
It's always random. Having a little spurt of
activity and then nothing'll happen for any minutes
and ... - Okay, right eye and upper left; they're
light spots. And thought maybe I was generating
these m_self at one time by blinking or something,
and yet I can't reproduce it. Sometimes you - we
see it about the same time maybe you - you have
a unconquering conscious or subconscious control
 3h8h

wink or something like that and - or blink of the

eye. Involuntary, I guess, is a better word to
use, involuntary blink, and sometimes I thought it
was associatedwith that. But you cannot make it;
you cannot reproduce it.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS Guam. We'd like to

dump the data/voice recorder here.

028 16 09 27 PLT Okay, Dick, you got it.

028 16 09 29 CC Thank you very much, and I'll turn it over to Bill
Lenoir.

028 16 23 40 SPT The SPT at 16:23. I'ii give you a mark at 16:24.
Picking up on ATM ops. At the beginning of the
pass for 16:33, be looking at H-ALPHA 1 and giving
you some VTR on it. Okay, I - we missed the 24.
Let me give you a mark at 16:24:10. Stand by.
2, 1 -

028 16 24 i0 SPT MARK. That was 16:24:10. Okay, our GRAVITY

GRADIENT DUMP is still active.

SPT Okay, I'm going to go now with the FINE SUN

SENSOR DOOR OPEN at 25. We still have a good
Z rate in the GRAVITY GRADIENT DUMP maneuver.
The s_itch is to Sun t_m_ng. H-ALPHA DOOR
Switch goingfOPEN. And we'll be putting this
on MONITOR 1. I have MONITOR 1 called up.
H-ALPHA l, and ATMMON 1 on the wafer switch.

028 16 25 54 SPT Still 0.3 out in Z. X and Y are in there.

2 minutes 20 seconds on the clock remaining.

SPT Okay, when we come up, and have H-alpha in view,

H-ALPHA l, probably be two things. We'll see
the effects of refraction and we'll also see the
oscillation as the FINE SUN SENSOR tries to
center the canister or to zero the wedges. I'll
try to give you information on both of those.

028 16 27 02 SPT Okay, VTR is now going ON. So far no H-ALPHA 1

display. Okay, for the VTR, let's give you a
time hack.

028 16 27 15 SPT The SPT at 16:27. I'll give you a time hack at
16:27 and 30 seconds. 5, 4, 3, _, 1 -

028 16 27 30 SPT MARK. That's 16:27:30. 50 seconds remaining.

 3485

028 16 27 38 SPT FINE SUN SENSOR DOOR is OPEN. Okay, on MONITOR 2,

I'll call up H-ALPHA 2. Usually can see that
coming in first. Here comes H-ALPHA 1 - or
H-ALPHA 2; H-ALPHA 1 coming in, and we're 16:28.
Stand by. You see the refrect - effective re-
fraction still. H-ALPHA is moving into position.
Give you a mark when it's steady.

028 16 28 48 SPT MARK. All right, that was at 47, 47 seconds;

16:28 and 47 seconds when by eye it appeared to
be stable. Okay, now I'll give you a mark by
moving. This will - by moving the H-ALPHA 1
display down. This will be at 16:29 and 30 seconds.
Okay, stand by. 2, 1 -

028 16 29 30 SPT MARK. Okay, I think that concludes the test.

028 16 29 46 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

028 17 09 40 CDR This is the CDR at 17:09 Zulu, reporting Earth

observation handheld photography off the east
coast of Brazil at 17:01. I took a picture of a
sediment area where a river was flowing into the
sea. We had a combination of sediment in the area -
what looked like possibly coastal blooming - and
some little islands in the area, too, that were
affecting the - the whole - the whole effect. This
river mouth, I think, was the Rio Doce. It's south
of Sao Mateus, Brazil, and I took a picture of it
in IR. It 's on magazine IR] I , frame number 22,
taken at an f-stop of 8 with the 55-millimeter lens,
i1500.

028 17 i0 32 CDR CDR out.

028 17 28 55 SPT SPT at 17:28, debriefing the ATM pass which began
at 16:34. All the information on the JOP 7 test
is - I believe is already on tape. I will not go
into that further here. Steps 20 to 27 for super-
RASTER were completed. And we moved one ahead on
this one. I put 3 minutes of the - approximately
3 minutes of the XUVmonitor, when we were down at
step 23, close to Sun center, on the VTR. And I gave
a shopping list item 1 at the very end with a roll.
So I rolled to 5400, took a shopping list item 1.
f Thenput a - on - a look on the VTR to see the
 3_86

white light coronagraph and rolled back towards

1080, and as we got to Just about 1080, we started
to see some of the effects of the Earth's limb come
in and I took it down to about 1 second remaining
before I cut off the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH POWER.
Intensities were not very bright. And I believe
you can see the Earth's - first the airglow and
then the Earth's limb come in.

028 17 30 25 SPT SPT out.

028 17 46 37 CDR This is the CDR at 17:46 Zulu. At time Tango 2,

Delta 6 read 50 percent.

028 17 54 54 SPT I'll give you a mark on the ETC clock when it's
50:00. Stand by -

028 17 55 00 SPT MARK. Okay, looks as though it's 5 minutes and

1 second slow. And this is to make up for the
ETC clock time which I neglected to give you
yesterday.

028 17 55 l0 SPT SPT out.

028 18 00 21 CDR This is the CDR at 18:00 Zulu. First off, the
S191 READY light came on while I was away from the
panel; so I - the nearest GMT I could tell you is
it's somewhere between 17:57 and 17:59 is when
that READY light came on.

028 18 00 43 CDR Let's go through the T-minus-10 monitor check.

Alfa 2 is 92; that's high. Alfa 3 is 86; Alfa 4
is 92; Alfa 5 is 96, which is high; Alfa 6 is
25, which is also high. Bravo 2 is 92, which is
high; Bravo 3 is 82. Bravo 4 is an NA; it's read-
ing 91. Bravo 5 is 90 percent; Bravo 6 is 50 per-
cent; Bravo 7 is 34 percent; Bravo 8 is l; Bravo 9
is 58. Charlie 2 is 100 percent, full-scale high;
Charlie 3 is 88; Charlie 4 is 97; Charlie 5 is
50 percent. By the way, Charlie 4 was high;
Charlie 5 is okay at 50 percent. Charlie 6 is
reading 47 percent ; Charlie 7 is reading 50 per-
cent; Charlie 8 is reading 0. Delta 2 is reading
86; Delta 3 is reading 84; Delta 4 is reading 84;
Delta 5 is reading 19; Delta 6 is reading 51;
Delta 7 is reading about 51. So we have some
pretty high readings there over in Alfa and Bravo.
 3_87

I'll come back to them in a little while and look

at them again.

028 18 03 00 CDR Okay, we're going to get our - The S192 ALIGNMENT
switch is OFF and the cover has been replaced.
S192 MODE to READY; DOOR, OPEN -

028 18 03 20 CDR Now, the light went out. We're waiting 60 seconds
for the door to open - the door - or the READY
light to come on. 1 - S190 HEATER SWITCH OFF
light is off. PRESS-TO-TEST, DELTA TEMP's okay
and OVERT_4P's okay. Those are on panel 117. As
soon as the door opens, we'll go through the pre-
operate configuration pad. About 30 seconds to go.

028 18 Oh 16 CDR Okay, I have a 192 READY light; going to MODE,

CHECK. Preoperate configuration: TAPE RECORDER,
ON; the READY light's on. 92: POWER is ON; the
READY light is out; we're in CHECK: the DOOR is
OPEN. 90 - correction, 91 is ON; the READY is on;
the COOLER is ON; and the DOOR is OPEN. S190:
POWER is ON; READY is out; MODE is STANDBY; and
the door is open. 93 R: EADIOMETEH is in STAND-
BY; the READY is out. SCATTEROMETER is OFF; READY,
out. ALTIMETER is OFF; READY, out. 9h is ON;
READY, on. I have h minutes to EREP, START -
correction; h minutes to SCATT_OMETER to STAND-
BY. So that's probably why our numbers are high;
is because I started 3 minutes early. And EREP,
START at 13. We want to start at - at 03.

028 18 05 28 CDR Let's go back and take a look at those monitor

readings now. Ah-ha! Alfa 2 is now down where
it belongs. I'll read it to you. It's 55. Alfa 3
is 86; Alfa h is 92. Alfa 5 - that's where it be-
longs - 79; it's within its range. Alfa 6 is read-
ing zero. Okay, now things are looking a little
bit more reasonable. Bravo 2 is 5h; Bravo 3 is
78; Bravo h is 91; Bravo 5 is 71; Bravo 6 is
50 percent; Bravo 7 is 33; Bravo 8 is about l;
Bravo 9 is 58 percent. That's better now. Charlies
were all good. Let's check them over again here.

028 18 06 39 PLT Okay, we're crossing the terminator.

028 18 07 26 CDR Okay, now we feel better. Everything looks good.

Have a minute and a half to SCATTEROMETER, STANDBY.
3488

That cooler doesn't sound quite so noisy today,

does it, Bill?

PLT Yes, I haven't noticed it.

CDR Has not been as much of that oscillation or undu-

lation or whatever you want to call it - undu-
lation, I guess.

PLT Yes, it's - No, it doesn't sound as though the

bearings are going to seize at any moment.

CDR Coming up on 18:09.

028 18 09 Oh CDR Okay, the SCATTEROMETER is on STANDBY at

18:09:02.

028 18 09 14 PLT And there are the clouds. Boy, we can't win for
losing at this EREP.

CDR That's a shame. We've really been snake bit as

far as clouds are concerned. And yesterday when
it was fairly cloud free, then we got bitten by
a maneuver.

PLT Yes.

028 18 ll 56 CC Skylab, Houston. AOS stateside for 15 minutes.

CDR Hi, Dick.

028 18 12 17 CC And, SPT, Houston. Sorry I didn't get back to

you, but we expect less than l0 frames to shoot
up after your ETC pass. That last AUTO sequence
should take approximately 5 minutes.

SPT Thank you, Dick.

CC Okay.

PLT Okay, clouds, you better start breaking up pretty

soon.

CDR Okay, on my mark it'll be 12:48. Stand by -

028 18 12 48 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON.

 3489

028 18 12 50 CDR MAHK. RADIOMETER, ON. 13:00 is next. Stand by -

028 18 13 00 CDR MARK. EREP, START. Got a tape recorder running.

13:06 -

028 18 13 07 CDR MARK. S194 MODE to MANUAL. 13:13 is next. Stand

by-

028 18 13 14 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO.

PLT Seems to be Klamath Falls.

CDR I take it it's cleared.

PLT Yes. Ah-ha! There's Butterfly Lake, as I call it.

And I've got the desert. Beautiful. IMC, ON/LOW;
CAMERA, ON. I'm going to start taking some data
at 47 degrees. DATA pushbutton. Barely have
enough authority with this thing. Okay, I'm on
Black Rock first. Now, I'm bringing it down to
about 25 degrees. Now I'll get Smoke Creek. H_m,
pretty. Okay, now going for Smoke Creek.

028 18 14 33 CC And, Skylab, Houston. For your information, we

have CMG-2 outer gimbal on the stop. Attitude
errors have not built up.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, I'm all ready for - spring loaded for that
maneuver, if I have to do it.

CC Okay.

PLT Now, I'm getting Black Rock - Smoke Creek, rather.

CDR Okay, we're coming up to 18:15:00.

PLT l0.

CDR Stand by -

028 18 15 00 CDR MARK. 193 POLARIZATION to 4.

028 18 15 06 PLT DAC, off. Okay, coming back out. Oh, beautiful.

PLT Pyr,q.m-id Lake?

3h90

PLT Yes, I want to see if I - Just might be able to

do one on Lake Tahoe.

CDR Did you notice how Lake Tahoe looks kind of like
a footprint?

PLT Sure does. Looks like a bear paw.

CDR Yes.

PLT (Laughter) I'd never noticed that. Okay.

028 18 15 39 CDR If you can get Walker Lake, grab it, because I
couldn't get it yesterday.

PLT Okay, Walker; I think I'm already by it.

CDR Yes, you probably are.

PLT Okay, I better watch what ICm doing here. Okay,

17:49. Okay, there's Lake Tahoe, I think.

CDR Okay, my next ma_k will be at 16:35.

028 18 16 ]-9 CC Roger, Jerry. We just got a outer gimbal drive

logic on CMG-2. I'll keep you advised.

PLT Okay, let me know when you have to do that maneuver;

I'd like to begin it as soon as possible. Oh,
yes, the Grand Canyon; beautiful.

CDR 16:35 coming up. Stand by -

028 18 16 35 CDR MARK it. 190 SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM. 17:00 is

next.

PLT There 's Lake Tahoe.

CDR The old Grand Canyon, huh?

PLT Yes. Okay.

CDR How's it look through there?

PLT It looks huge. It's like looking through the

binoculars.

CDR Coming up on 17:00. Stand by -_

 /_ 3491

PLT 17:49, 45; RISHT, 1.4.

028 18 17 00 CDR MARK it. 193 POLARIZATION to i. 17:30 is next

with an ETC POWER, ON, Ed.

PLT Okay, there's White Sands; right there. The lava.

Okay, 17:49, 45.1; there we go. RIGHT, 1.4. That's
about it.

CDR Coming up on 17:30, Ed. Stand by -

028 18 17 30 CDR MARK it. ETC POWER, ON. 17:50 is next.

PLT E1 pazoo _E1 Paso]. 17:49. Okay, you want a homo-

geneous area in here.

CDR On my mark, 17:50. Standby -

028 18 17 50 PLT/CDR MARK.

PLT DAC on.

CDR ALTIMETER to STANDBY. 56, standby -

028 18 17 56 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

028 18 17 58 CDR MARK. At 58, the raaa_ -RADIOMETER to STANDBY.

193 ROLL to minus 15. 18:10 coming up. Stand
by -

028 18 18 i0 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON.

028 18 18 12 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. 18:30 next, Ed; be with an

ETC, AUTO. 18:30 on my mA_k.

PLT Man, this put me right out in the boonies, but I

guess that's what they want.

CDR Stand by -

• 028 18 18 30 CDR MARK. 18:44 is next. Coming up on 18:44. Stand

by-

028 18 18 44 CDR MARK. 192 to READY. Tape drive shifting gears;

we've got motion.

PLT Waiting for 18:56.

3h92

CDR 19:33 - -

028 18 18 56 PLT MARK. DAC off. MAX MAG. Up again; okay. 20:01.
Okay, Del Rio, Laredo. *** 4.1. Oh, boy.

CDR Problem?

PLT Yes.

CDR Coming up on 19:33; 19:33. Standby -

028 18 19 33 CDR MARK it. S190 INTERVAL going to 20. 19:42 is

next. Stand by -

028 18 19 42 CDR MARK it. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

028 18 19 44 CDR MARK. RADIOMET_ to STANDBY. ANGLE going to

zero on 193. 56 is next, 19:56. Standby -

028 18 19 56 CDR MARK. SCAT'±'_OMETER, ON.

028 18 19 58 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. 20:32 is next.

028 18 20 01 PLT MARK. IMC. Do you know we Just may luck out. Where
are we?

028 18 20 i0 CC Skylab, Houston. The gimbals are off the stops.

You've got some small attitude errors in X and Y,
but no problem.

CDR That's great.

PLT Okay.

CDR Skipped our way through them. Coming up on 20:32.

PLT Okay, at 20 - -

CDE Coming up 32. Stand by -

028 18 20 32 CDR MARK. 192 MODE, CHECK.

PLT ... 3. It should have been 29.8.

PLT Yes, the attitude error, I think, bit me. I

don't recognize that second feature. It's
not - Oh, there we go. It's under the clouds.
 3h93

CDR 21:14, stand by -

028 18 21 14 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

028 18 21 16 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. Coming up on 26.

PLT Okay, this is putting it to them. I got 390, but

I don't have the others. Taking data.

CDR Stand by -

028 18 21 26 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON at 21:26. 21:32, Ed, ETC

to STANDBY -

028 18 21 33 CDR MARK it. 22:36 is next.

PLT Delta Lake was under clouds, but I found 390, which
we haven't been able to get before.

028 18 21 50 PLT Okay, DAC off.

028 18 21 56 CDR Got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. Watching the READY.

_ PLT 27:12 for nadir swath. Okay, Dick, I'm - I'm

pretty well free now. You Just let me know if
we have to do a maneuver.

028 18 22 09 CDR I think we're out of the woods.

028 18 22 l0 CC Roger, Bill. It's looking good now. All the gim-
bals are off the stops. Some of the attitude errors
are slowly coming out.

PLT Oh, great.

CDR Okay, the ALTIMETER READY light's off. Turning

the switch to STANDBY at 22.

PLT Okay, and tape's running, so I'm going to get some

data on coastal blooming of the Yucatan.

028 18 22 33 PLT Just pressing the DATA pushbutton here, and that's
at 22: 35.

028 18 22 37 CDR Okay, ALTIMETER is ON at 36. Alfa 1 is 63; Bravo 1

is 50 percent. Got an ALTIMETER READY and the
ALTIMETER UNLOCK light is out. 23:10 is my next
mark.
f
349h

PLT Okay, and this is on the - in the north-south

trending coastline of the Yucatan, coastal
blooming.

CDR Stand by for 23:10. Stand by -

028 18 23 l0 CDR MARK. 190 INTERVAL to 10.

PLT And let's see what else we can find here.

CDR 23:35 is next.

PLT Bay of Fonesca - Bay of Fonseca is it? Yes.

CDR That's on the west coast.

028 18 23 26 PLT Yes, I got it.

CDR 23:35 -

PLT ... taking data ... 6.

028 18 23 35 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY. We got a shift in

speed and TAPE MOTION. 2h: 30 is next.

028 18 23 43 PLT DATA pushbutton, Bay of Fonseca. Sedimentation

flowing from the river mouth. Boundary of the
sediment with the coasts/ water. Okay, let's take
a look out to sea here and see what we can
find. Okay, got a real nice water pattern here,
Just to the north of the Bay of Fonseca. Oops.
Okay, let's see if we can find Lake Managua. Ah,
beautiful Z A volcano. I'll Just have that one.

CDR Coming up on 2h:30. Stand by -

028 18 24 31 CDR MABK. 192 MODE to CHECK. Shifting down on tape

speed. 25:00 is the next mark.

PLT Okay, taking data on the - on a crater.

CDR Okay, ALTIMETER is going to STANDBY at h0.

PLT Shoot Just a few frames of DAC on this, so you'll

know which one it is.

028 18 24 47 CDR The ALTIMETER UNLOCK light was on and the READY
was out. I'm setting the ALTIMETER, RANGE to 68.
I probably could have caught that a little early,
 3h95

but I was busy working 192.

PLT Oh, beautiful! That one - that - That volcano

that's out on that island on Lake Managua is Just
about clear.

CDR Beautiful.

PLT I'ii go ahead and take a couple of frames on it.

028 18 25 21 PLT DATA pushbutton. Ah, it's a little cloudy. Okay.

Okay, now.

CDR i minute until my next mark.

PLT 27:12 is when mY nadir swath starts. See what

else I can get here.

028 18 25 46 CC Skylab, Houston. While we got a little break

here, we're about a minute and a half to LOS.
Vanguard at 18:36, and the VTR is clean and
ready for use.

CDR Roger. Thanks, Dick.

f

PLT Couple of frames here. Okay, now -

028 18 25 59 PLT DATA pushbutton, push. This is the bay south of

Managua.

028 18 26 13 PLT Releasing DATA pushbutton. Oh, some beautiful

sunglints. Just the right angle. I'm going to
do some more data on it. At 27:01 -

CDR Coming up on 26:40. 26:_0; stand by -

028 18 26 h0 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON.

028 18 26 h3 PLT Okay, se%ting up for nadir swath.

CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK at 58.

028 18 27 04 PLT Okay, nadir swath started. And I'm going to go

ahead and turn the DAC on and ask Dick. There's
no - nothing in my notes about not using the DAC
on the special O1, nadir swath. Do they want
DAC on that or not? It's no big deal; I've
taken some - -
3h96

028 18 27 22 CDR I think they've gone LOS.

PLT Okay.

028 18 27 27 CDR Okay, the READY light's out on the ALTIMETER.

The ALTIMETER's going to STANDBY at 30. 27:40,
Alfa I is 62; Bravo i is 50 percent. The
ALTIMETER's going back ON now at 49. 28:05 is
my next mark. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light again.
Standby for 28:05.

028 18 28 06 CDR MARK. 190 SHIYI'fERSPEk_D, FAST. 30:20 is next.

ALTIMEUNLOCK light, and watchlng the READY
light. MALFUNCTION lights on cameras l, h, and 5,
and I heard the shutter speed on 190 slow momentar-
ily. Did you hear that slow down?

028 18 28 40 PLT Yes. That's unusual.

028 18 28 45 CDR ALTIM_'±'E_READY light is out. Turning it OFF

at 45 - turning it to STANDBY at 45; that's 28:45.
ALTIMETER's back ON at 29:00. ALTIMETER UNLOCK
light.

PLT Okay, we're coasting in over Ecuador, Colombia, --

right along in here someplace.

028 18 29 45 CDR Okay, ALTIMETER I_EADY light went out at 43. Going
to STANDBY at 29:45.

028 18 30 00 CDR ALTIMETER, ON at 30:00. Next mark's 30:20.

Coming up on 20. Stand by -

028 18 30 21 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY; MODE to 2. We got

another ALTIMETER UNLOCK light there Just about 2 sec-
onds before we went to STANDBY. Looking for S190 - -

028 18 30 34 PLT MARK. 30:33, DAC off.

CDR - - READY, out. Standby -

028 18 30 42 CDR MARK. READY out at 40; MODEto STANDBY; SHUTTER

Spk_m_, MEDIUM; FRAME, 60. Next m_k at 31:13.

PLT I got that site 390. I'm positive.

CDR That's good. Standby 31:13 -

 3h97

028 18 31 14 CDR MARK. 190 MODE to AUTO. 31:20 -

028 18 31 20 CDR MARK. S191 REFERENCE to 2. 32:20 is next. Got

a VrS AUTO CAL at 32:20, Bill.

PLT Okay.

CDR Let's take a look underneath S190 here and see

if they popped breakers ... 3. No, the breakers
are in.

PLT 32 :20 did you say?

CDR Bight; about 25 seconds. 32:20; stand by -

PLT Stand by -

028 18 32 20 CDR MARK.

028 18 32 21 PLT MARK.

CDR 0key, at 35:00 I'm going to see an 8190 READY

light, I hope.
f_
028 18 33 21 CDR I wonder what in the world that was. They're -
they're not even on the ssme shaft, are they?

PLT No, if you got all three in a row there straight

across, it should be a breaker over on a 200 series
panel.

CDR Yes.

PLT 202. Okay.

CDR Okay, we're coming up on 35:00; looking for an

SI91 READY light.

028 18 35 00 CDR MARK. READY ion - light on at 59. At 35:15, Ed,

we want RTC POWER, ON.

CDR Caming up on 15. Stand by -

028 18 35 16 CDR MARK. POWER, ON, Ed. Okay, at 35:30 ETC to AUTO.
i0 seconds. Stand by_ coming up on 30 -

028 18 35 31 CDR MARK. Take a look and see if these rascals are
advancingthe film.
3498

PLT Okay, I've got the SI maneuver, and I've got

nothing in here until. See if I can go over
there ...

CDR Okay. Let's see; we're in a 10-second INTERVAL.

028 18 36 28 CC Skylab, Houston. Vanguard for l0 minutes.

CDR Hi, Dick; we've got a problem with 190, I think.

At about 20 - Well, it was 28:05 when I put the
SHUTTER SPEED to FAST. Just a few seconds after
that we heard the S190 falter, and I got MALF
lights on l, h, and 5. I've got the back open
and looking, and number 1 is still advancing film.
Number h is advancing film.

028 18 37 05 CC Roger, Jerry. Copy.

CDR Okay, I'm watching number 5 to see if it's ad-

vancing film. Yes, it's advancing film, too. I
guess it was probably 5 or 6 seconds after I went
to SHUTTER SPEED, FAST that we heard this. It
sounded iike it bogged down, slowed up and - very
noticeably - and at that instant those three MALF
lights creme on.

CC Okay.

028 18 37 41 CDR I'ii give you on tape or I can give you air-to-
ground, if you want it, beginning and ending
frame count on S190.

CC Okay, we'd like to have it air-to-ground if we -

if you have the chance, Jerry. And are you
telling that the cameras are advancing by the
frame counters?

CDR That's affirmative.

CC Okay.

028 18 38 02 CDR Okay, the beginning frame count, I've got to find
here before my next eff - effort. Beginning
frame count before sensitometry advance, and I
checked sensitometry. It was good; 28 frames
and no MALF light. So before the sensitcmetry
it was 9666, 9005, 9882, 9871, 3419, 5140. And
when we're finished, we'll give you another frame
count to see if they all took their allotted
number. _.
 3499

028 18 38 40 CC Okay, Jerry, I got those.

028 18 39 01 CDR Next mark at 40:00. And 192 ought to use up that
3 centimeters of tape this time, Bill.

PLT Yes.

028 18 39 17 CC And, CDR, Houston. When you get a chance, could

you check the meter and tell us if the shutter
speed appears to be operating at the right speed?

CDR Okay, sure will. I didn't even think to do that.

It's at MEDIUM SPEED. Looking good right now.

PLT ...

CDR Yes, I did, Bill; it was right after it shifted

to HIGH SPEED.

PLT ...

028 18 39 54 CDR Okay, we're coming up on 40:00. Stand by -

028 18 40 00 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY.

f_

028 18 40 28 CDR Okay, END OF TAPE. RECORDER MALF, END-OF-TAPE

light. Cuming up on 45.

028 18 40 45 CDR MARK it. 92 MODE to'STANDBY. By the way, Dick,

the 191 cooler is considerably more quiet and
stable this afternoon - or today than it was yes-
terday. Just beginning to get a little bit of
racke_;_'from it now. But up until now it's been
rather normal. 41:10 - -

CREW 0kay, Jerry.

028 18 41 l0 CDR MARK. Got a 190 READY out. MODE going to

STANDBY. Looking for 41: 40.

J
PLT Roger.

028 18 41 27 CDR Want me to run the 190 SHb','I'ER

SPk_I_Bup to FAST
to see if it'll go there?

028 18 41 32 CC We're ta1_ing about that right now, Jerry. Stand

by, please.

CDR Okay. Cnm_ng up on 41:40; stand !by.

3500

028 18 41 40 CDR MARK it. The ALTIMETER's ON. 41:_6 is next.

Stand by.

028 18 41 46 CDR MARK. 190 MDDE to MANUAL. 18:42, Bill?

CDR Right; 7 seconds. Stand by.

028 18 42 00 PLT MARK.

028 18 42 01 CDR MARK it. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. ALTIMETER READY

out at 21, STANDBY.

CC CDR, Houston, when you got a chance.

CDR Go ahead.

CC Okay, what we'd like you to do on 190 is go OFF

to clear the light. Then enter l0 frames, go
SHUTTER SPEED to FAST; then hit AUTO and see what
happens there. And after - -

028 18 42 45 CDR Okay.

CC - - all that's over, you can - see if you can

give us a frame count.

028 18 42 49 CDR All right, ALTIMETER UNLOCK light came on. I

killed the ALTIMETER and put it back ON at 36.
It's looking okay. Just got an - an UNLOCK
light again at 55.

028 18 42 59 CDR Okay, the POWER's going OFF. Setting the frames
to 10; frame INTERVAL is at 10.

028 18 43 09 CDR POWER's coming back ON.

028 18 43 13 CDR All right, going to FAST SHUTTER SPEED. It Just

went right up there, nice and smooth.

028 18 43 21 CDR Going to AUTO. That was a nice, smooth accelera-

tion up to fast speed.

028 18 43 40 CDR At two frames down, looking good.

028 18 43 51 CDR Three frames down; still looking good. You said
l0 frames, didn't you, Dick?

CC Affirm.
 3501

028 18 44 00 CDR Four frames; still looking good. Okay, ALTIMETER's

READY light was out; went to STANDBY at 05.
ALTI_TER back ON at 20. Still clicking away,
looking good; no MALF lights. ALTIMs-.'_ UNLOCK
light at 45. Stand by for 45:00.

028 18 45 01 CDR MARK it. ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

028 18 45 03 CDR ERE?, STOP. I guess I - -

CC Skylab, Houston.

CDR Go ahead.

028 18 45 13 CC We're a minute from LOS; Goldstone at 19:49. Go

ahead, Jer.

CDR Roger. I was going to say, I guess I don't have

to do a tape depletion, do I? It's _11 done for
me. Okay, we got tape depletion, Dick, at - let's
see here - about 4 - 40 minutes and around 30 sec-
onds. About two-thirds of the way through S192
sequence.

F o28 18 45 46 cc Okay.

028 18 46 02 CDR Okay, Bravo 7 is reading 34 percent. 192 DOOR

going CLOSED. Bill, would you latch that for me?

PLT ...

CDR Okay, want to open this the other way?

PLT Huh ?

CDR You want to open this from the other direction?

PLT Yes....

028 18 47 16 CDR Okay, Bill, would you read those off to me, and
I'll - I'll call them down next air-to-ground.

PLT 057, 9196, 0073, _** 62, *** 1053 - -

CDR A]I right, let me read them back. 9057, 9196,

0073, 0062, 3610, 5331.

PLT Read nmnber 2 again.

35O2

CDR 9196.

PLT Okay.

028 18 48 02 CDR A]] right, let me get along with my pad here and
get that thing off for you. Okay, I've already
done a 190 advance for those l0 frames_ so I won't
waste any more frames on that.

028 18 53 01 SPT SPT at 19:53 [sic], debriefing handheld photos.

These were are all on mag CXl8 that I'll mention
first. First, frames 137 through 147. When we
came past inland of the coast of - of - of
California today - And I took a lot of photos which
were oblique, looking towards the west, towards the
coast of California, stereo photos, with the hope
that they would show up fault zones which were
running perpendicular to the major fault zones,
as I think I - believe I picked up yesterday the
San Andreas - perpendicular to the San Andreas.
The Garlock Fault showed up the -

028 18 5h 40 SPT - and the Agua Blanca Fault showed up. And I was
hoping I could see a fair number of those in be-
tween. And I find I can either take pictures or
I can look. Today it was wide open, and we've
got a little bit of film left; so I thought I'd
go ahead and take pictures and try to get stereos.
These were taken approximately at around 08:15,
north and south California. Actually *** We
started up in Oregon.

028 18 55 47 SPT Once we got down into South America - off the
coast of South America, I looked for blooming,
of course. Now hold off; wait a minute. We
didn't get down that far yet.

SPT At 18:25 we took frames - frame number 148 -

028 18 56 37 SPT Okay, let me get my bookkeeping straight; go back -

back up a bit. The stereophotos of - of the
mountains in north and south California and
Oregon were frames 137 to 1_5. Frames 146 to 148
were sunglint patterns off the Bay of Fonseca and
south of there. I was hoping that these sunglint
patterns would help show up some of the stream
lines, water motion, eddies, if you will, in that
area. The sun@lint was relatively close to the
coastline and did not extend out as far as I
 3503

hoped it would. But I could not see any large

scale eddy patterns in the sunglint. But as I
mentioned, it did not extend far enough out.
There was a lot of wave action and s_ne other at
first that looked like random patterns, and I
guess I was busy taking pictures rather than try-
ing to decipher Just what those patterns might be.
These were all with the 100-millimeter Hasselblad,
f/ll.
028 18 57 51 SPT Then we got down into South America and off the
coast by Port Alegre, Porto - Porto Alegre. And
I was looking for some coastal blooming. And I
only saw one long, linear feature, which was
perhaps 40 miles long and, oh, 5 to 8 miles wide;
bright green contrast to the relatively dark ocean
water. And it extended off the coast maybe at a
45-degree angle or so, as best I can recollect.
Saw no other features related to it.

028 18 58 34 SPT Further off, the coastline was covered in with

clouds; so we could not see the blooming related
to the currents. This was pretty much the -
Well, it wasn't; it was not coastal blooming. I
_- should not say that because further inland, to-
ward the land, towards the shore from this bloom-
ing which was maybe 50, 60 miles offshore at one
tip and a little bit less at the other - somewhat
less at the other - I saw no - no blooming. How
this'll ... I'm not sure.

028 18 59 21 SPY Frames - that was fr_e 1_9. Frames 150 and 151
were of sunglint and blooming, essentially the
same area. We had some sun - good sunglint pat-
terns, and I thought that the - if there was any
stream lines which would show up or any evidenced
by the sunglint, that would help determine
how this particular feataure of blooming came
about.

028 19 00 07 SPT Over on the Nikon camera with mag CX44, I also
• took some shots,and initiallyI didn'thave the
55-millimeter lens available to me ; I used the
35 and - realizing that this - perhaps it is not
the best science, but maybe it was more geewhiz.
But I thought we deserved some good - good pic-
tures which showed the - the horizon, the curvature,
3504

and something interesting in the foreground. In

this case, it was California. I was working both
cameras at the same time as well as the ETC. So
I got some with the 35-millimeter and then a few
later on with the 100-millimeter. We started
out at - with mag CXh4, frames 57 on down to 51.

028 19 01 04 SPT And these were north ... or south California

coastline horizon. They were pretty much oblique
as they had to be from our position - from our
location. Those were taken around 18:10 down to
18:16 GMT. I got a couple of obliques of BaJa
California and, of course, Mexico. Now looking
at it straight from the east, frames 50 to 48;
these were all f/ll, 35-millimeter, 1/250 of a
second. At 18:18 I saw a good smoke plume some-
where in the southwestern United States - Nevada,
Arizona; I'm not sure. I didn't have time to
look for the boundaries there. I would estimate
the smoke plume to be, oh, 30 to 40 miles long,
headed towards the southwest. I put the
1O0-millimeter on and that was frame number 47.

028 19 02 17 Sl°T It was pretty much out in the open. I'm not sure
what originated it, white smoke; it was turbulence.
Not a stratus-type smoke but a turbulent smoke.
At 18:20 I shot the city of - which I - I'm
embarrased to say I did not know. I didn't have
time to - To me it looked like Fort Worth, but
I didn't believe I could see over that far. So
I Just had the city of Question Mark at 46. And
I'm sure if I got a - another good look at it
along with the picture, I could identify it fairly
quickly. But I had only a short shot at it before
I had to move on. They were taken at around
18:20. And frame number h6, 5.6 on the f-stop
and 100 - 300-millimeter lens. I'm sorry; the
previous one of the smoke plume, also 300 millimeters.

028 19 03 05 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP
 3505

028 19 23 17 PLT PLT. The time is 19:25; recording the RATE GYRO
package temps. X-ray 5, 96 degrees ; X-ray 6,
91 degrees; Yankee 5, 92 degrees; Yankee 6,
93 degrees; Zulu 5, 96 degrees; and Zulu 6,
96 degrees.

028 19 23 35 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

028 20 28 46 CDR This is the CDR at 20:29 Zulu, debriefing the

19:40 Zulu ATM pass super-RASTER. I got blocks
number 28 through 34 completed, plus a shopping
list 1 quickie, and that's about it. Nothing
spectacular to see. The Sun looks like a great
big bowl of oatmeal with pepper on it.

028 20 29 12 CDR CDR out.

028 20 31 01 CDR This is the CDR at 20:30 Zulu. The subject is

Earth observations handheld photography. At about
20:16 I happened to look out the window of the
wardroom and saw some pretty good indications of
the Humboldt Current on the west side of the coast
of Chile. I took two quick pictures, f/ll, 1/2 -
1 - 1/250, the frame number - All right, number 151
and number 152 of Hasselblad canister number Charlie
X-ray 18. It was taken at 20:16. (Music) And
the - I didn't see so much of the light green
blooming like it's so very prevalent in the Falk-
land Current. There seemed to be sort of a dark,
deep-looking stain, almost maroon or red, indica-
ting the Humboldt Current. I didn't see strong
plankton blooming at all in - in the same sort of
green that we're used to seeing over on the Falk-
land side.

CDR By the way, the Falkland Current was every bit as

colorful as it's always been and the SPT will have
some debriefing words for you on that.

028 20 32 30 CDR The Humboldt Current was a completely different

color pattern, as far as I could see. The - Well,
I'm pretty sure what I was seeing was sort of an
eddy pattern, along the - along the coast. I
didn't get a chance to look at it long enough to

f
3506

get much of an impression as to direction of flow

or wind - wind direction or anything like that.
that.

028 20 33 53 CDR CDR out.

028 20 h2 06 SPT (Loud Music) ... 20:41, M092. Left legband -

028 20 h2 27 SPT - Charlie Juliett; right legband, Alfa Quebec; left

leg, 13-1/4; right leg, 13-1/8. And after comple-
tion of the run I've noticed that the right legband
seems to be having a short in a ... high, but I
don't think the canister will be more than ...
that will cause ... intermittently shorted out ...

SPT The M131 folks concurred that that one is nice

inner ...

028 20 43 12 SPT SPT out. We're Just finishing up here at 19 -

20:35; we finished up the ... and now we're going
into ...

028 20 43 24 SPT 8PT out.

028 20 52 50 SPT SPT at 20:53; message for the food people. Yester-
day on the menu I Just discovered a discrepancy -
the amount of biscuits which were packed for me
and labeled with the appropriate day and as facts
did not coincide with what - what was written on
the menu. I had, for snacks, two extra packets
of biscuits that are not listed on the menu. So
that apparently is either a menu deviation or
something incorrectly written under menu i. I
per - perhaps most likely had put something in-
correctly packed. I don't recall rl,nning into
this previously.

028 20 53 40 SPT Although it's possible because I usually Just look

in the drawers, see what's in there and labeled
for that meal, and generally, sometimes during the
day, assure that I look at the menu and I've
touched everything. But then I never make a
really - a one-to-one check all the way through.
Yf it's labeled as such in the drawer, I assume
that it' s in that day' s menu.

SPT So again we had charged to biscuits which were

not reported last night, either. - because I never
 3507

realized that they were - -

CDR ... that's a good idea. I'll give on it right now.

SPT - - over and above the menu as written.

028 20 54 14 SPT SPT out.

028 21 08 40 SPT SPT at 21:09. Handheld photos, mag CXl8,

frames 153 to 156, taken of the FaSkland Current
at 20:22.

SPT From our ground track, I estimate we were around

42 or 43 degrees latitude south, off the coast-
line - maybe about 100 miles. I could not - I
got to the window in time to see the current it-
self but not the coastline; so it was perfect in
me - for me to give you an estimate. I saw a
lot of blooming, a relatively bright blue, narrow
stream. It was not completely straight but it
was not turbulent flow either.

028 21 09 48 SPT Looked like l_nar flow, narrow streAmq of - of

bright blue - I'm sorry; bright green - or I
_ shouldsay bright green surroundedby a - a dark
blue ocean. But the flow was relatively - roughly
parallel to the coastline. And it seems that
we did see - although a lot of it did tend to arc
around. There was clouds in good - most of the
areas ; so we could not see any overall pattern.
I was surprised that we could see it so far up
the coastline because as we looked back to the
loop within the limits of what the window would
allow us in the wardroom, we could not see -
could not see the coastline. And so the time
which I took it, I estimate that it was about
a mi - a couple of - maybe a 100 miles or a little
over that off the coastline. Exceptionally well
defined, what we did see. At 20:23, right after
that, I took a picture of the ice island - one,
frame 157 - and that was only a short trip down
the route - maybe, well, 1 minute's worth, about
240 miles. And similar blooming did not extend
out quite that far but not too far from that ice
island. This has been, of course, photographed
before. And we thought it would useful to get
a Hasselblad on it for good resolution of color
and so forth, along with what's been done previously,

F
3508

to give you a good time history.

028 21 ii 27 SPT SPT out.

028 21 ii 34 SPT Oh, I - I then went back to the ice island. There
was lots of very small chips coming off of it.
I would say maybe I - 4 percent or so of the size
of the island. The island itself I estimate to
be 5 to i0 miles across but I'ii have to, next
time I look at it, really try to get a - a better
feel for it by seeing how fast it moves by a
point in the window or something to that effect.
There's no references out there.

028 21 12 02 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

028 22 03 30 CDR This is the CDR at 22:03 Zulu, commencing S183

operations.

CDR Okay, we're sitting on PLATE number 9; the mirror

is extended. We're going to a ROTATION of 20 -
297.1, 2.2 - 2 turns counterclockwise.

CDR l, 2.2. We're going to XX7.1. And we're going to

aTILT of 15.7. Okay. Now, let's see if we got
Canopus out there. Yes, we do.

CDR Are they locked? No.

028 22 06 03 CDR Okay. Let me give you the readings here. Instead
of 7.1, we're reading 5.1. And instead of a TILT
of 15.7, we're reading a TILT of 16. So our correc-
tion then for ROTATION is minus 2.0 and for TILT,
it's plus 0.3.

CDR All right. The time is now coming up on 07_ Okay.

Available for the first one is C-14. We want to go
to a ROTATION of 35.5. Three rotations -
3.5 rotations clockwise, l, 2, 3, 0.5. Now we're
going to - 35.5. We're going to take 2 from it; so
we want 3.5 in the window.

028 22 07 38 CDR All right. And for a TILT, want 3.8. We're going
to add 3 ... put 4.1 in for TILT.
 3509
f

CDR Okay. It's now time. We're setting up for num-

ber 3 at 1260. This _s Charlie 14. The ROTATION
is 33.5; thin TILT is 4.1. We're looking at PLATE
number 9; we're looking 1260. SEQUENCE, START -
028 22 08 35 CDR Now.

CDR Started the sequence at 08:30.

028 22 09 26 CDR Okay, good old S183 is working properly, we hope.

CDR Okay. At 09:45 is when I heard the PLATE move out

into position. It has a series of clicks that's
usually 1 minute after activation. 1 minute and
15 seconds after activation, you hear lone click
which I think is the beginning of the exposure.

CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I'm going off the line
for now. And I'll come up again when the ter -
sequence terminates or Just before.

028 22 l0 32 CDR CDR out.

028 22 14 53 SPT Okay, I think I had the recorder start turned off
on me there. This is SPT again. It's 21:15.
Reporting - 22:15 - the ATM pass which began
at 21:15. Super-RASTERs, steps 35 and 41. The
only thing up in 56 ... in returning to FILTER 1
after a PATROL, SHORT. Shopping list item 1 was
done at the end for 52, and J0P 7 for 55 - MIRROR,
LINE SCAN; DETECTORS, all; GRATING of zero.
Enabled ... time the computer and we went right
on doom to - to that time. Saw nothing spectacular
in the WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH DISPLAY. Airglow
followed by the Earth horizon. No real details
evident on the display of the horizon.

028 22 15 59 SPT SPT out.

028 22 30 42 CDR This is the CDR at 22:30 and 15 seconds, waiting

for S183 to finish its thing on the first exposure.
I see that you plaaners have done it to yourselves
again as far as exposure times on the S183 are con-
cerned. You have a 1260-second exposure here, im-
mediately followed by a 620-second exposure. That
totals up to about 31 or 32 minutes and you've
allowed yourself no time, whatsoever, for the -
changing of the guard that goes !on in this machine.
3510

And all that means is that your last exposure is

going to get - SEQUENCE is to STANDBY. Your last
exposure is going to get screwed.

028 22 31 08 CDR So our next PLATE is number 12; so I'm going to

start and RESET going to number 12. Your last
exposure doesn't have a chance. I don't know what
you people are thinking of when you - when you
make these pads out. You - Either that or you're -
you know, you're aware it's going to lose some off
the last one and you're willing to. But it sure
would be nice if you let us know in your remarks
that you're doing that and that jou're aware of
that, because it just disturbs the heck out of me
to - to sit up here and try to work out an expo-
sure that' s impossible.

028 22 31 55 CDR Okay. I don't dare take my attention away from

this plate number for fear we go past PLATE 12.
Okay. We're sitting on PLATE 12. Now, I can start
fooling with the ROTATION. And that is 4.5 turns
clockwise from where we are right now. l, 2, 3,
4.5 turns. We want a ROTATION of 162.4, except
we're going to take 2 from it; so we want 0.4
showing on our little _oodie here.

028 22 32 37 CDR All right, 0.h and it's locked in. For a TILT we
want 8.1, but we're adding 0.3 to that and so
that's going to be 8.4. 8.4 it is and locked.
TILT and ROTATION are now set. We want exposure
number 2 to 620. All right and we' ll go SEQUENCE,
START. Exposure number 3 needs to be zero.

028 22 33 12 CDR SEQUENCE, START.

CDR Okay. This is field Charlie Mike 3. ROTATION,

160.4; TILT, 8.4; 0, i, 620, and 0 is your - your
time. I started the sequence at 33:15, which
means instead of ii minutes, you're going to only
get about ...

028 22 33 54 CDR You see, we have to sit here. Once I do get

ROTATION - the PLATE set and ROTATION and TILT
set and hit SEQUENCE START, I've got to sit here
and twiddle my thumbs for a minute and 15 seconds
before the darn thing starts working.

CDR Okay.
 3511

028 22 34 31 CDR MARK. All right. That's 22:34 and 30 seconds -

is when your exposure started. That's when the
little - the last click fell into place, and I'm
presuming that that means your exposure is running.
So you can see you've only got 6-1/2 minutes of
exposure time and then I have to terminate it
because of sunrise.

CDR This is the CDR. I'll be back at 22:40.

028 22 35 14 CDR CDR out.

028 22 40 16 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 22:h0 Zulu and
15 seconds. And I held off Just as long as I
dared and terminated this sequence. That was
PLATE number 12, terminated at 22:40 and 15 seconds.

CDR Okay. I'm going ahead and with - retract the mirror,
close off the SAL, and that will be the operations
for now. We'll pick up again at about O0 - cor-
rection, 01:08.

028 22 41 00 CDR CDR out.

z--

###

f
 DAY 029 (AM) 3513

029 01 06 35 CDR This is the CDR at 01:06 Zulu. The subject is

S183 operations. And I'm standing by for the first -
target, I should say, and the first one will be
Csmopus. And I have a bright star in the field of
view right now. And the S183 POWER is ON. It calls
• for a ROTATION of 297.1 and a TILT of 15.7. And I'm
going to - We are -

029 01 08 08 CDR All right, I'm using a ROTATION of 295.1, rather

than 297.1, and I have 15.7 TILT.

CDR Okay, I have got - I think I'll make it plus 3 TILT,

which will be 16.0; see if that brings Canopus in.
Okay. Canopus is now off in the other direction.

029 01 09 07 CDR Okay, looks like I can Just about take it all out
in ROTATION. All right, I've got it exactly
centered now. And I'm bringing - for a ROTATION,
6.9, and for TILT, 15.7. So now ,11 of a sudden
we're back to your values, with little or no
correction. So, let's see. I have 296.9, and a -
a TILT of 15.7.

_- 029 01 i0 20 CDR Okay, so I'm satisfied with that. And I'm going to
go ahead and get - get set up for the next star
field, which is available at Ol:14. Okay. Let's
see, I want to go 2.4 turns clockwise from where I
am right now. l, 2.4; I'm Just going to use your
values, since they now agree with mine. Or they
agree with the -the set. Now, let's see, I can
get 5.7. Okay, there is ROTATION set with 5.7.
All right, and the TILT is 28.3.

CDR Ed's doing M131-1 right now.

029 O1 12 12 CDR 28.3 is the TILT. Okay. So here we go with - I

have 5.7, and 28.3 TILT. PLATE number 28 is set
up, and I'm Just standing by for available time to
start the exposure.

029 01 13 51 CDR We're coming up on lh now. The first EXPOSURE is

a - 620 in the middle. This is PLATE number 28,
field number Charlie Mike 4 ; 0, 620, and 0.

029 01 15 02 CDR Okay, the sequence was started at 01:lb. And the
clickety-clicking is starting at 001 - 01:15.
351h

029 01 25 20 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 01:25 and 30 seconds
right now. We should be getting a termination of
this exposure any second.

029 01 25 49 CDR Okay, that terminates the exposure. The new

ROTATION is 276.1, which is 3.2 turns counterclock-
wise, 3.2 counterclockwise, l, 2, 3.2. And TILT -
well, let me get it set up here. Let's get the
ROTATION first; the ROTATION is 6.1. 5.8, 6.1 and
lock. The new TILT is 12.0; set and locked. All
right, the settings are 0, 620, and 0. They're
already set in; SEQUENCE, START on PLATE 29 -

029 01 27 09 CDR MARK. At 01:27 and l0 seconds This is field

Charlie 46; it's a TILT of 276.1 - correction,
ROTATION, 276.1; TILT of 12.0. EXPOSUREs are 0,
620, and 0.

029 01 28 i0 CDR MARK. Initiation of the exposure at 28:10, 01:28:10.

This is CDR going off the line.

029 01 28 26 CDR I'll be back in about i0 minutes.

029 01 37 17 SPT This is old SPT again. 01:37, MI31. Okay, it spun
to the right and spun to the left. And, oh - the
only thing I noticed was that I had Just finished
eating - came over and hopped in the chair. I ate
quite a lot for dinner. I think the mechanical
motion of bending over my stomach was a little un-
comfortable. But that would have been true whether
I was rotating or not. It did not increase or de-
crese with the run, both clockwise or counterclock-
wise so I don't think that's related to the rotation.
I did notice that when we started the rotation
counterclockwise after going clockwise. But it
took me a little while to get used to making a
motion as my body was atuned to centrifugal force
and coriolis force, only in the opposite direction_
not centrifugal. That was always the same. No
negative results there.

029 01 38 42 SPT SPT out.

029 01 38 57 CDR Okay, S183 has stopped its clicking and is

moving on to the next frame. I am going to now
go to a ROTATION of 068.2. Clockwise, 5.4 turns,
l, 2, 3, 4, 5.4 turns. And we want 8.2 on the
window. 8.2 is in and locked. We want a TILT of

r
 3515
/

18.9. That's in and locked. We're looking at

frame 30. Exposure is the same: 0, 620, and 0.
Going to SEQUENCE, START -

029 01 40 00 CDR Now. We went to SEQUENCE, START at 40. Sunset is

is 47, so you're going to get cheated on this one.
I have a three verify now. ROTATION is 068.2.
And I've. got 8.2 in the ROTATION window. TILT is
18.9. I've got that in the window. Okay, this
is field number Charlie 4 - correction, Charlie 7.
We're looking at PLATE number 30.

029 01 41 08 CDR Okay, this is CDR going off the loop. I'll be
back on again Just prior to sunset - correction,
sunrise.

029 01 46 00 CDR This is the CDR at 01:46, Zulu; one more minute
until sunrise. We're working on frame number -
PLATE NUMBER 30 in S183, which is a picture of
field Charlie 7. Sunrise is 01:47. I'm going
to terminate this exposure at 01:46, in 50 seconds.
Or, unless as I look in the ice - eyepiece, it
f
starts getting bright early. 20 seconds to go.

CDR 5 seconds. Stand by -

029 01 46 51 CDR MARK. Termination. Okay, that terminates S183

operations. I will advance the plate back to
position number 1. And I assume I'm to do a film
stow and - that's affirmative, will do film stow.

029 01 47 26 CDR CDR leaving the loop. See you in the morning.

TIME SKTP

029 02 29 26 CDR This is the CDR at 02:29 Zulu. Subject is Earth

observations handheld photography. We tried to
get HH34 Alfa 4, Nauru, but there were too many
clouds over the island at the time. The next
decent-size island we saw was FiJi, and we looked
around FiJi and did not see much of anything in
the way of wake or current. I was surprised to
see that most of the water around the FiJi Islands
was rather uniform. And we even had good sunglint
that would have showed it to us ifq there was any-
thing peculiar there.
3516

029 02 30 08 CDR We did, however, notice that along south of the

FiJl - probably - I think the island, probably,
that I saw was Tongatabu or something like that.
Anyway, it's at Tonga, I guess. At any rate, that
particular island had a lot of stuff that - in the
water around it, and it looked like it might have
been kelp or seaweed or something like that. I
don't know if they even have anything like that
down in this neck of the woods. However, I took
a picture of it with the Nikon 300, and it was
gone before I could whip out the IR camera and get
a shot with that. However, the Nikon 300 exposure
was number 46. Stand by. No, number hS. And
that was on Charlie X-ray 44, and it was taken at
about zer - 02:26 Zulu with an f-stop of 5.6,
1/1000.

029 02 31 33 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

029 02 59 45 PLT PLT, the time is 03:00, and reporting on the

radiation 5 survey in the vicinity of the film
vault. Time entry looked something like this:
At 52, we're reading - Stand by. Yes, at 52, it
was reading 0.11 rads per hour outside the film
vault. At 53 it was 0.15. And at 54, in drawer E,
it was reading 0.020. At 55, in drawer A, it was
reading 0.035. And then at 56, outside, it was
reading 0.06. At 57, outside, in the vicinity of
the film vault, it was reading 0.038. At 57:30 in
drawer E, it was down to 0.009. And at 58 in
drawer A, it was 0.008.

029 03 01 33 PLT Okay, that more or less terminates the - I'm -

I'm going to make a table up next time. I wasn't
quite prepared for - for this particular exercise.
I didn't quite know what it was all about. And I
also had put my pad up from the other day, stowed
it. And I - all I remembered was that you were
interested in two - two particular drawers. So
those are the drawers I used, drawer Echo and
drawer Alfa. And, obviously, there was a much
lower radiation in - inside the drawers. And also
the - there was a definite rise in the radiation as
we entered the window that you gave me.
 3517

029 03 02 12 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

029 12 05 h2 CDR This is the CDR at 12:0 - coming up on 12:06, set-

ting in the ROTATION and TILT. For field 52 Bravo,
the ROTATION is 3.4 counterclockwise; l, 2, 3, 4,
and going for 3.9. Okay, and I want to take 2 off
of that, which is 1.9. Okay, it's in unlocked. TILT
is 16.3 in unlocked. Coming up on 07. This is
field 52 BRAVO at a ROTATION of 263.9; a TILT of
16.3 and let's see.

029 12 07 01 CDR 0, 620, 0; standby. SEQUENCE START on time.

Actually I need to make that TILT correction, too, so
I add 0.3 to make it 16.6. There it is. So I
subtracted 2.0 from rota - wait a minute now.
Your - you gave me the right numbers. Let me get
that rotation changed real quick before the thing
starts exposing film. Okay, it's all set. Now
you can hear it whirring into action. I have ex-
actly 263.9 and 16.3 in ROTATION and TILT, respec-
tively. I'm presum_ug that you have made correc-
tions for the work that I - pointing I did for you
last night. Man, I almost put in a double
correction.

029 12 08 14 CDR Okay, the exposure is started at 08:15, 12:08:15.

029 12 08 42 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again with S183, at 12:08:45.
I thought I had better tell you a little bit about
carrousel 1-1. As you know, the car - the inside
there where the punch mark is is free floating,
and if you rotate the canister or the carrousel
itself the - the rotary part inside is inclined
to kind of stay where it is, in inertial space,
that is. So what I did was I got it all rotated
until the punch mark was at 12 o'clock with re-
spect to the film gage, and then I very carefully
inserted it and wiggled it, and I hope we didn't
slip a tooth or anything like that. But at any
rate, I inserted it and I think the punch mark is
still at 12 o'clock. Now, we'll - in accordance
with your procedures on the pad, we'll check it
when I take it out and see if the punch mark is
still at 12 o'clock.
3518

029 12 09 41 CDR CDR out. I'ii be back on the line in about

9 minutes.

029 12 18 54 CDR This is the CDR at - at 12:18:30. We've had ter-

mination of the - a first exposure. Moving on to
the second; 1.0 turn counterclockwise, and I want
to put that 5.2. All right, there's 5.2 in ROTA-
TION. The TILT is 31.2. 31.2 is the TILT. The
exposure is the same as before 0, 620, 0. SEQUENCE,
START -

029 12 19 53 CDR MARK. And that was at 19:50. This is field

Charlie Echo November with a ROTATION of XX5.2 and
a TILT of 31.2. We're looking at PLATE number
25 for two 620-second exposures.

029 12 20 21 CDR CDR out.

029 12 30 15 CDR This is the CDR. The time is 12:30 Zulu. 12:30
and 25 seconds, and I'm Just standing around wait-
ing for this sequence to terminate, which should
happen any second now.

CDR Let's see now, what it boils down to is, in order

for you folks to get one 620-second sequence, it
takes an additional 75 seconds at the beginning
before you even start getting your exposure. There
it goes. It takes me about a minute and a half
to 2 minutes to change the rotation and everything.
Okay, we've stepped up to PLATE 26.

CC Skylab, Houston. 1 minute to LOS - -

CDR SEQUENCE, START to STANDBY. Going for a ROTATION

of 172.6, which is 2.2 further counterclockwise;
l, 2.2 going to 2.6. All right, there's 2.6, and
we're going for a TILT of 2.8. There's TILT of
2.8. PLATE number 26 is correct. Exposure is
0, 620, 0.

029 12 32 17 CDR SEQUENCE, START now. And that's at 32:20. This

is not going to be much of an exposure.

CDR Okay, the PLATE went out at 33:20. It was only a

minute that time; a full minute instead of a minute
and 15. All right, now at - 12:39:30 is sunrise.
I'll terminate this at 12:39:20. What I'll do is,

_k
 3519

I'ii try to do it at 12:39:30. You know, I'ii keep

an eye on the eyepiece here and if it's not getting
any whiter, I'll terminate it at sunrise. But to
t_]k carrousels again, when I took the carrousel
out of its stowage container, I noticed that the
punch mark was at roughly 3 o'clock. However. I
say again, that whole inner assembly without that
little snap ring to put pressure on it - the
spring - free floats. And so the fact that when
I opened it up and looked in at the punch marks
it was at 3 o'clock, really doesn't mean a thing
because it could have been anywhere.

029 12 3_ 26 CDR So, at any rate, the important thing is that I

did put in at 12 o'clock, and I moved it very
slowly and carefully to the proper position and -
without rotating it, and rotating it around its -
its rotational axis; that is, I did rotate it
around the other two axes, and maneuvering it to
get it in position. But I did put it in, and it
did not go in cleanly. It stopped and it was ob-
viously stopped where the teeth did not mesh properly.
I gave it Just a little bit of a wiggle around
-- it's axis of rotation, and the teeth engaged and
it went on in tight. Now, when I remove it, I'll
try to remove it very carefully and get a look
at the location of the punch mark; and I'll give
you a report on that, and hopefully we're in good
shape. So far, _]I operations have seemed perfectly
normal and I've heard the - a clicking - sequencing
serves - sequence and I heard the - -

CC SkYlab, Houston through Goldstone, 6-1/2 minutes.

CDR - - I've heard the film - I think that's the film

plate popping out into view, so I think we're
in good shape.

029 12 35 36 CDR CDR out. I'll be back in about 5 minutes.

029 12 39 13 CDR Okay, this is the CDR at 12:39:15 watching for any
sign of light, and I'll be terminating the exposure
at sunrise, 12:39:30. Still dark. Stand by -

029 12 39 29 CDR MARK. Terminated at exactly 12:39:30. Field

of view is still - still quite dark. Okay, that
covers S183 operations, and I'llbe back up on
the line shortly and give you a report on the lo-
3520

cation of the punch marks.

029 12 39 57 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

029 13 02 59 PLT Well, it'd be ***

029 13 03 15 PLT *** why we got some of this ***

029 13 03 31 PLT Well, it's only one spring clip ***

029 13 03 46 PLT *** 782 ***

029 13 03 59 PLT *** 5. Sequence 2: 375 -

029 13 04 12 PLT *** - - 8, 352, 247, 273, 249, 220, 269.

Sequence 3: 4.33260. I'll read the last three
on the remaining. 198, 233, 253, 191, 291, 239,
242, 266, 250. Sequence h: h.84287. I'll read
the remain - the last three digits of the re-
maining readings. 435, 189, 279, 400, 291, 436, _
417, 324, 269. Sequence 5: 5.36136. I'll read
the last three. 211, 215, 397, 261, 312, 203,
353, lh7, 081. Sequence 6: 5.83265. I'll read
the last three. 263, 354, 270, 389, 262, 119,
121, 158, 323. Sequence 7: 6.26389. I'll read
the last three digits on the remaining readings.
092, 183, 329, 309, h37, h25, 821, 390, 623.
Sequence 8: 2.70090. Read the last three digits
on the remaining. 117, 0hh, 117, 092, 098, i16,
ii0, 118, 129. And additional comments: I
checked that MOMENTUM DUMP had been inhibited
before the run. It had been and also 183 was
still operating. So I didn't even bother to
check that MOMENTUM DUMP was still inhibited.
Now I have run my checks. Ed, is MOMENTUM DUMP
still inhibited up there?

029 13 06 46 SPT No.

PLT Are we in a dump?

SPT No.

029 13 06 54 PLT ThAnk you. Okay, MOMENTUM DUMP_is not inhibited

 3521

right now but it was inhibited when I started

the run. We've been in a daylight pass, so we -
momentum dump is - was not occurring during these
readings. And again, I looked around and I don't
know; I'm at a loss to explain these variations
on some of these readings.

029 13 07 16 PLT PLT out.

029 13 21 57 CDR This is the CDR at 13:21 Zulu, with subject Earth
observations handheld photography. At 13:02 Zulu,
we were crossing over the northwestern coast of
Africa, right at the boundary line between Mau-
ritania and Spanish Sahara and Just below - Just
south of the city - the point of land that's
called La Agueva, Spanish Morocco, I noticed a
great deal of red and green plankton bloom,
coastal bloom. So I took a shot of it with the
IR film which was India Romeo ll, frame number 25,
and I took it at f/8with the 55-millimeter lens
at 1/1000. The - The same picture I took with
the Hasselbl - the Nikon 30G-millimeter lens.
That's on Charlie X-ray 44, taken 5.6, 1/1000.
And I also took anotherpictureof the area with
the Hasselblad to get an overview on Charlie
X-ray 18, frame number 158, f/ll, 1/250.

029 13 23 25 CDR Then at 13:05, I got an oblique view with the

300-m_llimeter lens of the h_mmocky area in Mali
which is HH91-2; that's frame number 43, 5.6,
1/1000. Also took an oblique that included this
area plus HH90 in Lake Faguibine and that is
frame number 158, with the Hasselblad, of Charlie
X-ray 18, f/ll, 1/250. And I tried to - What I
was doing is I was getting ready to take pictures
of HHIlg-2, the Romanche [?] offset area. How-
ever, when we got to that particular area, the
Black Volta River area, the area was either
covered with a lot of scattered-to-broken stra-
tocuand some cirrus right over the top. So I
am sure the pictures would have netted us exactly
nothing. And I was unable to make any visual
observation because of difficulty in seeing the
ground in any detail.

029 13 24 32 CDR CDR out.

029 13 26 41 SPT The WLC D-4 calibration was done_ at 13:22. That
information is now on the VTR. At present, we
are lookingat the H-ALPHAi displaywhich is
3522

now with ii minutes remaining in the orbit. You

can notice the difference. The resolution has
disappeared. It has been significantly reduced,
I should say.

029 13 27 18 SPT And we'll take what once was an exceptionally

useful display into the area of one which is now
Just ... looking at gross features.

029 13 40 50 CDR This is the CDR at 13:40 Zulu; subject is S183.

When I removed the carrousel from the SA, I did
it very, very carefully in order to -minimize
the possibility of any inertial rates around -
particulsmly around the rotational axis of the
carrousel. And when I looked in, to my chagrin
I found the carrousel moving. It was moving in
a counterclockwise direction and was it passing
through about i0 o'clock. So about all I can
say is that it looks like it may have been at
12 o'clock, but I sure can't promise you a thing.
During the procedures involved with removing the
carrousel - and the switch throwing and all that,
after the carrousel was removed and inspected
and put away, I carried out the procedures and -_
again this time - and I didn't really expect it,
the system did not eject a plate. So therefore
there is apparently no plate in position number 29
and probably my guess now is - is that's the one
that was broken.

029 13 42 09 CDR The operation itself went very smoothly and from
the sounds I heard, there was no indications of
any hangups or of anything sm_ss in the logic in
the sequencer of the system, and it's too bad
that this particular carrousel has got that free-
wheeling rotor now. I Just hope that when I put
it in that that inner area stayed at 12 o'clock
no - long enough for us to engage the teeth with
the sequencer assembly and to get it aligned up
properly for the sequence.

029 13 42 44 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
 3523

029 14 09 32 SPT SPT at 14:09. M131-2, PLT subject. Run number i.

On these, what I'm going to do is give you the
pitch for the internal, followed by the external;
will be i0 total. I will now give you all the
rolls. So you'll get five pitches first, inter-
nal; five for the external; five roll for the
internal; and five for the external. Here we go
on number i. 6.0, 19.5, 14.0, 13.5, 14.5; 5.0,
6.0, 9.0, 13.5, ii.0. Roll: 59.0, 69.7, 70.7 -
correction, 70.0, 70.8, 72.1, 73.1, 70.9, 72.6,
72.4, 74.3. Step number 2: 186, 184, 181, 183,
182, 199, 200, 201, 204, 199. Roll: 186, 188,
194, 195, 193; 191, 190, 192, 192, 192. Step 3:
187, 194, 193, 193, 194; 194, 201, 196, 199, 202.
Roll: 195, 193, 195, 195, 195; 191, 186, 184,
187, 191. Step 4: 13.0, 17.0, 16.5, 12.0, 12.0;
16.0, 14.5, 12.0, 11.5, 10.5.

029 14 12 46 SPT Roll: 71.1, 69.0, 68.5, 70.0, 70.0; 70.4, 70.9,
71.7, 7O.O, 71.4. Step 5: 104, 107, 108, 106,
107; 188, 190, 191, 188, 186. Roll: 172, 175,
173, 176, 172; 185, 182, 183, 185, 188.

029 14 13 51 SPT Step 6: iii, 109, 106, 105, 108; 190, 192, 194,
188, 187.

029 14 14 09 SPT Roll: 174, 173, 174, 172, 172, 195, 186, 188,
187, 183.

TIME SKIP

029 14 59 30 PLT This is PLT; the time is 15:00 - referring you to

handheld photography book, number 30, which uses
a sketch of the ocean current, with example 4-1 -
looking Just to the south of Cape Town, South
Africa and I have an exact location. Stand by.

029 15 00 17 PLT 15 east and about 40 to 43 degrees south. I saw

what appears to be a dark olive stain in the water
and looking at the current book here, what I saw
was a easterly trending flow - what it looked
like. It was an east-west trending flow in the
352_

water of an olive - dark - dark - very dark olive,

very difficult to see different - differently
from the dark blue of the water. It was an olive
green and I saw the - what appeared to be a large
eddy that had broken off of it to the - to the
north of the general east-west trending flow - or
path of this current. Also there were clouds and
it was - this eddy was in a counterclockwise di-
rection in the loop - a very large loop, I would
say probably 150 miles in diameter. And there
were cloud formations differentially generated
over the olive green. So that was one of the
things that caught my attention.

029 15 01 35 PLT First I thought maybe it was cloud shadow. That's

how closely the - associated it was. Then I
sought out a cloud-free area. But anyway, the
current itself, I lost it in view after looking -
... I followed it for about 100 miles Just with
my eye in the binoculars. But the current itself
appeared to be about, oh, 25 to 50 miles in width
and that's judging - using the - the sort of
jutting out of the land there at the Cape of Good
Hope.

029 15 02 17 PLT So that was about it. I didn't take a photograph

because the contrast was so subtle that I was
afraid the photograph wouldn't pick it up anyway.
But this was the first time I had seen this par-
ticular current. And also it's the first time I
have seen such a sharp association or such a close
association with cloud formation and a water -
surface water activity such as a current.

029 15 02 41 PLT PLT out.

029 15 03 02 PLT This is PLT with a footnote to that current re-

port. I would call that a Forel scale of about
l0 on that particular part of - the particular
current that I reported on.

029 15 03 14 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP
 6

3525

029 16 21 32 PLT This is the PLT. The time is 16:22. Reporting

on MO - M131-2 on the CDRwith the readings. Okay,
setting nnmher i, log i. Internal: 18.0, 69.1,
20.7, 69.7, 18.0, 70.7, 19.8, 70.3, 22.0, 70.9.
External: 23.0, 67.9, 24.8, 67.0, 23.5, 67.7,
22.8, 68.6, 22.0, 68.2. Log 2, chair at 30 de-
grees, rod and sphere. Internal: 193, 190, 192,
192, 195, 191, 194, 190, 193, 190. External:
19h, 187, 198, 189, 199, 189, 200, 188, 200, 189.
Log 3, tilt chair to 40 degrees, rod and sphere.
Internal: 192, 182, 195, 183, 189, 185, 191, 181,
193, 182. External: 189, 190, 190, 191, 196,
189, 201, 186, 20h, 190.

029 16 23 22 PLT Log 4, chair still at 40 degrees, otolith goggles.

Internal: 12.0, 67.9, 16.5, 68.8, 17.0; 69.0,
18.5, 69.1, 14.5, 70.h. External: 21.0, 69.0,
23.5, 69.3, 25.0; 68.6, 23.0, 68.0, 26.0, 68.2.
Log 5, litter mode at 32 degrees, rod and sphere.
Internal: 98, 165, 99, 165, 99, 166, 97, 169,
98, 167. External; 175, 185, 173, 186,!70, 188,
170, 189, 167, 190. Log 6, litter tilted 41 de-
grees, rod and sphere. Internal: 99, 163, I00,
.... 162, 104, 163, 102, 169, 102, 166. External:
171, 19_, 172, 19h, 167, 193, 165, 193, 167, 191.

029 16 24 56 PLT This is the PLT debriefing from my previous run

here for debriefing questions. Describe the de-
gree of difficulty relative to ground-based trials
in making spatial orientation Judgment. Well,
there's no difficulty. I Just went to where I
thought I was supposed to be.

PLT Did you experience any conflicts between sensory

cues, particularly when making Judgments with
respect to the external frame of reference? If
so, explain.

029 16 25 21 PLT None that I can think of really. I did - I did

not notice that.

PLT Question 3. Did you at any time experience a

positive sense of the upright? Well, more or
less; I guess because of the chair, you know, ...
to me.

PLT Were your Judgments influenced by auditory cues

or other environmental factors?_ The only thing
3526

I think really influenced me is seeing the position

of the chair for body - for pre-internal reference.

PLT Did the line target appear stable and under your
complete control during the settings? Yes, it did.

PLT Additional comments and observations. There was

one additional comment. It was during the - the
first OGI when we first - let me - let me go back
and look at it.

029 16 26 22 PLT Now the chair at 40 degrees using that old otolith
goggles - I noticed that I seemed a little bit
confused, I guess, right - right at first as to
what m_ internal reference was. And I'm not quite
sure whether it was Just the fact that I was ro -
just had been rotated and so forth, but after
about one measurement there was - was - there was -
there was no problem.

029 16 26 44 FLT PLT out.

029 16 27 06 SPT SPT at 16:27. Handheld photos. First three were

taken on mag CX44. Frames 38 down to 35, at
4.5, B00-millimeter. These were taken of the -
the mouth of the river of the - Rio Sao Francisco
in South America. And there's also two adjacent
rivers right nearby, all three of them pouring
out a fair amount of brown sediment and the current
carrying it to the south. I got the 300-millimeter
to get a closeup look at each one of them. And
as I moved the shunt along the coast to the south
from the Rio Sao Francisco mouth, where I picked
up the other two, you could see the - the flow
of the material.

029 16 28 i0 SPT Accompanying these photographs I also got some

on IR, hopefully cooler, so that temperature dif-
ferences might show up a little better there
or might show up at all. And now these were
tak - also were taken at 6:19 GMT - 16:19 GMT.
They were taken on IRll, frames 26 through 28,
55-millimeter, f/8, 1/250.

029 16 28 36 SPT SPT out.

029 16 30 35 CDR This is the CDR at 16:29 Zulu with debriefing on

M131-2. Degree of difficulty relative to
 3527
z_

ground-based trials in making spatial orientation

Judgment. I didn't feel it was anymore difficult.
I think in both places you're inclined to use
muscle position to help find your way. Once you
establish amuscle position you seem to go by
muscle position rather than anything else. That's
my -my opinion anyway.

CDR Did I experience any conflicts between sensory

cues? Negative; I didn't see - I didn't notice
any at all.

029 16 31 23 CDR Did you at any time experience positive sense of

the upright? I seemed to feel in - in the - the -
the sitting up exer - part of the exercise, I -
I seemed to sense when I was in the 40-degree po-
sition. I - I seemed to have a real sense of what
the upright was. And I guess that strictly was
a visual thing that was implanted in my mind.

CDR Were my Judgments influenced by auditory cues or

other environmental factors? Negative.

CDR Did the line target appear stable and under your
complete control during settings? Yes, it was
quite solid and I felt that I had very fine con-
trol over it.

029 16 31 58 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

029 17 14 14 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and it's i0 minutes before
EREP, START time and time to take a look at the
MONITORs. Alfa 2 is high; it's reading 93 percent;
Alfa 3 is reading 86; Alfa h is reading 92, which
is high - no it isn't; Alfa 5 is reading 97, which
is high; Alfa 6 is reading 25, which is high;
Bravo 2 is reading 92, which is high_ Bravo 3 is
• reading82; Bravo h is 91; Bravo 5 is 90; Bravo 6
is 50; Bravo 7 is 3h; Bravo 8 is 1 ***_ Bravo 9
is 58; Charlie 2 is reading 100 percent, off-scale
high; Charlie 3 is reading 88; Charlie _ is reading
97; Charlie 5 is reading 88 - correction, 50 per-
cent - Charlie 5 is reading 50 percent; Charlie 6
is reading h6; Charlie 7 is reading 50 percent;
Delta 2 is reading 86; Delta 3 i_ reading 85;
3528

Delta 4 is reading 84; Delta 5 is reading 19;

Delta 6 is reading 51; and Delta 7 is reading 51.

CDR Okay, our first action will be at 21. That's

5 minutes from now. Let's go back to Bravo 2
and Alfa 2 and some of those that were too high
and wait and see if we can see when they come
down.

CDR Okay, let's get on with T minus 5. S192, MODE

to READY. MODE is READY; DOOR, OPEN switch now;
the light is out; waiting for the READY light.
S190, HEATER SWITCH OFF light is off. Panel ll7,
DELTA TEMP and OVERTEMP, PRESS TO TEST, okay.
We'll go into the preoperate configuration pad as
soon as I get finished with the 192 door opening
sequence.

029 17 17 18 CDR Okay, I think I just hear 192 slowing down. Yes,
it's slowing down and all of our readings are
getting down to where they belong. That was
" 17:17 and 20 seconds - is when 192 quieted down.
Now I suppose our me - all of our meter readings
are - are in where they belong. Okay, I have
a 192, HEADY light; 192, MODE to CHECK.

029 17 18 04 CDR Okay, preoperate configurations: TAPE RECORDER,

ON; READY light on. 92, ON; READY, out; MODE,
CHECK; DOOR, OPEN. 91, ON; READY, on; COOLER,
ON; door is open and taped. 90 is on; READY, out;
STANDBY; door is open, visually. RADIOMETER is
in STANDBY; READY, off. SCATTEROMETER's in OFF;
READY, out. ALTIMETER's in OFF; READY, out,
92 [sic] is ON; READY, on; the MALF light's out.
17:21 is our first operation.

029 17 18 37 CDR Now, I got a couple of minutes. Let's take a

quick look at some of these values. A-2 is now
good at 56; A-3 is 86; A-4 is 92, that's still good;
A-5 is 86, that's good; A-6 is zero. Bravo 2 is
54, which is good; Bravo 3 is 78, which is good;
Bravo 4 is 91; Bravo 5 is 80 percent, which is
good; Bravo 6 is 50, good; Bravo 7 is 34 and good;
Bravo 8 is 1 and good; Bravo 9 is 58, and that's
good. And I'm leaving Alfa 1 and Bravo - Alfa
and Bravo set on 1. Charlie 2 is 57 and good;
Charlie 3 is 87; Charlie 4 is 54 percent, Just a
tad low; Charlie 5 is 83, which is good; Charlie 6
is 46 and good; Charlie 7 is 52 and good. Delta 2
 3529

is 58; Delta 3 is 82; Delta 4 is h5 and good -

negative, Delta h is low, should be reading 57 to
87; Delta 5 is reading lh, good; Delta 6 is
reading 55; Delta 7 is reading 51. Coming up on
17:21 Zulu. Stand by -

029 17 21 00 CDR MARK. ALTI_TER is at STANDBY. At 22 we'll put

the SCA_EROMETER to STANDBY.

CDR On _ mark, it's 17:22 -

029 17 22 00 CDR MARK. 8CATTERO_ER going to STANDBY.

PLT Okay, the maneuver looks real good. We don't -

we're a good B0 percent away from a gimbal stop
and the attitude errors are zero.

CDR Okay.

CDR I hope the Y attitude error isn't zero.

PLT Well, no. The attitude error is a continuously

calculated item.

CDR Okay.

PLT When they're putting you in Z-LV.

CDR I thought you were talking about - about the Z

attitude.

PLT No, I called up the - whatever it is, 5000*** 3 and

a 50002, I think it is. Attitude error's
concurrent - what the computer wants to do.

CDR Yes.

029 17 23 09 PLT Hey, I got a couple of real winners on this one -

Rio Grande Reservoir and Eagle Lake. That Eagle
Lake is really hard to see. It's the same color
as the surrounding terrain. Salt Lake, I ought
to get.

CDR Coming up on 23:40. Stand by -

029 17 23 39 CDR MARK it. At 23:_0, Alfa 1 is 82; A1 - Bravo 1

is 51, 82 and 51. Next mark is 24:12 with an EREP,
START.
3530

CDR 24:12, stand by -

029 17 24 ll CDR MARK. EREP, START. Got TAPE MOTION. 24:18;

194, MODE MANUAL -

029 17 24 18 CDR MARK. 24:29 coming up. Stand by -

029 17 24 28 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. 24:35 is next. Stand by -

029 17 24 35 CDR MARK. 24:35, the ALTIMETER came ON. Got an

UNLOCK light immediately. 24:54 is next. ALTI-
METER UNLOCK light's out.

CDR Stand by, 24:54.

029 17 24 54 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. Coming up on 25:00,

Stand by -

029 17 25 00 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. 25:11 is next.

Stand by -

029 17 25 ll CDR MARK. SCATI_EROMETER, ON.

029 17 25 12 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. 25:23 is next.

PLT Okay, we're starting the nadir swath.

029 12 25 21 PLT MARK.

CDR Stand by -

029 17 25 23 CDR MARK. S190, MODE to AUTO. 25:29 is next.

029 17 25 29 CDR MARK. Alfa 1 is 82, Jumped to 80 - 96; Bravo i

is steady at 51.

PLT Okay, I've got about 3 minutes. I'm going to go

take another look at the attitude.

CDR Alfa 1 is now steady with 96 percent. Next mark's

29:00 with an ETC POWER, ON.

PLT Looks good.

029 17 28 18 CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS across the States

for 15 minutes. Sounds like you've got a cricket
up there or something.
 3531

CDR Roger.

PLT Not a friend - it's not a friendly cricket though.

He never goes home.

CC Sounds llke you got the mike right beside it.

I can hardly hear you because of it.

CDR You talking about the six-cycle noise or the

coolers?

CC The coolers.

CDR Yes, it's pretty noisy.

PLT Yes, it's coming through my mike, I imagine,

when I lean down there.

CDR Okay, coming up on 20, Ed, with a ETC POWER, ON.

Stand by -

029 17 29 01 CDR MARK. ETC POWER, ON.

CDR The cooler's running pretty steady, but it is

rlmning louder than - than it usually has in the
past, ever since we had that intermittent noise
a couple of passes ago.

029 17 29 26 PLT Okay, I'm terminating nadir swath.

CDR It 's getting louder.

PLT Need Salt Lake .... - -

CDR That is the most peculiar red and green lake I've
ever seen.

CDR Coming up on 29:54.

029 17 29 5_ CDR MARK it. S190, INTERVAL down to i0. At 30, ETC
to AUTO.

029 17 30 O0 CDR MARK it. 30:06; stand by -

029 17 30 05 CDR MARK. SCATTEROM_'f.:R to STANDBY.

029 17 30 07 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY at 08.

3532

029 17 30 i0 CDR 193 to ETC.

029 17 30 13 CDR POLARIZATION, 1. 30:30's next.

CDR Stand by -

029 17 30 29 CDR MARK. At 30:30, RADIOMETER, ON.

PLT Oh, now it's starting to break out.

PLT Come on old Salt Lake, I ought to be picking you

up here. Yes, 241.

PLT There she be. Okay, I'm going to get the green
water first. Okay, IMC, CAMERA is ON and taking
data. There we go. I'm taking data in the green
area first. I'm taking data down to about 20 de-
grees, and then I'm going to go back and get the
red.

CDR Okay, coming up on 31:54.

029 17 31 54 CDR MARK it. RADIOMETER to STANDBY.

PLT There's Salt Lake City Just as big as life - -

CDR 32 even. Stand by -

029 17 32 00 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON.

029 17 32 02 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON.

CDR 32:12, Ed; ETC to STANDBY. Stand by -

029 17 32 Ii CDR MARK. 32:28 is next.

PLT Just a little whispy stratos and cirrus above

Salt Lake. There's 20 degrees. I'm going to go
back for the red, and I'm holding the DATA button.
I 'm going to release DATA button - -

CDR 32:28, stand by -

029 17 32 28 CDR MARK. 192 MDDE, READY.

029 17 32 29 PLT MARK. Into the red, and DATA pushbutton, push
again, I hit the DATA ... - -
 3533

029 17 32 32 CDR I have TAPE MDTION.

PLT - - pushbutton Just as we went into the red.

029 17 32 35 CDR 32:3h, 190, SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM. 33:00's next.

029 17 32 h0 PLT Okay, and terminating now and going for Rio Grande.
Okay, 45 right i.

CDR 33:00, stand by -

029 17 32 59 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

029 17 33 02 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY at 02. Going to a

angle of roll of plus 30. 33:18 coming up.
Stand by -

PLT Okay, l've got something. (Laughter)

029 17 33 18 CDR MARK. SCATfEROMETER, ON.

029 17 33 19 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON. Did you find it?

PLT Yes. How about my lucky day. Okay. We're

getting it. Some snow has melted, Jer.

CDR That 's great.

PLT Okay, we've got the Rio Grande Reservoir.

CC Congratulations, Bill. That's a hard one to get.

PLT Boy, you telling me. We were both figuring we

didn't have a chance.

CDR We were trying to find a different way to find

it, studying the maps to see if there was some
different way to look at it.

PLT Well, I got a tie breaker I'm going - I'm going

to zoom out and look at it here in Just a second.
I'm - I've - tracking it down to zero. Okay, I'm
going to zoom back out. Yes, I got the tie
breaker. That's it. That was it.

029 17 3_ 18 PLT Okay, CAMERA, OFF. Now we go for Eagle Lake.

CDR What's your tie breaker, that la_e south of here?

353h

PLT No, I had me a -That little geographic feature

that didn't appear anywhere else in the area,
in a particular form. And that - that's what
I was looking for there. 45 - -

CDR Okay, coming up on 34:40. Stand by -

029 17 34 40 CDR MARK. 192, MODE to CHECK. TAPE MOTION's back

on, looking good. 35:B0's next.

PLT Eagle Lake, 32:23 ... Oh, man, this is going to

be a pretty - .,. 2B, get the map out.

CDR Coming up on 35:30. Stand by -

029 17 35 30 CDR MARK it.

PLT ...

CDR POLARIZATION to 4.

PLT Beautiful day in Texas. Son of a gun, I've

never seen a view this good in VTS.

PLT There's Austin, see Bergstrom, University of Texas.

How about that. Okay, 36:22. See, there's the
river leading in. Okay, there's Columbus. Oh,
man alive. There we go. Come on camera.

CDR Got Eagle Lake?

PLT I think I've got it. Yes, it is. It's Eagle

Lake. How about that - -

CDR Coming up on 36:50.

PLT ...

CDR Okay -

029 17 36 50 CDR MARK. B6:50; 192 went to READY. Got good

TAPE MOTION.

PLT Yes, it 's Eagle Lake.

CDR 37 is next.

029 17 37 00 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

 3535

029 17 37 02 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY.

PLT They finally laid on some good weather for us,

Jet. We can do the work.

CDR Beautiful.

029 17 37 ii CDR Okay, 193, XTNC, L/R.

029 17 37 14 CDR ANGLE is zero.

029 17 37 15 CDR POLARIZATION is 5. 37:24 is next. Stand by -

029 17 37 24 CDR MARK it. SCATTEROMETER's ON.

029 17 37 27 CDR RADIOMETER's ON. 37:58 next.

PLT Okay, I'm going for San Bernard.

029 17 37 38 CDR I got six MALFUNCTION lights on S190.

CDR Taking DATA at 58 - -

PLT Camera's stopped working but I got the San

Bernard ... - -

CDR Stand by -

PLT - - taking data.

029 17 37 58 CDR MARK. 37:58; 192, MODE to STANDBY. 38, ETC to

STANDBY, Ed.

029 17 38 05 CDR 38:04; S190, MODE - INTERVAL to 20. No sense in

going to 20, I don't have anything. Six MALFUNC-
TION lights, all at once.

PLT I'll go check the breakers for you in Just a

minute here.

029 17 38 21 PLT Okay, CAMERA, OFF. I set San Bernard about 15,
20 seconds of ...

CDR My breakers are okay under the cover.

CREW ...
3536

CDR Crip, are we supposed to be out of film or was -

did they expect to be out of film this soon?

CO Negative, negative. You might try cycling the

POWER if the breaker's in.

CDR Okay. Okay, the MALF lights are out. Got our
power.

PLT The breakers were in. Okay, let's see. Special 01,
38 :22.

CDR All six Just came on again.

PLT Nadir swath. Dang it. Just a second, I'm Just

a little late here on my nadir swath.

CC Jer, did we understand the lights went out when you

cycled the power?

CDR That's affirmative. And they Just all came back.

All six, simultaneous. I don't hear any action
going on down in S190 either.

CDR Do you want me to cycle the POWER switch again?

CC You might check the SHUTTER SPEED and the REMOTE

operation of the c_,era, if that doesn't work.

029 17 39 57 CDR Okay. Okay, I'll set the INTERVAL back to l0

where it belongs.

029 17 40 02 CDR At h0, SCAT£EROMETER, STANDBY.

029 17 40 05 CDR RADIOMETER, STANDBY. They were both 3 seconds

late. 40:12 coming up. Stand by -

029 17 40 ll CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON. 40:20's next with

ETC, STANDBY.

CDR SHUTTER SPEED is zero.

PLT Okay - -

CDR 40:20 go to STANDBY on the ETC. 40:46 is next.

029 17 40 30 PLT Okay, CAMERA, OFF. The nadir swath's complete

temporarily.
 3537

CDR Going to try LOCAL CONT_OL.

PLT 43 :30.

CDR Nothing.

PLT Okay - -

CDR 40:46 coming up. Stand by -

029 17 40 45 CDR MARK.

CC Did you get the SCAT, STANDBY?

CDR Yes, the SCAT's at STANDBY. 52 is next.

029 17 40 53 CDR MARK. ALTIMET_ to MODE 5. Looking for a READY

out on 190. That's - I can skip that. 41:09
is coming up. Stand by -

029 17 4l 09 CDR MARK. The ALTIMETER is ON.

029 17 41 18 CDR 41:15, 190, MDDE to STANDBY. Just might as well

give up on 190 for now. A-I - Alfa i still reading
96; Bravo 1 is still reading 51. Okay, I've got
until _4:24 to play here. I'm on LOCAL CONTROL.

CC You might - you might cycle the POWER once more.

That's about all we can come up with now.

CDR All right, I'm going to go LOCAL, MEDIUM and

cycle the POWER. Nothing. Deader than a doornail.
I 'm going to try SLOW SPEED.

029 17 _2 08 CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. HEADY light's out. At -

so at 10, I went to a STANDBY on the ALTIMETER.

CC Did you get A-1 and B-1 for us?

CDR Yes, I did. They were 96 and 51, and right now
it's reading 69 and 51. Okay, going back to
READY - I - to ON on the ALTIMETER, we're back in
business on that. Boy, 190 Just gave up the ghost
completely.

PLT Sounds like a - a power thing.

029 17 42 _0 CC Okay, we're about 30 seconds from LOS. Next

 3538

station contact is going to be, I guess must be

Guam at - correction, how about Goldstone at
19 :05 • ••

PLT Okay.

CC We'll see you in an hour and 22 minutes.

CDR Got an ALTI_TER UNLOCK light about lO seconds

ago.

PLT Okay, get one more nadir swath here on the ... - -

029 17 h3 12 CDR ALTIMETER READY went out.

CC ... I'm sorry.

029 17 43 15 CDR 43:15, the ALTIMETER went to STANDBY.

CC Correction on that. We're going to see you at

Vanguard at 17:54.

CDR Okay, good. We'll see you then.

PLT Stand by -

029 17 43 30 CDR ALTIMETER's back ON.

029 17 43 31 PLT MARK. DAC on. Okay, starting the nadir swath.

029 17 h3 h9 CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at 49.

CC At your convenience, if you can give us another

A-l, B-I reading, we'd appreciate it.

CDR Okay, same thing. It's - no, wait it - it's

76 now and 51.

CDR 4h:45's my next call. Okay, I'm going to have

to go ALTIMETER to STANDBY now. I did it at 30.
And I might as well leave it there, hh:51 will
be my next call.

029 17 44 51 CDR 51, RADIOMETER, STANDBY. hh:57 -

029 17 44 58 CDR MARK it. XTNC.

 3539

029 17 44 59 CDR POLARIZATION, 1.

CC You can turn the POWER, OFF on 190.

CDR XTC. Okay -

029 17 45 05 CDR POWER, OFF on 190. h5:15 coming up.

CC l'd let it cool off and try it again a little

bit later.

CDR Okay, stand by -

029 17 45 14 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER's ON.

029 17 45 15 CDR RADIOMETER's ON.

029 17 45 22 CDR Okay, Alfa 1 Just went to 96.

029 17 47 19 PLT Okay, waiting for h7:43.

029 17 47 44 PLT CAMERA, OFF.

CDR Comingup on 48:00. Standby -

029 17 48 01 CDR MARK it. REFERENCE to 2. I went 1 second late.

hS:h4. I was lookinK at the malfunction procedures
on S190 and I'm in to the point where - at nigher 6
shutter indicators do not - do not work and we're
in block 3. Next step is to do a ma,u_l check of
the mechanical interfaces, hS:h5 coming up. That's
an Slg0 function which we can probably skip. That's
INTERVAL to 20. 49:00 we want an AUTO CAL, Bill.
h9 even.

PLT Okay. Stand by -

CDR 5 seconds.

029 17 h9 O0 PLT MARK.

CDH VTS, AUTO CAL. Okay.

PLT Here's what I was using for my tie breaking. See

that little hook there?

CDR Uh-huh.

PLT There's nothing else that's anything - anywhere

3540

like it. There's one other down here, but it's

the opposite. It doesn't look like it, see.
There's nothing else - -

CDR Yes.

PLT I had the fingers, the right angle and everything

even the reservoir was the right shape. And then
when I zoomed back - I didn't look at that when
I went in. I should have looked at it when I
went in is what I should have done. Then when I
came out, I saw that.

CDR Oh, that 's great.

PLT So I know I got it. Just - I think it was mainly

luck. Because the - the VTS pad was right on it.

CDR You don't - -

PLT In fact, when I went into IMC, it was right -

right there. (Laughter)

CDR Okay, looking for Slgl READY light at 51:40. --

PLT Okay. I'm going to turn my headset off.

029 17 51 40 CDR MARK. S190 READY light - 191 READY light on at 40.
56:45's the next one.

029 17 53 56 CDR We're out over the water. Out over the water.

PLT That was - -

029 17 5h 23 CC We're back with you through the Vanguard now for
about 8 minutes. Would it be possible, Bill, to
have you take a look out the window and see if
you can see the antenna moving on 1937

CDR The indicator here shows it moving now, Crip.

It's been moving about every 5 seconds. It goes
from 96 down to about 8h and back up to 96.

PLT It 's moving.

CDR Bill says it's moving.

CC Roger. Okay, thank you.

 3541

CDR Crip, I've took - taken a look at the malfunction

procedure. I'm on page I-ii in symptom n_imher 6.
And ready to start block 3 when this thing is over.

CC We copy that.

CDR Okay -

029 17 55 45 CDR 55:45, SCATTEROMETER, OFF.

029 17 55 47 CDR 47, RADIOMETER, OFF - correction, STANDBY position.

CDR 56 :57, stand by -

029 17 55 55 CDR Whoops' I turned them both OFF 1 minute too soon.
I'll get them both back ON. Sorry about that.
Nothing to do for 7 minutes and I still blow it.

CDR I guess you lost about 15 - l0 to 15 seconds of

data there.

CC No problem ... - -

029 17 56 48 CDR Okay. Now the SCATTEROMETER and RADIOMETER are

_ OFF. SCATTEROMETER coming back on at 57. Stand
by-

029 17 56 57 CDR MARK. 57:03 is next. Stand by -

029 17 57 03 CDR MARK. 194 MODE, MANUAL. 57:30's next.

CDR 57:30 coming up. Stand by -

029 17 57 29 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY. 58's next, 58:00.

CC Before you do that if you can, we'd like you to

give us 193A reset. And then a 193A, ON for
20 seconds.

CDR Okay, here we go. One reset at 55.

029 17 58 00 CDR ALTIMETER, ON at 58:00. Give you 20 seconds.

CC Okay, we'll hold up on the STOP here for a while.

CDR Say again, Bill.

PLT Maneuver ing.

CDR Okay.
35_2 --_

PLT ...

CDR All right, we 're coming up on 58:20. Stand by -

029 17 58 20 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER back to STANDBY.

CC Okay, you can go ahead and do your EREP, STOP

now.

CDR Okay.

029 17 58 27 CDR STOP at 27.

CDR Bravo 7 is reading 35 percent. S192 DOOR going

CLOSE.

PLT We're on our way to SI and the rates look good.

CC Roger. We concur.

CDR Okay, Crip, do you want to do the S190 MALF while

you guys are looking on, or do you want to wait
until after we get everything put away and have
a special period of time for it? -

CC What we'd like to do is wait until you go ahead

and get everything all secured, then cycle EREP
BUS 1 and 2, and then go through the MALF.

CDR Okay.

029 18 O0 04 CDR Okay, I've got a DOOR CLOSED light. Go ahead,

Crip.

CC Okay, one item of caution is not to remove the

mags, because this Just could expose the ones we
did get over the half period and before the thing
stopped.

029 18 O0 15 CDR Okay.

TIME SKIP

029 18 27 08 SPT SPT at 18:27, handheld photos. These were taken

during the Earth resources pass out the wardroom
window while I was operating the,ETC. First one
was at - taken at 17:31 with the S00-millimeter
 3543

lens, f/4.5, frame number 34 on mag CX44, taken

of Crater Lake. At the time I didn't know whether
it was Crater Lake or not. Since then I've con-
firmed that it is. I've never really seen it
before, and it sure looked interesting, so I took
a shot of it. Although I'm sure something that -
that obvious had been well covered before. 17:38,
we came across Houston and vicinity. And I wanted
to get some of the old stomping grounds around
Houston, so frames 33 through 30 were taken with
the 300-millimeter on CX44. And then, I got one
at - or two of them of the Yucatan peninsula
and horizon with the 35 millimeter. And that was
on CX44, frames 29 and 28, 1/250 of a second.
Although the first one, I believe, may have been
shot at 1/1000. I'm not sure when I changed that
over.

029 18 28 35 SPT With the 100-millimeter Hasselblad on mag CXl8,

we got one of southwestern U.S. and BaJa California,
an oblique which was partly gee whiz, partly geol-
ogy. Probably more of the former, because we were
pretty far removed from the California area and
the real part of the Rockies, we'd be interested
in for fault zones. Fr--_s - that was frame number
160 - frames 161 and 162 were taken of the Gulf
of Mexico and coastline south along Brownsville
on down to Mexico, again mag CXlS.

029 19 29 23 SPT SPT out.

029 19 47 46 PLT This is PLT. Time is 19:48. Waiting for the -

There we go; there, it 's coming in.

PLT See if I can get that thing in the sight.

PLT I want - TILT is 30, so I'll change the ROTATION.

PLT Okay. There we are. Now - ... this sign off -

try some bright - change the ring. Okay, change
the TILT a little bit.

029 19 48 34 PLT I mean I need a seat belt here to engage it. Very
good. Whew! (whispering) Aw, come on. Do
something. Okay.

PLT Time is coming up on 50. Okay, I've got everything

set. Airglow's looking good .... for my count
there.
354_

029 19 49 54 PLT Okay, I'm getting side lighting from outside now.
Yes, coming in ...

029 19 50 40 PLT Okay. Here we go. All right now. TILT is 30;
ROTATION is 4.9 in order to get everything lined
up.

029 19 50 52 PLT You said you wanted TILT at 30 at the start;

ROTATION at 5 - must be 54.8 or whatever it is.

029 19 51 03 PLT Okay. Now, let's see. I'm coming up on my time.

64 is set; the shutter is cocked; and I'm waiting.
I got 6300. Hey, that thing ain't hard to see.
Standing by. Okay, there we go.

PLT Okay. Stand by.

029 19 52 02 PLT MARK. We're off and running.

029 19 52 31 PLT Change my ring crank again. Okay, this is the

filter - so_ of - by about 5 degrees off.

029 19 53 09 PLT MARK. Okay. Let's get a ring crank. Okay, there
we go. Okay, stand by. Change the filter to
567 • ..

029 19 53 27 PLT MARK. There's some ..., I think.

PLT Thunderstorms. You're going to get some thunder-

storm pollution here. They're really banging
away out there. Beautiful,

PLT Boy, a whole string of them.

029 19 54 33 PLT MARK.

PLT Okay. Now we'll come back to 6300. Check my

alignment again - off of this ... slightly.

029 19 54 52 PLT MARK.

029 19 55 58 PLT MARK. Okay, and now we want to go back to 5577.

And, let's see; we should check that TILT again.
Stand by- It's good.

PLT Stand by -

029 19 56 3h PLT MARK. Boy, that thunderstorm is really flashing

 3545

away in the field of view.

029 19 57 02 CC Skylab, Houston back with you. We got you through

Tananarive for, oh, about 4 more minutes here.
We had a little antenna problem a while ago back
at Vanguard and lost you early.

CDR Roger, Crip.

029 19 57 40 PLT MARK. That's the end of that one. Okay, now this
is going back to 6300 again .... 3 check all.

029 19 57 58 PLT MARK. Starting the fifth one.

PLT ... is on the horizon. The dotted line is above

the - what I can see is the end of the airglow.

PLT Man, keeping your dark adaptation in between here

is the big problem.

PLT Thunderstorms are over the horizon now.

PLT Boy, is it awful dark; hard to follow.

029 19 59 04 PLT MARK. Termination of exposure number 5. We cc_e

back to 5577. Time is 59. Okay. Let's see.
Uh-oh, we don't have it. Doggone papers reflect
the light.

PLT Floating around.

PLT There's a recorder light over on the other side

of the room; that's what it is.

029 19 59 50 PLT I've campletely lost my ability to see the horizon

now. Everything was going great.

029 20 00 05 CC Skylab, ...

PLT Well, what in the world?

CC ...

029 20 00 3_ PLT Aw, nuts. Everything was going so good.

CC ... over the hill ...

CDR Roger, ...

35_6

PLT Oh, pretty frustrating. I've really lost it.

029 20 01 43 PLT Okay, still can't see anything here. It's got
to be there!

029 20 02 04 PLT I must have lost my dark adaptation reading the

pad.

PLT Okay. There we go.

PLT Okay, Stand by,

029 20 02 27 PLT MARK. Sorry about that. There's a green light

that's reflecting in the window. I turned every-
thing out, but the doggone recorder light on the
SIA at the plus-Z SAL is flashing. And you may
catch an occasional glimpse of that.

PLT Okay, again I'm off about 5 degrees and I'm not
quite parallel. Well, I'm awful close.

PLT Cc_ne on, then. 64 seconds on the -

029 20 03 33 PLT There we go. Okay, now the pad - that's the
sixth exposure, And now I change lens filter, no
filter. Okay, I take the filter Off, and I should
terminate my 06 ...

PLT Well, ... off ... it.

PLT And - man, it's so hard to - to close it with

one eye shut. Wonder why it's so hard.

029 20 0h 17 PLT Okay, it's 16 seconds - 16 seconds. Visible, none.

So var - okay .,, that.

PLT Oh, great! Itll go away and turn that recorder

here.

029 20 04 57 PLT Okay. This one will be 8 seconds. Stand by.

029 20 05 13 SPT MARK.

029 20 0522 PLT MARK. Off - aw, I ... over that -

CDR ..., Bill?

PLT Yes.
 ;: 35h7
b

PLT Okay. Let's see now. I have quite a_bit to do

here. I've got to single - 55-milllme%er,
UV. I already have it all fixed up. _ I got
to do is take the lens out, clear all th_s -
Okay, take that lens down and install this UV
lens with a UV filter.

PLT Oh, no! I squeezed off a frame somehow. _:

PLT All right, let's have a look. _

f

PLT Must have pushed the button down inadvertently. (_

We got one spurious frame in there. _

PLT Okay, stand by. Okay, now. We're in good shape_ "_{
we're in good shape. Okay. Okay, off 64 on that; _:_
let's see. 64 and we take to 20:18. Okay. %
Let's press.

PLT Everything
is good.

029 20 07 09 PLT Press.

_ PLT Okay, that took care of that light.

029 20 07 22 PLT Man, this awkward posture .... let's see

if I can get the s-_ background. Sounds
sensible.

PLT That's where it is. Okay, let's take another

one here.

PLT See - see if I'm doing anything wrong. Okay, we

got a UV ... 25 degrees of TILT, roughly. Okay,
I got 22. I got the horizon, so that's all right.
They're all 64 seconds. I'll Just take as many
as I can between here and 20:18. Okay. Check
the horizon again. Losing my orientation here.

029 20 09 29 PLT Okay. Here we go.

029 20 i0 34 PLT MARK. Okay. Let's press on.

029 20 i0 53 PLT MARK. Start number 3.

35_8

029 20 ii 59 PLT MARK. That's number 4.

PLT Okay. Checked that all right and I got to kill

s_ne more light.

PLT Really a mess. Okay, here we go again.

029 20 13 39 PLT Well, thank the Lord; it was right. I Just wasn't
sure. I thought I had some erroneous glare in
there, but that was the airglow horizon. Man,
that really gave me a start. I Just went down
and killed a whole bunch of lights in the experi-
ment c_noartment because I thought I was - if -
the - the airglow is too faint and so very close
to the edge of the field of view of the sight.
Let's see if I can't change that here.

PLT Aw, crap. There we go. Yes, that's a lot nicer.

Okay. Just knocked everything over. What in the
world - yes, that's right. Okay, there. All right,
here we go again. Okay.

029 20 15 12 PLT Okay. Shouldn't be bad exposures. One of them I

lost the edge of the Earth horizon and I wasn't - --_
not really confident of my position anymore." But,
it was correct, I'm pretty sure. Could it be I
have a - have to move the ring crank.

029 20 15 43 PLT MARK.. Okay, we'll - at 16 I'll Just go ahead and

take as many as we can here because - until 18.

PLT ... again-

029 20 15 54 PLT MARK. Press.

PLT Okay. Well, everything is working right; looking

good. Okay, must readjust the TILT this time.
Oh, I see what happened. Yes. The reason that
I thought I had lost the horizon is that it - it
starts to go out of the little cat's eye field
of view in the sight. It Just starts to look
blurry.

029 20 17 O0 SPT MARK. Okay, let me see if I can reacquire. Oh,

I'm going to have to use ROTATION now. I've gone
to the extent of my limit. There we go. Now I
had to use ROTATION on the other one. Okay, now.
I'm going to try and get that last - I'm
standing on my head here now. Okay.
 35h9

029 20 18 36 SPT MARK. What time is it? Okay, that's the termi-
nation of that. Okay, now next on the list is
at - I deformed my left eyeball squinting so hard;
I can't read with it. That was the UV. Terminate
at 20:18. Okay, lens filters were mode - begin
frame 14- ready. Okay, 55-millimeter visible,
single visible filter. There's the single visible
filter. Okay, and we change lenses.

029 20 19 38 PLT Come on; get in there. Okay - okay, I like - now
I got to change focus. 17, 1.2. And I want 20:22.
I'm just about on time. VIS/VIS 32. Okay, you
want 32. Okay. ROTATION, 32 seconds. No, 6_,
Rotate 32 degrees.

029 20 20 42 PLT Okay, I'm going to start my dark adaptation now. Oh,
let me - reacquire. Okay.

029 20 21 32 PLT Take your head out of the thing for a while and
you lose track of everything. Let's see; I'm
having trouble reacquiring a horizon.

029 20 21 56 PLT Ah, there it is; there it is. Okay. Oh, gad!
F Almost can't find anything; I get all twisted up
in this thing.

029 20 22 25 PLT I don't know; looks like I'm 180 degrees out here.
No, it's right. It's right. Okay, I'm losing a
lot of valuable time here. Okay, at least it's
right.

029 20 22 44 PLT MARK. Starting one.

029 20 23 05 PLT 20:26. Okay, I've got to terminate this thing

now. They're looking good. I think I shorted
you one UV frame. Okay, that's nice ....
Okay, got ROTATION. Okay, let's start another
one. Okay, let it go.

PLT (H1_,,,_ng)

029 20 25 O1 PLT MARK. Time, 20:25; 20:26:46 - let's try for one
more. I may screw it up.

029 20 25 19 PLT MARK.

029 20 26 21 PLT Yes, ... starting to get light. Hey, wait. I

think we made it.
3550

029 20 26 30 PLT 26:25, yes. Okay, let's - looks like we got -

we - I may have shorted you one UV frame on that.
But everything was reasonably good. Yes. The
only thing that I was Just starting to say, you
may not have it on the horizon on that one, but
that was only in m_r sight that I was starting to
lose the - the - the - the full field of view.
I'm sure it would've been okay. And in any - In
any event, you'd have got more airglow, if any-
thing. So terminate - lock - acquire horizon -
TILT of AMS - number - frame 1. Okay.

029 20 27 l0 PLT Oh, doggone it! What'd I have? Lock ROTATION,

acquire ... It is desired TILT be 30. Okay, I
screwed up there. I knew that and I went right
by it, trying to get that last exposure in a
hurry. It said it's desired the TILT be 30,
and the TILT was 17.1 (Mumbling) ...

029 20 27 50 PLT Okay. PLT out.

TIME SKIP

029 20 50 20 CDR This is the CDR at 20:50 Zulu, reporting M092/93.

The subject was the SPT. We got a jump on the
game and started at - at 19:00 Zulu. We finished
M092 at 20:10 Zulu and _mmediately cnmmencedM093.
We finished M093 at 20:35. The data that goes
with that is SPT's left leg girth - left calf, was
13-5/8; his right calf was 13-3/8. The legbands
used were Charlie Juliett and Alfa Quebec. The
watt meter after M093 was 301 watts. And the
SPT felt no symptom, although in the 50-millimeter
period of time, we saw two narrowings of the pulse
pressure. He felt fine throughout. Did not
indicate any - any symptoms whatsoever, and as
observer I could see none.

029 20 52 26 CDR CDR out.

029 21 01 46 CDR This is the CDR at 21:01 Zulu. The subject is

Earth observations handheld photography. At 20:57
I was looking into the Pacific Ocean in sunglint
and Just, essentially, watching the sunglint to
see if anything would turn up. And at approximately
 3551

longitude 105 west, a latitude of 15 south, some-

thing in the - in the water made itself apparent
in sunglint. And it appeared to be something
like blooming. However, it was not something you
could see outside of sunglint° And I'm not sure
it was a current either. I don't really know
Just exactly what it was.

029 21 02 29 CDR It was a peculiar sort of a - a sinuous pattern,

probably 100 and - about 100 miles long or so.
And I think it was probably some sort of a mani-
festation of the boundary between the EquatorialL
Current and the countercurrent ; I'm not sure.
At any rate, I took a picture of it with the
best camera I had available at the s - at the
moment, which was a Nikon with a 35-millimeter
lens. It's frame number 27 of Charlie X-ray 44,
f/ll, 1/250. And that's about all I can say
about it. I don't have a feel at all for what
the wind direction was because the cloud pattern
did not indicate much of any wind at all. Just
prior to this area, probably up about 5 or l0 degrees
of latitude - more in the equatorial area, I saw
F some rather large swells that were running from -
they were more - They were pretty much of a -
let's see now. Let me think for a minute.

029 21 03 55 CDR The lines of the swells were northeast to south-

west. And - and they were - they looked like
they were about 50 to 60 miles apart between the
crest and the large swells. And of course, you
could see the small swell - wave pattern below it,
which was parallel to it. There didn't seem to
be any kind of a crossing of the large and the
small swells.

029 21 04 17 CDR CDR out.

TIm_ SKIP •

029 21 24 38 CDR This is the CDR at 21:24 Zulu reporting Earth ob-
servations handheld photography. The Falkland
Current is still there. In spite of clouds,
there's several indications of it in between the
clouds, when you look down there. I noticed
3552 ___

between Golfo de San Jorge and Golfo - Golfo

San Matias, the plankton blooming in the - the
serpentine effect of their very iridescent green
was quite - quite prominent. I could also see
through the - through some of those holes in the
clouds over Golfo de San Jorge, that that eddy
current that I've been reporting for the last
couple of days is still in there. I - I got a
picture of this new bit of the Falkland Current
with the IR camera. It was taken at 21:08, the
cassette is IRll. It's frame number 31, it's in
f/ll, 1/500. And I also took a Hasselblad of
the - the whole thing for an overview. 21:08 is
when it was taken. This was Charlie X-ray 18 on
the Hasselblad, frame number 163, f/ll, 1/250.
Okay, the - the one with the IR is a 55-millimeter
lens, by the way. Okay, getting back to the other
side of South Amerm - of South America off the
Chilean coast. As we were coming in just south
of the - the offshore islands down there, one of
which is Robinson Crusoe Island, I took a picture
of that which turned out to be a real abortion
because I didn't check the shutter speed. That
was 1/50O and so I think it's - that picture is
probably no good. That was frame number 26, I
guess it was. Yeah, that was frame number 26 on
Charlie X-ray 44.

029 21 26 58 CDR And I'm pretty sure that's a b_mer. Okay, then
as we c_e over the western coast there - where -
in Chile - right near the - right - Just south of
where the islands or Just north of where the offshore
coastal islands begin to break up and you get this
fiord area. Just north of that, there's some
co - coastal plankton bloom which is nowhere near
as green and iridescent as the Falkland Current,
but it is kind of green, but there was also some
red in it. And I got a shot of that with the
IR at 21:05, frame n,_mher 28 of IRll, taken at
f/ll, 1/500. And then 1 minute later as we went
in over the - the Chilean coast, I no - noticed
that Lago Buenos Aires, which is south of out
track near Puer - Puerto Marino [?] was a - Lago
Buenos Aires is a beautiful green, healthy-looking
lake, but it's got one little sort of a finger
lake or something on the north side of it. It
is much, much lighter green and I got an - an
IR shot of that. I thought that might be a good
 3553

IR subject, taken at 21:06 on IRll, frame number 29,

f/ll, 1/500. Okay, and then at 21:07, I found
two more lakes, Lago Musters and Lago Colhue Huapi.
These - these two lakes are right next to each
other. They're northwest - correction, northeast
of Lago Buenos Aires, and these two lakes were
definitely different colors. One was a very chalky
pastel green, the other one was a lighter green,
more of the color of the little parasite lakes
that was north of Lago Buenos Aires. This was
frame number 30, of the IRll, f/ll, 1/500.

029 21 28 55 CDR And then I got over and took the Falkland Current
picture with the IR, and then I shifted to Charlie
X-ray 44, the color exterior photography at 21:09.
And I got a picture of South Georgia Island.
This is the first time I'd ever seen the island.
And so I got a shot of its mountains sticking up
through the clouds. That's frame n11mher 25 of
Charlie X-ray 44, taken with a 300-millimeter lens,
4.5, 1/1000. And then the Hasselblad picture I
took to cover the Falkland Current area, this is
just offshore of Trelew, Argentina, was taken at
f 21:08, Charlie X-ray 18, frame number 163, f/ll,
1/250.

029 21 29 42 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

029 22 53 37 CC - ... some feel for what we mean by a lot, is

somewhere around 70 to 80 mibs. Over.

SPT Roger.

029 22 53 48 PLT This is the PLT at 22:54 - -

CC Okay. Sorry to interrupt your PT and PH, Ed,

but the site coverage here gets pretty c_Immy.
We're l-l/2 minutes fr_n ... - -

PLT All right, we have 52.8 ROTATION; TILT, I've set

at 3 degrees, which I'll be varying. 16 seconds;
Wratten 12 filter on the visible 55 millimeter,
set at 1.2; focused on infinity with a red R.
And let's see if I have a - with all that, let's
___ see if I have a horizon. All right. Can you
355_

believe it's cc_ing into view. Ah, yes, it will -

it will be up there by the time we get ready to
go. Um-huh. Good.

029 22 54 47 PLT Oh, we've got nine exposures here, terminatedby

23:14. Three 16's and ones tWOs three 32's and
three 64's. Okay. With frames 1 through 9, keep
ROTATION fixed at 62.8. Okay .... acquire and
follow airglow with the mirror TILT; start at 30,
and that's where I am. Frames lO through 18, keep
ROTATION fixed at 24.4, which is one turn counter-
clockwise from the first position, which I got
here, so ROTATION reads h.4. Acquire and follow
airglow with mirror TILT. Start at TILT 30 degrees
again. Terminate last exposure at sunrise,
23:33:00. And one turn counterclockwise and we'll
get it. Here it goes. Okay. Okay TILT - Okay,
here we go. Okay, looks good.

029 22 56 51 PLT Starting 59. And I have to give mark as I go.

CDR Hey, Bill s do you have any long exposures?

PLT No. 64 seconds is the longest I have. _-_

CDR Oh, okay. How long you going to be ...? We may

need it again ...

PLT 30 - Well, I don't finish until 33 past.

CDR Say again.

PLT 33 past. As far as I can - if - if you'll listen

for me, I Just have to give marks at - at Just -
well, about every minute, actually.

CDR Well, that's all right. I'll wait until 33.

029 22 58 03 PLT Okay, 1 minute to go. Oh, that danged recorder

light. Get my film fixed but it's flashing in my
eye. Okay, getting ready to go. Okay, here we
ares nil set.

PLT Stand by. Find the button here.

029 22 59 06 PLT MARK. And tracking.

PLT Okay, that's that one. All righty. Mark that

f., 3555

one off, chlmk. Okay, I want another 16-second

job.

PLT Stand by -

029 23 00 01 PLT MARK. And tracking. More thunderstorms. Man,

that sounds like ... 16; no that was 16. Okay,
mark that one off. Okay, reacquire. We're in
good shape.

PLT Okay, stand by -

029 23 00 41 PLT MARK. And tracking.

029 23 00 58 PLT MARK. That's it. Okay, that takes care of the
third 16-second exposure; all right, going for 32.

PLT Stand by -

029 23 01 21 PLT MARK. Tracking.

PLT Okay, that's that one. Mark that one off. Another
32.

PLT Stand by -

029 23 02 18 PLT MARK. And tracking.

029 23 02 51 PLT MARK. Okay, mark that off; one more 32. Okay,
a little more ... Okay, that looks good. Stand
by-

029 23 03 15 PLT MARK. And tracking.

029 23 03 48 PLT MARK. And we mark that one off. Okay, it's the
third 32-second; change to 6h. Okay, have to
recheck everything. And let' s - Okay. Yes, that' s
much better. Okay. Stand by -

029 23 04 26 PLT MARK. And tracking.

PLT Too far? No. Just a ... airglow little bit.

Well ... trunca-

PLT There we go. Okay, that's the first 64; we want

one more. 23:14; oh, we're in good shape on time.
Okay, and I changed that a little bit. Stand by -
3556 ._,

029 2B 05 00 PLT MARK.

029 23 07 04 PLT MARK. That's the second one. Number 9 cc_ing up.
Okay. TILT - two counts.

029 23 07 43 PLT MARK.

PLT Thunderstorms again. You'll see those in the IR,

I'll bet. Oh, I don't know; they may be pretty
cool.

029 23 08 50 PLT MARK. Okay, that finishes number 9. Terminate by

23:14; that's affirmative. Now, I'll have to
re-read that. Okay, keep ROTATION fixed at 24.4,
1.O turns counterclockwise from the first. Okay,
counterclockwise, to read ... 4.4. 4.4, there we
go. And TILT we're going to set at 30 .... and
we want to start at 23:18 .... reading. Start
at TILT 30. Yes. Terminate last exposure at
sunrise ... Still got mM good right eye adapted
here. Oops' Looking for 23:18 now. I Just looked
in here and I don't have any horizon. Play with
that TILT a little bit there.

PLT Son of a gun.

029 23 ll 47 PLT Huh. Got plenty of time yet. Maybe it's just not
due in there yet. Okay. Ought to be right where
I set it. And that's what it is. It's starting
to come in the bottom of the field of view.
Beautiful. Okay. Okay, got a good horizon.
30 degrees. Thunderstorm's still popping away there.

PLT ... start time again. 18 and it's 12 now. And

we start off with a 16-second exposure; set that
in.

029 23 14 50 PLT Okay ... 4 more minutes ... we're going to take
three 16's, three 32's, and three 64's. Start
23:18; it's c_ng up on 15 now.

PLT Okay. I'm going to go ahead and start here.

... ready. Okay. One more time at the pad, make
sure. 16 - 16. Got the horizon. Stand by -

029 23 17 15 PLT MARK.

 ,l¢ay. It 's t
__ _,lem. Change ROTA_

029 23 18 O1 PLT MARK.

029 23 18 17 PLT MARK. Okay. Let's check that one oi

second 16. Change ROTATION. Or ring rath=,

029 23 18 38 PLT MARK.

PLT Okay -

029 23 18 55 PLT MARK. That's number - the third 16, and I'm
changing to 32, And want three of those, too.
Yes. Okay. Here we go again with the horizon.
Going to change the TILT a little bit. There we
go. Another 2 weeks at this and I might be pretty
good. Okay. Stand by -

029 23 19 35 PLT MARK. Starting a 32 mud tracking,

029 23 20 08 PLT MARK. Okay, that's the first 32. Do two more ...

029 23 20 32 PLT MARK.

029 23 21 05 PLT MARK. End of the second 32. Okay. One more ...
Okay. Got the ring set.

029 23 21 32 PLT MARK. Starting, a 32-second exposure.

029 23 22 05 PLT MARK. Okay .,. my three ... 64. Time ... 6h.
Okay that's a good ... on this one. Okay, reach
up from the bottom. Awkward. But I think we can
hack it.

029 23 22 38 PLT MARK. Starting first 6h.

029 23 23 44 PLT MARK. Okay, check that one off. Two more 64's
to go. Change the TILT back. Stand by -

029 23 2_ ii PLT MARK. Starting second 6_-second exposure.

029 23 25 17 PLT MARK. That's termination of the second 64. Check

it off. We need one more.

PLT Stand by -
 Starting
_

__RK. Termination of third 64-second exposure.

Completes the end of the sequence and time is 28.
So we did it in plenty of time. And ... one turn.

f5 27 i0 PLT Okay, terminating recording now.

029 23 38 58 CDR This is the CDR at 23:20 - 29 [sic] Zulu debriefing

the 22:05 butcher job I did on the ATM pad. We
had a JOP 6, building block i. I did IA correctly,
except that I used a GRATING POSITION of all zips
instead of 0200. I read it quickly and interpreted
it as all zips and did it that way. So I guess
during one of the unattended day passes, the folks
in the backroom will have to get their own Sun-
centered MAR at 0200.

029 23 39 37 CDR The Bravo por - portion of the JOP 6 went without
incident. Got all the data as planned, and I got
the video tape recorder work done. During the
observing time, I tried to do shopping list 26 Bravo,
and I'ii have to admit I became a bit confused by
the format of the shopping list itself. I couldn't
decide whether it wanted me to do the two - to
do the Bravo blocks that have the 56 and the 55A in
it and a SINGLE FRAME, LONG, and a GRATING, AUTO
SCAN and a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, or whether they
meant for me to do a JOP 2 Alfa, step 3. And since
I didn't really have enough time to do the J0P 2
Alfa, step 3, I decided that I would do the other.

029 23 40 27 CDR So what I gave you was a SINGLE FRAME, LONG -

SINGLE FRAME, 4, LONG, I should say, and you got
about 14 minutes' exposure on that one. And 55
got a GRATING, AUTO SCAN with DETECTORs 1 and 2,
and a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER down to line 40 by
that - by until we got into 400 K. The - I could
not find any real strong indication that I was
looking at the emerging flux region that you gave
me, so I essentially Just put the H-ALPHA 1 point-
ing on the limb at about 100 and fired away there.
So the majority of the MAR is Just off the limb,
and the top l0 lines or so are inside the limb.

029 23 41 26 CDR CDR out.

029 23 41 32 CDR Man, oh, man, did I do a butcher Job on it.

###